Advertisement for orthosearch.org.uk
Orthopaedic Proceedings Logo

Receive monthly Table of Contents alerts from Orthopaedic Proceedings

Comprehensive article alerts can be set up and managed through your account settings

View my account settings

Visit Orthopaedic Proceedings at:

Loading...

Loading...

Volume 88-B, Issue SUPP_I March 2006 7th Congress of the European Federation of National Associations of Orthopaedics and Traumatology, Lisbon - 4-7 June, 2005

PM Rozing

The pathology of the RAshoulder differs from that of the OA shoulder. In addition to replacement of the glenohumeral joint, procedures have to be performed to deal with disorders specific for the RA shoulder, such as bone deficiency of the glenoid, thinning or rupture of the rotator cuff, and severe internal rotation defomity. Timing of shoulder arthroplasty in the rheumatoid patient is stilla controversial issue. Clinical symptoms are more important than the radiographic destruction for timing of surgery. The status of the rotator cuff and the glenoid will predict the functional result.

Controversial issues ar whether the synovitis of the AC-joint and the subacromial area should be treated arthroscopically early to prevent destruction of the cuff, whether repair of the rotator cuff or tendon transfers effect the end result, and whether replacement of the glenoid is beneficial.

The surgical management of advanced destruction of the rheumatoid elbow differs from one center to the next, as controversy exists regarding the success of synovectomy. Total elbow arthroplasty in patients with advanced joint destruction has gained popularity. Controversial issues and new developments will be discussed.


U Rydholm

Modern pharmaceutical treatment of RA seems to result in less need of prophylactic surgery but the burden of secondary osteoarthrosis of the the large joints in the lower extremity will be present for a foreseeable future. The results of hip an knee arthroplasty are well known from the Swedish Arthroplasty Registers. Severe deformities of the hip and knee are nowadays very seldom seen, but the same does not hold true for the ankle and foot. As more RA patients are offered hip and knee replacement they will start loading their feet to an extent which the feet are not always able to withstand. Effetcive pain-killing pharmaceuticals also means a possibility to put weight even on an arthritic deformed foot. Thus, severe foot and ankle deformities are still rather frequently seen. Improved surgical methods for correction have evolved and in most cases reconstructive ankle and foot surgery will restore the weightbearing capacity of the RA foot.


A Nilsdotter

There is a lack of uniform systems for assessing outcomes after surgery in patients with RA.

Factors known to affect outcome are disease activity, pharmacological treatment, comorbidities, desires and motivation.

The consequences of disease influence to a high degree the patients’ quality of life, their ADL, working ability and recreational activities. That makes it important to measure the result from the patient’s perspective as well as reporting demographic data, disease activity, co-morbidities, functional status and surgical data.

We have found that patients with RA assigned for orthopaedic surgery seem to be most concerned about pain relief. The SF-36 scores also indicate that the patients’ physical function, pain and general health were more deteriorated than their social function and mental health. By following patients prospectively we will have the opportunity to find out whether expectations and perception of health influence the outcome after surgery.


P Kopylov

Wrist fusion, ulna head resection and fusion of the MP or PIP joints are not anymore the only operations that can be offered to patients with RA. The modern medical treatment has changed the course of the disease and we are not anymore in front of patients with major joint destruction, very bad hand function and low demands. Young ladies with well controlled disease expect surgery to result in restitution of function which allows a life close to normal in terms of work and leisure time activities. If pain relief remains the main indication it has to be associated with reconstruction of function, preserving mobility and increasing grip strength. For these reasons it appears necessary to limit fusions and increase the use of joint implants. Accurate evaluation of the patients’ need and expectations will help in the choice of the appropriate surgical procedure to achieve the treatment goal.


Nicolai Bang Foss Henrik Kehlet

The incidence of hip fractures is rising, and at the same time the patients are getting increasingly frail and elderly. Patients in Europe have a median hospitalization time of as much as 28 days, and the peri-operative morbidity and mortality is high1. Most interventional studies have been unimodal with very heterogeneous results and at present, limited data are available from multimodal intervention according to the established principles of fast-track care2. This study has very positive results with a reduction in hospitalization from 21 till 11 days. Anaesthesiological intervention in a fast track regimen must be peri-operative in such a high-risk group of patients. Early operation is probably preferable3. Pre-operative regional analgesia potentially reduces cardiovascular morbidity, if instituted immediately after arrival4. The effect of regional anaesthesia and postoperative regional analgesia on morbidity and mortality in hip fracture patients may be advantageous5.

Postoperative epidural analgesia can be provided without restrictions on patient mobility and rehabilitation, provides superior dynamic pain relief and reducing the influence of pain as a restricting factor on physiotherapy6. A potential effect of intra-operative volume optimization has been shown, although the effect on morbidity and mortality is unclear7. No information exists for postoperative fluid therapy regimens, but fluid excess is probably important to avoid8. Hip fracture patients often suffer from malnutrition at the time of admission and protein and energy supplementation potentially reduces mortality and morbidity9. Therefore a short perioperative fasting period combined with aggressive peri-operative oral nutrition and anaesthesia and analgesia techniques, that minimizes catabolism and PONV seems rational. Since mortality and morbidity is so high these patients should be treated in close cooperation between surgeons and anaesthesiologists both in the pre and postoperative phase10, as established practice in other high risk patients. Mortality is not the optimal parameter the for success of intervention in this population, as effects are extremely difficult to document, since as much as 50–75 % of the perioperative mortality may be unrelated to the treatment regimen11.

The cumulated evidence for the peri-operative care of this patient group is scarce and fast-track rehabilitation regimens should look to other operational procedures for available evidence12. Future research should focus on broadening the evidence for relevant pre-operative optimization, the influence of regional analgesia on rehabilitation potential and optimized peri-operative fluid therapy, transfusion and nutrition regimens.


CT Currie JD Hutchison Ann Yellowlees

The Scottish Hip Fracture Audit (1) was founded on Rikshoft, the Swedish hip fracture register (2), and since 1993 has documented case-mix, process and outcomes of hip fracture care in Scotland. Evidence-based national guidelines on hip fracture care were updated by a multidisciplinary group in 2002(3). And hip fracture serves as a tracer condition by the health quality assurance authority for its work on older people, which reported in 2004 (4).

Audit data are used locally to document care and support and monitor service developments. Synergy between the guidelines and the audit provides a means of improving care locally and monitoring care nationally. External review by the quality assurance body shows to what extent guideline-based standards relating to A& E care, pre-operative delay, multidisciplinary care and audit participation are met.

Three national-level initiatives on hip fracture care have delivered: reliable and largescale comparative information on case-mix, care and outcomes; evidence-based recommendations on care; and nationally accountable standards inspected and reported by the national health quality assurance authority. These developments are linked and synergistic, and enjoy both clinical and managerial support. They provide an evolving framework for clinical governance and quality assurance, with methods for casemix-adjusted outcome assessment for hip fracture care also now developed.


Full Access
Renato Laforgia

The new S.I.C.O. (Italian Society for Surgery of Osteoporosis) is trying to establish a register for osteoporotic complications, namely for Hip fractures, in fact at the moment only limited epidemiological data are available about the incidence of hip fractures in Italy. These data vary widely across the Italian Regions.

In the last five years E.S.O.P.O. study allowed us to have epidemiological data about osteoporosis in Italy, and from then a group of Orthopedic Units, distributed along all the country, are collecting data to better understand the epidemiological relevance of Hip Fractures.

84.188 Hip fractures were registered in 2001 from the Italian Ministry of health, which meant 1.48 fracture every 1.000 citizen, 25% of which were males.

From some areas through relating fractures and age was possible to establish that there were 3.7 fractures every 1.000 people over 50 years of age, 4.5 fractures every 1.000 females over 50 years of age, 1.9 every 1.000 males over 50.

From the Units working at the project few significant data were obtained: mean time between hospital arrival and surgery was 3.9 days, considered very high, the mean time of Hospital stay was 9.5 days for all patients, but 14.5 days for patients that underwent to an operation.

55% were lateral fractures for which a new “Italian” undersized titanium nail was introduced in February 2003, which rapidly was adopted in many hospital for its simplicity and low cost.

Controversial among Orthopedic surgeons arose because some of them are treating lateral fractures with total or partial hip replacement.

Because of different health organization between Regions of North, Center and South of Italy the patients are discharged to rehabilitation Unit mainly in North of Italy, less in Southern part where for a lack of Rehabilitation Units, most of the patients go back home, supported from public health operators at their family place.


Karl-Göran Thorngren

Introduction: The treatment of hip fracture patients differs widely throughout Europe. In the SAHFE project (Standardised Audit of Hip Fractures in Europe) it was found that both waiting time to operation and mean hospitalisation time for operated patients was considerably higher in certain Mediterranean countries compared to the Northern parts of Europe. Local tradition influences both the choice of operation method and the routines for rehabilitation. Background factors were rather similar with mean age around 80 years and a predominance of female patients, 75% were women. Experiences from good examples of treatment throughout Europe are important to optimise the overall hip fracture treatment of benefits both for the individual patient and for the society in form of resources needed. The costs for hip fracture treatment are already considerable and with an ageing population the resources for treatment of these patients need to be optimised throughout the world. With more elderly in the populations, the total number of hip fracture patients is prognosticated to increase 5 times in the next 50 years. This symposium deals with means to improve the treatment results by focusing on the patient to make possible the best rehabilitation results after different operative procedures. Examples will be given from centres who have worked on the whole treatment chain for these elderly resource consuming patients.


Dawn Skelton Chris Todd

ProFaNE, Prevention of Falls Network Europe, is a four year project, funded by the European Community Framework 5. It is a thematic network, coordinated by the University of Manchester, UK, with 25 partners across Europe. There are also Network Associates from a number of EU and non-EU countries who give their advice and experience at meetings, seminarsand conferences.

The aim is to bring together workers from around Europe to focus on a series of tasks aimed at developing multi-factorial prevention programmes to reduce the incidence of falls and fractures amongst elderly people. The work of ProFaNE is practical, both in terms of developing the evidence base for implementation of effective interventions and encouraging best practice across Europe. The task of each work package is to convene workshops, undertake personnel exchanges and set up collaborative studies, data sharing in order to develop evidence based protocols and publications which can be used to implement change.

Work Package 1 - Fall prevention trials - Taxonomy of interventions and agreed set of outcomes. An agreed and standardised set of outcome definitions and measures is important to improve the robustness of data from intervention studies, will enable comparison across studies, good quality measurement in multi-centre trials, and facilitate meta-analysis of trial results. A taxonomy of interventions will facilitate comparisons between studies, help to determine the most effective components or sub-components of interventions, and aid the decision making process of policy makers and health insurance plans. A Consensus taxonomy and outcome measures statement, Trial design statement, Meta - analysis protocol and Self help materials will be produced.

Work Package 2 - Clinical Assessment and Outcomes. Aims to gain an understanding of the current issues surrounding falls prevention across Europe and to embrace at national and international level, the different political and health service agendas in each country such that recommendations can ultimately be translated into working models of practice. They will establish a robust network of key members across Europe to facilitate the effective and efficient promulgation of evidence likely to influence service developments at national and local level and derive a consensus approach to assessment and management of older people at risk of falling in a variety of clinical settings using the existing evidence base as well as inviting expert opinions in the field.

Work Package 3 - Assessment of balance function and prediction of falls. Measurement tools are needed that predict the risk of falling and give objective assessment of balance function needed for daily life performance. The ultimate goal of the activities within this work package is to combine the expertise of different disciplines for the development of balance assessment tools that meet the requirements for large-scale intervention studies and routine-use in clinical settings. The knowledge needed to develop these instruments and measures is scattered over a wide range of disciplines (ranging from physiology to electrical engineering).

Work Package 4 - Psychological aspects of falling. We need to understand the psychosocial factors which affect the benefit of falling prevention programmes for older people. These include attitudes to falling (such as fear) and factors that promote or reduce uptake of and adherence to a range of falling-related interventions, including exercise. Understanding of attitudes and behaviour will inform guidelines for the design of interventions, and development of measures to assess relevant attitudes. We also co-ordinate development of self-test indices that older people can use to evaluate their own risk of falling, together with guidance as to the actions they should take to prevent falling.


Gunn-Britt Jarnlo* Jacqueline Close**

Objectives:

To gain an understanding of the current issues surrounding falls prevention across Europe and to embrace at national and international level, the different political and health service agendas in each country such that recommendations can ultimately be translated into working models of practice in each country.

To establish a robust network of key members across Europe to facilitate the effective and efficient promulgation of evidence likely to influence service developments at national and local level.

To derive a consensus approach to assessment and management of older people at risk of falling in a variety of clinical settings using the existing evidence base as well as experts in the field

To ultimately facilitate a pan-European approach to assessment and management of falls whilst minimising impact on clinical autonomy and paving the way for further research activity within member states.

Description of work: This work package focuses on the development of a consensus approach to the assessment and management of falls in older people across Europe. Fundamental to this process is the development of a clear understanding of how services across Europe are currently configured and what the national and international drivers for change might be over the next 5–10yrs. The ultimate aim is to be able to facilitate the development of a set of comparable assessment and outcome measures to be used in a large randomised controlled trial with fracture as the primary outcome measure. Year 1. Whilst undertaking the networking exercise in year 1, members had the opportunity to visit key individuals in European countries and anticipate the potential opportunities and constraints of developing and delivering falls services in a co-ordinated and comprehensive fashion. Year 2 focuses on the development of assessment tools, which can be tailored so as to be applied in a variety of clinical settings from community based assessment to the highly specialised investigation units. The work package links closely with other work packages on balance and gait and psychology to ensure consensus in recommendations. In addition to the recommendations for clinical assessment and management, the work package also provides advice and guidance on evaluation and audit of services and as such links closely with the taxonomy work. Recommendations are to be peer reviewed. Year 3 entails the collation of agreed assessment and evaluation methods and the translation of the recommendations into a format for dissemination including written documentation translated into a number of different languages and an interactive website with links to relevant organisation across Europe and the rest of the world. Year 4. During the final year, members of the work package take responsibility for the dissemination of the work to clinical colleagues.


Wiebren Zijlstra

Objectives: The development of effective fall prevention programs requires understanding of underlying causes of falls. Measurement tools are needed that predict the risk of falling and give objective assessment of balance function needed for daily life performance. The ultimate goal of the activities within this work package is to combine the expertise of different disciplines for the development of balance assessment tools that meet the requirements for large-scale intervention studies and routine-use in clinical settings. The knowledge needed to develop these instruments and measures is scattered over a wide range of disciplines (ranging from physiology to electrical engineering). The objectives of this work package are to combine expertise from different disciplines to transfer knowledge between disciplines, to co-operate in designing research and provide an intellectual environment for interdisciplinary projects and dissemination of knowledge into disciplines working in the clinical field.

Description of work: Recent technological developments allow for the measurement of human movement under real-life conditions by means of lightweight ambulatory equipment. This novel approach to the analysis of human movement can potentially fill the need for objective field instruments. However, suitable methods for balance assessment need to be developed. Activities of this work package are aimed at co-ordinating the development of methods that can be used in the clinical field for assessment of posture and gait. The work encompasses the organization of workshops, the co-ordination of research, and dissemination of knowledge through publications, teaching and training. Members co-ordinate their individual research efforts in such a way that the different research lines support and reinforce each other. The coordination of research will involve joint experiments and the definition of assessment protocols that can be used in the individual studies of all participating groups. The work focuses on the analysis of kinematic patterns during walking and standing in a natural environment by means of ambulatory equipment. Appropriate methods for signal acquisition and analysis are being developed. Protocols are being designed which specifically address different aspects of balance control (i.e. mental load, sensory dependence, and effects of mechanical manipulations). Laboratory tasks, which have proven to be sensitive for balance dysfunction, will be translated into valid, reliable and easy-to-use procedures for field use. These field instruments are based upon a sound theoretical framework against which the results can be understood and interpreted. In order to address the validity and predictive value of field instruments, longitudinal studies need to be performed that are in accordance with the work in other work packages. Apart from balance assessment procedures, activity levels, history of falls, and future falls need to be assessed. We expect this novel approach to give insight in the relation between objective measures of balance function, activity level and number of falls. Thus, the occurrence of falls can be related to (changes in) activity level.


Sallie Lamb Clemens Becker

Introduction: Randomised Controlled Trials (RCTs) of interventions to reduce the incidence of falls have used a variety of methods to define and measure outcomes. A standardised approach to defining and measuring outcomes, and a shared taxonomy of interventions is a prerequisite to interpret and disseminate the findings of studies.

Method: We agreed to focus on five areas: falls, injuries, psychological consequences, physical activity and quality of life. A systematic literature review has been performed to identify outcome definitions currently used in RCTs and is focusing on the quality of outcome measures in terms of reliability, validity and acceptability. A consensus building process is being performed using a modified nominal group technique to define a core set of outcome definitions and measures, which can then be piloted in a number of sites across Europe. Where consensus cannot be achieved, suggestions are made for future research to develop and/or appraise new methods of measurement and these will feed into future revisions of the recommendations. The taxonomy of interventions is being developed in parallel with this process.

Results: The presentation will demonstrate how varying methods of defining falls can lead to a different interpretation of trial results and suggest a range of definitions than might be included in future trials. We consider the number of falls, number of fallers, time to first fall, and fractures per fall ratios as examples.

Conclusions: An agreed and standardised set of outcome definitions and measures is important to improve the robustness of data from intervention studies, will enable comparison across studies, good quality measurement in multi-centre trials, and facilitate meta-analysis of trial results. A taxonomy of interventions facilitates comparisons between studies, helps to determine the most effective components or sub-components of interventions, and aids the decision making process of policy makers and health insurance plans.


Yizhar Floman

During the last 2 decades it has been recognized that scoliosis may start de novo during adult life as a result of advanced degenerative disc disease, osteoporosis or both. In some the degenerative process is superimposed on a previous adolescent curve. Aside from the disfigurement caused by the spinal deformity, pain and disability are usually the major clinical problem.

The prevalence of adult scoliosis rises with age: from 4% before age 45, 6% at age 59 to 15% in-patients older than 60 years. More than two thirds of the patients are females and the prevalence of right lumber curves is higher than in comparable series of patients with adolescent scoliosis.

Adult scoliosis is characterized by vertebral structural changes with translatory shifts i.e. lateral olisthesis accompanied by degenerative disc and facet joint arthrosis.

Although the magnitude of these curves is usually mild (20–30 degrees) lateral spondylolisthesis is observed frequently. It is also common to observe degenerative spondylolisthesis in patients with degenerative lumbar scoliosis. The annual rate of curve progression ranges from 0.3 to 3%.

Patients present with a history of a spinal deformity accompanied by loss of lumbar lordosis, trunk imbalance and significant mechanical back pain. Pain may arise not only from degenerative disc disease and facet arthritis leading to symptoms of spinal stenosis, but also from muscle fatigue due to the altered biomechanics secondary to a deformity in the coronal and sagittal planes. Root entrapment is common and occurs more often on the concavity of the curve. Symptoms of neurogenic claudication are also common in adults with lumbar scoliosis.

Non-operative care includes exercises, swimming, NSAIDs, and occasional epidural injections. Brace treatment can be tried as well. Curve progression as well as axial or radicular pain not responding to non-operative care are indications for surgical intervention.

Surgery may include decompression alone or in conjunction with curve correction and stabilization. Posterior instrumentation may be supplemented with interbody cages. Fusion is usually carried down to L5 but occasional instrumentation to the sacropelvis is mandatory. Problems with a high pseudoarthrosis rate are common with sacral fixation. Even in the best of hands a long recovery period (6–12 month) and moderate pain relief should be expected. As summarized by Dr. Bradford “despite recent advancements evaluation and successful management of patients with adult spinal deformity remains a significant challenge”


Full Access
T. David

Isthmic spondylolisthesis with pars interarticularis defect is a “ fatigue” fracture. In most cases there is no instability and moderate pain, with no need for treatment. Twenty per cent of the patients have severe back pain, and some also radicular pain, while some young patients have progressive lumbosacral kyphosis and instability with high grade spondylolisthesis. The sacral deformity and kyphosis result from the fracture and could be avoided by healinfg of the defect. Histological studies have shown that the pars defect can be a source of pain.

Patients with severe back pain and some with radicular pain or increasing deformity are candidate to surgery. Since many years, the only treatment was fusion with or without instrumentation and with or without correction of the deformity, by anterior or posterior approach. Fusion was mandatory in case of associated disc degeneration, including all the pathological discs into the fusion area. Isthmic repair has been done since many years using several techniques, but only in the absence of olisthesis and disc degeneration. However, it is known that many adult or senile subjects have degenerated discs and no back pain. Thus, what is the rationale to perform fusion in all patients with spondylolisthesis? The problem is to know the source of pain and to treat patients rather than x-rays. This can be achieved by anaesthetic injection of the lytic zone, MRI and discography, which can be helpful to differentiate patients who need fusio from those who do not need it. Initially we used, for isthmic repair, the Morscher hook-screw instrumentation, but in the last ten years we are using DOS instrumentation, which is stiffer. The indications and surgical technique, as well as the results of a comparative study between fusion (91 patients with 40-month follow-up) and repair (95 patients with 30-month followup), wil be presented in terms of duration of surgery, hospital stay, complication rate, number of revisions and return to previous activities.

This study shows less postoperative complications and higher rate of return to work or sports for pars repair versus lumbar fusion in a rather similar population. Therefore, isthmic repair seems to be the first surgical option for mild isthmic spondylolisthesis even in the presence of degenerated discs.


Full Access
Franco Postacchini

Degenerative spondylolisthesis is consistently responsible for narrowing of the spinal canal, but only in a part of the cases it causes lateral or central stenosis. The presence, type and severity of stenosis is related to several factors, such as the constitutional dimensions of the spinal canal, the orientation and severity of degenerative changes of the facet joints, and the amount of vertebral slipping. The type of stenosis, that is whether stenosis is central or lateral, depends on the orientation of the articular processes, and the length of the pedicles. Usually stenosis is lateral initially and central in later stages. Instability, that is hypermobility on flexion-extension adiographs is one of the main characteristics of degenerative spondylolisthesis. However, in many cases there is no appreciable hypermobility of the slipped vertebra. We consider the latter condition as a potential instability, which can become a manifest instability as a result of surgery, or when destabilizing factors unable to destabilize a normal vertebra intervene, such as disc degeneration or severe degenerative changes of the facet joints.

There is no indication for surgery in patients with no significant symptoms. In patients with an unstable motion segment who have only back pain it is usually sufficient to perform a fusion alone if stenosis is mild and asymptomatic. Neural decompression should be performed if stenosis is severe. Bilateral laminotomy, or even total laminectomy, may be carried out with no concomitant fusion in patients with mild olisthesis, no vertebral hypermobility on functional radiographs, mild central stenosis or any degree of isolated lateral stenosis, and mild or no back pain. The indications for monolateral laminotomy with no fusion are: moderate central stenosis in elderly patients with unilateral symptoms; lateral stenosis only on one side; and unilateral additional pathology, such as a synovial cyst. Patients with moderate or severe olisthesis, vertebral hypermobility even of mild degree, and/or severe central stenosis and chronic back pain should undergo decompression and fusion. The association of an arthrodesis allows decompression of the neural structures as widely as necessary.

Posterolateral instrumented fusion, using pedicle screw fixation, is the most common procedure, that can be done at multiple level when olisthesis is present at more than one level. In both cases it requires no, or a short, postoperative immobilization Posterolateral fusion may be replaced by PLIF. This procedure, associated with pedicle screw instrumentation, gives excellent results and a high rate of solid fusion. The devices inserted in the disc space are normally represented by cages filled with bone chips. An alternative are the use of blocks of porous tantalum (hedrocel), the stiffness of which is very similar to that of subchondral bone. We are using blocks of hedrocel since 3 years with excellent results in terms of intersomatic fusion. In 20 cases followed for at least 2 years we never observed mobilization of the implant or loosening of the pedicle screws, and we almost consistently found a tight union between the implant and the adjacent vertebrae.


Chris Todd* Lucy Yardley**

Background: ProFaNE is an EC-funded network supporting collaboration between researchers in the field of falls injury prevention. One component of ProFaNE concerns psychosocial aspects of falls prevention, which include assessment of fear of falling and attitudes to falls prevention programmes. Findings from members’ collaborative qualitative research on attitudes to falls prevention will be presented.

Methods: We conducted interviews with older people, assessing their beliefs and attitudes regarding falls prevention programmes. Interviews were structured around the Theory of Planned Behaviour, were carried out in the UK, the Netherlands, Germany, Switzerland, Norway, Greece and Italy. The thematic analysis reported here compares the beliefs of those who had taken part in a falls prevention programme and those who had not been offered this option.

Findings: Whilst many may reject the notion that falls are anything to do with them, participants reported being motivated to take part in programmes that are designed to improve strength and balance chiefly by a desire for, and experiences of, immediate benefits (including improved functioning and mobility, enjoyment and increased self-confidence) rather than by fear of falling. The main reported barriers to participation included lack of familiarity with such programmes, concern about exertion, transport and financial obstacles, and lack of motivation.

Conclusions: Falls prevention has negative connotations for many older people. Participation in falls prevention programmes may be enhanced by maximising and promoting their immediate benefits rather than their potential for reducing falls, by removing practical barriers, and by providing opportunities to sample programmes in order to demonstrate their immediate benefits. A focus on exercise as promoting health, fitness and independence may have wider acceptability.


L. Engebretsen S Johansen TC Ludvigsen

As a level I trauma hospital, OOU receives an increasing number of knee dislocations. This study evaluates acute knee dislocations seen at OOU from May 1. 1996 through Dec 2004.

Patients and methods: 136 patients with 137 dislocated knees were admitted in the periode. All patients were students or working prior to the injury and all had a high functional level. 50% of the dislocations occured in conjunction with major traffic accidents- the majority of which were motorbikecyklists, while the remaining injuries were sustained during sports. 4 patients had a complete injury of the peroneal nerve on admittance, while an additional 4 had decreased motor strength and \or sensory dysfunction.

In addition one patient had a ruptur of the patellar tendon and one a patella dislocation. Two of the patients in this group had a vascular injury. On admittance the patients underwent a diagnostic exam in the emergency room.. All the patients then had a MRI. The patients were the placed in a brace and on a CPM 2 hours 2 times a day for 7 days, and the vascular status was monitored closely. After 7–10 days the patients underwent surgery including arthroscopic reconstruction of the ACL and PCL with auto or preferably, if available allograft. Results for patient with a followup for more than 6 months are presented including IKDS, Cincinatti, Tegner and a clinical exam with KT1000.

Results:. No serious complication occurred in conjuntion with surgery or the hospital stay. One infection with staf occurred successfully treated. Two patients underwent secondary arthroscopic debridement for arthrofibrosis All the patients have returned to work, but the majority have had to reduce or change their sports activities.

Conclusion:. We have designed a treatment protocol for this difficult patient group. So far the complication frequency has been low.


Full Access
Jan Lindahl Harri Hietaranta

Combined anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) and posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) disruptions are uncommon orthopaedic injuries. They are usually caused by high- or low-velocity knee dislocations. Because knee dislocations might spontaneously reduce before initial evaluation, the true incidence is unknown. Dislocation involves injury to multiple ligaments of the knee. Both of the cruciate ligaments are usually disrupted, and they are often combined with a third ligamentous disruption (medial collateral ligament or lateral collateral ligament and/or posterior lateral complex). Associated neurovascular, meniscal, and osteochondral injuries are often present and complicate treatment.

Classification Knee dislocations are classified by relating the position of the displaced tibia on the femur; anterior, posterior, medial, lateral, or rotational. Both cruciate ligaments might be disrupted in all these injuries. A rotatory knee dislocation occurs around one of the collateral ligaments (LCL) leading to a combined ACL and PCL injury and a tear of the remaining collateral ligament. Knee dislocations that spontaneously reduce are classified according to the direction of instability. Knee dislocations are classified as acute (< 3 weeks) or chronic (> 3 weeks).

Initial management The vascular status of the limb must be determined quickly. The knee should be reduced immediately through gentle traction-countertraction with the patient under anesthesia. After reduction, repeat vascular examination. If the limb remains ischemic, emergent surgical exploration and revascularisation is required. If the initial vascular examination is normal, postreduction a formal angiogram should be done especially if the patient has a high velocity injury, is polytraumatized or have altered mental status. Compartment syndrome, open injury, and irreducible dislocation are other indications for emergent surgery.

Definitive management Many authors have noted superior results of surgical treatment of bicruciate injuries when compared to nonsurgical treatment. In most cases early ligament surgery (at the second or third week) seems to produce better results compared to late reconstructions. Still the management of knee dislocations remains controversial. Controversies persist regarding surgical timing, technique, graft selection, and rehabilitation. The goal of operative treatment is to retain knee stability, motion, and function.

The most common injury patterns include both cruciate ligaments and either medial collateral ligament (MCL) or lateral collateral ligament (LCL) and/or posterolateral structures. Less commonly both collateral ligaments are disrupted. Our policy has been early (from 7 to 21 days) simultaneous reconstruction of both cruciate ligaments and repairing of grade III LCL and posterolateral structures. Most acute grade III MCL tears are successfully treated with brace treatment when ACL and PCL are reconstructed early.

Most cruciate ligament injuries are midsubstance tears that need to be reconstructed with autografts or allografts. Repairs can be done in cases of bony avulsion of cruciate ligaments or grade III collateral ligament or capsular injuries. Bone-patellar tendon-bone (BPTB) autograft has mainly used in our clinics to reconstruct the ACL. In some cases BTPB allograft or hamstring tendon autografts has been used. For PCL reconstruction, BPTB allograft (11 mm in diameter) or Achilles tendon allograft has been used.

Intrasubstance grade III tears of the LCL can be repaired (in early state) but may need to be augmented with tendon allograft. The LCL and/or the popliteofibular ligament are reconstructed either with an Achilles tendon allograft, hamstring tendon autograft/allograft, tibialis anterior tendon allograft, or the BPTB allograft.

Both cruciate ligaments are reconstructed arthroscopically. The ACL tunnels are placed in the center of its anatomic insertion in tibia and in its isometric or anatomic insertion in femur. A transtibial tunnel technique for PCL reconstruction is used. The PCL tibial tunnel is drilled first under arthroscopic guidance using the PCL guide. The ACL tibial guide is drilled at least 2 cm proximal to the PCL tunnel to ensure that wide enough bone bridge remains between these tunnels. Fluoroscopy is used to ensure the right guidewire placement.

Sequence of bicruciate ligament reconstruction with BPTB grafts

Drill PCL tibial tunnel first, then ACL tibial tunnel

Drill ACL femoral tunnel, then PCL femoral tunnel

Pass PCL graft through tibial tunnel and fix in femoral tunnel

Pass ACL graft through tibial tunnel and fix in femoral tunnel

Fix PCL graft on tibia at 90° of flexion with anteromedial step off

Fix ACL graft on tibia at extension

Rehabilitation Our protocol after bicruciate ligament reconstruction with MPTB grafts has been very active. Progressive range of motion is started early after the operation with an unlocked functional brace. If simultaneous suturation of a meniscus tear has been performed, motion is limited to 60° of flexion during the first 4 weeks. Progression from partial to full weight bearing is done over the first 6 weeks. Quadriceps exercises are progressed to open-chain knee extension exercises early as well as closed-chain hamstring exercises. Brace is discontinued after 12 weeks.


Steinar Johansen

Anatomy & Biomechanics

Lateral Collateral Ligament (LCL)

Primary stabilizer to varus opening

Femoral attachment – proximal/posterior to lateral epicondyle

Fibular attachment – midway along lateral fibular head

Popliteus Complex

Important stabilizer to posterolateral rotation

Stabilizer to varus opening

Popliteus attachment on femur

18mm anterior/distal to LCL

anterior fifth of popliteal sulcus

Popliteofibular ligament (PFL)

originates at musculo-tendinous junction of popliteus

attaches at medial aspect of fibular styloid

Mid-Third Lateral Capsular Ligament

Secondary stabilizer to varus opening

Thickening of lateral midline capsule

Meniscotibial portion often injured. Segond injury

Biceps Femoris Complex

Short head of biceps

Long head of biceps

Lateral Meniscus

Injury Mechanism

Rarely isolated injury

Usually as a combined ligamentous injury

ACL/PLC

PCL/PLC

Knee Dislocation

Hyperextension

Varus blow

Noncontact twisting

Importance of injury

Grade III injuries do not heal

Lead to instability and osteoarthritis

Compromise cruciate ligament reconstructions

Diagnosis of LCL/PLC injury

History

Usually due to varus/hyperextension injuries

15 % have a peroneal nerve injury

Usually combined ligamentous injury

Clinical exam

Varus stress test

External rotation recurvatum test

Posterolateral drawer test

Dial test

Reverse pivot shift test

Varus thrust gait

Radiographs

MRI

Arthroscopic evaluation

Treatment for acute posterolateral knee injuries

Acute grade I and II injuries

Brace 6 weeks

Full ROM

Partial weight bearing

Acute grade III injuries

Repair/reconstruct within 2 weeks after injury

Attempt anatomic repair

Each structure repaired individually

Consider augmentation in midsubstance tears

Anatomic reconstruction

Treatment For Chronic Grade III Injuries

Assess for varus alignment

Proximal tibial opening wedge osteotomy

Reassess after 6 months for need for soft tissue reconstruction

Anatomic reconsruction of posterolateral structures

Two tailed reconstruction of LCL, PFLand popliteus tendon

Biomechanically restores function of native ligaments


Vielpeau Rosencher Emmerich Fagnani Chibedi Samama

Introduction Recent changes in the management of hip fracture surgery patients may have resulted in changes in the epidemiology of venous thromboembolism (VTE). We aimed to determine the incidence of and predictive risk factors for symptomatic VTE and mortality, and the use of VTE prophylaxis, in hip fracture surgery patients.

Methods Hip fracture surgery patients were enrolled in 525 hospitals in France between October 1 and November 30, 2002 in this prospective, multicenter, epidemiological study. VTE was assessed by a critical events committee at 3 months. Risk factors were identified using logistic regression.

Results Data were from 6860 (97%) of 7019 enrolled patients. Median age was 82 years and 76% were women. 47% were femoral neck and 53% trochanteric or subtrochanteric fractures. All were operated on (osteosynthesis 57%, half prosthesis 35% and THR 8%).

Prophylaxis with a low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) was administered perioperatively in 97.6% and for at least four weeks in 69.5% (median prophylaxis duration: 6 weeks). The rate of symptomatic VTE at 3 months was 1.34% (95% CI: 1.04– 1.64). There were 16 PE (rate 0.25%) and 3 were fatal. The rate of major bleeding was 1.2%. At 6 months, 1006 patients (14.7%) were dead. Significant risk factors for symptomatic VTE were: history of VTE (OR 2.9), induction of anesthesia until arrival in the recovery room > 2 hrs (OR 2.5), and varicose veins/post-thrombotic syndrome (OR 2.2). LMWH prophylaxis significantly reduced the risk of symptomatic VTE (OR 0.2).

Significant predictive factors for mortality were: cancer (OR 2.3), surgical complications requiring re-intervention (OR 1.8), confusion before fracture (OR 1.8), ASA score ≥3 (OR 1.7), BMI ≤18 kg/m2 (OR 1.6), congestive heart failure (OR 1.6), atrial fibrillation (OR 1.6) and age > 80 years (OR 1.1).

Conclusions Extended LMWH prophylaxis is applied widely after hip fracture surgery in France. The current rate of postoperative VTE is low. However, a major change in the care of these patients is needed because of the high mortality rate.


Lars C. Borris

According to the 2004 ACCP guidelines on antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy general extended prophylaxis with low molecular weight heparins, vitamin K antagonists, or fondaparinux is recommended after major orthopedic surgery. This recommendation is based on a number of placebo controlled, clinical studies using venographic screening for deep vein thrombosis (DVT), as a surrogate end-point for pulmonary embolism (PE), other vascular thrombotic events were not considered. In a recent meta-analysis on these studies the overall event rate of symptomatic venous thromboembolism 30–42 days after a joint arthroplasty was 2.7% DVT and 0.6 % PE in patients having short-term prophylaxis and it was significantly reduced by extended prophylaxis. Bleeding episodes were seen in 4% of cases having extension. Taking into consideration the risk benefit for the individual patient do these findings justify that extended prophylaxis is used on a general basis? To answer this question also compliance, adverse event profile, and cost of the prophylactic regimens have to be addressed. It would be very attractive to be able to individualize the duration of the prophylactic period by assessing the thrombotic potential of every patient in order to balance the risks and benefits of continued prophylaxis.


Ola E. Dahl

Major bone surgery causes damage to the bone marrow cells and destruction of blood vessels. This induces a tremendous local and systemic thrombin generation. This may trigger vascular instability during surgery that in seldom cases may be fatal in susceptible patients in particular if bone cement is implanted. The overall mortality following elective hip replacement is low since the patients are selected for the procedure and medically optimized. Following emergency hip fracture surgery the patients are substantially older, many have co-morbid conditions and the mortality is markedly higher. Vascular events dominate. Pulmonary embolism, and myocardial infarction are prominent together with pneumonia (a condition that trigger the coagulation system).

Postoperatively, thrombin continues to be generated for a long time after surgery as a part of the inflammatory healing process. Vascular complications dominate and epidemiological studies have shown a general complication risk period lasting for nearly 3 months and significantly longer in subgroups. Although, mortality has decreased in recent years, morbidity continues to play an important and less focused role although with substantial health economic implications.


E de Brie L Lapidus S Cannerberg T Mohr B Cars S Ponzer

Background. Thrombosis is a rare complication for the single orthopaedic surgeon. The objective for this study was to determine the incidence of thromboembolism after orthopaedic surgery at Söder Hospital.

Methods. All patients operated on during 1997–2000 (n= 25284) were given a short questionnaire regarding postoperative complications. The patients were asked to return the form at 6 weeks. About 50% of the forms were returned spontaneously. A research nurse contacted the rest of the patients. The questionnaires were compared with patient’s charts. An orthopaedic surgeon judged if the complication was related to surgery.

Results. 99.5% of the surveys were returned. 0.78% deep vein thrombosis (DVT) and 0.20% pulmonary emboli (PE) were radiographically diagnosed. DVT mean age was 59.6 and PE 74.7 years. Median DVT detection time was 18.0 and PE 20.6 days. DVT and PE incidence was higher in lower extremity compared to upper extremity surgery. DVT incidence in Achilles tendon ruptures (9.5%), knee replacement (5.8%), pelvic fractures (4.8%) was high.

Conclusions. Thromboembolism incidence in orthopaedic surgery was low. However, some surgical procedures had a high DVT incidence. The results of this study imply the need for adjusting thromboprophylaxis according to the surgical procedure.


A.B. Wymenga

The supporting structures on the medial side of the knee consist of:

- Layer I, the superficial fascia.

- Layer II, the superficial Medial Collateral Ligament (sMCL) with parallel fibers running from the femoral epicondyle to the anteromedial tibial crest 5–7 cm below the joint line.

- Layer III, the deep capsular layer.

The pes tendons are situated between Layer I and II–III. Beneath the sMCL Layer III thickens and forms the deep MCL (dMCL) from femur condyle to meniscus and from meniscus to tibia.

More dorsally Layer II and III fuse and form the Postero Medial Capsule (PMC) which is connected to the meniscus and tibia. The PMC is augmented by the semimembranosus tendon.

The sMCL is the primary restraint against valgus and transsection causes 2–5 degrees laxity in flexion or approximately 3–5 mm joint opening. Additional cutting of the PMC gives additional laxity of 7–8 degrees up to 10 degrees. An isolated sMCL lesion causes more laxity in flexion and a combination of sMCL with a PMC lesion causes also laxity in extension. The dMCL does provide some stability in 45 dg. of flexion but is not very strong.

The goal of MCL-PMC reconstruction should be functional anatomical repair of the pathology and retention of the meniscus. After treating the pathology the medial side of the knee should be stable in extension (by repair PMC) and in flexion (by repair sMCL).

The PMC – meniscus – semimembranosus complex should be refixated at the posteromedial tibia corner if it is loose.

Bony avulsions should be fixed with washer and screw or anchors. Ligamentous avulsions can be fixed at the anatomical insertion site with trans-osseous non-resorbable sutures or bone anchors or screws with toothed washers. A distalisation of a ligament insertion (sMCL) with its bony attachment is also an elegant solution in chronic cases. If the surgeon wants to tension the SMCL at the femoral side, the bony insertion with the ligament attached to it can be recessed at its original position. Allografts and double stranded hamstring autografts can be used when native tissue is lacking.


Simon P Frostick

Patients who suffer a fracture of the proximal femur are high risk for developing venous thromboembolism. They require effective anti-thrombotic prophylaxis. In an audit of 11,900 patients a mortality of 17% occurred 3 months after the injury. Although post mortem examination was rare, it was estimated that nearly 50% of 753 deaths were thrombosis related, 6.9% specifically attributed to pulmonary embolus. It is likely that many of the other deaths, attributed to various respiratory problems were also at least in part due to PE. Comparing the data with actuarial tables demonstrated an excess mortality in both gender and in nearly all age groups. In a second audit, although many patients were receiving some form of prophylaxis, many were given ineffective agents and probably using an ineffective regime. In many patients a fracture of the proximal femur is regarded as a terminal event. However, the data from these 2 audits would suggest that many of these patients are dying unnecessarily and that effective prophylaxis would reduce the risk of death. Chemical prophylaxis commenced immediately after surgery and continued for 5 weeks would be appropriate.


J Fisher

Wear and wear debris induced osteolysis is recognised as a major cause of long term failure in hip prostheses. Historically ultra high molecular weight polyethylene acetabular cups produced micron and submicron wear particles which accumulated in peri prosthetic tissues, and stimulated macrophages to generate wear debris induced osteolysis. Acceleration of wear and osteolysis was caused in historical materials by oxidative degradation of the polyethylene following gamma irradiation in air, and by third body damage and scratching of metallic femoral heads. Current conventional ultra high molecular weight polyethylene cups are irradiated in an inert atmosphere to reduce oxidative degradation and are articulated against ceramic femoral heads to reduce third body wear. More recently modified highly cross linked polyethylene has been developed, and while these materials produce a four to five fold reduction in wear volume the wear particles have been found to be more reactive, resulting in only a two fold reduction in functional osteolytic potential. The question remains as to whether this performance is adequate for high demand patients, particularly if larger diameter femoral heads are to be used.

Recent interest in improved function, stability and reducing dislocations has generated interest in using larger diameter heads and hard on hard bearings.

Alumina ceramic on ceramic bearings have shown a one hundred fold decrease in wear compared to highly cross linked polyethylene materials, and cell culture studies have shown the wear particles to be more bio-compatible and less osteolytic potential.

Metal on metal bearings also produced very low wear rates compared to polyethylene. The wear particles are very small, 10 to 50 nanometers in size, some concern remains about the systematic release of metallic ions. These are lubrication sensitive bearings, and they unlike polyethylene wear decreases as the head size increases due to improved lubrication. Size 36 mm metal bearings are now commonplace for total joint replacements with even larger head sizes being used for surface replacement solutions.

The demand for increased function and improved stability is leading to increased use of hard on hard bearings with larger diameter heads.


Full Access
T. A. Papaioannou

Osteolysis and periprosthetic bone loss have been a concern since Charnley’s original reports of metal on Teflon. Willart and Semlitch were the first investigators to propose a biologic mechanism for osteolysis associated with particulate wear debris. Harris in 1976 and Goldring 1983 describe the presence of macrophages and giant cells in the synovial membrane at the bone cement interface in loose THR. Initially it was associated with cement and it was called cement disease. Reports of resorption around cementless implants led to the realization that PE alone was good enough to create bone loss.

Aetiology: Submicron wear particles are phagocytosed by macrophages resulting in release of various cellular mediators from these activated cells.

Cellular mediators playing significant role in osteolysis are IL-1, IL-6, TNF-a, PGE2. These mediators lead to stimulation and differentiation of osteoclasts and inhibition of osteoblasts.

These factors together assist in the dissolution of bone at the interface allowing for micromotion of the prosthesis that leads to further generation of wear debris.

On top of the above there is release of collagenase, stromelysin, gelatinase which further destroy the bone. Another active area of research involves roles at Rank, Rank and osteoprotegerin. Recently there is extensive work done as far as it concerns the role of endotoxin in osteolysis and periprosthetic bone loss. It still remains a controversial issue.

Other researchers have studied the effects of elevated periarticular hydrostatic pressure and fluid access in the development of osteolysis (effective joint space).

Particles bioreactivity: It has been shown that the major determinants of particle bioreactivity are particle size, composition, shape, and concentration. Particles of submicron size are more stimulatory and there is a dose dependent response. Concerning the composition it has been found that UHMWPE, CoCr and stainless steel particles induce more severe reactions than Titanium and alumina ceramic. It also has been found that Al2O3 particles were more easily phagocytosed than UHMWPE at the same size and concentration but TNF-a release was higher with than UHMWPE with Al2O3. Concerning the metal to metal particles it has been found that the volumetric wear is less than M/P with smaller particles and less intensive tissue reaction but Shanbhag reported that bioreactivity of metal wear debris is a function of the total surface area and not the volume of wear debris and casts doubts at the theory that metal to metal wear particles produce a less intense biological response. Concerning the highly crosslinked PE it has been found that wear debris from gamma crossed –linked remelted PE contains very few fibrils after a dose of 5 Mrads and virtually none after 9.5 Mrads.

Clinical Manifestations: The majority of patients with osteolysis are asymptomatic. Pain is caused mainly from a fracture.Ultimately periprosthetic bone loss results in aseptic loosening. Furthermore if the component becomes loose bone loss often progress more rapidly resulting in large bone defects that can lead to catastrophic failure or fracture.

Radiographic manifestations: Characteristic radiographic patterns of osteolysis have been described on both the femoral and acetabular side with cemented and cementless components. Recent studies have suggested that plain radiographs often underestimate the extent of osteolysis and CT or MRI may be necessary to assess the true extent of the bone loss.


Anthony D Woolf

Rheumatoid arthritis is the most common inflammatory disease of the joints affecting about 0.5% of adults, women more often than men with a peak age of onset of 35–45 years. It is usually progressive affecting further joints and the destructive disease process causes irreversible bony erosions and the joints become structurally deformed, with long-term pain and disability. It has an early and significant impact on the person’s ability to work and socio-economic status with work capacity restricted in a third within a year and within 3 years almost half 40 may be registered work disabled.

The aims of management of rheumatoid arthritis are to reduce pain an inflammation; reduce disability; prevent joint damage and progression; and to reduce the comorbidities that are associated with the disease. As joint damage is irreversible it is important to diagnose the disease and institute disease modifying anti-rheumatic therapy as soon as possible. There is as yet no way of preventing the disease.

Lifestyle interventions of avoiding obesity, maintaining physical activity and avoiding smoking may improve outcome. Symptoms can be effectively controlled with analgesics and NSAIDs and joint damage can be reduced with disease modifying antirheumatic therapy with consequent benefits to quality of life. Biological therapies, such as anti TNF, are the latest advance that is dramatically improving the outlook for those developing RA. Rehabilitation interventions can improve and maintain function, including dynamic training. Surgery also has an important role, predominantly arthroplasty when pharmacological therapies have not adequately prevented joint damage.

Effective management of rheumatoid arthritis requires early diagnosis and treatment by recognising those with early inflammatory arthritis and for expert assessment within 6 weeks to decide about disease modifying anti-rheumatic therapy. This should be in addition to symptomatic therapy, rehabilitation and education to improve understanding of their chronic disease and to encourage self management. Such management should be provided through a multiprofessional and multidisciplinary group. People with RA need regular monitoring to ensure optimal disease management. This will reduce the risk of longterm joint damage and disability and will lessen indirect costs of RA. This approach requires systems for early diagnosis and for referral to experts, which includes education of primary care physicians to enable them to recognise synovitis. Public education is also needed to ensure early presentation to the primary care physician at the onset of symptoms.


K. Knahr

Osteoarthritis is a slowly progressive musculoskeletal disorder that can occur in any joint and is characterised by symptoms of pain, stiffness or loss of function. Studies showed that the work related disability rate with osteoarthritis varied from 30 to 50%, it is also a frequent cause of early retirement.

Age is the strongest predictor of the development and progression of radiographic osteoarthritis. Further risk factors are physical activity, injuries, high bone mass index and intensive sport activities.

Targets that are most important in the prevention or management of osteoarthritis are to reduce pain, disability and to prevent radiological progression.

There are various life style factors that increase the risk of developing osteoarthritis, increase its rate of progression and may increase pain and functional limitation. Preventable or modifyable risk factors are obesity and mechanical aspects of the joint f.e. joint laxity or malalignment. Tears of menisci or ligaments may lead to at normal loading of articular cartilage and result in the increased deveopment of osteoarthritis. Further risk factors are certain occupations (f.e. farmers for hip- and knee osteoarthritis), intensive sport participation, muscle weakness and nutritional factors.

Pharmacological interventions are mainly to treat the symptom of pain and have nearly no effect on tissue damage. Nevertheless activity and participation is improved as well as using simple analgesics, antiinflammatory drugs, disease modifying therapies, hyaluronic acid and intraarticular steroids. There is no evidence that pharmacological interventions can prevent osteoarthritis as defined by radiological changes.

Biomechanic deficiencies may lead to joint damage and result in pain and disability. Therefore surgical correction of these abnormalities can relief pain and improve function. Further surgical interventions to reduce the impact of osteoarthritis include cartilage repair and joint preserving surgeries. For severely damaged joints, partial or total replacement of the joint is now possible for all those joints that are commonly affected by osteoarthritis.

Osteoarthritis is commonly associated with limited function that can be improved with a wide variety of rehabilitative interventions. Symptoms of pain may be reduced by joint specific exercises, transient immobilisation, heat or cold packings and braces or other devices. Further attention can be put on modifiying the environment as adaptions at home and at work, support services or other social interventions. Eduction and self managements play an important role as well in early as in late stages of the disease.


Kristina åkesson

The number of people suffering from pain or limitation of daily activities as a result of conditions related to the musculoskeletal system is increasing in Europe and worldwide. It is therefore essential to develop strategies to prevent both the occurrence of these conditions and the impact of these conditions.

Most musculoskeletal conditions occur in the elderly and as the elderly population will reach above 20% within the next 20 years this will further augment the problem within Europe, particularly as these conditions also increase with advancing age. It must be recognized that at most levels within the health care systems or within society, the impact of these conditions today and for the future is underestimated, both regarding number and regarding consequences; disability, handicap, social implications and costs. The major challenge is, however, not to make recommendations for preventive strategies but to implement them in order to secure a change, leading to improved care and improved quality of life for patient, regardless of age.

The first step in order to make a change is to define the size of the problem – the burden of musculoskeletal conditions. With respect to the incidence and prevalence the size of the problem is relatively well known. The size of the problem when it comes to the impact on the individual is less well known, as is the burden in terms of economic and societal costs. For many conditions the risk factors are identified and common to many conditions.

The second step involves evidence – evidence for the effectiveness of the interventions available today. When evaluating evidence it is useful to define population in terms of the normal or healthy population, those at risk, those at early or moderate stage and those at late stage of the condition since this will translate into preventive strategies appropriate for each level.

The final step is implementation and this is the major challenge at all levels, from policies trying to influence the entire population to adopt a healthier life style, to change the management of the individual patient in the doctor’s office. Based on knowledge of size and evidence, it is possible to transform recommendations into an actual action plan at national, regional and local levels. The principles for successful implementations are to a large extent similar for all levels.

The tools for success need to be identified and they may include financial or economic mechanisms, regulatory mechanisms, and educational or organisational mechanisms. It is particularly important to identify barriers and facilitators that will influence the outcome of the proposed strategy.

Musculoskeletal conditions have many risk factors and interventions in common with other conditions that affect public health, such as diabetes and cardiovascular conditions. In primary prevention it is therefore key to collaborate not only within the musculoskeletal field but also with other fields in order to improve also musculoskeletal health.


Full Access
Georgios Digas

Traditional polyethylene oxidizes, wears and generates particles over time, which most probably contributes to increased risk of periprosthetic osteolysis. Even contemporary sterilization methods such as radiation and package in oxygen reduced or oxygen substituted environment do not eliminate oxidation over time. Thus, there is a need for alternative bearing in total hip replacement surgery and especially in patients with high activity and long life expectancy.

All three major alternate bearings, ceramic-on-ceramic, metal-on-metal and highly crosslinked polyethylene produce major reductions in volumetric wear. The electron beam, melted highly cross-linked polyethylene has an in vivo penetration rate after the bedding in period, which is less than 8 microns per year. This is not substantially different from ceramic on ceramic or metal on metal. Therefore, the inherent risk of periprosthetic osteolysis with these alternate bearings is probably smaller than observed with conventional polyethylene.

In the competition between different articulations highly cross-linked polyethylene has some advantages. The polyethylene is more adaptable than the hard bearing surfaces. This means that extended lip liners, offset liners, constrained liners and further special designs may be used. These options are not possible with any of the hard bearings. Another advantage with polyethylene is forgiveness. Impingement in hard-on-hard bearings may lead to serious complications such as chipping of the ceramics or metallosis in a metal on metal articulation.

Impingement should also be avoided with use of polyethylene, but if it occurs, the consequences are often more benign at least in the short term perspective. Micro-separation results in less material damage with use of polyethylene than with the 2 other types of articulations. A few degrees of additional abduction above the geometrical limits for a particular socket is far less harmful if it is made of polyethylene compared to the situation in ceramic-on-ceramic or metal-on-metal bearings. Polyethylene is also more familiar to the majority of orthopaedic surgeons. In the operating room the cross-linked polyethylene is identical to those types of polyethylene, which have been used fore 3 to 4 decades. Finally the cost is a major factor (Harris 2004). The hard-on-hard bearings are substantially more expensive. The fracture incidence of ceramics components has decreased with improved manufacturing technology, but the risk of polyethylene fracture appears to be still smaller.

On the other hand using highly cross-link polyethylene carries some risks. Particles generated from this new material are smaller with higher inflammatory response. Compared with joints including conventionally sterilised polyethylene the total particle production is, however, reduced with more than 85%, which has implications for the magnitude of the inflammatory response.

The significance and importance of the irradiation and melting induced changes of the mechanical properties of the polyethylene is not known. Long term follow-up is needed to evaluate this issue.

Charnley preferred small head sizes in total hip replacement because they resulted in transmittance of low frictional torque to the acetabular implant. Mueller advocated larger head sizes with improved joint stability and lower contact pressure. Large heads do, however, imply increased volumetric wear. Therefore, 32 mm heads were abandoned in the early 90ties in favour of 28 mm heads. Another consequence of using larger heads is that polyethylene liners are relatively thin. The highly cross-link polyethylene and the hard bearings can be used with bigger femoral heads, which increases the range of motion and the hip joint stability.

Amorphous diamond coatings has been studied as an alternative bearing surface in the laboratory (Santavirta 2003). Such coatings may provide wear rates 104 to 105 times lower than conventional THR articulations, because of their extremely hard surface and low coefficient of friction without any corrosion paths (Santavirta et al. 1999 Lappalainen et al. 2003).

Oxidized Zirconium (OxZr) is another material, which has similar advantages. Oxinium materials are the results of a process that allows thermally–driven oxygen to diffuse and transform the metallic zirconium alloy surface into a durable low-friction oxide. The Oxinium material is harder than commonly used cobalt chrome, and with only the surface changing during the manufacturing process, the rest of the implant remains metal to maintain its overall strength. OxZr provides superior abrasion resistance without the risk of brittle fracture, thereby combining the benefits of metal and ceramics. Knee simulator tests have shown that OxZr can reduce polyethylene wear substantially (Ries et al. 2002). Although promising, these two coatings still lack clinical documentation.

During the last decade it has become evident that many designs of total hip arthroplasty can in patients with normal bone quality be fixed to the bone with a high degree of reproducibility. This has had the effect that younger patients have been operated on in increasing numbers. Wear and periprosthetic bone loss have remained a serious and comparatively frequent complications. The introduction of more wear resistant articulations has the potential to solve these problems making the procedure safer also among these patients. So far there is no or very scarce evidence that these articulations can be used safely during decades without complications causing progressive and often silent bone destruction resulting in difficult revisions with high morbidity. In the case of metal on metal articulations release and accumulation of ions remains a long term concern and especially if the patients will suffer from a temporary or permanent disease associated with impaired renal function.

Because evidence of long term superiority of these new articulations is lacking it is of utmost importance that these new implants and materials are introduced into clinical practice in a controlled way. Careful surveillance of preclinical and gradually enlarged randomised studies followed by multicenter trials is necessary to avoid disastrous mistakes so common in the past.


D.A.J. Verettas

Joint replacement implants, especially in their modular forms, are subjected to wear and corrosion at various sites in their articulation, such as the bearing surfaces, the undersurface of the insert, the femoral head-neck junction and the implant or polymethylmethacrylate-bone interface. Movement of the bearing surfaces is not the only cause, as faulty implant positioning can initiate wear through impingement between two parts of the articulation.

These wear products of polyethelene or metal, in particulate form, are influential to the ultimate fate of the prostheses through the initiation of local and systemic immune reactions.

These debris are phagocytised by macrophages and phagocytised proteins are partly degraded in intracellular vesicles, where they become associated with the major histocompatability complex molecule HLA-DR. This molecule when transported to the cell membrane, interacts with CD4+ lymphocytes to activate an immune response and initiate the production of interleukin1b, interleukin 6 and tumor necrosing factor a. These cytokines mediate the inflammatory response and activate osteoclasts causing periprosthetic osteolysis.

Polyethelene and metal wear particles, in addition to their local effects, can be disseminated beyond the periprosthetic tissues and reach distant organs and regional lymphnodes. The concentrations of certain elements of metallic implants, such as iron, cobalt, chromium or titanium have been detected in lymphnodes, the liver and the spleen in levels a lot higher than normal, especially in patients with loose prostheses and, less so, in patients with stable prostheses.

The reported values of metal ions in published series vary. Thus certain investigators (Brodner et al) have reported continuous systemic cobalt release during a five year follow-up period and in levels slightly above detection values, while others (Clarke et al, Lohtka et al) have reported consistently high levels of cobalt and chromium ions in metal on metal articulations. The diameter of the femoral head appears to be a significant factor. In surface hip replacements with large diameter heads the amount of detected metal ions was significantly higher compared with total hip replacements with use of 28mm diameter femoral heads. In that type of replacement the levels of cobalt was 50 times higher than normal and of chromium 100 times higher.

Polyethelene particles, similarily have been detected in paraaortic lymphnodes in percentages similar to metal ions. However the detection of PE particles in the liver or the spleen was less, compared to metal ions, possibly due to the difficulty of modern methods to detect PE particles of submicrometre size. The relevance of the dissemination of metal ions and of PE wear debris in organs distal to the operated joint need to be carefully evaluated since certain of these elements are known carcinogens. Two studies have reported slight increase of haemopoeitic cancers in patients with cobalt alloy implants and in patients with metal on metal devices, while others have documented the development of malignant tumours in the vicinity of total hip replacements.

Since prostheses with metal on metal bearing surfaces are used more and more frequently in younger patients, these patients require careful monitoring for longer periods.


C. Dora

Interest on acetabular version arose from unstable developmental dysplastic hips. Initial studies and clinical observations described the dysplastic hip as being excessively anteverted.

The advent of computed tomography allowed further detailed analysis of the acetabulum in the axial plane, yet these studies failed to determine conclusively whether or not the dysplastic acetabulum is abnormally anteverted. Much controversy evolved from different methods of measuring and from the fact that a more anteriorly located acetabular deficiency results in excessive anteversion while a more posteriorly located deficiency in retroversion. It remains inconclusive to what extent acetabular dysplasia is due to a mal-orientation of an otherwise normal configured acetabulum or to a deficient acetabulum which is otherwise normally orientated. Furthermore, the acetabular opening spirals gradually from mild anteversion proximally to increasing anteversion distal to it and therefore render its measurement dependent from pelvic inclination and from the level of the transverse CT scan slice.

On an orthograde pelvic X-ray, both, pelvic inclination and rotation can be controlled. Therefore, acetabular version is best estimated from the relationship of the anterior and posterior acetabular rim to each other on an orthograde pelvic X-ray.

The main hip pathologies, acetabular rim overload and anterior femoro-acetabular impingement, both occur in the superior part of the acetabulum, the acetabular dome, and that’s where version is best measured. We called this version of the acetabular dome.

Interest on retroversion of the acetabular dome arose from analysis of complications such as persistent posterior subluxation after acetabular reorienting procedures. They resulted in the hypothesis that the site of acetabular deficiency may vary and be more posteriorly located in some cases resulting in a rather retroverted than anteverted acetabular dome.

In fact, retroversion of the acetabular dome was found to be a characteristic feature of specific hip disorders. A review of ten patients with posttraumatic premature closure of the triradiate cartilage before age 5 showed beside a bowed hemipelvis with lateralized and caudalized acetabulum a mean retroversion of the acetabular dome of 27°. A review of 14 patients suffering from proximal femoral focal deficiency with a functional hip joint revealed a mean retroversion of the acetabular dome of 24°. Typically this was accompanied by femoral retrotorsion and coxa vara.

Finally, bladder exstrophy, when treated without pelvic osteotomy, typically end up with externally rotated or retroverted acetabula (Sponseller, 1995) Even in DDH, retroversion of the acetabular dome has been shown to be a significant variation as 40 of 232 such acetabula showed to have a retroverted dome (Li, 2003).

Furthermore retroversion typically can result from pelvic osteotomy in childhood as 26 from 97 subjects, who underwent either Salter or Le Coeur osteotomy in childhood ended up with retroverted acetabular domes after closure of the pelvic bone growth plates. In the context of neuromuscular or genetic disorders, dysplastic hips also may have retroverted acetabular domes and may additionally be influenced from fixed spine deformities. Finally, retroverted acetabular domes may be found in otherwise non dysplastic hips.

The relevance of acetabular retroversion is both technical and clinical: First, it calls for a more individual approach to acetabular dysplasia because presence of retroversion will affect the manner in which corrective osteotomy will be done. Salter-like reorientation maneuvers will result in worsening the pre-existing posterior deficiency or acetabular rim overload and risk continued posterior subluxation or dislocation of a previously reduced hip (Lee, 1991). Second, anterior overcorrection of a primarily retroverted acetabula may necessitate a further intervention to remove bone from the anterior aspect of the acetabulum or anterior part of the femoral head-neck junction due to limited hip flexion (Crockarell 1999, Myers 1999). Third, evidence that the long-term effect of retroversion of the acetabular dome is harmful is increasing: An association between decreased acetabular anteversion and osteoarthritis was found as soon as 1991 (Menke, 1991) and the prevalence of retroversion among patients with idiopathic hip osteoarthritis has been found to be 20% versus 5% among the general population (Giori, 2003). Furthermore, decreased acetabular and femoral anteversion was found to be a major cause of altered rotation, hip pain and osteoarthritis (Tönnis, 1999). A positive impingement test was the key clinical finding (Reynolds,1999). This anterior impingement of the femoral head-neck junction against the border of the prominent anterior acetabular wall which over a long period of time may lead to fatiguing and destruction of the acetabular labrum and the adjacent cartilage is thought to initiate groin pain and early osteoarthritis. Finally, even for total hip replacement, severe retroversion of the acetabular dome will make surgery more difficult.


Michael Leunig Reinhold Ganz

Lesions of the acetabular rim have been implicated as a cause of hip pain in various pathologic conditions and are considered to predispose the hip to development of accelerated degenerative disease. In developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) and anterior femoroacetabular impingement (FAI), intrinsically normal intraarticular soft tissue structures are exposed to joint loading forces that physically exceed their tolerance level posing these pathomorphologies as precursors of osteoarthritis. In DDH, the deficient acetabular coverage of the femoral head has been related to osteoarthrosis, while the orientation of the femoral head is considered to play a less important role. The resulting instability and anterolateral migration tendency of the femoral head leads to chronic shear stresses at the acetabular margin. In FAI, repetitive peak contact pressures occur when the femoral head-neck junction abuts against the acetabular rim during joint flexion. Predisposing morphologies are femoral abnormalities such as an insufficient femoral head-neck offset seen in head tilt or pistol grip deformities, slipped capital femoral epiphysis, or malunited femoral neck fractures with the orientation and shape of the acetabulum contributing to this pathology. In classical DDH and FAI, diagnosis is primarily based on clinical signs and symptoms and conventional radiography. However, in cases of clinical and radiographic borderline disease establishment of the correct diagnosis is sometimes difficult. This presentation reports how the MRarthrographic appearance of acetabular rim pathologies can be used to differentiate both conditions. In DDH and FAI, labral pathologies localize identically with a predilection to the anterosuperior quadrant of the acetabulum. Labral tears are found in 64% in both groups. The volume of the labrum is increased in 86% DDH hips but in none of the FAI hips. Ganglion formation in the periacetabular area is seen in 71% DDH and 21% FAI hips. These findings provide evidence that the anterosuperior acetabular rim represents the initial fatiguing site of the hip under both DDH and FAI. The capability of MR-arthrography to depict differences in labral pathologies suggests this method as a helpful diagnostic tool to define the most appropriate treatment strategy specifically in borderline cases.


S. Puloski M. Leunig R. Ganz

Background: Numerous radiographic indices have been described to help define the degree of acetabular deficiency in adult patients with developmental dysplasia. The lateral centre-edge angle (LCE) of Wiberg and the anterior centre-edge (ACE) angle of Lequesne are two of the commonly measured indices that are reported in the evaluation of procedures that are used to correct acetabular deformity. Unfortunately much of the reported literature that tries to define abnormal indices has been extrapolated from the evaluation of “normal” pelvi or those with osteoarthritis. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the application and limitations of the LCE and ACE angles in a group of patients with developmental dysplasia treated with periacetabular osteotomy.

Methods: 50 cases were randomly selected from a larger cohort of over 500 patients with acetabular dysplasia treated at our institution with periacetabular osteotomy. The preoperative and post osteotomy false profile and anteroposterior plain radiographs were reviewed. Cases were first grouped into one of three categories based on a general estimation of the location of acetabular deficiency as determined from the AP radiograph.

A number of radiographic indices were measured and compared including the VCE angle, LCE angle, and acetabular angles of Tönnis and Sharp. Variation in both the VCE and LCE angle was evaluated by measuring the index using two different reference points. This included (1) the traditional mark of the furthest point along the sclerotic density of the weight bearing zone and (2) an alternate point representing the furthest extent of lateral or anterior bony coverage. Additional sources of measurement error were determined. The relationships between the centre-edge angles and other radiographic indices were determined. An evaluation of the indices and correction on post osteotomy radiographs was also performed.

Results: Fifty cases in 45 patients were reviewed. There were 31 female and 19 males. The mean age was 30 years (range, 17–45). A general review of all preoperative AP radiographs revealed that all hips displayed some degree of lateral deficiency.

Nineteen of these cases displayed a “classic” lateral and anterior deficiency. However, 19 cases displayed a more uniform deficiency and 12 cases were in fact retroverted.

Evaluation of the radiographic indices revealed:

A mean VCE angle of 2.3 degrees (SD±12.7) and LCE angle of 3.4 degrees (SD±9.3). These were corrected to 25.8 degrees (SD±11.6) and 28.6 degrees (SD±8.7) following osteotomy.

The VCE and LCE angles did not appear to be correlated (r=0.35). This is contrary to previous studies evaluating non-dysplastic pelvi (Chosa et al., 1997). The LCE angle showed no significant correlation to other lateral coverage indices (Tönnis, Sharp).

No correlation was seen either in the post osteotomy values, or in the absolute degree of correction.

The alternate VCE (aVCE), using the most anterior aspect of the acetabular margin as the reference point was consistently larger (p< 0.001) with a mean difference of 27.1 degrees (SD±10.0). There was however a positive correlation between these two methods of measurements (r=0.77).

A similar variation was seen when comparing the LCE angle and the alternate LCE (aLCE). The mean difference between measurements was 7.3 degrees (SD±8.7)(p< 0.001).

The mean VCE in hips with primarily anterior and lateral deficiency (−6.7°±12.5) was significantly lower (p< 0.01) than those with uniform deficiency (5.1°±8.3) or those with retroverted acetabuli (8.9°±13.3)

Dysplastic hips with a decreased LCE angle but relatively normal Tönnis angle should be treated carefully as osteotomy may result in excessive angular correction in the coronal plane, thus creating a negative Tönnis angle. This can ultimately lead to problems with lateral and/or anterolateral impingement.

Potential sources of error in measurement that were identified include:

Deformity of the acetabulum and occasional abnormalities of the femoral head limit the ability to identify the center of the rotation necessary to measure the centre-edge angles. Subluxation of the femoral head also creates a degree of error. These difficulties were observed in over 20% of cases.

Alteration in pelvic tilt and rotation theoretically decreases the accuracy of measurement. Practically over 30% of radiographs were seen as less than ideal.

The absolute reference point for VCE and LCE angles as the end of the sclerotic line in the weight bearing area can be (1) difficult to define (2) does not always represent the most anterior or lateral extent of the acetabular margin. This discrepancy appears to increases in dysplastic hips. This has been suggested previously (Fabeck et al.,1999) and is now supported by our findings.

Conclusion: Centre-edge indices can be useful parameters in defining acetabular morphology. However, these parameters should not be used in isolation and the absolute values do little to define the overall location and degree of deficiency in hips with acetabular dysplasia. A number of significant sources of measurement error limit their accuracy especially in patients with hip dysplasia. Currently, it is our feeling that no single radiographic parameter fully defines the specific morphology in each individual case nor reflects the success of correction when treating patients with periacetabular osteotomy.


M Beck A Martinez S Li R. Ganz

Radiodense structures resembling ossicles at the acetabular rim have received multiple names including “Os acetabuli, Os supertilii, Os marginale superius acetabuli, and Os coxae quartum”.

Various theories regarding their origin have been postulated. These structures commonly are observed in dysplastic hips and hips suffering from femoro-acetabular impingement and represent fractures of the acetabular rim. In our series we observed acetabular rim fragments in 4.9% of the dysplastic hips and in 6.4% of the hips with femoro-acetabular impingement.

Two different pathomechanics are responsible for the occurrence of these rim fragments. In dysplasia the short acetabular roof reduces the amount of available loading surface which leads to an overload on the lateral margin of the acetabulum, propagating the development of a fatigue fracture. However, as in all hips additional cysts were visible, it must be postulated, that cysts have to be present additionally and act as stress risers through which the rim bone eventually will fail. In hips with femoro-acetabular impingement the mode of failure is different. The relative anterior overcover in retroverted hips is subjected to stress during flexion of the hip, which is further increased by the frequent presence of an non-spheric extension of the femoral head as seen in cam impingement. The nonspheric femoral head-neck junction is jammed into the rim area. By repetitive traumatization the anterior rim eventually will fracture.

The clinical importance of acetabular rim fractures in the dysplastic hip is readily understood even by an unexperienced observer. However, it has to be considered as a sign that the hip has decompensated and it usually goes with significant articular cartilage damage. Because the radiographic appearance of the hip with femoro-acetabular impingement seems normal at first sight, the mechanism leading to anterior rim fracture may be overlooked. However, recognition and adequate treatment is important to prevent further degeneration of the hip.


R. Ganz

Alignment, coverage and congruency are traditional keywords for the morphological interpretation of the hip joint. Most of the collected information come from ill-defined radiographs and are mainly used to characterize the capacity of a hip for load transmission. Accordingly threshold values for undercoverage are more precise than the definition of overcoverage.

The understanding of what is a normal hip anatomy is changing rapidly; other parameters have to be included as well. The impingement concept introducing motion as an important initiator of osteoarthritis is based on relatively minor morphological abnormalities of the hip which were of little interest until now. With high quality MRI we recently learned that a hip joint may have substantial cartilage damages although it looks radiographically normal.

This Symposium is a first attempt to update on our standards Puloski et al. point to weak radiographic parameters. Dora discusses hitherto barely noticed indicators like the acetabular version which has a high potential for morbidity. Beck et al explain the acetabular rim fragment, a structure which can be seen in dysplastic as well as in impinging hips. Finally Leunig et al. use the MRI-morphology of the labrum to distinguish between dysplasia and hip impingement in borderline hips.


Full Access
Olle Svensson

Fracture is the only clinically relevant aspect of osteoporosis—a major public health problem in many countries. The strongest predictor for a new fragility fracture is a previous one. For instance, a patient with one osteoporotic vertebral compression fracture has about a seven-fold increased hip fracture risk; a patient with two compression fractures a 14-fold hip fracture risk. Today, we have evidence based and efficient osteoporosis drugs as well as non-pharmacologic methods for fracture prophylaxis. In risk group patients it often is possible to halve the fracture risk.

The orthopaedic surgeon is the first and sometimes the only doctor a fracture patien sees. Therefore, as orthopaedic surgeons, we have a great opportunity—and indeed an onus—to identify patients with increased fracture risk, and to do something about it.

Imagine patients with myocardial infarction or stroke discharged from hospital without blood pressure control or having a biochemical profile taken? Such negligence is, alas, not uncommon for patients with fragility fractures. We must think in terms of absolute fracture risk, and implement today’s evidence based knowledge.

Secondary prophylaxis should be an integrated part in fracture treatment. And this calls for a multidisciplinary and multiprofessional teamwork including surgeons, geriatricians, endocrinologists and general practitioners, as well as nurses, physiotherapists and a wide range of other paramedical specialists. Such “fracture chains” will reduce the number of unnecessary and preventable injuries and will have a great impact in terms of cost and suffering. This symposium will give an overveiw of fracture-preventing strategies.


Karl-Göran Thorngren

In the trend to operate hip fractures with less invasive procedures it is important to realise that the semi-percutaneous approach to make osteosynthesis with two screws or hook pins for femoral neck fractures, actually is a mini invasive procedure. It is well proven since decades.

The major question is to select the right patients for osteosynthesis versus arthroplasty (unipolar hemi, bipolar hemi or total hip arthroplasty). It is depending on the damage to the blood supply of the femoral head. There is at the moment no methods for this in routine use, but with the development of MRI techniques it might be possible. The goal is to select the right patients for osteosynthesis to minimise the healing complications and the need for secondary hip arthroplasties.

The hook pin procedure has been extensively used in Sweden through decades. Since the last 5 years there is an increasing trend for the most displaced fractures in older patients to be operated with a hemi arthroplasty. Previously a primary osteosynthesis was the first choice in all patients. The results of 10 years use of this procedure in Lund 1988–1997 shows that for the total of femoral neck (cervical) hip fractures the need for a secondary arthroplasty within 2 years was 20%. Previously published need for secondary arthroplasty was 13% when only well trained surgeons operated. There is thus no need to behead all displaces femoral neck fractures because some fail. In Norway the principles of primary osteosynthesis still mostly prevail. In a randomised comparison between hook pins and screws it was found that the rates of early failure of fixation, non-union and need for reoperation did not differ significantly between the two osteosynthesis methods. The use of hook pins was associated with less drill penetrations of the femoral head during surgery (odds ratio 2.6) and a lower incidence of necrosis of the femoral head (odds ratio 3.5). The technique of performance was of significant importance. There was a highly significant relationship between poor reduction and poor fixation of the fracture and subsequent reoperation. Likewise per-operative drill penetration of the femoral head was associated with a greater risk of reoperation. In total 22% of these patients needed a major reoperation (usually hemi arthroplasty). In 7% of the cases the fixation device needed to be removed after a healed fracture. In another randomised study between hook pins and three screws 57% of the patients were operated within 6 hours from admission to hospital and 92% within 24 hours. The mean (median) time for operation was 36 (30) minutes for the hook pins and 40 (35) minutes for the AO screws. After 2 years 77% of the hook pin patients had not needed any reoperation compared to 73% in the AO screw group. In total a secondary hemiarthroplasty had been performed in 7% and a total hip arthroplasty in 12% of the patients. Extraction only of osteosynthesis material had been performed in 5%. Again, healing was much higher if the reposition and positioning of the osteosynthesis material was optimised.

Osteosynthesis is a mini invasive procedure. It is indicated for all undisplaced cervical fractures and for less displaced fractures, particularly in younger patients. Attention to the reposition and positioning of the osteosynthesis material is necessary. An image intensifier with large field of view and good resolution facilitates this, preferably a biplanar. The future goal is to select the patients better for the different procedures osteosynthesis or arthroplasty.


Full Access
E Czerwinski M. Czerwinska

The risk of further fractures increases 2–10 times after the first fracture. Actual fracture risk for the given person (absolute fracture risk) can be calculated from data collected in 10-year prospective studies (NHANES or Kanis 2001). To calculate absolute fracture risk one has to multiply age-related risk factor ascertained in above studies by the coefficient estimated for particular factors influencing possible fracture (relative fracture risk). The most commonly used factors are: age (RR 2.0 for each 5 yrs over 65), low BMD (RR/SD 1.4–2.6), low-energy fracture after the age of 40 (RR 4.0), proximal femur fracture in mother (*RR 1.9), body mass lower than 58 kg (*RR 1.9), early menopause – before the age of 45, smoking (RR 1.2), susceptibility to falls (*RR 3.5), corticosteroids intake.

Absolute fracture risk in 60-year-old woman whose foreseen 10-year probability of femoral neck fracture is 2.3% with normal BMD but burden by factors marked by asterisks would be: 2.3% x 1.9 x 1.9 x 3.5 = 29%. As 76% of fractures occur in women with normal BMD absolute fracture risk is the most objective information. In case of proximal femoral fracture 10-year probability of 10% or more fracture risk provides a cost effective threshold for women in Sweden.

We can increase bone mineral density by pharmacological intervention. Every patient should be given calcium and vit. D supplementation and a specific medication, which should be adjusted to: age, sex and presence of hot flashes and fractures. HRT is preferred in women aged 50–60 yrs suffering from hot flashes. HRT decreases the risk of spine (50%) and proximal femur fracture (40%). However some risk of breast and uterine cancer has to be taken into consideration. Selective estrogen modulators (SERM; raloxifene) act as estrogen agonists on bone and cardiovascular system but as antagonists on breast tissue. Decrease of spinal fracture (45%) and breast cancer incidence (70%) is proven but no positive action on proximal femur is reported.

In women who underwent osteoporotic fracture one can apply bisphosphonates, strontium ranelate or PTH. Alendronate reduces spine fractures (47%) and proximal femur fractures (51%). Similar effects are documented for risedronate (spine – 60% and proximal femur 40–56%). Strontium ranelate not only inhibits bone resorption but also stimulates bone formation. Decrease of spine and proximal femur fractures occurrence has been proven (41%). PTH injected sc. in daily doses is the most powerful compound which rebuilds bone trabeculae in severe cases and reduces incidence of peripheral fractures (53%). Calcitonin is effective in spine fractures but not in proximal femur.

Fall prevention program should be implemented in all patients with osteoporosis independently from pharmacological intervention.


Charles S B Galasko

The incidence of reported cases of whiplash has risen dramatically in many Western Countries.There was an initial increase, in the United Kingdom, following the compulsory wearing of seatbelts for drivers and front seat passengers but since then the incidence has increased even more. This pattern has been reported in other regions.

Many factors have been proposed to account for this increased incidence, including changes in car design, increased traffic density, psychosocial aspects and increased litigation.

Although whiplash injury is defined as a “minor” injury it may be associated with prolonged morbidity. The factors causing chronicity are not well understood but do include the severity of the initial injury (WAD 3 injuries doing significantly worse than WAD 1 and 2 injuries), the development of psychological symptoms, age and bio-social factors. Prolonged litigation and prolonged inappropriate treatment also lead to chronicity.


Antoni Moroni

Because of the decreased holding power of the screws, fixation of osteoporotic fractures has a high failure rate (10%–25%). It should also be reported that even if fixation does not fail, several osteoporotic patients with fractures have unsatisfactory functional results due to bony malunion.

Elderly patients with osteoporosis demand better fixation techniques. Treatment goals in this particular patient population include: proper fracture alignment, stable fixation and early rehabilitation. A surgeon should adopt a minimally-invasive technique in order to relieve the patient of physiological stress and allow for full-weight bearing of the fractured limb. Several fixation augmentation techniques have been proposed such as the use of PMMA, calcium phosphate cement, oblique screw insertion and cannulated ported screws.

Our studies indicated that osteoporotic bone fixation can be greatly improved by using implants coated with calcium phosphates such as hydroxyapatite. Hip fractures are the most severe form of fracture in patients with osteoporosis. Cut-out of the load-bearing implant is seen more frequently compared to patients with good bone quality often leading to revision surgery. We compared dynamic hip screw (DHS) fixation with hydroxyapatite(HA)-coated AO/ASIF screws to DHS fixation with standard AO/ASIF screws in osteoporotic trochanteric fractures. One-hundred-andtwenty patients were divided into two groups and randomized to receive 135° 4-hole DHS with either standard lag and cortical AO/ASIF screws (Group A) or HA-coated lag and cortical AO/ASIF screws (Group B). Inclusion criteria were: female, age > 65 years, AO/OTA fracture type A1 or A2 and a bone mass density (BMD) T-score lower than −2.5. Exclusion criteria included lag screw extension into the proximal third of the femoral head. Between the two groups, there were no differences in patient age, BMD, screw position in the femoral head, tip apex distance, quality of reduction and fracture impaction at the 6-month follow-up. In Group A, femoral neck shaft angle (FNSA) reduced over time (134 ± 5° postoperative vs. 126 ± 12° at 6 months, p = 0.003), whereas in Group B, no reduction occurred over time, as indicated by the lack of difference between the FNSA post-operative (134 ± 7°) and at 6 months (133 ± 7°). Lag screw cut-out occurred in four Group A cases but not in Group B (p < 0.05, = 0.8). Three patients with cases of cut-out underwent revision with bipolar prostheses. At 6 months, the Harris hip score was 60 ± 25 (Group A) and 71 ± 18 (Group B) (p= 0.007).

External fixation could be a viable treatment option in elderly trochanteric fracture patients since it typically involves a low energy trauma. However post-operative complications associated with inadequate pin fixation have limited its use. Because of the development of HA-coated screws, we compared external fixation with HA-coated screws (H-CP) to DHS with AO/ASIF stainless-steel screws in osteoporotic trochanteric fractures. Forty patients were divided into two groups and randomized for treatment with either 135° 4-hole DHS (Group A) or external fixation with 4 H-CP (Group B). Inclusion criteria were: female, age > 65 years, AO/OTA fracture type A1–2 and a BMD T-score lower than −2.5. All fixators were removed at 3 months. There were no differences in patient age, fracture type, BMD, ASA, hospital stay and quality of reduction. Average number of blood transfusions was 2 ± 0.1 in Group A, whereas no blood transfusions were required in Group B (p < 0.005). Post-operative FNSA was 134 ± 6 ° in Group A and 132 ± 4° in Group B (ns). In Group A, the varus collapse of the fracture at 6 months was 6 ± 8° and in Group B 2 ± 1° (p = 0.002). The Harris hip score was 62 ± 20 in Group A and 63 ± 17 in Group B (ns). In Group B, no screw infection occurred.

Conclusion: A valuable strategy that will benefit the elderly osteoporotic patient and provide for early mobilization is the use of a minimally-invasive technique, a well-restored anatomy of the fractured limb, no blood transfusion requirements and early rehabilitation. These should also be beneficial for maintaining the overall well-being of the patient. Our results demonstrate that enhanced screw osteointegration and fracture fixation will have a positive impact on the quality of life in the elderly osteoporotic patient.


David Marsh

Several studies document what we all know – that, in the vast majority of patients treated in fracture units for low-trauma fractures, there is no attempt to identify and treat factors predisposing to further fractures. We treat this fracture, send ‘em home and wait for the next. How mindless is that?

Equally, it is completely unrealistic to expect orthopaedic surgeons, focused on surgically treating a tide of challenging osteoporotic fractures, to assess the risk in each patient of further falls and the degree to which bone strength is compromised, and be responsible for prescribing treatments which will reduce risk in a cost-effective way. Yet the fracture unit is absolutely the best (and most cost-effective) place to identify the group of patients who will benefit most from preventive measures.

The answer is to work in a system, which connects up the right people to give each patient what they need. Surgeons to heal the current fracture (together with rehabilitationists to restore function and confidence) and physicians to assess and treat falls risk and osteoporosis.

Making this happen in practice requires answers to questions only you can answer:

who are the best physicians for our fracture unit to work with?

what is the best mechanism for selecting the appropriate patients to refer?

how do we persuade the commissioners to pay for it?

This is an issue in which it is worth us investing a lot of effort: we will ourselves soon be old and we must get this right in time for when we need it!


Philip Sell

Whiplash associated Disorder is a clinical entity that is well recognised by doctors patients and the legal profession. It is however a clinical syndrome that has few of the characteristics that are normally associated with the epidemiology and pathology of injury.

The dilemma of Whiplash is the absence of hard evidence of any pathological process that would normally be considered evidence of a disease process.

Epidemiology exposes some of the gaps in the current models of whiplash. There are unexplained cultural variations. The different legal mechanisms of claim should not influence a physical traumatic disorder.

There is normally a clear relationship between the kinetic energy involved in injury and the tissue disruption that occurs. Experimental models using crash tests produce conflicting results. Studies of polytrauma reveal a very low incidence of post traumatic neck pain.

A range of opinions are available in the literature on pathology and biomechanical factors. Systematic analysis reveals the level of evidence for the establishment of the disease of whiplash in the 1960’s to be level two or three, while the evidence for discarding whiplash as a physical disease in the modern literature is level one or two. It is much harder for physicians to discard a cultural fixed belief in a disease that may never have existed rather than to accept the verifiable logic of modern models of disease.

Various historical arguments that have been used to support a physical basis for whiplash associated disorder have a flawed logic. The current best evidence would suggest that the acute phase of a whiplash disorder may be the result of a minor soft tissue injury, the natural history of which is recovery. There is little or no evidence to support a physical basis for chronic symptoms, which on the balance of probability are due to psychosocial factors. Whiplash is a ‘convenient’ model of illness which results in ‘gain’ for all those involved in its manifestations. It is a convenient disease.


Aris Seferiadis

Victims of motor vehicle accidents often seek health care following whiplash injuries. Their complaints (whiplash associated disorders, WAD) are classified on a 1–4 scale developed by the Quebec task force (QTF) in 19951. A number of victims will not recover, developing chronic symptoms instead2. The pathophysiology of the complaints following a whiplash injury is largely unknown. Several different treatments are currently employed by health professionals to treat victims of whiplash injuries in the acute and chronic phase of the disorder.

Responding to the acute symptoms with activity (act-as-usual and exercise) results in improved outcome3. There is evidence that sick-leave may be reduced by high-dose methylprednisolone given within 8 hours of injury in patients with QTF grade 3 WAD3.

Approximately 50 % of patients with chronic WAD suffer from zygapophyseal joint pain that will be relieved for a period of several months if treated with percutaneous radiofrequency neurotomy3. Moderate evidence supports multimodal rehabilitation programs for increasing levels of function3 and coordination exercise to reduce pain in chronic WAD3.

State-of-the-art treatment for acute WAD is available and needs to be implemented.

Further research on the treatment of chronic WAD should focus on the patients’ cognitions and movement behavior.


Martin Gargan

The cost of claims for personal injury after whiplash injury costs the economy of the United Kingdom some £3 billion per year. The majority of vehicle occupants subjected to rear-end shunt either suffer no effects or make a complete recovery however a minority suffer adverse psychological and social consequences which may be largely unrelated to the severity of the initial physical insult.

The early psychological reactions include feelings of being shocked, frightened and angry which are related to the victim’s subjective perception of accident severity. During the days after many victims continue to experience anxiety and distress manifest in physical, emotional, cognitive and social complaints – which may be severe enough to constitute the diagnosis of acute stress disorder which has a high risk of subsequent PTSD (Post – Traumatic Stress Disorder)

Ongoing apparently disproportionate disability can take a number of forms but is usually an unconscious process resulting from the interaction of physical, psychological and social variables.

The risk factors for a poor psychological outcome include pre-accident characteristics, the nature of the accident, beliefs favouring chronicity, quality of care along with independent post-accident events and in many cases the effect of litigation.


J.C. Le Huec S Aunoble

Surgical treatment of degenerative disc disease (DDD) has been widely modified in the last decade. The clinical evaluation of back pain has been improved by the use of functional scores and VAS. The discography is an adjunct for decision-making, but CT scan and MRI are the keys to evaluate the aging process.

The conservative treatment with physiotherapy and exercise programs is always the first and very useful treatment. Percutaneous therapy like facets injection, laser, IDET, radiofrequency in the disc can be a solution in some specific cases. Their efficacy has been evaluated in different studies and is sometimes controversial but there aren’t contraindications for further treatment and their complication rate is low. Dynamic posterior stabilization devices using pedicular screws and ligament tension band are proposed to try to put the disc in rest and some histological analyzes confirmed this hypothesis. Interspinous devices have been evaluated since many years but there indications need to be established as the literature available doesn’t provide clear indication criteria. Partial disc replacement is a new challenge for DDD. Many devices have in clinical evaluation but only few have prospective studies demonstrating their efficacy. The PDN was the pioneer and as the other in the evaluation process it has to solve the problem of the stability of the device. The last products on the market are promising. The total disc replacement is the last solution before fusion. Many studies including prospective and randomized have demonstrated the efficacy of total disc replacement. The indication is the key point of success. The training to perform the approach safely is mandated. Finally the fusion: anterior, posterior or combined is the ultimate solution to treat DDD. This was the gold standard and is still the most widely used treatment. As a dead end fusion is used only if other solutions cannot be proposed or used. DDD therapy has to be considered with the help of an algorithm including all motion preservation treatment before fusion.


Full Access
João Cannas J. Mineiro

The multiplicity of factors that influence the clinical evolution of discopathies, determine a great diversity in its presentation.

The barely known genetic predisposition, the individual morphological aspects, the age and sex, the associated co-morbidities as well as the patient environment define in its all an individual context that influences decisively the treatment for each patient.

On the other hand, the identification in each case of the different stages of the multilevel DDD, causes doubts regarding the involvement of each segment in the respective clinical condition.

To singly identify all sources of pain, and not only each painful level, is the main challenge poised to the spine surgeon when defining the treatment strategy.

The diagnosis aggressiveness must be proportional to its doubts, and the discography, the disco-scanner and the facet blocks are fundamental when the conventional clinical investigation is inconclusive.

The use of minimal invasive techniques such as IDET or Coblation can be considerate as alternatives, especially in the early stages of single-level DDD.

The nucleoplasthy – nuclear prosthesis- is an interesting alternative in the intermediate stages of the discogenic pain DDD, as well as in the predominant facet pain or in the foraminal dynamic stenosis is the dynamic stabilization. Those are techniques with controversial results and which liability in some cases is yet to be proven.

Last, the use of different techniques in different levels in the context of multi-level DDD – ex: fusion + disc replacement; disc replacement + dynamic stabilization with or without decompression procedures in the spinal canal- must be rigorously considered according to the specific dysfunction of each segment and considering the anatomical and functional reconstruction of the spine.


Ian Leslie

The incidence of major hand injuries has fortunately declined in Europe in recent years owing to the enforcement of Health and Safety Regulations and the automation of many manual tasks. As the numbers of major injuries decline so too does the surgical skill and experience of the surgeon. Yet, major injuries will still occur and patient expectation will always be driven higher as media encompasses dramatic results from around the world. This symposium draws together experts from Europe and especially from Turkey and India where experience with these injuries is so much greater nowadays than in Western Europe.

Classification is difficult but necessary if outcome comparisons are to be made. A brief outline of available classifications will be given. The speakers will then cover the topic on an anatomical basis including the priorities in the acute management.


João Cannas

Fusion has been the surgical reference for treating degenerative disc disease, nevertheless in the last two decades the recognition of it’s inconvenients, such as the degenerescence of the adjacent level, the growing demand for a better life quality by the patients and the evolution of the knowledge regarding the biomechanics of the spine and of the intervetebral disc itself, have stimulated the development of new technologies for the treatment of DDD among which the Disc Replacement.

In this symposium will be analysed the biomechanics of the disc and disc replacement, enhancing the already known benefits of the movement preservation, by discussing the different philosophies of the available systems: non-constraint; semi-constraint; and constraint.

The analysis of the overview results in the literature of fusion in comparison with disc replacement will also proportionate a fundamental actualization when deciding over the current perspectives in the treatment of DDD, considering the treatment alternatives developed in the meanwhile.

The disc replacement is an actual challenge with believers all over the world as an important step forward towards better life quality of patients with incapacitant low back pain. But with indications and limits that must be well known. Besides that it’s a demanding technique with potential risks associated and that demands specialization in this domain for its practice.

Always considering the different phases of evolution of the DDD, which can occur simultaneously in the same patient, different therapeutics solutions are considerate and which application deserves a profound reflexion according to the diagnosis characteristics, its staging, the ponderation of risks and benefits and as well its socioeconomics consequences.


João Mota da Costa

Most of the major acute injuries of the hand will involved the tendons, either flexor or tendon lesions or both.

In programming the repair of tendons we have to evaluate all the others structures affected that need to be repair and remember that we should provide a good coverage of these structures.

In some situations it will be possible to suture the tendons directly, but in others we might need tendon grafts or to transfer some motor units for reconstruction of others, including the use of tendons of amputated parts. In other situations with grate tissue destruction and loss of pulleys of the flexor tendons it might be reasonable to do the reconstruction at a later procedure and to utilize silicone rods to maintain the space for a later reconstruction.

Tendon adhesions, joint stiffness, boutonniere and swan neck deformities are some of the complications that we might expect to have, even with a good rehabilitation program, and to solve at a later surgical procedure.


Full Access
Roger Lemaire

An informed consent document signed by a patient before surgery is supposed to provide evidence that he effectively received adequate information to be able to give informed consent. In fact, it only provides limited legal protection to the surgeon. Although the situation may vary from one country to another and, within each country, from one court to another, a standard consent form is usually considered inadequate, and a procedure-specific consent form appears as a minimal requirement. Even this will provide limited protection if a patient has presented a complication not listed. When confronted to a determined lawyer who pleads the absence of informed consent, a surgeon will most often not be able to give evidence for disclosure of some specific items to the patient.

This raises a number of questions:

- How extensive should the information be? Should compliance with a legal obligation always prevail over common sense?

- How much information can the average patient understand, store up and recall? How make sure that information has transformed into knowledge?

- Is it fair to require a surgeon to decide himself that his patients have been adequately informed, without being suspected to have faced a conflict of interest? Or should an independent authority be responsible for attesting, after an examination interview, that patients have received adequate information and are eligible for surgery?

- Should disclosure of all complications be forced on a patient who does not wish to know about them? Common sense and legal obligations may diverge on this point.

- Should preoperative consultations be (video) taped so as to procure objective evidence to serve in case of subsequent litigation?

In litigation cases, the burden of proof used to bear on the patient but has now more or less overtly been transferred to the surgeon, while he is not offered the possibility to face such demands in the current organisation of health care in most countries. Even though paternalistic medicine is no longer politically accepted, many patients still expect counselling rather than just information; law makers and lawyers have decided that these patients are wrong, but it is difficult for physicians who have been trained in the spirit of Hippocrates’ oath to behave merely as informers and technical care providers.

Medical activity takes place nowadays under ambiguous conditions. There is a politically accepted vision of medicine in which choices and decisions are made by the patients, as it is supposedly possible to bring all of them to a level of knowledge and understanding which makes this possible; when going in the field, things are different, and most patients are still looking for expert counselling in addition to or in lieu of information. As compared to the situation which prevailed a few decades ago, patients are much less ignorant about medicine in general, but the problem is that medicine has progressed far more rapidly than the layman’s medical knowledge.

Besides, a number of studies have shown that retention of information by patients decreases rapidly over time and is fragmentary, with potential benefits from surgery being recalled much better than possible complications. Patients have also been shown to ingenuously deny receiving information despite documented evidence; ingenuous fabrication, i.e. affirmation of an untruth, is also a classical observation

We know all too well that a number of our patients come to surgery without a proper comprehension of their pathology and therapy, and we have to pretend that we are not aware of it, otherwise we would have to deny those patients the benefit of surgery. To change this would require a major involvement not only of the medical profession but also of the almighty health care administrations and of the funds providers


Paolo Gallinaro

Commercial aviation has recognized since long time that the so called “human factor” is the main responsible for the majority of accidents or near-accidents, which are always reported in aviation but almost never in medicine. Therefore I strongly support the idea that we could much learn from aviation in order to cope with the major cause of our accidents. Like airmen, pilots, air traffic controllers and so on, we also make errors. The first step to reduce the burden of our errors is to be able to admit them in order to analyse their causes, which up to now we are unable to do. Only one medical journal, the Lancet, has started to publish our errors. But beware not to make confusion between, complication, negative outcome and medical error.

The “human factor” must not be understood as human error; on the contrary the human factor is related to the majority of accidents, where the human error is only a minor and final cause.

To understand how “human factors” can play a role in determining the “accident”, we must first distinguish between active and latent failures. Active failures are unsafe acts committed by those at the sharp end of the system: the pilot, air traffic controller, anaesthetist, surgeon.

Latent failures arise from fallible decisions, usually taken within the higher levels of the organization or within society at large. A clear example is the crash of the SAS aircraft in Milano Linate with a small aircraft of the general aviation on the same runaway. No ground radar was available and the fog made the rest. But only the “sharp end” of the system, i.e. the traffic controllers paid for their error, not those responsible for not buying the ground radar.

We must develop a new culture of error but this will remain difficult until our legal systems do not change their approach towards negative outcomes. This vicious circle needs to be cut for the benefit of all, patients and doctors.


SKIN COVER Pages 13 - 13
Full Access
S Raja Sabapathy

Most major Upper limb injuries are invariably associated with significant skin and soft tissue loss. With the recent technical advances, it is possible to cover most defects. This allows salvage of limbs which were being amputated before. Primary reconstruction of composite defects is also possible thereby shortening the reconstructive process. The ten key points are

Debridement is the key to success. The quality of the bed determines the infection rate and the ultimate functional outcome. Good debridement is essential irrespective of the type of skin cover provided. You make it or miss it at this stage.

Cover the wound as early as possible, preferably within 48 hours and certainly before infection sets in. Tendons and bones do not tolerate exposure. Dried and dead bones and tendons must be excised before providing skin cover.

While providing skin cover, make the complete plan and not decide for the day. The cover provided should facilitate the next stage of reconstruction (bone or tendon graft or transfers)

Good skeletal stability is a must before providing skin cover. In the upper limb stable internal fixation is preferable. Loose fixation is the beginning of the end.

If secondary procedures are to be done, skin flaps provide better access than fascial flaps covered with graft.

Composite defects need not always be reconstructed with composite flaps.

One need not try every known flap. Do what you are good at. Repetition is the mother of skill.

Having said that one must also recognize the inherent limitation of any technique. Be willing to change or try alternate plans when faced with problems.

Don’t forget donor site morbidity. Initial patient satisfaction is dependent on wound healing. Long term satisfaction is dependent upon donor site morbidity.

Do not give up reconstruction of a major hand injury for fear of inability to cover the wound. Never hesitate to seek help. A well healed reconstructed hand is functionally far better than the best available prosthesis.


Eero Hirvensalo

Patients seek more and more actively compensation for treatment injuries, accidents, infections, and even because of unsatisfied results. Injuries or mistreatment are quite frequently seen in orthopaedic surgery, because operations are increasing and unsatisfactory results can be easily recognised from radiographic documentation.

Compensation can be theoretically sought by three main routes: directly from the orthopaedic surgeon or his insurance company, secondly, from the institution where he is working (or its insurance company) and thirdly, from a statutory system if there is one available. The first two direct compensation mechanisms are based on direct link between the patient and the physician involved. A statutory system can be universal and act more as a no fault compensation system.

Statutory patient insurance was introduced in1987 in Finland (Patient Insurance Act). This act covers all medical treatment, both public and private care in Finland including examination, surgical and nonoperative treatment, inpatient ward treatment, physiotherapy, rehabilitation as well as patient transportation.

All hospitals and companies dealing with medical care need to be insured. The institutions or companies responsible of the medical work owe the policyholder status. Therefore workers in the medical field need not to make their own insurance agreements nor pay any insurance fees to the companies.

The Finnish Patient Insurance Centre handles all claims in Finland, about 7.000 cases yearly, of which about 2.000 will give compensation to the patients. An independent Patient Injury Board stated by the Ministry of Health supervises the Centre.

So far, orthopaedics and traumatology has been the leading speciality in producing injuries. The injuries are divided into six subgroups: 1) treatment injury, 2) infection, 3) equipment-related injury, 4) accident related injury, 5) wrong delivery of pharmaceuticals and 6) unreasonable injury (severe complication with permanent disability after accurate treatment).

The evaluation of patient injury is concentrated on the case itself. The personnel involved to the treatment will not be accused or sued whenever a patient injury has been recognised. This no-guilt principle has been adopted well in Finland.

In the treatment injuries the level of acceptable care is determined by standard of an experienced professional of that speciality he/she represents. That means that an orthopaedic operative or diagnostic procedure will be evaluated compared to the level, which a graduated and experienced orthopaedic surgeon could have normally reached. Infection injuries are considered acceptable and do not lead to compensation when being superficial, or if a deep infection heels within a couple of weeks or months with adequate treatment and without any permanent disability. Traumatic accidents are quite rare as well as breakage of medical equipment and error of delivery of pharmaceuticals in pharmacies. Unreasonable injuries are seen a few yearly.

The prerequisite for compensation is that there has to be an objectively recognised harm to the patient due to a diagnostic or treatment procedure. Patient insurance covers the following costs: 1) medical treatment expenses, 2) other necessary expenses caused by the injury, 3) loss of income on maintenance, 4) pain and suffering, 5) permanent functional defect, and 6) permanent cosmetic injuries.

In 2004 the total costs of compensation paid was 24.2 million e (public health care 88% and private health care12%).

The yearly claim and compensation data is used for comparative analysis between the hospital districts and given also to the medical and surgical societies in order to enhance medical knowledge and skills and prevention of similar injuries in the future.

Patients owe still the possibility to sue the hospital or doctors involved. However, these cases will be normally handled by the Patient Insurance Centre and not by the medical personnel individually. In fact, the amount of trials against medical units or personnel has diminished dramatically after adoption of the Patient Insurance Act in Finland.


Marianne Arner

Pediatric hand surgery in general requires special considerations and this is even more true when planning surgery in children with CP. It is important for the surgeon to realize that the functional problems these children exhibit have their cause in a brain damage which is not amenable to hand surgical treatment. Therefore it is crucial to carefully analyze each child’s impairment including the voluntary motor control and the child’s specific needs before endeavoring into surgery. Associated impairments, such as mental retardation, nutritional problems, epilepsy, dystonia or severe sensory deficits may influence decision-making, but the crucial factor is often the child’s own wish for an improved function. A child that completely neglects his or her extremity is usually not helped by surgery, at least not in an attempt to get a better hand function.

Hand surgery in CP mainly comes down to three techniques: 1. Reducing strength in spastic muscles by release operation, either at the origin of the muscle, at the insertion or as a fractional lengthening at the musculo-tendinous junction, 2. Increasing strength in weak antagonists by tendon transfer or 3. Stabilizing joints through an arthrodesis or a tenodesis. Most often a combination of these techniques is used. Almost all hand surgeons in this field have acquired their personal choice of procedures and scientific support for the benefits of the different techniques is scarce. My personal arsenal will be described in the panel but includes biceps-brachialis muscle release at the elbow, pronator teres rerouting, flexor carpi ulnaris to extensor carpi radialis brevis (Green’s) transfer and adductor pollicis muscle release in the palm combined with extensor pollicis longus rerouting for the thumb-in-palm deformity. In my mind, it is not most important which tendon transfer that is selected, but the choice of which child to operate and at what age. It is also important to tension the tendon transfers exactly right and to plan the postoperative treatment properly. The surgeon should, of course, also make sure that the child’s and the parent’s expectations on the results are realistic.

Botulinum toxin A has now been used for several years in the treatment of children with cerebral palsy and the drug has been shown to be safe and effective in reducing muscle tone both in the lower and the upper extremities. It has been more difficult to show effects on hand function especially in the long-term perspective. I will present our treatment protocol for botulinum toxin injections.

In 1994, a population-based health care program for children with CP was started in Lund in southern Sweden. All children in our region with a diagnosis of CP, born after Jan 1st 1990 are invited to follow the program which includes regular measurements of range of motion in extremity joints, standardized radiographic examinations of the hip joints and registration of surgery and spasticity treatments. The program, called CPUP has been very successful in the prevention of spastic hip dislocation, wind swept position and contractures. Some early results from the upper extremity part of CPUP will be presented. We believe that the program in time will give us valuable information on the natural course of joint motion and impairment of hand function in children with CP.


Richard Wallensten

In Sweden 99 % of all complaints against doctors are handled by a public authority, The Medical Responsibility Board (HSAN). This way it is very rare fore a medical complaint to reach the judicial courts in Sweden. HSAN is a national authority that assesses medical negligence. If health care staff is at fault, the Board can take disciplinary action against them.

The Board is made up of nine members. The chairman is a lawyer with judicial experience and the other members have experience from various sectors of the health services. Anyone who is or has been a patient can file a complaint to HSAN. The National Board of Health and Welfare, the Parliamentary Ombudsman and the Chancellor of Justice can also file complaints to HSAN. The complaint must contain details of the actual examination, care or treatment referred to, when and where it took place and, if possible, who was at fault and what the fault is considered to be. HSAN must be informed of the subject of complaint within two years of the incident’s occurrence. If this is not the case, disciplinary responsibility will have lapsed.

HSAN’s decisions are always public. A case is prepared by getting the opinion of the accused doctor and a copy of the patient records.

When a case has been prepared medical experts with links to HSAN review it. HSAN subsequently examines the case and arrives at a decision. The chairman alone examines certain cases following a review by medical experts. Copies of the decision are sent both to the person who filed the complaint and those to the person(s) cited.

If the person filing the complaint is not happy with the decision, it may be appealed. The appeal must be lodged within three weeks from the date the decision is made public. The court of appeal is the county administrative court.

HSAN does not handle requests for economical compensation. If the plaintiff wants money he/she has to go to court. This happens extremely seldom.

HSAN handles about 3000 cases a year and in less that 6–10 % a decision against the accused is made. 70 % of the cases concern doctors and 30 % dentists, nurses and others. The number of orthopaedics cases is about 300 per year and a ruling against the surgeon happens in less than 10 %. The complaints in orthopaedics concern clinical examination, faulty diagnostics (usually that x-rays were not taken), faulty treatment and misconduct. Most of the cases in orthopaedics originate in the emergency department.


César Silva

Congenital Hand Deformities are probably the most frequent cause of non-traumatic complaint in consultations on paediatric hand surgery.

The incidence of occurrence is about 1 in 500 live births. Some of these abnormalities are minor and do not interfere with function. Many, however, have a significant functional and/or cosmetic deformity.

Only a few congenital malformations have a regular single gene mode of transmission, most have an irregular and unpredictable pattern of inheritance; sometimes occurs as part of a malformation syndrome or skeletal dysplasia, or in a sporadic way.

In fact, the cause for 40 to 50% of these anomalies is “unknown”.

Themes like handling the patient and parents and the psychological effects of the anomaly, the general principles of treatment, timing of surgery and the principles of reconstructive surgery are discussed.

The classification proposed by A.B. Swanson and revised with the assistance of the Congenital Anomalies Committee of the International Federation of Societies fo Surgery of the Hand will be used to propose the general guides of treatment.

The most common anomalies will be approached in more detail and the option of treatment is discussed in base of experience of the author.


M. Arner

Hand surgery is rarely indicated in children with arthritis, but presents specific problems. The initial diagnosis can be difficult due to discrete clinical symptoms and limited radiological signs. A decreased wrist extension or finger joint stiffness can be early signs of arthritis in a child. Destruction of joint surfaces are difficult to evaluate since many skeletal parts in the hand, e.g. the carpal bones, are still not ossified in young children. Accelerated skeletal maturation can often be the only radiological sign of an active synovitis in the joint. The hands and wrists are often involved at an early stage of juvenile arthritis and different growth disturbances may occur, the most commonly seen is a shortening of the distal ulna. Surgery itself may also affect growth. When performing soft tissue surgery, like synovectomies or arthrolyses on the juvenile arthritic hand, a significant risk of postoperative joint stiffness has to be considered. Surgical treatment of arthritic hands in children are often delayed until adolescence, and doing any kind of surgery in a teenager is a difficult task which requires special attention and finesse. Personal experience from the Children’s Hospital in Lund, Sweden will be presented.


Full Access
Mr Sunil Dhar

Traditional surgical treatment of hallux valgus is based around distal soft tissue realignment and distal metatarsal osteotomies. Over the decades several osteotomies have been practiced, but currently the Scarf osteotomy is gaining popularity.

This presentation will discuss the various procedures for proximal correction of the hallux valgus, the scope of the Scarf osteotomy, its pitfalls and published results. Our own experience of the Scarf osteotomy runs to several hundred patients and the overall satisfaction rate from realignment of hallux valgus is over 80%.


Full Access
Andrew Taylor

The concept of a congruent and incongruent joint will be introduced and the results of various distal osteotomies will be presented. The differential diagnosis of pain around the 1st metatarsophalangeal joint will also be discussed.

Although not exclusively a complication of distal osteotomies, the correction of acquired hallux varus will also be presented.


H. Reichel

The current concepts of proximal femoral fixation in hip arthroplasty can be divided into three groups: the surface replacement concept, the femoral neck prostheses, and the short stems prostheses.

Between 1999–2004 more than 500 short stems prostheses (Mayoä) were implanted at the Orthopaedic department of the Martin-Luther-University, Halle, Germany.

To investigate the early functional results, a prospective randomized study was performed comparing 40 cementless short stem prostheses (Mayoä 1) with 40 cementless anatomical standard stem prostheses (ABGä 2) implanted in patients with unilateral hip osteoarthritis.

Age, gender, diagnoses, and body mass index showed no significant difference between both groups. In all patients, an uncemented acetabular press-fit cup was used. The implantations were performed by 4 orthopaedic consultants. A standardized anterolateral approach to the hip was used in all cases. In the short stem group, the femoral neck was preserved to achieve a multi-point fixation of the double-tapered stem in the intertrochanteric region.

The patients were followed clinically and radiographically at 3, 6, and 12 months postoperatively. Differences between both groups were tested using Student’s t-test. No specific complications occurred neither during surgery nor during the follow-up (FU). No patient was lost for FU. The radiograhic FU showed a correct implant position in all cases.

Concerning the Harris hip score (HHS), a statistically significant difference (< 0.01) was found at 3 months: the HHS for the short stem group averaged 93.87 points (range, 60–100 points), for the ABG group 87.02 points (range, 60–100 points). Preoperatively, at 6, and at 12 months, no statistically significant difference could be found between both groups.

In this study, patients having a short stem prosthesis returned faster to work and normal daily activities. We attribute this to the femoral neck approach without involvement of the greater trochanter and the abductor muscles. With its good functional results and its bone-saving concept, the short stem is an attractive design particularly for young patients.


Derek McMinn Joseph Daniel Chandra Pradhan Paul Pynsent Hena Ziaee Tim Band Roger Ashton

Hip Resurfacing has always been an attractive concept for the treatment of hip arthritis in younger patients. Introduction of modern metal-on-metal hip resurfacing in 1991 in Birmingham, UK made this concept a reality.

In the early years, resurfacings were used only by a few experienced surgeons. From 1997, Birmingham Hip Resurfacings (BHRs) are being widely used in younger and more active patients. A breakdown of the ages at operation in the regional NHS hospital in Birmingham during the period April 1999 to March 2004 show that the mean age of metal-metal resurfacings is 51 years and the mean age of total hip replacements is 70 years.

At a 3.7 to 10.8 year follow-up (mean follow-up 5.8 years), the cumulative survival rate of metal-metal resurfacing in young active patients with osteoarthritis is 99.8%. In the long term, none of these patients were constrained to change their occupational or leisure activities as a result of the procedure. The overall revision rate of BHRs in all ages and all diagnoses is also very low (19 out of 2167 [0.88%] with a maximum follow-up of 7.5 years).

Improvements in instrumentation and a minimally invasive approach developed by the senior author have made this successful device even more attractive. Although objective evidence does not support the fact that the longer approach was any more invasive than the minimal route, patient feedback shows that it is very popular with them. While minimal approach is indeed appealing, it has a steep learning curve. In the early phase of this curve, care should be taken to avoid the potential risk of suboptimal component placement which can adversely affect long-term outcome.

It is true that metal-metal bearings are associated with elevated metal ion levels. In vitro studies of BHRs show that they have a period of early run-in wear. This is not sustained in the longer term. These findings are found to hold true in vivo as well, in our studies of 24- hour cobalt output and whole blood metal ion levels. Epidemiological studies show that historic metal-metal bearings are not associated with carcinogenic effects in the long-term.

Metal ion levels in patients with BHRs are in the same range as the levels found in those with historic metal-metal total hip replacements.


Full Access
Julian Chell

The management of adolescent hallux valgus presents a considerable challenge for the orthopaedic foot surgeon. Those presenting fall into two groups, idiopathic and neuromuscular. The management of the symptomatic hallux in neuromuscular cases is more clearly defined with arthrodeses of the first metatarsal-phalangeal joint being the treatment of choice. This affords the most consistent long-term results and the greatest degree of correction.

In the idiopathic symptomatic hallux valgus the treatment is more variable depending on the severity of the deformity and the underlying pathological changes. The demographics of adolescent hallux valgus and its associated abnormalities are discussed. There is a higher incidence of an increase in the distal metatarsal articular angle in severe cases where combined surgical intervention in the form of double and triple osteotomies may be required to achieve long-term correction and a treatment algorithm is presented. Since approximately half of symptomatic patients will be under 10 years of age with significant residual growth early surgical intervention has a higher recurrence than in the mature foot.


K.P. Günther

In addition to “conventional” total hip replacement with cemented or cementless stems more recently different implant designs have been proposed by Orthopaedic Surgeons in Europe and US. Especially surface replacement and short stem prosthesis are believed to overcome the disadvantages of conventional THR in younger patients.

The symposium “MINIMAL DEVICE OR REPLACEMENT FOR THE HIP” is trying to summarize current implant philosophies and to review critically the available data of functional as well as radiographic outcome.


K.P. Günther

With the advent of new hip implants (resurfacing and short stem prosthese) current treatment recommendations have to be reevaluated. The indication for surgical treatment in hip osteoarthritis as well as the choice of implants is mainly based on personal experience of the surgeoun (internal evidence) and clinical data (external evidence). Experimental studies can support the information from clinical trials and are necessary to evaluate the mechanical properties of an implant. They do not replace the clinical evaluation, however.

The level of evidence depends on type, quality and quantity of available data from published investigations. Recent innovations like surface replacement and short stem prostheses have mainly been investigated in single center observational studies with a relatively short followup.

Wider introduction of new implants, however, needs continuous evaluation of clinical and radiographic performance. Examples are given, how this monitoring should be performed in a clinical setting.


Christian Mazel

Incoming of a spine metastasis remains a major bad prognosis factor in cancer evolution. Consensus over the years is now well accepted in most of European teams dealing with spinal metastasis. Two major opportunities exist in the treatment of spine metastasis:

Conservative treatment with an association of radio and or chemotherapy and or hormonotherapy. Efficiency of such treatments is well documented and must not be considered as a patient abandon.

Surgical treatment is based on two major options. The first one is palliative with the aim of decompression and stabilization. Aim is to cure pain and neurological involvement. The second one is curative with total or partial vertebrectomy in the aim to cure the cancer.

In all cases decision must be made considering age- general condition histo – pathology – neurological status

Considering surgical indications through out this symposium we would like to address three controversial points.

The first topic to be addressed will be: “Total vertebrectomy: when?” presented successively Doctor MARTIN BENLLOCH and Professor BORIANI. The goal of this presentation is to determine the indications of total vertebrectomy more than the surgical technique. These indications appearing essential within the framework of the metastatic patients, while insisting not only on the natural history, but also on the tumoral extension which determines the feasibility of the vertebrectomy. Professor POINTILLART and Professor BORIANI will then discuss about the strategy to adopt when confronted with multi-metastatic patients “Multi-metastatic patients: what strategy?”. This topic will focus primarily on the problem of multi level spinal metastatic lesions: the strategies to be adopted with respect to the patients presenting other metastatic lesions, as well as on a functional forecast (fragility of the long bone), or on the other hand, on metastasis without immediate functional incidence. We also would like to discuss the treatment of the primitive tumour, i.e. if it is the metastasis which is revealing cancer, is it necessary to first treat the primitive tumour, than proceed to the treatment of the metastatic lesions? The third topic of this session will be “When Not to Operate on Metastatic Patients?”, presented by Professor POINTILLART. The goal of this discussion is to be able to give a progress report on the surgical indications within the framework of a spinal metastatic patient. In a certain number of cases surgery is questionable with the discovery of lesions, because of their extended character, or the extreme malignity of the primitive tumour. In other situations, too many lesions will make surgery disputable. Last case scenario is a recurring tumor, because of its extension, its development, even its neurological complications, will make surgery challenging. All these points in our opinion should be openly discussed. Each session will be followed by a 10 minute discussion


Vincent Pointillart

Strategy means coordination of techniques and technicians facing a problem in which the solution is unclear and uncertain.

The only secured point is that there is no hope for curing the patient, and thus, his own opinion will have to be included in the decision making process.

Situations in which that question arises are extremely different from one case to the other and we will be able only to give our own guidelines.

In emergency, if a neurologic deficit occurs and increases, the goal is to decompress and limit the surgery to the most limited aggression and then to return to a more comfortable situation to take the proper decisions.

Elements to be taken in account

The vertebrae:

Situation is different according to the type of scattering.

Regional scattering accessible by a single approach ( similar if this scattering is associated to a second localization treatable by an isolated radiotherapy plus vertebroplasty if necessary) which is a situation closed to a single level metastasis, or general diffusion leading to a whole spine metastasis where radiotherapy plus general treatment if any are the only solutions. The schedule for these will be decided according to the risks of fracture or neurologic compression and the pain

The other localizations:

The whole question is about the potential risks induced by these. Bone fracture, brain oedema, hypoxemia, increased bleeding linked to liver incapacity.

The time to obtain a complete map of localizations is usually too long in these situations and therefore clinical situation should guide complementary exams to remain reasonable. When looking at the scoring of the patient with Tokuashi score When having no clinical significance, others metastases should be underscored and compared to the potential risk benefit comparison of surgery. One should not refuse surgery just because of a low Tokuashi grading since some surgeries like a two level cervical corpectomy through an anterior approach induces a minimal “cost” for the patient.

The cancer

Sometimes, the cancer is already known and the strategy has to be decided according to the treatments already done locally and in general (hormonotherapy, chemotherapy…). The primary response to these treatments is usually a good predictive key for the future. Depending on the expectable response to the other therapies, surgery could be the only technique that could help the patient or on the contrary only a second line technique if you may hope a good result from others.

In other cases, the metastases reveal the cancer. If no primary tumor can be easily found, the lesions should be treated first to ensure the best quality of life since it is known that the risk for a short life expectancy is high (same in case of a large lung cancer).

Conclusion In that goal multidisciplinary decision making process is the only way of offering these tools and finding the right order of use.

Participation of the patient in this decision is mandatory.


Vincent Pointillart

The first part of the answer to this question is easy: when the risk benefit balance is negative !

How to determine elements to be taken in account and what is their specific weight is another question which is unsolved yet.

A first group is easy to determine: those whose problem can be solved with non surgical techniques, i.e. metastases responsive to radiotherapy and if too fragile accessible to vertebroplasty. This group underlines the interest of an early diagnosis through a wide use of MRI. By that mean, diagnosis of metastases is possible at the stage of cell penetration in the cancellous bone, before any kind of destruction. This would not be the case by the use of CT scan, where destruction only can be seen, bone scintigraphy where bone reconstruction is shown or even worse plain X rays where a wide range of destruction can only be shown.

On the contrary, MRI T1 hyposignal and even better STIR sequences allow a secured early diagnosis, opening all ways of treatment before surgery is indicated.

If the primary tumor is known as radio/chemo therapy resistant, surgery will done in better conditions than in emergency facing all major complications.

A second group is also easy to determine: those who won’t get any benefit from surgery. These have a complete thoracic paraplegia, lasting for one day with almost no pain. Hope for neurologic recovery is almost zero, risk for infection, skin problems major and the post op pain will be greater than the preop.

If the pain is important and resists to WHO grade 3 pain killers, fixation can be proposed, risks clearly explained.

For the others, the discussion between all members of the team is the only way to find the most suitable answer, knowing here again that nobody knows clearly what should be done “case by case”.

Each member of the team must give his techniques, risks and benefits and association of methods gives the lowest “price” accessible to the patient.

Oncologist: chemo, radio sensitivity, general situation of the patient, foreseeable life expectancy, other metastases with and without clinical significance,

- Radiotherapist: area having already received radiation (classical situation in breast cancer), spinal cord acceptance for more, risk of increased weakness of the vertebrae just after the radiation.

- Radiologist: completion of check up, risk for bleeding and possibilities of embolization, vertebroplasty possibilities, on which vertebrae and timing of these compared with surgery and radiotherapy.

- General practitioner: he knows ( or should) the patient and his family and will be in charge of the immediate follow up

- Anesthetist: responsible for the pain care of the patient and the anesthetical contraindications.

- Spine surgeon: he knows the possibilities and risks.

Till now, no score exists to balance the Tokuashi score which is rather a score to foresee life expectancy. We need a score of the “cost” of surgery because a simple anterior cervical corpectomy is possible for any kind of patient and this is of course not the case for a long posterior instrumentation.

To us also, the level of denutrition is a good indicator of risk of complications and the value of surgery in these cases.

Conclusion No never, no always, just a discussion in which patient and family have to be included. It may happen that giving up surgery means acceptance of death. If serenity is achieved, it might be the best help we can offer rather than sending the patient for definitive intubation and no words.


Göran Benoni

Introduction. Haemostasis is a vital, complicated process. Many standard orthopaedic operations strain the limits of this process, leading to blood transfusions. The former view is that haemostasis occurs cascade-wise in discrete steps, primary haemostasis followed by coagulation, followed by fibrinolysis. This view has been modified to the insight that although there is a temporal succession of these steps, there is also multiple ante- and retrograde interactions between the various reactions.

The complexity of the haemostatic system also implies individual variance of the effectiveness of haemostasis. Minor haemostatic defects such as mild cases of von Willebrand disease probably occur in several per cent of the population. Furthermore many orthopaedic patients are on medication with ASA, NSAIDs, clopidogrel, antidepressants, warfarin and LMWH, all common drugs which affect haemostasis.

Methods to reduce blood loss. Basal measures include avoidance of hypothermia, appropriate positioning of the patient, appropriate anesthesiological and surgical techniques and if possible discontinuation of unsuitable drugs.

In patients with known haemostatic disorders, substitution of the deficient coagulation factors may improve haemostasis. The same holds true for patients on warfarin medication where substitution with vitamin K, with factors of the vitamin-K dependant complex or with plasma normalizes haemostasis.

Desmopressin stimulates the release of factor VIII and the von Willebrand factor and thus improves platelet function in some subgroups of von Willebrand disease and in platelet dysfunction due to ASA or dextran use. However, the blood-saving effect in patients without these disorders has not been conclusively shown.

In recent years the role of factor VII as a main initiator of coagulation has been stressed. Case reports of effective haemostasis in severe trauma using recombinant factor VII have been published but the experience of its use in orthopaedic surgery is so far limited and the cost is prohibitive for routine use.

During surgery and trauma, the fibrinolytic system is activated with particularly high levels of fibrinolytic markers in the wound. The effect of tranexamic acid, a synthetic fibrinolysis inhibitor has been studied in 17 randomised control trials in knee and hip arthroplasty. The drug significantly reduced blood loss and/or blood transfusion in the majority of these studies. The same findings were reported in 2 studies in spinal surgery.

To exert full effect, tranexamic should be given prophylactically, before the beginning of surgery. In studies at our department, the use of tranexamic acid was highly costeffective as it is significantly cheaper than blood transfusions.

Aprotinin, a protease inhibitor decreasing fibrinolysis has been extensively used in cardiac surgery. It has also been shown to reduce blood loss and blood transfusion in 4 out of 5 RCT:s in major orthopaedic surgery. Neither aprotinin nor tranexamic acid were reported to increase the frequency of postoperative venous thromboembolism.

Fibrin sealant, sprayed onto the wound has also been reported to reduce bleeding in spinal surgery as well as in arthroplasties.

Conclusion It is important to reduce blood loss and the burden of transfusion in orthopaedic surgery. This can be achieved by some simple basal methods as well as by the aid of various drugs to ameliorate haemostasis. At present, tranexamic acid seems to be the most costefficient drug for routine use.


Etienne Pitsaer

The management of autologous blood aims at reducing the need for allogenic transfusion. Blood requirement (autologous and/or allogenic) will depend on the pre-operative red blood cell stock and on the perioperative blood loss. The red cell stock is related to body weight and preoperative haemoglobin (haematocrit) level; it can be calculated accurately, whereas the perioperative blood loss (external and occult) is variable and unpredictable.

Preoperative donation of autologous blood, as well as intraoperative and/or postoperative recuperation and reinfusion of shed blood decrease the risk for allogenic transfusion in total hip replacement (THR) and total knee replacement (TKR) surgery. However, their efficiency and cost effectiveness are not optimal when applied to unselected patients.

Up to 50% of the predonated units of autologous blood are wasted after THR and THK surgery if patients have not been specifically selected to predonate blood.

In hip surgery the volume reinfused after intraoperative blood recuperation obviously depends on intraoperative bleeding; it averages 500 ml in a hip revision operation.

In TKR (with a tourniquet) the volume reinfused after postoperative recuperation depends on the amount of blood drained in the immediate postoperative period, which reflects both the amount of bleeding and the efficiency of the drainage. On average, 500 ml of shed blood with a haematocrit of 35% is reinfused, which increases the haemoglobin level by 1.0 gr/dl on average. The efficiency of this technique is unpredictable, with a wide dispersion of individual values (standard deviation: 208 ml) for the volumes reinfused. However, in patients with a body weight of 70 kg or less, the increase in haemoglobin level was more predictable and averaged 1.23 gr/dl.

In order to improve the efficiency of these two techniques (preoperative autologous blood donation and recuperation/reinfusion of shed blood), patients need to be targeted, taking into account:

- the calculated preoperative (day before surgery) red blood cell stock and the number of units of predonated blood,

- the lowest postoperative haemoglobin and haematocrit level clinically tolerable for that specific patient,

- the expected perioperative blood loss, which depends on such factors as duration of surgery, anticoagulant administration, use of a tourniquet,etc)

As a general rule, a haemoglobin level < 13 gr/dl, age > 65 years and weight < 70 kg all increase the risk to require autologous or allogenic blood transfusion, and would justify planning predonation of blood and/or recuperation/reinfusion of shed blood.


M. Pons F. Alvarez J. Solana R. Viladot

Objective: The objective of this retrospective study is to evaluate our results with proximal closing-wedge osteotomy of first metatarsal for the treatment of hallux valgus with severe intermetatarsal (IM) angle and normal proximal articular set angle (PASA).

Material and methods: We reviewed 110 patients (141 feet) who had been treated by proximal closing-wedge osteotomy of first metatarsal between March-97 and February-04. 87% were women and the mean age was 47.8 years. A single cannulated screw was used for osteotomy fixation in 82% of patients. Additional procedures as phalangeal osteotomy or Keller resection were done when necessary.

Results: With a mean follow-up of 42.3 months, correction of the deformity was good or excellent in 80.5% of cases and fair in 15.4%. Pain due to bunion disappeared in 94.3% of feet. Mean preop IM (angle) was 17.3 and postop was 7.9. Metatarsal-phalangeal angle improved from 42.4 to 15.9. Fusion was achieved in 6.8 weeks (average). Complications were: hypercorrection in 13 feet (2 required reoperation); recurrence of deformity in 10 feet (1 reoperation); central metatarsalgia in 8 feet. Neither infection nor nonunions were observed. Patient satisfaction was excellent or good in 92.7% of patients.

Conclusion: Proximal closing-wedge osteotomy of first metatarsal is a good technique for the treatment of hallux valgus with severe IM angle and normal PASA. It is an easy and reproducible technique with good results, low number of complications and a high rate of patient satisfaction


A. von Campe P. Vienne

Background: Distal metatarsal osteotomy is indicated for correction of mild to low-moderate symptomatic hallux valgus deformity and has shown good to excellent functional and cosmetic results. Original chevron osteotomy and its modifications are the most used distal metatarsal osteotomies. These techniques have limitations for correction of greater deformities.

Objective: To describe a new reversed L-shaped (ReveL) distal metatarsal osteotomy through minimal invasive technique to treat mild to severe hallux valgus deformities and to analyze the functional and cosmetic results of this procedure after at least two years follow-up.

Methods: Between November 2002 and March 2004, a ReveL osteotomy through single medial short approach was performed by 95 patients (120 feet) of an average age of 53 years (range 16 to 79). Overall complications, hallux valgus and I–II intermetatarsal angle corrections were analysed. 28 patients (36 feet) were clinically and radiologically reviewed with a mean follow-up of 33 months (range 25 to 42).

Results: 89% of the patients were satisfied or very satisfied with the cosmetic result. The average AOFAS score increased from 56 points preoperatively to 91 points at mean follow-up. There were no nonunion or avascular necrosis. The mean correction of the hallux valgus angle was 11° and 5 ° for the I–II intermetatarsal angle. There was no significant loss of correction of hallux valgus angle and I–II intermetatarsal angle between first postoperative assessment and follow-up. At least two years after the procedure, the force developped at the forefoot at push-off was still decreased compared to a normal population, particularly on the first metatarsal and on the big toe.

Conclusions: Good and very good functional and cosmetic results were obtained after Revel osteotomy for correction of symptomatic hallux valgus up to 60° of deformity in our series. There was no significant loss of correction after two years follow-up. The reduced forces on the first metatarsal head and on the first toe had no negative influence on the final subjective and objective result.


V. Dhukaram M.G. Hullin

Introduction: A retrospective review was conducted on individuals who have undergone Mitchell osteotomy for mild to moderate hallux valgus deformity. Hallux valgus leads to altered load bearing function of the foot and correction of deformity might result in shortening of the first metatarsal. Transfer metatarsalgia is one of the common postoperative complication. This study aims to look at the restoration of load bearing function of the foot post deformity correction.

Methods: Patients with preoperative intermetatarsal angle of less than 14 degrees were included. Clinical records and radiographs were reviewed. Clinical evaluation done with AOFAS scores and plantar pressures recorded using musgrave system. The foot was divided into 7 regions: first metatarsal head, 2nd & 3rd metatarsal heads, 4th & 5th metatarsal heads, midfoot, heel, hallux and lesser toes. Average pressure, peak pressure distribution and contact time of all seven regions were analysed. A control group of 15 individuals with twenty normal feet were included for comparison. Statistical analysis was done with analysis of variance of the means and Pearson correlation tests.

Results: Seventeen mitchell osteotomy was performed on 13 patients with follow up ranging from 14 to 66 months, a mean of 34 months. Most of our study group were females with an age range of 25 to 71 years, a mean of 53 years. The mean postoperative AOFAS scores were 87 and a median of 90 out of 100. Pedobarograph findings: Statistically significant reduced average pressure, peak pressure and contact time were noted under hallux when compared to the normal control group. The peak pressures were reduced at all forefoot regions but statistically insignificant. Otherwise, the pressure distribution, contact time and center of pressure progression were similar to the normal feet. On analysis of correlation between the parameters observed, reduced pressure distribution under first metatarsal head lead to increased pressures under 4th, 5th metatarsal heads and lesser toes. Significant correlation found between the pressure distribution under hallux and the AOFAS scores, which reveals the outcome of procedure, depends on the load bearing characteristics of hallux and not the first MT head.

Conclusion: Mitchell osteotomy restores the load bearing function of the feet to near normal except hallux, which may affect the outcome of the procedure.


S. Giannini F. Ceccarelli C. Faldini F. Vannini R. Bevoni

Introduction: The main goal of surgical correction of hallux valgus is the morphological and functional rebalance of the first ray and correcting all the characteristics of the deformity. Historically, distal metatarsal osteotomies and SCARF have been indicated in cases of mild or moderate deformity with inter-metatarsal angles up to 20° and are procedures widely used for correction of hallux valgus. The aim of this study is to compare a distal metatarsal osteotomy recently described (SERI) with SCARF osteotomy in a clinical prospective randomised study.

Methods: 20 patients with bilateral hallux valgus similar on both sides regarding clinical and radiographic assessment were included. Clinical evaluation using American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Score (AOFAS) and radiographic assessment were considered before surgery up to 2 years follow-up. All patients were operated bilaterally in the same surgical sitting, and received at random SCARF osteotomy on one side, and on the other a SERI osteotomy performed through a 1 cm skin incision under tdirect view control and fixed with one Kirschner wire. Duration of surgery was recorded. Postoperative care was similar in both groups and consisted of gauze bandage and weight bearing with talus shoes for 30 days.

Results: No statistical differences were observed in preoperative HVA, IMA, DMAA in both groups. Average surgical time was 17 minutes in SCARF and 3 minutes in SERI (p< 0.0005). No complications were observed in the series, with no wound dehiscence. All osteotomies healed uneventfully. At 2 year follow up, no statistical differences were observed in HVA, IMA, DMAA comparing SCARF with SERI. Average AOFAS score was 87±12 in SCARF and 89±10 in SERI (p=0.07).

Conclusions: Both SCARF and SERI techniques proved effective in the correction of hallux valgus, however SERI, performed with a shorter skin incision, in less surgical time, fixed with a cheaper device (one Kirschner wire), resulted in a better clinical outcome.


C. Matzaroglou E. Panagiotopoulos M. Chanos M. Papoutsakis E. Lambiris

Purpose: The evaluation of midterm results of a proposed surgical technique for the correction of hallux valgus deformity.

Material-Methods: Fifty-one female patients with sixty-two hallux valgus deformities were operatively treated between 1997–2002. The average age was 54.9 years and the mean follow up period was 32.7 months. A modified – 90 degrees angled – chevron osteotomy fixed with a Hebert screw was performed in all patients. Concomitant lesser toes abnormalities were managed at the same time. Preoperative, postoperative and last follow up radiographic intermetatarsal (IMA) and hallux valgus (HVA) angles, were measured and compared. Subjective analysis consisting of the AOFAS hallux scale was performed.

Results: The averaged preoperative HVA was 34.1 (range 22–56) and the averaged IMA 15.5 (range 10–29). The corresponding postoperative angles were 14.2 (range 0–28) and 8.1 (range 6–22). The mean AOFAS score was 94.3 (65–100). All the osteotomies were fused and there was not any case of non-union or loosening. Two patients showed late recurrence of the deformity but refused any further treatment.

Conclusions: Hebert screw is a reliable fixation method of the chevron osteotomy for the treatment of hallux valgus. The osteotomy site is firmly secured, avoiding early displacement of the lateral fragment.


R. Radl A. Leithner M. Zacherl U. Lackner J. Egger R. Windhager

We conducted a prospective clinical study to determine the influence of personality traits on the subjective outcome of operative hallux valgus correction. The surgical technique used in all patients was the chevron osteotomy. Preoperatively, personality traits were evaluated by means of the Freiburg Personality Inventory (FPI-R). 42 patients (38 female, 4 male) could be enrolled in the analysis. The mean age of the patients at the time of operation was 48.3 years (20 to 70). Three months postoperatively 37 patients were satisfied, and 5 patients were not satisfied with the operative procedure. The comparison of the two groups (satisfied and dissatisfied patients) revealed statistically significant differences in the personality traits aggressiveness (p=0.003), extraversion (p=0.001) and health worries (p=0.04). The postoperative hallux valgus angles were 12.2° ± 7.8 and 13.4° ± 8.3 (p=0.74), and the first-second intermetatarsal angles were 7.4° ± 2.5 and 7.6° ± 4 (p=0.89) in the two groups. The results of the current study suggest that the patient’s subjective result after the operative hallux valgus correction is influenced by some individual personality profiles.


S.N. Anjum F. Denolf

In moderate and severe Hallux Valgus metatarsus varus and incongruency of the joints are often important features. Basal osteotomy and distal soft tissue release can often achieve adequate correction of intermetatarsal angle (IMA) and joint alignment.. We retrospectively evaluated the results of Basal Osteotomy in 26 feet in 20 patients between January 1999 and December 2003. American Orthopaedics Foot & Ankle Society Score (AOFAS) was used for assessment. A subjective grading system was used to check patient’s satisfaction. The surgical technique consisted of crescentic basal osteotomy, lateral distal soft tissue release and medial capsular plication according to Roger Mann. Fourteen osteotomies were fixed with K wires that needed second operation to remove them. Barouk Screw was used to fix the osteotomy in 12 feet. Patients were mobilised in High heeled shoe postoperatively. Average age was 55.2 years and average follow-up was 25.8 months. The average preoperative Hallux Valgus Angle (HVA) and IMA were 37.38° and 17.27° respectively. At follow-up the HVA and IMA averaged 13.3° and 6.4° respectively. Sixteen feet had incongruent joint preoperatively that became congruent after surgery. In 25 feet sesamoid position improved after surgery. Average AOFAS score was 88.8. 94% patients were highly satisfied and graded their results as good to excellent. One patient had AOFAS score of < 50 due to her generalised poly-arthralgia and osteoporosis. K wire was broken across the TMT joint in one case and needed removal under GA. This lead to change of our practice as we started using Barouk screw to fix the osteotomy. Other complications consisted of decreased sensations over medial side of toe in three and mild metatarsalgia in one foot. Basal osteotomies with distal soft tissue release in the treatment of Hallux valgus give good correction of the deformity and high patient satisfaction. Barouk screw provides stable fixation.


R. Kolundzic M. Madjarevic I. Smigovec D. Matek T. Cuti

Aims: The aim of the study is to present early results in the treatment of hallux valgus with a new 3D subcapital metatarsal osteotomy, based on a original Wilson osteotomy. 3D subcapital metatarsal osteotomy is a simple and fast procedure where we shift capitis of metatarsal bone to lateral and plantar, and fix with K-wire.

Materials and methods: In the period from 1997 to 2003, 25 patients (all females) and 34 feet were operated. The patients were followed up from 1 to 7 years. The age of the patients varied from 33 up to 60 years (median value – 45 years of age). Indications for the corrective metatarsal osteotomy were the angle of hallux valgus more than 20 degrees, intermetatarsal angle more than 20 degrees as well as pain due to shoe pressure over the medial side of metatarsophalangeal joint, and aesthetic reasons. In this study all feet were evaluated (radiological, clinical and subjective evaluation).

Results: The angle of hallux valgus was 20 to 50 degrees (mean value – 32.3 degrees) preoperatively, and dropped to 2 to 35 (mean value – 12.47 degrees) postoperatively. Intermetatarsal angle was 10 to 22 (mean value – 15 degrees) before operation, and 3 to 15 degrees (mean value 5 degrees) after operation. The DMA angle was 0 to 30 (mean value – 15 degrees) before operation, and 0 to 20 degrees (mean value – 20 degrees) afterwards. Shortening of first metatarsal bone was 1 to 8 mm (mean – 3 mm). We did not have any complications.

Conclusion: Early results of this study show that new 3D subcapital metatarsal osteotomy in treatment of hallux valgus is a good method. It is necessary to follow strict and precise criteria in the indication of operative procedure in treating hallux valgus. The procedure itself is simple and fast.


M. Madjarevic R. Kolundzic D. Matek I. Smigovec T. Cuti

Aims: The aim of the study is to present later results in the treatment of hallux valgus with Austin corrective metatarsal osteotomy.

Materials and methods: In the period from 1982 to 1991, 238 patients (230 females and 8 males) and 380 feet were operated. The patients were followed up from 11 to 20 years. The age of the patients varied from 40 up to 60 years (the median value of around 46 years of age). Indications for the Austin corrective metatarsal osteotomy were the angle of hallux valgus more than 20 degrees, intermetatarsal angle more than 10 degrees as well as pain due to shoe pressure over the medial side of metatarsophalangeal joint and aesthetic reasons. In this study, 130 patients and 230 feet were evaluated (radiological, clinical and subjective evaluation).

Results: The angle of hallux valgus was 20 to 52 degrees (mean value – 34.5 degrees) before operation, and 8 to 36 degrees after operation (mean value – 16.1 degrees). Intermetatarsal angle was 10 to 25 (mean value – 15 degrees) before operation and 7 to 22 degrees (mean value – 8 degrees) after operation. Shortening of first metatarsal bone was 2 to 6 mm (mean value – 3 mm)

Conclusion: The study shows that Austin corrective metatarsal osteotomy in treatment of hallux valgus is a good method if strict and precise criteria are closely followed in the indication of operative procedure in treating hallux valgus, especially with middle-aged patients.


G. Cakmak C. Gokhan K. Ulunay K. Baris Y. Haluk B. Selcuk

Aim: The PASA (proximal articular surface angle) is a very useful measurement of the hallux metatarsal articular orientation for the preoperative evaluation and the selection of the surgical procedure. The measurement of PASA is found to be dependent mostly to the evaluator. The spatial orientation of the hallux can affect the measurement of PASA. In this study we try to evaluate the effect of pronation and the inclination of the first metatarsal on the measurement of PASA in 10 cadaver first metatarsals.

Material and Methods: The study is made on 10 cadaver first metatarsals. The metatarsals are fixed to a device. The metatarsal inclination and pronation of the metatarsal can be changed by this device. 15-30-45 degrees inclination and 0-10-20 degrees pronation are applied to the metatarsals. After applying radio opaque putty to the medial and lateral articular edges; metatarsal dorsal diaphysial ridge, the x-ray and digital images are taken at different degrees of inclination and pronation. The measurement of PASA is done by graphic software on computer. The statistical analysis is performed by paired sample T-test.

Results: We found that changing the inclination has no effect on PASA (p> 0.1). The pronation of first metatarsal has found to have a positive effect on PASA (p< 0.005). As the degree of pronation increases, the degree of PASA is found to be increased also. No difference was found between the measurements of x-ray and digital photography images.

Discussion: Inclination of the first metatarsal can change depending on the height of the medial longitudinal arch. By this experimental study we tried to simulate the pes cavus and pes planus deformity on the radiologic measurement of the hallux by modifying the inclination and pronation of the first metatarsal. According to the current study, inclination has no effect on measurement of PASA. Pronation of the first metatarsal accompanies some hallux deformities. As pronation influences the measurement of PASA, the current data suggests that the measurement of PASA is not suitable for making clinical and surgical decisions.


D. Mittal S. Rajá J.V. Mehta

Aims Pedobarography has improved the understanding of load transmission in hallux valgus. The aim of this study is to evaluate Pedobarography in Modified McBride procedure which transfers the deforming of adductor hallucis into a correcting force on the first metatarsal neck. Material and Methods Nineteen patients with 27 feet in total who underwent this procedure were included in this study. Average age was 49 yrs (range 28 – 73). Average follow up was 7 months (range 6–14 months). Pedobarography was performed before and after the operation using EMED SFX 6 system to record the contact area, total force, peak pressures and contact time for total foot, great toe and areas of foot medial to gait line. Results Pedobarographic measurements showed a statistically significant improvement in the contact area of the great toe 7.4 cm preoperatively to 8.7 cm postoperatively (17.5%, p < 0.001) and reduction in peak pressures of the great toe from 67.5 N/cm to 48 N/cm (29%, p < 0.001) and the total foot from 89 N/cm to 82 N/cm (8% p < 0.05). Conclusion We conclude that Pedobarography demonstrates the normalisation of forces in the foot following Modified McBride Procedure.


S.E. Varitimidis L.A. Poultsides Z. Dailiana A. Passias E. Kitsiopoulou K.N. Malizos

Introduction: Surgery in the foot and ankle is usually performed under general or spinal anaesthesia. Peripheral nerve blocking is gaining the preference of both surgeons and patients. The aim of this study is to evaluate the adequacy of anaesthesia with the method of triple nerve blocking at the region of the knee.

Materials and methods: One hundred and forty-four patients (79 men and 65 women) that were diagnosed with ankle and foot injuries or diseases underwent surgery using triple nerve blocking at the knee region as a method of anaesthesia. Surgical procedures included bone and soft tissue procedures and especially fracture fixation, osteotomies, tendon repairs, neuroma and tumor excisions, nerve decompressions and arthrodeses. The common peroneal, tibial and saphenous nerves were blocked with injection of 8 ml ropivacaine 2% for each nerve. The injection was performed by an Orthopaedic surgeon with the use of a neurostimulator. An anesthesiologist was available when necessary.

Results: Ninety-four patients tolerated the procedure without the need of additional injection of anaesthesia or analgesia. In 45 patients additional injection of local anesthetic was necessary. Five patients needed intravenous injection of analgesia in order to complete the procedure. Patients were mobilized the day of surgery, reducing in that way hospital stay. Hospitalization ranged from 0 to 1 days with 58 patients discharged the day of the operation. No complication related to the injection of the anestheric was observed.

Conclusion: Triple nerve blocking at the knee, as a method of anaesthesia, is proposed for certain procedures in the foot and ankle; it allows early mobilization of patients and reduces length of hospital stay. If the neurostimulator is used appropriately, the rate of patients that needs additional analgesia intraoperatively is diminished and no adverse effects of the local anestheric are observed. Complications observed with the practice of spinal or general anesthesia are avoided.


M. Knupp O. Magerkurth H. Ledermann B. Hintermann

Introduction: Realigning the foot and good ligament balancing have been recognized to be the mainstay for successful reconstruction of complex hindfoot disorders and deformities. This is particularly true for posttraumatic conditions, where deformities and scarring might be the underlying cause of foot dysfunction. For surgical reconstruction, i.e. osteotomies, arthrodeses and total ankle replacement, references are needed for restoration of the anatomy and the function. Most surprisingly to date no data is available regarding dimensions on standard X-rays of the hindfoot. The purpose of this prospective study therefore was 1) to define relevant and reproducible measures on lateral hindfoot X-rays and 2) to assess their reliability.

Methods: 100 lateral view X-rays were taken. Dimensions assessed were the talar area covered by the tibia, the angle of the distal tibial joint plane to the tibial axis (tilt), the width of the tibia on the joint level, the height of the talus, the joint radius of the ankle joint and the offset of the centre of rotation from the tibial axis.

Results: The tibial coverage of the talus was 88.1 degrees (SD = 0.36), the angle of the distal tibial joint plane to the tibial axis (tilt) was 83 degrees (SD 3.6), the width of the distal tibia 33.6 mm (SD = 2.4), the radius of the ankle joint 18.6 mm (SD = 4.0) with an anterior offset of the centre of rotation of 1.7 mm and the height of the talus was 28.2 mm (SD = 2.1).

Conclusions: In case of symptomatic deformity any reconstruction, i.e. correcting osteotomies, ligament reconstruction, arthrodeses or arthroplasty, should aim to correct the foot in a physiological way; respecting the original dimensions of the hindfoot to achieve maximal benefit. Anterior-posterior translation of the talus may be a source of pain, restriction of motion and a cause of degenerative joint disease because of eccentric joint loading. This is also true for the height of the talus, which may have a significant impact on the hindfoot physiology. To achieve good biomechanical function, the positioning of the talus in relation to the tibia needs to be planned carefully prior to surgery. Poor coverage of the talus by the tibia and too much tilt of the distal tibia lead to higher joint forces and may be the cause of instability. Surgical procedures may fail if this is not recognized preoperatively. Several easily accessible measures on X-rays were found to be reliable to describe the hind-foot, as only small variation was found on the evaluated X-rays. If reconstruction of the hindfoot is required, care should be taken to identify the physiological joint geometry.


S. Rohit A. Kolita A. Zubairy

Background: Postoperative pain following forefoot surgery can be difficult to control with oral analgesia so regional analgesic methods have become more prominent in foot and ankle surgery. The effects of ankle and popliteal blocks performed separately have been well described in the literature but we have not found any study that looks at the combined effects of the two procedures. It is the aim of this study to evaluate the efficacy of a combination of these blocks and decide if they provide significantly better postoperative analgesia than ankle block alone in forefoot surgery.

Methods: This is an ongoing prospective, randomised, controlled and single blind study. Proposed end-point should be reached in 3 months. The total number of patients to be included will be 60, with 30 in ankle block only group (control) and 30 in ankle and popliteal blocks group. All patients are to undergo forefoot surgery. Postoperative pain is evaluated in the form of a visual analogue scale and verbal response form. Evaluations take place four times for each patient: in the recovery room, 6 hours postoperatively, 24 hours postoperatively and on discharge. The pain assessor, who helps the patient complete the pain evaluation forms, is blinded to the number of blocks used. The amount of opiate analgesia required whilst as an inpatient will also be recorded. On discharge the patient is asked to rate their satisfaction with the pain experienced during their hospital stay. Results will be analysed using paired Students t test.

Results: Early results are showing that combined ankle and popliteal blocks provide better analgesic effect than ankle block alone. This is shown both in the patient response forms and also in reduced amounts of opiate analgesia required. Further discussion of the results and conclusions will be drawn once the study has been completed.


L. Gerdesmeyer M. Henne J. Vesters

Purpose: To determine the effectiveness of rESWT for chronic plantar heel pain.

Materials and methods: 70 patients were enrolled and randomly assigned to either active or placebo treatment. 2000 shock waves per session and 3 sessions were applied, interval of 2 weeks. The primary efficacy criteria were subjective outcome on Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) and Roles- and Maudsley-Score. The primary study endpoint was 12 weeks. Nonparametric procedures have been used for teststatistical analyses. In addition to P-values, results have been presented by means of Mann-Whitney estimators as nonparametric effect sizes and their one-sided 97.5% confidence intervals as required by the ICH E9 Guideline ( Exact Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test, ï ¡ = 0.025 one-sided)

Results: 62 patients could be examined 12 weeks after rESWT. Drop out rate 12%. Significant decrease in pain sensation could be found in the active group (p< 0, 001). The VAS decreased from 7.1 (+/− 1,6) to 3.6 (+/− 2,3). Placebo group showed slight improvement from 6.7 (+/−1,8) to 5.9 (+/− 2,2). The effect size (Mann-Whitney) denotes a large superiority of the rESWT group (MW = 0.72). The lower bound of the asymptotic one-sided 97.5% confidence interval denotes superiority of the test group (LB-CI = 0.58). The results scored on Roles- and Maudsley-Score showed similar improvement. Only minor side effects as petechial bleeding and swelling were detected.

Conclusion: The radial shock wave therapy is effective and save in treatment of chronic heel pain.


R. Simpson A. Zarugh N.M. Shaath

Introduction: We present the results of a prospective randomized trial of Zadik’s procedure V. chemical ablation by sodium hydroxide for the treatment of ingrowing toenails.

Materials and Methods: Thirty eight patients had Zadik’s procedure, 45 patients had chemical ablation by sodium hydroxide. Mean average follow-up was 12.45 months for Zadik’s group and 11.69 months for the chemical group.

Results: We have studied 5 end points: 1/return to normal shoe wear. In Zadik’s group, the average return to normal shoe wear was 2.13 weeks and 3.73 weeks in the chemical group. 2/average return to normal activity was 2.18 weeks for Zadik’s group and 3.89 for the chemical group. 3/the median numbers of dressings were 3 and 8 for Zadik’s and chemical ablation patients respectively. 4/the pain score, using the visual analogue, were not statistically significant between the two groups. 5/the recurrence rate, 23 recurrences in Zadik’s group (60.5%) and seven recurrences in chemical ablation group (15.6%). However, only 13 patients had symptomatic recurrence (34.2%) in the Zadik group and two patients had recurrence in the chemical ablation group (4.4%).

Conclusion: The use of chemical ablation by sodium hydroxide in the treatment of ingrowing toenails shows statistically significant reduction in the recurrence rate of ingrowing toenails compared to Zadik’s procedure (P< 0.05). Key words: Ingrowing toe nails, Zadik’s, Chemical ablation.


T. Mulier G. Dereymaeker

Introduction: In spite of the common occurrence of hallux valgus deformity and the multiple corrective procedures that have been proposed, only few studies have been published about the anatomy of this joint. None of these studies mention the existence of a meniscal structure in the first MTP joint. The fact that this structure is often seen during bunion surgery evoked this study.

Material and methods: A hunderd and two human cadaveric feet were dissected primarly to study the anatomy of the first metatarsophalangeal (MTP) joint. The anatomical findings on the specimens were correlated with clinical findings on 100 consecutive hallux valgus procedures. Particular attention was paid to the localization and histology of this meniscal structure. Based on this study, possible associations between the presence of this structure and the pathophysiology of the hallux valgus deformity and chondral lesions are proposed.

Results: A meniscal structure was present in 19 percent of the cadavers. A striking negative correlation is found between the presence of a meniscus and the extent of chondral lesions (P < 0.05). The presence of the meniscus was higher in cadavers with hallux valgus deformity (33%), however no significant correlation is found between the occurrence of hallux valgus deformity and the presence of this meniscus (P = 0.2). In our clinical study this meniscus was seen in 40% and was particularly high in younger patients with mild -painful-bunions.

Conclusions: The presence of this meniscal structure seems to stabilize the MTP joint, preventing hallux valgus (or rotational ) deformities. Once the rotational deformity increases the meniscus tears becomes painful and slips into the joint. In the more advanced hallux valgus deformity this meniscus plays little function and seems to disappear, leading to arthrosis.


H.-J. Kock M. Serly C. Jacobs Ch. Niewoehner St. von Gumppeneberg

To reduce both operative trauma and wound length in plate osteosynthesis of dislocated WEBER type B fractures of the distal fibula we started using 3 hole one-third tubular „anti-glide“ AO plates in 1996 instead of longer implants.

From 1996 to 2001 a total of 72 patients with isolated WEBER type B fractures were treated operatively by using 3 hole one-third „anti-glide“ AO plates. A clinical and radiographic follow-up examination was performed after 38.6 [18–63] months using the original WEBER score. The statistical method to compare our results with previous investigations was Chi-Square-Test according to Pearson (p=0.05).

67 (93.1%) of all patients were without complaints while 3 (4.2%) complained about exercise induced pain and 2 (2.7) reported rest pain. 69 (95.8%) patients showed identical ranges of ankle joint movement, whereas 3 (4.2%) patients had minimal loss of joint function. Radiographically perfect joint configurations were seen in 69 patients while 3 (4.2%)showed grade 1 arthrosis according to BARGON. A total of 68 (94.4%) patients showed very good (n=50) or good (n=18) results according to Weber. In 4 cases the result was not satisfying. This was not significantly different from other investigations with longer implants, but scar length was reduced and duration of after-treatment was signifcantly faster than treatment with longer implants (p< 0.05).

It is concluded that operative stabilisation of isolated Weber type B ankle fractures with 3 hole dorsal „anti-glide“ AO plates can be recommended as a safe, convenient, cost-effective and simple alternative to the use of longer implants.


G. Kuropatkin V.G. Drjagin B.S. Minasov

Aim: The pylon tibial fractures are a challenge for the orthopaedic surgeons. The purpose of this study was comparative analysis of different surgical methods of the pylon fractures.

Methods: From 1994 to 2003 143 pylon fractures were treated. There were 87 men and 56 women from 15 to 74 years old. In 45 cases we used only external fixation (Ilizarov apparatus), in 29 open reduction and screw fixation was combined with external fixations. Sixty eight fractures were treated by ORIF according AO principles. In 51 cases “clover leaf” and 1/3 tubular plates were used, in 18 cases stable fixation was realized by LCP-plates. Follow-up results were analyzed through 9 and 12 months.

Results: The good and excellent results (no pain, deformities and good function) were received in 72,7% patients, the satisfactory results – at 23,8 % cases. In 9 patients the superficial and in 4 the deep wound infection took place. The best results are received in cases of Locking Compression Plate (LCP) application.

Conclusions: Full restoration of axis and articular surface (with or without bone grafting), stable fixation and early mobilization of the joint is essential in successful treatment of pylon fractures. Indirect reduction and external fixation can be applied only in A and B1-type of fractures. At types B2,3 and C good results can be received only at use of a stable internal osteosynthesis.


G. Matricali P. Coeman G. Dereymaeker

Objective: to investigate the long-term clinical and radiological outcome of talar avascular necrosis after treatment by a patellar-tendon bearing brace (PTB), and if parameters predictive for a positive or negative outcome could be identified.

Patients and methods: 21 patients were reviewed retrospectively, 10 had a non-traumatic origin and 11 a traumatic one (groups comparable to gender and age). Mean follow-up was 5,5 and 6,3 years, respectively; mean use of the PTB was 17,2 and 14,8 months. Clinical outcome was assessed by the Mazur scale and the Kitaoka score for function, and a VAS for pain and subjective satisfaction; radiological outcome by the Ficat & Arlet classification and by the Kellgren scale. Clinical parameters were analysed for their positive or negative predictive value on outcome.

Results: A very early pain control was achieved in both groups (2.1 versus 1.9 weeks). On both the Mazur scale and the Kitaoka score the non-traumatic group scored lower as the posttraumatic group (66,3 versus 77,6 and 76.1 versus 78.1). Both VAS were similar in both groups: 3,1 and 3,6 for pain and 6,8 and 7,1 for satisfaction. The need for analgesic medication was slightly higher in the non-traumatic group: 4 versus 3 patients. Radiologically both groups showed a similar outcome with both evaluation systems. Older age, delay in treatment, corticosteroids, alcohol, hyperlipidaemia and female gender were identified as negative predictive parameters.

Conclusions: A PTB is an efficient treatment for talar avascular necrosis of both non-traumatic and traumatic origin. Clinical outcome is better in the posttraumatic group, although radiological outcome is comparable. Only negative predictive parameters could be identified.


S Giannini R. Buda F. Vannini B. Grigolo M.V. Filippi

Introduction Osteochondral lesions of the talus are a common occurrence especially in sports injuries. The biomechanical nature of the ankle joint makes it susceptible to sprains which can cause damage not only to the capsulo-ligamentous structures, but also to the joint cartilage and subchondral bone. As it is known, joint cartilage is a highly specialized and multitask tissue. Because joint cartilage has poor reparative capability, damage may be irreversible and as a consequence, can also lead to osteoarthritis. The purpose of this study is to review the results of a series of patients treated with autologous chondrocytes implantation (A.C.I.) and to describe the evolution in surgical technique that we have been implemented in the last 8 years.

Methods Thirty-nine patients with a mean age of 27 8 years affected by osteochondral lesions of the talus > 1.5 cm2, were treated by autologous chondrocyte implantation. All patients were checked clinically and by MRI up to 4 years follow-up. The first 9 patients received the ACI by open technique and the remaining 30, arthroscopically. In the last 10 patients the cartilage harvested from the detached osteochondral fragment was used for the colture. All patients were checked clinically (AOFAS score), radiographically and by MRI, before surgery, at 12 months and at follow-up. Eleven patients underwent a second arthroscopy with a bioptic cartilage harvest at 1 year follow-up. Samples were stained with Safranin-O and Alcian Blue. Immunohistochemical analysis for collagen type II was also performed

Results Before surgery the mean score was 48.4 17 points, at 12 months 90.9 12 (p< 0.0005), while at follow up was 93.8 8 (p< 0.0005) demonstrating an improvement over time. The histological and immunohistological analyses performed on the cartilage samples using Safranin-O, Alcian Blue staining and anti-human collagen type II antibody respectively showed a typical cartilage morphology, were positive for collagen type II and for proteoglycans expression.

Conclusions The clinical and histological results have confirmed the validity of the technique utilized, with laboratory data confirming the newly formed cartilage was of hyaline type for all the cases evaluated.


B.Y. Ng V.K.Y. Soong B. Sankar I. Siddique M.P. Maguire R. Mohil A.A. Henderson

Purpose: To evaluate the objective outcomes in patients who had undergone hardware removal after ORIF of calcaneus fractures.

Materials and Methods: Between 1994 and 2002, 31 cases of hardware removal was performed in 30 patients (25 male, 5 female) with an average age at operation of 47 years (31 to 65 years) were reviewed. Patients’ demographic details were recorded including smoking habit. Fracture patterns were graded according to the Sanders’ classification with preoperative CT scans. The clinical result was assessed using Bristol hind foot scoring system. Serial radiographs assessments were also recorded.

Results: Average follow-up was 4.5 years. Average delay from time of injury to surgery was 12.4 days (range 5 to 24 days). 7 (23%)fractures were Sanders’ type 2A, 8 (26%)fractures were type 2B, 6 (19%)fractures were type 2C, 2 (6%) fractures were type 3AB and 8 (26%) fractures were type 3AC. Average time from surgery to hardware removal was 27 months (range 11 to 45 months). There were 16 smokers and 14 non-smokers. There were 5 deep infections and 3 superficial wound infections after ORIF of calcaneus fractures. 84% of the patients shown objective improvement following hardware removal at the latest follow-up. 2 patients had unsuccessful hardware removal due to dense scarring. No wound infections were recorded. Smoking habit had no significant bearing on the objective outcome improvement following hardware removal (p= 0.891), time from surgery to hardware removal (p=0.53) and wound morbidity (p= 0.4882). Objective improvement showed a statistically significant improvement in the Sanders’ type 2 compared with Sanders’ type 3 (p=0.015).

Conclusion: Removal of hardware is justified in symptomatic patients following ORIF calcaneus fractures. It results in an improved objective outcome and has a low complication rate. Hardware removal may be considered in cases of Sanders’ type 2 calcaneus fractures which are refractory to improvement.


R. Thakral K. Kaar P. McHugh W. Brennan S. Lalor

Abstract: A study on cadaver ankles was performed; two methods of ‘Danis-Weber type B’ lateral malleolar fracture fixation were compared.

Materials and Method: Ten ankles from five female cadavers were used. The distal fibulae were osteotomised at the level of the syndesmosis with a saw and the fracture fixations were divided into two groups. In Group I, the fractures were fixed with traditional antero-posterior cortical screws and in Group II, the contra lateral fractures from the same cadaver were fixed with postero-anterior cortical screws. The distal fibulae in both groups were subjected to biomechanical compression and torsion forces and the force at which the fixation gave way was recorded.

Results: In the former group the breaking force was significantly lower than that required in the latter group by a mean of 0.4 kN.

In conclusion, the fixation done in Group II was found to be biomechanically more stable.


E. Vasiliadis V.D. Polyzois K. Gatos S. Dangas G. Koufopoulos D. Polyzois

Aim: To evaluate the results of management of Char-cot foot and ankle deformities by the use of the Ilizarov apparatus.

Material-Method: This is a retrospective study of 11 cases (9 patients) aged from 39 to 60 years old (mean 44 years), all suffering from Charcot foot neuroarthropathy. All cases showed established midfoot breakdown. In four cases hindfoot deformity coexisted. Three feet were ulcerated. In six cases the Iizarov frame was applied using complex hinges and closed compression fusions were performed, utilizing the bent wire technique. In five cases the correction of the deformities was performed acutely with the use of percutaneous cannulated screws. In the later cases the Ilizarov frame neutralized the former osteosynthesis method. The Ilizarov device remained attached for 8 weeks, regardless the presence of other osteosynthesis hardware. The Maryland Foot score (MFS) was utilized for objective assessment by the physician and the SF-36 questionaire for subjective assessment by the patient.

Results: A statistically significant improvement in MFS and SF-36 score was recorded. In all cases the aim for a stable and painless extremity was achieved. All patients returned to their previous activities and kept using normal shoe wear.

Conclusions: A lot of references are found in the literature describing failure in the treatment of Charcot foot deformity with the use of internal fixation. This is justified by the poor bone quality and decreased bone density of the diabetic and alcoholic patients. The use of tensioned wires in multiple levels provides adequate fixation in cases where a frame is used solely and safe neutralization where a frame is combined with internal fixation.


A.D. Mendonca T.D.A. Cosker N.K. Makwana

Aims: The aims of this study were to 1) determine if vacuum assisted closure therapy (VAC) helps assist closure in diabetic foot ulcers and wounds secondary to peripheral vascular disease, 2) if it helps debride wounds and 3) if it prevents the need for further surgery

Materials and Methods: 15 patients were reviewed, average age 49.3yrs at an average of 6.3 months (1–18months). Ten patients had diabetes (8 IDDM) with 5 patients having grade 3 ulcers (Wagner-Meggitt). All wounds were surgically debrided prior to the application of the VAC therapy. The VAC therapy was applied according to the manufacturers instrucrtions. The main outcome measures were 1) time to satisfactory wound closure 2) change in the wound surface area and 3) need for further surgery

Results: Satisfactory healing was achieved in 11 patients (73.3%). 10 were diabetic, 5 patients had peripheral vascular disease and 5 patients had both. The time to satisfactory healing was 2.5 months, average 1–6 months. The average size of the wound ulcer was 7.41cm2 (2–10cm2) prior to treatment and 1.58cm2 (0–2cm2) following treatment in an average of 2.5 months. VAC therapy helped debride all non healing wounds following surgical debridement. In 10 patients, the need for further radical surgery, namely amputation, was avoided.

Conclusion: VAC therapy is a useful adjunct to the standard treatment of chronic wound /ulcers in patients with diabetes with or without periphearl vascular disease. Its use in foot and ankle surgery leads to a quick wound closure and in some cases avoids the need for further surgery with a potential for limb salvage.


H.H. Wetz B. Drrup A. Koller U. Hafkemeyer

Aims: Neuregenic osteoarthropathy often results in a deformity of the foot needing surgical intervention. Indications for surgery are reulcerations, deep infections and decompensation of the static structure of the foot architecture. External fixation is a promising technique for correction.

Methods: Between 1997 and 2003, 65 feet which could be examined retrospectively, were operated for neuroarthropathy in 21 women and 43 men. A diabetic polyneuropathy was present in 56 patients. In 59 cases, an external fixation was used while in nine cases Steinmann pins were used. Follow-up treatment consisted of mobilisation in a ankle-foot-orthosis (AFO) for up to a year.

Results: For diabetics, the mean duration of the disease was 24.8 years (Type 1) and 13.7 years (Type 2). All feet were at a stage 3 or 4 according to Levin and were classified as types II–V according to Sanders. In five cases there was luxation alone was observed, another nine cases exhibited a combination of luxation and osseous changes. Surgical revision was necessary in seven cases, sometimes repeatedly. As the illness progressed additional operations were necessary in 13 times. It became necessary in six cases due to loss of correction. The fitting of a prosthesis was necessary in two patients (three feet) following amputation. The mean duration was 752 days. Pin infections and disturbances in wound healing were commonly observed but could be treated successfully by conservative means. The occurrence of this complication was independent of previous ulcerations or infections. Within the first year after operation, 13.9% of the feet developed an ulcer. All of the patients could be mobilised with the help of an orthosis (47 cases) or orthopedic shoes (15 cases)

Conclusions: External fixation is a suitable and variable method for correcting malalignment of the foot in cases of neuroarthropathy. It has a low complication rate and can be used for rapidly developing as well as non-progressing osteoarthropathies. In general, a fibrous ankylosis is the result of treatment, which allows pain free mobilisation under full whight bearing. In suitable cases, with a good alignment of the foot and good patient cooperation, the use of the AFO can be changed to orthopedic shoes after about 12 months.


S. Atesalp D. Bek B. Demiralp B Kilic

The purpose of this paper is to report on the use of a tendon transfer (anterior tibial to midfoot) to correct dynamic foot and ankle varus deformity. Anterior tibial tendon transfer to mid-foot is useful to consider in planning treatment where there is a need to rebalance a foot in which the unopposed or weakly opposed anterior tibial causes the abnormal varus position of the foot and ankle. 12 patients, 22 feet had anterior tibial tendon transfers performed. 10 were bilateral. 10 patients had neuromuscular disease as the underlying cause for the foot imbalance, 1 patient had idiopathic clubfoot with residual, recalcitrant varus after earlier posteromedial release and 1 patient was hemiplegic secondary to stroke caused by encephalopathy. Age of the patients at the time of their initial procedure(s) ranged from 2 to 34. There was at least 1 year follow-up after each procedure for the patient to be entered into this study. A 1-grade functional loss was encountered following tendon transfer of anterior tibial muscles grading between 4–5. (4=good, 5=being normal). The transferred muscles allowed the dynamic varus deformity to be removed and the foot to become plantigrade. In its transferred position, it functioned to actively contract and contributed to give support of the ankle. After an initial period of cast use post-operatively and bracing for 6 months to support the transfer, continued use of AFO was no longer necessary. Anterior tibial tendon transfer to mid-foot, originally described by Garceau continues to be an useful method for rebalancing a foot in which the abnormal pull of the normal or almost normal functioning anterior tibial muscle. This muscle is unopposed or weakly opposed because of the underlying neuromuscular disorder or previous surgery. Thus, it causes the foot and ankle to turn into varus. The technique used is straightforward and simple. It is a useful procedure to consider when rebalancing a foot may be needed.


M. Galli L. Mancini D. Pitocco V. Ruotolo M. Vasso G. Ghirlanda

Aim: Evaluation of multifactorial treatment of Charcot foot disease in diabetic patients

Materials and Method: We followed 25 diabetic patients with Charcot foot in acute phase (Eichenholtz Stage I) from 2001 to 2003 (mean follow-up 22 months) admitted to the Day Hospital of Diabetology of the Catholic University of Rome. All patients presented a good vascularization (ABI > 0.9) and osteomielytis was excluded by means of 111Indium labelled leukocyte scintigraphy.

Six patients presented a structural derangement localized to the forefoot (Pattern I according to Sanders and Frykberg Classification), one to the ankle (Pattern IV) and 18 to the mid-foot region (Pattern II and III). At first clinical evaluation, 13 patients presented a plantar monolateral ulcer. Their treatment was multifactorial. An offloading regimen was adopted, with the use of a total contact cast and crutches, in order to avoid weight-bearing on the affected foot for the first two months. Patients responsive to the treatment were successively treated with a pneumatic cast (Air cast) and partial weight-bearing for another four months. Four unresponsive patients underwent surgical treatment. 10 patients were also treated with alendronate (70 mg per os once a week). Three patients died during treatment and one during the follow-up, three of them for cardiovascular disease, one for bronchopneumopathy.

Results: All patients reached the quiescent or chronic phase (Eichenholtz Stage III) at an average of six months from the onset of the treatment (range 3 to 9 months). No major or minor amputation was performed. Multifactorial treatment prevented the development ulcers in all patients that started the treatment without this complication (12 patients). 7 out of 13 ulcerated patients developed a recalcitrant ulcer (unresponsive to medical and orthotic treatment). 4 patients underwent surgical treatment: midfoot arthrodesis with Ilizarov external fixation (2 patients), rockerbottom deformity resection (one patient), Lelievre realignment (one patient). 3 patients healed after surgical treatment. Thus an overall amount of 9 out of 13 ulcerated patients healed after multifactorial treatment.

Conclusions: Multifactorial treatment demonstrated effective in the management of Charcot foot in diabetic patients. Medical and orthotic treatment alone is effective in preventing complication throughout the natural history of the disease. Medical and orthotic treatment alone is frequently unsuccessful in treating plantar ulcers when major deformities has already developed. Medical and orthotic treatment combined with surgical treatment demonstrated an increased percentage of success.


O. Frank M. Horisberger B. Hintermann

Introduction: Posttraumatic osteoarthritis of the ankle joint usually occurs secondary to an intraarticular fracture of the weight bearing ankle joint. The question whether also recurrent ankle sprain and /or chronic instability alone can cause this entity, is, however, still a question to debate. The aim of this retrospective study was, therefore, to analyse the history and findings of a consecutive series of patients that were treated for post-traumatic end-stage osteoarthrosis of the ankle.

Methods: The complete database (including physical exam, standard radiographs, patient questionnaire and AOFAS hindfoot score) of all patients was analysed.

Results: Out of 268 patients (females, 135 patients; males, 133) 221 (82.5%) had had a fracture (Fx) and 47 (17.5%) suffered from chronic ankle instability with recurrent sprains (but did not have a fracture). The latter group could be subdivided into 29 (10.8%) patients with recurrent sprains (RS) and 10 (6.7%) patients with only a single sprain (SS). The mean (range) delay between primary trauma and surgical treatment for endstage osteoarthritis was 21.1 (1–58) months for Fx, 37.07 (1–61) months for RS and 22.5 (5–48) months for SS.

Conclusion: Obviously, not only fractures, but also severe sprains and /or chronic instability play an important role as a cause of end stage osteaorthrosis of the ankle joint. The obtained results suggest that a single severe sprain (dislocation) can cause similar articular damages to an intraarticular fracture, as the time to develop osteoarthrosis does not differ. This is in contrast to the current opinion that ankle sprain, in most instances, does not result in symptomatic articular degeneration.


Y. Tourne F. Jourdel D. Saragaglia

Introduction The aims of this paper was to check the main clinical features of the posterior ankle impingment syndrom and to evaluate the results of the surgical treatment according to a retrospective study. Material and Methods 21 patients (17 males,4 females),(mean age of 33 years)were operated on between 1991 and 1999. 71 % had sporting activities. Plantar flexion were painful in 94 % of cases with various radiological changings of the posterior process of the talus and soft tissues surrounded (XRays, radionucleid imaging, CTscan and MRI). A posterior approach were performed with bone resection and peritalar joints debridment. Results All the patients were clinically and radiologically reviewed using AOFAS score. The mean follow-up was of 5 years(range 3 to 10 years). No septic evolution were reported. The overall functional results were excellent with a mean AOFAS score of 90/100 points with no degenerative changings in the peritalar joints. The patients were satisfied in 90 % of the cases Discussion-Conclusion Surgical managment is a successful and reliable procedure to treat the posterior ankle impingment syndrom, very frequent in sporting population and nowadays well documented by conventional Xrays and uptodate radiological examinations.


A. Basile L. Pisano M. StopponI A.U. MinnitI

We present the results of a multicentre retrospective study of closed fracture dislocations of the Lisfranc joint treated by closed reduction and percutaneous screw fixation (follow-up: almost 5 years).

Forty-two patients that presented between 1994 and 1999 to the authors™ institutions were selected for this study (follow-up AOFAS score 81.0 ± 13.5).

A review of the literature shows that opinions differ as to the most appropriate method of treatment, be it closed or open reduction, screws or K-wires fixation, but most of the authors agree that it is imperative to achieve anatomical reduction.

In our study, no statistically significant differences could be detected when outcome scores of patients with anatomical reduction were compared with outcome scores of patients with nearly anatomical reduction, in both the combined fracture dislocation and pure dislocation subgroups. The conclusion is that even a nearly anatomical reduction is considered acceptable and predictive of a satisfactory outcome.

Furthermore, we found a statistically significant difference in the AOFAS score between patients with combined fracture dislocations and pure dislocations, with the latter having a worse AOFAS score. This suggests that the ligament bone interface cannot heal with sufficient strength to regain stable long-term function.


P. Vorlat W. Achtergael P. Haentjens

Aims: To explore potential predictors of functional outcome after conservative treatment of acute fractures of the base of the fifth metatarsal. These fractures are the most frequent fracture of the foot. The factors that influence final clinical outcome are rarely investigated. Regression analysis regarding this problem was never performed.

Methods: The study design was observational and retrospective. Adults, conservatively treated for an acute fracture of the base of the fifth metatarsal included. All patients were given a plaster cast at the emergency department and were instructed not to bare weight (NWB) on the affected limb for at least one week. The further modalities of treatment were decided by individual surgeons according to their current clinical practice. A validated scoring system was used. Additional questions were asked about residual cosmetic and shoe problems and also about intensity of pain and the general feeling of comfort. The respective influences of factors on clinical outcome were examined using multiple linear and logistic regression modeling.

Results: 38 patients (11 men, 27 women) were analysed. The mean age was 48 years. 6 had a Jones fracture, while 32 had a tuberosity avulsion fracture. The mean non-weight bearing period was 2 weeks and 4 days (range 1 to 5 weeks) while the cast was worn for a mean of 5 weeks and 3 days (range 1 to 10 weeks). Three Jones fractures and all the avulsion fractures were healed at the end of treatment. The mean follow-up time was 298 days, ranging from 51 to 603 days. The mean result of the ankle score at follow-up was 77.5 (range 20 to 100). Thirteen of the 38 patients reported problems in wearing shoes. Only 8 patients experienced cosmetic problems. The mean linear analogue score for pain was 2.34, that for general comfort was 8.11. Overall, the most significant predictors of poor functional outcome at final follow-up evaluation were increasing duration of NWB and longer follow-up time. Longer NWB was importantly associated with worse global score, pain, comfort and reported stiffness. Neither gender nor fracture type had any significant influence on the overall clinical outcome.

Conclusions: The most important variable linked to final clinical outcome is the duration of the non-weight bearing period. Neither gender, age, length of casting nor even fracture type, had any significant influence on the overall clinical outcome. Therefore NWB should be kept to a minimum for acute avulsions.


G. Kakarala D.A. Elias

Introduction: The unique architecture of the tarsometa-tarsal joints gives rise to a complex articulation between the midfoot and forefoot. The Lisfranc injury has a classic pattern leaving its telltale signs in an arch pattern starting at the medial cuneiform, continuing through the second, third and fourth tarsometatarsal regions and finally may end as a fracture of the cuboid. However, various other patterns and classifications of Lisfranc fracture dislocation have been recorded in medical literature.

Aim: To highlight the hitherto undescribed arch patterns of Lisfranc injuries.

Methodology: 8 patients with atypical Lisfranc injuries were studied prospectively.

Arch patterns: In 2 patients the arch started at the medial aspect of the ankle with injury to the medial malleolus or the deltoid ligament, passed through the tarsometatarsal region and ended at the cuboid. In one patient the arch started at the tarsometatarsal joints and ended at the lateral malleolus and in another patient the lateral end point resulted in tear of the calcaneofibular ligament. One patient had the medial starting point at the Lisfranc ligament but the arch of injuries went through the forefoot fracturing the midshaft of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th metatarsal shafts without injuring the tarsometatarsal region, thus forming an arch pattern much more distal than usual. Six of the 8 patients had operative management. On follow up, in terms of activities of daily living, 75% had excellent function of the foot. It is not the aim of this paper to highlight the management of these injuries.

Conclusion: In the process of listing the telltale signs of a Lisfranc injury it is mandatory to bear in mind that the arch of injuries may extend to as proximal as the ankle joint or as distal as the forefoot and this will enable us to define the entire spectrum of the Lisfranc injury, however atypical it may be.


A. Qureshi S. Zafar D.J. McBride

Open reduction and internal fixation for displaced intra-articular fractures of the calcaneum has become an established method of treatment. A recent randomised, controlled trial has questioned the benefits of surgery, in particular, pain relief. We reviewed the cases undertaken in our department, complications, which have arisen, and their treatment. We have devised a management plan in conjunction with the department of plastic surgery to minimise the effect of these complications. There were 124 procedures carried out over a 12 years period, 116 unilateral and 4 bilateral in 120 patients (106 males and 14 females, age range [18 to 66]). Two further patients were included who had had surgery in another hospital and had been referred to our plastic surgery unit with significant wound complications. The patients were retrospectively assessed with a case note review and an updated clinical evaluation. The assessment focussed particularly on wound complications including breakdown classified as either major or minor, and association with infection, haematoma and drainage. Neurological symptoms were also noted. There were five major wound complications, three from our unit and two from another hospital. Infection was present in three cases. Four healed uneventfully but one of the infected group subsequently had a below knee amputation for refractory infection. Minor wound breakdown was more common. There was no association with haematoma or drainage but wound breakdown occurred more frequently in patients who smoked. Neurological complications were infrequent and temporary. In conclusion this study confirmed that there is a significant morbidity associated with the surgical management of these fractures, although, the vast majority of patients’ wounds healed uneventfully. With a sensible management plan, which involves working in conjunction with plastic surgeons, even major soft tissue complications may be addressed.


N Khan D. Fick T. Brammar J. Crawford M.J. Parker

Introduction: Treatment for ruptured Achilles tendon can be classified into operative (open or percutaneous) and non-operative (cast immobilisation or functional bracing); post-operative splintage can be with a rigid cast or functional brace. The aim was to identify and summarise the evidence from randomised trials of the effectiveness of different interventions.

Methods: We searched the Cochrane specialised register, MEDLINE, reference lists of articles and contacted trialists directly for all randomised and quasiran-domised trials comparing different treatment regimes for acute Achilles tendon ruptures.

Results: Fourteen trials involving 891 patients were included.

Open operative treatment compared with non-operative treatment was associated with a lower risk of re-rupture (odds ratio (OR) = 0.25, 95% confidence interval (CI) = 0.1–0.6, p=0.003) but a higher risk of other complications including infection, adhesions and disturbed sensibility (OR = 14.1, 95%CI = 6.3–31.7, p< 0.00001).

Open versus percutaneous operative surgical repair was associated with a longer operation duration and higher risk of infection (OR = 12.9, 95%CI = 1.6–105.6, p=0.02).

Patients splinted with a functional brace rather than a cast post-operatively tended to have a shorter in-patient stay, less time off work, quicker return to sporting activities and fewer reported complications (p=0.0003).

Because of the small number of patients involved no definitive conclusions could be made regarding different operative techniques and different non-operative regimes.

Conclusions: Open operative treatment significantly reduces the risk of re-rupture but has the drawback of a significantly higher risk of other complications, including wound infection. The latter may be reduced by performing surgery percutaneously. Post-operative splintage in a functional brace appears to reduce hospital stay and time off work and sports.


R.M. Christ F.W. Hagena

Introduction and aim: In a prospective comparative study we were interested in the question, wether the total ankle arthroplasty in the midterm FU, especially in patients with RA, is a successful and correctly indicated surgical procedure. We compared our clinical and radiological results with a cohort of patients with OA. Furthermore we analysed especially the rheuma patients for their known periarticular osteopenia and the cementless fixation as a possible contraindication for the ankle arthroplasty.

Material and methods: With a mean FU of 4,4 years and a total number of 153 total ankle arthroplasties from 07/1997 to 12/2003 we assessed 92 patients with 94 S.T.A.R total ankle arthroplasties. Indication for this surgical procedure was the rheumatoid arthritis in 26 patients (27.7%) and an idiopathic osteoarthritis of the upper ankle joint in 29 cases (30.8%), furthermore a posttraumatic osteoarthritis in 39 patients (41.5%)

Results: The functional increase in their range of motion (ROM) and the significant decrease of pain are the most important and impressing facts for the patients.

The increase of ROM in all patients is 17.9 (RA: 18.7 /OA: 16.6). Significant pain relief is described by 92.4% of patients, here all the groups showed no significant differences. An increase in the clinical outcome measured by the Kofoeds Ankle Score is seen from < 70 pts. preoperatively (100% of patients) to > 75 pts. postoperatively (82.3% of patients). The most frequent complication especially in patients with RA is a delayed wound healing (19%), but the revision rate is higher in patients with traumatic and idiopathic osteoarthritis (17% OA /13% RA). A secondary arthrodesis has to be performed only in 2 OA cases.

Conclusion: Rheumatoid arthritis in the LDE stage IV and V is the adequate indication for the S.T.A.R. prosthesis. The functional benefit and the clinical outcome is satisfying, the results for the rheumatoid arthritis patients are comparable to other indications. Periarticular osteopenia is not considered as a contraindication.


B. Komarasamy A. Best R.A. Power V. Leninbabu

Purpose: To investigate the outcome of tibiotalocalcaneal (TCC) fusion using the retrograde intramedullary nail (IMN).

Methods and results: We reviewed clinical and radiological outcome of 42 patients who underwent TTC fusion with a retrograde IMN in a single health region from 1996 to 2003. Out of 42 patients, four patients died of unrelated causes and two patients were lost to follow up. Finally, 36 patients (20 males, 16 females) were followed up. Mean age was 63 years and the follow up averaged 10 months. Degenerative arthritis (primary and post traumatic) and rheumatoid arthritis made up the majority of the preoperative diagnoses. Clinical outcome was assessed using the AOFAS hindfoot score and three independent observers reviewing radiographs.

Radiologically 22 ankles fused, three probably fused whilst 11 (30%) had evidence of non-union. The majority of subtalar joints failed to unite, reflected by the high rate of distal screw breakage. Primary bone grafting appeared to aid union however smoking, age and the use of an open approach did not seem to be significant factors. Other than non-union complications included two nail fatigue fractures, two deep infections, seven screw breakages, six wound problems and one fractured tibia. Post operatively the mean AOFAS score was 51, 25 patients were satisfied (of these 20% had radiological non-union) and 19 would undergo the same procedure again.

Conclusion: Despite a high rate of ankle and subtalar non-union most of the patients were satisfied with the procedure and would undergo the same operation again. Technical errors apart, the high rate of complications and non-union probably reflected the advanced nature of the disease process and deformity in this group of patients. Although IMN TTC fusion remains a viable option in the management of concurrent ankle and sub-talar joint arthritis, patients should be warned of the potential for non-union and high complication rates.


N. Aslam K. Nagarajah B. Sharp M. McNally

Introduction: Ankle fusion presents a difficult problem in the presence of infection and poor bone stock. Ilizarov method provides stability with remote fixation and allows weight bearing.

Patients and Methods: Fourteen consecutive patients were studied. The mean age at onset of disease was 50 years(range 4–70). 13 of the patients had either clinical or radiological evidence of infection prior to ankle fusion surgery. Mean duration of problem was 52 months(range 8–372). Aetiology included traumatic arthritis in 5, failed fusion in 6, septic arthritis in 1, infected ankle fracture nonunion in 1 and avascular necrosis of talus in 1. There were 10 males and 4 females. Local excision was followed by Ilizarov frame compression. Diagnosis of infection was based on microbiology and histology. Antibiotics treatment was continued until union. On radiological evidence of union the frame was dynamized and removed. Below knee cast was applied for 4 weeks.

Results: 13 of 14 patients had complete ankle fusion at a mean period of 5 months. 1 patient who had partial fusion of the ankle had recurrence of infection requiring amputation. Complications included pin site infection, lateral impingement, deep infection, hind-foot pain and neuroma at amputation site.

Conclusion: The Ilizarov ankle fusion is a reliable salvage procedure in difficult ankle problems.


S. Mueller S. Wolf F. Braatz P. Armbrust L. Doederlein

Introduction: Arthrodesis is considered the primary treatment in case of non-response to conservative therapy of ankle arthritis[1]. Reports on long-term gait results after arthrodesis have been made indicating a decrease in motion concerning the hindfoot and an increase in the forefoot [2]. The aim of this study is to evaluate the gait of patients who had undergone ankle arthrodesis using a new foot model.

Material/methods: 17 subjects (10 males, 7 females) who had undergone unilateral arthrodesis returned for clinical examination and gait analysis. The median age at time of operation was 56 years, the follow-up time was 49 months (median). Operative procedures were performed as internal (n=15) and external fixations (n=2). Patients were instrumented with a set of 17 reflective markers. For data acquisition we used a Vicon system with 9 cameras. The person was asked to walk a 7m walk way. For the evaluation of foot kinematics a multi-segment foot model was used [3]. Kinematic data were also collected from the healthy side. Differences between means for the ankle arthrodesis and healthy side were tested using paired T-tests (p< 0.01).

Results: The ankle angle is the generally accepted parameter to describe motion between the shank and the foot regarded as a rigid segment (a). In our model it was defined exclusively by the angular position of the hindfoot relative to the tibia (b). The loss of motion in the ankle joint is shown by the significant decrease of ROM in the arthodesis side. Also significant is the decrease in hind- and forefoot ROM in frontal plane movement (d, e). Furthermore the results show a decrease of ROM of the medial arch (c).

Sag. Ankle Angle ROM (standard): 14,31 4,72 *(OP); 28,39 4,96(healthy)

Sag. Ankle Angle ROM (footmodel): 9,36 2,62 *(OP); 18,68 4,33

Sag. Med Arch ROM: 12,85 4,85 * (OP); 20,11 4,71

Front. Subtalar Inversion ROM: 4,59 1,44 *(OP); 7,56 1,96

Front. Forefoot Ankle Supination ROM: 10,23 3,71 *(OP); 13,91 3,82

(Mean standard deviation; * statistical significance from healthy side p< 0.01)

Discussion/conclusion: The operative fusion of the ankle joint limits the sagittal plane motion of the tibial to hindfoot segment due to the lack of tibiotalar motion. Since the talus can not be marked for 3D-measurements, other hind-, mid- and forefoot markers were used to determine ankle motion. The remaining motion which is found in these clinical cases must be addressed to subtalar movement. In contrast to the common clinical opinion of a higher mobility of the fore- and midfoot joints, we find a significant reduced ROM of the corresponding parameters (a, b, c, d, e) with our model.


M. Monteagudo N. Martinez T. Muñoz S. Martos M.J. Rodea

In order to regain preinjury activities following an Achilles tendon rupture while reducing the potential complications of open surgery and non-operative treatment, we developed a new protocol that involved the use of a modified local anaesthetic technique, percutaneous repair and early function.

We prospectively treated 32 patients with acute Achilles tendon ruptures according to our protocol with a 12 month minimal follow-up. Surgery was performed on an outpatient basis and within 48 hours from rupture for all cases. Our local anaesthetic technique allowed us to have a comprehensive control over sural nerve location by the definition of a “safe area” (video will be shown) and has proved to be effective to avoid sural nerve damage during surgery. The 28 male and 4 female patients had a mean age of 35 years (range, 26 to 47 years). The percutaneous repair was performed with a #2 nonabsorbable monofilament. Patients began range-of-motion exercise at 48 hours, used a posterior splint for 2 weeks, and then began ambulation with crutches and a 2 cm heel wedge incorporated on sport shoes or alternatively country boots. At 5 weeks, the wedge shoe was discontinued, full weight-bearing was allowed, and progressive resistive exercises were initiated.

There were no reruptures, wound infections, sural nerve damage, recurrent pain, or skin necrosis in our group of patients. One patient (with an hemathological disorder) developed a deep venous thrombosis that resolved uneventfully.

Mean AOFAS score was 80 at 6 months and reached 98 at 12 months. High-demand patients (police officer, firemen, athletes, professional soccer player) returned to their activities by 5–6 months. Patients were very satisfied with the procedure and subjetive evaluation turned to be very good or excellent for all cases.

Achilles tendon management using our protocol is an efficacious method demonstrating a low morbidity rate together with a return to preinjury level by 6 months. In addition, this protocol is cost effective (saves on hospital admission, anaesthesia, complications) and athletes in our group were able to obtain their athletics goals with minimal or no deficits.


C. Perka H. Katterle T. Drahn G. Matziolis

Introduction: The objective of the study was to test the hypothesis that revision total hip arthoplasty in cases with extensive acetabular bone defects performed with a newly developed, conical, titanium, ribbed shaft socket designed for cementless press-fit into the dorsocranial ilium would not demonstrate inferior outcomes using literature controls.

Methods: 38 consecutive hips had an acetabular revision with a pedestal cup. All of the patients had a type IIIa or IIIb defect according the Paprosky-classification. There was an average follow-up of 4.2 years, with a range of 3 to 6 years. Two patients died, one patient was lost to follow-up. All patients were evaluated radiographically, by CT-Scan and clinically.

Results: At the time of follow-up, 32 (91.4%) cups were stable. Aseptic loosenings occured in one case, septic loosenings occured in 2 cases. The average Harris Hip Score improved from 43 points (range: 16–78 points) preoperatively to 82 points (range 56–98 points) postoperatively. Complications included four dislocations without recurrency. The guide instrument facilitates correct anchorage in the dorsal ilium in all cases.

Conclusion: The presented findings show the short-term efficancy of the procedure with respect to implant fixation and clinical results in large acetabular defects, but longer follow-ups and a larger number of patients are needed before the durability of this reconstructive technique can be assessed. The implant allows restoration of the correct centre of rotation, equalization of leg length and optimization of the strength of the hip abductors. Our results should be considered encouraging.


A. Malviya N. Makwana P. Laing

Aims: Lateral ligament complex injuries are a common cause of chronic ankle instability. It has been found that functional and mechanical instability of the ankle joint can respond to arthroscopic debridement of the ankle alone and that not all structurally unstable joints require stabilisation. The aim of this study was to find out the role of EUA & Arthroscopy in the management of these problems.

Methods: We retrospectively studied 43 patients with chronic lateral ankle instability who had failed to respond to a functional rehabilitation programme. All patients underwent an examination under anaesthesia with stress views to determine instability proceeded by arthroscopic examination of the ankle.

Results: Intra-articular bony lesion was seen in 41.8% of cases. 79.1% had fibrosis in the anterolateral gutter, 27.9% had osteochondral defect, 30.2% had osteophytes causing impingement and 9.3% had loose bodies. Structural instability was confirmed in 53.4% and functional instability in 46.6%. Arthroscopy demonstrated attenuation of the Anterior Talofibular ligament in 14%. Following arthroscopic debridement lateral reconstruction was required in only 14(32.5%). 23 patients (53.4%) went on to improve after arthroscopy alone and did not need lateral reconstruction.

Conclusion: Arthroscopic assessment and treatment of intraarticular lesion in patients with chronic ankle instability can result in a stable ankle that does not necessitate a lateral ligament complex reconstruction.


S. Garg N. Singh T. Abed

Percutaneous repair of the ruptured tendo Achillis has a low rate of failure and negligible complications with the wound, but the sural nerve may be damaged.

We reviewed 96 patients who had an acute percutaneous repair done by a single surgeon at district general hospital between January 1998 to April 2004. The mean follow up was 27 months. The repair is carried out using six stab incisions over the posterolateral aspect of the tendon. The procedure can be carried out under local anaesthesia. All patients were put in a below knee cast after the operation. Cast was changed at 4 weeks keeping the foot in plantigrade position. The mean period of immobilization was 8 weeks.

They returned to work at 12 weeks and to sport at 16. One developed a minor wound infection and another complex regional pain syndrome type II. There were 2 injuries to the sural nerve. There were no late reruptures. This technique is simple to undertake and has a low rate of complications. We present one of the largest series reported in literature.


A.M. Perera A. Qureshi K.M. Porter

The importance of correctly identifying and treating ankle syndesmosis injuries is paramount to achieving a good functional result. Although it is clear that anatomical correction is essential the practical aspects remain disputed. Controversial issues include diagnosing and determining which injuries need treating, the number and size of screws for fixation, the number of cortices engaged, a screw removal strategy and the use of biodegradable screws or other forms of fixation. We report the results of a survey of 440 orthopaedic surgeons to determine current UK practice, this is then compared to best practice as determined by literature review.

When analysis was performed for the group and by sub-speciality (foot and ankle, trauma and general orthopaedics) we found large differences in practice. Furthermore it appeared that some aspects of treatment varied considerably from published evidence, for instance four out of five screws were removed much earlier than clinical studies have recommended.


N. Usami S. Inokuchi E. Hiraishi A. Waseda C. Shimamura H. Ikezawa

Reconstruction of the lateral ligaments of the ankle has been performed for many years, but few reports are available regarding the outcome after 10 years or longer, and there are no such reports on reconstruction with the more recently developed artificial ligaments. I report the clinical outcome and radiological findings.

Materials and results: The subjects are 62 feet in 57 patients (male 28 feet, female 34 feet). All patients were followed up by direct examination and stress roentgenography for 10 years or longer. Mean follow-up period is 11 years and 9 months.

On stress X-ray taken at the final examination, TTA improved preoperatively 19 degrees to 4 degrees postoperatively, and ADT improved from 12 to 5 mm. There was no marked development or progression of arthropathic changes. No allergic reaction to the artificial ligament material occurred in any patient. postoperatively and no patient had instability that became severe enough for reoperation to be required. As for arthropathic changes, in 3 patients with a TTA of 10 degrees or more postoperatively, progression of mild osteoarthritic changes was observed.

Discussion: There have been few studies involving long-term follow-up for 10 years or more. This procedure is not happened OA changes and ADL limitation because reconstruction at anatomical position of ATFL and CFL. It has not been happened pathological rupture of artificial ligament because lateral ligaments are not intra-articular ligament but periarticular ligament.

Conclusion: Reconstruction with artificial ligament is anatomical procedure and can be expected the prolonged effectiveness.


M. Costa A.H. Robinson S.T. Donell V. Curry G.P. Riley

Aims: 1 To assess the histological changes in patients with Achilles tendinopathy. 2 To map the distribution of nerves and nerve endings within the Achilles tendon

Methods: Tendon biopsy specimens were taken from patients with spontaneous (ie previously painless) Achilles rupture patients and chronic painful tendinopathy patients. ‘Normal’ cadaveric /lacerated tendon biopsies were used for comparison. Sections were stained with H& E for basic histology. Immunolocalisation of nerve tissue was performed with 2 anti-neurofilament antibodies. Non-specific immunoglobulin was used as a negative control.

Results: The number of nerves and nerve endings found within the normal tendons and both groups of degenerate tendons was very low

Only 30% of the normal tendon sections showed any positive staining at all

Compared to 36% of ruptured tendon and 43% of the painful tendinopathy sections.

Conclusions: Tendon rupture and chronic painful tendinopathy biopsies ALL show widespread degenerative changes

There is a paucity of nerve tissue within these tendons, which may have implications for the neurogenic hypothesis of tendon degeneration

There appear be more nerve fibres in vascular areas of the painful tendinopathy biopsies

There may be more nerve fibres in the peritendinous tissue


F.C.N.K. Kwong R.A. Power

Implantation of allograft bone continues to be an integral part of revision hip surgery. One major concern with its use is the risk of transmission of infective agents. There are a number of methods of processing bone in order to reduce that risk. One part of that processing can be carried out immediately prior to implantation using pulsed irrigation.

We report the incidence of deep bacterial infection in a series of 138 patients undergoing 144 revision hip arthroplasty procedures who had undergone allograft bone implantation. The allograft bone used was fresh-frozen non-irradiated. Allograft femoral heads were milled following removal of any residual soft tissue and sclerotic subchondral bone. The bone chips were then placed in a standard metal sieve and irrigated with Normal Saline (pre-warmed to 60 degrees Centigrade) delivered as pulsed lavage at 7 bar pressure. No antibiotics were used in the irrigation solution. The bone chips were washed until all visible blood and marrow products had been removed.

The deep infection rate at a minimum one year follow-up was 0.6%. This method of secondary processing appears to be consistent with a very low risk of allograft related bacterial infection.


M. Hubble A. Patten W. Duncan J. Howell A.J. Timperley G. Gie

Retention of well fixed bone cement at the time of a revision THA is an attractive proposition, as its removal can be difficult, time consuming and may result in extensive bone stock loss or fracture. Previously reported poor results of cemented revision THA, however, have tended to discourage Surgeons from performing “cement in cement” revisions, and this technique is not in widespread use.

Since 1989, we have performed a cement within cement femoral stem revision on 354 occasions. The indications for in cement revision included facilitating acetabular revision, replacement of a monoblock stem with a damaged or incompatible head, revision of hemiarthroplasty to THA, component malposition and broken stem. Cement in cement revision was only performed in the presence of well fixed cement with an intact bone-cement interface. An Exeter polished tapered stem was cemented into the existing cement mantle on each occasion.

Follow up of 5 years or longer is available for 175 cases, and over 8 years in 41. On no occasion has a cement in cement femoral stem had to be re-revised during this time for subsequent aseptic loosening. Advantages include preservation of bone stock, reduced operating time, improved acetabular exposure and early post operative full weight bearing mobilisation. This technique has not been used for 1 stage revision of infection.

This experience has encouraged the refinement of this technique, including the development of a new short stem designed specifically for cement within cement revisions. This stem is designed to fit into an existing well fixed cement mantle of most designs of cemented femoral component or hemi-arthroplasty, with only limited preparation of the proximal mantle required. The new stem greatly simplifies cement in cement revision and minimises the risk of distal shaft perforation or fracture, which is otherwise a potential hazard when reaming out distal cement to accommodate a longer prosthesis.


P. Wojciechowski D. Kusz L. Cielinsk A. Drozhevsky

Early reports on revision total hip arthroplasty (RTHA) suggested that outcomes of this procedure are as good as those of primary total hip arthroplasty (THA). However, RTHA is associated with longer surgery time, greater blood loss and increased risk of complications (thromboembolism, nerve injury, periprosthetic fractures, recurrent hip dislocations and infections). Aseptic loosening after RTHA was reported in 36% of patients aged over 55 years within 4 years after revision. Infections were reported in 32% and complications during surgery in 23% of patients respectively. Unsatisfactory results of RTHA stimulate the search for alternative procedures. Girdlestone excision arthroplasty (GA) seems to be a good solution for older patients with high risk of complications related to a poor general condition.

Material and method Between 2000 and 2003 we operated 39 patients, 10 for septic (26%) and 29 aseptic (74%) loosening of their THA. All patients complained of painful limb aggravated by weight bearing and the severity of pain was the main indication for the surgery. Average survival time of previous THA was 9 year (range: 1 to 20). We assessed pain, walking distance and the need to use walking aids. The outcomes were measured according to the Harris Hip Scale. The patients had the GA performed. The procedure involved removing implant and bone cement and placing the major trochanter into bone acetabulum. If an infection was present, an antibiotic irrigation system was introduced. No cast or braces were used and walking was started 2–7 days after surgery, depending on patients general condition.

Results Good pain control was reported by 33 (85%) patients. The average Harris Hip Score changed from 25 points preoperatively to 53 at latest follow-up. Average limb shortening was 4 centimetres (range: 2 to 8). Walking aids (one or two crutches) were required by all patients. Eighteen (46%) patients walked more than 500 m, 12 (31%) patients walked 200–500 m and 9 (23%) patients walked less than 200 m, of whom one patient was wheelchair bound.

Infection ceased in 9 cases, 1 patient died because of complications related to chronic infection.

Discussion GA yields satisfactory results in patients who have to have their prostheses removed. It provides a mobile, painless joint. The disadvantages of GA are: limb shortening and unstable gait which requires the use of crutches. This procedure should be indicated for patients with high risk of complications due to poor general health, infection and/or massive loss of bone stock which render more invasive procedures impossible. GA is also advisable in patients with weak hip abductor muscles, when RTHA is associated with a high risk of recurrent hip dislocation. The Girdlestone arthroplasty is a satisfactory salvage procedure in most cases of failed THA, when the choice of reimplantation exposes the patient to a high risk of further failure.


B. Fink J. Singer M. Fuerst S. Schubring A. Grossmann

Aim: The aim of this prospective study was to analyse the rate of sinking and the clinical results of the new cementless modular revision stem Revitan curved concerning the length of fixation of the implant and the technique of implantation (endofemoral compared with transfemoral).

Material and Methods: 51 cementless modular curved revision stems (Revitan curved) were implanted 17 times endofemoral and 34 times transfemoral. All operations were performed by the first author with 24 times a total exchange of the hip implants and 27 times an exchange of the stem. Patients were followed every 3 months in the first postoperative year and then every 6 months. Because sinking of a cementless implant occurs during the first postoperative year the minimum follow-up was 12 months (average follow-up was 22.5 + −12.6 months). Patients were evaluated clinically using the Harris Hip-Score and length of fixation of the implant as well as implant sinking was evaluated radiographically.

Results: The Harris Hip-Score increased from 45.7 preoperatively to 86.7 twelve months postoperative in endofemoral implanted stems and from 41.6 preoperatively to 81.2 twelve months postoperative in transfemoral implanted stems. The patients with transfemoral implanted stems had a significant higher amount of limping and positive Trendelenburg sign after the operation. With time the percentage decreased and reached nearly the same level as in patients with endofemoral implanted stems. 2 endofemoral and 1 transfemoral (with a fixation length of less than 3 cm) implanted stems showed a sinking of 5 mm. 2 transfemoral implanted stems had to be revised because of aseptic loosening. In both stems the fixation length was less than 3 cm in the first revision due to operative technical reasons.

Conclusion: The curved cementless revision stem Revitan shows encouraging results using the endofemoral and transfemoral technique. In transfemoral implantation a secure fixation can be reached with a fixation length of more than 3 cm (which is less than the usually recommended fixation length of 4 to 6 cm for cementless revision stems). Transfemoral implanted stems need a longer time of rehabilitation than endofemoral implanted stems


R. Nagai V.R. Raut P.R. Kay B.M. Wroblewski

Introduction. Preoperative bone stock and cement-bone interface in revision total hip replacement (THR) for deep infection have never been investigated while they are both well known to be important for mechanical outcome after revision THR for aseptic loosening.

Purpose. The purpose of this study was to assess pre-operative bone stock and immediate postoperative cement-bone interface as factors affecting infection control after one stage revision THR for deep infection.

Material and methods. This study included 115 cases which satisfied following conditions; a) One stage revision THRs for deep infection were carried out by a single surgeon. b) Follow-up of more than five years was done. Preoperative bone stock was classified into four grades (Grade 0: No bone loss, Grade 1: Demarcation, Grade 2: Localized cavitation, Grade 3: Extensive bone loss). Immediate postoperative cement-bone interface was also graded into four categories (Grade A: White-out, obscure interface, Grade B: Clear line, no measurable gap, Grade C: Gap within 1mm, Grade D: Gap more than 1mm). These two factors were analyzed in view of infection control after surgery.

Results. Preoperative bone stock did not show significant influence on infection control. Immediate postoperative cement-bone interface was an affecting factor for cure of infection.

Conclusion. There was a good chance of cure of infection even in cases with significant bone loss. Good cement fixation appeared to be important in view of infection control. The results suggested the importance of shielding of medullary space with antibiotic-loaded cement from infected joint space in revision THR for infection.


D.W. Elson I.J. Brenkel

Introduction: Pain is one of the most important outcome measures that contributes to patient dissatisfaction following total knee arthroplasty (TKA) and unexplained pain poses a difficult problem to manage. This paper focuses on a group of patients with unexplained knee pain post arthroplasty to identify any predictors of a poor pain outcome.

Methods: A prospective study of 622 primary TKAs performed on 512 patients using cemented press fit condylar prosthesis was the basis to examine a group of patients that reported moderate or severe pain at 5 years. Demographic and operative variables as well as American Knee Society Scores were collected prospectively. Data was available for 462 knees at 5 years. After exclusion of patients with mild pain, two groups were generated; 374 with no pain and 28 with moderate or severe unexplained pain. Univariate linear analysis was performed to identify possible predictors of poor outcome and this was further refined using multiple regression analysis to remove the effect of confounding factors.

Results: Comparison of the pain and no pain group found the following to be significant predictors of poor outcome: Staged approach to bilateral disease when compared to simultaneous bilateral surgery (13% vs 2%, P< 0.01), age below 60 (17% vs 7%, P< 0.01) and performing lateral release (13% vs 5%, P< 0.01). Other factors which had no predictive effect were gender, body mass index, operating surgeon, patella component, instability and range of motion.

Conclusions: Avoiding surgery in patients aged below 60 and performing simultaneous bilateral TKA instead of a staged approach to bilateral disease, should aid selection of patients for improved outcome in terms of pain. Good surgical technique to avoid lateral release is also recommended to improve outcome.


K. O Shea E. Bale P. Murray

Introduction: The majority of patients with osteoarthritis of the knee suffer from femorotibial pain with a smaller proportion suffering predominantly patellofemoral symptoms. No clear consensus exists as to the need for patellar resurfacing when performing total knee replacement for patients with symptomatic femorotibial osteoarthritis but without prominent patellofemoral symptomatic and radiographic disease.

Aims: To identify the advantages and disadvantages of both resurfacing and non-resurfacing of the patella during cemented total knee replacement performed for osteoarthritis predominantly of the femorotibial joint. To objectively clarify the rationale for the use of either procedure in clinical practice.

Methods: Prospective randomised double blinded clinical trial. Patients with osteoarthritis of the knee and principally femorotibial symptoms were included. Patients with rheumatoid arthritis, gross deformity of the knee and gross radiological or clinical patellofemoral arthritis were excluded. The implant used was a cemented posterior stabilised AMK (DePuy, Leeds UK) prosthesis. Preoperative American Knee Society Score, SF-36 questionnaire and WOMAC scores were calculated for each patient. These instruments were repeated and combined with clinical and radiological follow up at 3 months, 6 months and 1 year.

Results: 58 patients were recruited into the study, 53 of whom completed follow up and were in included in the analysis. Baseline characteristics were similar in each group. Operating room time was less in the non-resurfaced group (p< 0.05). At 2 years, 3 patients in the non resurfaced group had undergone a revision procedure. There was no difference between the resurfaced and non-resurfaced groups in terms of global functional outcome as measured by SF36 and WOMAC scores at 1 and 2 years post-operatively. The American Knee Society score showed no difference between the two groups (p=0.86) at 1 year post surgery.

Conclusion: There is no significant difference in clinical outcome at 1 and 2 years following surgery vis-à-vis those who did and did not have patellar resurfacing performed during knee replacement for predominantly femorotibial symptomatic osteoarthritis. There was a higher revision rate in the non-resurfaced group. In TKR using a PS AMK prosthesis routine resurfacing of the patella should be performed.


F. Catani A. Leardini C. Belvedere A. Ensini S. Giannini

Patellar maltracking after total knee arthroplasy (TKA) introduces complications such as anterior knee pain and patellar subluxation, generally due to prosthetic component malallignment in both tibiofemoral (TF) and patellofemoral joints. It is still debated if it is necessary to resurface the patella, which would better adapt the patellar articular surface to the prosthetic femoral troclea with a prosthesis, but also result in possible bone fractures. In this study, an in-vitro analysis is presented in order to identify differences between intact and TKA patellar tracking with and without patellar resurfacing and to show how much the latter is similar to intact knee patellar tracking.

Three fresh-frozen amputated legs with knees free from anatomical defects and with intact joint capsule, collaterals and quadriceps tendon were analyzed using the Stryker knee navigation system (Kalamazoo, MI-USA). Landmark digitations were used to define anatomical frames for femur, tibia and patella. Manually driven TF flexions, from 0 to 140, were performed under conditions of no load and of 10 kg on the quadriceps, with intact knee and TKA with patella resurfaced and not. TF flex/extension, intra/extra rotation, ad/abduction were calculated according to a standard convention. Patellar flex/extension, medial/lateral tilt, rotation and shift were calculated according to a recently proposed articular convention.

Since more repeatable, results relative to trials under 10 kg are reported. Intact knee: 4 abduction; considerable intra rotation (from 16 to 4), followed by continuous extra rotation starting at 30 TF flexion; linear increase in patellar flexion (from 20 to 110); initial medial patellar rotation (from 12 to 8), followed by medial rotation starting at 60 TF flexion; initial lateral patellar tilt (from 4 lateral to 4 medial), followed by medial tilt starting at 70 TF flexion; initial 6 mm lateral patellar shifts from 0 to 80 TF flexion, followed by 4 mm medial shift. TKA knee: small differences in ad/abduction between intact and TKA knees, both with and without resurfaced patella; slight initial extra rotation, followed by continuous intra rotation starting at 20 TF flexion; linear increase in the flexion of the patella, both resurfaced and not, close to the that of the intact knee; patellar rotation more lateral than in the intact knee; patellar tilt without resurfaced patella closer to the intact knee one; 6 mm lateral patellar shift, likely accounted for the surgical technique.

Slightly more than TKA with resurfaced patella, TKA with non resurfaced patella flexes nearly like the intact knee. The closeness in values of patellar flexion and tilt represents a proof of the closeness in behavior of not resurfaced patella in TKA to the patella in the intact knee.


J.C. Theis J. Pennington A. Bayan T. Doyle R. Hill

Purpose: There are numerous papers from specialist arthroplasty centres outlining results of total knee arthroplasties but little information from outside these major centres. We carried out a review of a fixed bearing total condylar knee replacement used in Dunedin by a variety of surgeons for over 10 years.

Method: All patients who received a Duracon/PCA fixed bearing total knee replacement between 1992 and 1996 were assessed clinically, fluoroscopically and completed an SF12, WOMAC and IKSS questionnaire.

Results: At a mean 9.7 (8–12) years follow up, 126 (69.6%) patients were available for review and 46 (25%) were deceased. The average age was 72 years (52–88) and the primary diagnosis was osteoarthritis in 95% of the cases. There were 34% Charnley Grade A, 37% Grade B and 29% Grade C respectively.

The average IKS Knee score was 72 (23–97) and the functional score was 68 (0–100) with 74% experiencing none or only mild pain. The SF12 assessment revealed a mean physical score of 55 (14–99). Ninety per cent of patients were satisfied with their knee and 89% would have the operation again if required.

There was one operative death (PE), one deep infection, 3 PE’s, 3 DVT’s and 5 superficial infections. An MUA was required in 9 cases.

Eight knees were revised. Using ‘all revisions’ as an end point. The survival rate was 95.3% at 10 years.

Conclusion: These results suggest that knee replacements carried out outside specialist arthroplasty centres perform very well with a survival rate of the implant of 95% at 10 years.


S. Tarabichi A. Saleh S. Larsen

Introduction: In living normal knee the lateral femoral condyle rolls posteriorly more than the medial side to the extent that in deep flexion the lateral femoral condyle sublux from the tibial surface(Nakagawa et al). The purpose of this presentation is to study the tibiofemoral movement in patients who had full flexion after total knee replacements and to compare it with that of normal knee.

Materials and Methods: 23 knees were scanned using SIEMENS SIREMOBILE Iso-C with 3D Extension C-arm. The system is able reconstruct 3D images that can be viewed from deferent angle and precise measurements of distances between the deferent components of the implant can be made. The knee was scanned while the patient is sitting in kneeling position with the calf touching the thigh (flexion of over 150degree).

Results: All the cases studied showed a variable roll back between the medial and lateral femoral condyle. In all cases the lateral roll back was much more than the medial. In 14 cases we confirmed lateral condyle subluxation similar to what is seen in normal knee. The position of the foot (internal or external rotation) during scanning did not affect the lateral femoral condyle role back.

Discussion: Although previous studies have shown paradoxical types of tibiofemoral movement in patients who have total knee replacements throughout the range of movement, the knees in patients who had full flexion after TKA tend to have the same tibiofemoral movement as the normal knee in deep flexion. The lateral femoral condyles spin off or subluxation could adversely affect the implant components especially if the design does not accommodate this movement.

Conclusion: The lateral femoral condyle may sublux from the tibia during kneeling in patients who have full flexion after TKA. These findings should call for changes in the implant design to accommodate the lateral condyle roll back.


M. Pleser O. Woersdoerfer

Aims: Does CT-less navigation using the NAVITRACK-System improve post-operative rotational alignment of prosthesis compared to not-navigated implantation technique?

Methods: A total number of 250 patients was enrolled into a randomized mono-centre-study. Ninety patients received computer-aided-surgery (CAS), 160 patients received not-navigated implantation technique. Mechanical leg-/femur-/tibia-axes were identified using complete-leg-CT-scans. Rotational alignment was calculated measuring the angles formed between condylary and epicondylary axes (femoral), transverse tibia plateau axis and tibial tuberosity (tibial) respectively, by the use of coronar CT-scans. Knee Society – and SF-36-Scores were collected pre- and post-operatively at 6 weeks /6 months. Statistical analysis was performed by the chi-square-test.

Results: (All values in mean +− SEM (range)) A mechanical-axis-range of 180 +− 3 was achieved in 97,9% of navigated, and in 76,8% of the not-navigated patients. The tibial component was placed in a 2,1 +− 1,3 -varus-position in navigated patients. In the conventional patient group varus position was 1,8 +− 1,4. A 0,8 +− 1,5 femoral-valgus-position was found in navigated patients, respectively a 0,3 +− 2,7 varus-position in the not-navigated. The internal rotation (relative to epicondylar axis) of the femoral component was 2.8 +− 1,0 (0,7–3,8) in the CAS-group and 2.1 +− 1,5 (0–5,9) in the non-navigated. On the tibial side, the internal rotation of the plateau relative to tibial tuberosity was 20.5 +− 2.5 (16,8–24,8) in CAS- and 22.2 +− 7.5 (9,3–43,2) in the conventionally treated patients.

Conclusions: CT-less navigation using NAVITRACK was suitable to a.) reconstruct mechanical axis within the limits of 180° +− 3° and b.) reduce rotational malalign-ment especially on the tibia. The system may improve the survivorship of TKR as well as the functional outcome after implantation.


C.O. Tibesku T. Dierkes A. Skwara D. Rosenbaum S. Fuchs

Introduction: Mobile bearing total knee arthroplasty (TKA) has been developed to theoretically provide better, more physiological function of the knee and produce less PE wear. The theoretical superiority of mobile bearing TKAs over fixed bearing devices has not yet been proven in clinical studies. The objective of the present study was to prospectively analyze clinical and functional outcomes of randomized fixed and mobile bearing total knee arthroplasty patients by means of gait analysis, electromyography and established clinical scores.

Methods: In a prospective, randomized, patient- and observer-blinded, clinical study, 33 patients (mean age 63 years) received a cruciate retaining Genesis II TKA for primary osteoarthritis. 16 patients received a mobile bearing and 17 patients a fixed bearing device. The day before surgery and 24 months postoperatively, established clinical (KSS, HSS, WOMAC, UCLA, VAS) and quality of life (SF-36) scores were used to compare both patient groups. Electromyography of standardized locations was measured with the MyoSystem 2000 and analyzed with Myoresearch software. Gait analysis was performed with a six camera motion analysis system and force platforms.

Results: Both groups showed significant improvements between pre- and postoperative evaluation in gait analysis and electromyography, but gait analysis results as well electromyography did not show any difference between both groups at follow-up. Clinical and quality of life results significantly improved from pre- to postoperative evaluation, but only the Knee Society Score showed a significant superiority of the mobile bearing group (mean 159.0; SD 27.7; range, 105–196) over the fixed bearing group (mean 134.4; SD 41; range, 56–198) (p=0.0022).

Conclusions: In the present study, no functional advantage of mobile bearing TKA over fixed bearing devices could be found, although the mobile bearing group had better clinical results. Thus, long-term clinical results and in-vivo wear analyses have to be followed, and more subtle functional analyses (e.g. fluoroscopy) have to be employed to finally judge over the theoretical advantage of mobile bearing TKAs.


C.A. Busch B.J. Shore R. Bhandari S.J. MacDonald C.H. Rorabeck R.B. Bourne R.W. McCalden

Introduction: Post-operative analgesia using parenteral opioids or epidural analgesia can be associated with troublesome side effects. Good peri-operative analgesia facilitates rehabilitation, improves patient satisfaction and may reduce hospital stay. Locally administered pre-emptive analgesia is effective, reduces central hyper-sensitisation and avoids systemic drug related side-effects and may be of benefit in minimally invasive joint replacement.

Materials and methods: 64 patients undergoing total knee replacement were randomised to receive a peri-articular intra-operative injection containing ropiva-caine, ketorolac, epimorphine and epinephrine. The anaesthetic analgesic regime was standardised. All patients received patient controlled analgesia (PCA) for 24 hours post surgery, followed by standard analgesia. VAS pain scores during activity and at rest and patient satisfaction scores were recorded pre and post operatively and at 6 week follow up. PCA consumption and overall analgesic requirement were measured.

Results: PCA use over 24 hours post surgery was significantly less in patients receiving the injection (P=0.013). Patient satisfaction at 4 hrs post operation was greater (P=0.003). VAS for pain during activity at 4 hrs and 24 hours were significantly less (P=0.001) in the injected group. The average ROM at 6 weeks was no different. Overall hospital stay and the incidence of wound complications was not different between the 2 groups.

Discussion: Peri-articular intra-operative multimodal analgesia significantly reduces post-operative analgesia requirement. Patient satisfaction is greater in the injection group. No cardio and central nervous system toxicity was observed.


K.J. Mulhall H.M. Ghomrawi B. Bershadsky K.J. Saleh

Although conventional thinking and teaching have implicated weight and body mass index (BMI) in premature failure of total knee arthroplasty (TKA) there is scant evidence based confirmation of this belief. Furthermore, there is little knowledge regarding the precise effect of BMI on functional outcomes following TKA. We performed this study to assess the effect of weight on the longevity of TKA and on outcomes following TKA revision (TKAR).

186 consecutive subjects undergoing TKAR in a 17-center prospective cohort study, had data collected on weight (pounds), BMI and time elapsed between primary and revision surgery (T). The Physical Component Score (PCS) of the Short Form-36 (SF-36), the Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis (WOMAC) Index, and the Knee Society Score (KSS) were also collected preoperatively and at 6-month follow-up. Univariate, bivariate and multivariate statistical methods were used in the analysis.

The mean BMI and weight were 31.8 (54% of subjects had a BMI > 30) and 200 pounds (range 107–350) respectively. The distribution of both measures of excessive weight was close to normal. Average time between primary and revision procedures (T) was 7.3 years (range 6 months to 27 years). Using linear regression, T significantly decreased as weight (BMI) increased. Mean SF-36 PCS, WOMAC and KSS-Function scores were significantly improved 6 months after revision surgery. However, BMI and, in particular, weight were predictive of worse physical functional outcomes.

This study demonstrates the deleterious effect of weight on both the longevity of primary TKA as assessed at the time of revision and on functional outcomes following TKAR. Although further prospective data regarding this population is indicated, the current findings direct us towards better outcomes prediction for overweight patients and more effective counselling and appropriate management of these patients.


T. Floerkemeier C. Hurschler F. Witte M. Wellmann F. Thorey U. Halbritter H. Windhagen

Introduction Non-invasive prediction of load bearing capacity is an important issue in the advanced clinical treatment of distraction osteogenesis in order to define the appropriate point of time for the removal of the external fixateur. Therefore, non-invasive stiffness measurements were recommended as a promising tool due to the high correlation between strength and various kinds of stiffness: Torsional, bending and compressive.

However, previous experiments only analysed the relationship between a single type of stiffness. This approach neglects the multi-dimensional characteristics of bone loading in compression, bending and torsion.

This study investigates how compressive, bending (ap and ml) and torsional stiffness are related to the torsional load bearing capacity of healing callus tissue using a common set of bone regenerate samples of sheep treated with distraction osteogenesis. In addition, this study compares the evolution of the various kinds of stiffness.

This study provides insight into how the various stiffness modes are suited to predict the load bearing capacity by in-vivo stiffness measurement.

Material and Methods Mid-diaphyseal osteotomies were performed in 26 right tibiae of mature, female domestic sheep. Tibiae were then stabilized using an external half-ring Ilizarov fixator. After a 4-day latency period the tibiae were distracted at a rate of 1.25 mm per day in two increments for 20 days. As a result of a parallel study, the callus was treated with different combinations of growth factors and carrier material resulting in four treatment groups plus a contralateral control group. The sheep were sacrificed and the tibiae were harvested on the 74th day.

The ends of the tibiae were embedded in PMMA and mounted to a sequence of special custom made jigs for compressive testing, 4-point-bending and torsion in a material testing machine.

Stiffness was calculated by regression of the initial linear part of the load-displacement curves.

In a final experiment, the specimens were loaded in torsion until failure to record the ultimate torsional moment.

Results Torsional stiffness exhibits the highest correlation with the ultimate torsional moment (r2 = 0.77), while the ones for compressive (r2 = 0.60) and bending (ap (r2 = 0.70); ml (r2 = 0.66)) are only slightly lower.

Discussion This ex-vivo study in sheep shows that torsional, bending (ap and ml) and compressive stiffness measurements are all suitable means to predict the load bearing capacity of healing callus tissue. Our results show that torsional stiffness measurements perform slightly better than compressive and bending stiffness measurements. However, further studies are necessary to underline the superior performance of torsional stiffness measurements, since the sheep-tibiae were failed by applying torsional stress.


M. Jung J. Tuischer C. Sergi H.G. Simank

This study evaluated the effect of a collagen type I /hyaluronate (c/h) implant combined with recombinant human growth and differentiation factor-5 (rhGDF-5) in osteochondral cartilage defects of Göttinger minipigs.

In 20 Göttinger minipigs, critical size defects (6.2mm wide and 10mm deep) were created in the medial condyle of both femora. Defects were treated on one side either with the c/h implant alone (n=10) or the c/h implant + rhGDF-5 (n=10), whereas the other side was left empty as an intra-individual control. After 3 and 12 months, 5 animals from each treatment group were killed. The evaluation included macroscopic investigation, biomechanical exploration by relaxation test and semi-quantitative histological scoring using the O’Driscoll score.

No macroscopic differences were found between the two treatment groups, neither could any differences be found in semi-quantitative histological scoring. Biomechanical measurement after 12 months showed a significant increase in peak stress in the c/h group compared to empty defects, however, rhGDF-5 supplementation was not found to influence the biomechanical properties compared to controls. Bony cysts were seen throughout the three treatment groups, indicating insufficient bone regeneration. In two animals treated with rhGDF-5, pronounced ossifications within the joint capsule were observed. In contrast, no ossifications were detected in the knees with empty defects or single treatment with c/h implant.

In conclusion, the combination of a c/h implant plus rhGDF-5 did not result in better defect regeneration compared to c/h implants alone or even to empty defects in our minipig model.

One major problem seems to be the incomplete regeneration of the bony defect when using this device. In further studies, bilayer matrices should be used to address this problem. Due to the small number of specimens in this study, it cannot be resolved whether the ossifications seen in two knees were due to the usage of rhGDF-5 or can be regarded as an independent event. Further data about growth factor interaction should be acquired in animal studies before clinical introduction can be considered.


A. Moroni F. Pegreffi A. Frizziero A. Hoang-Kim S. Giannini

Purpose: Four external fixation pin types differing in coating, design and implantation technique were tested in an animal study.

Methods: Forty tapered pins were divided into 4 Groups according to pin design type: Group A consisted of 10 standard self-tapping pins (ø5–6mm, pitch 1.75mm), Group B 10 hydroxyapatite (HA)-coated self-tapping (ø5–6mm, pitch 1.75mm), Group C 10 standard, self-drilling, self-tapping (ø5–6mm, pitch 1.25mm) and Group D 10 HA-coated, self-drilling, self-tapping (ø5–6mm, pitch 1.25mm). Four pins were randomly implanted into the femoral diaphysis of 10 sheep. The pins were implanted at 2-cm intervals apart. Pre-drilling was used for Groups A and B but not for Groups C and D. Sheep were euthanized 6 weeks after surgery.

Results: There were no major complications. Mean pin insertion torque was 3100 ± 915 Nmm in Group A, 2808 ± 852 Nmm in Group B, 2589 ± 852 Nmm in Group C and 2180 ± 652 Nmm in Group D. Mean pin extraction torque was 1570 ± 504 Nmm in Group A, 2128 ± 1159 Nmm in Group B, 1599 ± 809 Nmm in Group C and 2200 ± 914 Nmm in Group D. Insertion torque of the coated groups was lower than insertion torque of the standard groups (p < 0.05). However, extraction torque of Groups B and D was higher than Groups A and C (p < 0.05). No differences in pin fixation were found between the two coated pin groups (Group B and D). Morphologic analysis showed extensive bone to pin contact without fibrous tissue interposition in the coated pin groups and fibrous tissue interposition in the uncoated pin groups.

Conclusion/Significance: This study demonstrated that coating pins with hydroxyapatite is effective regardless of the pin design and the implantation technique.


I. Rubel E. Fornari B. Miller W. Hayes

Introduction: The use of self-tapping screws has become increasingly popular since it allows for a rapid screw placement avoiding the tapping step during ORIF of fractures.. While sharing the same basic principle of cutting flutes and partial threads at the tip, at least four types of screw design is currently available, varying in the number and shape of cutting flutes. The purpose of this biomechanical study was to research for any significant difference between the various self-tapping screws

Material and Methods: Three different designs of 4.5-mm self-tapping screws and one standard 4.5 screw serving as control were compared for pull-out strength after insertion into an adult human non-embalmed cadaveric humeri. All specimens were machined to a 5 mm uniform cortical thickness. Four equidistant 3.2 mm holes were drilled into each specimen by an MTS mounted drill. All screws were inserted randomly in one of the four positions using a hand screwdriver. The cortical bone specimen was secured between two metal plates to the base of a MTS machine while a uniaxial tensile force was applied to the jig for screw removal at a rate of 0.833 mm/sec until holding power had decreased to 25 % of the maximum. Load displacement curves were recorded. Resulting data was analyzed using paired student-t tests. P values of less then 0.05 were considered statistically significant.

Results: The mean load-to-failure was 97.4167N (S.D. 13.29924) for the Synthes control screw, 69.2333N (S.D. 4.48360) for the Synthes self-tapping screw, 67.15 (S.D. 11.23864) for the Stryker self-tapping screw, and 55.0667 (S.D. 8.59271) for the ODI self-tapping screw. A significant difference was found between the mean pull-out strength of the Synthes control screw when compared to each of the three self-tapping screws (Pairs 1–3, P < 0.05). Furthermore, the mean pull-out strength of the ODI self-tapping screw was found to be significantly less than Stryker self-tapping screw (Pair 6, P < 0.05). There was no significant difference between Synthes self-tapping screws and Stryker self-tapping screws (Pair 5, P < 0.05).

Discussion and conclusion: Self tapping screws with three short cutting flutes performed better than those with two long cutting flutes. Despite of the different designs and length of the cutting flutes in self-tapping screws, they all have less pull out strength than regular screws


J.J De Poorter T.W.J Huizinga J Ellis A Mountain R.C. Hoeben R.G.H.H. Nelissen

Elderly patients with a high mortality risk for revision surgery are severely handicapped by a loosened hip prosthesis. Loosening is mainly caused by particle-induced osteolysis leading to the formation of a synovium-like interface tissue. As an alternative to revision surgery we have investigated the possibility of removing the tissue using a gene therapy approach and thereafter stabilizing the prosthesis with percutaneous cement injection.

First we demonstrated that transduction of interface cells with a gene coding for E.coli nitroreductase (NTR) resulted in a 60-fold increase in sensitivity to the prodrug CB1954 that is converted to a toxic metabolite by NTR. Given these in-vitro data, we explored if intra-articular administration of this adenoviral vector encoding NTR followed by the prodrug was able to kill sufficient tissue in-vivo to allow refixation of the prosthesis by cement.

We report the first three patients from a phase 1 study of 12 patients with a loosened hip who are experiencing debilitating pain and have significant comorbidity. On day 1 the vector is injected into the hip joint and on day 3 the prodrug is injected. On day 10 three holes are drilled in the femur and one in the acetabulum. Biopsies are taken from the periprosthetic space and low viscosity cement (Osteopal, Biomet Merck, Sjöbo, Sweden) is injected under fluoroscopic guidance.

The first three patients have been included in the study and five more are planned for treatment before June 2005. The patients are females of 86, 72, and 79 years old. There were no adverse effects from vector injection (3x10 exp 9 particles). Six hours after prodrug injection the patients experienced nausea, (WHO grade 1) a commonly reported reaction to this prodrug. There was vomiting in two patients. Hip pain increased, but this was anticipated as this therapy will increase prosthesis loosening. 16 ml of cement was subsequently injected into the periprosthetic space in the first patient and 18 ml in the second. The patients were ambulated the day after surgery.

The first two patients have a follow-up of twelve and six weeks. There was no pain in the hip. The maximum walking distance had increased from 5 to 30 meters in the first patient.

The current study is the first to use in vivo intra-articular adenoviral mediated gene transfer in a clinical setting. Our preliminary results suggest that gene therapy and cement injection for hip prosthesis refixation is clinically feasible.


H.A. Anetzberger E. Thein S. Vogt A. Imhoff

The fluorescent microsphere (FM) method is considered the best technique to determine regional bone blood flow (RBBF) in acute experiments. In this study we verified the accuracy and validitiy of this technique for measurement of RBBF in a long-term experiment and examined RBBF after meniscectomy. 24 anesthetized female New Zealand rabbits (3 groups, each n=8) received consecutive left ventricular injections of FM in defined time intervals after meniscectomy. Group 1 from preoperatively to 3 wks postoperatively, group 2 from 3 wks to 7 wks, and group 3 from 7 wks to 11 wks postoperatively. To test the precision of the FM-method in long-term experiments two FM-species were injected simultaneously at the first and last measurement. After the experiment both humeri, femora, and tibiae and reference organs (kidney, lung, brain) were removed and dissected according to standardized protocol. Fluorescence was determined in each reference blood and tissue sample and blood flow values were calculated. Blood flow in kidney, lung, and brain revealed no significant difference between right and left side and remained unchanged during the observation period excluding errors due to shunting and dislodging of spheres in our experiments. Comparison of relative bone blood flow values obtained by simultaneously injected FM showed an excellent correlation at the first and last injection indicating valid RBBF measurements in long-term experiment. We found a significant increase of RBBF 3 wks after meniscectomy in the right tibial condyles compared to the non-operated left side. Similar changes were found in the femoral condyles. RBBF in other regions of tibia, femur, and humerus revealed no significant difference between right and left bone samples of the same region. Our results demonstrate that the FM method is also valid for measuring regional bone blood flow in long-term experiments. In addition we could demonstrate that meniscectomy leads to an increase of RBBF in the tibial condyles very early. This increase might be caused by stress-induced alterations of the subchondral bone.


J.C. Theis N. Aebli G. Davis J. Krebs D. Schwenke

Purpose: To investigate the effect of pressurizing vertebral bodies during vertebroplasty using different materials in the development of fat embolism (FE) and any associated cardiovascular changes.

Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) is the material of choice for vertebroplasty (VP). However, PMMA has several disadvantages such as exothermic curing, uncertain long-term biomechanical effects and biocompatibility. As a result alternative materials are being developed to overcome these problems.

In order to determine the role of PMMA in the generation of cardiovascular changes following vertebroplasty we compared injection of cement with wax in an animal model.

Method: In twenty sheep, four vertebral bodies were augmented either with PMMA or bone wax. Heart rate, arterial, central venous and pulmonary artery pressure, cardiac output and blood gas values were recorded. At postmortem the lungs were subjected to histological evaluation.

Results: The consecutive augmentation of four vertebral bodies with PMMA induced cumulative fat embolism causing significant deterioration of baseline mean arterial blood pressure (MABP) and blood gas values. Injection of bone wax resulted in similar cardiovascular changes and amount of intravascular fat in the lungs.

Conclusion: In this animal model cardiovascular complications during multiple VP happen regardless of the augmentation material used. The deteriorating baseline MABP during VP is associated with the pressurization and displacement of bone marrow/fat into the circulation rather than caused by polymethylmethacrylate.


J.P. Dillon A.J. Laing J.R.S. Chandler C.J. Shields J.H. Wang A.J. McGuinness H.P. Redmond

Aims: Pharmacological modulation of skeletal muscle reperfusion injury after trauma associated ischaemia may improve limb salvage rates and prevent the associated systemic sequelae. Resuscitation with hypertonic saline restores the circulating volume and has favourable effects on tissue perfusion and blood pressure. The purpose of our study was to evaluate the effects of hypertonic saline on skeletal muscle ischaemia reperfusion (I/R) injury and the associated endorgan injury.

Methods: Adult male Sprague Dawley rats (n=24) were randomised into three groups: control group, I/R group treated with normal saline and I/R group treated with hypertonic saline. Bilateral hind-limb ischaemia was induced by rubber band application proximal to the level of the greater trochanters for 2.5 hours. Treatment groups received either normal saline or hypertonic saline prior to tourniquet release. Following twelve hours reperfusion, the tibialis anterior muscle was dissected and muscle function assessed electrophysiologically by electrical field stimulation. The animals were then sacrificed and skeletal muscle harvested for evaluation. Lung tissue was also harvested for measurement of wet-to-dry ratio, myeloperoxidase content and histological analysis.

Results: Hypertonic saline significantly attenuated skeletal muscle reperfusion injury as shown by reduced twitch and tetanic contractions of the skeletal muscle (Table). There was also a significant reduction in lung injury as demonstrated by differences in wet-to-dry ratio, myeloperoxidase content and histological analysis.

Conclusion: Resuscitation with hypertonic saline may have a protective role in attenuating skeletal muscle ischaemia reperfusion injury and its associated systemic sequelae.


V. Athanasiou D.J. Papachristou A. Saridis C.D. Scopa E. Lambiris P. Megas

Aims: This experiment study was undertaken to evaluate the differences, in bone response to various grafts.

Methods: Ninety, 3.5 months New Zeland white rabbits, weighing 4kg, were divided randomly in 6 groups of 15 animals. Under anesthesia, a 4.5mm hole was drilled in the 2 posteriors femoral condyles of each rabbit, in totaling 180 condyles. Holes were filled with various grafts as follow: Group I-autograft, Group II-xenograft (Lubboc®), Group III-allograft DBM (Grafton®), Group IV-substitute calcium sulfate (Osteoset®), Group V-substitute calcium phosphate hydroxyapatite (Ceraform®), Group VI- was used control. After the implantation, the animals were sacrificed at 1, 3 and 6 months intervals tissue samples from the implanted areas were processed for histological evaluation.

Results: Group I: At 1 month, autologous grafts were lined with activated osteoblasts and osteoclasts. Lamellar bone and cartilage were evident. Neoangiogenesis was prominent. At 3, 6 months defects were filled with mature bone. Group II: Lubboc® displayed moderate (1 month) to intense (3 months) remodeling activity and pronounced neoangiogenesis. At 3 months, endochondral osteogenesis and lamellar bone production were more prominent. At 6 months graft material was significantly restricted and lamellar had considerably replaced woven bone. Group III: Grafton® putty was present at 1, 3 months. There were few osteoblasts and numerous multinuclaeated cells rimming implant surfaces. Endochondral ossification foci, new bone formation and neovascularisation were observed (1, 3 months). At 6 months DBM fibers were absent. Lamellar and woven bone was evident. Group IV: At 1 month new bone (mostly woven) was present, lined with activated osteoblast and few osteoclasts. Endochondral ossification and angiogenesis were evident. At 3, 6 months bone remodeling was augmented, and Osteoset® graft was diminished. Complete closure of defects was observed, at 6 months. Group V: Ceraform® exhibited almost the same properties as Osteoset®. However, endochondral osteopoiesis and bone remodeling were less intense. Additionally, after 6 months, Ceraform® was still evident. Group VI: The defect areas were clearly observed at 1, 3 months.

Conclusion: Autografts are the most effective graft materials. Although Lubboc® is not totally resorbed, it seems to induce lamellar bone synthesis stronger than Grafton®. Bone substitutes are inferior to allografts.


R. Skripitz A. Werner W. Ruther P. Aspenberg

The aim of our study was to evaluate if PTH is able to increase the trabecular density of osteoporotic bone at the site of an implant and whether the anabolic effect of PTH at this side is stronger then the effect of an osteoclast inhibitor like alendronate.

48 cement rod was inserted in the tibia of 48 female rats, of which 36 had been ovariectomized. The cement rods, which served as implants, were made of Palacos R bone cement. After implantation, the 36 ovariectomized rats were divided in 3 groups. One was injected subcutaneusly with PTH (1–34) at a dose of 60 g/kg BW. The second was injected with alendronate at a dose of 205 g/kg BW. The third with vehicle only. The remaining 12 sham operated rats were also injected with vehicle only. All injections were given three times a week and the rats were killed 2 weeks after implantation.

The tibial segments around the hole of the rods were prepared histologically. Thus the surfaces which had been in contact with the rod appeared as straight lines and could be analyzed histomorphometricly. The trabecular density of the bone closest to the implant was measured. One femur of all animals was used for measurement by DEXA.

There was a substantial increase in the trabecular density close to the rods with PTH treatment (Anova p=0.002). PTH lead to a trabecular density of 89%, where as the ovariectomized animals revealed a trabecular density of 58% and the sham operated control of 68%. No significant increase of implant related trabecular density could be found in the alendronate treated group. In this group a density of 72% was established. DEXA showed the expected differences in bone mineral content (Anova p=0.001).

In this study, intermittent PTH treatment increased implant-related trabecular density in osteoporotic bone after 2 weeks. No such positive effect could be found with alendronate treatment at such a short period of time. We think the reason for this phenomenon could be the early onset of the anabolic PTH effect on regenerating bone, whereas alendronate is thought to only inhibit bone resorption, which might lead to a later effect.

The early onset of PTH effects even in osteoporotic bone suggests that intermittent PTH treatment might lead to an increased micro-interlock between implant and bone and might therefore be considered as a possible drug to enhance incorporation of orthopedic implants.


T. Gunes B. Saygi M. Erdem R.D. Koseoglu N. Kilic C. Sen

Objectives: Hyaluronic acid (HA) is used in osteoarthritis especially for the control of pain. In this animal study, we investigated the effects of HA on the early stage of osteoarthritis.

Methods: The experimental osteoarthritis model was constituted on 10 rabbits by the way of anterior cruciate ligament transection. In HA group, HA was injected 0.6 ml (15mg/ml) dosage per week for 3 weeks in right knees of ten rabbits and in SF group, saline was injected 0.6 ml dosage per week for 3 weeks in left knees of rabbits. Because three rabbits died in experimental period, fourteen knees of seven rabbits were taken into account for the study. The knees of rabbits, which were sacrified at 12th weeks after index operation, were measured according to cartilage area and Mankin scale.

Results: The mean cartilage area of HA and SF groups were measured 1.097 mm2 and 0.477 mm2, respectively. The difference of mean cartilage area between HA and SF groups was statistically significant (p< 0.05). According to Mankin scale, the mean total point of scale was measured 3.57 in HA group and 11.14 in SF group and the difference between mean total points of groups was significant (p< 0.05). Although, there is no significant difference in cellular abnormality, matrix staining, and tidemark continuity criteries of scale, we found the significant difference between total point and structure of cartilage criteria of scale.

Conclusions: HA has a retarder effect on progression of cartilage injury in early stage osteoarthritis.


M. Foeren H. Koepp W. Puhl

Introduction: Filling of bone defects is a significant challenge in Orthopaedic Surgery. Human fresh-frozen allograft is still the most effective bone graft substitution material («gold standard»), guaranteeing all essential biological and physiochemical demands (osteogenic, osteoinductive, and osteoconductive) when the necessary amount of autologous bone is not available. Using donor screening recommendations, more than 50 % of potential donors have to be excluded. With increasing incidence for revision hip surgery and especially acetabular reconstructions, a hospital associated bone bank has difficulties meeting demand. The aim of this study is to evaluate the balance and resource utilisation of a hospital associated bone bank for fresh-frozen allografts and the correlation to commercial alternatives regarding cost effectiveness.

Method: For evaluation of resource utilisation and cost effectiveness of a hospital associated bone bank, all donation processes and the details of allograft use were analysed and summarized within a period of 30 months. Given the increasing disproportion of demand and availability, the reasons for exclusion, especially for exclusion during the preservation period, were carefully scrutinized. The costs of installation and maintenance of the bone bank, as well as all costs in the screening process were balanced to calculate the «per head»-price. The results were compared to commercial alternatives.

Results: Within the period of evaluation 632 femoral heads were available for donation. Through the screening process 359 femoral heads (56.8%) met at least one criterion for exclusion. At the end of the observation period of six months and after HIV retesting, 246 allografts met all criteria for use. The mean period between inclusion in the bone bank and release was 10.9 5.0 months (range 6.0–30.8).

50.8% of released allografts (125 heads) were used in revision arthroplasty. In spine surgery 83 allografts (33.7%) were implanted in spinal fusions and for cage filling during vertebral body replacement. Thirty-two grafts (13.0%) were used in miscellaneous surgeries with minor bone demand.

The costs per donation were 92, with personnel costs the price per head was 140. The price range for commercial alternatives starts at 100 for 1 cm.

Conclusion: A hospital associated bone bank for fresh-frozen allografts is still an effective and cost effective method to maintain material for bone defect filling. To meet demand, information and communication to donors has to be increased to get the HIV-retests. Additionally, division of donations into smaller portions helps to decrease waste in surgeries where less bone is required.


E. Tsiridis M. Kain M. Song J. Bancroft J. Rene S. Kakar E. Morgan L.. Gerstenfeld P. Tornetta T. Einhorn

Background: Metaphyseal fracture healing presents special biomechanical challenges in orthopaedic surgery. The void typically created by damage to the metaphyseal cancellous bone must usually be filled in order to recover the biomechanical integrity of the bone. While autologous bone grafting is a standard treatment for these fractures, bone graft substitutes delivered with or without pharmacologic agents may augment healing.

Hypothesis: Tricalcium phosphate (TCP) is a known osteoconductive bone filler and OP-1 an osteoinductive bone morphogenetic protein; both have been used in the past in diaphyseal fractures with success. PTH (parathyroid hormone) has been recently shown to enhance osteoblastic activity, to have a net anabolic effect on bone mass, and to enhance healing of diaphyseal fractures. Each of these agents may also enhance healing of metaphyseal fractures.

Objective: The potential of all above factors to accelerate metaphyseal fracture healing has been evaluated in a new metaphyseal fracture model developed in our laboratory in a rabbit model.

Material and Methods: A metaphyseal wedge osteotomy was created in the distal tibia of 16-week-old female New Zealand White rabbits (n=20). The osteotomy was bridged with a custom-made external fixator. The osteotomy gap was filled with TCP containing OP-1 (n=4), TCP alone with daily subcutaneous injections of 10μg/Kgr BW PTH (n=4), or TCP alone with daily subcutaneous administration of 40μg/Krg BW PTH (n=4). Two control groups, TCP alone (n=4) and normal healing (n=4), were also included. Assessment methods included biomechanical testing in both compression and torsion, radiographic examination, and QCT scans.

Results: Healing was observed in both PTH treated groups as well as in the OP-1 group at 4 weeks post-surgery. PTH appeared to have a systemic effect on bone formation, whereas the effect of OP-1 was local to the osteotomy site. In comparison, healing was delayed in the normal healing and TCP alone groups.

Conclusion: PTH and OP-1 both enhance metaphyseal fracture healing. The different systemic vs. local effects of these two agents, suggest that PTH and OP-1 may have potential synergism in accelerating healing of metaphyseal fractures.


F. Thorey F. Witte J. Nellesen N. Griep-Raming H. Menzel G. Gross A. Hoffmann H. Windhagen

Introduction: Despite advances in endoprosthesis fixation by implant surface alteration, the problem of aseptic implant loosening still exists. Especially in patients with revisions osseointegration and filling of gaps at the bone-implant interface is mandatory for implant survival. Simple BMP-2 immersion has been introduced previously to act as an osteoinductive coating for advanced osseointegration. However, because of the uncontrolled release kinetics and subsequent molecular action and activity of BMP-2, purely osteoinductive actions are hard to differentiate from osteoclastic BMP-actions leading to bone remodelling, which could counteract the implant fixation process and might be the reason for failed attempts to use BMP-2 for implant fixation. In this study we investigated the osteoinductive potency of BMP-2 bound to titanium surfaces by a highly controlled molecular coupling with specifically designed polymers, allowing a slow controlles release kinetics. We present the first results of two different polymers that were implanted in the tibia and femora of New Zealand White Rabbits.

Methods: In this study we designed cylindrical titanium-implants with an inner thread (Ti6-Alï·& #8220;4V, 3 mm hight x 3 mm diameter) and an electropolished outer surface that were coated with different polymers. The polymers were fixed to the surface using the photochemical method of grafting. The implants were implanted in the proximal tibia and distal femora of New Zealand White Rabbits. The anatomical locations of the implants were alternated to test their osseointegration in different quality of bone (cancellous vs. cortical bone). After 4 weeks the animals were sacrificed and DEXA-scans (Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry), micro-CT and histological analysis were performed. ANOVA and t-test were used for statistic analysis.

Results: In high-resolution DEXA-scans we found a difference in bone mineral density (BMD) between PVBP and a control implant in the distal femora (PVBP 0,720 g/cm², control 0,661 g/cm²) and in the proximal tibia (PVBP 0,633 g/cm², control 0,431 g/cm²) with an increase of bone mineral density. In the histological investigation we found an increase of osteoblasts around the implants coated with PVBP and PVBP-Co-Acryloxysuccimid. Furthermore, the micro-CT scans showed an increase of BV/TV (bone volume/total volume) for both polymers.

Discussion: In this study we present the first results of the investigation of polymer-coated titanium-implants implanted in the proximal tibia and distal femora of New Zealand White Rabbits. The results of DEXA-scans, micro-CT and histological analysis showed an increase of osseointegration. We suggest that controlled release kinetics after coupling of these polymers with BMP-2 can additionally increase osseointegration. To get a closer look on the polymers, their characteristics in-vivo, and coupling with BMP-2 further investigations are conducted.


A.J. Laing J.P. Dillon J.H. Wang H.P. Redmond A. McGuinness

Background: Periprosthetic osteolysis precipitates aseptic component loosening, increases periprosthetic fracture risk and through massive bone loss, complicates revision surgery.

Its pathogenesis is based upon the generation of wear debris particles which trigger synovial macrophage activation. Statins, inhibitors of 3-hydroxy-3 methylglutaryl coenzyme A (HMG-Co-A) reductase, have revolutionised the treatment of hypercholesterolaemia and cardiovascular disease. The antiinflammatory properties of HMG-CoA reductase inhihitors or the statin family are well recognised. We investigated the effects of ceriv-astatin in attenuating the activation of human macrophages by polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) particles.

Methods: Polymethylmethacrylate-particle-stimulated human macrophages were cultured in vitro with cerivastatin at 75 and 150micromols/litre. TNF- alpha (tumour necrosis factor alpha) and MCP-1 (monocyte chemotactic protein) expression were determined using ELISA. UO126, a Raf/MEK/ERK intracellular transduction pathway inhibitor, was utilised to identify the mitogen activated protein kinase (MAP- Kinase) pathway involved and western blotting was used to demonstrate the effect of cerivastatin on this pathway.

Results Human monocyte/macrophage cultures were activated by PMMA particles evidenced by TNF- alpha and MCP-1 expression(p< 0.05). This activation was consistently attenuated by cerivastatin therapy. Similarily, PMMA activation was attenuated by the Raf/MEK/ERK inhibitor, UO126.

Western blotting confirmed Raf/MEK/ERK down-regulation by cerivastatin, establishing a mechanism for its anti-inflammatory effects.

Conclusion We have demonstrated in vitro, that statins can abrogate particle induced inflammatory responses in a dose dependent manner and this is mediated intra-cellularily through its effect on the Raf/MEK/ERK transduction pathway. We propose that by attenuating this inflammatory response, the associated subsequent osteoclast activation and osteolysis is attenuated. Statins therefore may have role in promoting implant longevity


G. Cakmak S. Bolukbasi U. Kanatli A. Dursun O. Erdem G. Yilmaz

Aim: Bone grafts and bone graft substitutes are often used at radical surgical procedures such as; trauma, congenital anomalies, tumor surgery, bone infections, revision arthroplasty surgery, spinal surgery. However autograft and allograft bone are frequently used, they have some limitations. ABM/P-15 (Pepgen P-15) is a combination of anorganic bovine derived hydroxyapa-tite matrix coupled with a synthetic-cell binding peptide (P-15). This tissue engineered particulate bone replacement graft has been established for the treatment of periodontal osseous defects. The aim of this study is to determine the effect of ABM/P-15 on the healing of a critical sized segmental defect in rat radius.

Methods: 36 Wistar rats were used at this study. A critical sized segmental defect was created in each rat radius. 13 defects were filled with ABM/P-15 Flow (putty form), 12 defects were filled with ABM/P-15, and 11 defects were used as a control group. The rats were killed at 10 weeks. The healing of defects was evaluated with radiographic and histological studies.

Results: The use of ABM/P-15 and ABM/P-15 Flow were demonstrated improved healing of segmental bone defects in rat radius on radiographic and histological studies compared with control group. Statistical evaluation showed that there were significant differences between control sites, and sites treated with P-15 and P-15 Flow (p< 0.005). The highest radiological and histological grades were achieved by P-15. Osteogenic proliferation was seen at the P-15 group more than P-15 flow.

Conclusion: Segmental cortical bone defects may be treated with ABM/P-15 instead of bone allografts, and autografts. According to the radiologic and histological parameters measured in this study, the implantation of ABM/P-15 resulted in optimum healing of the segmental cortical bone defects.


H.H. Muratli L. Celebi O. Hapa A. Bicimoglu

Because endothelins (ET) have effects on functions of both osteoblasts and osteoclasts, it is thought that these peptides may be one of the mediators of coupling phenomena that maintain the connection and regulation between bone formation and resorption process in osteogenesis. Along with their demonstrated effects on osteogenic cells they have dual activity on both mineralization and resorption process. So it is also thought that they may have a major role in bone turnover and remodeling processes. We aimed to investigate if ET had a role in the pathophysiology of osteoporosis. Therefore we looked for a difference in ET plasma levels between osteoporotic and normal people.

86 patients (16 men and 70 women) with a mean age of 62.6 (ranges: 51–90) years were included in this study. All patients were examined by dual energy X-ray absorbsiometry evaluation at first. Patients were divided into 3 groups regarding reported T scores. T-scores less than −2.5 on either total lumbar spine or total hip were accepted as osteoporosis, while scores between −1 and −2.5 were accepted as osteopenia and scores above −1 were accepted as normal according to the suggestions of World Health Organization. According to these criteria 19 patients were normal, 43 were osteopenic and 24 were osteoporotic. Then total plasma level of ET was measured in all patients with monoclonal antibody based sandwich immunoassay (EIA) method.

One-way analysis of variance test was used to compare endothelin values between normals, osteopenics and osteoporotics regardless of gender and for each gender. A value of p< 0.05 was considered as significant.

Endothelin total plasma level in patients with osteoporosis was a mean of 98.3663.96 pg/ml, a mean of 100.9247.2 pg/ml in osteopenic group and a mean of 99.5656.6 pg/ml in normal group. The difference between groups was not significant (p> 0.05). In men with osteoporosis endothelin level was a mean of 185.7017.2 pg/ml and this was significantly higher than osteopenic men (124.8059.6 pg/ml) (p< 0.05) and normal men (93.0050.1pg/ml) (p< 0.05). In women there was not any significant difference between groups (normal:102.0060.7pg/ml, osteopenics: 94.7042.7pg/ml, osteoporotics: 79.9053.8pg/ml) (p> 0.05).

We found out that plasma ET levels of osteoporotic men were significantly higher than normal men. But comparison regardless of gender among osteoporotics, osteopenics and normals and comparison of female osteoporotics, osteopenics and normals yielded no significant differences. We think that the reason for differences in our results regarding gender may be the higher estrogen level of the females even if they were in the postmenopausal period and thus estrogens’ possible effect of down regulation in ET-1. Considering these results we think that ET may have a role in the pathophysiology of the men osteoporosis and it can be used as a marker for diagnosis and treatment follow-up of osteoporosis.


J.T. Street B.J. Lenehan J.H. Wang Q.D. Wu H.P. Redmond

Background Apoptosis of osteoblasts and osteoclasts regulates bone homeostasis. Skeletal injury in humans results in angiogenic responses primarily mediated by vascular endothelial growth factor(VEGF), a protein essential for bone repair in animal models. Osteoblasts release VEGF in response to a number of stimuli and express receptors for VEGF in a differentiation dependent manner. This study investigates the putative role of VEGF in regulating the lifespan of primary human osteoblasts(PHOB) in vitro.

Methods PHOB were examined for VEGF receptors. Cultures were supplemented with VEGF(0–50ng/mL), a neutralising antibody to VEGF, mAB VEGF(0.3ug/mL) and Placental Growth Factor (PlGF), an Flt-1 receptor-specific VEGF ligand(0–100 ng/mL) to examine their effects on mineralised nodule assay, alkaline phosphatase assay and apoptosis.. The role of the VEGF specific antiapoptotic gene target BCl2 in apoptosis was determined.

Results PHOB expressed functional VEGF receptors. VEGF 10 and 25 ng/mL increased nodule formation 2.3- and 3.16-fold and alkaline phosphatase release 2.6 and 4.1-fold respectively while 0.3ug/mL of mAB VEGF resulted in approx 40% reductions in both. PlGF 50ng/mL had greater effects on alkaline phosphatase release (103% increase) than on nodule formation (57% increase). 10ng/mL of VEGF inhibited spontaneous and pathological apoptosis by 83.6% and 71% respectively, while PlGF had no significant effect. Pretreatment with mAB VEGF, in the absence of exogenous VEGF resulted in a significant increase in apoptosis (14 vs 3%). BCl2 transfection gave a 0.9% apoptotic rate. VEGF 10 ng/mL increased BCl2 expression 4 fold while mAB VEGF decreased it by over 50%.

Conclusions VEGF is a potent regulator of osteoblast lifespan in vitro. This autocrine feedback regulates survival of these cells, mediated via the KDR receptor and expression of BCl2 antiapoptotic gene.


J.C. Theis N. Aebli J. Krebs H. Stich P. Schawalder

Current research efforts aim at enhancing osseointegration of cementless implants to improve early bone fixation.

Purpose: The aim of the present study was to investigate whether bone morphogenic protein (BMP) 2 had a positive effect on the osseointegration of hydroxyapatite coated implants.

Method: Hydroxyapatite (HA) implants were coated with BMP-2 and hyaluronic acid (HY) as the carrier or with HY alone. Uncoated HA-implants served as controls. The osseointegration of the implants was evaluated either by light microscopy or by pullout tests after 1, 2 and 4 weeks of unloaded implantation in the cancellous bone of 18 sheep.

Results: The BMP-2 coating significantly increased bone growth into the perforations of HA-implants. The proportion of bone-ingrowth at 4 weeks was 32% for the BMP-implants compared to 12% for HA implants. However, BMP-2 did not enhance the percentage of bone implant contact and interface shear strength values.

Conclusion: This study indicates that BMP-2 may help to increase bone growth across gaps of cementless implants in the early stages of bone healing improving fixation and decreasing the risk of loosening.


Full Access
G. Burastero G. Grappiolo M. Podestà F. Frassoni S. Castello N. Sessarego L. Spotorno

Introduction In our experimental design we evaluated the osteogenic potential of h-bone marrow (hBM), h-mesenchymal stem cells (hMSC), bone morphogenetic protein (BMP-7) and the combination hMSC plus BMP-7. The aim of the study was to define the capacity to elicit bone formation of expanded hMSC alone and associated with BMP-7

Material and methods A rat femoral segmental defect model was used in this study. 12 male athymic rats were used. The institutional Animal Ethics Committee approved the study. Athymic rats test graft groups consisted of: G1-autoclaved bone and h-BM; G2-bone and h-MSC; G3-bone with BMP-7; G4-bone and h-MSC with BMP-7. h-BM aspirates were harvested from iliac crests of patients undergoing to THA. A plate has been fixed on the femurs with four cerclage wires before a femoral gap of 6mm has been realized in the diaphysis. Gap was filled with different graft. Defect was evaluated at 2, 4, 8, 12 weeks after implantation with radiographs. Evaluation of bone graft has been done using a Cook classification. Histological study with toluidine blue and safranine O at 12 weeks has been performed in each group.

Results At 8–12 weeks after surgery G1 shown non visible new bone formation, G2 minimal new disorganized bone and G3 disorganized new bone bridging graft to host at both ends. The G4 group show significant new bone and graft remodelling. Histological analysis confirmed the rx results.

Conclusion The association hMSC plus BMP-7 determines a significant activation of the osteogenic activity at 8 weeks that may have a remarkable impact on the future orthopedic surgery strategies.


C.O. Tibesku T.S.A. Szuwart S.A. Ocken A. Skwara S. Fuchs

Aim: Investigations on human hyaline cartilage of late stage degenerative arthritis showed that the vascular derived endothelian growth factor (VEGF) seems to play a role in the development of degenerative arthritis. The current study was designed to evaluate the expression of VEGF on chondrocytes of hyaline cartilage in the time course of degenerative arthritis.

Methods: In twelve white new-zealand-rabbits the anterior cruciate ligament was resected to create an anterior instability of the knee. In twelve control rabbits only a sham operation without resection of the ACL was done. Another four animals have not been operated at all (0 weeks). Four animals of each group were sacrificed at three, six and twelve weeks each. After opening of the knee joint, the degenerative arthritis was macroscopically graded and the hyaline cartilage of the load bearing area was evaluated histologically according to Mankin and by immunostaining for VEGF.

Results: The macroscopic and histological grade of degenerative arthritis according to Mankin showed a positive linear correlation to the time after surgery. The scores of the control group were constant in the time course. In the cartilage of the untreated animals (0 weeks) an average of 12 percent (SD 2.6) VEGF-positive chondrocytes were found. After 3 weeks the trial group (17.6%; SD 5.7) as well as the control group showed a significant increase (16.2%; SD 4.7). After 6 weeks the value in the control group dropped to normal (11.5%; SD 5.9) and remained constant after 12 weeks (11.6%; SD 3.3). In the trial group the percentage of VEGF positive chondrocytes rose steadily (19.4%; SD 4.6 after 6 weeks; 21.3%; SD 5.4 after 12 weeks). There was a positive linear correlation between the percentage of VEGF positive cells and the Mankin score (r=0.767; p< 0.01) and the macroscopic score (r=0.518; p=0.02).

Conclusion: The current study shows for the first time an in-vivo increase of VEGF expression on chondrocytes in the time course of osteoarthritis, which is dependent on macroscopic and histological grades. Further studies are needed to evaluate whether this pattern applies to human beings and whether new treatment approaches could evolve from this knowledge.


M Wellmann F. Witte J. Nellesen H.-A. Crostack T. Floerkemeyer H. Windhagen

Introduction: The long consolidation phase of patients undergoing distraction osteogenesis (DO) causes a high risk of side effects and contributes to high costs. Thus, the development and evaluation of treatments that accelerate the bone consolidation process is of great interest. Evidence suggests that recombinant human bone morphogenetic protein 2 (rhBMP-2) increases the mechanical integrity of the callus. However, the potential benefits of rhBMP-2 on trabecular microarchitecture during DO have not been investigated up to date. In this study the regenerate microarchitecture was assessed using 3D micro-computed tomography (CT).

Methods: Mid-diaphyseal osteotomies were created in the right limb of twenty-four skeletally mature sheep, which were stabilized with an external fixator. After a latency period of 4 days, the tibiae were distracted at a rate of 1.25 mm daily over a period of 20 days. The operated limbs were randomly assigned to three treatment groups and one control group: (A) triple injection of rhBMP-2/NaCl, (B) single injection of rhBMP-2/Hydroxylapatite, and (C) single injection of buffer/Hydroxylapatit, (D) no injection. Groups A and C were injected at day 27. Group B was injected on days 3, 10 and 17. The animals were sacrificed after 74 days. The tibiae were analyzed by CT and for bone volume/total volume (BV/TV), trabecular number (Tb.N), trabecular thickness (Tb.Th.), trabecular separation (Tb.Sp.) and Connectivity. The BV/TV was maesured for the total volume of the distraction zone (BV/TVtotal) respectively in a subvolume with emphasize on the cortical bone region (BV/TVcortical). All other microarchitecture parameters were measured in the cortical weighted subvolume.

Results: The stereologic evaluation revealed a significant higher BV/TVcortical, Tb.N and Connectivity in the triple rhBMP-2 injected group A than in the control (D). Furthermore, the Tb.Sp. in group A was significant lower than in group D. The single injections of rhBMP-2/carrier in group B showed a significant higher BV/TVcortical, Tb.N and Connectivity than the control (D). Although the BV/TVcortical was increased in group A and B, there was no significant difference in BV/TV total between the rhBMP-2 treated groups (A, B) and the control (D).

Discussion: In this DO model a triple injection of rhBMP-2 has been demonstrated to induce significant changes in trabecular microarchitecture. RhBMP-2 does not increase the total amount of newly formed bone, but it enhances the formation of the corticalis. The microstructural changes in the cortical volume: increase of Tb.N and Connectivity, decrease of Tb.Sp., are discussed to be biomechanically highly relevant. This study suggests that rhBMP-2 optimizes the trabecular microarchitecture, which might explain the advanced mechanical integrity of newly formed bone under rhBMP-2 treatment.


M. Brewster D.M. Power S.R Carter

Aims Soft tissue sarcomas (STS) of the foot and ankle are rare tumours. The aims of this study were to examine the presenting features and highlight those associated with a delay in diagnosis.

Methods Patients presenting during a 10-year period were identified using a computerised database within the Orthopaedic Oncology Unit at the Royal Orthopaedic Hospital, Birmingham, UK. Additional information was obtained from a systematic case note review.

Results 1519 patients were treated for STS of which 87 (8.2%) had tumours sited in the foot and ankle. Of these, 75 (86.2%) had presented with a discrete lump (56% of them having an inadvertent whoops excision biopsy), 3 (3.4%) with ulceration and the remaining 9 (10.3%) with symptoms more commonly associated with other benign foot and ankle pathology. The 9 had previously been treated as plantar fasciitis (3), tarsal tunnel (2), Morton’s neuroma (1) and none specific hind foot pain (3). Median delay from onset of symptoms to diagnosis as STS was 26 months for this group (mean 50; range 6–180 months) compared to 12 months (mean 32; range 3–240) for the “whoops biopsy group and 10 months (mean16; range 2–60 months) for the unbiopsied discrete lump group.

Conclusion Soft tissue sarcoma in the foot and ankle may present insidiously and with symptoms of other benign pathologies. Failure to respond to initial treatment of suspected common benign pathology should be promptly investigated further with an MRI scan.


C.O. Tibesku T. Szuwart S.A. Ocken A. A. Skwara S. Fuchs

Aim: Previous investigations have shown the vital role of chondrocyte CD44 in cartilage homeostasis and matrix attachment and indicated a participation of CD44v5 in the development of osteoarthritis. However, all reports dealt with late stage human osteoarthritis, as human specimens are only available at the time of surgery. Thus, little is known about the expression of CD44v5 in the time course of osteoarthritis. The current study was designed to evaluate the expression of CD44v5 on chondrocytes of hyaline cartilage in the time course of osteoarthritis.

Methods: In twelve white new-zealand-rabbits the anterior cruciate ligament was resected to create an anterior instability of the knee. In twelve control rabbits only a sham operation without resection of the ACL was done. Four animals of each group were sacrificed at three, six and twelve weeks each. After opening of the knee joint, osteoarthritis was macroscopically graded and hyaline cartilage of the load bearing area was evaluated histologically according to Mankin and by immunostaining for CD44v5.

Results: In the trial group, macroscopic and histological grades of OA showed a positive linear correlation to the time after surgery. Immunostaining showed an increased expression of CD44v5 in the control group after 3 and 6 weeks, which dropped to normal after twelve weeks. There was no difference between control and trial groups after 3 and 6 weeks, but after 12 weeks. We found a significant positive correlation between CD44v5-expression and macroscopic (r=0.294) and histological (r=0.314) grades of OA.

Conclusion: The current study shows in-vivo an increase of expression of the hyaluronan receptor CD44v5 in the time course of osteoarthritis. Further studies are needed to evaluate whether this pattern applies to human beings and whether new treatment approaches could evolve from this knowledge.


S. Seitz G. G. Horvath H. Guelkan M. Regauer P. Neth W. Mutschler M. Schieker

In tissue engineering, scaffolds are vitalized by cells in vitro. Human mesenchymal stem cells (hMSC) are very interesting because of their ability to differentiate towards the osteogenic lineage and their self renewing capacity. Yet, it is important that implanted cells do not disseminate and exhibit unwanted cell growth outside the implantation site. Therefore the aim of this study was to detect migrated cells in organs of mice after implantation of a composite (cell-scaffold) substitute.

HMSC (Cambrex, USA) were inoculated on a clinically approved 3D scaffold (Tutobone(TM), Tutogen, Germany). One composite and one scaffold without cells were implanted subcutanously, left and right paravertebrally in athymic nude mice (nu/nu). After 2, 4, 8 and 12 weeks constructs were explanted and organs (liver, spleen, lungs, kidney, heart, testicles, brain and blood) were harvested. The entire organs were homogenized and genomic DNA was isolated for qualitative and quantitative PCR.

Human DNA was found in all explanted composites at all examined time points. No human DNA could be detected in control scaffolds. Moreover we did not detect human DNA in all explanted organs at any time point. As internal controls we could detect 1 single hMSC in a pool of 106 mouse cells.

In conclusion, we could proof that cells of implanted composite substitutes do not migrate to other organs. Furthermore, this study showed that implanted hMSC seeded on 3D scaffolds survive over time frames up to 12 weeks.


P.A. Rust G.W. Blunn S.R. Cannon T.W. Briggs

Introduction Tissue engineering aims to produce a cellular structure in an extracellular matrix, which when implanted heals tissue defects.

To tissue-engineer bone suitable cells need to be grown on a scaffold. In this study we grew human marrow cells as they can differentiate into osteoblasts, on porous hydroxyapatite (HA) scaffolds, as this is osteoconductive, allows cell penetration and in growth of capillaries after implantation.

Increased extravascular perfusion through bone increases new bone formation. So we reproduced these physiological conditions in our novel bioreactor by perfusing scaffolds at 6ml/hr.

Hypotheses 1. Culture in our bioreactor improved cell penetration through HA scaffolds compared to static conditions. 2. Human mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) cultured in our bioreactor differentiated into osteo-blasts and produced bone extracellular matrix.

Method MSCs were isolated from 8 human bone marrow aspirates taken from patients following informed consent. For each experiment 16 scaffolds were seeded with MSCs and comparisons were made between the two conditions. After 7 days culture the scaffolds were sectioned longitudinally and the number of cells at increasing depths were counted. The scaffolds were observed under SEM & TEM. Osteoblastic markers ALP and type I pro-collagen (PICP) were measured.

Results Penetration of cells through the scaffolds was significantly greater when cultured in the bioreactor.

After 14 days in bioreactor culture the HA was covered with cuboidal cells, consistent with osteoblasts, however in static culture cells remained fibroblastic. TEM results showed that MSCs in the bioreactor produced organised collagen matrix after 21 days and osteoid by 28 days, but no collagen matrix was observed following static culture.

ALP and PICP were significantly greater over 15 days culture when in our bioreactor.

Conclusions These results show that when MSCs were cultured in our bioreactor they attached and penetrated through porous HA scaffolds, whereas in static conditions few cells penetrated below 2mm. Our bioreactor significantly improved 3-dimensional growth, resembling tissue.

Moreover, MSCs grown on HA in the bioreactor produced significantly more ALP and PICP indicating osteoblastic differentiation. Furthermore, bone osteoid was produced.

Therefore this culture method could be use to convert autologous MSCs from human marrow into tissue-engineered bone which could be used to heal defects after tumor excision.


J.F.S. Ritchie K. Venu KK. Pillai D.H. Yanni

Aims: We present a prospective study, with three-year follow-up, of the incidence, course and influence on surgical outcome of the abductor digiti minimi cord in Dupuytren’s contracture of the PIP joint of the little finger.

Methods: All patients presenting for surgery with primary Dupuytren’s contracture of the little finger over a six-month period were included in the study. Patterns of disease cords and joint involvement were noted. All fingers underwent fasciectomy of the central and pre-tendinous cords. If significant contracture remained the abductor cord was excised next, and the PIP joint itself released only if correction could still not be obtained. Contracture and range of movement of affected joints measured with goniometer pre-operatively, at each stage intra-operatively and at 3 months and 3 years post-op.

Results: The abductor cord was present in twleve of the nineteen fingers in the study, including all of those with ulnar-sided disease. The ulnar neurovascular bundle was found to be deep to the cord in nine fingers, encased by diseased tissue in two and displaced superficially in only one finger. Mean initial flexion deformity in these twelve fingers was 59, corrected to only 51 by resection of the central and pre-tendinous cords. Excision of the abductor cord further improved the contracture to 25 while PIP join release improved it to 6. Flexion deformity was 18 at three months and 21 at three years. For the seven fingers in which no abductor cord was found, mean initial flexion deformity was 42, improving to 24 following fasciectomy and 4 with joint release. It was 16 at three months and 18 at three years. No significant difference in outcome could be identified between the groups at three months or three years.

Conclusions: The abductor cord is present in roughly two-thirds of little fingers with contracture pf the PIP joint. The ulnar digital nerve usually lies deep to the abductor cord but in roughly one quarter of cases is either encased in or superficial to it. In affected fingers, resection of the cord accounts for more than half of the total correction obtained and three quarters of that obtained by fasciectomy. Presence of the ADM cord does not prejudice long-term outcome provided it is adequately resected.


H. Al Hussainy S. Jones F. Ali S. Club S Bostock

Arthroscopic procedures may be associated with considerable pain in the first 24 hours. Intra-articular bupi-vacaine provides good analgesia but is short lasting. Intra-articular morphine has been shown to prolong postoperative analgesia in knee and ankle arthroscopy. The aim of this study is to assess the safety and analgesic effect of intra-articular morphine following day case wrist arthroscopy.

Ethical approval was firstly obtained. 31 patients were randomly assigned to one of 2 groups in a double blind clinical study. Group 1 received 5ml of 0.5% bupi-vacaine intra-articularly with 5mg of morphine subcutaneously. Group 2 received 5ml of 0.5% bupivacaine and 5mg of morphine intra-articularly. There were 15 patients (mean age 41.2 years) in group 1, and 16 patients (mean age 38.9 years) in group 2. Postoperatively pain was assessed using a 100mm visual analogue pain scale (VAPS) at 1, 2, 6 and 24 hours. Analgesia requirements were recorded at these times post operatively. The presence of nausea, vomiting, other complications and patient satisfaction were recorded.

Visual analogue pain scores did not show any significant difference between the groups at 1, 2, 6 and 24 hours. Supplementary analgesic consumption over the 24 hour period was slightly greater in group 1 than in group 2. None of the patients who had intra-articular Morphine had vomiting nor any other complications and did not require anti-emetics. Most patients in either group were satisfied with the level of postoperative analgesia.

Intra-articular bupivacaine with or with out morphine provides adequate postoperative pain relief following wrist arthroscopy. There seems to be little difference between the two methods studied.


A Arya G Kakarala R Singh I Persaud R Kulshreshtha S Reddy J Compson

Disorders of the pisotriquetral joint can cause ulnar sided wrist pain. This joint is not usually seen during routine wrist arthrosopy because it often has a separate joint cavity. The senior author believes that it is more commonly seen from the 6R portal if looked for, than one would expect from the assumed anatomy.

This study assessed the frequency with which the pisotriquetral joint could be observed in 36 consecutive wrist arthroscopies. The connection between the radiocarpal and the pisotriquetral joint were found to vary from a complete membrane separating the two, to no membrane at all, with variations in between. The types of connections are described. The anatomy of the connections was also studied by dissecting the wrist joints of eight fresh frozen cadavers. The findings matched the arthroscopic observations.

In more than 50% of patients, the pisotriquetral joint could be clearly visualised by arthroscopy. The technique and findings have been recorded on video and form part of the presentation.


J. Salim A.P. Walker I. Sau K.H. Sharara

Aim: This study involved a postal questionnaire survey to know the attitude of consultant orthopaedic surgeons in U.K. with regards to their postoperative management of Dupuytren’s surgery patients.

Methods & Results: A questionnaire was sent to Orthopaedic surgeons practising in UK. 573 consultants replied to the questionnaire. 169 surgeons (29.49%) stated to have special interest in hand surgery. 357 surgeons (62.3%) stated having no interest in hand surgery. 43 surgeons did not reply to the questionnaire. 81 surgeons (14.13%) always used post operative splintage.109 surgeons (19.03) used splintage most of the time, 126 surgeons (21.98%) rarely used it and 89 surgeons (15.53%) stated never using any form of splintage.

Most of them used static splintage (45.20%) and only 5.23% used dynamic splintage.11 surgeons stated using both the types of splintage. 267 surgeons did not questionnaire. Majority of the surgeons applied a static splint (pop slab, thermoplastic splint) after the surgery while others applied it after reducing the dressing within 2 weeks of the operation. 264 (46.07%) surgeons did not reply to the question.

In majority of cases the splint was applied by the occupational therapist. The surgeon, physiotherapist, and orthotist in some cases also applied the splint. Individual comments from surgeons made an interesting reading. After an initial period of continuous splintage majority of the surgeons used night splintage only. 265 surgeons did not reply to the question. Mostly the splint-age was used for 4–6 weeks. Although the spectrum of splintage varied from 2 weeks to 24 weeks. Some of the surgeons stated their own clinical practice in their comments.

179 surgeons stated always referring their patient for postoperative physiotherapy.

13 surgeons (2.26%) never referred their patients for physiotherapy.

77 surgeons on very odd occasions had postoperative physiotherapy for their patients.

Majority of surgeons started the physiotherapy between 1 and 2 weeks, after the stitches have been removed. 107 surgeons favoured early commencement of hand exercises within first week of surgery. 224 surgeon did not reply to this question.

Most of the surgeons followed the patients for two to four months. Longer follow up was done for patients with recurrence, severe or bilateral disease. Also those patients, who had proximal interphalangeal joint contracture and other risk factors, were followed for a longer period. Some of the surgeons commented following them for life in their clinical practice.

Conclusion: This survey revealed interesting facts regarding the management of Dupuytren’s contracture surgery patients. The disparity in reply clearly indicates the need for further research with attention to long term funtional results.


G. Adamczyk A. Kostera-Pruszczyk P. Chomicki-Bindas

Introduction: Conventional nerve conduction studies localize the lesion of a nerve and can disclose the degree of focal conduction block or pinpoint the region of focal slowing, giving complementary information about the character of the lesion. In a group of active population transient disturbances during physical efforts are commonly observed.

Aim: To precise the evolution with time of EMG recordings of the median nerve in common sport-specific positions.

Material and methods: 20 healthy volunteers and 12 symptomatic patients (persons with a conduction block were excluded from the study). Conventional EMG of median nerve was performed, than a “reversed Phalen” position kept for 30 min, and consequent measurements in 5 min periods were performed.

Results: In 20% of asymptomatic patients a significant decrease of sensory nerve action potential was recorded after 20 min of observation, while 100% of symptomatic in daily living and negative in conventional EMG studies developed a severe decrease of conduction and blocks after 15 min. These symptoms recuperated after 5 min in functional wrist position. We proposed to these patients a neuromobilisation physiotherapy program, that clinically diminished their complaints.

Conclusions: EMG shows a 97–100% diagnostic specificity and sensitivity. It might be a functional test helping to distinguish a group of risk of development of carpal tunnel syndrome with exercises. This method is useful among patients with functional disturbances due to joint instability or repetitive motions in sports.


R. Bilic P. Simic M. Jelic R. Stern-Padovan S. Vukicevic M. Pecina

Background: Bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs) induce new bone in patients with bone defects and at extraskeletal sites in animals. Standard treatment for symptomatic scaphoid non-unions is bone graft with or without internal fixation by a screw or wires. We tested the ability of human recombinant osteogenic protein-1 (OP-1, BMP-7) with compressed autologous or allogeneic bone graft to accelerate the healing of scaphoid non-union.

Study Design: Randomized and controlled pilot study in 17 patients with a scaphoid nonunion.

Methods: Patients were randomly assigned to one of three groups: (1) Autologous iliac graft (n=6), (2) Autologous iliac graft + OP-1 (n=6) and (3) Allogeneic iliac graft + OP-1 (n=5). Radiographic, scintigraphic and clinical outcomes were assessed throughout the follow-up period of 24 months.

Results: OP-1 improved the performance of both autologous and allogeneic bone implants. Three dimensional helical CT scans and scintigraphy showed that the pre-existing sclerotic bone within proximal scaphoid poles was mainly replaced in OP-1 treated patients with well vascularized new bone. Addition of OP-1 to allogeneic bone implant equalized the clinical outcome with the autologous graft procedure and enabled circumventing the second donor graft harvest procedure resulting in less blood loss, shorter anesthesia and no pain at the donor side.

Conclusion: This is the first evidence that a recombinant human BMP accelerates scaphoid bone non-union repair and resorption of sclerotic bone in this specific microenvironment.

Clinical Relevance: OP-1 might be successfully used in healing of scaphoid non-union.


A. Karantana M.J. Downs-Wheeler C.A. Pearce A. Johnson G.C. Bannister

The purpose of the study was to objectively compare the effects of the scaphoid and Colles’ type casts on hand function. Currently there is no such published study.

Both casts are commonly used to immobilise suspected and radiologically proven undisplaced scaphoid fractures. There is no difference in non-union rates. The scaphoid incorporates the thumb in palmar abduction, whereas the Colles’ type cast leaves the thumb free. Although necessary for bone healing, immobilisation disrupts function and may require intensive corrective physiotherapy. Unnecessary immobilisation of uninvolved joints should be avoided when use does not compromise fracture stability.

We compared the effect of the two casts on hand function in 20 healthy right hand dominant volunteers using the Jebsen-Taylor Hand Function Test, which uses seven subtests designed to test tasks representative of everyday functional activities. Data were obtained through a mixed between and within subject design.

Using the Jebsen-Taylor Hand Function Test, median overall scoring in the Colles’ type cast was 2.5 times that obtained in the scaphoid. In timing individual subtests, the analyses show significant differences (p< 0001) between the presence and absence of a cast. When comparing the two cast types, mean times for all subtests are less in the Colles’ than in the scaphoid, with the difference reaching statistical significance in five out of seven subtests.

Having either type of cast significantly impairs handling and finger dexterity, and so affects activities of daily living. A scaphoid, however, is much more limiting than a Colles’ type cast. This makes it clearly more inconvenient for the patient with socioeconomic implications and occasionally issues of compliance during a long period of immobilisation.


M.M. Eskandari C Yilmaz V. Oztuna Kuyurtar

Purpose: The aim of this study was to redefine the localization of the thenar motor branch (TMB) of the median nerve in relation to the surface landmarks which are in routine use.

Methods: The study was performed in 37 hands of 34 patients who underwent carpal tunnel release. All of the patients were women and the mean age was 50 (35–67). A radiological marking technique was used to determine the localization of the TMB, the middle finger radial side line and the Kaplan’s cardinal line. For marking TMB a circumscribing soft radioopaque yarn was used while the surface landmark lines were demonstrated by taping one K-wire for each. An image intensifier print image was obtained for each case and the distances between the markers of the TMB and the wires were measured.

Results: The TMB had a mean ulnar offset of 12.6 mm (4.0–19.7) from the middle finger radial side line and located 4.4 (0–9.5) mm proximal to the cardinal line.

Conclusion: During the carpal tunnel release operations one must pay more attention to the localization of the TMB of the median nerve because it was found to be 12.6 mm ulnar than that was described in classic literature.


C. Lamas C. L. Gomez A. Carrera M.C. Pulido M. Llusa I. Proubasta J. Itarte

Purpose: The purpose of this study is to investigate the external and internal vascular anatomy of the lunate bone. The genesis of lunatomalacia requires some combination of load, vascular risk and mechanical predisposition. The findings will be correlated with the major existing theories of the cause of lunatomalacia and the most frequent fractures associated with Kienbocks disease: transverse shear fracture and midcoronal fracture.

Material and methods: We studied 21 cadaver upper limbs using latex injection and Spalteholz technique. We investigated the extra- and intraosseous blood supply. In 17 wrists we evaluate the incidence and distribution of anatomic features, arthrosis, and soft tissue lesions.

Results: The lunate morphology was 5 Type I (29.4%), 11 Type II (64.7%) and 1 Type III (5.9%). The lunate was found to have a separate facet for the hamate in 47.1% (Size 3–6 mm). Most frequent arthrosis was identified in the radius (88.2%) and lunate (94.1%). The triangular fibrocartilage complex (TFCC) was found torn in 47%, the lunotriquetral interosseous ligament (LTIL) was torn in 23.5%, and the scapholunate interosseous ligament (SLIL) was torn in 53% of the wrists. Statistical analysis found a correlation between the presence of arthrosis at the proximal pole of the hamate and the presence of a lunate facet. There was also a correlation between the presence of a tear in the SLIL and the presence of cartilage erosion in the scaphoid (p= 0.002). Arthrosis on the lunate was found to have a correlation with an SLIL tear or TFCC tear. The nutrient vessels entered the lunate throught the dorsal and volar poles in all the specimens. Dorsal vessels enter the bone through one or two foramina in the proximal, ulnar, and nonarticular aspect of the bone. Two to six nutrient vessels were observed entering the volar pole throught a ligament insertion: radioscapholunate ligament of Testut-Kuentz, radio-lunate-triquetrum ligament and ulnar-lunate-triquetrum ligament.

Conclusions: The lunate had consistent dorsal and palmar arteries entering the bone in all the specimens. The supply blood and foramina number is more important in the volar pole of the lunate than the dorsal pole. The vascular patterns support a theory of compression fracture from repeated trauma, or anatomical predispositions as the most likely cause of Kienbocks disease.


R. Singh G. Kakarala I. Persaud M. Roberts S. Standring J. Compson

Suture anchors have changed the practice of repair of tendons in modern Orthopaedics. The purpose of the study was to identify the ideal suture anchor length for anchoring flexor digitorum profundus tendon to the distal phalanx.

We dissected 395 distal phalanges from 80 embalmed hands. Phalanges from two little fingers and three thumbs were damaged, hence were excluded from the study. We measured the Anteroposterior and Lateral dimensions at three fixed points on the distal phalanges of all 395 fingers using a Vernier’s Callipers with 0.1mm accuracy.

The mean value of the Anteroposterior width of the distal phalanx at the insertion of the FDP was found to be 3.4mm for the little finger; 3.9mm for the ring finger; 4.3mm for the middle finger; 4.0mm for the index finger and 5.0mm for the thumb respectively. The commonly available anchors and drill bits were found to be too long when used for anchoring the flexor digitorum profundus tendon in certain distal phalanges. Our findings may be a reason for poor outcome of FDP repair to distal phalanx using suture anchors. New designs for tissue anchors for distal phalanges may be necessary.


M. Lautenbach M. Sparmann

There is an high incidence of failures of total wrist arthroplasties. We review our experiences in revising total wrist implant arthroplasties to arthrodeses. The most common mode of failure of the arthroplasties in our series was metacarpal loosening with dorsal perforation of the stem. Loosening of the proximal stem, progressive mal-position of the wrist and other causes appeared.

We used for the revision arthrodesis in all our cases tricortical iliac crest bone grafts and additional spongiosa transplants from this donor site region. In one case we used a vascularized iliac crest bone graft to bridge the bone defect because of a bad host quality of the recipient area. Fixation was achieved with plates and screws.

Our average follow-up period was 32 month. 40 patients with 41 failed wrist implants (3 different types) were treated with this technique. 40 wrist undergoing arthrodesis attained a solid painless fusion after a single operation. In one case a non-union with a loosening of the screws due to using a non-rigid plate was seen. In this case a revision was necessary to achieve a bone healing. All patients were satisfied, pain free and achieved an increased pinch and grip strength after bony fusion (measured with Yamar-Vigorimeter). A persisting loss of carpal height was seen in all cases.

Arthrodesis after failed total wrist arthroplasty is a satisfactory salvage procedure even in cases with a bad quality of the recipient area. We recommend a rigid fixation technique to prevent non-unions.


A. Guney C.Y. Turk M. Halici

Aim: To biomechanically achieve both the most ideal and the strongest core and periferal suture method by combining 2 and 4 strand core sutures with the simple running and a new locking periferal suture techniques.

Materials and Methods: Fourty flexor digitorum pro-fundus tendons from sheep hindlimbs were studied. The tendons were then repaired using 4 different repair techniques: Group 1 – control, Group 2 – 2 strand modified Kessler’s core suture and simple running periferal suture, Group 3 – 2 strand modified Kessler’s core suture and a new multilocking loop periferal suture, Group 4 – 4 strand modified Kessler’s core suture and simple running periferal suture, Group 5 – 4 strand modified Kessler’s core suture and a new multilocking loop periferal suture. After tenoraphy all fresh sheep cadavers tendons were tested to failure using a distraction rate of 20 mm/min. Maximal strength, 2 mm gap formation force, load to failure, stiffness, method of failure and rate of tendon resistance were assessed. After and before tenoraphy, front – back and side sizes were measured.

Results: Maximal strength was 496, 32, 94, 45 and 100 Newtons for Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 respectively. There was a significantly statistical difference between the groups (p< 0.0001). Load to 2 mm gap formation was 23, 63, 36 and 72 Newtons for Groups 2, 3, 4 and 5 respectively. There was a significantly statistical difference between the groups (p< 0.0001). Load to failure was 3,783 0,285 0,505 0,41 and 0,572 Joule for Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 respectively. There was a significantly statistical difference between the groups (p< 0.0001). Tendon stiffness was 42.6, 5.16, 11.2, 5.8 and 12.6 Newton/milimetre for Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 respectively. There was a significantly statistical difference between the groups (p< 0.0001). The rate of tendon resistance was 0.97, 0.8, 1.0 and 0.91 for Groups 2, 3, 4 and 5 respectively. There was no significantly statistical difference between these groups (p=0.747> 0.05). All the simple running repairs failed by suture pullout, while all the new multilocking loop periferal suture repairs failed by suture breakage.

Conclusion: The new multilocking loop periferal suture was the best performer overall, with greater ultimate strength, load to failure, 2 mm gap formation force and stiffness.


M. Lautenbach A. Eisenschenk M. Sparmann

From January 2000 to March 2004 16 thumbs after total avulsion-amputation were replanted in our hospitals. In 15 cases this was successful. In one case the thumb was lost 28 hours after replantation. Mostly the amputation was in the region of the first phalanx or the IP-joint of the thumb.

In all cases our operative procedure for this form of amputation was the reconstruction of the vessels with vein grafts after the osteosynthesis and the reconstruction of the tendons. The donorsite region for the grafts was in 12 cases the dorsal forefoot and in 4 cases the distal forearm. In none of these cases there was the possibility of reconstructing both arteries. Mostly only an anastomosis for one artery and one vein could be done. For none of these patients it was possible to reconstruct the nerves primarily. Until now transphers of neurovascular skinislands of longfingers, free nerve transplantations with coaptations to the proximal stump of the injured nerve, free nerve transplantations with coaptations to the trunk of the median nerve or in one case an end-to-side coaptation have been performed to achieve a resensibility of the thumbs. In one case a patient rejected an operative nervereconstruction, because a sprouting of the proximal stump of the injured nerve lead to a (reduced) sensibility of the thumb. In 4 cases a therapy to achieve a resensibility has so far not been carried out.

After replantations of injured thumbs necroses of the skin in different kinds were noticed. In 4 cases secondary skinreconstructions were necessary. All 15 successful replanted thumbs achieved very good results concerning function, strength and patient’s satisfaction.

Our results don’t agree with the mostly bad results after total avulsionamputations mentioned in literature. We think that the replantation after total avulsionamputation of the thumb has a high chance of being successful and can achieve very good longtime results.


E.T. Skyttä E.A. Belt J.T. Lehtinen H.M. Mäenpää

The purpose of the study was to evaluate the outcome of de la Caffinière prosthesis in the management of rheumatic destruction of the first carpometacarpal joint. By the end of 1998 the procedure was performed on 49 patients, 20 on the right hand and 29 on the left. All patients were addressed with a letter query and patient records and radiographs were assessed. Subjective contentment was measured with visual analog scale (VAS) and a questionnaire.

Thirty six of the patients had seropositive rheumatoid arthritis, 8 juvenile chronic arthritis and 5 other rheumatic variants. The mean follow-up was 8.6 (0.5–17) years. Subjective contentment was either excellent of good in 88% of the patients, and 75% were painfree.

Survival analysis with reoperation or significant loosening as end point was performed. Two cups loosened and one prosthesis was constantly dislocated, and these three were revised with tendon interposition technique. The survival rate was 96% (95% CI 84 to 99) at 5 years, and 92% (95% CI 77 to 97) at ten years.

Fairly good 10-year survival and encouraging subjective results have lead us to plan and start a clinical out-patient follow-up study to collect additional objective data on implant survival and function. Preliminary results of the new study yield superior range of motion compared to tendon interposition arthroplasty, which is the golden standard in our institute at the moment. However, we promote caution and emphasize the importance of patient selection since two additional revisions in our latter study may reveal a subgroup which is more prone to implant failure.


N. Darlis G.D. Afendras V.S. Sioros M.D. Vekris A.V. Korompilias A.E. Beris

Traditionally open extensor tendon injuries in zones III to V (PIP to MP joints) have been treated with repair and immobilization in extension for 4 to 6 weeks. Early controlled motion protocols have been successfully used in zones VI and VII of the extensors. An early controlled mobilization protocol combined with strong repair for zones III to V extensor tendon lacerations was studied prospectively.

From 1999 to 2003, 27 extensor tendon lacerations in 26 patients, mean age 34 years (range 14–70), were treated using dynamic extension splinting. Inclusion criteria were zone III to V, complete lacerations involving the extensor mechanism and possibly the dorsal capsule (without associated fractures or skin deficits) in patients without healing impairment. All injuries were treated in the emergency department with a core Kessler-Tajima suture and continuous epitendon suture. After an initial immobilization in a static splint ranging from 5 days (for zone V) to 3 weeks (for zone III), controlled mobilization was initiated with a dynamic splint that included only the injured finger. The patient was weaned off the dynamic splint 5 weeks after the initial trauma. The patients were treated in an outpatient basis and did not attend any formal physiotherapy program.

The mean follow up was 16 months (range 10–24 months). No ruptures or boutoniere deformities were observed and no tenolysis was necessary. The mean TAM was 242deg for the fingers and 119deg for the thumbs. The mean grip and pinch strength averaged 85% and 88% that of the contralateral unaffected extremity. 77% of the patients achieved a good or excellent result in Miller’s classification. The mean loss of flexion was found to be greater than the mean extension deficit.

The protocol described above was found to be safe, simple, functional, cost effective and reproducible for zone III to V simple extensor tendon injuries. Success is based on strong initial repair, close physician observation and a cooperative patient. The addition of physiotherapy for patients with flexion deficits in the period immediately after dynamic splinting may ameliorate results.


R. Garcia-Mas J. Veja P. Golano

Median nerve release is one of the most common procedures performed in hand surgery (classical incision or endoscopic methods), with a low complication rate, but not free of morbidity conditioning work reincorporation.

We present a comparative study between the classical technique and double-incision approach of median nerve preserving the intereminencial space.

Material and methods. A review of 155 hands in 133 patients (all operated by the same surgeon), divided in two separate groups:

– 72 hands (61 patients) operated by classical technique.

– 83 hands (72 patients) operated by double-incision approach.

Excluding criteria: patients under 30 years-old, antecedents or symptoms of associated local pathology, trophic troubles of thenar or hypothenar eminences and recurrent carpal tunnel syndrome.

We reviewed: per-operatory neurovascular complications, difficulties in hand activity related to pillar pain at 10 and 21 days and 3 and 12 months after surgery, discomfort in the thenar-hypothenar areas (intereminencial pruritus), remaining discomfort in the area of the surgical scar at 3 and 12 months after surgery, and recurrences at 24 months.

Results: Nerve compression symptoms disappeared in all 155 hands and neither complications nor recurrences were observed at 24 months.

Pillar pain conditioning hand activity:

21 days: A-group 32 cases (44 %) %, B-group 0%

3 months: A-group 18 cases (25 %), B-group 0%

12 months: A-group 5 cases (7 %), B-group 0%

Discomfort in the thenar-hypothenar areas (inter-eminencial pruritus):

21 days: A-group 0%, B-group 15 cases (18 %)

3 months: A-group 0%, B-group 6 cases (7 %) Remaining discomfort in surgical scars areas:

3 months: A-group 18 cases (25%) palm area, B-group 4 cases (5 %) wrist area.

12 months: A-group 5 cases (7 %) palm area, B-group 0%

Conclusion: Absence of pillar pain in double-incision approach and free hand activity 3-4 weeks post-operatively were obtained, only a discrete intereminencial pruritus was observed (unusual at 3 months).

We therefore consider this technique as a first choice in suitable patients as it avoids discomfort or disability. Furthermore this technique is of low risk and low cost.


R. Gaulke

The problem: A few operative procedures were used for radiolunate fusion for stabilization of the rheumatoid wrist. Because of minor stability of these fixations, cast immobilization of the wrist is necessary for several weeks, which may lead to a limited wrist motion through the scar of the joint capsule. Non-union and loosening of the osteosynthesis material were described for all of these procedures.

Method: a three dimensional bended mini-titanium-T-plate (produced by Martin/Germany) with an additional oblique screw withstands the forces acting on the fixed lunate, as there are palmar flexion, dorsal extension, radial and ulnar abduction, rotation along the longitudinal axis, palmar and ulnar shift. The high primary stability results from a three point fixation of the lunate an the form of the plate. Because of this very stable fixation, early exercise of the wrist is allowed from the third day after operation. After reduction of the soft tissue swelling the palmar cast is replaced by a ready-made wrist splint, which can be removed by the patient for exercise of the wrist three times a day.

Results: 20 radiolunate fusions have been performed by this new technique since the year 2000. Bone healing was achieved in all. Cast immobilization after surgery was reduced from a period of 3 to 8 weeks for the first 9 wrists to the period of soft tissue swelling (6 to 10 days) for the 11 wrists operated at least. Through early exercise of extension and flexion of the wrist, the average range of wrist extension and flexion rose from 60 degrees in the first group to 70 degrees in the latter.

Conclusion: The radiolunate fusion with a three dimensional bended minititanium-T-plate and an oblique screw neutralizes the forces on the lunate. Because of this, early exercise of the wrist is possible to minimize limitation of the wrist motion through the shrinking scar of the joint capsule. Furthermore the light wrist splint is very comfortable to the patient, because it gives low stress on the other joints and can be removed easily for exercise and skin care.


L. Torrededia J.M. Cavanilles-Walker L. E Trigo M. Matas J.M.S Minoves

Introduction: The large number of procedures designed for patients presenting osteoarthritis of the trapezio-metacarpal (TMC) joint indicates that none of them are completely satisfactory. The new generation of non cemented hidroxyapatite coated (HAC) prosthesis made us reconsider the use of this type of implants in patients who require total arthroplasty of the thumb TMC joint.

Objective: To show the results obtained in a series of selected patients presenting TMC joint osteoarthritis who were managed by implantation of a non cemented HAC prosthesis.

Material and methods: We performed a retrospective study over 34 patients (38 prosthesis) presenting TMC joint osteoarthritis with a follow-up period ranging between 6 months and 8 years. The mean age was 60 years of age. All patients were managed by implantation of a HAC total arthroplasty (Roseland).

Postoperatively, the first column was immobilized in a neoprene splint for one month. Physical therapy was started one week after surgery. Clinical evaluation focused on the first web opening, thumb opposition, pinch and grasp strength, pain, patient satisfaction and return to work/leisure time activities.

Results: Almost all patients had satisfactory clinical results. Bone integration was confirmed by CT. Six patients (15.79%) showed radiological images of loosening located in all cases at the MC stem but with no clinical significance at the latest follow-up. 7 patients (18.42%) showed some type of complication: 1 case (2.63%) of infection (which underwent arthrodesis), 1 case (2.63%) of painful scar and 5 cases (13.16%) of reflex sympathetyc dystrophy (RSD) (3 of them related to length of the first column greater than 2 mm compared to the contralateral side).

Discussion/Conclusion: In almost all patients, when joint disease is limited to the TMC joint, there is enough bone stock and there are not too many osteophytes so a total non cemented arthroplasty can be considered in selected patients and satisfactory results can be expected. In addition, insertion of a non cemented HAC prosthesis gives the possibility to reconvert this procedure to any other type of technique in case of failure. The authors would like to remark the importance of patient selection as well as the importance of the postoperative length of the first column due to its association with the possible appearance of RSD postoperatively.


B. Mai S. Mai

Introduction: Rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis as well as other diseases can cause severely destruction of the finger joints. The treatment is surgical replacement with joint prosthesis manufactured from flexible silicone or other materials. Silicon prostheses (Swanson’s prostheses) are used worldwide already since 1974. However, the material used may not be strong enough on long term and several reports from breakdown of the prostheses have been published. The long-term results have also shown that bony resorption around the implant may occur. The known weaknesses of the current endoprostheses have lead researchers to look for new materials.

Material: In the beginning of 1994 a fibrous cushion made of commercially available biodegradable fibres (Vicryl® and Ethisorb®) was introduced by the group of researchers from Tampere University Hospital in Finland. It was intended to act as the tendon in Vainio arthroplasty and the aim was to find a material that could work as a scaffold for the collagenous proliferation of connective tissue or fibrocartilage. However the resorption time on the material was too short, which led to the premature collapse of the joint space.

Novel scaffolds were developed using a well-known poly-L/D-lactide copolymer with L/D-monomer ratio 96/4 (PLDLA) in collaboration with the Institute of Biomaterials at Tampere University of Technology and Tampere University Hospital. The PLDLA scaffolds are fibrous, porous cylinders enabling the in-growth of fibrous tissue, which then ideally forms a new, functional joint for the patient. Meltspun PLDLA scaffolds retain 50% of their strength at least 13 weeks in vitro. This enables to retain the shape and size of the scaffolds in situ long enough for tissue ingrowth. The scaffold will bioabsorb and be replaced with fibrous tissue in approximately 2–3 years.

Method: Since January 2003 we take part in a prospective randomised international multicenter study, that is supported by the European Commission. The new bioreplaceable devices are implanted in hands (CMC, MCP, PIP und DIP) as well as feet (MTP I–V toe joints) and will be compared to the standard treatments (Swanson Prostheses, Arthrodeses). The study is surveyed by an Ethical Committee.

Results: Up to now we implanted the bioreplaceable scaffolds in several joints of hands with good results. In future we will also use them for metatarso-phalangeal joints in feet. We will present in the meeting our experiences and outcomes so far.


M.R. Acharya S.C. Willaims W.M. Harper

Introduction The 2002 NCEPOD report recommended that autopsies should be the subject of a formal external audit process. It is thought that a post mortem would improve the understanding of the pathological events leading up to the death of a patient. The aims of this study were to find out the number of post mortems requested for patients with hip fracture and to establish the cause of death of all hip fracture patients as documented on the death certificate by medical practitioners and the coroner.

Patients and Methods A retrospective review of all hip fracture deaths in the year 2000 was performed. The number of cases referred to the coroner for a post mortem and the given verdict was documented. Data regarding the cause of death (as per part 1a on the death certificate) recorded by the medical practitioner and the coroner was established.

Results 83 patients with a hip fracture died in hospital in 2000 (mean age 83.6 years, range 58–97 years). There were 30 male and 53 female deaths. 37 patients (44.6%) were referred to the coroner for a post mortem examination. The common causes of death documented by the medical practitioner were: Bronchopneumonia; 27.9%, Congestive cardiac failure; 11.6%, Left ventricular failure; 9.3%, Cerebrovascular accident; 14%, and Carcinomatosis; 4.6%. The common causes of death documented by the coroner were: Bronchopneumonia; 35.1%, Congestive cardiac failure; 16.2%, Left ventricular failure; 10.8%, Cerebrovascular accident; 2.7%, carcinomatosis; 8.1%, and Pulmonary embolism; 8.1%.

Conclusion Approximately 45% of hip fracture deaths are referred to the coroner. Apart from PE, the cause of death documented by medical practitioners and the coroner was no different in terms of frequency and spectrum. Cardiac and respiratory causes account for nearly 2/3 of hospital hip fracture deaths. Resources need to be targeted accordingly in an attempt to improve in hospital morbidity and mortality.


B. Jonsson E. Sigurdsson K. Siggeirsdottir H. Janssen V. Gudnason T. Matthässon

Introduction: Increasing costs for health care has forced its providers to economize with current resources. This paper reports on cost analysis from a randomized study where the study group (SG) was subjected to pre-operative education and postoperative home-based rehabilitation after total hip replacement (THR). The comparison group (CG ) comprised patients treated according to routine pathway at the time.

Methods: Between 1997 and 2000 a total of 50 patients were operated on in two hospitals, 29 at the Landspíta-linn University Hospital in Reykjavík and 21 in a nearby rural hospital. They were randomized into a study group (SG) of 27 patients and control group of 23. All contacts with the health care during a six month period after the operations were registered. The effectiveness of the treatments was measured with the Oxford Hip Score (OHS).

Results: The average hospital costs totalled $5,848 in the SG and $7,291 in the CG. Total health care costs was $6,402 on average in the SG and $9,248 in the CG. By including average patient related costs the total rose to $9,570 in the SG and $13,377 in the CG (all costs in 1999 USD). The difference was statistically significant (p=0.0001) for the total costs. The group variable was statistically significant – regression analysis adjusted for age gender etc., not excluding significant factors according to the Ramsey RESET test. The recovery according to the OHS was from 33.1 preoperatively down to 14.2 after six months follow up for the study group. For the CG it was 36.6 and 20.5 respectively. Thus the cost difference (ΔC) was $3,807 and an effectiveness difference (ΔE) of 6.3. No significant difference was found in cost between hospitals, although indications favoured the rural hospital

Conclusions: Our method of shortening hospital stay and transferring parts of the postoperative treatment to the patient’s homes appears to be an effective way of reducing the unit price of THR in Iceland.


J. Botelheiro G. Sarmento S. Silverio F. Leitao

The “Zemel technique” for scaphoid pseudarthrosis without major carpal collpse is a modification of the Matti-Russe procedure, using only cancelous bone graft and 2 Kirchner wires for fixation – these are introduced under direct vision after a large curetage of the pseudarthrosis, then partially withdrawn and reintroduced after tight local cancelous bone packing.

We used it in 51 cases, obtaining bone union in 48. In 9 patients bone, union was not certain after 12 weeks of plaster and K wires were replaced by a screw with no further immobilization, but we still had 3 nonunions.

This procedure, technically easy to perform and using current orthopaedic material, seems a good alternative to non-angulated pseudarthrosis of the scaphoid, except of its proximal pole.


L.A. David H.D. Apthorp R. Worth

Introduction Total hip replacement is the commonest arthroplasty procedure performed in the UK. The in-patient stay has gradually reduced and patients now typically spend five to seven days in hospital. We have developed a new multidisciplinary protocol for patients undergoing total hip replacement in order to facilitate early discharge.

The aims of this study were to prospectively assess whether this new protocol could be safely applied to patients undergoing total hip replacement and whether it reduced length of stay.

Methods The protocol involved a pre-operative program of education and physiotherapy, a modified anaesthetic regime, a minimally invasive surgical approach and a portable local anaesthetic pump infusion for post operative pain control. Strict inclusion and exclusion criteria were developed based on age, medical status and social circumstances. Patients were mobilised on the day of their operation and discharged to an outreach team support network. Independent evaluation was performed using the Oxford Hip Questionnaire, the Merle dAubigne clinical rating system and Visual Analogue Pain Scores.

Results Twenty-five patients underwent total hip replacement using the new protocol. All patients were discharged home within 48 hours of surgery. There were two unplanned reattendances neither of which required readmission. The mean pain score on discharge was 3/10. The Oxford Hip Questionnaire and Merle dAubigne scores were comparable to patients who underwent surgery prior to the introduction of the new protocol.

Discussion Minimising in-patient stay for total hip replacement benefits the patient by reducing exposure to nosocomial infection and expediting the return to a normal environment for rehabilitation. It may also help to improve efficiency and alleviate pressure on an overburdened health service. This new protocol allows patients undergoing total hip replacement to be discharged within 48 hours of undergoing surgery without compromising safety or quality of care.


P. Chan I.J. Brenkel J. Aderinto

An analysis on prospective data collected on our hip database was carried out on all patients undergoing primary cemented unilateral total hip arthroplasty in the last 5 years comparing the short term outcomes between diabetics and non-diabetics. There were 1220 non-diabetics and 77 diabetics identified from the database with at least 3 years follow up. (average 3.6 years). We found no significant difference with respect to age, sex and diagnosis between the 2 groups. Diabetics did have a significantly higher BMI (30.2 versus 27.7, p< 0.001) and higher incidence of coronary artery disease (31% versus 15%, p< 0.001) We found no increase in the rate of deep periprosthetic infection, superficial wound complications, dislocation, blood loss and DVT between diabetics and non-diabetics even after adjusting for potential confounders of age, sex, diagnosis, BMI and the presence of coronary artery disease. The only factor that was found to be significantly different between the 2 groups was length of stay (10.73 versus 9.56 days, p< 0.05). Further analysis of the diabetic group only showed no difference with regard the same outcomes between insulin-dependent, diet-controlled and diet and oral hypoglycaemic-controlled patient subsets. From this study we conclude that at the time of taking informed consent from diabetic patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty the only potential difference from non-diabetics is that the length of stay may be longer.


F.W. Hagena B. Mayer J. Gottstein H.C. Meuli

In 85 % of the patients with rheumatoid arthritis the MCP-joints are involved with incressing deterioration an loss of function. The standard replacement of the MCP-joints using the Swanson-Silastic Spacers shows pain reduction and a realigment of the fingers, but the functional capacity is not improved.

The HM-MCP-arthroplasty offers a concept for better function an restoration of the rheumatoid hands and osteoarthritis.

In a prospective multicenter study 63 HM-MCP arthroplasties have been implanted. We used the redesigned model (PE-metacarpal head and Ti-ODH phalangeal base) with titanium stems. The follow up-time is 18 months (6 – 40 months). All patients are controlled with clinical and radiographic evaluation.

The active ROM of the MCP-joints demonstrated on average flex./ext. 65/10/0 (preop. 70/15/0). The grip strength at FU demonstrated 80 % of the untreated contralateral control hand. Pain has been improved using the verbal pain scale at 1.6 (preop. 2.1).

Radiographically all metacarpal and phalangeal stems show an osteointegration of the implants. Radio-lucent lines of < 1 mm have been detected at the phalangeal base without a sign of loosing.

Complications: 1 palmar luxation with a successful closed reposition, 1 ulnar subluxation of the fifth finger, 1 unsuccessful revised palmar luxation.

The results of the uncemented, unconstrained HM-MCP-arthroplasty show an improvement of the hand function and pain reduction. This endoprosthesis gives a new chance to treat the rheumatoid hand at an earlier stage of destruction before severe contracture of the soft tissues.


A. Patel B. Venkatesh

The authors would like to present a retrospective study conducted on 178 patients having undergone a hip replacement. The aim of this study was to look at the immediate and short-term complications of hip replacement in relation to the body mass index (BMI).

Patients ranging from age 49 to 90 were included in this study with an average age of 67.5. BMI ranged from 18 to 41. Length of stay ranged from 3 days to 76 days with an average of 11.5 days. Follow up of each patient included any wound complications, time to mobilisation and time to discharge. Operative blood loss and need to transfusion were also looked at. Blood loss was found to be from 150 mls to 2400 mls.

A large number of orthopaedic surgeons use a BMI value of 35 as the upper cut off point to refuse elective surgery. Using the Null hypothesis the authors wanted to prove that a higher BMI resulted in higher complication rates. Statistical analysis of the data however did not show a significant relationship between BMI and early complications in hip replacement surgery. Parameters measured had a higher relationship to individual surgeons rather than the BMI.

The authors would like to conclude that using the BMI as a predictor of a higher rate of short-term complications and refusing surgery to patients with a higher BMI is not justified.


A.M. Claus M. Bosing-Schwenklengs H.P. Scharf

Introduction: Risk-profiling of patients in hip arthroplasty to prepare for perioperative complications is becoming more important. Materials and Methods Major complications (haematoma, cardiovascular complication, deep venous thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, joint infection, injuries of neurovascular structures and pneumonia) following 29994 hip arthroplasties occurring within the postoperative hospitalisation period have been documented based on a standardised protocol used for external quality assessment in Germany. Using logistic regression, the influence of potential risk factors was assessed for their significance on postoperative complications and univariate analysis was used to assess this influence on every single major complication. The influence of patient age and the surgery time on major complications were calculated using ANOVA.

Results: Major perioperative complications occurred in 7,26 per cent. Haematomas were reported in 3.22, cardiovascular complications in 1.55, joint infections in 0.94, injuries of neuro-vascular structures in 0,63, deep venous thrombosis in 0.37, pulmonary embolism in 0.26 and pneumonia in 0.28 per cent of all cases. Patient age, length of surgery and allogeneic blood transfusion significantly increased the rate of major perioperative complications. Increased patient age increased the risk for all major complications but neuro-vascular injuries. Increased surgery time elevated the risk for all major complications except haematoma. Allogeneic blood transfusions were associated with an elevated risk for all major postoperative complications except deep venous thrombosis. In contrast, autologous blood transfusions did not increase the risk for suffering a postoperative complication. Surprisingly, gender did not have a significant influence on the occurrence of immediate postoperative complications. Conclusions Allogeneic blood transfusion, increased age and surgery time contribute to an elevated incidence of perioperative complications following hip arthroplasty.


Full Access
F. Astore L. Spotorno A. Dagnino C. Fiorentini D. Ricci N. Ursino M. Scardino

The aim of this study is to evaluate which patients, if any, can be eligible for a rapid discharge from Hip Surgery Department at 24 hours after primary total hip arthroplasty.

Methods In this retrospective clinical trial were included all patients undergone to primary total hip arthroplasty in our Hip Surgery Department from January to June 2004. Exclusion criteria were preoperative anaemia (Hb< 12g/dL), coagulation disease, hip fracture, previous hip surgery and not-weight bearing indication after operation. All patients received an uncemented total hip arthroplasty with posterior surgical approach in regional anaesthesia. All patients had the same post-operative (PO) management including analgesia, prevention of DVT, immediate muscle exercises and physiotherapy for walking on crutches starting on the second PO day. The clinical history, vital parameters, haemoglobin (Hb) value before surgery and for 5 days PO, adverse events like luxation and transfusion were registered. For the statistical evaluation were used the paired “t-test” with a level of significance set at 95%. Differences and p values of < 0.05 were considered significant.

Results 234 patients (mean age 65y; range 21–91y) were admitted to the study. 128 women and 106 men. For the blood loss evaluation, the presence of no homogeneous preoperative Hb lead us to analyse the decrease rate of preoperative Hb (DRPH). The mean DRPH was: 22,47% at 1dayPO; 25,09% at 2 daysPO; 22,83% at 3 daysPO; 26,76% at 5 daysPO. For the safety evaluation were considered the incidence of transfusions (limit was set at Hb< 8g/dL) that were related to the preoperative Hb and the age. The transfusion incidence for each preoperative Hb (PrHb) value was: 14% (7/49) for 12< PrHb< 13; 11% (6/53) for 13< PrHb< 14; 11% (5/43) for 14< PrHb< 15; 7% (2/26) for 15< PrHb< 16g/dL. For age under 70y and PrHb> 14g/dL there were the lowest transfusion incidence: 3% (2/41). No adverse events were able to prevent patients from going to Rehabilitation Unit. All patients were able to do their own physiotherapical programme. Pain during physiotherapy was low (mean value of VAS = 3,47).

Discussion During the last decade the improvement of anaesthesiologic and surgical technique with minimally invasive soft tissue approach (small incision and little muscular sacrifice) lead to a significant reduction in adverse events after primary total hip arthroplasty. So the relative safety of this surgery justifies the growing importance of intensive rehabilitation and fast recovery. This study shows the safety of a rapid discharge from the Hip Surgery Department. The main adverse event after 24 hours PO is the necessity of blood transfusions, but the incidence rate of only 3%, like in patients with preoperative Hb> 14g/dL and age below 70 years, is not a problem for the physicians of the Rehabilitation Unit.

Conclusion This study confirms the possibility to perform a safe One Day Hip Surgery by an accurate selection of the patient.


G. Labek G. Hipmair A. Utermann E. Hinterreiter N. Böhler

Aim of the study: Due to the fact, that there is no publication in Medline available concerning the influence of external compression of the wound area after total hip arthroplasty we started a prospective, randomised study to evaluate this effect.

Materials and Methods: In a prospective randomised study including primary total hip replacements we compared 2 different prefabricated compression bandages, maintaining different levels of pressure on the wound area(Group A, B), a group with circular semi elastic bandages (group C) and a group without any bandage (group D). The sample calculated for each group was 130 Patients (level of significance 0.05, power 90%). Parameters concerning postoperative blood loss (haematocrit, need of blood units, blood in drainage) and wound heeling (bleeding of wound area, secretion, haematoma, additional need of antibiotics) were measured. For statistical evaluations Chi²-Test and T-Test were used.

Results: The group using semi elastic, circular bandages (C ) had to be stopped after 13 patients due to non-compliance of more than 50% of the patients because of discomfort and skin lesions. Without compression bandage the frequency of re-operations due to early septic complications was statistically significant higher than in groups using external compression. In the groups B and D the rates of wound secretion have been significantly higher than in group A using high pressure bandages. Duration and quantity of secretion, need of additional antibiotics as well as subcutaneous haematoma were increasing by decreasing external compression. The amounts of blood in Redon drainage were significantly reduced by external compression. In regard to the need of blood units no statistical differences could be detected.

Conclusion: Sufficient compression bandages are able to significantly reduce the frequency of re-operations due to septic complications and support wound healing after total hip arthroplasty. A remarkable number of insufficient products are sold on the market.


K.E. Dreinhöfer H. Merx W. Puhl

Objective: To report on health care utilization and associated cost for musculoskeletal conditions in Germany

Methods: As part of a Bone and Joint Decade project data were collected from governmental bodies, health insurance companies, pension funds, hospital discharge reports and other sources for the year 2002.

Results: According to the hospital discharge reports 17.8 % of all acute hospital days were due to musculoskeletal conditions or injuries, with joint disorders and back problems being the most frequent reasons for admission. 40% of all inpatient rehabilitation treatments were caused by musculoskeletal conditions. In the ambulatory segment, 27% of all patients visited during a 12 month period an orthopaedic surgeon or a rheuma-tologist. In addition, 37% of all GP consultations were due to musculoskeletal complains. These disorders were also responsible for about 40% of all days lost from work and 25% of all early retirements. The overall cost for musculoskeletal conditions in 1999 in Germany was about 40 Billion Euro, with back problems responsible for about 50%, and joint problems for another 30%.

Conclusion: Musculoskeletal conditions are the major cause of morbidity in the German society and substantially influence health and quality of life, with enormous cost to health systems. Considering the demographic changes immediate strategies have to be developed to address these problems, to prevent the diseases and to allow for early and appropriate care.


G. Petsinis M. Repanti S. Zacharatos P. Korovessis

Introduction & Purpose of Study. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the clinical, radiographic and histologic results with the Zweymueller total hip arthroplasty (THA) and metal-on-metal articulation. Material and Methods. Between 1994–2003, 380 patients received 415 third-generation Zweymueller-Plus THA with SL-stem and Bicon screw socket for hip osteoarthritis. Ten (5.15%) patients did not return for their last follow-up evaluation for reasons unrelated to their hip operation. This study reports on 217 THAs with follow up more than 60 months. The 217 THAs were implanted in 194 patients (143 women and 51 men), aged 55 ± 9 years, (25–70 years). The most common diagnosis for THA was primary osteoarthritis (48%) followed by secondary osteoarthritis due to developmental hip dysplasia (44%). Results. The follow-up was 77 ±17 months, (60 – 112 months). From the 217 THAs, 14 (6.4%) hips were revised for any reason; the socket in 5(2.3%) and the SL-stem in 9(4.1%) hips. The preoperative Harris hip score of 45±19 was improved to 96 ± 4 postoperatively. 95% of the patients were satisfied or very satisfied with the result of the operation. Revision was made in a total 14(4.6%) hips because of different reasons. The aseptic revision rate was 5%: 4(1.8%) Bicon cups and 7(3%) SL-stems were revised for aseptic loosening. The septic revision rate was 1.4% (3 THAs) and was due to Staph aureus. Periarticular ossification was observed in 32(17%) of the hips (5% Brooker grades III and IV), however without associated disability. The histological examination revealed mild metalosis (Mirra grades 1 and 2) in all revised hips. The cumulative survival for any reason (95% C.I.) was 90% (97% to 71%). The aseptic survival was 91% (97–72%) [95% CI); and specifically for the Bicon socket it was 98 % (100 to 92%); and for the SL-stem 93% (98% to 74%)[CI 95%]. The survival for the men and women was 78.9% and 94.4% respectively (log rank test: chi square P= 0.25). A significant, not statistically significant observation was that men showed lower survival for the stem than women (78.9 vs. 97.5%). Conclusion. This study showed that the medium-term results of Zweymueller total hip arthroplasty with metal-on-metal articulation were inferior particularly for the SL-stem to those obtained with the conventional Zweymueller total hip arthroplasty with polyethylene-ceramic articulation. This could be due either to allergic or mechanical (Sikomet Alloy) reasons.


M.J. Manninen T. Suutarinen A. Alberty J. Vuorinen P. Paavolainen

Introduction. A new interest for Metal-on-Metal (MoM) has risen worldwide. In Finland using of 28mm MoM bearings during the last years has gone up rapidly. MOM bearings in THAs are used more and more in Finland for young patients. We present short-term results of 136 MoM THAs.

Patients and methods. In our Department both 28 mmMetasul- (Sulzer) ja M2a (Biomet) systems have been used. Metasul Pressfit cementless monoblock cup has titanium net on poly cup with cobolt-chrome bearing and the stem used was cementless CLS. M2a system was performed using cementless Biomet Bimetric-stem and cemented Stanmore poly cup with cobolt-chrome bearing. This series consists of 129 consecutive patients and 136 hips operated on in our department during years 2000–2002.

Results. Mean age was 53yrs (20–73), BMI 27,0 (16,4–42,9). Indication was primary athrosis in 87, rheumatoid arthritis in 15, avascular femoral head necrosis in 12, dys-placia with secondary OA in 9, and other in 13. Hardinge approach was used 59 and posterior approach 77 times. Metasul was used 85 and M2a 51 times. Mean follow-up time was 20 months. Pre/postoperative HHS was 54 (23–97)/94(48–100). Leg length discrepancy 1–2,5 cm was noticed in 19 patients. 4 luxations occurred during the follow-up period. No thromboembolic or neurological complications occurred. In 5 operations peroperative fracture of trochanter major was noticed and fixed and in addition to that fissure of the femur was noticed in 5 cases; no signs of loosening was noticed in these. 2 cups had signs of loosening in all 3 zones, 11 cups in 2, and 19 in one zone. One femoral component had signs of loosening in all 7 zones, 2 in 2 zones, and 5 in one zone.

Discussion. Good MoM results from 1970s encouraged us to start again to use MoM THAs in our department. At the same time the trend to use modern MoMs is ascending in Finland. We want to follow these prostheses accurately and get the results quicker than from the national registry. Our series consists of relatively young patients. We can not draw any definite conclusions because of the short follow-up time, but it seems that there are not alerting signs at the moment that we could not continue using 28 mm MoM THAs.


R. Shenoy G. Hegde E. Young A. Pillai

Background The clinical standards board in Scotland has recognized hip fractures as the most common injury in older people. Hip fracture care is now emerging as a case study for clinical governance in Scotland. Aims/Methods The results of a prospective audit of 1177 hip fractures admitted to Wishaw General Hospital over a 36 month period are presented. All aspects of care from admission to discharge are analyzed, and patients followed up for 4 months after discharge. Results Pre Fracture The most common age group of patients was 80–90 Yrs (40.9%). 10 % of patients were over 90 Yrs.80.3% were female. There was no significant difference in side involved (L 53.3%: R 46.7%).60.1% patients were admitted from own home.71 patients (6%) originated from other wards within the hospital.39.6% patients were found to be living alone. Only 25.9% patients walked alone out of doors before fracture, while 39.1% walked alone indoors but not out of doors.43.8% could walk with out aids. Surgery 52.9% underwent osteosynthesis with screws and plate.34.2% had hemiarthroplasty.3.4% had total hip replacement. 4.1% was treated conservatively.48.3% had general anaesthetic and 47.4% regional anaesthetic.93 % received thromboembolic prophylaxis, and 96% antibiotic prophylaxis. The post operative wound infection rate was 3.2%. 4.9% required a second surgical procedure within 4 months. These included 14 patients who had dislocated prosthesis reduction, 14 conversions to total hip replacement, 9 conversions of osteosynthesis to hemiarthroplasty and 5 refixations. Post Fracture (4 Months) 41.9 % returned to their own home, while 14.7 went into nursing homes.11% were able to walk out of doors alone, and 28% could walk in doors alone. Only 7% could mobilize without and aids, 19.2% used one aid and 30.2% required a walking frame.41.6 % had no hip pain, 18.2 % complained of slight or intermittent discomfort.

Conclusions Older patients (80 Yrs +) are at significant risk of sustaining hip fractures. The risks are greater in patients living alone and in females. Patients with significant co morbidity may have to be treated conservatively. There is a considerable risk of requiring a second surgery. Only about 69 % of patients living in their own homes are able to do the same after fracture. Only about 50 % of previously independent patients were able to regain the same level of mobility.


G. Maccauro C. Piconi F. Muratori S. Sangiorgi A. Sgambato W. Burger P.D. Prisca M. Esposito

Aim. Ceramic-ceramic coupling is currently used in Orthopaedics in younger patients with longer life expectance, for the high biocompatibility of these materials. More recently new ceramic materials have been developed with better mechanical properties in comparison to Alumina, as the Alumina Matrix Composites by Transformation Toughened and in situ Plateled Reinforcement (ZPTA). The aim of the study was to analyze the biological properties of this material in comparison to Alumina and Zirconia. Materials and methods. Cylinders of different ceramic materials were inserted into surgical created defect of proximal metaepiphysis of New Zealand White adult rabbits to analyze the bone response to ceramics. Percentage of bone ceramic contact was measured. Massive inflammatory response was analyzed by intraarticullar injection of powders of different materials; while chronic low grade response as the one observed in long term well functioning implants was tested by implantation of low cohesive ceramic pellets under patellar tendons of rabbits: thank to leg movements few particles were released in time. Systemic host response was tested analyzing peripheral organs of animals. Results. Connective tissue was present at bone ceramic interface whatever materials used: no statically differences were observed in term of bone ceramic contact among Alumina, Zirconia and ZPTA. Inflammatory response with new vessels was observed around powders, especially with small diameter; while low cohesive pellets did not elicited inflammatory response neither systemic toxicity. Discussion and conclusion. Our results confirm that Alumina Matrix Composites by Transformation Toughened and in situ Plateled Reinforcement, as well as Alumina and Zirconia ceramics, induces a low inflammatory reaction in periprosthetic tissues without any systemic toxicity, due to massive or chronic release. So thank to its higher mechanical properties than Alumina and Zirconia, it should be indicated for ceramic to ceramic coupling in Orthopaedic Surgery.


L. Sedel Z.M. Jin C. Rieker P. Grigoris P. Roberts

Since 1977 we did implant all alumina (Al2O3) bearings total hip prostheses. A lot of data were documented concerning tissue reaction, in vivo wear behaviour, fractures, and clinical outcome. Ceramic materials retrieved at revision were analysed. In some cases, wear was as low as a few microns for a 15-year period in use. This is two thousand times less than a regular metal on polyethylene sliding couple. and 100 times less than a metal on metal prosthesis. Fracture mechanism is related to crack propagation into the material. During the first period, the fracture rate was in the range of 2%; it then dropped to less than 0.1 %. Few fractures could not be explained by technical or design mistakes. Clinical outcome: More than 4000 total hips in selected young and /or active patients were implanted. In a recently reported series of consecutive patients operated by P.Boutin during the year 1980, 118 hips in 106 patients were included. Mean age was 62 years. At the twenty-year follow-up evaluation, forty-five patients (fifty-one hips) were still alive and had not been revised, twenty-five patients (twenty-five hips) had undergone revision of either or both components, twenty-seven patients (thirty hips) had died from unrelated causes, and nine patients (twelve hips) were lost to follow-up. The mean Merle d’Aubigné hip score was 16.2 ± 1.8 at the latest follow-up. Survival of the cup at twenty years with revision for any reason as the end-point was 85.6 percent for cementless cups versus 61.2 % for cemented cups, respectively. Survival of the stem at twenty years with revision for any reason as the end-point was 84.9 % for cementless stems versus 87.3% for cemented stems. Wear of the prosthetic components was undetectable on plain radiographs. No fracture of the alumina socket or head was recorded. Another study concerned a more recent design of the socket which consisted in a metal back titanium alloy shell covered with a pure titanium mesh with an alumina liner. The nine year survival rate was 98.4% with revision for aseptic loosening as the end point. Conclusion This alumina on alumina bearing provides interesting results without any physical limitation specially in young and active patients.


A.K. Lilikakis S.L. Vowler R.N. Villar

Metal-on-metal hip resurfacing arthroplasty has been reintroduced as an alternative to total hip replacement. Uncemented acetabular fixation is now the gold standard for this procedure. However, uncemented femoral component fixation is less common. We thus report our preliminary results of an uncemented, hydroxyapatite-coated femoral implant at resurfacing arthroplasty. Between June 2001 and July 2002 we undertook 70 uncemented resurfacings in 66 patients. The survival rate of the femoral implants after a minimum of two years’ follow-up was 98.6%. The mean Harris hip scores for pain and function pre-operatively were 12.0 (maximum possible score 44) and 28.3 (maximum possible score 47) respectively. Postoperatively, at final follow-up, these scores were 39.25 and 43.07 respectively (Z= −6.94, p< 0.0001 for function and Z= −7.19, p< 0.0001 for pain). There have been no femoral fractures, aseptic loosening or radiolucencies around the stem. Thinning of the femoral neck at the inferomedial cup-neck rim has been a frequent radiological finding but with no clinical implications so far. The cup-neck ratio immediately after surgery was a mean of 1.05 while at last follow-up was 1.1 and this difference was statistically significant (Z= −4.14, p< 0.0001). Increased height (p=0.02) seemed to protect patients against neck thinning, whereas increased weight (p=0.06) seemed to favour it. Our preliminary results with a hydroxyapatite-coated femoral implant in metal-on-metal hip resurfacing have been promising with excellent survival rates and clinical outcomes. Longer follow-up studies are needed, particularly to interpret the clinical significance of neck thinning


F. Liu Z.M. Jin C. Rieker P. Grigoris P. Roberts

Metal-on-metal (MOM) bearings for artificial hip joints have attracted significant attention recently as a way of reducing wear and consequently wear particle induced periprosthetic osteolysis, which is the major cause of failure. One of the most widely used MOM total hip implants is the Metasul system (Zimmer GmbH), in which a thick polyethylene backing is used underneath the metallic inlay. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of the polyethylene backing on the transient lubrication under dynamic loading and velocity conditions representative of walking. A 28mm diameter Metasul bearing was analysed, and the predicted lubricant film thickness was compared with that for an all metallic cup. The predicted transient lubricant film thickness in the Metasul system was found to be significantly greater than the corresponding prediction from the all metal cup. Therefore it was concluded that the polyethylene backing may play an important role in the lubrication and overall tribological performance of the Metasul bearing system with a diameter of 28mm.


T. Al Khayer A. Al Khayer R. Gaheer N. Sawant M.P. Paterson

Background Hip fracture is a common clinical problem that leads to considerable morbidity and mortality in the United Kingdom. Recommendations in our hospital suggest that elderly patients suffering from these fractures should have surgery within two calendar days from admission.

Methods From August 2002 to July 2003, we studied 407 patients over the age of 65 who had a fracture of the hip. (Cases were recorded prospectively in our department trauma database). This was to determine the effect of operative delay and patients age on in-hospital mortality and on post operative length of stay. An operative delay was defined as an interval more than two calendar days between the time of admission to the hospital and the operation.

Results In 199 (47%) cases, operation was performed within two calendar days from admission. The in-hospital mortality rate was 11%. The mean length of stay was 17 days.

In the cases studied, neither the operative delay nor the age of the patient had a significant effect on the length of stay post operation.

There was an increase in the in-hospital mortality rate associated with the operative delay, although this was not significant statistically.

There was a statistically significant increase in the inhospital mortality rate with an increase in the patients age (5 % if less than 80 years old, 11% if between 80 and 89 years old, 19% if 90 years or older, p is less or equal to 0.05). In all three age groups the mortality rate did not statistically significantly decrease if the surgery was performed within two calendar days from admission.

Conclusion Early surgery is not associated with significantly improved in-hospital mortality rate. Early surgery is not associated with decreased length of stay. Age is a prime factor in predicting the in-hospital mortality rate. We recommend early medical input for patient optimisation to reduce the proven high mortality rate.


V. Nymark T. Nymark J.M. Lauritsen O. Svenson B. Jeune N.D. Röck

Introduction: Among numerous international studies on hip fractures only few were dealing with the occurrence and risk of a subsequent hip fracture. Some studies contain information identifying patients at risk of subsequent hip fractures as well as the risk of a hip fracture following another osteoporotic fracture, others on outcome following the subsequent fracture.

Material and methods: The Funen County Hip Fracture Register contains information on every consecutive hip fracture in the county of Funen since January 1st 996. The register contains general information about the patient i.e.: type of fracture, operative treatment, complications, living conditions, ADL, as well as information from 4 and 12 month out-patient visit and if necessary re-surgery. A maximum of 155 variables can be recorded about every patient. The register has been subjected to a complete revision and validation (4.660 patient files was checked) and contained a total number of 7.457 hip fractures from January 1st 1996 to December 31st 2003. Incidence numbers were calculated based on risk of fracture from the first fracture since January 1st 1996 to death or December 31st 2003.

Results: In the period January 1st 1996 to December 31st 2003, 7,457 fractures were registered. Of these, 261 patients were registered with a second fracture, the primary fracture occurring before the period and thus excluded. Within the period 6,676 primary fractures were registered, and of these 520 patients (7.5 %) experienced a subsequent fracture. The median time from primary to subsequent fracture was 8 months (range 0–75 months) in males and 14 months (range 0–82 months) in females, the overall median was 13.5 months (range 0–82 months). In males the risk of dying after the primary hip fracture was 10 times higher than the risk of sustaining a subsequent hip fracture, in females it was five times higher.

Conclusion: Only few patients with a hip fracture will experience a subsequent hip fracture and with the short time frame presented, any intervention should have immediate impact.


A. Siegmeth M. Parker

Previous studies on the timing of hip fracture surgery provide limited and conflicting evidence as to whether early operative intervention influences length of hospital stay, functional outcome and mortality rate. The aim of this study was to determine in a large, consecutive and prospectively followed group of patients the effect of a delay to surgery other than for medical reason. Patients who met the following criteria were included in the study: 1) Fragility fracture of the proximal femur. 2) Age over 60. 3) Complete data sets. 4) Complete follow up. Excluded patients were: 1) Younger than 60 years of age. 2) Conservative fracture treatment. 3) Pathological fracture. 4) Delay from admission to surgery for any medical reason. All patients were subdivided into six groups according to the delay between admission and operation (A:1–12 hours, B:13–24 hours, C:25–36 hours, D:37–48 hours, E:49–72 hours, F:73 + hours). All patients were followed up for one year or until death. Data on the mean length of hospital stay and the discharge destination as a parameter for the functional outcome were analysed in each of the six groups. A total of 3628 patients met the inclusion criteria. The average age was 81 years. 95.2% of patients were operated on between 1 and 48 hours after the admission, and 4.8% between 49 or more hours after the admission. Reason for delay was either lack of theatre time or unavailability of a surgeon or an anaesthetist. Statistical analysis with the unpaired t-test showed a significant difference in the hospital length of stay of 21 days for patients operated within 48 hours of admission versus 32 days for patients operated after 48 hours (p The functional outcome was significantly worse in the group with a delay of more than 48 hours with only 71% of patients discharged to their own home (86% in the early group, p< 0.0001). This study provides further and conclusive evidence that early operative intervention in elderly patients with fragility fractures of the proximal femur results in a decreased hospital stay and a better functional outcome.


R. Laforgia S. Maggi C. Marzari D. Bianchi G. Crepaldi

Based on the data from the Health Ministry’s Epidemiological Survey Office, 84.188 Hip fractures were recorded in Italy (from DRG), in 2001 in patients over 50 years of age. They underwent many different types of treatment, but up to now no analyses on the medical outcomes are available for these patients. This means that it is not possible to state a reliable social cost and a right strategy for treatment. The need for creating a National Register for Hip fractures to collect data from different areas and to create the basis for standardized national care has been documented from Swedish Register (started in 1979), and from SAHFE European search (1998–2000). In Italy an attempt to start a national Register was done in 2001 with leading hospitals that represent each part of the country Veneto (Padova) and Liguria (Genova) for the North, Emilia Romagna (Parma) for the Centre, and Campania (Napoli), and Basilicata (Matera) for the South. The results are presented, and it appears clear that Hip fracture are one of the most important causes of death (20% in the first 6 months after fracture) and disability among older people (33% do not return to pre-fracture physical functioning). The incidence rate of hip fractures is about 1.4 fracture/1.000 inhabitans/year, and ranges from 6.5–7.5/1.000 individuals aged over 65. This study looked at different parameters at recruitment like: pre-fracture social and health conditions, ASA grade, type of fracture, type of operation, waiting time between hospital arrival and operation, length of hospital stay, inpatients’ mortality, if discharged back home or to nursing home or rehabilitation centers. At 6 month after discharge, a follow-up for assessing the health and social conditions was performed and the results will be presented. Data analysis was carried out using SAS package. (SAS/STAT User’s guide, vol 1–2; version 6, fourth edition 1994. SAS Institute Inc.)

Hip Fracture Registry Working Group: A Del Puente (Napoli), R. Laforgia (Matera), E. Palummeri (Genova), P.P. Benetollo (Schio) R. Rozzini (Brescia), M.L. Brandi (Firenze)


V. Vallamshetla R. Turner D. Sunny

Aim: To quantify changes in epidemiology, in-patient treatment and outcome of hip fracture patients over seven-year period. This data has provided a baseline of our local changes and provided information for local planning of health care provision for these patients, in terms of improved care pathways, treatment protocols, management with geriatricians, provision for discharge in the future.

Subjects and methodology: Retrospective randomised analysis of in-patient charts of patients with hip fractures admitted to a large 650-bed Acute District General Hospital in 1996 compared with 2003. The following data is gathered: Epidemiological data, baseline test data for anaemia and renal function, time to surgery from admission, post-operative complications, time to discharge from ward and functional outcome. During this time interval we introduced a number of changes to our system of care such as: more junior doctors on the wards, more access to emergency operating time, better post-operative monitoring and care, and a move to a new hospital.

Results: In 1996, the total number of admissions over 6 months was 144 compared to 160 in 2003 for the same time period. The mean age has increased from 83 years compared to 85 years in 2003. Median mental test score declined from 9 in 1996 to 6 in 2003. The mean co-morbidities rose from 1.7 in 1996 to 2.8 in 2003. 11% of patients were medically unfit for surgery in 1996 compared to 30% in 2003 resulting in delay in time to theatre. 33% of patients were admitted from nursing homes in 2003 compared to 22% in 1996. The mortality rate was 12% in 1996 compared to 18% in 2003.

Conclusion: This study demonstrates that deteriorating pre-operative status in terms of age, ASA, mental test score and co-morbidities seems to have negated any of the system changes we introduced to improve our service. Some of our results are at variance with some national trends, highlighting the importance of undertaking this type of study locally. In our situation this was all the more surprising, given that demographically we have a relatively young population in Swindon compared to the national statistics. Performance and National League table results must take into account these demographic variances.


V.R. Vallamshetla R. Thalava

Background: Hip fractures are common in the elderly population accounting for 20–30% of acute trauma admissions and usually requiring operative treatment. With increasing age the risk of comorbidity increases reflected in higher ASA grades.

Aim: The aim of this study was to evaluate the correlation between ASA grading, morbidity, mortality and functional outcome within one- year from surgery in patients admitted with hip fractures.

Design: A retrospective study in a District General Hospital.

Methods: 155 patients with a mean age 83 years (60 to 102 years) were admitted with hip fractures between June 2001 to May 2002. There were 126 females 29 males. They were assessed for ASA grade, comorbidities, mental test score(MTS), complications and mortality at one year post admission.

Results: ASA 1: 15 patients mean age 79 years – MTS of 8.3, had no postoperative complications, and no mortality in this group.

ASA 2: 66 patients mean age 82 years – MTS 6.3, comorbities 1.8, average time to theatre 36 hours. 15% had injury/implant related complications, one year mortality rate was 4.5%.

ASA 3: 64 patients mean age of 84 years – MTS 3.9, comorbidities 2.7, average time to theatre of 3 days. 6.25% had injury specific complications, one- year mortality rate was 28.13%.

ASA grade 4: 6 Patients mean age 83 years – MTS 5, comorbidities 3. The one-year mortality rate was 83.33%.

Four patients were medically unfit to undergo any form of surgical intervention.

Overall 9% of patients had complications related to the injury/implant that occurred exclusively in ASA 2 and 3 groups and the one year mortality rate was 17.22% for the entire group.

Conclusions: The higher ASA grade in patients admitted with hip fractures results in increased postoperative mortality and morbidity. Despite recent advances in the standards of health care, the comorbid conditions in this aged population will place an ever increasing burden on the health services in the near future.


A. Olmeda

Introduction: In order to improve functional recovery of hip fractures and to optimize the use of resources, all the patients belonging to our district have been enclosed in a specific protocol.

Material and methods: The program provides that all the patients, except contra-indications, have operated by 24 hours. Osteosynthesis or prosthesization techniques have to allow an early and complete weight bearing. At the time of the admission, an informative card is sent to house assistance team of the district. After the operation, patients are examined by a physician, who prescribes the rehabilitation protocol and estimates the possibility of a domiciliary physiotherapy. Discharging from hospital occurs usually between third and fifth day post-op, toward patient home or an intermediate structure. In the first case, the local health district provide the patient with nursing and rehabilitation services. Ambulatory controls follow the specific requirements for each kind of implant.

Results: In the period 1–9/2004 we have recruited 341 subjects aged over 65 years (mean 81,5), males 25,5%, female 74,5%. Type of fracture: femoral neck 58,4%, trochanteric region 41,6%. Surgical treatment: cephalic endoprosthesis 35,2%, arthroprosthesis 8,6%, gamma nail 43,2%, cannulated screws 9,5%, dynamic plaque 0,9%, Ender nails 0.9%, none operation 2,4%. Type of hospital discharging: previous residence 69,5%, rehabilitation structures 26,2%, intensive care unit 3%, death 0.6%, other 0,6%. Waiting time before surgery: 2,7 days. Reasons of an extended waiting are anti-coagulation therapies and hospital admission during week end. Mean time of hospitalisation: 12,1 days. Main cause of an extended time of hospitalisation is relative absence. A phone follow-up at 6 months points out that 33,3% of patients doesnt go out of home or is completely unfit, while before only 7,8%. Pain is absent or modest/tolerable in 93% of cases. Comparing to previous sample of patients (2002), we observed a reduction of the pre-surgical time (2 days), of the total hospital time (3 days) and an improvement of the final performance.

Discussion and conclusions: Modern surgical and anaesthesiological techniques reduce peri-surgical death rate to very low level. Then an aggressive, integrated treatment of patients with hip fractures allows to improve functional performance, backing to normal social life, and besides to reduce costs.


M. Mittal T. Cosker A. Ghandour S. Roy A. Gupta S. Johnson

Introduction: Fractures of the neck of femur has a considaerable impact on the NHS and due to the elderly group of population it involves morbidity can be very costly. We assesed the outcome of trauma patients with these fractures after providing orthogeriatric care in our hospital.

Aim: 179 patients had been studied who had been managed in our hospital over a period of 18 months with hemiarthroplasty for displaced intracapsular fracture of the neck of femur. 104 patients had routine orthopaedic care and 75 patients had regular orthogeriatric care. All the complication were noted, analysed and compared with the national averages.

Methodology: This was a retrospective study-clincal notes of all patients who had hemiarthroplasty during the 18 month period were reviewed and a performa was completed.

Result: Total sample size was 179 patients(104 before and 75 after the introduction of orthogeriatric service) who had hemiartroplasty for the displaced intracapsular fracture of the neck of femur. The median length of stay being 16.5 days before and 20 days after. The medical complications before and after the introduction of this service were-Cardiac complication 4% before and 1% after, Chest infection 2% before and 1% after, DVT 2% before and 1% after. The Overall complication rate has been reduced from 41% to 18% and the one year mortality reduced from 16.34% to 12 with the introduction of orthogeriatric service.

Conclusion: We believe that the weekly ward round and a continued supervision by the orthogeriatric team is one of the factors in improving the outcome of geriatric trauma patients in terms of reduced morbidity and mortality.


D. Chakravarty M.J. Parker A. Boyle

Introduction: This study was conducted to find out whether blood transfusion was an independent risk factor for mortality and wound infection after hip fracture surgery.

Materials and Methods: A retrospective cohort study analysed prospectively collected data for 3571 hip fracture patients undergoing surgery over the last 15 years in one institution. Out of these 1068 patients underwent blood transfusion.

Results: There were no significant differences in the mortality values at 30, 120 and 365 days and in the rates of infection (superficial and deep) in the two groups(transfused and non-transfused).

Conclusion: Blood transfusion does not significantly increase mortality or infection following hip fracture surgery.


M.C. Jaberoo R. Ashraf A.T. Stearns A.D. Maclean E.F. Wheelwright

Aim: To assess the aetiology, management and early outcome of young patients presenting with an intracapsular hip fracture. Unlike older patients, this population is much more likely to be considered for femoral head conservation by means of internal fixation, regardless of fracture displacement.

Methods: A prospectively-collected trauma database was used to identify patients under 65 years-old presenting to a teaching hospital with an intracapsular hip fracture between 1998 and 2002. Thereafter full case note and radiological review was performed using a standardised data-extraction form.

Results: Of 2031 patients presenting with hip fractures, 282 were under 65 years-old; 139 had intracapsular fractures. Complete records were available for 89 patients (45 male, 44 female). Mean ages were 55.6 (males) and 58.2 years (females). These injuries were almost exclusively low-energy injuries (90%). 83% were displaced fractures. 39% had evidence of chronic alcohol-abuse; these were predominantly males (76% of alcohol-abusers). Excluding alcohol-abuse, 53% of all patients had major co-morbidity such as severe cardiovascular, respiratory, neurological or systemic disorders. There were similar rates for males and females (53% versus 52%). Including alcohol-abuse, 69% of patients had major co-morbidity.

Treatment modalities included internal fixation (80%; 76% of displaced fractures), hemiarthroplasty (17%) and total hip replacement (3%).

Follow-up was for a mean 3.67 years (range 0.01–5.96 years). Three patients died (3.4%). Of the displaced fractures treated with fixation, five patients developed avascular necrosis (8.9%); two of these were managed conservatively. Seven patients (12.5%) required a total of nine revision procedures. No failures occurred in other initial treatment modalities or undisplaced fractures. There was no significant relationship between pre-operative duration and subsequent avascular necrosis or need for revision surgery.

Conclusions: As with older populations, these are generally low-energy injuries associated with significant co-morbidity, notably chronic alcohol-abuse. Despite this, mortality remains very low. Only 12.5% of patients undergoing internal fixation of displaced intracapsular fractures required revision surgery over a 3.7 year mean follow-up; thus this is an acceptable method of treatment for such injuries in this group of patients.


M. Eneroth U-B. Olsson K.-G. Thorngren

Background: Protein energy malnutrition is an important determinant of clinical outcome in older patients after hip fracture but the effectiveness of nutritional support programs in routine clinical practice is controversial.

Objective: To determine if nutritional supplementation decrease fracture-related complications in a selection of otherwise healthy patients with a hip fracture.

Design: A prospective, randomised, controlled, non-placebo, non-blinded clinical trial.

Setting: A University Hospital in Sweden.

Subjects: 80 patients hospitalised for hip fracture.

Methods: We randomised patients to intervention (n=40) or control (n=40). The control group were given ordinary hospital food and beverage. The intervention group were also given 1000 kcal daily intraveneous supplementary nutrition for three days, followed by 400 kcal oral nutritional supplementation for another 7 days. Daily fluid and energy intake during the first ten days of hospitalisation and fracture-related complications at day 3, day 10, discharge, day 30 and day 120 were recorded.

Results: The total fluid and energy intake in the intervention group reached near optimal levels whereas the control group received only 54% and 64% of optimal energy and fluid intake, respectively. Six patients in the intervention group (15%) and 28 patients in the control group (70%) had at least one complication (p< 0.0001). Five patients (13%) in the control group and none in the intervention group were diagnosed with a pneumonia < 10 days from surgery (p=0.006). Twelve patients in the control group (30%) and two in the intervention group (5%) had a wound infection < 30 days from surgery (p=0.006). At day ten, a total of 16 complications in the control group and three in the intervention group had occurred (p=0.003). At one month, 33 complications in the control group and six in the intervention group were recorded (p< 0.0001). Four patients died within 120 days, all in the control group (p=0.04).

Conclusions: Nutritional supplementation given daily for 10 days after hip fracture surgery increased the total fluid and energy intake in the intervention group to near optimal levels and the intervention group displayed fewer complications than the control group.


E. García-Rey E. Garcia-Cimbrelo A. Cruz-Pardos J. De La Cerda

Aim: We assessed prospectively clinical and radiographic results of two different polyethylenes (PE) associated with the same prosthetic design (Zimmer-Centerpulse).

Material and Methods: We assessed 56 Allofit cups with Sulene-PE liner (sterilized in nitrogen) and 45 with Durasul-PE liner (highly cross-linked) associated with an Alloclassic stem (28-mm femoral head) implanted between 1999–2002. The mean follow-up was 29.4 months for the Sulene-PE and 25.3 for Durasul-PE. The radiologic study according to Johnston et al. and the PE wear estimated according to a software package (AutoCAD R14), were analysed at 6 weeks (zero position), at 6 and 12 months and annually thereafter.

Results: There were 3 dislocations which were excluded from the follow-up study. There were no infections. All assessed hips had good clinical and radiographic results. There was no loosening of any prosthetic component. There were no radiolucent lines, osteolysis, cortical hypertrophy, or femoral osteopenia. The distances between the acetabular shell and the femoral head centres taken in the early postoperative radiographs (zero position or bedding-in) were 0.30+0.094 mm for the Sulene-PE group and 0.20+0.074 for the Durasul-PE (p=0.029). The mean wear related with the zero position was 0.1035+0.0686 and 0.0819+0.078 (p=0.108) respectively.

Conclusions: Despite the measurement error of PE wear being higher in the Allofit cup, a higher zero position (bedding-in) was found in the Sulene-PE group than in the Durasul-PE. Although the mean wear was higher in the Sulene-PE than in the Durasul-PE, with the number of hips available, differences were not significant after 3 years


R. Wilson D. Molloy J. Elliott D. Mawhinney

Introduction: Hip fractures affects more than 65,000 people in the UK each year and this number is increasing. The standard treatment is insertion of either a dynamic hip screw or hemiarthroplasty depending on fracture configuration. Because of their advanced age, associated co-morbid factors as well as having had an implant inserted, hip fracture patients are at increased risk of developing post-operative wound infections. The infection rate for hip fracture surgery is quoted at 0.6 – 3.6%1.

Methods: We carried out a retrospective study of the readmission rate due to wound infection following treatment of their fractured neck of femur. 20 patients (16 females and 4 males) were identified over a 24 month period out of a total 1786 femoral neck fractures treated (1.1%).

Results: 11 patients re-admitted with a wound infection had had a hemiarthroplasty fixation, 9 following insertion of a DHS. 7 patients (0.4%) had a superficial wound infection (3 hemi, 4 DHS) and 13 (0.7%) a deep wound infection (8 hemi, 5 DHS). Treatment for the superficial wound infections included 6 patients requiring IV antibiotics and 1 requiring washout and resuturing of the wound.

Treatment of deep wound infections included 6 who had a Girdlestone procedure, 2 had wound washout, debridement and 2 who had removal of DHS. All received IV antibiotics. 2 patients were deemed unfit for surgery and received IV antibiotics only.

3 patients with a deep wound infection (23%) died (2 deemed unfit for surgery, and 1 Girdlestone) during their admission. 85% of the readmissions had an ASA score of three or over. We looked at the length of operation time and found that 15 took less than 45 minutes, 4 took between 45 and 60 minutes and one took over 60 minutes. Three of the operations which took over 45 minutes developed deep infections.

Conclusion: Fractured neck of femur accounts for a large proportion of fracture admissions. Accepted methods of treatment carry significant infection rates. Superficial wound infections can in the majority be treated with IV antibiotics. Deep wound infections carry a significant mortality rate. Operating time should be within 45 minutes where possible to reduce the risk of deep infection. Post-operative wound infections are associated with an ASA grade of 3 or greater.


J. Chakravarthy A. Qureshi K. Mangat K. Porter

There is still much debate on the appropriateness of taking post operative radiographs especially in the presence of high quality radiography that image intensifiers now provide. The aim of this study was to determine current UK practice regarding the use of check radiographs and to compare this practice with the implant related complications.

A postal performa was sent to 450 randomly chosen UK Trauma and Orthopaedic Consultants to assess their practice regarding check radiographs following hip fracture surgery. In addition a case note review of all patients undergoing hip fracture surgery over the three years of 2001 to 2003 at Selly Oak Hospital, was performed. Patients undergoing revision surgery in the same admission were identified. The decision to revise was noted to determine whether check radiograph influenced the decision.

Response rate to the performa was 66.7% (300/450). 96% routinely took postoperative radiographs following Hemiarthroplasty. Of these, 87% allowed the patient to mobilise before checking the radiograph. In the DHS group, 61% took check radiographs. Of these, 75% allowed the patient to mobilise prior to reviewing the radiograph. Following Cannulated screw fixation, 58% routinely performed check radiographs and 67% allowed the patient to mobilise before reviewing the radiograph. 1265 hip fracture surgeries were performed in our unit in three years. Only one decision to revise was based on a problem identified on a routine check radiograph.

We highlight the lack of national consensus on the use of post operative radiographs. We recommend the use of post operative radiographs only when clinically indicated, hence sparing the patient from discomfort, unnecessary exposure to radiation as well as allowing more effective utilisation of radiological and human resources.


S. Anand A. McKeown K.A. Buch

Aim: Rehospitalisation following surgery is widely regarded as an important outcome measure. In this study we identified causes of readmission following surgery, in proximal hip fracture patients.

Method: A total of 267 patients underwent surgery for proximal hip fractures in one year (2001–2002) at our institution. Notes of these patients were reviewed to look for readmissions within three months.

Results: A total of 43 (16.1%) patients died during initial hospital admission episode. Of the remaining 224 patients, 46 (20.5%) patients had an emergency unplanned readmission back to the hospital, within 3 months of discharge. 9 admissions (19.5% of readmissions, 4.01% of discharged patients) were due to operative site complications. 8 patients (17.3% of readmissions, 3.5% of discharged patients) were referred back for suspected thromboembolic events. 29 admissions (63.04% of readmissions, 12.9% of discharged patients) were due to other medical problems. Of these 18 medical problems could be attributed to preceding hip fracture. 15 patients died during this 2nd admission episode. 10 of these patients could have their ‘cause of death’ attributable to previous hip fracture, though this was not mentioned in their death certificates. A total of 8 patients had died in community in the 3 months following discharge giving a total mortality of 24.7% (66/267 patients) within 3 months.

Conclusions: Hip fracture is underreported as a cause of prolonged morbidity and mortality. A high percentage of these patients were readmitted adding to resource crunch. An understanding of the causes of readmission would help to decrease this workload.


E. Brach del Prever P. Bracco L. Costa P. Gallinaro

Introduction Sterilisation of UHMWPE prosthetic components by high-energy radiation in air induces an oxidative degradation of the polymer, which may compromise the mechanical performances of the whole implant. Many manufacturers shifted to gas sterilization with EtO and gas plasma or to radiation sterilization in inert atmosphere and with barrier packaging. Aim of the present study was to investigate the relationship between sterilisation method, packaging, oxidation and mechanical properties of current orthopaedic UHMWPE.

Materials 100 sterilised UHMWPE hip, knee, and shoulder components by 19 orthopedic manufacturers were studied. The components were cut in half and sectioned using a microtome into slices of controlled thickness (0,1–0,3mm) which were analysed by FTIR. The UHMWPE packaging was also evaluated by FTIR, in order to correlate the extent of oxidation to the storage conditions. Mechanical properties were evaluated using the small punch test, as described in ASTM F2183-02.

Results The UHMWPE packaging was classified, when possible, into one of the following types; A: PET blister(s) with Tyvek® gas-permeable cover; B: packaging involving a polymeric multilayer bag; C: packaging involving at least one Aluminium foil. Using Type A, air permeable packaging for radiation-sterilized UHMWPE is the equivalent to irradiation in air. Many radiation sterilized implants packaged using Type A materials were severely oxidized. In the case of packaging type B, we detected moderately low oxygen index (OI) in the majority of samples, but an average high hydroperoxide level, even though type B packaging has well-documented oxygen barrier properties. UHMWPE components contained in packaging type C exhibit low OI and hydroperoxide level, due to the impermeable Al foil. The small punch test measurements showed that the oxidised sample exhibit generally diminished mechanical properties. Reductions in the yield load (up to 15%), in the ultimate load (up to 33%) and in the ultimate displacement (up to 21%), compared to the original or EtO sterilised material, have been measured on the majority of the oxidised samples.

Discussion The present results confirm that oxidation has a negative effect on the mechanical properties of UHMWPE. It remains difficult to generalise about the overall effectiveness of barrier packaging at protecting UHMWPE from oxidation, but it is our opinion that a complete absence of sterilisation-induced oxidation can only be guaranteed by gas sterilisation.


C. Geerdink A.J. Tonino A.D. Verburg J.J. Rondhuis J.M. Martell I.C. Heyligers B. Grimm

Introduction: In total hip arthroplasty (THA) polyethylene (PE) wear debris is major cause of osteolysis and aseptic implant loosening. Wear particle volumes must be reduced to increase implant survival. Various ways of crosslinking the molecular chains of PE have been proposed to increase the wear resistance of the bearing material but prospective long-term follow-up studies are scarce.

Materials & Methods A crosslinked PE acetabular insert was developed by gamma irradiating in a nitrogen atmosphere at a dose of 3MRad and subsequent annealing at 50° C for 144 hours to promote further crosslinking (“Duration” process). The Duration PE was compared to a conventionally prepared PE insert (irradiated at 3 MRad in air, no annealing) in a series of small punch tests, a hip wear simulator study and in-vivo as part of a randomized double-blind clinical study at three medical centers the PE-insert being the only variable. A total of 127 patients with 133 inserts (67 conventional, 66 Duration) were followed up between three and five years post-operatively. Wear was measured yearly by using a computer-based image analysis system. Radiographic appearance of potentially wear related phenomena such as osteolysis or loosening was assessed by an independent reviewer.

Results: Higher load at break during the small punch test confirmed the elevated crosslinking levels of Duration PE against the conventional PE. In the joint simulator Duration PE showed significantly lower volumetric wear rates (Mean SD: 21.7 2.3 mm3/10E6 cycles) than conventional PE (39.7 1.5 mm3/10E6 cycles, p< 0.05). A corresponding and significant level of wear reduction for the Duration PE was identified in-vivo (Duration: 43.7 33.6 mm3/year, conventional: 60.4 42.7 mm3/year, p=0.04). Radiographic analysis at the last follow-up gave evidence of femoral osteolytic lesions in five hips with conventional PE inserts and only one hip with a Duration insert.

Conclusions: Acetabular inserts made of crosslinked PE using the Duration process can significantly reduce in-vivo wear rates and the occurrence of potentially wear related osteolytic effects in the long-term follow-up of THA patients. The reduced clinical wear rates corresponded well with the results from the wear simulator measurements. This suggests that a PE with further increased crosslinking which shows even lower wear rates in simulator studies will lead to even lower wear and associated osteolysis in long-term clinical application.


J. D’Antonio W.N. Capello R. Ramakrishnan M. Naughton

Introduction: Wear simulator studies have predicted that highly cross-linked polyethylenes can reduce linear wear by 50–90% when compared to traditional polyethylene (gamma sterilized in air). Clinical experience with a highly cross-linked polyethylene which was irradiated to 10 megarads and cold anneled but not remelted (Crossfire) began in October 1998.

Methods: 72 Crossfire implants (69 patients) were implanted and have a minimum 3 year follow-up (mean 3.85 years). 31 of these implants (29 patients) have a minimum 4 year follow-up (mean 4.64 years). Linear wear utilizing a validated computerized technique was measured and compared to 38 hips (37 patients) implanted with a non-cross-linked polyethylene (gamma irradiated – N2 vac) with a mean follow-up of 4.96 years.

Results: The mean wear in millimeters per year for the highly cross-linked Crossfire polyethylene with minimum 3 year follow-up was 0.054 (sd=0.032). At minimum 4 year follow-up wear was 0.057 mm/yr (sd=0.036). The wear for the N2 vac non-cross-linked polyethylene was 0.138 mm/yr (sd=0.066). Using a standard t-test the difference in wear was highly significant at p=< 0.001.

Discussion & Conclusion: Cross-linking is the only material characteristic shown to improve wear performance of polyethylene. Our clinical experience demonstrates a 50% reduction in wear over N2 vac irradiated polyethylene during the first three years with no significant change out to a mean of 4.64 years. Cross-linked polyethylenes hold great hopes for significant reduction in wear and osteolysis and prolonged life of hip arthroplasty in patients of all ages.


S. Glyn-Jones R. Gill P. McLardy-Smith D.W. Murray

Introduction Polyethylene wear debris is an important cause of failure in cemented total hip arthroplasty. As a result of the biological response to debris at the bone-cement interface, osteolysis and subsequent failure occurs in both femoral and acetabular components. Most acetabular components and liners are made of ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE). Cross-linking UHMWPE has been shown to significantly reduce abrasive wear in hip simulator studies. The wear rates measured in vitro do not always correlate with the wear rates measured in clinical studies[1]. Some new polyethylenes have shown catastrophic wear in clinical studies despite encouraging hip simulator study results[2]. The aim of this study was to compare the wear of standard UHMWPE to that of cross-linked UHMWPE (Longevity, Zimmer, Warsaw, USA)

Patients and Methods This was a prospective, double blind, randomised control trial. 50 subjects were recruited, all of whom received the cemented CPT stem and uncemented Trilogy liner (Zimmer, UK). Subjects were randomised to receive either a standard Trilogy liner or a Longevity liner at the time of operation. Both liners are identical in appearance. All liners were of a neutral configuration. RSA was used to measure linear wear. This was calculated by measuring the distance between the centre of the femoral head and the centre of the acetabular liner. The preliminary results of the study are presented.

Results Both groups underwent significant wear over two years. The two year linear wear of the cross-linked UHMWPE was 0.3mm (+/− 0.06mm, p< 0.001). The two year linear wear of the standard UHMWPE was 0.39mm (+/− 0.04mm, p< 0.001). No significant difference existed between the two groups (p=0.24). Both cohorts had around 0.15 to 0.2 mm of measured wear per year. Cross-linked UHMWPE therefore underwent less wear than standard UHMWPE at two years, however this difference was not statistically significant.

Discussion This study suggests that Longevity UHMWPE has similar wear properties to standard UHMWPE in the first two years following implantation. This does not correlate with in vitro hip simulator studies of Longevity polyethylene, which show a significantly lower wear rate than standard UHMWPE. It suggests that hip simulator studies may be of little value in predicting in vivo wear rates and that all new types of polyethylene should be evaluated clinically and radiologically prior to general release. Whether both cohorts continue to wear at similar rates will only be revealed through continued observation.


G. Digas J. Kärrholm J. Thanner H. Malchau P. Herberts

Introduction: The annual wear rate in polyethylene articulations should be 0.1 mm or less to avoid future osteolysis. Highly Crosslinked polyethylene demonstrates 80–90% wear reduction in hip simulator testing, but the clinical documentation of this new polyethylene is still inadequate. We evaluated the highly crosslink PE in two prospective randomised clinical studies. Patients and Methods: Thirty two patients (12 male, 20 female, 64 hips) with a median age of 48 years (range, 29–70 years) with bilateral primary or secondary arthrosis of the hip received hybrid THA. With liners made of highly cross-link on one side and conventional PE on the other one. Twenty-seven patients in this study have passed 2 years follow up. Further Sixty patients (61 hips) with a median age of 55 years (range, 35–70 years) were randomized to receive either highly crosslink or conventional cemented all PE of the same design. Forty-nine patients have been followed for 3 years. In both studies all patients received Spectron stems with 28mm cobalt-chromium head. Radiostereometric examinations with the patient supine or standing were done at regular intervals. Wear was measured in the supine position from the postoperative week, whereas standing examinations were initiated three months after the operation. Results: The penetration rate was almost identical in the study and control groups in 6 months after the operation. Thereafter the penetration rate levelled out in the 2 groups with highly crosslink PE. At two years the highly crosslink PE liner showed 62% lower proximal penetration and 31% lower total (three-dimensional) penetration when the patients were examined in supine position. The highly crosslink all PE cemented cups showed significantly lower proximal penetration in both position. Discussion: The better wear performance of highly crosslink PE could increase the implant longevity. Longer follow up is needed to evaluate if this new material is associated with less occurrence of osteolysis.


C. Piconi P. Dalla Pria C.R. Giacometti

The extension of THR to younger and more demanding patients implies the need of bearings enhancing the implants survival, raising the interest on hard-on-hard bearings (metal-on-metal and ceramic-on-ceramic). The standard bearing diameters in THR range from 7/8in (22,225 mm) to 32 mm. Larger diameter bearings were used by McKee-Farrar and Ring THR a solution that was abandoned after the success of Charnley Low Friction Arthroplasty that offered the advantage of much lower torques at the implant-bone interface, due also to the state-of-the-art of the cementation in the early 1960s. Increasing the diameter of THR bearings offers several advantages in terms of increased stability of the joint, as a larger displacement is necessary to produce the joint subluxation, and for a given neck diameter the risk of impingement is reduced while the prosthesis range of motion is increased. The reduced wear of metal-on-metal and ceramic-on-ceramic bearings has led recently to revitalise the design concept of the early THR designs, and large diameter joints today are available in sizes ranging from 36 to 52 mm. Large metal-on-metal bearings are used mostly in resurfacing prostheses. This surgery, which requires a specific surgical training, is indicated for patients performing physical activity, as those patients are relatively young, and have a long life expectation. This raises-some concerns, as increased cobalt and chromium concentrations were measured in the blood and urine of patients having Metal on Metal bearings and the effect of such high metal concentration in the long time is still unknown, as it is controversial if the metal ions are originated by wear debris of by the corrosion of the implant. Recently 36 mm ceramic on ceramic bearings were introduced in THR as a solutions to overcome many of the problems of metal-on-metal joints. Ceramic-on-ceramic bearings have a 35-year clinical history in THR. The extremely low wear of these joints is well assessed , as well as the extreme biocompatibil-ity of the material and the absence of local and systemic negative reaction to ceramic debris. Besides the enhanced safety of the design of the 36 mm heads, the development of thin ceramic inserts allowed to limit the overall diameter of the cup. It is expected that the use of the new alumina matrix composites will allow to further enhance the performances of large diameter ceramic THR bearings.


A. Essner A. Wang S-S. Yau M. Manley J. Dumbleton

Introduction Contemporary highly crosslinked polyethylenes fall into two classes (annealed or remelted). Annealed polyethylenes contain free radicals. Remelted polyethylenes have reduced mechanical properties but no free radicals. SXL provides the advantages of both classes.

Materials and Methods GUR 1020 polyethylene was sequentially crosslinked using three separate gamma radiation doses of 3 Mrad with an annealing step at 130 degrees C after each irradiation (SXL).

The following were measured: free radical concentration (electron spin resonance), oxidation resistance (5 atmospheres of oxygen at 70 degrees C for 14 days), and tensile properties (ASTM D638). Hip simulator wear was determined (MTS machine, 5 million cycles, 1 Hz, Paul load curve with maximum load of 2450 N, alpha fraction bovine calf serum)

Results Free radical concentrations were 14 x 1014 and 1550 x 1014 spins/g for SXL and GUR 1020 irradiated to 3 Mrad in nitrogen (gamma-N2) respectively. Maximum oxidation index was 0.09 for SXL, 0.09 for unirradiated UHMWPE, and 1.27 for gamma-N2.

SXL tensile properties exceeded ASTM F648 and were unchanged by oxidative challenge.

Wear rates were 1.35 and 46 mm3 per million cycles for SXL and gamma-N2 respectively; wear particle sizes were similar.

Discussion and Conclusions Sequential irradiation and annealing provides more complete crosslinking with reduction in free radical level. SXL has the same resistance to oxidative challenge as unirradiated polyethylene. Mechanical properties exceed the ASTM F648 values. Wear is reduced by 97% compared to that of gamma-N2. SXL is the basis for next generation highly crosslinked UHMWPE.


N.A. Abt W. Schneider V. Rieder P. Köttig

Introduction: Irradiation crosslinking of UHMWPE has been developed as an improvement over conventional UHMWPE to provide improved wear resistance, demonstrated during in-vitro studies as well as in early clinical results [1, 2]. The analysis of explants made of highly crosslinked UHMWPE yields valuable information about their clinical utility.

Material: 26 explanted highly crosslinked UHMWPE inlays (Durasul, Zimmer) from various sources were surgically retrieved and analyzed. All inlays articulated with 28 mm CoCr heads except one (32 mm) and had an implantation time from 3 to 43 months (mean 14 months). The reasons for revision were: 9 for infection, 2 for ossification, 4 for luxation, 2 for pain, 4 for bone fracture and 5 for aseptic loosening.

Results: On all explants, scratches on the articulation area as well as machining marks were visible; the latter have sometimes been smoothed out in the loaded area. There were no signs of delamination or oxidation. The loaded area, analyzed by SEM, exhibits microscopic changes in the morphology which have been reported to be potential microcracks [3]. When analyzed by TEM, it was seen that these surface features are ripples and folds, which are induced by normal adhesive-abrasive wear behavior and have a maximum size of 5 m [4]. Mechanisms like folding are reported also from conventional UHMWPE [5]. In order to separate wear from deformation, the shape memory behavior of UHMWPE was employed. After thermal treatment, smoothed machining marks were observed to recover. After about two years in-vivo, some of the machining marks in the loaded area do not recover, which indicates that minimal wear in the range of the height of the machining marks (approx. 10 m) has occurred. In comparison, after this time, 200–600 m of wear would be expected for conventional UHMWPE [6].

Conclusions: The findings from the retrievals showed that there is no adverse wear or material failures due to delamination or cracks at 3 to 43 months. The accumulated scratches are due to the fact that the wear of this highly crosslinked polyethylene is very small. The scratches do not polish out over time as with conventional UHMWPE and do not show adverse effects on the long-term behaviour of the implant. These results are consistent with the performed in-vitro studies.


L. Costa E.M. Brach P. Bracco P. Gallinaro

Introduction. Wear of the UHMWPE component is responsible for many TJR failures. It is now well known that oxidation of UHMWPE, induced by radiation sterilisation in air, dramatically increases the wear rate. ASTM regulations for orthopaedic UHMWPE forbids the addiction of any antioxidant to the polymer powder or to fabricated forms. Vitamin E is widely employed as a biocompatible stabiliser in the food and cosmetic industry. Aim of the present study is to evaluate the efficiency of Vitamin E as a stabiliser for prosthetic UHMWPE.

Materials. Virgin UHMWPE samples were obtained from compression moulded slabs (GUR 1020, Perplas). In addiction, compression moulded slabs of GUR 1020 mixed with 500 and 1000 ppm of Vitamin E respectively were also studied. Electron beam irradiation was performed with doses ranging from 50 to 225 kGy, in air, at room temperature. Slices of controlled thickness (0,1–0,3 mm) were microtomed from the blocks and accelerated ageing was carried out in a ventilated oven at 90°C. FTIR spectroscopy were used to monitor changes in the polymer structure after irradiation and ageing. Mechanical properties were evaluated using the small punch test, as described in ASTM F2183-02.

Results. FTIR measurements on the aged samples showed that the addiction of Vitamin E induces a substantial increase in the oxidative stability of UHMWPE. The overall work to failure of original UHMWPE irradiated at 100 kGy was halved after 160 hours of accelerated ageing, due to the developed oxidation. On the other hand, the work to failure of samples with Vitamin E was constant up to 1800 hours of ageing under the same conditions.

Discussion Irradiation of UHMWPE induces C-C and C-H bond scissions, leading to the formation of alkyl radicals. When irradiation is carried out in air, macroal-kyl radicals can react with oxygen to form hydroperox-ides, which in turn decompose giving other oxidation species, mainly ketones and acids, which decrease the molecular mass. Oxidation of the polymer has been found to cause a dramatic deterioration of its mechanical properties. Vitamin E has been shown to be highly efficient against radiation-induced oxidation and therefore it should be recommended as biocompatible stabilizer for orthopaedic UHMWPE, in order to preserve good mechanical properties.


M. Clauss M. Lem P.E. Ochsner

Introduction: The debris of standard Polyethylene in Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) has been responsible for aseptic loosing and osteolysis in many patients. Wear rates for Polyethylene-Ceramic are analysed around 10 to 20 mm3 per year, those of PE-metal even 5 times more. Dislocation of primary THA is also common and problematic. Using a PE insert with a dorsal rim lowers the risk of dislocation but could be a potential risk for impingement if not correctly placed. Aim of this study was to value of reduced risk for dislocation in terms of increased risk for impingements. Study design: Between 1989 and 2003, 1107 non-cemented SL cups with Polyethylene on Ceramic were implanted in 953 patients, 422 (44%) implanted in women. All PE inserts were with dorsal rim. Average age at implantation was 69.9 years (range 39 to 90). In all cases, a cemented stem was implanted. Of those 1107 primary THA, 100 were revised for aseptic loosening. In 11 cases both components were revised, 7 times only the cup was replaced and for the 82 revisions remaining, only the stem was revised. In all cases the PE insert was removed and replaced. All inserts were analysed macroscopically for impingement and the volume worn off was calculated. Dislocation risk of PE couplings with rim was compared to standard PE couplings without rim. Results: In 18 PE inserts of 100 with rim, signs of impingement were found, ranging from slight (considered as creep not wear) to massive. An average yearly wear rate of 43 mm^3 (range 7 to 119) was calculated. Median survival time of the inserts without impingement was 5.2 years (range 0.7 to 11.4) of those with impingement it was reduced to 4.5 years (range 1.1 to 13.8). No statistical difference calculated (Mann-Whitney-U test, p=0.28) . In 2 of all 1107 cases (0.2%) operative revision of dislocation was performed whereas in 6 of the 598 cases (1%) with PE cups without rim, operative intervention was performed. Discussion: The use of a PE insert with dislocation protection rim holds a potential danger if not correctly placed. Though an earlier failing of THA with PE impingement was found, it was not significant and overpowered by the fact that most loosenings were due to cemented titanium stems with their great potential for early loosening.


C. Germinario M. Torre N. Angelini M. Balducci D. Martinelli A. Mincuzzi S. Palmieri G. Schena A. Spica

Annually about 75000 hip arthroplasties are performed in Italy, which corresponds to 125 primary operations per 100.000 inhabitants. These numbers are constantly growing, as well as the amount of economical resources dedicated to this surgery. There are many types of pros-theses, and techniques, but basically no control on their efficacy and effectiveness is applied. So born in Apulia during 2001 the pilot project of Register for Apulia. The specific aims of Register are:

describe the current practeses in hip replacement, providing accurate information on the use of different types of prostheses in both primary and revision joint replacements;

collect data for the evaluate the importance of patient-related factors on survival of implants;

control the incidence of intra and post-operative complications;

assess patient outcomes in medium ( 6 month ) and long term ( 12 month );

describe the different parts of the implant; Five thousand four hundred forms have been collected during the last three years. 55% of the Apulian Hospitals were involved in 2001, 77% in 2003. The average age of the patients undergoing surgery was 67 for the total hip replacement, 80 for the partial hip replacement and 70 for implant revision. 66% of the operations were performed on women. We recorded an increase in the use of antibiotic-containing cement. Systemic antibiotic prophylaxis has been used in almost every operation, e.g. teicoplanina (18% ). In 2003 we recorded 56 deaths (SMR 0.03) with a higher risk for revision of hip prostheses in younger compared to older patients and in men compared to women. During the first 60 post operative days we observed a statistically significant increase in mortality for all patients. During the study 37 types of cups and 53 types of stems have been registered. The 28mm head was used in 90% of cases. Most patients with primary osteoarthritis do not received cemented prostheses. The use of the bone impaction grafting technique has increased. Primary prostheses is the main indication for coxartrosi while hemiarthro-plasties for femoral neck fractures. Aseptic loosening is the most frequent diagnosis for revision. In Apulia hip arthroplasties are predominant in central and university hospitals. University hospitals and private clinics have proportionally revised younger patients. The number of revisions is increasing. The follow-up is limited (30%). All the orthopaedic departments involved are participating in the study on a voluntary basis. The data forms we have used, are suitable for an observational study. The Register has evolved to be an essential part of the quality improvement programs in Apulia’s health care structures. The Register gives important information for the decision-making process and facilitates quality improvement. The Register has the potential to bring problems to attention long before they may be reported and acknowledged by traditional clinical research methods.


T. Scheerlinck W. Duquet P.-P. Casteleyn

During a one-year period starting in October 2001, we analysed the intra-hospital cost of 102 primary elective total hip arthroplasty (THA) in a Belgian university hospital. Patients were treated according to age and general condition with an all cemented metal-poly THA (37), a uncemented cup and cemented metal-poly THA (40), an all uncemented ceramic-ceramic THA (18) or non-standard implants or combinations (7). On average patients stayed 14.4 days in the orthopaedic ward and intra-hospital cost was 9496 Euro (SD: 2178): 53.8% was related to hospitalisation, 21.3% to implants and material, 7.7% to surgery and 4.1% to anaesthesia. A multiple regression analysis was performed to identify possible influencing factors for intra-hospital cost and stay (pre-operative hip function, general health and dwelling as well as implant choice and intra-hospital complications). Overall, only the occurrence of complications during hospitalisation had a significant regression coefficient. In total 14 patients (13.7%) suffered at least one complication during hospitalization (dislocation: 4.9%, heamatoma or superficial infection: 2%, trochanter fracture: 1%, thrombosis with pulmonary embolism: 1%, general complications: 6.9%). This resulted in a significant higher cost (11823 versus 9125 Euro) and hospital stay (19.4 versus 13.6 days). For those patients who did not suffer complications, only implant choice and the place patients were discharged to had significant regression coefficients. The average implant cost for cemented metal-poly THA was 1444 Euro (16.1% of the total cost) compared to 2686 Euro (25.6% of the total cost) for uncemented ceramic-ceramic implants. Due to a chronic shortage of rehabilitation units in the Brussels region, discharged to these units led to both higher cost (10422 versus 9056 Euro) and longer hospital stay (16.5 versus 13.4 days). In the Belgian health insurance system, limitation of intra-hospital cost can best be achieved by shortening hospital stay after THA. This might include improved control of postoperative complications, faster rehabilitation programs and improved surgical techniques to reduce the needs for rehabilitation units and to allow earlier return to independency. Another option is to increase cost awareness regarding prolonged hospital stay of both, patients and medical staff.


S. Hilmarsson P. Soderman P. Herbert H. Malchau

Objectives. The Swedish National Total Hip Arthroplasty Register, initiated in 1979, describes the epidemiology of total hip replacement (THR) in Sweden. The objective of this study was to describe the epidemiology, demographics and to perform an outcome analysis on patients, younger than 55 years, who underwent a total hip replacement in Sweden between 1992–2002. Methods. From the Swedish National Total Hip Arthroplasty Register 11579 patients, younger than 55 years at the time of surgery, were identified who had undergone a primary total hip replacement from 1992–2002. The patients selected were checked with the Swedish Cause of Death Register (CDR), based on the unique identification number used in Sweden, to ensure that only living patients were addressed. Epidemiological and demographical analysis was then performed using SPSS (SPSS Inc, Chicago, IL). Outcome. 11362 patients were identified. 5260 (46,3 %) men and 6102 (53,7 %) women, the mean age was 48, 2 years (14–55). The indication for surgery was in over 60% of the cases Osteoarthrosis (OA) but over-represented diagnosis, when compared to the remaining THR operations in Sweden, were arthritis, osteonecrosis and sequele after childhood disease. The most common fixation technique used was cemented total hip replacement in 6160 (54,2 %) followed by Hybrid 2442 (21,5 %) and uncemented 2235 (19,7 %) technique. Survival for cemented, uncemented and hybrid implants in male patients with Osteoarthrosis after 10 years was 65,8 % (+/− 2,6%), 66,6 % (+/− 2,9%) and 64,0 % (+/− 3,0 %) respectively. In the arthritis group the survival was slightly better with a 10 year survival of 72,8 % (+/− 3,6%), 66,8 % (+/− 5,9%) and 71,5 % (+/− 7,5%) respectively, male patients had a slightly inferior outcome compared to females across all diagnosis groups. Conclusions. This young cohort is epidemiologically and demographically different than the older one previously studied in the Swedish National Hip Register. Survival analysis shows that 10 year survival in this population is considerably worse than for the older cohort. Patients with arthritis fare better than patients with Osteoarthrosis and females have superior outcome to males. In this study the mode of implant fixation did not appear to influence survival in patients with OA, however it does seem to affect the outcome in patients with inflammatory arthritis. This study shows that the outcome in this patient category is poor when compared with the older THR patients. There is an obvious need to increase use of alternative and conservative methods in treatment of the young patient with degenerative hip disease. Continuous research and referral of the young patients to dedicated centres is recommended.


P. Hernigou A. Poignard O. Manicom P. Fillipini G. Mathieu

We studied hips with these two different ceramics during the same period and with a minimum follow-up of 15 years. Because the sizes of the alumina and zir-conia heads were different, hips with 32 mm alumina heads and those with 28 mm zirconia heads were compared with control hips with stainless-steel heads of the same sizes. The same stem and the same PE cup were implanted with cement at the same period. The femoral head was made of alumina with a diameter of 32 mm in 62 cases, and made of yttrium-oxide-partially-stabilized zirconia with a diameter of 28 mm in 40 cases. These ceramic heads were compared with 32 and 28 mm stainless steel heads (40 hips)

There was an increased linear rate of penetration of the femoral heads into the liner between years five and 15 for the zirconia and the stainless-steel groups. This was severe in the zirconia group (0.4 mm/year compared with 0.13 mm/year for the stainless-steel group). During the same 15-year period there was, however, no significant change in the rate of wear in the alumina group (0.07 mm/year). The mean wear at the most recent follow-up was 1740 mm3 for the 28 mm zirconia group, 842 mm3 for the 28 mm stainless-steel group, 825 mm3 for the 32 mm alumina group and 1416 mm3 for the 32 mm stainless-steel group. The three femoral heads retrieved in the zirconia group were analysed using x-ray diffraction. The transformation rate of the tetragonal to the monoclinic crystal was 19 mol%, 25 mol% and 30 mmol% respectively. By comparison, the percentage of monoclinic phase was 4 mol% on a non-implanted femoral head at its surface. Their surface roughness was increased. Scanning electron microscopy of the surface of the retrieved heads showed more craters than on the zirconia heads before implantation. Changes were observed in the volume and sphericity of the retrieved heads. Their volume was measured by fluid displacement and had increased respectively by 0.5%, 0.7% and 1.1%. This variation was greater than that due to manufacturing tolerances . The morphological appearance of the surface of the retrieved cups was inspected. The most surprising change was found on the periphery of one cup with an increase in volume of the polyethylene on the non-articular surface of the liner as if the polyethylene had melted and then cooled. Although experimental studies have shown encouraging results, the long term clinical results of zirconia are not favorable.


M.R. Utting B. Squires I. Learmonth

The National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) was set up in the UK ‘to provide patients, health professionals and the public with authoritative, robust and reliable guidance on current best practice. In March 2000, NICE provided national guidelines for the selection of prostheses for total hip replacement.

Aim: To determine how useful the NICE guidelines for selection of prostheses for primary total hip replacement were to patients who were undergoing total hip replacement (THR) and the health professionals who were looking after them.

Method: We surveyed 100 patients, 50 Orthopaedic Surgeons, 40 Orthopaedic nurses and posted a questionnaire to GPs, to which 79 replied (56% response rate).

Results: 19% of patients had heard of NICE, but only 2 % were aware of the existence of NICE guidelines on THR and 1% found them useful. Almost all orthopaedic surgeons had heard of NICE and their guidelines for THR, with 74% knowing what the guidelines actually stated but only 14% finding them useful. 78% of surgeons believed that their preferred hip replacement conformed to NICE guidelines, 2% knew that they did not conform and 20% did not know. 27% of general practitioners knew of the guidelines, but only 5% knew what they actually stated and 1% found them useful in their practise. Most nursing staff working in orthopaedic areas had heard of NICE (83%). 43% knew of the NICE guidelines but only 13% knew the actual guidelines and 8% found them useful.

Conclusion: NICE has failed to communicate its guidelines to both patients and the public. Few of the health-care professionals found the guidelines of use in their day to day practice. In this instance, NICE has failed to fulfil its mission statement of providing patients and healthcare professionals with reliable guidance on hip replacement prostheses.


J. Street B. Lenehan R. Flavin E. Beale P. Murray

Background Joint replacement remains the most effective healthcare measure in improving patient health related quality of life (HRQOL) and pain incompatible with normal daily living remains the primary indication for both hip and knee arthroplasty. Quality of life outcome and patient satisfaction after total hip arthroplasty are complex phenomena and many confounding determinants have been identified. Degenerative disease of the hip joint may present with variable patterns of pain referral in the lower limb. However the effect of varied pain referral patterns on patient outcome and satisfaction after total hip arthroplasty has not previously been examined. Methods From 2000 to 2003, 236 eligible patients scheduled to undergo primary total hip arthroplasty were prospectively enrolled. The principle pain referral pattern (as hip, thigh or knee) was identified in all patients. HRQOL was examined using the Harris Hip score (HHS), the Western Ontario McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC) and the 36-Item Short-Form Health Survey (SF-36) pre-operatively, 1 year and 2 years postoperatively and with the HHS at 3 months postoperatively. All patients were followed up for a minimum of 2 years. Results The frequency of the pain referral distributions were; hip pain 41%, knee pain 32% and thigh pain 27%. Patients in all groups were comparable preoperatively with respect to age; HHS, and both mean and domain specific WOMAC and SF-36 scores. The mean duration of symptoms was significantly greater in patients with knee pain when compared to the remaining two pain patterns. All patients demonstrated as expected improvements in HHS, SF-36 and WOMAC scores after surgery. At all times postoperatively there were significant differences in mean HHS and mean and domain specific WOMAC and SF-36 scores between patients with hip or thigh pain and those with knee pain (p< 0.001). While notable, differences between hip and thigh pain were not as consistent however. Conclusions Pre-operative pain referral patterns of hip arthritis determine patient outcome and satisfaction after total hip arthroplasty, as measured using validated HRQOL scoring systems. Level of evidence Level I-1 (Prognostic Study-Investigating the Outcome of Disease. Prospective study).


A. Gray P. Walmsley M. Moran I.J. Brenkel

This prospective study aimed to establish if octogenarians undergoing primary hip arthroplasty experienced a similar clinical outcome and complication rate as younger patients.

A total of 585 patients were recruited over a 4-year period. Patients aged 70–79 years and 80–89 years (octogenarians) were placed into separate groups.

Harris hip and SF-36 scores were obtained before and at 6 and 18 months following surgery. Other measurements included: blood loss; blood transfusion rate; wound infection; thromboembolism; dislocation and 90-day mortality.

Statistical analysis included a two-sample t-test and chi-squared analysis with Yates correction to compare results in each group. Analysis of covariance was used to calculate confidence limits for the effect of age group on Harris hip and SF-36 scores at 6 and 18 months after adjusting for levels recorded prior to surgery. Multiple logistic regression analysis was performed to determine any predictive factors for a noted difference in blood transfusion rates between patient cohorts.

A significantly better (P=0.019) improvement in mean Harris Hip score (SD) was seen 18-months after surgery in the younger cohort (43.4 (13.8) compared to 39.8 (10.6)). Length of hospital stay was longer (P< 0.001) in the octogenarians (12.9 (SD 7.0) days versus 10.1 (SD 4.7)) with a higher blood transfusion rate of 40% compared to 28% (P = 0.009). Lower pre-operative haemoglobin levels strongly correlated with the need for blood transfusion. No significant differences in infection, dislocation, thromboembolism or 90-day mortality rates were found.

Conclusions: Octogenarians are more likely to require blood transfusion and a longer hospital stay, with less improvement in clinical outcome at 18 months after primary hip arthroplasty.


S. Sharma R. Shah K.P. Draviraj M.S. Bhamra

Introduction The aim of this study was to assess the comparability of telephone questionnaire interviews with outpatient attendance for assessing hip function after Total Hip Replacement (THR).

Materials and Methods 100 patients attending the orthopaedic clinic for follow-up after undergoing THR were recruited to this study. A modified Harris Hip Score (HHS) was used as the questionnaire. This modified score assessed pain and function with 8 variables and had a maximum score of 91. The score thus obtained was multiplied by a factor of 1.1 to derive a score out of 100. Patients attending follow-up clinics were contacted by telephone between 1–2 weeks prior to their scheduled appointment and the questionnaire was completed. The questionnaires thus completed were compared to those completed in the clinic.

Results The mean HHS obtained with the telephone interview was 85.22 as compared to 86.11 obtained at direct interview with a Pearson’s correlation coefficient of (0.906) and p-value for the difference of (0.111). Out of a total of 800 variables assessed 725 (90.37%) had the same scores by the two methods and only 75 (9.67%) showed a discrepancy. Only 3 patients had a significant difference (more than 20 points) between the two methods.

Conclusion The study shows that there is no significant difference between scores obtained by telephone interview or direct interview using a modified HHS. Telephone interview is an important adjuvant tool for patient follow-up after THR and a useful adjunct to lifelong review.


M.A. Garcia-Sandoval R. Gava J. Cervero D. Hernandez-Vaquero

Background: Measurement of quality of life (QOL) and functional status provides important additional information for priority setting in health policy formulation and resource allocation. Our aim was to define the differences in the health-related quality of life between hip artroplasties with cementation and without cementation. The last objective was to reunite evidences on the advantages and disadvantages of both systems of hip arthroplasty fixation. Methods: We analyzed a random sample of patients in surgical waiting list of total hip arthroplasty, between 65 and 75 years, divided in two groups of 40 patients who received a cemented or uncemented THA, respectively. We compared the pre-operative characteristics and at a year after operation changes in the Nottingham Health Profile (NHP) and SF-12 self-administered questionnaires. We also performed the specific Harris hip score. To make the different scoring systems comparable, all scores were transformed to a 0-to 100-point scale, with 100 points indicating best health. Differences among these groups were compared using the Mann-Whitney U test. Results: All patients increased their QOL scores. Both groups had similar QOL scores before surgery. At 1 year, patients with the uncemented prosthesis had slightly higher scores for energy, pain, and emotional reaction. Changes in QOL scores were, however, very similar. Conclusions: The use of an uncemented prosthesis does not impair early outcome.


S. Echeverrei P.-F. Leyvraz P.-Y. Zambelli B. Jolles

Obtaining consistently an optimal cup orientation in THA is vital to obtain adequate head coverage and maximum impingement free range of motion and thus reduce the incidence of polyethylene wear, cup loosening, and dislocation rates associated with a limited range of motion. It is clear that THA instability, the most frequent cause of early failure, is a complex problem related to a wide range of causes. However cup orientation is one of the surgeon dependant potentially modifiable variables that continue to have an important influence due to the lack of reliable means of assuring an adequate orientation of the components, particularly the cup anteversion. Standard mechanical guides like Muller’s have been shown to be inaccurate and imprecise. Not surprisingly, dislocation is the most frequent short term complication after a THA. Acetabular cup orientation is a key factor determining joint stability and one of the most important ones under the surgeons’ control. An in vitro study was used to determine the precision, reproducibility and ease of use of a new mechanical guide in comparison to a standard mechanical guide Müllers. The new guide (Gravity Assisted Navigation System) consists of a simple to use navigation tool. It uses the constant direction of the force of gravity identified by two bulls’ eye levels providing real time intraoperative augmented reality thus controlling the orientation of the pelvis. Visualisation of the guide from a single perspective is enough to determine in real time, the orientation of the cup in abduction and anteversion. By using anatomic repairs within the pelvis its flexion/extension is taken into consideration. As part of an invitro study, 310 press-fit acetabular cups were impacted into a plastic model of a pelvis by 5 surgeons (Power 90%, Type I error 5%), The orientation obtained was measured with respect to a fixed reference of 15° of anteversion and 45° of abduction. Results: an average of 10.4° anteversion ,(Range 3°to 21°, Standard of Deviation 5.0°) for Müller s guide and of 0.4° anteversion (Range 1° to 3°, Standard of Deviation 0.7°) for the new guide and an average of −4.7° abduction (Range 7° to −11°, Standard of Deviation 2.3°) for Müllers guide and 0.3° abduction (Range 0° to 3°, Standard of Deviation 0.5°) for the new guide. The average time required for the orientation of the cups was similar with both guides. (6 seconds for Mullers guide and 5 seconds for the new guide) The precision and reproducibility of the cup orientation obtained with the new guide were significantly better than those obtained with Müllers guide (p< 0.00001). The results obtained with with the new mechanical guide are encouraging. The in vitro results are encouraging, the high precision and accuracy are comparable to results obtained by computer assisted navigation systems in similar studies.


T. Scheerlinck J. de Mey R. Deklerck

Software to segment and to analyse connective CT-scan images of the bone-cement-stem complex was developed and validated. Parameters assessed included: volumes (cortical bone, cancelous bone, cement, stem, air in bone and air in cement), cement mantle thickness, cortical & cancelous bone thickness, contact surface area between cement and bone, degree of centralisation (stem in cement, stem and cement in cancelous and in cortical bone). To validate and assess intra- and interob-server reliability two models were implanted in two dried macerated cadaver femurs using a third generation cementing technique. In the first a polished tapered stem (CPT, Zimmer) was cemented and removed after cement curing. The air filled cavity within the cement mantle could be identified as implant, avoiding metallic scatter artefacts. The second model (SLA) used a plastic stem prototype produced by computer design and a rapid prototyping stereolithographic technique. This model does not need to be removed before CT-scanning and allows assessment of whatever femoral implant. Validation occurred by comparing 41 manually segmented femoral cross-sections (25 CPT, 16 SLA) with data of corresponding CT-scan slices. Inter-observer reliability was assessed by having the same person performing the CT-scan and the analysis of both models four times. To assess intra-observer reliability, four different observers segmented 97 representative CT-images (46 CPT, 51 SLA). The average accuracy for surfaces areas (bone, cement, stem) within CT-images was 7.47 mm2 (1.80%), bone & cement mantle thickness: 0.51 mm (9.39%), distances between centroids (stem-cement, stem-bone, cement-bone): 0.38 mm (18.5%) and contours (bone, cement): 0.27 mm (2.57%). The intra- and interobserver reliability of air content in bone and cement was suboptimal (intraclass-correlation coefficient (ICC) as low as 0.54, average ICC: 0.85). All other variables assessed were reliable (ICC > 0.81, average ICC: 0.96). Validity and reliability were comparable when assessed separately for the proximal, middle and distal third of both models. This in vitro technique can assess characteristics of cement mantles produced by different cementing techniques, centralizers and existing femoral implants or stem prototypes.


E. Garcia Cimbrelo M. Tapia C.M. Hervas

Introduction. Plain radiograph underestimates the lysis extent while bone defect determines acetabu-lar revision. We determine the multislice computed tomography (CT) efficacy with metal-artifact minimization to calculate the volume, extent and location of lytic lesions around a loose acetabular cup. Patients and Methods. 48 hips with a loose acetabular cup were evaluated before cup revision. Multislice CT scans with metal-artifact minimization (Toshiba-MEC CT) were done. Scans were taken at 135 kV and 250 mA to maximize the resolution and bone contrast. CT slice thickness was 3 mm and reconstruction index 1.5 mm. Evidence of osteolytic lesion on these scans was compared with plain radiographs and with intraoperative findings. Bone defects were classified according to Paprosky. Results. Acetabular lysis were found in the radiographs of 18 hips and in the CT scans of 36 hips. The most frequent locations of osteolysis were medial (32 hips) and posterior walls (23 hips). Radiographs underestimated the extent of the lysis: there were 28 hips with radiographic type 1 defects and 16 hips with CT defects; 6 and 11 with type 2; 8 and 10 with type 3A; and 6 and 11 with type 3B respectively (Wilcoxon test, p< 0.001). The mean volumetric bone loss was 35.4 cm3 . Intraoperative findings confirmed CT findings. Conclusions. Multislice CT scans with metal-artifact minimization is more sensitive for identifying and quantifying osteolysis around the cup than are plain radiographs. Since CT scans allow us to show the extent and location of the osteolysis, they are useful to plan cup revision.


E. Bader R. Bader E. Steinhauser U. Holzwarth D. Winklmair W. Mittelmeier

Introduction: The failure of total hip endoprosthesis is usually caused by aseptic implant loosening which can be a result of inflammatory reactions of the periprosthetic tissue on released metallic and bone cement wear particles. The objective of the study was to analyse the abrasive interfacial wear behaviour of cemented stems depending on the composition of the bone cement. Material and methods: With a test device cemented anatomical hip stems with different surface topography and material composition were investigated. Following bone cements were used: high viscosity PMMA cement with ZrO2 (Palacos R), high viscosity PMMA cement with BaSO4 (CMW 2000) as radiopaque material, low viscosity PMMA cement with ZrO2 (Sulcem 3) and an experimental high viscosity cement without ZrO2.

Results and Discussion: The abrasive wear behaviour in the interface between the implant and the bone cement is clearly affected by the surface topography of the stem. Moreover, the composition of the bone cement had a substantial impact on the abrasive wear behaviour in the interface. The tests revealed that the commercial bone cements with ZrO2 particles caused a higher polishing effect on rough stems and increased release of metallic particles. The Ti6Al7Nb and Co28Cr6Mo stems, which were tested against the bone cement without ZrO2 and the bone cement with BaSO4, showed no surface damage in the macroscopic analysis, whereas in the SEM analysis abrasive wear on the stem surface could be detected. However, in case of the Palocos R cement the added ZrO2 particles led to an increased wear resistance of the cement mantle and therefore to a reduced release of cement wear particles compared to the other cements tested. Whether this result is based on a ball bearing effect of the hard ZrO2 particles, which may reduce the friction in the interface, or a reinforcement of the bone cement matrix, is still unclear. If the use of high viscosity bone cements with ZrO2 particles (Palacos R) leading to a reduced release of cement particles may compensate the increased accumulation of abraded metallic particles, has to be examined by subsequent cellbiological studies, whereas in clinical studies the Palacos R cement showed superior survial rate of cemented hip stems. The low-viscosity cement tested seems to be less wear resistant than the high-viscosity cements. However, the quantity of metallic particles released has still to be analysed with atomic absorption spectrometry.


R. Bader B. Goepfert D. Wirz T. Datzmann E. Steinhauser W. Mittelmeier

Introduction: An insufficient range of motion (ROM) can lead to prosthetic impingement causing dislocation of a total hip replacement. The objective of this study was to analyze the influence of the wear coupling on ROM and dislocation stability.

Material and Methods: By means of an experimental test device, a total hip system (Alloclassic) with four different insert materials, standard ultra-high-molecular-weight-polyethylene (UHMW-PE), highly cross-linked-polyethylene (XL-PE), aluminium-oxide-ceramic and cobalt-chromium, was investigated concerning ROM and stability against dislocation. The tests were carried out under dry conditions as well as after lubrication of the articulating surfaces with fetal calf serum. In a supplementary test procedure, the force vector-induced dislocation, i.e. dislocation without previous prosthetic impingement, was analyzed.

Results: No significant differences in the ROM until impingement(ROMImp)weredeterminedbetweenthe UHMW-PE and XL-PE inserts. The overall ROMImp of ceramic and metal inserts was approximately 5° less than with PE because no plastic deformation of the rim surface occurred. There was no significant difference in the maximum resisting moment prior to dislocation between the metal-on-polyethylene couples, whereas ceramic-on-ceramic showed the lowest moments and metal-on-metal the highest. Generally, slightly decreased moments for subluxation were determined after lubrication of the sliding surfaces for all couples. In a proper cup position (45° inclination and 15° ante-version) varying the wear coupling had a minor impact on the ROM until dislocation (ROMLux). However, in a poor implant position, ceramic-on-ceramic revealed a clear decrease in the ROMLux of approximately 40° after lubrication of the articulating surfaces. In general, metal-on-metal provided the highest ROMLux. The force vector-induced dislocation provided similar results for the different wear couples.

Conclusion: The study underlines the importance of optimized implant orientation and the impact of the wear couple used on ROM and dislocation stability. Recurrent impingement with subsequent release of wear particles has to be considered for all wear couples. However, ceramic-on-ceramic couples should be used in optimal implant position to avoid impingement and dislocation.


G. Hallan L.I. Havelin O. Furnes

Materials and methods: Based on data from the Norwegian Arthroplasty Register, we reviewed the results of uncemented femoral stems in Norway in the period 1987 to 1. April 2002. We compared these results to the results of the cemented Charnley monoblock stem, which still is the most commonly used femoral stem in Norway. Only prostheses used in more than one hundred hips were included. Based on these criteria, we identified a total of 7 856 primary total hip prostheses in fifteen different uncemented stems. With the Kaplan-Meier method, the survival of the primary prostheses were calculated and compared with each other and with the Charnley stem. The endpoint was revision in which the whole prostheses or the stem alone was removed or exchanged. The Cox regression analysis was used to adjust for differences in age, gender, diagnosis, former operations and profylactic antibiotics. Separate analyses for patients younger than 60 years and for stems with follow-up less than ten years were done. Reasons for revision in the uncemented Corail stem and the cemented Charnley stem was analysed.

Results: The Corail stem, wich is the most commonly used uncemented stem in Norway (n=3590), had excellent long term results. 10 years survival in patients younger than 60 years was for the Corail 97,5% and for the Charnley 90,2% (p=0,001). Reasons for revision of the Corail were in most cases pain and repeated dislocations. Aseptic loosening was the dominant cause of failure of the Charnley stem. Several uncemented stems have results which are as good as or superior to the Charnley. The Femora, the Biofit, the Parhofer and the Harris Galante stems all had inferior results. Many uncemented stems with less than 10-years of follow-up have excellent 5 years survival.

The 10 years survival of uncemented total hip arthroplasties, however was inferior to the all-cemented Charnley. Cup revisions due to aseptic loosening, and wear and/or osteolysis were the reasons for this.

Discussion: The Corail stem has excellent long term results. Several newer stems have promising short- and medium term results. Due to inferior results of unce-mented cups, however, most Norwegian orthopaedic surgeons use cemented primary hip replacements.


A.J. Tonino A.I.A. Rahmy B.C.H. van der Wal G.M. Blake I.C. Heyligers B. Grimm

Introduction: After total hip arthroplasty (THA) the periprosthetic bone is loaded in an unphysiological manner (stress shielding), a major cause for periprosthetic bone resorption and aseptic loosening. Design, material and surface properties of the implant influence the stress shielding effect. This study investigates whether the design changes from the successful ABG-I to the ABG-II stem can be verified in perioprosthetic bone remodelling using Dual-Energy X-ray Absorptiometry (DEXA).

Methods: 51 THA patients (22f, 29m, avg. age: 60.8 years) were randomised to either ABG-I or ABG-II. DEXA measurements were performed preoperatively and 10 days (baseline), 3 weeks, 3, 6, 12 and 24 months postoperatively using standard Gruen zone analysis. At the same time clinical Merle d’Aubigne (MdA) scores were measured. Changes in bone mineral density (BMD) were expressed as percentage changes from the baseline for each of the Gruen zones (R).

Results: The average MdA score (25 ABG-I, 26 ABG-II) increased from 10.3 preoperatively to 17.3 at 24 months postoperative. The improvement was higher for ABG-II (7.5) than ABG-I (6.5) but not significant (p=0.15). During the first three postoperative months the average BMD of all zones combined dropped steeply for both the ABG-I (−5.5%) and ABG-II (−4.5%, n.s.). Beyond 3 months, the overall BMD change (zones combined) continued to develop without significant difference between both implant designs (plateau and slight recovery) but the individual zones showed distinct differences. The average BMD loss in the proximal Gruen zones was much lower for ABG-II (R1: −7.9%, R7: −3.7%) than for ABG-I (R1: −9.3%, R7: −11.9%) while distally the situation was reversed with better bone preservation for the ABG-I (R3: −2.9%, R4: −1.5%, R5: −1.7%) than for the ABG-II (R3: −6.0%, R4: −2.8%, R5: −4.6%). In the mid-stem region a transitional area was identified with better bone preservation for ABG-II in Gruen zone 6 (+2.7% vs −1.4%) and for ABG-I in Gruen zone 2 (-4.9% vs 7.9%). However, the p-values (two-sided t-test) ranged from 0.05–0.35 at statistically non-significant levels.

Discussion: The steep initial bone loss for both stem designs and all Gruen zones combined indicates that during this early postoperative phase surgical trauma and reduced loading dominate the bone remodelling process and not the type of implant. The different development of proximal and distal BMD for ABG-I and II in the period thereafter demonstrates the long-term effect of implant design verifies the design improvements (less proximal stress shielding). A parallel study identified the dominant influence of preoperative BMD on BMD loss. This explains our high standard deviation and the lack of statistical significance. The study is now expanded with patients matched for preoperative BMD.


A. Malik S. Nicols M. Pearse C. Bitsakos A. Amis C. Phillips W. Radford L. Banks

Aim: A study to compare bone remodeling (BMD changes) around the femoral component of a cemented and uncemented THR using DXA scan and Finite element analysis and to check the predictive value of remodelling simulations as a pre-clinical implant testing tool.

Methods: Twenty patients were recruited, ten for each implant type (Exeter and ABG-II). All volunteers underwent unilateral hip replacement. No patient had any metabolic bone disease or were on medication that would alter BMD. Each patient had a preopera-tive CT scan of the hip, in order to provide 3D bone shape and density data needed to construct a computer model. Each patient’s changes of BMD over a period of 12 months postoperatively were evaluated in a series of 4 follow-up DXA scans taken at 3 weeks, 3, 6 and 12 months post-op. For the computer simulation, Finite Element (FE) models of the affected femur were constructed for each patient and BMD changes predicted using strain adaptive bone remodelling theory. These patients were clinical followed up to access the hip scores (Merle d’Aubigne Postel)

Results: All the patients were Charnely group A and had excellent postoperative hip scores (average pain 5.5, walking 5.4 and range of motion 5.3) The Exeter stem DXA results show bone resorption in Gruen zone 3 (2.8% on average) and 4 (3.3%) whereas there is a tendency for bone deposition at regions 1, 6 and 7 (2% on average). The ABG-II stem results show bone resorption developing at regions 7 and 4 (6% and 2% respectively) and some bone formation at region 6 (2%). The simulation results have a tendency to overestimate amounts of bone resorption (20% at region 7 for the ABG-II, 12% at region 3 for the Exeter).

Conclusion: A comparison of the remodelling around a cemented and a non-cemented hip implant show important differences in the emerging patterns of adaptation. To our knowledge, very few published studies provide information on bone remodelling around cemented stems, and compare the results to those of an uncemented stem. Additionally, the simulation results suggest that these formulations can reproduce realistic patterns of bone adaptation. This study aims at providing the means for comparison and subsequent improvement of the accuracy of the simulations and thus helps develop a hip prosthesis that would led to least bone resorption.


J. Nieuwenhuis J. Waal Malefijt de T. Gosens M. Bonnet

Because we encountered a high failure rate of the acetabular component of the uncemented, hydroxy-apatite coated, Omnifit total hip prosthesis (Osteonics corporation, Allendale, NJ, USA), we conducted a retrospective study of 418 consecutive total hip arthroplasties with a mean follow up of 60 months.

The results of 418 hydroxy-apatite coated, uncemented Omnifit total hip arthroplasties, conducted between 1989 and 1996 were evaluated. Two different acetabulum cups were used: 145 screwcups with one central screwhole, and 273 press fit (PF) cups with several screwholes. The internal geometry of these cups and the fixation of the polyethylene insert in the metal cups were identical. In 339 arthroplasties a 32-mm femur-head was used, in 79 a 28-mm head. Patients’ records and x-rays were evaluated for clinical findings, polyethylene (PE) wear, acetabular and femoral osteolysis and findings during revision surgery.

Revision surgery was performed in 73 patients, mainly because of symptomatic acetabular osteolysis (79%). Mean PE wear was 0.16 mm/year (0.19 mm in PF cups, 0.11 mm in screwcups). Acetabular osteolysis was found to be present in178 hips (70 screwcups and 108 PF cups). In both cupdesigns the osteolysis was mainly found around the screwholes of the metal cups. During revision surgery these osteolytic defects were a lot larger than suggested by x-ray imaging. In 22.6% of the hips osteolysis was also present in the proximal femur.

Kaplan-Meier survival analysis showed, after 6 year follow up, a better survival for of the screwcup (96%, confidence interval 93–99%) than the PF cup (66%, 95%CI 56–77%).

We hypothesized that this specific combination of metal cup and polyethylene insert -possibly due to an insufficient fitting- is responsible for the migration of polythylene wear particles through the screwholes in the metal cup, causing acetabular osteolysis and neces-satating revision surgery.

For this reason we abandonned the use of this type of uncemented acetabular component.


M. Synder M. Drobniewski A. Grzegorzewski

Introduction: One of the most important factors, to improve the primary prosthesis stability is the bearing surface between the femoral head and the cup. The connection metal-metal and ceramic-ceramic seems to be one of the best to reduce the loosening rate. The purpose of the study is to evaluate the long-term results of uncemented total hip replacement using the ceramic Mittelmeier enoprosthesis (ceramic cup – ceramic head).

Material and Methods: In the last twenty years, 258 primary ceramic, Mittelmeier type hip endoprosthesis were implanted in our Institution. This surgery was performed in 222 patients (116 women and 106 men), at the average age at the surgery of 45,6 years (range from 18 years to 70 years). In 36 patients the surgery was performed on both hips. The means follow-up was 10,2 years ( range from 4 years to 18,6 years). The most frequent indication for surgery was: in 105 cases idiopathic, in 81 dyspalstic and in 25 posttraumatic coxarthrosis. All patients were evaluated clinically and radiological. For clinical evaluation the classification system proposed by Merle d’Aubigne and Postel with Charnley modification was used. For radiological evaluation the classification system proposed by De Lee and Charnley ( steam) and system by Gruen and Moreland (cup) was used.

Results: Based on above mentioned criteria in 87 hips (33,7%) the final result was graded as very good, in 96 cases (37,3%) as good, in 47 hips (18,2%) as satisfactory and in the remaining 28 cases (10,9%) the final result was poor. The very good and good results were noted in patients older than 50 years with idiopathic coxarthrosis. The poor results were observed in young patients with dysplastic coxarthrosis, especially in cases with poor developed hip joint after the previous hip surgery in the childhood, because of DDH (type III and IV according to Crowe at all. classification system). Only 13 hips (5%) required revision procedures. In 2 cases (0,8%) revision was directed only to the cup, in 6 hips (2,3%) to the steam and in 5 cases (1,9%) it was necessary to exchange both elements.

Conclusion: The long term results and our experience with ceramic uncemented hip endoprosthesis type Mittelmeier are promising. This type of hip prosthesis should be indicated in young patients with idiopathic or posttraumatic coxarthrosis. This indication could give long lasting good clinical and functional results.


A.J. Tonino C. Geerdink B. Grimm I.C. Heyligers

Introduction: The Stryker ABG-I Total Hip Arthroplasty system with a Hydroxyapatite coated stem and cup has shown very promising short and mid-term clin-cial results at 2, 5 and 8 years. However, large discrepancies in component survival of the stem and cup have recently been published and require more data and further investigation about the potential causes.

Methods: All peer reviewed publications on the survival of the ABG-I hip prosthesis (9) were analysed regarding clinical results, polyethylene (PE) wear, osteolysis and survival. Own results from the first 250 consecutive ABG-I hips with a long-term follow-up of 10–15 years were added and compared.

Results: In the literature excellent survival rates of the ABG-I stem against osteolysis and aseptic loosening were reported with values ranging between 98%–100% after 5–10 years. In our own series stem survival against aseptic loosening was 100% at 10 years. No radiographic evidence of distal linear lysis was found around any stem. This was confirmed also in a histological investigation.

For the ABG-I cup the literature review gave survival rates between 59%–97% after 8–10 years. In our own study cup survival was 97.4% at 10 years. Looking at PE-wear, the literature gave average wear rates ranging from 0.24 to 0.32mm/year, values clearly above the wear rate boundary of 0.10–0.15mm/year usually considered as critical. In our own study augmented PE-wear (> 0.15mm/year) was noted in 23.6% of all implants. The majority (77%) of these implants were from patients younger than 70 years although this group only represented 57% of the total. The revision rates at 10 years reflect a similar trend with values much higher for patients below 70 years (2.8%) than above(4.9%).

Conclusions: Stem survival in our series was high, comparable to other published series and above the golden standard (cemented Charnley). However, the ABG-I cup showed lower survival rates, elevated PE-wear and augmented osteolysis around the holes. The comparatively high cup survival of our study is partly due to the high proportion of older patients. In the younger patient group PE-wear and revision rates were elevated. PE-wear is multifactorial and depends mainly on use. Some studies speculate it might be accelerated by low PE quality, crosslinking, liner fit or thickness. We found osteolysis not mainly at the rim but mostly around the 12 holes of the metal backed cup pointing at a possible pathway for wear particle migration into the reamed acetabulum as reported for other holed designs (Harris-Galante, Universal, Duraloc). As high wear and cyst formation did not always correlate it seems as if the pumping effect between flexing cup and acetabulum varies with component size, anatomy and bone quality influencing fluid flow, particle migration and osteolytic stimulus. A non-hole cup could alleviate this potential problem.


J. Faig

The implantation of Total Hip Replacements (THR) has become the standard treatment for advanced osteoarthritis of this joint. Since the first articular replacements using monopolar components, hardware has been improving from cemented to porous coated noncemented implants and more recently hydroxyapatite coated (HAC) prosthesis. We started using HAC replacements in 1989 and we have been increasingly using these implants since then, even expanding its indications.

From 1989 to 1999 we have implanted 140 THR using a HAC model. The clinical records and X-rays of these patients were reviewed 5 to 15 years after the implantation of the primary prosthesis.

Results: The average age at surgery was 61.71 years, ranging from 18.7 to 83.5. At an average follow up of 9.17 years, 21 of them required a revision. In two cases both the stem and cup were replaced and in 19 only the acetabular cup was replaced.

This yields a survival rate of 85% and a revision rate of 15% for cups after an average of 9.17 years and a survival rate of 98.57% and revision rate of 1.43 for femoral stems. The revision was done at an average of 1.37 years when femoral components were involved (in 2 cases) and 6.79 for isolated acetabular components (in 19 cases). The overall survival of the revised prosthesis would have been 6.28 years. The main cause for revision was related to acetabular loosening and polyethylene wear in 18 cases, 2 for component malposition and one for infection.

Discussion and conclusions: Our results show that HAC THR offer a good long and mid term survival rate. However, the design of the acetabular component and polyethylene need further investigation to improve fixation to bone and wear resistance, respectively.


B.J. Berli W. Dick

Introduction: A consecutive series of 280 total hip replacements in 261 patients using the Morscher Press-Fit Cup with a minimum follow up of 5 years was presented 1997 in the clinical orthopaedics. Now the clinical and radiological results of the same cohort after an observation time of 15 years are reported.

Material and Methods: 136 women and 125 men with 280 hip replacements have been followed up again after 15 years. The mean age at the 15 year follow up was 76 (57–90) years in women and 73 (48–90) years in men. 63 women (66 hips) and 60 men (62 hips) died during the observation period. 17 patients with 18 hips could only interviewed by phone. 121 patients with 134 hips (48%) have been clinically und radiologically followed up. The mean observation period is 14.7 (12.8–15.8) years.

Results: The clinical outcomes are excellent and good in 117 patients (97%). Nineteen femoral stems (6.8%) and 12 cups (4.3%) had to be revised: 7 due to aseptic loosening – two after 4 and 10 years in patients with rheumatoid arthritis, 4 after a SULMESH-damage after 10, 13 (2 pat.) and 14 years and 1 after big osteolyses in the zones I-III acc. to Charnley/DeLee after 13 years -, 1 due to a late infection after 9 years, 3 because of deterioration of the inlay after 11 und 12 years (2 pat.) and one owing to recurrent dislocations followed from a fracture of the greater trochanter after 9 year follow up. The 15 year survivalrate is therefore 95.5%, for aseptic loosening 97.5%. Seven hips dislocated; two patients had a closed and 5 an open reduction.

Radiological assessment revealed a complete osseoin-tegration in all 3 zones according to DeLee and Charnley in 98%. 1 cup with a continuous radiolucent line implanted after a acetabulum fracture had to be revised after a 13 year follow-up. 10 cups migrated either in the vertical or horizontal plane 2–5 mm without any progression after 2 years postoperatively. One cup had expansile osteolyses and had therefore to be revised after 13 years. With this exception there was no evidence of osteolyses in the periacetabular pelvic bone. Brooker III and IV ectopic ossifications was seen in decentration of the head of the stem as a sign of increased polyethylene-wear. Discussion: The excellent clinical and radiological results are supported by histologic investigations of 27 autopsy-specimens which show throughout a perfect osseoin-tegration with reinforcement of the osseous anchoring in the peripheral zones of the press-fit cup. We explain the wide absence of osteolyses with the disclaiming of a metal backing (preservation of elasticity and avoiding of stress shielding) and the disclaiming of using screws.


K.-H. Widmer H. Bereiter J.-P. Ackermann N.F. Friederich

Introduction: Cementless implantation of acetabular cups is the standard procedure of choice nowadays. We report on a new hemispheric acetabular socket with Trabecular-Metal-Surface made out of tantalum for cement-less implantation that meets all the requirements that are considered essential for direct osseointegration of cementless implants like porosity, surface roughness and biocompatibility. This multi-center study reports on the surgical technique and the early 5-year clinical results with this implant at three orthopaedic institutions.

Material und Methods: Since 1998 a total of 186 of these cups were implanted in three orthopaedic departments. All patients were followed-up prospectively. 32 implantations were performed with computer-assisted navigation, all others were done manually. In 18 cases the ceramic-on-ceramic articulation was used, all the other patients received Ceramic-on-HDPE as the standard articulation. The cup was combined with different stems including cementless Zweymueller stem, the cementless SBG stem and the cemented Weber-Stuehmer stem. A standard lateral or antero-lateral approach was used in all the patients. The first 112 consecutively patients with a minimum follow-up of 5 years were evaluated.

Results: Postoperative Harris-Hip-Score could be improved to median 92. The positions of all the cups implanted with computer navigation were within a +/−3 range with respect to the intended target whereas manual implantation yielded differences of up to 10. Radiographically all cups showed full osseointegration after one year in all zones. Initial gaps in zone II in 7 cases were filled-up completely. There was no migration and no radiolucency. Two well-fixed cups had to be removed because of infection around the stem. We encountered two dislocations within the first six weeks in patients with Ceramic-on-HDPE-articulation. Both of them could be successfully treated by closed reduction. There were no clinical or radiographic signs of aseptic loosening. No other complications like deep vein thrombosis, hematoma or wound infection did occur.

Conclusion: The new tantalum surface showed excellent osseointegration in all patients. Even in those cases of infection the cup was well-fixed. Due to its hemispheric surface it can be positioned quite easily and shows excellent primary stability. This new poro-coating surface ensures firm fixation of the implant and promises an unprecedented long-term stability.


K. Engfred U. Singh S. Mejdahl V. Petersen T. Lemser

Introduction: Analysis of the clinical outcome and survivalrate of the Harris/Galante 1 cup combined with two different stems.

Material and methods: Retrospective study on patients who underwent surgery in the years 1986–1989. There was a total of 544 patients with 593 total hip replacements (THR), 264 patients died prior to investigation (285 THR).

All deceased were checked in the danish patient registration system for revision. 113 patients with 128 THR were operated with the Spotorno CLS stem, and 431 patients with 465 THR with the Mller straight stem.

270 patients with 297 THR were assessed radiographically and according to a modified Harris Hip Score (ROM was not used). Some were due to age or other illnes not able to attend the examination. If possible they were interviewed by telephone.

The median age was 69,4 (range 18,3 – 88,1) for all, for the Spotorno CLS group 55 years (range 18–72) and for the Mller group 72 years (41–88). Male/female ratio: 0,56. Average follow-up was 13 years (range 9,1 -15.1).

The primary diagnosis was osteoarthritis 538 hips, RA 10, fracture sequelae 15, congenital dislocation 14, others contributed with 16 hips.

The survival rates were calculated using the Kaplan-Meier method.

Results: 35 patients have had a revision: 21 because of aseptic loosening, 4 because of femoral fracture, 5 because of dislocation, and 1 because of infection. 4 liners were revised because of polyethylene wear. Only one was in the Mueller group, 3 in the CLS group.

After 13 years the survival rate for the cups was 96.8% including reoperations for polyethylene wear, for the femoral Mueller stem 90.7% and for Spotorno CLS 96.1 %

Conclusion: The Harris/Galante cup and Spotorno show excellent survival after 13 years, and for the Mueller stem the survival rate is comparable to others. The relative high rate of polyethylene wear in the CLS group we believe to be a consequense of the younger patients more active lifestyle.


E. Garcia-Rey E. Garcia-Cimbrelo J. Cordero

Aim: To assess the clinical results, radiographic fixation and polyehtylene wear of a second generation cementless porous coated acetabular cup for a follow-up of 9.6 years

Material and Methods: 81 Duraloc 500 (De Puy) cups with polyethylene (PE) Enduron implanted between 1992–1995 are analysed. The mean follow-up was 9.6 years. Clinical results and radiographic fixation according to Jonhston et al. and according to Engh et al. were evaluated. PE mean wear and so-called “bedding in” process was estimated with anteroposterior pelvic radiographs which were digitized and analysed using a software package with Sychterz method. X-rays were measured at 6 weeks (zero position), 6 months, 12 months and annually thereafter. In all cases a Profile (De Puy) femoral stem was used

Results: There was 1 PE exchange because of a later dislocation (Kaplan-Meier survivorship 98.67 % at 10 years). All cups were osseointegrated. There was no osteolysis (Kaplan-Meier 100% at 10 years). There were no PE liner ruptures. Zero position (PE wear at 6 weeks) for PE was 0.1651 + 1339 mm and mean wear was 0.1108 + 0.793 mm.

Conclusions: All cups, except one, improved clinical results and showed stable fixation. There was no acetab-ular osteolysis in this series. In spite of a low zero position, mean PE wear was similar to other cups.


D. Matewski J. Kruczynski E. Szymkowiak

Search for optimal shape of hip implant have gone on from 70th’s. Different shapes of hip cups and methods of their implantation, which were created within those years, indicate, that long term results of cementless arthroplasty are still not satisfactory.

The clinical and radiological results of cementless hip arthroplasty, which were performed with two types of shape cups (threaded spherical and threaded conical), were analyzed after at least 7 years follow up. Analysis was based on results 106 of cementless hip arthroplasties among 141, which were done during 1993 – 1996. The study concerned 58 threaded spherical cups (group A) and 48 conical (group B). Application of cups was randomized with respect to both sex and etiology of hip dysfunction and their implantation conditioned to possession of this type of implant on this moment.

The mean age of 63 women and 35 men ( in 8 both side) in the moment of implantation were 48,9 years ( 10,6)and ranged from 28 to 76 years. Mean time of follow up was 8,2 years( 1,4) and ranged from 7 to 10 years.

Pre- and postoperative clinical evaluation of hip function was carried out by means of Harris Hip Scale. Radiological evaluation was based on measurements of angle of inclination, horizontal and vertical migration of cup and radiolucent lines in DeLee-Charnley zones. Those measurements of last x-ray examination were compared with those, which were done immediately after arthroplasty.

There were 80% of excellent and good results and 17% poor results in clinical evaluation of group A. In radiological evaluation of this group mean horizontal migration was 1mm, and vertical was 2,5mm. Clinical and radiological symptoms of cup loosening were confirmed in 10 hips. The revision procedures were performed in 9 hips. In group B excellent and good clinical results were in 98% and poor results only in 2 % of treated hips. Radiological evaluation also showed less migration of cups. Mean horizontal migration was 0,3mm, and vertical was 0,7mm. Clinical and radiological symptoms of loosening were in 1 hip, which were treated by revision procedure.

Conclusion of our study is statement, that application of cementless threaded conical cup in hip arthroplasty give better clinical and radiological midterm results, than apllication of cementless threaded spherical cups.


Full Access
A. Murcia-Mazon J. Paz-Jimenez D. Hernandez-Vaquero M.A. Suarez-Suarez M. Montero-Diaz

Introduction.- Some of the recommended alternatives to increase the cementless acetabular cups stability are the plasma sprayed porous coated and HA and the press-fit impaction. The incorporation of three peripheral fins improves final fixation avoiding micromotion at the immediate post operative period. From 1992 we have implanted 4068 cups, the majority of them in primary cases (78%). The rest 22% in revision cases.

Cup characteristics: hemispheric with fins to improve prumary fixation and HA coating; ring-long ystem in common with other Biomet models, reason why liner are interchangeables.

Material and methods.- 4.068 Bihapro cups (Biomet-Merck) were implanted at a multicenter study in three Hospitals, adjoined to the University, between 1992 and 2003. This is a press-fit model with a porous surface coated with HA and three peripheral fins to improve primary fixation and also dome holes to allow the use ob bone screws.

Prymary indication: osteoarthritis (76%), AVN (7%), fractures (8%), dysplasias (3%), rheumatoid arthritis (6%). Surgical approach: lateral (49%), posterolateral (34,2%), anterior (16,8%). Prophylaxis: antitrombotic (LMWH), antibiotic (1st generation cephalosporins), heterotopic ossification (indomethacin).

Results.- Results. 24 patients showed dislocation and 47 % had some degree of periarticular ossification one year alter surgery; the approach used did not show significative differences. The survival study was done using Kaplan-Meier’s curve. The end-point for failure in this study was the need to perform aesptic revision surgery; being the survival at 9 years of 99.49 % (CI 95 % 99.08 – 99.90). Seven cases needed revision surgery (0.3 %); two cases for migration of the cup and five cases for iterative dislocations.

Conclusions.- Acetabular cups with Plasma Spray Porous Coating in combination with HA, results stable at mid term. The supplementary fixation of the three peripheral fins avoids micromotion optimizing long-term fixation.


A. Pillai M. Sween W. Wishaw

Background: Total Hip Replacements in younger active patients continues to pose a major challenge. Surface replacement techniques, designed to preserve bone stock do not yet have proven long term results. Early cemented designs in this population had high failure rates. Concept of fixation of total hip prosthesis by bony in-growth rather than by cement is an attempt to decrease the incidence of loosening. Ceramic joint surfaces produce minimal wear debris.

Objectives: A medium term follow-up of clinical and radiological results of the JRI Furlong hydroxyapatite coated prosthesis with ceramic bearing surfaces in young active patients.

Methods: A retrospective analysis of 43 JRI Furlong Hip Replacements (mean age 32 Yrs) in 33 patients is presented. The minimum follow-up was 60 months. Functional assessment was done using the Harris Hip Score. Radiolucency around the femoral stem according to Gruen (zone 1-7) and the acetabulum as described by Charnly and De Lee (zone 1–3) is documented. A fully coated femoral component along with the press –fit HA coated CSF cup with a 28mm ceramic insert was used. All cups were routinely augmented with screws.

Results: The mean Harris Hip score was 90 (46–96). 4 patients had a score less than 80. 84.2% were completely pain free. Acetabular radioleucencies were noted in 32 hips (72 %).28 cups had radiolucent lines (RLL) in zone 2, 2 cups in zone 1 and 1 cup in zone 3. In 10 patients (23%) the lucent area measured > 2mm at the cup bone interface. No hips had RLL in more than two zones. 4 stems had RLL > 2 mm involving the Gruen zone 7. 90 % showed a distinct osteoblastic reaction at the tip of the femoral component. There was no calcar resorption, endosteal cavitation or ectopic ossification. There were no instances of ceramic fractures and no hips were revised.

Discussion: The JRI Furlong hip gives good functional results in young patients in the medium term. Although of concern, there was no co-relation between the presence of acetabular RLL and functional outcome. The RLLs were not thought to be progressive. The RLLs can be explained by backside wear or by fretting of the screws by the ceramic liner. Long term follow up of the CSF cup will be required to determine if these radio-lucent lines are an early sign of failure at the interface or whether they simply represent stable in- growth of fibrous tissue in this highly stressed region.


W. Puhl U. Schütz

Introduction: 3–5 year follow up results of the new anatomical adapted stem system OptanTM (Zimmer) are presented. Its cross-section in the proximal area corresponds with its antetorsion, anteversion and helitorsion, to the 3D-morphology of the proximal femur. Philosophy and aim of the cementless Optan-stem is a proximal fixation and force transmission in the femoral bone.

Material and Methods: Between July 1999 and Dec. 2001 242 Optan stems (122 cemented, 120 cementless) were implanted in 221 patients (mean age 62.1 y. (20–74 y.), m/ f-ratio 0,8). The clinical and radiological parameters for calculation of Harris Hip Score (HHS), Merle d’Aubigné (MD), WOMAC, periprosthetic bone reaction (Gruen et al.) and periarticular heterotopic bone formation (Brooker et al.) were recorded. An implant migration analysis using two different biplanar radiographic digital measurement systems (DMA, UMA) was done also.

Results: The clinical results for latest follow up examination (3–5 y.p.o.) for cementless (cemented) Optan are: HHS mean (m) 97.6, standard deviation (SD) 7.32 (m 95.1, SD 9.85), MD m 17.6, SD 1.04 (m 17.1, SD 1.48), WOMAC m 1.44, SD 1.56 (m 1.75 ,SD 1.62). Radiographic results of cementless stem show a low rate (29,1%) of secondary endostal reactive line formation in the distal part of the stem (Z3,4,5) beginning 6–12 month postoperative, especially when drilling of femoral bone canal was done. When the distal part of the stem (Z3,5) was fixed directly to cortical bone little hypertrophy of the cortical bone gets relevant 4–5 years p.o. in a few cases. Cemented implantation shows a stable radiographic follow up regarding cement mantle without any periprosthetic bone adaptations. The SD for the varus-valgus angle rises proportional to the thickness of the cement layer. Only little flattening of the calcar cortical bone (Z7b) could be seen in both, cemented and cementless Optan 2–3 years p.o.. No stem migration was evident in both fixation principles. No relevant osteoly-ses and cortical bone hypertrophies could be seen. 12 dislocations (closed reposition), 3 femoral fissures (all while cementless fixation), 3 septic loosenings and no aseptic loosening were documented till now.

Conclusions: Compared with other anatomical stems the cementless Optan shows similar excellent clinical mid-term results. The results of the cemented fixation are not quite so good, this may be related to the older mean age of the patients with cemented stem fixation. Till now, the radiographic results of cementless Optan doesn’t seem to contradict the philosophy of attempted physiological proximal force transmission to the femur. Among other things, the development of the Optan-stem had the aim, to make an interoperative change of fixation technique easier. Using the same stem design the decision about the fixation type can be made intraoperatively.


M. Lerch F. Thorey D. Kiel M. Finck C.J. Wirth H. Windhagen

Introduction: Periprosthetic fractures occurring during implantation of non-cemented Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) are considered major surgical complications. As a shot-term disadvantage, patients are required to partially weight-bear. Additionally, high risks of stem migration and joint luxation can be assumed. On the other hand, in fear of fracture surgeons may undersize stems and subsequently trigger failure rates in THA.

As the long-term consequences of Vancouver A and B1 fractures are not fully known, the goal of this study now was to analyze the postoperative performance of non-cemented THA with respect to perioperative fractures.

Materials and Methods: Between 1997 and 2003 41 peri-operative hip fractures were monitored in 1216 primary Total Hip Arthroplasties using the non-cemented Bicon-tact THA stem. Pre-OP and after a follow-up period of 2,2 (+−3,1) years patients were examined clinically and radiographically. Investigation parameters were Harris-Hip-Scores, SF-36 scores, function score, hospitalization, implant survival /revisions and radiographic parameters (stem migration, trochanter migration, osteolysis, bone union, callus formation and bone quality). Fractures were graded using the Vancouver and Mont+Maar classifications. Patients were compared to a comparable collective of THA patients without perioperative fractures. Pooled data of both groups were compared using non-parametric Kruskal-Wallis tests.

Results: Results showed a significant increase in Harris-Hip scores for all THA of 36 (+−17,7) points. There were no differences in function scores (2,3; score 1–6), postoperative pain (4,8; score 1–10), and time of hospitali-sation (21,3d; +−3,7 range, 14 – 32). The non-union rate was 13%, with 85% of trochanteric fractures showing migration. 47% of the Patients in the fracture group were instructed to maintain restricted weight bearing for 6 weeks. No Trendelenburg signs were observed in the fracture group. Stem migration of mean 0,6 cm (+−0,4) was observed in 13% of Vancouver A and B1 patients (6,4% of A, 20,1% of B1). Long-term cerclage wire failure was observed in 20%. Joint luxation was observed in 1 patient. No hips were revised during the follow-up period.

Discussion: Follow-ups of perioperative fractures classes Vancouver A and B1 during non-cemented THA using the Bicontact stem show associations with stem migration, long-term stabilization implant failure and non-union. However, none of these observations seem to be influencing the overall THA performance and patient satisfaction. Specifically, complications commonly associated with perioperative primary prosthetic fractures as luxation and limping were not signifi-cant. At a short-term perspective, perioperative THA fractures prohibit early weight-bearing. However at a mid to long-term perspective, no disadvantages were apparent in comparison to primary THA without fracture complications.


R. Neves M. Sarmento S. de Carvalho S. Silverio L. Gomes

Introduction: Treatment of hip joint disease with Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) is in continuous evolution with new approaches, new size of components and type of bearing surfaces. Meanwhile, the analyses of proven implants continues to yeld results with a high survivor-ship and almost absent osteolysis, even with the greater wear found in the poliethylene (PE) insert of 10 to 15 year old implants. The results of these THA and the need to revise some implants not loosened but with wear of the PE, is the object of this study.

Methods: 330 non-cemented THA with the CLS expansion cup, performed by four surgeons over 15 years, are retrospectively analyzed. General anthropometric data of the studied population was obtained from medical records. Clinical elements are evaluated, among others the diagnosis, size and orientation of the components, time of partial/total weight bearing, period of crutch assisted walking, subjective patient satisfaction.

X-rays were measured for numerical assessment of the orientation of the cup, migration, radiolucent lines, osteolysis and indirect evaluation of the wear of the PE insert. Obtained data recorded over the life of the implant was computed for correlations. Other studied elements include survival rate, complication, occurrence and type of revisions.

Results: The encountered populations age was 62.7 +/− 10.9 years (Min 20, Max 86), the sex 43.1% male 56.9% female, the affected side 53.5% right 46.5% left. Charts of clinical elements, radiological measurements and correlation studies are presented. The wear of the PE insert correlates with the age of the implant and the inclination of the cup but not with radiolucent lines or osteolysis, which have a very low incidence. The complications and the survivorship analysis of the implants are presented and discussed. The encountered revision rate was 2.3% in the studied population. Without loosening, most revisions consisted on simple PE and head exchange.

Conclusions: In the authors’ opinion, the very high rate of long-term survivorship with the CLS expansion cup makes this an excellent implant for THA. Even in the 10 to 15 year old group of implants presenting greater wear of PE, there is very low presence of osteolysis and low rate of loosening, permitting to perform simple exchange of the insert and head, a simple revision procedure that will allow quick functional recovery, high patient satisfaction and a good cost/efficiency relationship.


O. Caglar A. Bulent T. Mazhar A. Mumtaz

Introduction: A collar can be defined as any projection from the surface of the proximal third of the femoral stem that interferes with the capacity of the stem to move distally within the cement mantle and provide optimal load distribution along the calcar area. Contraversy exists concerning the usage of a collared or collarless prosthesis and the ability of the collar to perform its effect on the medial femoral neck. The purpose of this study is to compare the proximal femoral bone resorption and aseptic loosening in cases that had poor or good contact between the collar and the proximal medial femoral neck.

Materials& Methods: 102 hybrid total hip arthroplasties which were done for severe hip joint disease were analyzed radiographically in the current study. Pre-operative, immediate post operative and the last follow-up anteroposterior and lateral pelvis radiographies were examined. The medial femoral neck-collar contact was considered to be ideal if the medial femoral neck was fully covered by the prosthesis (group A). Contact was deamed to be poor if the medial femoral neck was partially uncovered (group B) or there was cement interposition between the bone and the prosthesis (group C) Cortical femoral bone thickness of the femoral neck was measured on the immediate post-operative and the latest follow-up radiograph as well as the thicker area of bone in Gruen Zone 7. The medial femoral neck height was measured from the superior border of the lesser trochanter

Results: The mean follow up was 4.86 years. The good contact between the collar and the medial femoral neck was achieved for most of the patients. 55 hips were in group A. 30 hips were in group B and 17 hips were in group C at the latest follow-up. The mean loss in the height of the medial femoral neck was 4.21 mm for group A, 4.26mm for group B and 3.05mm for group C. The difference among the groups was not statiscally significant (p=0.545). As we evaluate the relation between the transverse bone loss in the Gruen Zone 7; the loss was 2.49 for group A, 2.26 for group B and 1.58 for group C. The difference among the groups was not statistically significant (p=0.246)

Discussion: Unloading of the proximal femur leads resorption of the medial femoral neck and the proximal support of the prosthesis can be lost ultimately leading to aseptic failure due to excessive stresses on the proximal cement and debonding. Although the main purpose of using a collared femoral stem is to transfer load to the medial femoral neck and to prevent bone resorption, in the current study the collar did not prevent calcar resorption even when ideal contact was achieved between the collar and proximal medial femoral neck. Revision rate seems to be unchanged whether the collar had good or bad contact.


F. Santori M. Rendine N. Fredella M. Manili N. Santori

Aims: Bone stock preservation is crucial when performing THR in young patients. Previous experiments have confirmed that a physiologic load transfer to the proximal femur has several advantages. First, there is experimental evidence (Fetto et al) that loading the medial and lateral flare effectively preserves in time metaphyseal bone stock. Second, biomechanical tests (Walker et al) have confirmed that with this kind of stress distribution it is possible to remove the diaphyseal portion of the stem.

Following this philosophy, an original ultra-short stem with extensive proximal load transfer was developed. Purpose of this paper is to present clinical and radiological results at 4 yrs average follow up.

Methods: Since June 1995, we implanted 118 stems in 101 patients. Average age at the time of surgery was 51 yrs (30-63) All operations were performed by the senior Author (FFS). Particular care was taken in preserving all the femoral neck and the trochanteric muscles. All implants were customised based on pre-operative CT data. Harris Hip Score (HHS) formed the basis of the clinical assessment. Serial post-operative AP and lateral radiographs were taken for all patients.

Result: Patients were followed-up for up to 9 years (mean follow-up 45 months) and results showed no stem related revisions or infections. The mean HHS increased from 44.8 pre-operatively to 98.6 post-operatively at the latest follow-up. Tight pain was recorded only in one case. Other complications included 2 dislocations, one trapped drain and 2 superficial wound infections. All stems appeared radiografically stable with a well maintained proximal bone stock. No radiolucent lines have appeared around the stem.

Conclusions: Results obtained in this group of relatively young patients have been encouraging. Clinical and radiographic results validate the assumption that torsional loads can be controlled even without the diaphy-seal portion of the stem. Neck preservation combined with lateral flare support guarantees a more natural loading of the femur. The absence of the stem makes this implant ideal for less invasive surgery.


A. Murcia A. Blanco J. Ballester M. Fernandez M.A. Suarez R. Iglesias

Introduction. Tantalum is a pure metallic element and is attractive for use in orthopaedic implants because it is one of the most biocompatible metals available for implant fabrication. The potential advantages for the use of porous tantalum in total hip arthroplasty include: 1) excellent bone and tissue ingrowth observed histologically; 2) direct polyethylene intrusion into the metal substrate. This allows the elimination of any potential backside wear in the monoblock cup; 3) The two-piece design consist of a tantalum shell with screw holes for fixation into the dome of the ilium and posterior column. A polyethylene liner is cemented into the tantalum shell to eliminates backside motion. In addition, acetabular augments of porous tantalum have been developed for use in restoration of major bone deficiencies.

Prospective study on a case serie of 113 THA’s performed by two surgeons in a single institution.

Material & Methods. From 2000 to December 2003, 113 hips have undergone arthroplasty using porous tantalum implants consisting of 54 primary hip arthroplasties and 59 revision THA’s. The patients where evaluated clinical and radiographically every 3 month during the first year, and after yearly. Mean patient age was 64,2 years, (range 44–87); with 59% males and 41% females.

Results. No patients died or lost to follow-up. No further surgeries of the involved hip. No radiographic signs of loosening of the acetabular component according to the criteria of Hodgkinson et al. No problems specifically from the use of acetabular augments or extra screws has been noted. Of the revision series, a total of 16 cases have received acetabular augments.

Complications included 1 superficial infection, 2 dislocations. No vasculo-nervous complication; and in 2 cases technical difficulties to achieve good fixation due to ethiology of the THA (desarthrodesis).

The average Harris hip score improved from 48 to 89 following primary surgery.

Discussion and Conclusions Tantalum acetabular components for primary and revision hip surgery have performed well for up to 3 years, and have excellent stability.

The two-piece acetabular shell and augments permits the reconstruction of every acetabular bone defect.


C. Albanese M. Rendine K. Lanciotti F. de Palma A. Impagliazzo F. Falez F. Postacchini C. Villani F.S. Santori

Introduction A wide range of stress-shielding phenomena following THA have been described in the past 20 years. Bone densitometry (DXA) stars as a golden standard in evaluating bone stock and bone density redistribution after total hip replacement.

In this study, DXA scan was employed to evaluate and compare the behaviour of different femoral components including a recently developed stemless implant which features complete stress transfer over the proximal femur.

Methodology A total of 120 patients, operated with six different femoral implants, were included in the present study. Five of these stems are widely commercially available (ABG, CFP, IPS, Mayo, Zweymueller) and present different patterns of stress distribution. The sixth is a custom made implant and features a pronounced lateral flare and complete femoral neck preservation. Rationale of this design is to obtain full load transfer on the proximal femur.

Average interval between the operation and the DXA exam was 3 years, each group included 20 patients. Bone mineral density was measured by DXA in the seven Gruen femoral regions (ROI), using the software metal removal (Hologic QDR 4500 W, MA-USA).

Results Differences in bone density were found in each group as well as between different groups. Significant differences (p< 0.001) were found between the stemless implant and the other five groups in zone I, IV and VII.

CFP, IPS and ABG groups showed decreased bone density in ROI I, while Mayo, IPS, ABG and Zweym-ueller were osteopenic in ROI VII. An increased bone density in ROI IV was found in Zweymueller, Mayo, ABG and IPS groups.

Conclusion Our data suggest that a conservative stemless implant with complete proximal load transfer, produces a homogeneous and more physiologic redistribution of bone density, allowing maintenance of proximal periprosthetic bone stock.


M. Thomsen Ch. Lee R. Bitsch Ch. Heisel

Introduction: Aim of the study was to investigate the fixation patterns of cementless short-stem designs compared to the fixation patterns of well-known conventional stems artificially shortened in several steps.

Method: Primary rotational stability and tilting were measured in a standardized and validated simulator set-up. The tested short-stem designs included the Mayo (Zimmer), the CFP (Link), and the CUT (Eska). The “conventional” group consisted of the ABG (Stryker), the S-Rom (DePuy), and the G2 (DePuy). Additionally, these systems were tested when gradually shortened in several steps.

Results: The Mayo stem showed a 2/3 fixation pattern with 11.5 mdeg/Nm relative movement at the level of the lesser trochanter. The CFP showed a more distal fixation with 6.8 mdeg/Nm, and the CUT a proximal fixation with 7.6 mdeg/Nm. The Mayo and the CFP adapted to the femoral canal during ventro-dorsal tilting. The CUT tilted like a rigid body. This pattern of tilting was also shown by the ABG after it was shortened from 12.5 cm to 8.5 cm, by the G2 after a reduction from 15 to 6 cm, and the S-Rom after shortening from 18 to 6.9 cm.

Discussion: The shortened conventional stems showed a similar fixation pattern compared to the short-stem designs, the rotational stability was even better than with the Mayo and CFP stem. The CUT design acts like an extensively shortened conventional stem and seems to tilt in the femoral canal like a rigid body with a pressure increase at the lateral cortex of the femur.


I. Learmonth B.M. Lee

Introduction The importance of soft tissue and bone preservation at total hip replacement is well recognised. This paper reviews the results of a stem designed not to contact the femoral cortex, thus ensuring exclusive metaphyseal loading.

Methodology Eighty-one consecutive metaphyseal bearing cementless stems were followed up for 2 – 6 years (mean 3 years 9 months).

There were 27 male and 46 female patients (8 bilateral). The mean age was 42 (range 18 to 57). Secondary osteoarthritis was the most common presenting pathology. There were no exclusion criteria beyond those applicable to any replacement arthroplasty.

Results One hip was revised for deep infection. Five hips required cerclage wiring of an intra-operative calcar fracture and there was one post-operative dislocation. One patient, who was being treated for an acute psychotic condition, complained of severe pain. Three patients complained of mild to moderate discomfort in the region of the greater trochanter. The remaining patients were asymptomatic and there was no thigh pain.

There was no evidence of stem subsidence. A sclerotic line was frequently observed around the non-coated distal stem. Buttressing of the coated area was almost universally seen in the metaphyseal region. There were no radiolucent lines in any of the zones around the textured area in the metaphyseal region.

Conclusion These findings persuaded the authors that the stem of the femoral component was superfluous. This paper includes a preliminary report of the initial experience with a conservative, bone and soft tissue sparing metaphyseal femoral implant. Early results are encouraging.


F. Santori C Albanese M. Rendine G. Duffy I.D. Learmonth

Introduction Significant cortical bone mass has been demonstrated at the proximo-lateral flare of the femur (Fetto et al). Experiments have shown that if a femoral stem has a medial and lateral flare proximally, the loads are transferred to the proximal femur and stress protection in this area is avoided. Furthermore, the results suggested that a stem below the lesser trochanter was unnecessary (Walker et al).

Methodology This paper reports on two cohorts of ten patients that had either a short stemmed fully coated implant (Group I) or an unstemmed metaphyseal implant on which all but the polished tip was coated (Group II). All implants were customised based on pre-operative CT data. All hips had serial post-operative AP and lateral radiographs and bone densitometry was assessed with DEXA scanning.

Results The most recent post-operative radiographs of all patients in Group I revealed buttressing in zone IV with trabeculae streaming from the cortices onto the tip of the stem. Qualitatively there appeared to be osteope-nia in Gruen zones I and VII. The x-rays of the Group II patients revealed good condensation of bone along the textured surface in zone I and VII with preservation of bone density in these regions. These findings were confirmed by the DEXA results which showed a reduction of the BMD in zones I and VII in Group I, while Group II revealed preservation of the BMD in these zones.

Conclusion A conservative prosthesis without a stem which effectively loads both medial and lateral proximal femoral flares not only removes less bone at the index operation but preserves proximal bone stock in the longer term.


M. Popescu L. Marinca T. Ursu C. Stoica

Background: The major objectives in total hip replacement for coxarthrosis secondary to DDH are: – Anatomical restoration of the hip rotation center – The restoration of the acetabular contention function – The reconstruction of the acetabular bone stock

Patients and Method: Between 1999 – 2003 there were operated 83 cases of coxarthrosis secondary to hip dysplasia, by total hip arthroplasty both cemented and uncemented. 27 cases were operated with uncemented cups and acetabular reconstruction 20 cases received a HA coated Stryker Secure Fit 40–42 mm cup 7 cases received Zweimuller screwed cup The mean age of the patients was 39 years (21–57 years) The mean weight was 69.5 kg (58–82 kg) Body mass index 28 (25–31) The dysplasia grade was Crowe II 11 cases, Crowe III 16 cases

Results: The mean dimension of the graft (S2), measured on the AP Rx was 43 % of the cup weight bearing surface The S2/S1 fraction exceeded 1 in one case that necessitated revision at 4,5 years due to the resorbtion of the graft All the grafts healed to the host bone in a 6 month interval

Discussions and Conclusions For defects smaller than 20% of the weight bearing surface of the cup, there was an intrinsic stability of the cup and the acetabuloplasty was optional For defects between 20–50% of the cup weight bearing surface it was necessary to perform acetabuloplasty with auto graft from the femoral head fixed with screws in compression For defects larger than 50 % of the weight bearing surface of the cup the fraction S2/S1 is greater than 1 with risk of the resorbtion and collapse of the graft. In such cases we recommend slight ascending of the cup in a position with better bone stock or a protrusion technique method


C. Perka J. Schröder

Introduction: Total hip arthroplasty is problematical in the case of high hip dislocation. To reposition the hip, a femoral shortening osteotomy is necessary in order to prevent damage to the neurovascular structures. This paper describes the implantation of a small threaded cup and a cementless straight stem using a simple technique with a simultaneous, derotating and shortening osteotomy for the femur.

Materials and Methods: In this study, 30 cementless primary total hip arthroplasties were performed in 27 patients with high hip dislocation, and clinically assessed at a mean follow-up of 5.1 years. Acetabular reconstruction was done with a cementless threaded cup, whereby the cup was medialized to ensure that at least one thread was anchored in the bone in order to achieve good primary stability. All radiographs were analyzed retrospectively.

Results: A femoral shortening osteotomy was performed in all cases. The average duration of surgery was 116 minutes. One cup loosening and one stem loosening was observed. Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis, with aseptic radiological loosening as the endpoint, predicted a survival rate of 96,6% at 5.1 years for the acetabular component and 96.6% for the stem. The mean Harris hip score for the unrevised hips improved from 28.7 points preoperatively to 81.2 points postoperatively. Femur fractures, pseudoarthroses, paresis and deep infections were not found.

Conclusion: The surgical technique described enables the initial stable fixation of a threaded cup in the small acetabulum and of a standard prosthesis without additional osteosynthesis for the performed osteotomy. Additional advantages include a shorter duration of surgery, a lower complication rate and a more rapid consolidation of the osteotomy in comparison to other techniques. Despite a patient group with a low average age and comparatively high daily activity, hip reconstruction with a cementless, threaded cup and the use of a cementless, straight stem without additional osteosyn-thesis has produced a good mid-term outcome.


J. Street B. Lenehan M. Phillips J. O’Byrne D. McCormack

Management of symptomatic residual acetabular dysplasia in adolescence and early adulthood remains a major therapeutic challenge. At our unit the two senior authors review all patients preoperatively and simultaneously perform each procedure. In the four years from 1998 forty-three Bernese osteotomies were performed in 40 patients with residual acetabular dysplasia. The mean average age at surgery was 21 years (range 12 – 43 years) and there were 34 female patients. The indication for surgery was symptomatic hip dysplasia (all idiopathic but for one male with a history of slipped capital femoral epiphysis) presenting with pain and restricted ambulation. 4 patients had previous surgery on the affected hip (2 Salter’s osteotomy, one Shelf procedure and one proximal femoral osteotomy). 27.5% of patients had symptomatic bilateral disease. 42% of patients had Severin class IV or V dysplasia at presentation. 100% of patients had preservation of the hip joint at last follow-up evaluation (mean 2.4 years), with excellent results in 82%, an average post-operative Harris hip score of 96, and an average d’Aubigne hip score of 16.1. The mean post-operative improvements in radiographic measures were as follows: Anterior centre edge angle +19.4°, Lateral centre angle +25.8°, Acetabular Index – 10.7°. Head to Ischial distance – 7.3mm. Surgical operative time decreased from 128 minutes to 43 minutes from the first to the most recent case. Average blood loss has reduced from 1850mls to 420mls over the four years experience. Predonation of 2 units of blood requested from all patients with baseline hemoglobin of > 12g/dl. When combined with intraopera-tive cell salvage the need for transfusion of homologous blood has been eliminated. All complications occurred in the first 9 patients: (one major – iliac vein injury requiring no further treatment; four moderate – lateral cutaneous nerve injuries; four minor – asymptomatic heterotopic ossification). Our experience confirms that the Ganz periacetabular osteotomy is an efficacious procedure for the treatment of the residually dysplastic hip, providing excellent clinical results, where early intervention is the key to improved outcome. It is a technically demanding procedure with a significant early learning curve and we believe that a two


S. Cristea M. Popescu V. Predescu V. Georgeanu T. Atasie F. Groseanu D. Bratu D. Antonescu S. Pantelimon

Introduction: We present only the difficult cases of THR in high dislocated hip: grade III DUNN, type IV CROWE, or stage C and D EFTEKHAR; and also our classification of the femoral displasias: 1. Stage I vice of the femoral head associated with type III Crowe, Dunn III, Eftekhar stage B or C 2. Stage II femoral canal eliptique, supplementary vice of torsion of the diaphysis, metaphysis associated with type III Crowe, degree III Dunn, Eftekhar C or D, witch could bee operated without diaphyseal osteotomy by trochanterotomy 3. Stage III important torsion of the diaphysis large medullar diameter of the metaphysis perpendicular to the large diameter of the diaphysis canal Excellent indication for triple osteotomy femoral 4. Stage IV caricaturized

Materials and Methods: We intend to compare here the preliminary results of two surgical techniques: I) cemented prosthesis implanted by trochanterotomy, with femoral shortening osteotomia and trochanteroplastia versus II) femoral subtrochanteric triple osteotomia of shortening, with correction of a fore-existent valgum and derotation by using a non-cemented femoral component.

Results: I) between 1993 – 2001 we have operated 61 patients, average age 42. Technically, we have implanted cemented prostheses by trochanterotomy and femoral shortening osteotomy, followed by Kerboull-Postel trochanteroplastia. The nonunion of greater trochanter, considered as failed cases, determined us to adopt the technique of triple femoral osteotomy, using a non cemented femoral component functioning as a centromedulary nail. II) Between 2001 – 2003, more other 6 cases have been operated by the technique of triple femoral osteotomy. We have pre- and postoperative clinically evaluated our patients by Merle D’Aubigne-Postel criteria.

Conclusions: These results are preliminary, we have not had enough surveillance time for uncemented femoral prostheses, but this technique seems us attractive though femoral complications have not yet been noticed.


D. Dallari A. Pellacani M. Fravisini C. Stagni D. Tigani G. Pignatti A. Giunti

Introduction Total hip arthroplasty in patients affected by major dysplasia poses great surgical difficulties due to insufficient primary acetabulum, small femoral canal, excessive anteversion of the femoral neck, traction on the neurovascular structures, muscular imbalance that is difficult to restore, and marked epiphyseal rising. In this study we present our experience in lowering and arthroplasty in major hip dysplasia, obtained by shortening osteotomy achieved in a single stage, using techniques designed to diminish possible risks.

Materials and methods From 1989 to 2000 we treated 20 patients (27 operations, 7 bilateral) at our institute who were affected by the sequela (lowering of the prosthesis) of Eftekhar Grade-C (11 cases) or Grade-D (16 cases) congenital luxation of the hip. Mean follow-up was 63 months. Clinical results were assessed before and after surgery according to the Merle D’Aubigné method. We also evaluated the presence and degree of Trendelenburg position and the possible use of shoe lifts. The radiographic results of the hip prosthesis were assessed by the Gruen and Dee Lee methods for the stem and cup respectively.

Results The mean preoperative clinical score according to the Merle D’Aubigné classification was 3 ± 1 for pain, 3 ± 1 for walking, and 4 ± 2 for movement. The preoperative Trendelemburg position was very marked in all patients. In 18 cases out of 27 a shoe lift was used with a mean height of 60 mm ± 10. We performed a “Z” osteotomy in 14 cases and an oblique osteotomy in 13 cases. The postoperative mean clinical score was 6 ± 1 for pain, 6 ± 1 for walking, and 5 ± 1 for movement. Postoperative Trendelemburg position was present in 19 cases, and 9 cases out of 27 still used a shoe lift with a mean height of 30 mm ± 10. Movement of the cup and stem was observed at 84 months and 112 months’ follow-up respectively, which required revision surgery.

Conclusions The choice between oblique and Z osteotomy depends on two parameters: the surgeon’s experience and the extent of femoral resection. Z osteotomy may be more difficult to perform technically, but it enables better adaptation of the prosthesis to the femoral segments for resections over 35 mm. No significant differences in time to unite were observed between oblique and Z osteotomies.


J. Valeshkov A Asparouhov Sv. Todorov

Aim: The purpose of this work is to report the early results from medial protrusio technique for placement of acetabular component without cement in patients who have acetabular dysplasia.

Material and Method: Thirty-two hip replacements were performed in thirty consecutive cases with dysplastic osteoarthritis between 2001 and 2003. In none of the patients an augmentation with bone or cement of the superolateral aspect of the acetabulum was made. Indication for operation was a painful hip joint that could not be alleviated by conservative treatment. According to Crowe’s criteria the dysplasia was evaluated as type I (19); type II (11); type III (3). The size and localization of the true acetabulum were evaluated using Ranawat’s triangle on a weigh-bearing preoperative X-ray. Clinical appraisal of the joint was done preoperatively, at the sixth, twelfth and thirty-six month postoperatively by the scheme of Merle dAubigne and Postel modified by Charnley. In 29 cases the surgery was performed via lateral transgluteal approach of Hardinge-Mulliken and in the rest of the cases through anterolateral approach of Watson-Jones. In all cases the medial wall was perforated with reaming and the medial periosteum was torn to visualize the illiacus muscle.

Results: One to three-year postoperatively clinical results showed significant improvement: in 28 joints 15–18 points (excellent and very good results); in 5 joints 14–16 points (good result). The medialization of the acetabular component is found to be 5.72.8 mm average values. X-ray evidences for medial migration of the acetabular component and early loosening were not found. Nerve palsy and intraoperative fracture of the femur did not occur, but one joint dislocated 24 days after the replacement despite the resection of anterior inferior iliac spine. Excessive medialization and impingement of the femur to the pelvic bone were the reasons for this complication.

Conclusion: When precisely planned the medial protrusion technique without cement fixation of the acetabu-lar component is a good alternative for arthroplasty in dysplastic hip joint. Particular attention must be paid in preserving enough thickness of the anterior and posterior acetabular walls during the reaming process. The perforation of the medial wall must not exceed 25–30% from the surface, because of plain risk of protrusion of the component beyond the teardrop figure of Kohler.


J. Metcalfe P. Banaszkiewicz B Kapur J. Richardson C. Wynn Jones

Introduction. Leg length inequality post total hip arthroplasty is a source of patient dissatisfaction. In adult DDH femoral length equality is assumed. Empirically, a longer femur has been observed on the affected side in the presence of unilateral DDH; restoration of the hip centre in this situation may lengthen the affected leg.

Aim. Assessment of femoral length variation in adults with unilateral and bilateral DDH.

Method. Retrospective observation study of 17 adults with unilateral and 7 adults with bilateral DDH. Femoral lengths assessed using CT measurements.

Results. Unilateral DDH. The ipsilateral femur was longer in 11 patients (63%) The degree of femoral lengthening was between 5 and 10 mm. Bilateral DDH. The femur with the greater degree of DDH was longer by a mean of 7.5 19.3 mm .

Conclusion. In the presence of DDH, asymmetry of femoral lengths is common and unpredictable. Careful femoral length assessment ( with CT leg lengths) is advised preoperatively in patients with DDH. This will alert the surgeon and patient to the possible risk of post operative ipsilateral leg lengthening.


J. Czubak A. Czwojdzinski S. Pietrzak

Introduction The consequence of discongrency of the hip joint may be early, secondary osteoarthritis of the hip joint, that leads to important limits in movement abilities of an individual. The deficit of the femoral head coverage can be rather easily corrected, but only until the growth and maturation of the pelvis is completed. Redirection of the acetabular fragment can be performed by use of the periacetabular osteotomy according to Ganz. This type of the osteotomy is mainly used in the treatment of the acetabular displasia in patients with closed Y cartilage, but also in the treatment of the osteoarthritis of the hip joint. The Aim of the study was to present our early results of treatment of the patients with the secondary osteoarthritis of the hip joint by use of the periacetabular osteotomy according to Ganz.

Material and Methods. Our material consisted of 64 patients, 72 hip joints, operated on between 1998–2004. 20 patients (24 hip joints) were selected from this group. In these 20 patients the indication for the treatment was not only the acetabular displasia, but also osteoarthritis of the hip joint. Our group consisted of 17 female and 3 male. In 4 cases the both hip joints were affected. The age of the patients was 26–44 years, average 34 years. The observation period was from 4 months to 6 years, average 2,5 years. The most important clinical symptom was the groin pain on the rest or while flexing the hip joint with internal rotation and adduction. The radiological symptoms in patients before the operation were: decentration, narrowing of the articular space, cysts beyond the sclerotic zone, fatigue fractures of the acetabular edge.

Results. In all the patients, except of one, the pain disappeared. Abduction and internal rotation in the hip joint increased, but flexion decreased. The Wiberg’s angle increased from 10–15° to 25–40°, and the interior Wiberg’s angle from 10–0° to 15–20°. During follow up we observed remodeling of the cysts. The treatment was subjectively assessed by the patients as very good.

Conclusion. The use of the periacetabular osteotomy occording to Ganz is the operation that corrects the hip joint. But in some cases of the osteoarthritis of the hip joint it allows to improve the quality of life and we hope may also delay the arthroplasty in the young age.


R.T. Steffen S.R. Smith H.S. Gill D.J. Beard R.H. Jinnah P. McLardy-Smith J. Urban D. Murray

Introduction Metal-on-Metal Hip Resurfacing (MMHR) has been established as a successful alternative to Total Hip Replacement (THR). However, several series report a 2 % incidence of early femoral neck fractures. Avascular necrosis (AVN) was considered to be responsible for the majority of observed fractures, raising concerns about the femoral head blood supply during MMHR. This study aims to further understand the mechanisms of femoral blood flow restriction by monitoring gas levels (O2) during the operative procedure.

Methods Patients undergoing MMHR using the posterior approach were evaluated. Following division of fascia lata, a guide wire was introduced up the femoral neck, aiming for the anterosuperior quadrant of the head. It was then removed. A calibrated gas-measuring electrode was inserted in the created bone channel. X-ray confirmation was obtained to ensure that the active measurement area of the electrode was 2–3cm below the femoral surface. O2 and N2O levels were then continuously monitored throughout the operation.

Results A preliminary analysis of four patients is presented: Stable N2O- measurements throughout the procedure confirmed valid electrode measurements. Baseline oxygen concentration levels of 40%– 60% were detected before division of short rotators. After hip dislocation oxygen concentration dropped in all patients to levels ranging between 0% and 5%. Oxygen concentration was found to remain depressed at these levels throughout the entire operation in three patients. Recovery of O2 concentration to baseline levels was observed in one patient 15 minutes after dislocation.

Discussion In three patients the extended posterior approach and joint dislocation had a dramatic effect on the perfusion in the femoral head. These patients have a high risk for development of AVN and potential femoral neck fracture. Whilst the results require further verification, subsequent experiments will determine if less invasive procedures or specific positioning of the limb can protect the femoral blood supply.


H. Behensky G. Andreas R. Biedermann B. Stöckl B. Frischhut M. Krismer

Study Design. Retrospective clinical and radiographic review of patients after Bernese periacetabular osteotomy for symptomatic congenital hip dysplasia. Introduction. The Bernese periacetabular osteotomy for the treatment of symptomatic congenital hip dysplasia is known to be a complex operative procedure. Several authors reported significant percentages of peri- and postoperative complications.

Objective.The aim of our study was to reveal whether the incidence as well as the grade of complications affect the postoperative outcome which was determined by the short form (SF) 36 and the Western Ontario McMasters osteoarthritis (WOMAC) questionnaires.

Methods. A consecutive series of 50 patients with 60 hips operated between 1988 and 2000 were investigated retrospectively with a mean follow up period of 32 months.

Results. With an incidence of 30% a lesion of the lateral cutaneus nerve occurred. In 10% a peroneal nerve palsy was diagnosed immediate postoperatively, with 4% persistent neurological deficit presented at one year follow up. Several other minor and major complications occurred with an overall complication rate of 68%. According to the severity of complications two groups of patients were identified. Statistical analysis did not reveal any difference between the results of the SF-36 (p=0.2) and WOMAC (p=0.09) questionnaires. Radiological analysis revealed a deterioration of osteoarthritis in 32% of our patients. These patients predominantly judged their postoperative results poor to fair (r=0.71). 76% rated the operation as successful and 64% would have surgery again. The subjective estimation of patients health status postoperatively was significantly reduced compared to an age matched healthy reference group (p=0.0001).

Conclusion. Despite the high incidence of complications 76% of the patients rated the operation as successful. 32% of the patients faced a deterioration of osteoarthritis. The postoperative results after Bernese periacetabular osteotomy are rather more influenced by the progression of osteoarthritis than by the occurrence of perioperative complications.


N. Forrest Ashcroft D. Murray

Introduction: Femoral neck failure due to avascular necrosis (AVN) is one of the most significant complications following resurfacing hip arthroplasty. It is likely that the surgical approach is one of the factors influenc-ing the development of AVN. Positron emission tomography (PET) is the only form of imaging that allows visualisation of bone metabolic activity deep to a metal surface.

Objectives: To establish the reliability and accuracy of PET using fluorine-18 to evaluate viability of the femoral head and neck after resurfacing hip arthroplasty. To assess the viability of ten proximal femora after Birmingham resurfacing hip arthroplasty via a modified lateral approach.

Design: A convenience case series of ten patients taken from the first fifteen from one orthopaedic surgeon’s experience of Birmingham resurfacing hip arthroplasty.

Setting: The PET unit of a major urban teaching hospital with a large academic orthopaedic department.

Participants: Patients that had undergone unilateral Birmingham resurfacing hip arthroplasty via a modified lateral approach were asked to volunteer for the study. The main criterion for inclusion was ease of attendance for imaging.

Intervention: Participants were given a single intravenous dose of 250MBq fluorine-18. After a period of 40 minutes uptake time, PET images of adjacent, sequential 10cm transverse sections including both acetabulae and proximal femora were obtained.

Main Outcome Measures: Images were reconstructed to allow relative quantification of uptake between operated and non-operated femoral heads and necks.

Results: PET imaging was successful in all subjects and demonstrated activity within the resurfaced femoral heads and femoral necks. No evidence of AVN was found.

Conclusions: Static positron emission tomography using fluorine-18 is an accurate and reliable method of assessing femoral head and neck viability after resurfacing hip arthroplasty. No evidence of avascular necrosis was found in this initial series of patients that had undergone Birmingham resurfacing hip arthroplasty via a modified lateral approach.


D. Sharma Z. Saeed J. Ramos S. Hughes

Aims: To compare the results of resurfacing hip arthroplasty with conventional total hip replacement and to find out any differences in complication rates, discharge patterns and the resulting financial implications.

Trial Design: Retrospective analysis comparing resurfacing hip arthroplasties to conventional total hip replacements in patients who were 65 years old or younger at the time of operation. Criteria for comparison were blood loss, post operative complications (including the need for blood transfusion), revision of arthroplasty and the length of hospital stay.

Materials and Methods: All patients who had resurfacing arthroplasty in our hospital were included in the study (77 patients), and a similar group who had total hip replacements in the same time period were randomly selected for comparison. Case notes, computer records as well as X-rays were used to identify postoperative complications, especially DVT’s ,PE’s, neuro-vascular injuries, infection, fractured neck of femur and the need for revision of an arthroplasty. A detailed analysis of all revision arthroplasties including the causes, failure pattern of implant and the type of revision hip arthroplasty used and its cost implication was made. We also compared the pre and post-operative haemoglobin and units of blood transfused, if any. A comparison was also made of discharge pattern of these two groups of patients. A student t-test was performed to observe any difference in these two group.

Results:

Resurface hip arthroplasty Group: Average age 52.1 years; pre-operative Hb 14.22gm/dl; postoperative Hb.10.95gm/dl; average blood loss 3.28 gm/dl; Total hips revised 12; Average length of stay 8.53 days.

Total hip arthroplasty Group: Average age 58.8 years; pre-operative Hb 13.97gm/dl; post-operative Hb 10.65m/dl; average blood loss 3.5 gm/dl; Total hips revised 0; Average length of stay 8.9 days.

Conclusions: 1.There were no appreciable differences between these two group as far as the usual complications, blood loss and length of stay are concerned. 2. There was appreciable difference in revision rate, which has significant cost implication for health authority and patients


M.L. Buergi A.C. Hilaire Jacob H.H. Bereiter

Introduction: The non-cemented, extramedullary anchored Thrust Plate Prosthesis (TPP) was conceived as an implant for younger people with osteoarthrosis of the hip. The proximal part of the femur is loaded as physiologically as possible by transmitting the hip joint force directly to the cortex of the femoral neck, enabling the bone stock in the proximal femur to be preserved.

Materials and methods: We prospectively followed-up 102 hip replacements radiologically and clinically in 84 patients (63 men and 21 women) with a mean follow-up time of nine years (6–12 years). The mean age at operation was 54 years for the men and 47 years for the women.

Results: Four implants were revised: two because of an infection and two because of aseptic loosening. In 85 implants major contact was maintained between the thrust plate and bone, in ten implants partial contact prevailed, and in only three instances did the bone retract from the thrust plate so that a gap appeared. The average Harris hip score (HHS) increased from 51 points preoperatively to 96 points postoperatively.

Conclusions: Our long-term results with the TPP are similar to those for conventional prostheses of the stem type. The detected radiological changes normally take place in the first two years after implantation. After the prosthesis is osseointegrated aseptic loosening of the prosthesis is very unlikely. Bone remodelling underneath the thrust plate is in 85% of the cases as expected from the biomechanical principles. These long-term results confirm our encouraging medium-term observations. The TPP is a prosthesis of first choice when revision might be expected, as in the case of younger patients.


A. Lilikakis A. Arora M.S. Richard N. Villar

Hip resurfacing arthroplasty (RS) is said to be an operation that is suitable for the younger osteoarthritic population, allowing them to rehabilitate more rapidly. We wished to establish whether this was true and compared 35 consecutive RS (33 patients) with 41 consecutive total hip replacements (THR) (40 patients) and looked specifically at post-operative pain, speed of rehabilitation and length of hospital stay. A rehabilitation score was used. RS patients were significantly younger than THR patients (mean 53.0 years for RS, 64.7 years for THR; p< 0.0001). However, no significant difference was found in the mean rehabilitation score at any stage after surgery or in the speed of rehabilitation between the two groups. The mean pain score for group RS was 1.98 and 2.18 for group THR. The mean length of hospital stay was 5.18 days for resurfacing arthroplasties and 5.45 days for total hip replacements. Neither of these differences was significant. The male-female ratio in the two groups was significantly different. However, when the subgroups of the same gender were compared, the results were essentially the same: no statistical difference was found for the post-operative pain, speed of rehabilitation or length of hospital stay. We conclude that resurfacing arthroplasty has no evidence of an advantage over total hip replacement in the speed of post-operative rehabilitation.


C.W. McBryde J.N. O’Hara P.B. Pynsent

This study reports the early results of Birmingham Hip Resurfacing in a group of patients less than 25 years of age. We assessed over a period of 5 years all patients who underwent hip resurfacing who were under the age of 25. Thirty-eight patients underwent 43 hip resurfacing procedures for a variety of diagnoses. This included 15 with Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip (DDH), 13 with Osteonecrosis (ON) of the femoral head, and 7 with End-stage Spastic Hip Disease (ESSHD). We assessed complications, failure and revision rates. Patients completed co-op and oxford hip scores and both clinical and radiographic assessments. At a follow-up of a maximum of 5 years the survival rate was 93% with a further 7% showing radiographic features of failure. Thirteen hips (30%) had a femoral osteotomy at the time of resurfacing allowing correction of length and rotation with no apparent increase in complications. Those who required revision were successfully converted to metal- metal total hip replacement. Our results report the first use of this type of prosthesis in a group of patients under the age of 25 and demonstrate comparable results to standard treatments at this early stage. This study supports the use of hip resurfacing as alternative to conventional treatments for this complex group of patients.


P.E. Su H Amstutz M. Duff

Legg-Calve-Perthes and slipped capital femoral epiphysis may result in alterations of the proximal femoral morphology, leading to the development of secondary hip osteoarthritis as a young adult. Hip surface arthroplasty presents special technical challenges in these patients because of the abnormal anatomy of the head and neck. We reviewed the radiographic and clinical results of patients with a history of either LCP or SCFE, who underwent hip resurfacing between 1996 and 2002. Twenty-three patients (25 hips, 14 with LCP and 11 with SCFE) underwent metal-on-metal surface arthroplasty. The average age at the time of surgery was 38.1 years and 87% of the patients were male. The mean time to follow-up was 26.9 months. UCLA pain, walking, function, and activity scores improved significantly in both groups as well as the SF-12 physical component scores. One patient with LCP required bilateral conversion to THA at 55 months postoperatively secondary to femoral component loosening. There were no dislocations or femoral neck fractures in this series. Of 11 patients who presented leg length discrepancies preoperatively, limb length was postoperatively equalized in six patients, 3 were maintained with the same amount of discrepancy, and 2 decreased their discrepancy by at least 1 cm. In Charnley Class A patients, there was no difference in femoral offset between the operated and the disease-free, contralateral hip after reconstruction.

Despite the challenges in performing hip resurfacing in this patient population, the results to date have been encouraging. Even with the limitations of resurfacing in restoring leg length and offset, the clinical results of this group of patients are comparable to those of the other etiologies.


S. Sinha A.N. Murty M. Wijeratne S. Singh P. Housden

Background: Resurfacing hip replacement is becoming increasingly used surgical option for young active patients with disabling hip arthritis.However there is a paucity of published literature describing complications and their avoidance.

Objective The objective of this study was to analyse 6 cases of postoperative subcapital fracture following hip resurfacing with a cohort of 54 cases that did not have a fracture and to identify factors associated with fractures risk.

Materials and Methods Between January 1999 and October 2003, 60 hips in 54 patients were treated with metal on metal resurfacing hip replacement (MMT Birmingham, UK).6 of these sustained a fracture just below the femoral component.The notes and radiographs were reviewed.Demographics data was recorded along with height, weight,smoking habits and medication usage including NSAIDS and antiepileptic use.The radiographs were studied for notching of the neck,offset difference as compared to normal and the stem shaft angle. The results were statistically analysed to determine any significant associations.

Results 57 hips in 51 patients were analysed for comparison. The mean age of the patients was 50 yrs (Range 34–67).In the fracture cases there were three men and three women with a mean age of 48 yrs.Five of six ( 83%) in the fracture cases had notching of the femoral necks compared to 9 (17%) out of 51 of the non fractured patients. The offset was significantly greater in the fractured group(52 ± 7mm) compared to the non fractured group (49 ± 7 mm).The increase in offset appeared to occur as a result of incomplete seating of tight fitting cemented femoral component. The head size appeared smaller in the fractured group but the difference was insignificant. There was no significant trauma in any of the cases. None of the patients who underwent resurfacing for AVN and cyst had a fracture. There were no other significant correlations

Conclusions Increased offset and notching are factors which predispose to fractures following resurfacing hip replacements. AVN and cysts were not associated with fractures in our series. We have changed the cementing technique using smaller volumes of freshly mixed simplex cement and now encourage protected weight bearing if intraoperative notching is noted or if osteoporosis is identified pre or peri operatively. We have had no fractures in the last 18 months.


H.C. Amstutz P.A. Campbell M.J. Duff

The purpose of this study was to present our experience with femoral neck fractures that occurred after metal-on-metal hybrid surface arthroplasty and to assess their causation.

Materials and Methods: A series of 600 metal-on-metal surface arthroplasties was performed from late 1996 to early 2003 by the primary author. Failures during this period were assessed radiographically and with implant retrieval analysis to determine the cause of failure. There were five femoral neck fractures in this series (0.83%).

In addition, a review of the femoral neck fracture cases identified from the Conserve+ Multi-Center IDE was performed (19 femoral neck fractures in 1203 cases, 1.6%).

Results: Lead Author Series: Four of the five fractures occurred at the component–neck junction in the first five months after surgery (average three months). All were associated with a traumatic episode but they also had structural and or technical risk factors, which weakened the constructs. The most important technical deficiency was failure to cover all of the reamed bone with the component in three of the five. One fracture was associated with histological changes consistent with osteonecrosis of the head in a case of overpenetration of cement in very soft bone.

Multi-Center IDE: Additional risk factors were identified among which impingement of the neck with the acetabular component, notching of the lateral femoral neck cortex, and leaving the femoral component proud (not completely seated).

Conclusion: It is important to avoid or at least minimize notching the femoral neck by performing the cylindrical reaming at the recommended angle of 140° and to stop reaming before the reamer touches the lateral cortex. Osteophytes should be judiciously removed only if there is a notable impingement when the hip is at 90° of flexion and internally rotated. We believe that understanding the factors that contribute to femoral neck fracture after surface arthroplasty may reduce the already low incidence of this mode of failure.


M. Lavigne P.A. Vendittoli A. Roy S. Motard

Purpose The dramatic improvement in clinical function after total hip arthroplasty (THA) has been well documented. However gait studies demonstrate abnormal gait pattern after THA, and patients may complain of thigh pain, leg length inequality, instability and reduced range of motion. Surface replacement arthroplasty (SRA) has the benefit of restoring a more normal hip anatomy and biomechanics, which could improve clinical function and patient satisfaction after surgery.

Method All patients eligible for the study were randomised to receive uncemented metal-metal THA or a hybrid metal-metal SRA. Clinical data were prospectively collected preoperatively and at 3, 6 and 12 months postoperatively. The WOMAC score, SF-36, Merle D’Aubigné, and other clinical data, along with patient satisfaction, were compared.

Summary of Results One hundred and fifty patients were randomized. Patients in both groups demonstrate very high satisfaction rate. Although there was a tendency for the SRA group to participate in more demanding activities at 6 months post operatively, no difference was found in clinical function scores. Two isolated dislocations occurred in the THA group and none in the SRA group. No other significant complication occurred in either group.

Discussion. The few short-term clinical data reported in the literature for new generation SRA implants demonstrates excellent outcome comparable to THA. Despite enthusiasm about total hip resurfacing, there is no direct prospective comparative study with THA published in the literature. This study confirms the safety and benefits of metal-metal surface arthroplasty of the hip in the early post op period.


C.A. Schmidt H.E. Hoffart

Introduction: Navigation during the positioning of the acetabular component in total hip replacement is a promising tool to improve the prosthetic alignment. Correct placement of the cup will reduce the risk of mechanical complications such as dislocations and impingement. All navigation systems, be it CT or Infrared based, require exact determination of the symphysis and both anterior superior iliac spines, the landmarks of the patient’s pelvis. The accuracy of the intraoperative palpation of these landmarks influences the outcome of the cup-angulation more than any other factor.

Aim of this study: Our experience in over 350 infrared based navigated total hip replacements since 2002, showed a wide variation of acetabular cup anteversion. This study should prove a correlation between the subcutaneous fat thickness and infrared based measurements of the pelvis.

Material and Methods: The navigation system (PiGalileo) used in this study is infrared based, using the symphysis and both anterior superior iliac spines as reference points.

To determine the influence of the surgeons experience in palpating the landmarks on the outcome of the position of the acetabular cup, two series of 10 consecutive THRs were performed by a single surgeon. The first series was performed after the navigation has been introduced into the routine of our total hip replacements and the initial learning curve had passed. The second series was initiated to prove a correlation between the patient’s soft tissue cover and acetabular cup anteversion. The subcutaneous tissue overlying the landmarks was measured preoperatively by ultrasound. The computer calculated anteversion was corrected by a factor based on the clinical experience of the surgeon. In both series coronal tilt and cup anteversion were evaluated via post-operative CT-scans. The so determined position of the cup was compared to the intraoperative measurements of the navigation system.

Results: All acetabular cup angles were kept in the required limits. In the first series the mean difference of the measurements of the coronal tilt and anteversion were 3.8° and 7.2° respectively. In the second series the mean difference of the anteversion was improved by 2°. There was no change affecting the coronal tilt. In both series the operating time was increased by 9 minutes compared to conventional THRs.

Conclusion: Precise landmark acquisition is essential in order to profit from navigation in total hip replacement and obtain a cup angulation far superior to conventional placement. The correlating factor of subcutaneous fat and cup anteversion has yet to be determined.


Th. Mattes W. Puhl

Objectives/Background: Long-term outcome in THR is multifactorial influenced. Malpositioning leads to complications as early loosening, leg length difference or dislocation of the artificial joint. A proven factor for early losening is a misplacment of the center of rotation or varusposition of the stem. A higher luxation risk results out of high inclination and anteversion angles an reduced soft tissue tension.

Aim of this study was to prove the image free navigation software in the modular Navitrack-System to check the implant position based on anatomical intraoperative acquired data.

Design/Methods: In 35 consecutive cases we implantet the ACA screwcup and the Optan anatomical stem with use of the Navitrack navigation System. The software calculates al relevant data out of intraopertive probed landmarks. Intraoperative the shifting of the center of rotation, the cup anteversion and inclination, the stem inclination and torsion and the leglength shift is shown in real time. Intraoperative data were compared with postoperative position measurement in plain X-rays and in 15 patients in postoperative CT scans.

Results: In all cases navigated implantpositioning was possible. In 3 cases stem positioning was not possible cause of refference loosening. Mean inclination of the cup as shown in the Navigation System was 52 (range 45 – 58 ), mean anteversion was 11 (range -5 – 27). Mean postoperative inclination measured on postoperative X-Ray was 53,8 (range 49 – 60). The difference between the shown values from the CAS System to the postoperative X Ray for the inclination was 1,8 (range -9 – 6). The leg length difference on postoperative X-ray was in mean 3,1 mm, on screenshots 2,8 mm. The difference between screenshot and X ray was in mean 0,83 mm.

Conclusions: This study shows, that with the CT free software for the Navitrack-System reliable cup and stem navigation is possible. Whenever the hip joint allows to probe a spherical segment in the femoral head or acetabulum navigated THR is possible without the need of intraoperative fluoroscopy or preoperative CT scan. For leg length control and cup Inclination the data are still promising. Further investigation is necessary for stem axis and cup anteversion according to the navigation based reference coordinate system. Whenever no geometric sphere existent, e.g. severe hip dysplasia, the system must be developed as a hybrid system with CT (NMR) based cup and image-less stem navigation.


R. Graf

Problem Wrong positioning of the acetabular cup leads to impingement, luxations and limited ROM. To improve the cup position computer assistant navigation systems had been developed. They are expensive, time consuming and sometimes no easy to handle.

Solution A new concept for the implantation of THP will be introduced: The cup position is not orientated as usual according to the body axis, but according to the stem position. Stem and cup are a closed biomechanical system, cup anteversion and inclination will be positioned according CCD angle and torsion of the stem.

With a new mechanical navigation system for the cup with a special cup probe and guiding system the best position is found intraoperatively according to ROM, impingement, luxation and tension of the muscles.

Results 150 patients had been operated. Optime is extended only 4–6 minutes, dysplasia inlays, impingement and luxations had disappered. The system is easy to handle and to sterilize routinely with the other op.-instruments.


D. Lazovic

Introduction: Malpositioning of cups and stems in total hip replacement lead to a higher wear and dislocation and revison rate. Navigation of implant components should lead to a more accurate postion of THR.

Method: in 2001–2004 we did 728 THR. 557 cups and 67 stems were navigated wirht a kinematic, radiation-free system (OrthoPilot). The data were evaluated for cup anteversion and inclination, for leg lengthening and antetorsion of the stem, for technical exclusions, complications , as dislocation, thrombosis, seroma and for length of time for surgery.

Results: We evaluated 359 female and 198 male patients with a mean age of 66 years. operated on 316 right and 241 left hips. we had 38 exclusions from the study, mainly due to incomplete data collection (26). For the cup we could find a mean difference of 1 for anteversion and inclination(max/min 13/-8 and 27/-14) and for the stem a a mean antetorsion of 16 and a lengthening of 5mm (max/min 22mm/-19mm). Complications were 1 dislocation, 3 thrombosis and 2 seroma.

Conclusion: Navigation of THR is a reliable tool. Outliners for the position of cup and stem are reduced, the dislocation rate is reduced. Duration of surgery was not increased in the second series due to routine application. Navigation could be combined with minimal invasive procedures.


R. Nelson S. Krikler

Metal on metal hip resurfacing is increasing in popularity for the young, active patient despite the fact that no long term results are available. The potential advantages of the conservative nature of the prosthesis coupled with the stability of the large diameter bearings and the much reduced wear compared to conventional metal-UHMWPE hips are clear. We present the results of a consecutive series from a single surgeon using a modern device from 1997 to date. All hips used cementless cups and cemented heads and were implanted using a posterior approach. All patients were reviewed annually from the time of operation.

Between September 1997 and March 2004, 345 primary Total Hip Resurfacings were performed by one surgeon. No cases were lost to follow-up. The average age of the patient group was 52 years, range (21–74 years), 190 were male (30 bilaterals) and 104 were female (21 bilaterals) & there were 11 reoperations. The follow-up ranged from 79 months to 3 months, mean follow-up was 29 months. With a Kaplan-Meier survivorship of 94% at 7 postoperative years.

Of the reoperations there were; 5 fractured necks of femur, 3 aseptic cup loosenings, 2 femoral head collapses and 1 joint infection. All 5 femoral neck fractures occurred within 3 months of the primary operation.

This series is one of the longest using a currently available device and the medium term results are encouraging with revision rates occuring within agreed national standards. It should be noted that the numbers of implantations increased as time went on which skews the follow-up slightly. We remain cautiously optimistic about the long term results of this type of device.


C. Perka M. Heller W.R. Taylor G.N. Duda

The hypothesis of the current study was that the loading of the proximal femur is altered significantly by the surgical approach. The change in long-term periprosthetic bone mineral density in relation to the alteration of the musculature after the anterolateral (Group A) and transgluteal approaches (Group B) has been compared. Group A comprised 35 hip joints (30 patients) and Group B 47 hip joints (37 patients). No significant differences were seen between groups in respect to age, gender, or diaphyseal BMD distribution and in respect to average stem size in a Wilcoxon test. Measurement of BMD in femoral Gruen Zones I, II, VI, and VII revealed a significant bone loss in Group B compared with Group A; however the functional outcome showed no significant differences between the two groups postoperatively. Analysis of proximal femoral loading by means of a validated musculoskeletal model showed a considerable redistribution of the musculoskeletal loading across the hip during walking and stair climbing after a transgluteal compared with an anterolateral surgical approach. The muscular damage caused by the surgical approach seems to have a significant influence on the long-term bone loss and the initial postoperative loading of the proximal femur.


M. Beltsios N. Giannakakis E. Vasiliadis V. Mouzakis A. Koinis

The attempt to achieve and institude the potential less minimal invasive hip hemiarthroplasty by using common instruments is the aim of our study.

We report on a randomly selected group of 80 patients, 40 of which were operated by a small incision 5–10 cm (group A) and 40 by a standard incision 15–20 cm (group B). The approach was through the gluteus medius muscle (lateral-Hartinge) in all of the cases. In group A an additional small transverse incision of the fascia was needed without any other inside extension. There were no statistical differences in gender, age (mean age 80 and 79 years old respectively), weight of the patients (average BMI 27,5 kg/m2 and 27 kg/m2 respectively) and implant type.

The operations were supervised by the same surgeon. PMMA was used in 18 of the cases in each group.

Blood loss was less in group A (mean 200cc less) and 21 patients were not transfused at all intraoperatively. A second assistant was necessary in educational operations. Four of the patients had postoperatively bruises and skin scratches. Early postoperative pain was less in the first group, but was the same two months postoperatively. Thirteen patients slept on the operated leg on the 2nd and 3rd postoperative day. Discharge from the hospital was available two days earlier in the first group. We had one hip dislocation in the first group in a psychiatric patient who had also DVT.

In conclusion , minimal invasive surgery in hip hemi-arthroplasty is possible to be performed with the use of common instruments and it is worth once while. Experience of the surgical team is necessary for reducing operative time and further research is needed for establishing possible contraindications.


J. Essig

Primary hip arthroplasty performed through a mini incision ( less than 10 cm) should provide more comfortable postoperative period and faster rehabilitation.

After a long period of learning curve ( more than one hundred cases) and development of specific instruments, a prospective comparison between the standard approach technique (38 cases) and mini incision technique (41 cases) was performed. In all cases, the ABG II stem was implanted. It was uncemented in 76% of cases. As it is not randomised, there is a slight difference between the two groups in age (p = 0,03) and body mass index (p = 0,01).

The fonctional status was evaluated at the third and seventh post operative days and at the first and second post operative months. Pain relief (EVA score), total peri operative blood loss (OSTHEO study criteria) and radiologic implants positioning are mesured.

In this study, there was no major complication. There was one case of phlebitis in both groups. During the evaluation, there was no significant difference in the functional result. The post operative EVA pain score was not different. The mean total peri operative blood loss was 1025 ml in the standard approach group and 1164 ml in the mini incision approach group (p = 0,405). The radiologic evaluation showed no difference in the cup positioning. In the mini incision group, there was few cases of varus positioning of the ABG II stem (21% cases) but it was not significant.

Those results demonstrate the safety and the efficacy of the posterior mini incision approach. There is a need for a technical learning curve and a resonably incision sizing adapted for each patient. Under those conditions, we are able to achieve the same quality of implant positioning, which should provide the same long term result.


A.K. Lilikakis R.N. Villar

It has been suggested that smaller skin incisions may be associated with a better short-term outcome after total hip replacement, including a more rapid rehabilitation. The definition of mini-incision is still unclear as publications with incisions ranging from five to 20 cms appear in the literature. We therefore prospectively studied 42 consecutive patients who had undergone 44 total hip replacements using a posterolateral approach, through skin incisions of between 10 and 21 cm. The patients were assessed for their speed of post-operative rehabilitation and their length of hospital stay. Age, body mass index, length of incision, duration of procedure, muscles detached and repaired, and blood loss were also recorded. We found no evidence of a correlation between incision size and blood loss, post-operative rehabilitation, or the length of hospital stay. Similarly, the degree of surgical muscle trauma showed no evidence of a correlation with the speed of post-operative rehabilitation or the length of hospital stay. In contrast, the age of the patient did significantly correlate with the length of hospital stay and rehabilitation scores. Our study showed no evidence that the size of the incision, or the muscles detached or repaired at surgery, influenced the immediate post-operative rehabilitation after total hip replacement performed through a posterior approach. Only the patient’s age showed a correlation with the speed of rehabilitation.


M. Lengsfeld R. Burchard

Introduction: Prospective bone mineral density studies after THA were conducted using dual X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA). Nevertheless, limitations of the DEXA method in contrast to computerized tomography (CT) scans have been laid bare. CT provides high resolution 3D measurements with circumferential detection of bone structures. The objective of the study presented here is the collection of prospective 5 years volumetric CT density data after cemented femoral stem implantation.

Method: The current project is based on a computerized tomography (CT) in vivo data-set of six patients. It is a five years prospective follow-up compared to the situation two years after THA (Marburg system, Centerpulse) and to the postoperative one. The 3D-analyses were done with a osteodensitometric procedure, which examines the density of each voxel in Hounsfield units (HU).

Results: The results (five years compared to postoperative) of all regions (Gruen zones) except of ROI 1 and ROI 7 demonstrated a statistically significant decreased density with p values: ROI 1 (p=0.62), ROI 2 (p=0.014), ROI 3 (p=0.023), ROI 4 (p=0.023), ROI 5 (p=0.014), ROI 6 (p=0.014), ROI 7 (p=0.3). The density reduction was greatest within ROI 2 and 3 at the lateral side of the femur.

Discussion: Bone loss of the cemented stem tested here appears to be slightly stronger than bone loss after implantation of an anatomically adapted cemented stem. To our knowledge, this is the first collection of fully prospective 5 years 3D periprosthetic density data. The volumetric CT data are superior to 2D DEXA densitometry and can be directly transferred to finite element meshes. They can be graphically post-processed in order to obtain cross-sectional or 3D displays of density patterns.


L. David R.D. Worth H.D. Apthorp

Introduction High-frequency ultrasound is an effective mechanism for coagulating and cutting tissue. We report the first use of the ultrasonic scalpel in orthopaedic surgery, with the aim of minimising blood loss and tissue trauma in minimally invasive total hip replacement.

Methods This is a prospective, single-blind, case-matched study to compare blood loss in minimally invasive total hip replacement using an ultrasonic scalpel versus electrodiathermy. Twenty cases have been performed via a minimally invasive posterior approach. The treatment was otherwise no different between the two groups. The groups were compared with regard to blood loss, postoperative pain and wound healing.

Results The mean intraoperative blood loss in the ultrasonic scalpel group was 156mls compared with 295mls in the electrodiathermy group. This is highly statistically significant. The percentage drop in Haemoglobin was also reduced in the ultrasonic scalpel group (18.9% compared with 26.4%), which is also statistically significant. There was no significant difference in the operating time or post-operative pain scores and there were no wound complications in either group.

Discussion The ultrasonic scalpel works by converting electrical energy into mechanical energy resulting in longitudinal oscillation of the blade at 55,500Hz. This achieves coagulation and tissue dissection at lower temperatures than standard diathermy. The potential advantages include less lateral tissue damage, minimal smoke and no electrical energy passed to or through the patient. With the development of minimally invasive hip replacement surgery this technique can be used to reduce tissue trauma.

Conclusion The initial results from this study suggest that the ultrasonic scalpel has a useful role in minimally invasive hip replacement surgery in terms of reducing blood loss and tissue trauma. This may help to facilitate early mobilisation and reduced hospital stay.


H. Hourlier

Aim: To determine feasibility and short-term outcome following total hip arthroplasty using a minimally invasive modified direct lateral approach.

Methods: 97 unilateral total hip arthroplasties (THA) in 97 patients were performed in 2003 with use of a mini-incision inferior or equal to 10 cm and consecutively included in this prospectively study. Selection criteria for mini-incision were based on preoperative diagnose (rheumatoid arthritis and post traumatic osteoarthritis were excluded). The study group was compared with a population of 88 hips performed through a standard incision in 2002. The control group was retrospectively matched using the same selection criteria as the study group; no statistically significant differences between the two study arms were found with respect to age, gender, body mass index, pre-operative Merle d ‘Aubigné score, aetiology, or preoperative haemoglobin level. No patients in either group were lost to follow up. On patients placed in the lateral position minimal dissection and preservation of the soft tissue surrounding the hip was achieved through a slide osteotomy of the lateral facet of the great trochanter.

Results: Average time for surgery was 62 minutes for the study group and 63 minutes for the control group (p = .51). Postoperative haemoglobin [day-1] was 11.8 g/l for the study group and 11.6 g/l for the control group (p=. 42). However , fewer patients were auto transfused with the hemocare device (16% vs. 47%, p=. 00) and less allogenic transfusions were required in the study group. No complications relating to the procedure were seen. In both groups, stem position was neutral in 95% of the patients. Cup inclination was between 30° and 48° in all cases. Hospitalisation time was 8.3 postoperative days for the study group and 9.6 postoperative days for the control group (p=. 00). One year postoperatively, the Merle d ‘Aubigné score was 17.3 for the study group and 17.1 for the control group (p=. 42).

Conclusions: Because of the consistently reported high success rate of conventional THA it is imperative to critically appraise any changes of surgical technique. In a selected patient population the modified direct lateral minimal invasive approach was found to be as safe as the standard approach. Other than obvious cosmetic advantages, the MIS approach had the advantage of a quicker patient recovery.


R. Khan D. Fick P. Khoo F. Yao B. Nivbrant D.J. Wood

Introduction We believe minimally invasive surgery should be defined by the extent of soft tissue dissection rather than incision length. We describe a new technique that is truly soft-tissue sparing and report our early results.

The surgical approach The landmarks for the incision are identified and a 6–8cm oblique incision is made over the posterior aspect of the greater trochanter. Longer incisions are required in more difficult cases. Piriformis and the proximal insertion of gluteus maximus are preserved. After implant insertion, meticulous capsular repair is performed through drill holes into bone to reconstruct the posterior envelope. There are no restrictions to mobility. No specialised instruments are required.

Method The standard posterior approach (group 1) was compared with the PSMI approach (group 2) in a prospective cohort study of 200 consecutive patients over 60 years of age. In the standard approach the external rrotators were dettached. The capsule was repaired to bone, and the piriformis tendon reattached to the Gluteus Medius tendon. Routine restrictions to mobility were imposed. Patients were scored pre-operatively and followed up prospectively, by a blinded observer.

Results Demographics and functional scores were similar. Mean operation time was about 1 hour in both groups. Mean incision length was 21.5 cm (range 15 – 25) in group 1 and 8.4 cm (range 6 – 16) in group 2. Mean blood loss in group 1 was significantly higher than group 2 (P< 0.0001, 95%CI 191–547). Mean inpatient stay was 8.0 days in group 1, and 4.8 days in group 2 (P< 0.0001, 95%CI 3.4–6.0).

Minimum follow-up was 3 years in group 1 and 1.5 years in group 2. There were 3 dislocations in group 1, and none in group 2. There were 2 re-operations in both groups. The relative improvement in WOMAC scores was significantly greater in group 2 at 3 months and 1 year (P< 0.05).

Conclusion The PSMI approach to the hip is truly soft-tissue sparing. It is safe and relatively easy to perform. The stability and minimal morbidity allow early mobilisation. This is the first study to suggest the benefits of minimally invasive surgery may be prolonged. Cosmesis is a by-product rather than primary objective.


L. Ogonda R. Wilson S. OBrien D. Beverland

Introduction: Potential benefits cited for minimally invasive total hip arthroplasty (THA) include reduced peri-operative blood loss, less post-operative pain, earlier mobilisation and a shortened hospital stay. Sceptics, however, are concerned about the widespread introduction of a new surgical technique in the absence of objective scientific evidence. The ever-increasing pressure on healthcare budgets by an ageing population makes developments in surgical technique that allow earlier mobilisation and reduced length of hospital stay highly desirable. The aim of this study was to investigate whether a minimally invasive technique in THA would result in a reduced length of hospital stay compared to a standard incision of 16cm.

Materials and Methods: 219 patients were randomised to either a minimally invasive (less than or equal to 10cm) or standard (16cm) incision group. Patients were blinded to their incision length. Anaesthetic and post-operative analgesic protocols were standardised. A single surgeon performed all operations using an uncemented cup and a cemented stem. Post-operative physiotherapy was standardised with the physiotherapists also blinded to incision length. Patients were discharged when safely able to transfer and mobilise with a walking aid.

Results: There was no statistically significant difference in mean length of stay following surgery. This was 3.65 days (SD 2.04) for the mini-incision group and 3.68 days (SD 2.45) for the standard incision group (p=0.94). 32% of patients (35/110) in the standard incision group were able to go home on day 2 compared to 27% (29/109) in the mini-incision group. Using logistic regression analysis, the patient variables most significantly associated with a probability of discharge within 3 days of surgery were patient age (Wald=33.36, p< 0.0001) and pre-operative haemoglobin (Wald=10.53, p=0.001).

192 patients (88.5%) were discharged to their own homes with the main determinant of discharge to the patients’ own home being the availability of adequate family support.

Conclusion: Total hip arthroplasty performed through a single incision minimally invasive approach does not reduce the length of hospital stay compared to THA performed through a standard incision of 16cm.


H. Impagliazzo A. Impagliazzo V. Carlucci R. Rosati

The minimally invasive total hip replacement has been developed over the last years.

The advantages of minimally invasive approaches concern reduced blood loss and pain, shorter operative time, reduced length of stay, facilitated rehabilitation and increased patient satisfaction. Potential disadvantages are the need for additional training and patient education, the insufficient clinical data and the risk of compromising the final result by giving more importance to the length of incision than to the damage of the deeper tissue.

In the majority of cases, the minimally invasive techniques utilize standard prosthesis and resection of pathological tissue, including part of normal bone such as the femoral neck.

LINK MIT-H permits combining a minimally invasive approach with the insertion of a T.O.P. acetabular cup and a CFP femoral prosthesis, preserving the femoral neck. The conservation of this anatomic part facilitates a shallow entry of the prosthesis in the femoral canal, preserving the bone stock and thereby allowing a more precise reconstruction of the hip geometry. The technique appears to give good results, associating the advantages of minimally invasive surgery with the preservation of the femoral neck.

The good relation between the abductor lever arm and the adductor lever arm guarantees an elevated functional restoration, allowing a favorable and durable result in time.

The LINK MIT-H technique may be utilized with a direct lateral or through a post-lateral approach. We prefer a lateral approach, usually utilizing general instruments such as hooks and Hohmann retractors where the width of instruments is adapted to the length of incision.

A corkscrew may be useful to take out the femoral head, cutting it in the narrow part of the neck. Stein-mann pins, placed at the cranial acetabular rim as self-retaining retractors, associated with two Hohmann retractors below, allow good vision and facilitate reaming the socket. The attachment of fibre optics on the retractors is useful to have more light inside. Straight or cranked shaft instruments are very well suited in reaming and in aligning the T.O.P. acetabular cup.

The minimally invasive technique gives the best results when damaging tissues as little as possible by using a less invasive prosthesis that is easily implanted in small spaces and only replaces the pathologic bone, thereby saving the bone stock best as possible in restoring the hip geometry.


L. Ogonda R. Wilson S. OBrien D. Beverland

Introduction: Surgical injury induces a systemic inflammatory response proportional to the severity of the insult. An appropriate response maintains homeostasis and allows wound healing while an excessive response may trigger an inflammatory cascade resulting in the systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS). Tissue injury results in cytokine release, which in turn stimulates the production of acute phase proteins such as C-reactive protein (CRP), fibrinogen, complement C3 and haptoglobin. Serum CRP levels rise following total hip arthroplasty (THA), peaking on the second to third post-operative day. Local effects of the inflammatory response manifest as the cardinal signs of inflammation, which include swelling.

One of the potential benefits cited for minimally invasive THA is reduced soft tissue trauma resulting in less post-operative pain, less swelling and earlier mobilisation. Objective evidence, from well designed prospective studies, for these benefits remains lacking. The aim of this study was to investigate whether a minimally invasive technique in THA results in a reduced acute phase response and reduced post-operative swelling compared to THA performed through a standard incision of 16cm.

Materials and Methods: 219 patients were randomised to either a minimally invasive (less than or equal to 10cm) or standard (16cm) incision group. Patients were blinded to their incision length. Anaesthetic and postoperative analgesic protocols were standardised. A single surgeon performed all operations using an uncemented cup and a cemented stem. Baseline CRP levels were measured pre-operatively and re-measured on the second post-operative day to determine whether there was any difference in the magnitude of the inflammatory response between the two patient groups. Pre-operative measurements were also made of the mid-thigh circumference on the affected side. The mid-thigh circumference was re-measured at 48 hours to assess postoperative swelling.

Results: There was no statistically significant difference in the mean serum CRP levels at 48 hours, which were 135.7mg/L (SD 51.2) for the mini-incision group and 125.6mg/L (SD 59.4) for the standard group (p=0.20). With respect to post-operative swelling, the mean increase in mid-thigh circumference at 48 hours was 4.3cm for the mini-incision group and 3.7cm for the standard group. The difference between the two groups was not statistically significant (p=0.30)

Conclusion: THA performed through a single incision minimally invasive approach does not result in reduced post-operative swelling or a reduced acute phase response, as measured from post-operative CRP rise, compared to THA performed through a standard incision of 16cm.


F. Rachbauer M. Nogler M. Krismer

Introduction: In a prospective clinical study the feasibility of total hip arthroplasty via a minimal invasive single incision anterior approach was analyzed. 100 consecutive patients with no exclusion criteria (52 females, 48 males, mean age 65.6 yrs) were included. 19 patients showed a BMI > 30.

Material and Methods: The patients were placed in a supine position on the OR table. After skin incision the interval between sartorius, tensor fasciae latae, rectus femoris and glutaeus medius/minimus was split to bluntly expose the anterior aspect of the hip joint capsule. No muscle had to be dissected. Following capsular incision the neck was osteotomized in-situ. After reaming a cemented or cement-less cup was inserted. The calcar was elevated with a hook to the level of skin incision. By placing special two-pronged retractor between the inserting abductor tendons and the greater trochanter the broaching of the femoral medullar canal could be easily performed. Followed by implanting a cemented or cement less stem.

Results: The median incision length was 6.75 cm. Median angle of cup inclination was 44.1 and 0 of varus/ valgus position for the stem. Blood loss was significantly reduced. The rehabilitation was fast (mean WOMAC score 90.4 at 6 weeks) and patients showed only little postoperative pain. No dislocations or nerve palsies occurred. The complication rate was low with one fissure of the proximal femur, one perforation of the acetabulum and one deep infection.

Conclusion: The study demonstrated that blood loss, postoperative pain and hospitalization time were reduced with a correct placement of the implants. The rehabilitation was quicker. Therefore we state that the minimal invasive anterior approach is safe and lead to advantages for the patients.


I. Udvarhelyi L. Hangody I. Panics Z. Karpati

Purpose: Authors introduce short term results, hazards and solutions of 250 two incision MIS hip replacement performed in their institute. Aspects of one incision techniques are detailed with differences in indication .

Methods: Between April 2003 and September 2004 250 two-incision minimally invasive total hip replacements were performed in authors institute. The cup and the stem is implanted through two incisions using physiological muscle route between m. sartorius and m. tensor fasciae latae and the m.rectus femoris and the m. gluteus medius. Preparation of the stem is done through an incision made above the greater trochanter through a gluteus maximus split straight done to the piriformis fossa. No muscles and tendons are detached Neurovascular hazards, complications with solutions are introduced. Indication is determined by pathoanatomy and weight of the patient. 115 osteoarthritis, 72 aseptic necrosis, 57 dysplastic and 6 posttraumatic patients were operated.

Results: The operation performed on properly selected patients results in increased primary stability, because of preserving structures like the iliotibial tract, muscles and the iliofemoral ligament, causing minimal soft tissue damage. There was no dislocation. Radiological analysis revealed more than 3 degrees malalignment in 3,7 % for stem and in 5,1% for cup. Fluoroscopy and OP time was reduced to av. 6 secs. Average flexion was 76 degrees in the first two post op days. Post operative pain was significantly reduced. Hospital stay was 3,2 days. There was no infection, nor heterotopic ossification. In 5 cases the femur fractured and wiring was necessary through the anterior incision. 1 revision for cemented stem was necessary because of stem migration due to extreme size of femur . Conversion to lateral exposure was done in one case.

Conclusions: Two incision minimally invasive total hip replacement is technically more demanding, requiring adequate training and knowledge. Appropriate indication is inevitable. Hospital stay and rehabilitation time is reduced also resulting in economic benefit, though not compromising good result of THR.


S. Oehme Haasters

Purpose: More and more younger patients needs primary hip replacement. Specially for these patients the so called calcar prosthesis have been enveloped; short ste ms with fixation, bone incrow and loading only in the proximal parts of the femur.

Using these type of prosthesis in cases of primary operation, later on in cases of first revision the so called standard prosthesis can be used.

Materials and methods: We have experience with more than 500 calcar prosthesis type MAYO in the last 4 years. The indication for operation in these group of patients is different to the older patients group; the younger patients needs hip replacement because of rheumatic diseases, dysplasia or femoral head necrosis.

The mean age of these patients is below 50 years.

The implantations have been done by an modified anterolateral Watson Jones approach. Especially for the use of the MAYO stem we developed a minimal invasive operation technique to provide any trauma to the gluteal muscles.

All the cases we have done are under clinical and radiological follow up.

Results: Reporting all our cases according to the Harris-Hip-Score, we saw go od and excellent results; especially the good functional results could be reached in a short period of time after the operation.

We have seen less complications by using the MAYO stem in comparison to the group of patients with our standard hip stems.

95% of the operations could be done without any incision to the gluteal muscles at the greater trochanter of the femur; the mean length of skin incision has been less than 8 cm.

The x-ray follow up shows in none of our cases any osteolysis in the region of the calcar femoris.

Conclusion: With the MAYO Hip System from our point of view good and excellent results can be reached; especially in cases of younger patients these type of short stem hip prosthesis should be used. The primary hip replacement therefore can be done with an minimum of bone lost at the calcar and with an maximum of atraumatic operation technique to the soft tissue around the hip joint.


G. Bradley

Aims: To determine the feasibility and short-term outcome after Total Hip Arthroplasty through a limited anterior approach.

Methods: Done between April 2003 and August 2004, 100 patients (102 hips) requiring primary total hip arthroplasty comprise this study. A modification of the Smith-Peterson anterior approach developed by Robert Judet was used requiring a special fracture table (Pro-Fx, OSI) but no unique surgical instruments. A single incision was used; the natural interval between the sartorius and rectus muscles medially and the tensor muscle laterally was developed. SL-Plus stems and Plus-MPF or Encore cups were used in all cases.

This series is entirely unselected: no patients were excluded because of size or body habitus. One third of the patients had a Body Mass Index greater than 30 (obese); the maximum BMI was 45.6. One third had type C bone and nearly one tenth were category 3 anesthetic risks. Average age was 72 (range 39 to 90). A naive definition of “minimally invasive” is met: the average incision length was 9.5 centimeters (range 6.5 to 13).

Result: Time for the surgical procedure reduced from three and one half hours for the first arthroplasty to 70 minutes between the 15th and 20th operation. Previously, hospital stay averaged over 5 days using a conventional posterior approach; average stay with the “minimal” approach was less than 3 days. Only 20% of these patients required an intermediate care facility prior to returning home.

There have been three complications requiring readmission: 1 dislocation, 1 unstable acetabulum, and 1 superficial wound breakdown. There has been a total of 3 dislocations-all within 4 days of surgery, none recurrent. One DVT has been detected.

Conclusions: The early experience, “learning curve” and technical complications of the modified Smith-Peterson anterior approach are emphasized. Given the consistently reported 95% to 98% success rate of conventional hip arthroplasty it is imperative to make any change with foresight and then to document the consequence of that change. Surgical technique should not absolutely dictate implant choice. This report sheds light on the very early result of a change only to the surgical approach to total hip arthroplasty.


G.P. Rinaldi M. Bonalumi D. Capitani

Von langenbach first described the posterior approach for total hip arthroplasty in 1874. In recent years advances in operative techniques and instrumentation have allowed surgeon to perform total hip arthroplasty through incision much smaller. The primary goal of any joint replacement is to create a biomechanically arthroplasty with excellent prosthesis position and durable interfaces.

Many american authors propose a definition of minimally invasive hip replacement when the skin incision is between 7–10 cm.

For us, to be mini-invasive means saving non only the skin but saving capsule, muscle and tendons too.

We used a mini-posterolateral approach with a mean length of 7 cm. After incision of the gluteus maximus fascia and fascia lata, the gluteus maximus muscle is blunty split. The short external rotator tendons are located; we proceed to saving the piriformis and quadratus femoris tendons. The gemelli and obturator internus tendons are detached with electrocautery. A capsulotomy is performed. The capsule and obturator tendon are tagged with heavy bone-suture for reattachment. The difficulties of the operation can be reduced if instruments developed for the technique are used.

50 cases of minimal incision posterolateral total hip arthroplasties are performed. More rapid rehabilitation and more prompt return to activities of daily living are also some advantage.

Longer follow-up is required to determine the long-term outcome but, our results encouraged to performed a mini-approach for total hip arthroplasty in patients selection.


J.J. Panisello V. Canales A. Herrera J. Mateo A. Peguero

Aim of the study: In order to compare the short-term results of a mini-incision in primary hip replacement with the results of the standard incision we developed a prospective study with 80 patients. Forty of them had a hip replacement using a mini-incision technique, and the 40 remaining patients using a classic approach.

Methods: All the patients were treated with an anatomic non cemented stem (ABG-II, Striker). No statistical differences were found related to age, gender and weight between groups. The patients were distributed into two surgical teams according to the date of their first visit to our service. Each team develop only one kind of procedure.

Results: No differences were found related to the incidence of surgical or postoperative complications, placement of the implants and need of early rehabilitation. Patients having a mini incision were discharged from the hospital only 1 day earlier than those having a standard incision (5.6 days vs. 6.7 days). Only blood transfusion showed a significant improvement: 8% in the mini-incision group and 32% in the standard approach needed a transfusion.

Conclusions: No major improvements were found related to the use of mini-incisions in primary hip replacement. To obtain the positive clinical outcomes related to this new technique some improvements should be done in anesthetics, pain control an early rehabilitation in selected and motivated patients.


O. Hersche

Aim: The aim of our retrospective study was to evaluate the precision of implantation of two different resurfacing systems and if incorrect positioning is a risk factor for implant failure.

Method:. We started with the Birmingham Hip Resurfacing system (MMT,UK) and later introduced the Durom resurfacing system (Zimmer). We analysed the follow-up rx of all patients operated in our clinic.

We measured the inclination of the cup, the CCD-angle of the head component, the alignement in respect to the neck axis, if the component had an eccentric position or if superior or inferior notching had occured. We compared the rate of failure of the two systems.

Patients: In 90 patients a Mc Minn hip resurfacing system was implanted. The mean age in this group was 52 years (range 29 – 68 years). There were 64 male and 26 female patients.

In 75 patients we implanted a Durom resurfacing system. The mean age in this group was 53 years (range 20 – 72 years). There were 55 male and 20 female patients.

Results: In both groups the mean CCD angle was higher than before surgery, indicating that the head component was usually implanted in a slight valgus position. In 20 % of the cases component alignement was not ideal in both systems. There were four revisions of patients with the Durom system and three revision of patients with the McMinn system. The main reason for failure was weakening of the superior neck portion.

Conclusion: As we were in the learning curve in hip resurfacing in a high number of cases positioning of the implant was not as it should be. This remained in most cases without clinical consequences but weakening of the superior neck portion seems to be the main reason leading to failure.


G. Golubev V. Kabanov V. Golubev

Over the past years there has been considerable interest, debate and controversy over the role of surgical approaches for total hip replacements. The leading role belongs to appropriate direction and anatomical structures mobilization during surgical approach. We strictly follow the paradigm that surgical approach must enable gentle handling vessels, nerves, muscles and fascias structures create good viewing of target field with possibilities of free manipulations, give opportunity for widening at any level.

This experimental study was performed to quantitatively comparesomethemostcommonlyusedsurgicalapproaches to hip joint. Kocher-Langenbeck, Smith-Petersen, Moore, direct lateral approaches were investigated on twenty men cadavers. All bodies had normal constitution, average age 60+−5 years, body weigh 75+−10 Kg, no previous surgical interventions at the hip joint area.

For named approaches wound length (cm), wound depth (cm), angle of operating action (degree), tilting of operating axis (degree), wound’s inlet square (relative units), wound’s bottom square (relative units), accessibility zone’s square (percents) were registered. Direct measure and measuring on digital images of wounds using free version of UTHSCCA Image Tools for Windows v.2 were performed. Data stored to database for further analysis.

The average angle of operating action for posterior approaches was 75+−7 degrees, for lateral approaches – 60+−8 degrees. Tilting of operating axis for all approaches was between 55–70 degrees and was in close relation of body’s position. As a rule, supine position for lateral approaches restricted tilting of operating axis to 40–45 degrees, reducing wound’s review. The wound’s inlet square to wound’s bottom square ratio that characterizes the usefulness of approach was the worst (8–12%) for Smith-Petersen and the best for Kocher-Langenbeck (16–18%) approach. This feature for direct lateral approach was 13–15%. Some tricks (wide capsule detaching, retracting the gemelli and obturator internus and the tendon of the piriformis, for example), can increase the useful square of wound’s bottom, but not more than 3–5%.The data received is slightly disappointing. The efficiency of widely using approaches is too low. The risk of nerve palsy or injury appear to be higher on the direct lateral approaches, however, there were no significant differences when comparing this risk nerve by nerve for both posterior and lateral approaches, in particular for the sciatic nerve.

One can reduce the operating trauma by using minimal invasive technique, but this approach demands special instrument sets and must be under thoroughly investigation to clarify the questions of heterotopic bone formation, hip prostheses surviving etc.


J. Dutka P. Sosin M. Libura P. Skowronek

Aims: Evaluation of: 1/ early clinical and radiographic results of total hip arthroplasty (THA) made by standard lateral direct approach, 2/ early clinical and radiographic results of THA made by minimal lateral approach, 3/ comparison of results of THA in these two groups.

Material and methods: Prospective study of 120 THAs (60 cementless and 60 cement) done in 120 patients due to degenerative changes was made. 60 THAs made by minimal lateral approach consist study group. 60 THAs made by direct lateral approach consist of control group.

Mean age of 120 patients (98 women and 22 men) was 45 y.o. (range: 32–61 y.o.). Follow-up time in study group was from 6 to 12 months (mean: 8,5 months). Follow-up time in control group was from 10 to 16 months (mean: 10,5 months). Mean preoperative functional status of the study group was 44,5p in Harris hip score. Radiographic evaluation of the results was made according to criteria of Joined Committee of The Hip Society, AAOS and SICOT.

Results: Clinical results in 6 months after THA were: 92p. in study group and 88p. in control group. In all 120 cases in both groups radiographic results were very good – there were no differences between control and study group. Incidence of complications were similar in both groups.

Conclusions: THA with minimal invasive approach has proved its value in the treatment of hip degenerative changes as regarding short-time results. Clinical and radiographic results of THA made by standard or minimal invasive approaches are comparable. Successful THA with minimal invasive approach is a matter of excellent operative technique and experience with standard hip approaches, and not special instruments.


K. Sharif N. Jayasekera Z. Sharief F. Kashif

Introduction and aim: In order to harness existing surgical skill and expertise of the operator trained in conventional total hip arthroplasty (THA) it would be advantageous to adopt a mini-incision surgery (MIS) THA technique that is similar. It would also make economic sense for MIS THA to be performed using existing conventional instrumentation available in every elective orthopaedic unit. The aim of this retrospective comparative study was to verify safety, efficacy and durability of this MIS THA technique via a modified anterolateral approach developed in our hospital by the senior author. This technique utilises standard instrumentation and does not require the use of an image intensifier.

Materials and Methods: The implants used in the study were the SL-Plus (Plus Endoprothetik AG, CH-Rotkreuz) and the EPF cup (Plus Endoprothetik AG, CH-Rotkreuz). We report on our experience of a consecutive series of 111 patients operated for osteoarthritis of the hip joint.

Results: Fifty-nine patients (53.2%) were implanted using MIS technique; the remainder (52 cases, 46.8%) were operated using conventional THA via traditional anterolateral approach. In patients undergoing MIS technique a skin incision averaging 8 cm (range 7.5 to 9 cm) was made over the greater trochanter with two thirds lying superior to its tip. The surgical procedure lasted forty minutes on average, and no excessive retraction was needed. The small incision can be extended with ease if access proves difficult, but this proved unnecessary in any of our cases.

The mean follow-up for the MIS THA group was 22.9 months compared to 33.1 months for the conventional THA group. All our MIS patients had less postoperative blood loss, needed less post operative painkillers, and mobilised earlier. There was however no significant difference in the duration of postoperative hospital stay between the two patient groups. We have had no incidence of dislocation and continue to use this technique during routine THA.

Discussion and conclusion: A review of the MIS THA literature is provided to compare this technique with those described by other authors. The authors believe this to be a safe, cost effective alternative to MIS THA techniques that require special instrumentation and the use of the image intensifier.


S. Sharma M.S. Bhamra

Introduction There has been increasing interest and enthusiasm among both surgeons and patients for small incision for total hip joint replacement (THR). We conducted a prospective study to compare the early postoperative recovery following the two different incisions.

Materials and Methods 40 patients were prospectively randomised (20 patients in each group) by use of envelopes to undergo either conventional or minimal incision (MI) approach for THR between Sept. 2003 and Aug. 2004. Patients with BMI (body mass index) ≤ 30 were considered suitable for randomisation. Conventional incision was 12 cm standard posterolateral in all cases and minimal incision was defined as within 2 cm of the diameter of the contralateral uninvolved femoral head. Minimal incision was made over the posterior aspect of the greater trochanter. All procedures were performed by the senior author. The patients were assessed for operative time, blood loss, haematological parameters, wound healing, ease of mobilisation, post-operative pain, hospital stay and complications. The patients, and assessors (physiotherapists and nurses on ward) were unaware of the treatment group.

Results Average age was 66.95 years for MI group and 68.55 for conventional group (p-0.501). Average BMI for MI and conventional group was 26.5 & 24.4 respectively (p-0.029). Average pre-operative Oxford hip score was 41.75 for conventional group and 42.15 for MI group (p-0.87). There was no statistically significant difference as regards the operating times (p-0.207); post-operative day the patients were mobilised with zimmer frame (p-0.71); drop in hemoglobin (p-0.197) and hematocrit (p-0.208) or the need for blood transfusion (p-0.56). However there was a statistically significant difference in the two groups as regards post-operative pain (on a 10 point visual analogue scale) and the number of postoperative days the patient was fit for discharge. Average pain score on day 1 was 4.05 for MI group and 6.25 for conventional group (p-0.0089) with similar difference on day 2 and the day of discharge. Patients in MI group were fit for discharge on an average 1.65 days earlier than those in conventional group (p-0.042). There was no superficial or deep wound infection, dislocation or per-operative fracture in either group. Transient sciatic nerve neuropraxia occurred in one patient in the minimal incision group which recovered within 6 weeks.

Conclusion Minimal incision posterior approach for total hip replacement may be useful in decreasing the post-operative pain and duration of hospital stay. However the incidence of complications is an area of concern and needs to be studied on a larger study group.


E. García-Rey E. Garcia-Cimbrelo M. Tapia C. Martin-Hervas

Introduction. Plain radiograph underestimates the lysis extent while bone defect determines acetabular revision. We determine the multislice computed tomography (CT) efficacy with metal-artifact minimization to calculate the volume, extent and location of lytic lesions around a loose acetabular cup.

Patients and Methods. 48 hips with a loose acetabular cup were evaluated before cup revision. Multislice CT scans with metal-artifact minimization (Toshiba-MEC CT) were done. Scans were taken at 135 kV and 250 mA to maximize the resolution and bone contrast. CT slice thickness was 3 mm and reconstruction index 1.5 mm. Evidence of osteolytic lesion on these scans was compared with plain radiographs and with intraoperative findings. Bone defects were classified according to Paprosky.

Results. Acetabular lysis were found in the radiographs of 18 hips and in the CT scans of 36 hips. The most frequent locations of osteolysis were medial (32 hips) and posterior walls (23 hips). Radiographs underestimated the extent of the lysis: there were 28 hips with radiographic type 1 defects and 16 hips with CT defects; 6 and 11 with type 2; 8 and 10 with type 3A; and 6 and 11 with type 3B respectively (Wilcoxon test, p< 0.001). The mean volumetric bone loss was 35.4 cm3 . Intraoperative findings confirmed CT findings.

Conclusions. Multislice CT scans with metal-artifact minimization is more sensitive for identifying and quantifying osteolysis around the cup than are plain radiographs. Since CT scans allow us to show the extent and location of the osteolysis, they are useful to plan cup revision.


H. Malik N. Fisher J. Gray B.M. Wroblewski P.R. Kay

We describe the association between immediate postoperative radiological appearances and early aseptic failure of THA having compensated for the methodological flaws in previous similar studies. 63 hips were entered into the aseptic failure group and 138 into the control group. Alignment of the femoral stem was not associated with failure (p=0.283). Thickness of the cement mantle was associated with failure in Gruen zones 6 (p=0.040) and 7 (p=0.003). A significant association for the presence of radiolucent lines was found for Gruen zones 3 (p=0.0001) and 5 (p=0.0001). Grade of cementation was associated with failure for Barrack grades C (p=0.001) and D (p=0.001). This study has demonstrated that easily applied radiological criteria can be used to identify at risk THAs from the immediate post-operative AP radiograph.


J.H. Schroeder L. Morawietz G. Matziolis D. Leutloff T. Gehrke V. Krenn C. Perka

Despite all gain of knowledge, septic and aseptic loosening of endoprostheses still remain unsolved problems. In loosening of joint arthroplasty a periprosthetic membrane is found between the bone and the loosened implant. The characteristics of the membrane are influenced by the process that leads to the loosening of the endoprosthesis. The aim of the study was to introduce a classification system that enables a standardized diagnostic evaluation and helps to determine the aetiology of the loosening process.

Based on histomorphological criteria and polarized light microscopy, four types of periprosthetic membranes were defined: periprosthetic membranes of the wear particle type (type I), periprosthetic membranes of the infectious type (type II), periprosthetic membranes of the combined type (type III), and periprosthetic membranes of the indifferent type (type IV). Periprosthetic membranes of 268 patients were analyzed according to the defined criteria.

The interobserver reproducibility was sufficient (95%). The correlation between histopathological and microbiological diagnosis was high (89%, p< 0,001). The four types of periprosthetic membranes showed a significantly different time of revision.

This classification system enables a standardized diagnostic procedure. It therefore is a basis for further studies concerning the etiology and pathogenesis of prosthesis loosening. The reliability of this histomorphological examination in diagnosing infections is currently reviewed.


M. Clauss M. Lueem P. Zimmermann P.E. Ochsner

Introduction: The acetabular component in primary THA is placed on pathologic bone stock. Little is known about histology and its impact on aseptic cup loosening. We therefore investigated undecalcified acetabular bone biopsies taken prior to primary THA and at the time of revision surgery. Study design: In a prospective study, starting 01/1993, a bone biopsy of the acetabulum out of zone 1 according to De Lee and Charnley is taken in each primary THA in a standardized manner. In case of revision surgery of the cup, another biopsy is taken again. Between 01/1993 and 08/1997 351 cementless titanium shells with screws cups have been implanted at our institution. The average age at operation was 68 years (range 29–90 years). In 88% osteoarthritis was the primary diagnosis. Biopsies were classified as normal bone (type I), increased sclerosis (type II), restless bone (type III) or dead bone (type IV) according to a classification developed in our institution. Biopsies with a special entity such as rheumatoid arthritis are grouped «others». The initial diagnosis on the pre-operative X-ray was correlated to the results of the biopsies. Signs for aseptic loosening of the cup were defined on the complete x-ray series. All explanted cups were analysed for signs of impingement or increased wear.

Results: 8 cups (8 patients) had to be revised until August 2004 (average age at revision 63.6years, range 49.6–77.8 years). The initial diagnosis was osteoarthritis in 5 cases, twice avascular necrosis of the femoral head and 1 rheumatoid arthritis. 5 times we found metal-on-metal, 3 times PE-ceramic bearings. We found one of each biopsies in type I and type IV, 2 in type II and type III. 2 biopsies had to be grouped «others». At time of revision one biopsy initially grouped as type III had to be reclassified as «others». 2 cups were revised due to late haematogenous infection. 3 cases showed a direct relation between the result of the biopsy and failure of the cup. In 1 case we found surgical failure, though impingement and a type IV biopsy as combined reasons for failure. 2 cups (2 patients) revised after 1.2 years, immunhistological reaction due to metal-on-metal could have been the reason for failure (still under investigation).

Discussion: Surgical failures and implant related factors are accused as major reasons for loosening of the cup in THA, patient related factors often neglected. The acetabular bone quality, as one patient related factor, showed in almost half of the cases analysed a correlation with later acetabular loosening. One should therefore be aware of acetabular bone quality as one factor for loosening of the cup when monitoring acetabular implants, especially when newly introduced.


R. Biedermann A. Kroell C. Bach H. Behensky B. Stoeckl M. Krismer

Component migration after THR is directly correlated with loosening and reported to be predictive for the long-term survival rate. In literature, four different patterns of stem-migration are reported. Likewise, periprothetic osteolytic zones indicate the risk of loosening and revision in the further course. Nevertheless, little is known about the distinguish migration behaviour between cemented and uncemented stems throughout the process of loosening. The aim of this study was to evaluate the influence of cementing on migration behaviour of loose femoral components after THR. A total of 207 stem-revisions have been performed at our institution between 1996 and 2001. Only patients with aseptic loosening after primary hip replacements were included in the present study. Thus, 75 patients had to be excluded due to other reasons for loosening. Migration analysis was done with the EBRA-FCA method (Einzel-Bild-Röntgen-Analyse, Femoral Component Analysis). In addition, a radiographic analysis was performed following Gruen et al. For migration analysis, a minimum of four x-rays per series are required. Hence, another 72 patients had to be excluded due to insufficient x-ray documentation. A total of 40 cemented (Group A) and 20 uncemented (Group B) femoral components could be analysed. There were no significant differences between the two groups with regard to age (60 years for Group A, 56 years for Group B), gender or side. Mean number of radiographs per series was 7.2 for Group A and 7.9 for Group B respectively. Mean stem survival differed between the two groups (11.3 years for Group A and 8.8 years for Group B), but without statistical significance (T-Test: p> 0.05). Differences in migration behaviour and distinct types of loosening after cemented and uncemented total hip replacement will be presented.


M. Valera X. Crusi R. Sancho P. L. Trullos

Aims: The purpose of this study is to compare the clinical outcome, radiological integration and survivorship associated with a porous coated stem and those associated with a hydroxyapatite-coated stem in a consecutive serie of uncemented total hip replacements.

Methods: Between 1992 and 1995, 188 primary uncemented hip arthroplasties were performed at our institution using either a proximal porous-coat or a fully HA-coated stem. Mean age and weight and distribution of sex and primary diagnosis were similar in both groups. Ninety-eight hips from the HA group (group 1) and 69 from the porous-coated group (group 2) had a complete clinical and radiographic follow-up. The average duration of follow-up period for group 1 and 2 was 10.12 and 9.8 years respectively (range,9 to 12). Parameters such as implant migration and bone remodelling were especially evaluated and compared in both groups on postoperative X-rays.

Results: In group 2 , 8 hips (11.8%) needed revision for aseptic loosening and 24 additional hips (34.7%) showed non-progressive lucent lines; distal migration of the stem was seen in 9 cases(13.04%). In contrast no hip in group 1 required revision and all but two hips in this group showed radiological integration; no stem showed distal migration. Harris hip score at follow-up was better in group 1 (p= 0.05) due to a higher incidence of thigh pain in group 2 (23% vs 0%). Significant differences between both groups (p=0.02) were also observed in predicted rate of survival at 10 years with revision for aseptic loosening as the endpoint.

Conclusion: In our series the HA-coated stem has provided significantly better outcomes in terms of clinical scores, radiological integration and survivorship rates than porous-coated stem.


S. Fokter S.A. Yerby A.R. Fokter R. Komadina

Periprosthetic bone loss is identified after inserting a hip prosthesis and is many times a result of stress shielding or altered loading of the proximal femur. Depending on the severity, the bone loss may threaten the prosthesis survival. The current study investigated the effect of cyclic etidronate therapy on periprosthetic and contralateral bone mineral density (BMD) in an one-year, prospective, randomized, double-blind study on 46 patients after cemented hip arthroplasty. Etidronate was administered orally in a regimen repeated every 14 weeks and periprosthetic BMD was measured with dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) in the total periprosthetic area and in the seven Gruen Zones at 1 week (baseline), 6 weeks, 3 months, 6 months, and 12 months postoperatively. In the etidronate group there were significant temporal BMD decreases measured in Gruen Zones 2, 3, 6, and 7 as well as in the entire proximal femur; the greatest decrease was 11.1% and was measured in Zone 2 at 12 months. Also in the etidronate group, there was a significant 3.4% increase in BMD of the spine at 12 months. In the placebo group there were significant temporal BMD decreases measured in Gruen Zones 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7 as well as in the entire proximal; the greatest decrease was 16.4% and was measured in Zone 7 at 12 months. There were no significant differences between the mean BMD measurements of the etidronate and placebo groups with the exception of the mean percent change in the spine at 6 months and 12 months, and in Gruen Zone 3 at 6 months; in all three cases the etidronate group had significantly greater mean values. These findings suggest that cyclic etidronate therapy has no significant effect in surpressing the periprosthetic bone loss following cemented hip arthroplasty.


G. Sohar J. Fabula L. Tiszlavicz R. Rago T. Meszaros

Aim: The most important long-term complication in total joint replacements is aseptic osteolysis. Our aim was to use immunohistological methods to study samples taken during total hip arthroplasty revision surgery. And to compare these results with the preoperative radiological findings.

Methods: Between 1996 and 2003, 103 revision of total hip arthroplasty have been performed because of aseptic loosening at our Department. Out of these 103 cases 83 histological examination was performed. The samples taken during surgery are stored in paraffin-embedded tissue sections at the University’s Department of Pathology. Aseptic loosening of prosthetic components after total hip replacement is characterized by the formation of a synovial membrane-like tissue. Particle induced osteolysis is a primary cause of aseptic loosening through cytokine production in response to phagocytosis of implant wear particle. To study the local immun (macrophage) reaction, we applied labelling of sections by immunohistochemistry using the macrophage marker anti-CD68, anti-TNF-α marker and Crosmon staining. Osteolysis on the AP and lateral radiographs was detected by the periprosthetic radiolucent zones. Classification was performed by the Paprosky and DeLee-Charnley methods. The results of the radiological analysis was compered statisticaly to the immunohistological findings.

Results: Increased macrophage activity showed an elevation in the immun-markers in the samples. In the radiologicaly more severe cases an increase in the immun response was detected.


W.C. Witzleb U. Hanisch K.P. Guenther

Question: Is the histopathological response of the peri-prosthetic tissue to metal-on-metal bearings comparable to the well studied reactions to polyethylene debris or do specific reactions exist and are theses reactions depending on the implant design?

Methods: Periprosthetic tissue samples from 19 THR and Hip Resurfacings (11 Birmingham Hip Resurfacings, 2 (historical)McMinn Hybrid Hip Resurfacings, 5 MetaSUL THR) with a variety of failure mechanisms were examined histopathologically and immunohistochemically.

Results: Only the samples of the (historical) McMinn Hybrid resurfacings showed a stronger histiocytic foreign body reaction and a higher grade metallosis. In all other cases only a mild if any histiocytic foreign body reaction was found. Additionally a chronic lymphoplasmacellular tissue reaction was present in all cases. 3 cases showed a higher grade chronic lymphoplasmacellular inflammatory tissue response comparable to a specific immune reaction.

Discussion: We found two different response mechanisms of the periprosthetic tissues to metal-on-metal bearings. In addition to the classic histiocytic foreign body reaction which was usual mild and only stronger in cases with a greater amount of metallic debris a lymphoplasmacellular inflammatory reaction usually was present but did not reach the level of inflammatory alterations associated with potential osteolysis and was not related to the implant or amount of wear. In 3 of our 19 cases the lymphoplasmacellular infiltration was stronger and comparable to a specific immune reaction. The significance of the specific immune reaction could not be further explained because a correlation to the failure mechanisms was not detectable


E. Cansu F. Erdogan M. Babacan N. Guney A. C. Dogan

The etiological diagnosis of the loosening of a total joint replacement is of highest importance for the prognosis of the patient and the survival of the revision. However no test proved to be definitive and reliable in making a diagnosis of a periprostetic infection or to exclude it. In this study a twofold comparison of the following generally accepted methods of periprostetic infection diagnosis was made: First, the results of intraoperative and extraoperative incubation of cultures among each other and secondly, the cultures with the preoperative levels of the two acute phase reactants CRP and ESR were compared. Within the prospective study started in the Istanbul University, Cerrahpasa Faculty of Medicine, Department of Orthopaedics and Traumatology in November 2001, CRP and ESR analyses as well as specimens of liquid, swab and biopsy cultures of 32 cases were examined until June 2002. In each case two specimens were taken intraoperative, which were incubated immediately in the operating room and afterwards in the laboratory. The statistical analyses were performed with the software SPSS for Windows, where the Mann-Whitney U test and the chi square test were applied. We had 24 female and 8 male cases. The average age was 61.44. Eight patients were found infected, the 24 other cases were aseptic. CRP and ESR, which are the most useful preoperative acute phase reactants, were found to have a sensitivity of 53.8% and 42.1% and a specificity of 94.4% and 100%, respectively. CRP and ESR measured together had a sensitivity of 58.3% and a specificity of 100%. It was concluded that the CRP levels in the infected cases were not significantly affected by an additional rheumatological disease of the patient. Three different kinds of microorganisms were found in the eight infected cases: methicillin sensitive coagulase (−) staphylococcus in four cases, methicillin sensitive staphylococcus aureus in three cases and methicillin resistant coagulase (−) staphylococcus in one case. For the specimens incubated in the operating room the reproduction and diagnostic power of the specimens isolated from the liquid was found significantly higher than the specimens isolated from the swap and the biopsy (p< 0.001). CRP and ESR are parameters helping the surgeons to make reliable preoperative decisions. As the diagnostic power of a normal level CRP and ESR combination is significantly different than a high level combination, we find it useful to require both tests before the operation. For the diagnosis and tracking of patients with additional rheumatological disease CRP should be required primarily. If the surgeon suspects any infection during the operation, first of all liquid specimens should be taken and tried to incubate them in the operation room conditions.


S. Gheduzzi J.C. Webb V. Wylde R.F. Spencer I.D. Learmonth A.W. Miles

The static properties of bone cements have been widely reported in the literature (Lewis, 1997, Khun, 2000, Armstrong 2002). Commercial bone cements are expected to perform above the minimum values in static tests specified by ISO 5833: 2002. It has been suggested that the viscoelastic properties of bone cement, such as creep and stress relaxation, might bear more relevance to the in-vivo behaviour of the cement-implant construct (Lee 2002). This study aimed to compare numerous properties of Simplex P, Simplex Antibiotic and Simplex Tobramycin and identify those properties most sensitive to subtle changes in cement composition. The three cements were chosen on the basis that they are characterised by the same liquid and powder compositions, the only difference being represented by the type and amount of added antibiotics. In Simplex Antibiotic the additives are 0.5g Erythromycin and 3 million I.U. Colistin, while in Antibiotic Simplex with Tobramycin the only additive is 0.5g of Tobramycin. The static properties of the cements were assessed following protocols described in ISO 5833: 2002, while the viscoelastic properties of the cement were measured with in-house developed apparatus in quasi-static conditions. Creep and stress relaxation tests were performed in four point bending configuration. Porosity was measured on the mid cross section of the creep samples using a digital image technique. All cements exhibited properties compatible with the ISO standard, but in plain Simplex the ISO minimum for bending and compressive strength was within the variation of the batches tested. Bending strength measurements were the least sensitive to differences in the cements. Plain Simplex displayed lower bending and compressive strength but higher bending modulus than the antibiotic laden options. The bending modulus could only discriminate between Simplex P and Simplex Antibiotic (p=0.02). Differences in the compressive strength of the three cements were significant, with the plain option being the weakest. Stress relaxation only discriminated between plain and Tobramycin loaded cement (p=0.028), while creep was more sensitive to differences and allowed distinction between plain and antibiotic loaded bone cements. The creep behaviour correlated with the cross sectional porosity measurements. This study demonstrated that the static tests specified by the current international standard are not as sensitive to subtle changes in the composition of the material as the time temperature dependent parameters characteristic of creep and stress relaxation. The authors advocate the evaluation of time and temperature dependent characteristics as a complement to the current standard.


E.S. Kotsovolos K.S Stafilas G. Mandellos G. Mitsionis T. Xenakis

We present our experience from use of acetabular reinforcement rings in revision total hip arthroplasty when bone defects are present. From 1987 to 2000, acetabular reinforcement rings were utilized in 59 revisions, in 52 patients with a mean age of 60 years (31–81). In 48 hips, Ganz rings were used and in 11 hips, Burch-Sch-neider rings. For the existing defects of the acetabulum, morsellized bone allograft was used. The patients were evaluated clinically with the modified Merle d’ Aubigne-Postel scale and radiologically with the criteria of Gill-Sledge-Muller. Acetabular reconstruction was successful in 51 of 59 hips (86.5%) after a mean follow-up period of 7 years (2–15). One of the 11 Burch-Schneider rings failed (9.1%) and 7 of the 48 Ganz, raising the failure rate of this ring up to 14.6%. Complications included dislocation in 5 cases, deep vein thrombosis in 2, superficial infection in 1 and pubis rami fracture in 2 cases.

Reinforcement rings in our opinion could be of valuable help in reconstruction of the bone deficient acetabulum. Although in this study, it is not possible for these two rings to be directly compared, Burch-Schneider one appears to have a more clear role and lower failure rate. However, in order to evaluate in a more reliable way the true fate of the acetabular reinforcement rings, especially in the presence of the limited role of biological fixation, longer follow-up time is needed.


A.R. Malik M. Pearse S. Nicols M.D. George

Aim: Impaction bone grafting is an established technique for the restoration of bone loss at revision hip surgery. Preformed stainless steel meshes have been recently introduced to augment graft containment. We present our results of acetabular impaction grafting at a mean of 4 years, with particular reference to the use of preformed steel meshes.

Methods: 72 consecutive total hip replacements (7 primary and 65 revision) in 69 patients underwent acetabular impaction grafting with morsellised fresh frozen allograft through a posterior approach. In 47 cases there were uncontained defects (46 segmental or combined deficiencies, one pelvic discontinuity) necessitating the use of a preformed steel mesh, secured with multiple small fragment screws to contain the impacted bone graft. All the operations were done by the senior author in a district general hospital.

Results: At mean follow-up of 4 years (range 18 to 92 months), no case has been lost to follow up. The Merle d’Aubigne Postel hip scores averaged 5.3 (pain), 4.2 (walking ability), and 5.3 (range of movement). (Charnley group A -26 patients, group B -19, group C -24). There were no peri-operative deaths or deep infections. There have been no revisions for septic or aseptic loosening. There were 2 cases of early post operative dislocation which stabilised after closed reduction. One case of recurrent disclocation required cup revision. There was one case of radiographic loosening without cup migration. This patient remains pain free and there are no plans for revision. In all other cases, radiographs suggest graft incorporation, with no significant radiolucent lines, acetabular component or mesh migration. There have been no complications relating to the use of the preformed mesh.

Conclusion: The results of this study are encouraging. By using preformed metallic meshes it is possible to manage all cases of acetabular loss, irrespective of severity, encountered during total hip replacement with acetabular impaction grafting.


F. Comba M. Buttaro F. Piccaluga

Acetabular bone stock loss represents one of the main challenges in revision hip surgery.

We present 149 consecutive aseptic acetabular reconstructions with impacted bone allograft technique and a cemented cup followed clinically and radiographically for an average of 52 months (range 24–156 months). Patients requiering reinforcement rings were not included in this series. Seven reconstructions in six patients were lost to follow-up.

The average postoperative Merle DAubigne and Postel score was 5.7 points for pain, 4.5 points for mobility and 5.2 points for gait. Radiographic analysis evidenced incorporation of the grafts in all but in four cups with more than 5 mm migration, demonstrating radiographic failure. All of these patients presented clinical failure as well. Non progressive radiolucent lines were observed in 29 non symptomatic patients. mainly in Zone 1 according to De Lee and Charnley. Six patients were reoperated (4.5%), 3 of them because of deep infection and 3 patients for aseptic failure related to massive segmental and cavitary defects. Overall survival rate of the acetabular reconstruction was 95.8% (CI 95%:92.3–99.1). When infected cases were excluded, this rate was 98%.

Providing precise indications, acetabular reconstruction with impacted morsellized bone allografts and cemented cups is an excellent biologic reconstructive technique in patients with bone stock deficiency


R. Windhager P. Kinov A. Leithner R. Radl K. Bodo G.A. Khoschsorur K. Schauenstein

Introduction: Despite significant progress at the molecular level the etiology of aseptic loosening is still unclear. Fibrosis of the new capsule is an invariable finding at revision hip arthroplasty. Tissue fibrosis has been demonstrated in varies pathologic conditions due to elevated oxidative stress. The present retrospective study was designed to proof the hypothesis that peri-prosthetic fibrosis in aseptic loosening may be caused by elevated oxidative stress and represent an initial step in the pathomechanism of aseptic loosening.

Material and methods: Levels of malondialdehyde (MDA), oxidized (GSSG) and reduced (GSH) gluthatione were assayed as markers of oxidative stress in retrieved capsules of 28 loose hips (Group I) and 12 hips revised for high rate of wear (Group II). Collagen in the periprosthetic tissues was measured as hydroxiproline content and semiquantitatively by electrophoresis. In four representative cases electron microscopy was performed.

Results: MDA level as well as GSH/GSSG and GSH/ GSSG² ratios showed elevated oxidative stress in group I compared to group II and controls. SDS-PAGE electrophoresis showed higher molecular bands in 20 patients compared to controls. Hydroxiproline level in group II is significantly higher than in group I (p< 0.05). MDA, GSH and GSSG correlate significantly with hydroxiproline. A negative correlation between collagen content and osteolysis was established.

Discussion and conclusion: Higher oxidative stress plays role in aseptic loosening of hip arthroplasty. The present data support the hypothesis that the process is initiated by excessive fibrosis which consequently might lead to increase of intraarticular pressure and to extension of the joint space.


M. Hassaballa S. Mehandale E.J. Smith I.D. Learmonth

Introduction: Impaction bone grafting is a very useful technique in the armament of a revision hip surgeon. Traditionally fresh frozen allograft has been used for this technique. However there are concerns about the transmission of viral proteins and prions through this form of allograft.As a result irradiated bone graft has been favoured in some centres. There is no long term series describing the results of impaction bone grafting using irradiated bone

Method: We describe a series of 58 cases of acetabular revision surgery done at the Avon Orthopaedic Centre between 1995 and 2001 and followed up over a period of 48–90 months. The preoperative bone defect was graded by the Paprosky classification. There were 10cases of type 1,15 type 2a, 5 type 2b, 7 type 2c, 14 type 3a and 7 type 3c.50 cases were operated by the two senior surgeons and 8 were senior trainees.All uncontained defects were first contained by using a mesh or cages. The bone graft used was freeze-dried femoral head allograft, which was milled and used without defatting. The cases were followed up clinically and radiologically.Case notes were reviewed to gain information about the primary prosthesis, and operative details as well as the cause of the revision. All the cases were the first revisions.

The radiological picture was evaluated for signs of incorporation, remodelling, loosening and migration of the cemented acetabular component. Clinical evaluation was from the last clinic visit and included the presence of pain, mobility status, range of movement and patient satisfaction. Revision was the end point of the study

Results: There were no cases which underwent loosening and all the cups were stable.1 case had recurrent dislocation and was revised.26 (44.8%) cases showed changes of incorporation, and 4 cases (6%)showed changes of remodelling.23 cases (39.6%) underwent femoral impaction grafting as well. Clinically the results were satisfactory with absence of pain in 38 cases (65%). Trochanteric pain was present in 3 cases.

Conclusion: The results suggested that the results of impaction bone grafting on the acetabular side using irradiated bone graft are comparable to those with fresh frozen allograft and significantly better than those on the femoral side. This could be attributed to the compressive forces acting across the acetabular side as against the predominantly shear forces acting on the femur. The low percentage of remodelling remains a concern and warrants further studies.


B.M. Wroblewski P. Siney P.A Feming

A single dislocation after total hip arthroplasty may not be a problem, once it becomes recurrent it rapidly undermines patients’ confidence. With an increasing number of revisions the problem of dislocations is likely to increase. The study and development of methods of prevention and management must proceed in pace with revision surgery.

We have designed a new cup: the angle-bore cup – to simulate both the structure and the function of the natural acetabulum with freedom of flexion, adduction, internal rotation and stability in the opposite direction. In its manufacture the centre of the hemisphere of the plastic is approached at an acute, less than 90 degrees angle, to the face of the cup creating a chamfer anteriorly and a recess postero-superiorly. The cup is side specific and cannot be reversed.

The angle-core cup was used in conjunction with a 22.225mm diameter head of the Charnley design with the exposure by trochanteric osteotomy. One thousand and thirty nine revisions were carried out: 505 were males and 534 females, mean age 65 (22.2 – 93.3): 66% were referred from other units. The indications for revision were: loose and worn cup 740, loose stem 553, deep infection 212, dislocation 65, fractured stem 51, bent stem 3, unexplained pain 17. There were 30 post-operative dislocations 2.9%; 22 (2.1%) had to be revised for recurrent dislocation. Of the 65 cases where dislocation was the original indication for revision 7 (10.8%) had to have further revision for dislocation.

(In 2330 primary Charnley low frictional torque arthroplasty with 22.225 mm diameter head and the angle-bore cup, there were 17 dislocations (0.73%); seven having to have revision for dislocation – a revision rate of 0.3% with a mean follow-up of 6.2 years.)

Full exposure, preservation of soft tissues, correct placement of components ensures stability in primary total hip arthroplasty. The same principles apply to revisions where the first attempt produces best results.

Dislocation after revision of 2.9% and re-revision for dislocation of 2.1% has been achieved with the 22.225 mm head and angle-bore cup. Advantages of the low-frictional torque can be maintained and low rate of dislocation achieved, even in revision surgery, using a 22.225 mm diameter head and the angle-bore cup.


I. Rallis J. Rallis J. Mellios A. Doussias A. Fassoulas Aggoules M. Lytos J. Michos

Purpose: To assess the extended trochanteric osteotomy approach, used for revision of hip replacement.

Material – Methods: Between January 1998 and December 2002, sixteen (16) hip replacement revision procedures were performed on 16 patients, (10 male, 6 female), with extended trochanteric osteotomy approach. Average age was 67 years (52–79).

Nine (9) procedures involved the femoral stem only, and seven (7) both components. Six (6) stems were fixed with cement and ten (10) without.

In all cementless cases, fixation of the stem in the medullary canal was achieved for at least 4 cm below the osteotomy level. The length of the stem beyond the osteotomy was three times the width of the canal.

The length of the osteotomy varied from 12 to 18 cm (av. 14 cm), and the length of the inserted components ranged from 210 – 280 mm (av.225 mm).

Results: Union of the osteotomy was achieved in all cases from 4 – 9 months (av 5.5). There was no intra-operative or postoperative fracture. No dislocation or infection was recorded. Two prostheses presented sinkage of 1 and 1.5 cm respectively. So far no patient has been reoperated in the revised hip.

Conclusions: The extended trochanteric osteotomy approach for hip replacement revision, offers excellent view of the femoral canal and facilitates the removal of the prosthesis, while the complications due to approach are minimal.


N. Cachero N. Cachero Rodríguez D. Cachero Bernárdez J. Algora

Introduction: The Arc2F is a cementless hemispheric threaded acetabular cup fabricated from titanium alloy (TI-6Al-4V) with a HA porous coating and dome holes for screws.

Materials and methods: We evaluated fifty one cups in forty nine patients under revision surgery. The average duration of follow-up was 9.8 years (range, 7–13 years). Mean age at time of revision surgery was 62.2 years (range, 41–76 years). 55.1% of the patients were women and 44.9% were men.

Preoperative diagnoses were: painful aseptic loosening in 41 cups (25 cementless and 16 cemented acetabular components), 8 acetabular protusio with unipolar hemiprosthesis and two cronic infections.

Acetabular bone deficiencies were classified as segmental in 19.6 %, cavitary in 37.3 % and combined in 43.1% according to the AAOS. Bone graft was used in 72.5 %.

Clinical and radiographic results were rated according to the Johnston et al and Merle D’Aubigne scores.

Results: The result was excellent in 60.8%, good in 29.4%, fair in 7.8%, and poor in 2%. At the time of the last follow-up, 76.5% were not painful.

The acetabular component was categorized as stable in 50 (98%), with two cases of migration in the first three months. Only one component was categorized as loose. No acetabular cup were removed or revised again.

Radiolucent lines were maximum in zone 5: 5.9% (Include the migrated component).

The most frequent complication was dislocation, which occurred in 3 hips (5.9%). Pelvic osteolysis was present in 5.9%.

Discussion: The Arc2F acetabular cup shows excellents results in revision surgery with a good primary fixation and long-term osseointegration.


H. Al Hussainy K. Saldahna M. Farhan

Hydroxyapatite-coated acetabular cup were used in revision hip arthroplasty without using bone grafts or bone substitutes to achieve osseointegration in 30 consecutive hips (29 patients). The mean age was 72.5 years (range 54 to 88). Primary prosthesis was 14 Charnley’s, 12 Capital 3M, one Furlong, one Exeter and one MacKee Farrar. Indication for revision was aseptic loosening in 20, recurrent dislocation in four, periprosthetic fracture in two, prosthesis fracture in one, and three infected hips.

Patients were assessed clinically using Harris Hip Score, satisfaction questionnaire and quality of life SF 36 questionnaire, and radiologically using DeLee and Charnley, Harris-Barrack, and Hodgkinson’s Engh’s classification, and Bassetlaw Digital Scoring System (BDSS) that we have devised. The acetabular defects were assessed preoperatively using the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) classification.

Mean follow up was 38.7 months (range 18.5–76.4). Ninety present of acetabular cups had preoperative radiolucency in all DeLee and Charnley’s zones. 26 hips (87%) had no superior or lateral cup migration. Two hips had 3 mm superior migration at one year then remained stable. Mean improvement of Harris hip score was 42.2. 83.3% of hips had no or slight pain at final follow up.

Five patients had dislocations one of which was recurrent that required acetabular cup revision. Two patients had postoperative foot drop that recovered fully. Two patients had postoperative wound infection that healed with antibiotics apart from one who died due to multi-organ failure. Four patients died due to unrelated causes.

Postoperative radiographs showed stable fixation of all acetabular cups. 83.3% of hips had no or slight pain at final follow up.

Early results show that stable fixation in revision hip surgery can be obtained with HAC acetabular cups without bone grafts or bony substitute.


R. Khan D. Fick M. Lee R. Alakeson M. De Cruz D.J. Wood B. Nivbrant

Introduction: Primary and revision total hip surgery in the face of poor neuromuscular function, cognitive impairment or recurrent dislocation are fraught with complications. A useful option for such cases is the constrained acetabular component, or “captive cup”. We present the largest series reported to date, and use radiostereometric analysis (RSA) to assess cup migration.

Method: Between February 1999 and September 2003 126 patients were identified as high risk of dislocation and were treated with a constrained acetabular component. One hundred and sixteen cases were revision arthroplasties and 10 were primary replacements. Patients were assessed pre-operatively (WOMAC, Harris Hip Scores and SF-36). Defects were reconstructed with allograft (massive, morsellised or strut) where required. All components were inserted into uncemented metal cups. Radiostereometric beads were inserted. Post-operatively patients were followed up regularly and clinical scores repeated. Radiostereometric analysis (RSA) was performed at 6 months, and then annually to assess prosthesis migration.

Results: Mean follow-up was 3.1 years (range 1 – 5.6 years). At last review 8 patients had died, and 2 were lost to follow-up. There were 7 revisions: 3 for infection, 2 for periprosthetic fractures, and 2 for aseptic loosening. There was one case of cup disassociation successfully treated with open reduction. There have been no further dislocations. There was a statistically significant improvement in WOMAC and Harris Hip scores. RSA confirmed cup migration was greater than for non-captive cups, but was nevertheless acceptable: 0.16mm medially, 0.47mm proximally, 0.16mm posteriorly. Interestingly there was no statistically significant difference at 6, 12 and 24 months suggesting most migration occurs early on.

Conclusion: Our results suggest the “captive cup” is an effective and safe option for the treatment of primary and revision arthroplasty in those at high risk of dislocation. RSA analysis confirms minimal prosthesis migration.


P. Cyril F. Gouin C. Perrier D. Waast J. Delecrin N. Passuti

Purpose of the study: Revision acetabular surgery with bone stock deficiency is a difficult problem. The use of cementless component and bioactive ceramics seemed to be a promising alternative.

Since 1996, we have been filling bone defect at the time of revision with macroporous calcium phosphate ceramic. We reported our first experience between 1996 and 1999.

Material and methods: The procedure was carried out in 35 hip reconstructions ( 35 patients ) at a mean follow-up of 6 years ( range 5 to 7,4). The average age of the patients was 56 years( range 28 to 83).

2 patients died of a cause unrelated to the procedure and 2 patients were lost of follow-up. Bone defect were classified into type I ( 4 hips), type IIA ( 8 hips ), type IIB ( 5 hips), type IIC ( 9 hips), IIIA ( 4 hips ), type IV ( 5 hips ) according to Paprosky classification.

The functional status of the patients was evaluated according to the Merle d’Aubign ip rating.. The interfaces bioactive ceramics/bone base and bioactive ceramics/cementless component, as well as the homogeneity and the density of the graft were examined radiologically.

Results: Functionally, the Merle d’Aubigné hip rating improved, increasing from11,3 to 15,9. Failure of fixation of the acetabular component occurred in 11,4 % of the acetabular reconstructions ( 4 hips in 35 patients). One was diagnosed as loose on the basis of radiographic criteria alone and the other three hips had a loose acetabular component at reoperation. We observed no failed reconstruction when the acetabular component is in direct contact with host bone on 50 % or more of its surface area.

We saw no radiolucent lines or spaces at the interface between bioactive ceramics and the host bone. Morphological changes or a decreased in graft volume were not seen, except for the patient with the loose cup.

Discussion-Conclusion: The findings of the present study support the use of bioactive ceramics and cement-less acetabular component in the presence of loss bone in order to achieve the goals of a revision hip replacement, provided that at least 50 % support of the cup can be obtained with host-bone.


T.D. Lamberton J.A. Charity P.J. Kenny A.J. Timperley G.A. Gie

Introduction: Impaction bone grafting in conjunction with a cemented polished double-taper stem as a technique for revision of the femoral component was introduced in 1987 at our institution.

Methods: As at January 2000, 540 cases in 487 patients had been performed by multiple surgeons. All procedures have been studied prospectively, and there are no patients lost to follow-up. We present the survivorship and outcome data for these patients.

Results: Survivorship at 15 years is 90.6 percent (95 percent confidence interval: 88–93 percent).

406 hips in 365 patients remain under active follow up, with 122 patients (134 hips) deceased.

Averaged clinical scores taken pre-operatively, 2 years post-operatively, and at latest follow-up show marked and sustained improvement: Charnley Pain 2.7, 5.5, 5.3; Charnley Function 2.1, 4.1, 3.6; Charnley Range of Motion 4.0, 5.4, 5.3; Harris Pain 19, 38, 36; Harris Function 18, 32, 28; and Oxford Hip Score 41, 22, 25.

There have been 45 failures (8.3 percent) at an average 7.6 year follow up (range 2.6 – 15.3 years). Technical error contributed to 13 of the 24 non-infective complications, but with improved technique plus the addition of long stemmed impaction grafting, there have been no technical errors since 1996.

Conclusion: Our results show that revision of the femoral component with impaction bone grafting is a reliable and durable technique with an acceptably low complication rate with excellent survivorship at 15 years.


B.W. Schreurs J.J.C. Arts N. Verdonschot P. Buma J.J.H.T. Slooff J.W.M. Gardeniers

Introduction: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the long-term clinical and radiological outcome of instrumented femoral revisions after failed total hip arthroplasties using the impaction bone grafting technique with morsellized bone chips in combination with a cemented polished stem.

Methods: Thirty-three consecutive femoral reconstructions were performed between November 1991 and February 1996 using the X-Change femoral impaction system with fresh frozen morsellized bone grafts and a cemented polished Exeter stem. All patients were prospectively followed. The learning curve with this new technique is included in this report. This technique was used in twenty-four women and nine men; the average age at surgery was sixty-three years (range 33–82). Femoral bone stock defects were classified according to the Endoklinik classification as grade 1 in three hips, grade 2 in fourteen hips, grade 3 in twelve hips and grade 4 in four hips. At a minimal eight years follow-up no patient was lost to follow-up, but eight patients died (at 0.5, 3.5, 3.5, 7.0, 7.0, 7.5 and 9.0 after reconstruction). All were followed until death, none of these deaths was related to the surgery, and none had a re-revision

Results: No femoral reconstruction was re-rerevised at a mean follow-up of 10.4 years (range 8 to 13 years). However, there were three femoral fractures during follow-up (at 3, 6 and 22 months), all at the level of tip of the prostheses. All healed after plating, all femoral implants were left in situ. The average Harris hip score improved from 49 prior to surgery to 85 at review (68–100). The average migration of the stem within the cement mantle was three mm (0–14 mm), most migration was seen in the first year. Radiologically, there were no failures. With an endpoint of femoral revision for any reason, with endpoint aseptic loosening or with endpoint radiological loosening the survival rate using the Kaplan-Meier analysis was hundred per cent in all situations (one-sided 95% C.I. 100–91.3 %)

Conclusions Femoral revision using bone impaction grafting with fresh frozen bone grafts and a cemented polished stem showed an excellent survival at eight to thirteen years follow-up.


R. Raman R.P. Kamath P.D. Angus

Purpose: We report the clinical and radiological outcome of revision of cemented hip arthroplasties using Hydroxyapatite ceramic (HAC) coated femoral and acetabular components.

Methods: 86-revision hip arthroplasties were performed in 82 patients with JRI Furlong HAC coated femoral and acetabular components. 2 surgeon series. The patients were followed for a mean 12.6 years (7–15). The femoral component was revised in all hips and the ace-tabular cup was revised in 62 hips (72%). Threaded cup used in 37 (59%) patients and press fit cups with screws in the rest. Acetabular bone grafting was performed in 24 (38%) hips. The clinical outcome was measured using Harris, Charnley, Oxford hip scores. Anterior thigh pain was quantified on a visual analogue scale (VAS). The quality of life was assessed using EuroQol EQ-5D.

Results: The mean age was 78.2 yrs. The mean time to revision was 96 months. None lost to follow up. 11 patients died. Dislocation was seen in 2 patients (1 recurrent). 2 hips were infected (1 re revision, 1 excision arthroplasty). Cup liner revised in 1 patient. The mean Harris and Oxford scores were 82 (59 96) and 24.4 (12–52) respectively. The Charnley score was 5.0 (3–6) for pain, 4.9 (3–6) for movement and 4.4 (3–6) for mobility. Migration of acetabular component was seen in 2 (4%) hips. Acetabular radiolucencies were present in 26 hips (41%) The mean linear polythene wear was 0.05mm/year. Mean stem subsidence was 1.6mm (0.30– 2.4mm). Radiolucencies were present around 21 (33%) stems. Stress shielding was seen in 40 of 56 stems. Calcar resorption was seen in 11 stems (16%). Bony ingrowth was seen in 76(89%) of stems. Ectopic calcification was seen in 12 (19%) hips. Of the 3 hips re- revised, 2 were for deep sepsis and 1 for recurrent dislocation. Mean EQ- 5D description scores and health thermometer scores were 0.69 (0.51–0.89) and 79 (54–95). With an end point of definite or probable loosening, the probability of survival at 12 years was 95.1% (95% CI =2.7),96.3% (95% CI = 2.1) for acetabular and femoral components respectively. Overall survival at 12 years with removal or repeat revision of either component for any reason as the end point was 93% (95% CI= 2.3).

Conclusion: The results of this study support the continued use of this prosthesis and document the durability of the HAC coated components. Our study had fewer cases of loosening of the components and had a better survival than bipolar implants or cemented acetabular components


G. Farfalli M. Buttaro F. Piccaluga

Background: The use of impacted morselized allograft bone and cement in hip revision arthroplasty has proved to be a useful technique for reconstructing femoral bone stock. Studies that specifically address intraoperative and early postoperative femoral fractures and their relationship with bone deficiency, surgical approach or events, fixation of removed implant as well design of implanted stem have been scarce.

Methods: Two hundred and eighty five consecutive hip revision arthroplasties with impacted morselized allograft bone were studied.

Clinical and radiographic follow-up evaluation was performed and all kind of femoral fractures and incidental perforations during the surgery and within the first year after were analysed.

Results: Sixty four (22,4 %) femurs were affected with an incidental perforation or fracture during the surgery and within the first year after. Intraoperative fracture was present in forty femurs. Twenty three were diaphyseal vertical cracks, eight proximal vertical cracks, four fractures of the greater trochanter and two complete diaphyseal fractures. Incidental femoral perforation was present in twenty five femurs.

Six fractures occurred during the first year. Four patients of the femoral incidental perforation group suffered a complete diaphyseal fracture at the perforation level. No patient with a diaphyseal femoral crack suffered a complete diaphyseal fracture. Two additional complete fractures occurred during the first year without previous intraoperative complication.

Multivariate analysis showed the risk factors for femoral fractures during or after revision to be grater according to preoperative deficiency of the femoral bone stock, or the presence of an intraoperative femoral perforation. Vertical cracks, surgical approach, removal of a cemented or uncemented stem as well as design of the implanted stem showed no difference regarding this complication.

Conclusions: Even though a high rate of femoral complications (22,4 %) was observed we found that vertical cracks regardless their location and trochanteric fractures (12,2%) account for almost all of them but have no clinical relevance. Incidental perforation occurred in 9% of the cases and it was found to be related to complete femoral fractures as well as bone stock deficiency. This serious complication requiring revision occurred in only 2.8% of the cases. Due to this results we encourage the use of this technique.


A. Roy D. Rouleau M. Lavigne P.A. Vendittoli

Objective: Revision total hip arthroplasty in cases of proximal femoral bone loss due to osteolysis and loosening is challenging for surgeon and implants. The use of tapered fluted modular titanium femoral stem in these situations may offer the advantage of better biomechanical reconstruction with a design that ensure primary stability and promotes bone integration.

Method: We studied retrospectively 83 cases of femoral reconstruction with the PFM-R stem. Paprosky classification was used to qualify bone defects on preoperative radiological evaluation. Demographic, clinical and intraoperative data were collected, along with any complications. Clinical (W.O.M.A.C. function score) and radiological follow-up was performed at a minimum of 12 months.

Results: The mean follow-up was 44 months (23 to 66 months). Five patients were lost to follow-up. 48% of patients had at least one previous revision. The mean post operative WOMAC score was 83. 91% of patients had no significant limb length discrepancy. Stabilization or regression of osteolytic lesions was observed in 75% of revised femur. Complications were 8 dislocations, 7 fractures and 3 infections. A correlation was found between the risk of dislocation and the number of previous revision surgery. Out of 14 cases revised for infection, one had a recurrence.

Discussion: This study confirmed the benefits of the PFM-R stem in difficult femoral revision in term of limb length equalization, stability of fixation, regression of osteolytic lesions and improved clinical function.


F. Haddad R. Bourne J. Sprague S. Tsai R. Lambert D. Kelman A. Salehi

Introduction: Proximal femoral bone loss, failure of ingrowth, and the use of extended trochanteric osteotomies (ETO) all contribute to loss of proximal support in revision hip arthroplasty. This leads to increased stem stresses, and can lead to the fracture distally fixed, proximally unsupported uncemented revision femoral stems. This study evaluates various cabling and strut techniques to reduce stem stresses seen with bone loss and ETO.

Methods: Finite element analysis (FEA) was performed on a clinical case of a fractured revision stem after an ETO. Stem stresses were determined and multiple treatment options were evaluated.

An instrumented extensively porous coated stem was implanted in composite femur models (n=3) and mechanically tested. The stem stresses resulting from proximal overbroaching, ETO, cable grips, and various cable and strut constructs were determined.

Results: Stem stresses increased 62 percent with a strut cabled above the distal portion of the ETO using FEA methods. This increase was reduced to as little as 10 percent when a third cable was added distal to the ETO.

Stem stresses increased 98 when a proximally loose stem was combined with an ETO using laboratory tests. This stress was decreased by up to 37 percent when a long trochanteric plate was utilized.

Discussion and Conclusion: This study demonstrates the importance of proximal femoral support to the stresses imparted upon a cementless revision hip prosthesis. In the presence of proximal bone loss, an ETO dramatically increases these stresses, which can be reduced by various cabling and strut techniques.


S. Trikha P. Trikha S. Singh O.W. Raynham J.C. Lewis P.A. Mitchell A.J. Edge

We describe the clinical and radiological results of 120 consecutive revision hip replacements in 107 patients, using a titanium alloy femoral component fully coated with Hydroxyapatite ceramic (HAC). The mean age at operation was 71 years (range 36 to 92). The average length of follow up was 8.0 years (range 5.0 to 12.4). All patients receiving a JRI Furlong HAC coated femoral component (JRI Instrumentation Ltd, London, UK) with a minimum follow up of 5 years were included. These included patients on whom previous revision hip joint surgery had taken place.

Patients were independently reviewed and scored using the Harris Hip Score (HHS), the Charnley modification of the Merle d’Aubigne and Postel Score (MDP), and The Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis index (WOMAC). Radiographs were assessed by three reviewers (blinded to clinical details) for new bone formation, osteolysis, osteointegration and radiolucent lines in each Gruen Zone.

The mean Harris hip score was 85.8 (range 42 to 100) at the latest post-operative review. The mean WOMAC and MDP scores were 34.5 and 14.8 respectively. The mean pain visual analogue score (range 0 to 10) was 1.2 overall and 0.5 specifically for mid-thigh pain. There were no revisions of any femoral component for aseptic loosening. There were four stem re-revisions (3 cases of infection, 1 recurrent dislocation). Radiological review of all femoral components, including the four mentioned, revealed stable bone ingrowth with no new radiolucent lines in any zone. Using revision or impending revision for aseptic loosening as the end point, at 10 years the cumulative survival for the stem was 100% (95% CI 94 to 100). We present excellent medium to long term clinical, radiological and survivorship results with the use of a fully HAC coated titanium stem in revision hip surgery.


NA. Munro MR. Downing JR. Meakin JD. Hutchison RM. Aspden GP. Ashcroft

Impaction grafting procedures have found a widespread role in revision hip arthroplasty. Synthetic graft expanders have recently been introduced, but the optimal ratio of expander to allograft is unknown.

We performed a series of in vitro experiments to investigate the optimal ratio for one commercially available porous hydroxyapatite material (IG-Pore, ApaT-ech Ltd). IG-Pore was mixed with fresh frozen human allograft chips from osteoarthritic femoral heads and with blood. Graft was impacted into fibre-glass femoral models (Sawbones Europe) with a similar biomechanical profile to human bone, and Exeter hip prostheses (Stryker Howmedica Ltd) were cemented in place. Each model was loaded using an Instron servohydraulic materials testing machine for 18000 cycles. The magnitude and frequency of the loading cycle was based on physiologically measured values. Four test groups with 0%, 50%, 70% and 90% IG-Pore were used, with eight femora in each group.

Tantalum marker beads were attached to the prosthesis, the femoral model and the cement mantle, and radio-stereometric analysis (RSA) was performed pre- and post- loading to determine migration and rotation of the prosthesis in each axis. Pre-loading films were repeated in sixteen cases for precision measurements, and twelve specimens had delayed post-loading films performed to measure any re-expansion of the unloaded graft.

The primary end-point was RSA-measured subsidence of the prosthesis, defined as vertical movement of the tip. Median subsidence was 0.43mm, 0.31mm, 0.24mm and 0.13mm in the 0%, 50%, 70% and 90% IG-Pore groups respectively (P=0.034, Kruskal-Wallis test). The precision, given as the median absolute difference, was 0.0065mm.

All specimens showed a cyclical compression and expansion throughout the loading cycle. Specimens with a higher proportion of IG-Pore tended to be more resistant to this and the mean values for cyclical movement were 1.76 0.27mm, 1.65 0.21mm, 1.57 0.18 mm and 1.45 0.14mm for the 0%, 50%, 70% and 90% IG-Pore groups.

Higher proportions of IG-Pore appear to reduce subsidence in impaction grafting. Other issues such as the handling qualities of the graft and the biological effect of synthetic materials also need to be considered, however. A randomised clinical trial using RSA to evaluate a 50% IG-Pore/allograft mix in comparison to pure allograft is ongoing in our institution, and we hope that this will answer some of these questions definitively.


T. Gosens E.J. van Langelaan

We prospectively studied 48 hips in 47 patients with a mean age of 59.6 years and reviewed the results after a mean period of follow up of 9 (range 7 – 12) years following revision arthroplasty for aseptic loosening using a primary HA-coated femoral stem. 1.8 Previous operations per patient were performed, ranging from 1 to 8, all patients had a femoral defect class 1 or 2 according to Paprosky. Clinical outcome was good with a mean postoperative HHS of 90 points. Pain was absent in 89%, a limp was present in 36% and 41% used a walking aid. There were 5 re-operations: 4 recurrent dislocations and 1 progressive PE wear necessitated cup revision. At 6 years, 39% cancellous densifications were seen, especially in non-tightly fitted prostheses, mainly in zone 2 and 6. Cortical thickening was seen in 30%, especially in tightly-fitted prostheses, mainly in zone 3 and 5. These differences in bone behaviour were significant (p‘0.001) and were not related with various clinical parameters. These phenomena started to appear from 6 months onwards with increasing frequency with longer follow up. The stem survival up till 9 years is 100%, no stem is pending revision at the latest follow up. We conclude that the primary Mallory Head HA-coated femoral prosthesis is a suitable prosthesis to use in revision procedures in younger patients with a lower class femoral defect. We also noticed that the radiological remodelling phenomena are not prosthesis related but femoral canal fit dependent.


P.M. Boehm O. Bischel

Background: It is difficult to achieve a successfull revision total hip arthroplasty when a patient has severe proximal femoral bone loss. From a biomechanical viewpoint, cementless fixation of a tapered stem has some advantages compared with other techniques to treat severe proximal femoral bone loss in reconstructive hip surgery.

Methods: We reviewed 129 consecutive revision arthroplasties of the femoral component in which the tapered Wagner self-locking revision stem was used. The indication for revision was aseptic loosening in 97 hips, periprosthetic feacture in 13 (one of which also had an infection), and septic loosening in 16. In the 3 remaining hips, a Wagner revision stem was inserted during a second stage reimplantation after the performance of a Girdlestone resection arthroplasty to treat chronic deep infection. the prerevision defects were classified with the system described by Pak et al. as well as with our system. A functional evaluation of the patients and a survival analysis of the revision stems were performed.

Results: The mean follow-up of patients without rerevision of the stem was 8.1 years (range, 5.1 – 14.1 years). Six revision stems required rerevision (malpositioning, one stem; subsidence, one stem; periprosthetic fracture, one stem; deep infection, three stems) between 0.13 and 4.6 years postoperatively. Using removal of the stem for any cause as end point, the cumulative survival at 14.1 years was 95.2%. The average Merle d‘Aubigné score improved from 7.7 points preoperatively to 14.4 points at the latest follow-up. Because of new bone formation, the most recent radiographs showed clear, good, or excellent restoration of the proximal femur in 88% of patients.

Conclusions: Because of the encouraging results of implantation the Wagner revision stem, the principle of tapered revision stems with distal fixation obiously is a successfull technique. Considering possible late complications such as osteolysis of the femur, aseptic loosening, periprosthetic fracture and late infection, the shortest stem that ensures sufficient mechanical stability should be used. It may be easier to achieve high primary stability in short stems with a tapered design than with other short stem designs.


D. Sen R. Reddy S. Batra

Dynamic Hip Screw fixation for intertrochanteric fracture of femur is one of the most common operations in the trauma list of any DGH. The operation is commonly performed by the registrar or senior house officer as it is considered to be a relatively simple procedure. However the reality is slightly different as we audit our results of DHS fixation over a period of 2 years from May 2002 to August 2004. Out of 184 DHS fixation done during the abovementioned period, we identified 18 (10%) failures within 2–8 weeks postoperative period. We reviewed the pre-operative and post-operative X-rays to identify the possible reasons for failure. The reasons were inappropriate indication for DHS – 3 cases, inadequate fracture reduction – 6 cases, inappropriate implant placement −12 cases. 3 cases (16%) of failure had to be treated conservatively due to poor medical condition, 7 cases (39%) had the implant removed or revised and some type of arthroplasty was done in rest 8 cases (45%). Of the 15 cases treated operatively 12 had satisfactory outcome in terms of pain relief and movement and the rest 3 had residual pain, inadequate restoration of mobility affecting the quality of life. All patients had significant morbidity (prolonged hospital stay, depression) due to the failure of fixation and further operative procedures. Therefore we think appropriate guidance by experienced personnel is necessary for correct indication and meticulous operative technique.


KN. Subramanian G. Puranik MA Ali V. Sahni

Introduction: Dynamic Hip Screw (DHS) fixation is one of the most common orthopaedic surgical procedures. Tip Apex Distance (TAD) is a well recognised method of evaluating the screw position of the DHS. We studied the adequacy of fixation of DHS by assessing TAD and type of reduction.

Materials and Methods: We selected a random cohort of 102 patients who had DHS fixation and had the requisite clinico-radiologic data. TAD is defined as sum of the distance, in millimeteres, from the tip of the lag screw to the apex of femoral head, as measured on AP radiograph and Lateral radiograph, after correction has been made for radiological magnification. Tip apex distance of 25 mm or less is considered as good, 26–30mm as acceptable, 31–35mm as poor and more than 35mm as unacceptable.

Quality of reduction was assessed as per Sernbo. Good, if alignment was normal on AP and maximum 20 degrees angulation on lateral radiograph and less than 4mm of displacment of any fragment. To be labelled acceptable, a reduction had to meed the criteria of a good reduction with respect to either alignement or displacement, but not both. A poor reduction met neither.

Results: Mean TAD in our series was 24mm. (9.84 – 37.6). Our of this 58.82% were 25mm or less indicating good, 25.49% of them were 26–30mm indicating acceptable, 8.82% were 30–35mm indicating poor and 6.8% were more than 35mm indicating unacceptable. 39.21% patients had good reduction. 43.13% had acceptable reduction and 17.64% had poor reduction.

Conclusion: This study shows that only 58.82% of all patients having DHS fixation had good placement of the fixation device and only 39.21% had a good reduction. We conclude that complacency must not set in on DHS fixation and that we must endeavour for good reduction and placement in as many cases as possible.


O. Svenson M. Andersen T. Poulsen T. Nymark S. Overgaard ND. Röck

Introduction: The main problem using first generation Gamma-nail in the treatment of intertrochanteric fractures has been a high frequency of intra- and postoperative femoral fractures. The TGN was thought to represent an improvement in design and potentially a less invasive treatment.

Material and methods: 146 fractures were randomised prospectively to either DHS or TGN. The 2 groups were comparable regarding age, gender and fracture type (AO). Follow-up was carried out after 4 and 12 months.

Results: Average operation time in the TGN group was 63 min (SD=30min) and 48 min (SD=23) in the DHS group (p=0.0016). There was no difference in intra-operative blood loss, need for blood transfusion, length of hospital stay or mortality. Two femoral fractures occurred postoperatively in the TGN group. At follow-up 12 patients in the TGN and 6 patients in the DHS group had had a reoperation (p> 0.05). Six reoperations in the TGN group and 3 in the DHS group resulted in preservation of the hip joint. The remaining patients had an arthroplasty or a Girdlestone resection. Poor reduction and/or positioning of the implant was significantly correlated to the risk of reoperation (p< 0.001). Specific technical errors could be identified among 3 fractures in the TGN group leading to reoperation. Any correlation between fracture type and reoperation could not be demonstrated.

Conclusion: In this study operation time was significantly longer in the TGN group. Among other variables no significant differences could be demonstrated. In our department, with a high number of residents performing these operations, the DHS will continue to be the standard implant. Whether the TGN has a place in a subgroup of intertrochanteric fractures, operated by specialized surgeons, needs further investigation.


P. Athanasios D. Chissas G. Christifoglou G. Anastopoulos G. Stamatopoulos A. Asimakopoulos

Objective: To evaluate the clinical and radiographic outcomes of unstable proximal femoral fractures treated by minimal invasive technigues.

Method: In a retrospective study, between 1991–2003, 93 patients with closed pertrochanteric femoral fractures were treated with gamma-nail.This intramedullary device was used only for unstable intra and subtrochanteric( A3 and A,B respectively, according A.O. clasiffication) fractures and only in cases which adeguate closed reduction was attainable. There were 32 men and 61women with an average of 76 years( range 50 to 95 years). Immediate weight bearing was permitted in 75 patients. Sixty eight patients were available for clinical and radiographic assesment (at least 1 year F.U.).

Results: At 6 months 92% of the fractures were healed. Complications included intraoperative was: 1 diaphyseal fracture required cerclage wiring ,and postoperative were:2 diaphysial fractures at the distal end of nail, 1migration of the lag screw within the femoral head,2 perforations of lag screw towards cranial,1 infection and 2 nonunions reguired T.H.R. Two patients complained of thigh pain.

Conclusions: Gamma nail is a good minimal invasive implant of unstable proximal femoral fractures, if closed reduction is feasible. Permitts early immobilization and weight bearing even and in elderly patients.


N. Efstathopoulos V. Nikolaou J. Lazarettos X. Psixas F. Xypnitos G. Papachristou

Aim: To compare two implants, the Gamma Nail and the ACE Trochanteric Nail in the treatment of pertrochanteric femoral fractures.

Patients and methods: Sixty patients were randomized on admission to two treatment groups. Thirty patients were treated with the Gamma nail implants , and thirty had intramedullary fixation with ACE Trochanteric NailI . The average age of these patients was 79 years. 22 patients were men and 38 women. 11 fractures were stable and 49 unstable. Patients were followed for 1 year and had a regular clinical and radiological review at 1, 3 and 6 months postoperatively. Operation time, intra-operative blood loss and blood transfusion and complications were recorded. The mobility score was used to assess the preinjury and postoperative mobility status. All the patients were operated within 24 hours after their accident and 39 of them within the first 6 hours.

Results: There were no complications during the surgery. All the patients were mobilized the first 24 hours post operatively irrespectively of the fracture’s type, and weight bearing was permitted as tolerated. The mean follow up time was 8 months (range 6 to 12 months). 3 patients were lost at the follow up and 2 died. Union of the fracture was achieved in all 55 patients. There was no statistically significant difference between the two groups with regard to intraoperative blood loss and the duration of the surgery. There was no mechanical failure of the implants despite the early patients mobilization. All the patients achieved mobility status similar to the preoperative at the latest follow up.

Conclusions: Based on our study, intramedullary nailing of pertrochanteric hip fractures represents a reliable method of treatment. We did not observe any differences in the two patient groups concerning the operation time, the intraoperative blood loss, the postoperative complications and the patients functional status at the latest follow up.


Full Access
T. Waters DMR Gibbs DP Powles JH. Dorrell

We present the results of a technique of dynamic hip screw insertion through a very small incision, typically 2.5cm.

Method: The technique is performed using a standard dynamic hip screw set and requires no additional equipment. We compared the results to those of an age and sex matched group who had undergone the operation through a traditional approach. We compared the time spent in theatre, the pre and post-operative haemoglobin concentration, haematocrit, and prevalence of wound infection.

Results: 13 consecutive intertrochanteric hip fractures were treated with a dynamic hip screw and 4-hole plate by one surgeon using the percutaneous technique. There were 9 females and 4 males with a mean age of 84 years (range 62 to 96 years).

The mean post-operative drop in haemoglobin concentration in the percutaneous group was 2.2 g/dl (range 0 to 4.4 g/dl) compared to 3.5 g/dl (range 1.2–5.4) in the control group (p=0.014). The mean haematocrit drop was 0.07 (range 0 to 0.12) in the percutaneous group compared to 0.10 (range 0.03 to 0.17) in the control group (p=0.017)

The mean theatre time with the percutaneous technique was 57 minutes (range 40–75 minutes) and in the control group, 60 minutes (range 30–95). There were no wound problems.

Conclusion: To our knowledge, this technique has not been previously reported. The percutaneous technique offers a better clinical outcome at no extra expense and warrants further evaluation in a larger study


A. Siegmeth T. Brammar M. Parker

Background: Reverse obliquity and transverse fractures of the proximal femur represent a distinct fracture pattern in which the mechanical forces displace the femur medially thus increasing the risk of fixation failure. There is a paucity of published literature in this area of trauma. This study constitutes the largest series of such fractures.

Methods: Using the hip fracture registry at this institution 101 reverse obliquity and transverse fracture patterns were identified from 3336 consecutive hip fractures. All surviving patients were followed up for 1 year.

Results: Of 100 patients treated operatively, 59 were treated with 1350 sliding hip screws (SHS), 22 were treated with 1350 sliding hip screw devices designed to resist medialization (3 sliding hip screws with trochanteric plate and 19 Medoff plates), and 19 were treated with intramedullary sliding hip screw devices (1 short Gamma nail, 9 long Gamma nails, 6 Reconstruction nails, 6 long Targon nails, 1 short Targon nail). The SHS had 4 failures (6.8%), and the intramedullary devices one failure (5.3%). Those extramedullary devices augmented to prevent medialization had higher failure rates (1 of 3 SHS with trochanteric plate and 3 of 19 Medoff plates), with combined failure rate of 15.8%.

Conclusion: The 1350 SHS and the intramedullary devices had similar failure rates of 6.8% and 5.2% respectively. Those extramedullary devices designed to prevent medialization had higher failure rates (combined failure rate of 4/22 or 18%). This is similar to the high failure rate in 950 devices reported elsewhere. This suggests that extramedullary devices attempting to combat the difficult biomechanics of these fractures are unsuccessful. Better results can be obtained by using the standard 1350 SHS or with intramedullary sliding hip screw devices.


C. Justin Fernando A. Khaleel D. Elliot

Objectives: To compare the efficiency of long, locked, trochanteric entry intramedullary nail (Holland nail) against Dynamic Hip Screw in the operative stabilisation of inter-trochanteric femoral fractures.

Study Design: Prospective randomised control study

Method: 190 patients were recruited over 12 months and followed up to fracture union. Patients were randomised into two groups: Holland nail (92) and DHS (98). Variables looked at preoperatively were mini mental test; pre-op mobility; fracture pattern and ASA grading. Operative variables analysed were ease of fracture reduction; surgical time; quality of implant fixation; operative blood loss and radiation time. Post operatively, time to frame; wound problems; time to discharge; rate of fracture union and chronic pain were analysed.

Results: The two study groups were comparable. There was a statistically significant increase in surgical and radiation time with the Holland nail group but this was surgeon dependent. Patients receiving Holland nail had less operative blood loss (p< 0.001). The time to mobility with frame in the Holland nail group was quicker in the fitter patients (ASA 1& 2) (p< 0.005). Holland nail group had lower infection rate (p< 0.01).

Conclusion: Patients with inter-trochanteric fractures who received Holland nail had less blood loss; fewer wound problems; mobilised quicker; had shorter hospital stay and less pain at 6 months compared to patients who had DHS. Fracture union rate was identical in both groups.


K. Rajasekar A.A.. Faraj

There are good evidance that the distal canal restrictor improves pressurisation. Bone block and Hardinge restrictors are among the commonly used restrictors in UK.

During the introduction of cement, the restrictors tend to migrate. The effect may cause significant chane in the size and thickness of the cement mantle. One of the determinents of early dramatic failure is the size of the cement mantle.

In our study, we compared the cement mantle thickness and amount of migration with Bone block restrictor and with Hardinge restrictor. The measurements were done in the standard AP x-ray of the hip taken in the post operative period. All cases were operated by one surgeon. The position of the either of the restrictor were maintained in all cases to 1.5 cm below the tip of the stem. Measurements were made for the cement mantle thickness, the distance between the tip of the stem and restrictor and canal diameter.

One observer who was not involved in the operative procedure evaluated 69 x-rays. Twenty seven cases of bone block restrictor and 42 cases of Hardinge restrictors were used.

At the end of our study, we conclude that both restrictors migrate with pressurisation. The amount of migration with Hardinge restrictor is more than bone block restrictor (21.5mm Vs 14.4mm) which is significant (p-0.007). The amount of migration had not affected the zone-4 cement mantle thickness (p-0.450). With the use of either restrictors, migration was influenced by the canal diameter (p-0.00). Canal diameter did not affect the cement mantle thickness ( p-0.368). We conclude that bone block restrictor is superior in withstanding pressurisation.


VN. Psychoyios H. Dinopoulos E. Zampiakis N. Sekouris F. Villanueva-Lopez

We present a new inflatable self-locking intramedullary nailing system for the treatment of intertrocanteric and subtrochanteric fractures.

Material: We used this system in 63 cases with an average age of 81 yrs. 23 cases were intertrochanteric fractures and 40 cases subtrochanteric. A standard technique of closed reduction was used and the nail was implanted through an entry portal at the tip of the great trochanter.

Results. 38 patients were available for clinical and radiological examination. 13 patients were contacted by telephone and 12 patients could not be reached. The patients were mobilized with the instruction of weight bearing as tolerated. Each fracture was consolidated on average of 8 weeks. In two patients a cut out of the central peg was noted and the system was removed after fracture union. In three patients a mild malalignment was noted but without clinical significance. The mean blood loss was 90 cc and the mean operative time was 36 minutes.

Discussion The features of this system and the advantage of the technique include: fixation along the entire length of the nail, lack of distal interlocking screws, reduced exposure of the surgeon to x-ray and reduced operating time. Our results are very promising and it seems that this system is an innovative, effective, simple and minimally invasive treatment for fractures on the trochanteric region.


J. Caruana K. Mannan A. Sanghrajka D. Higgs T.W.R. Briggs G.W. Blunn

Introduction: Surgeons in the UK and Europe generally use a thinner cement mantle than their counterparts in the USA for the femoral component in total hip replacement. The aim of this study was to compare the performance of different thicknesses of cement mantle using finite element analysis. A linear-elastic model of the implanted femur is used to give a prediction of the stresses in the cement mantle and in the femoral cortex. These measures give an indication of cement cracking rates and stress shielding. To assess the reliability of our model in representing patients with different bone densities, we use a range of cancellous bone stiffnesses.

Method: Two cadaveric femora from the same donor were sized, reamed and implanted with identical Stanmore Hips. One was prepared using UK rasps, over-reaming by 2mm, the other using US rasps, over-reaming by 5mm. Serial CT-scans were used to create three-dimensional geometric models of the implanted femora. Two finite element meshes were hand-built in MSC.Marc finite element software, incorporating cortical and cancellous bone, bone cement and prosthesis, with a bonded stem-cement interface. Loading conditions were chosen to represent the heel-strike phase of gait. In order to assess the impact of variability in patient bone density, cancellous bone modulus was varied between 0.06 and 2.90 GPa.

Results: Equivalent stress was examined on the external surface of the cortex and the internal surface of the cement mantle. The lowest cortical bone stresses were proximal and the highest cement stresses around the distal tip of the prosthesis. In the proximal cortex, higher equivalent stresses were observed medially and laterally with a thick cement mantle. Distally, lower cement stresses were observed in the thick cement mantle. With the highest cancellous modulus, there was little difference between the two models. As this modulus was reduced, stress differences between the models became more apparent.

Discussion: Proximal stress shielding was greatest in the calcar, in agreement with clinical findings. The thicker cement mantle led to less stress shielding in this region. Cement stresses, highest around the distal tip of the prosthesis, were larger in the thin cement mantle. This suggests a higher rate of both cracking and bone resorption with thin cement mantles, particularly in patients with low bone density.


A. Kovacs L. Ban G. Merenyi I. Zagh

Introduction: Lag screw cut-out in gamma nailing is reported between 1,1% and 7.1% in the literature. Searching for predictive factors we performed a retrospective study, and we analyzed our cut-out cases.

Material & Methods: We reviewed our first 1000 gamma nailings. A detailed analysis of the cut-out cases was performed. We focused on fracture type and the technical failures of the primary surgery. Fractures were classified according to AO. Timing of surgery, implant type and an estimated value of osteoporosis on x-ray was investigated. Distance of the tip of the lag screw from the cortical bone, from the ideal central line of the neck and head in AP and lateral view, and precision of reduction was measured and classified. We recorded the direction of cut-out and the occurrence of secondary varus displacement.

Results: We had 29/1000 (2,9%) cut-outs. Average age was: 76 years. 14/29 (48%) AO A2.2 type and 8/29 (28%) A3.3 type fractures were found in the cut out group. Normal collo-diaphyseal angle was achieved in all cases primarily. In 21/29 (72%) the gap between main fragments was narrower than 5 mm, and in 8/29 (28%) it was bigger. The subjective evaluation of the reduction was 2/29 excellent, 9/29 good, 12/29 satisfactory and 6/29 bad. Primary position of the lag screw tip was caudal in 13/29, central in 10/29 and cranial in 6/29 cases. The distance of the lag screw from the central line in frontal/dorsal direction was 0–4 mm in 5/29, 5–9 mm in 12/29, 10–14 mm in 7/29 and 15–19 mm in 5/29 cases. The numbers of too short or too long lag screws were not high in this patient group. The cut out was cranial in 24/29 (83%) cases and central at 5/29 (17%) patients. We recorded 20/29 (68%) secondary varus displacement. We found 2/29 (7%) patients where none of the above mentioned technical problems could be justified.

Conclusion: AO A2.2 and A3.3 fracture type is a predisposing factor. Cut-out appears relatively early. Correct positioning of the lag screw in both views is essential. Leaving the fracture in a significantly displaced position increases the risk of cut out, too. The lag screw migrates mainly cranial with a secondary varus dislocation. With adequate technique the majority of cut-outs can be avoided, but there is a little percentage of the cases when the primary mistake is not obvious. A possible explanation could be osteoporosis, but further investigation is necessary to clarify these unknown factors.


N.A. Munro M. Nicol S. Selvaraj D.F. Finlayson

Cement pressurisation is recognised as critical to achieving optimal results in cemented arthroplasty of the hip, but relatively little data exists on the pressures generated by different cement introduction systems. An in vitro experiment was consequently undertaken to measure the mean pressures developed by three such systems: the Howmedica Mark 1 and DePuy Cemvac retrograde cementation systems, and a novel antegrade system consisting of a simple 60ml catheter-tipped syringe and a Miller proximal femoral seal (Zimmer Ltd).

Plastic femoral models (Sawbones Europe) were prepared as for hip arthroplasty, and had a series of three transducers attached to their medial wall. Pressure was recorded continuously during cement introduction and pressurisation, before implanting a hip prosthesis and allowing the cement to cure. The experiment was repeated on ten models for each of the three systems. After cement curing, the femora were split in the coronal plane and examined for air-bubble defects in 7 zones analogous to Gruen’s radiographic zones.

Mean pressure was significantly higher for the syringe system (161.45 28.9 kPa) than the Mark 1 (103.51 22.0 kPa) or Cemvac (92.65 30.7 kPa) systems (p=0.0001, ANOVA). The antegrade syringe system also generated a statistically different distribution of pressure in comparison to the two retrograde systems, with particularly high proximal pressurisation in the former. The median number of zones with defects was 1 (interquartile range 1,2) using the syringe system, 3 (IQR 2,4) with the Mark 1 system, and 3 (IQR1,3) using the Cemvac system. These differences were also statistically significant (p=0.0256, Kruskal-Wallis).

These results have relevance for clinical practice and cement system design, and the various design features of the different systems are discussed.


R.C. Phelps S. Gheduzzi I.D. Learmonth A.W. Miles

Aseptic loosening remains a long-term problem in total hip replacement. This phenomenon is prevalent even if modern cementing techniques seem to have reduced its incidence. Osteolysis has been deemed as a disease of access to fixation interfaces (1), either the stem- or bone-cement interface in hip replacement. This can be attributed in part to the quality of the cement in the proximity of the stem. It has been noted that due to thermal effects, polymerisation of bone cement starts at the bone-cement interface and gradually moves inwards towards the stem.

Femoral component heating was first proposed as a method to reduce the curing time of bone cement (2). This practice was later found to reduce the porosity at the stem-cement interface (3) and also to improve the interface shear strength (4). This study aimed to investigate the effect of femoral stem heating on two bone cements (Simplex P (Stryker) and Palacos R (Biomet Merck)) over a range of mantle thicknessess.

The model femora used for this study were maintained at a constant temperature of 37C while the stem temperature varied between 21, 37 and 44C. The femoral moulds were formed from dental plaster with a similar thermal conductivity to bone. Mould sizes were created to generate cement mantles of 2, 5 and 7.5mm thickness.

In the 2mm Simplex P cement mantles there was very little porosity evident. It was concentrated in the proximity of the stem when the component was kept at 21C and disappeared as the stem was heated to higher temperatures. Minimal porosity could be identified in the thicker mantles with no apparent differences between temperatures. There were no temperature trends evident from within this cement group. Palacos R cement has been reported to have a higher porosity than Simplex in a number of studies (5, 6). With the 2mm Pala-cos mantles, the increased stem temperatures reduced the porosity at the stem-cement interface. There was however no obvious difference between the 37 and 44C temperatures, where porosity seemed to be evident in the midsection of the mantle. This trend was also identified in the thicker cement mantles. The porosity did not extend out to the cement-bone interface under any conditions.

This study analyses the changes in porosity across the mantle of the cement as the temperature of the stem component is increased. The initial results confirm that the porosity at the stem cement mantle is decreased but indicate that the porosity within the body of the cement is increased as the temperature of the stem is increased.


G. Flivik I. Kristianssson U. Kesteris L. Ryd

In a prospective, controlled clinical study we randomised 50 patients with primary coxarthrosis into either removal or retention of the subchondral bone plate during ace-tabular preparation in cemented total hip arthroplasty. The effect was evaluated for a 2-year follow up period by repeated RSA examinations, analyses of radiolucent lines on conventional radiographs and clinical follow-ups with WOMAC, SF-12 and Harris Hip Score. Removal of the subchondral bone plate resulted in an improvement in radiological appearance of the bone-cement interface. For the retention group the extent of radiolucent lines as measured on pelvic and AP-view, had increased from a direct postoperative average level of 3.4% to a 2-year level of 28.8%. For the group with removal of the subchondral bone plate, the direct postoperative radiographs revealed no radiolucency, and at 2 years it only occupied a mean of 4.1 % of the interface. With the classification according to Hodgkinson the retention group had 10 out of 25 patients remaining in grade 0 (no demarcation) at 2years, whereas the removal group had 23 out of 25 patients in grade 0 at 2 years. The RSA results showed small early migration in both groups, but a tendency towards better stability and less scatter of the results in the removal group. The retention group tilted from 6 months onwards slightly but continuously towards a more horizontal position, whereas the removal group stabilized in a slightly vertical position after 1 year. The mean proximal migrations for all cups taken together were 0.09 mm at 2 years with no significant difference between groups. No differences were found in clinical outcome neither pre- nor postoperatively. To optimize the bone-cement interface and thereby increase the long time cup survival, removal of the subchondral bone plate where possible appears to be advantageous, but it is a more demanding surgical technique.


G.C. Babis G. Tsarouchas D. Pashaloglou P.G. Tsailas Th. Pantazopoulos

Purpose: The 7–10 years follow-up of a series of 165 consecutive hybrid total hip arthroplasties performed by the same team of surgeons and with the same technique is presented.

Materials and method: Underreaming and pressfitting of the cup was performed in all cases. Screws were used supplementary in 8 of the cases. For the fixation of the stem second generation cement technique was performed in 77 hips and the third generation technique in 88.

Results: After a mean follow-up of 8 years (range 7 to 10 years) the average Harris hip score increased from 36 points (range 7 to 63 points) preoperatively to 93,5 points (range, 75 to 100 points). Revision was performed in one patient, no radiographic loosening or osteolysis and no infections.

Conclusion: The medium to term results are very encouraging and seem extremely promising for the long term (at least a decade).


B. Berli B. Bernhard J.D. Walter

Introduction: The cemented MS-30 stem (Morscher-Spotorno) has been introduced with a matte surface in clinical practice in 1990. Since it has been shown that tappered collarless stems with a polished surface show better results than those with a matte surface , the MS-30 stem was also manufactured in a polished version from 1994 on. Because no prospective study comparing the two surfaces was published until then and our own results with this stem with a matte surface revealed excellent results with no revision and no osteolysis during a 4 year period, we decided to perform such a study including 125 implants in each group. The only variable was the characteristics of the surface.

Patients and Methods: In the first group with a matte surface there are 61 men with a mean age of 65 (41–86) years and 66 women with 73 (54–89) years. In the second group there are 63 men with a mean age of 64 (35–88) years, and 65 women with 70 (40–91) years. In 21 patients, the MS-30 stem was inserted bilaterally during the index period. All patients were followed up for a minimum of 8 years. The average observation time was 8.6 (8.0–10.3) years. No patients were lost to the follow-up. Ninety-two MS-30 stems with a matte and 103 with a polished surface had a minimum 8-year clinical and radiological check. As an acetabular component the Press-Fit Cup was used.

Results: The overall results were excellent and good in the group with the matte surface in 92% and in 91% with a polished surface. Two revisions each had to be done for aseptic loosening Two hips had to be revised for recurrent early dislocation. The overall revision rate is thus 6/255 (2.4%), and 4/244 (1.5%) for aseptic loosening. Six osteolyses (one confluent) in the group with the matte suface and 7 in the group of polished stems were detected. Subsidence of 2–5mm occured in 10 cases each. There was no osteolysis and no revision for aseptic loosening, however, two revisions for dislocation for the Morscher Press-Fit Cup.

Conclusion: No significant difference in the outcome of MS-30 stems in each group could be found during a 8–10-year observation period. The main reason for the almost equally excellent performance may be the design of the centralizer, which resists both a debonding of the stem from the cement and subsequent subsidence as a precondition for fretting between the two surfaces at the metal/cement interface. Another reason is the cement and the good cement mantle which influence the final result of a cemented THR more than the design of the implant, as it is shown by the Swedish and Norwegian implant register.


J.T. Hauptfleisch S. Glyn-Jones D.J. Beard H.S Gill P. McLardy-Smith D.W. Murray

Introduction: The Charnley Elite femoral component was first introduced in 1992 as a new design variant of the original Charnley femoral component (De Puy, Leeds, UK) with modified neck and stem geometry. The original component had undergone few changes in nearly forty years and has excellent long-term results.

Early migration of the new stem design was determined by Roentgen Stereophotogrammetric Analysis (RSA). Rapid early migration of a component relative to the bone, measured by RSA, is predictive of subsequent aseptic loosening for a number of femoral stems. As there was rapid early migration and rotation of the Charnley Elite stem, we predicted that the long-term results would be poor. An outcome assessment is required as stems of this type are still being implanted.

Materials and method: One hundred Charnley Elite stems, implanted in our centre between 1994 and 1997 were included in a prospective, cross-sectional follow-up study. Outcome measures include validated clinical scores (Charnley hip score, Harris hip score and Oxford hip score) and radiological scores (Gruen classification) as well as revision rates over the past 10 years.

Results: The preliminary analysis results are given. The mean time to follow-up was 8.28 years. 20 patients have died due to causes unrelated to their operations. 10 patients had stem revisions: 9 for aseptic loosening and 1 for a peri-prosthetic fracture. This indicates a significant 10% failure rate of the prosthesis in less than 10 years.

Preliminary clinical scores in the patients who had not undergone any subsequent surgery were adequate (Oxford Hip Score mean average of 23.9).

Thirteen percent of radiographs analysed had evidence of loosening, giving an overall loosening rate of 14% at 8 years.

Discussion and conclusion: The clinical follow-up supports the RSA predictions of early failure of the Charnley Elite femoral stem.


A. Suárez Vázquuez M.A.S. Garcia J. Fernandez D. Hernandez

Introduction/objective: The results of Charnley total hip replacement, when performed in the general setting, may not be as good as expected (1). The objective is to know the long time survival in a Charnley low friction arthroplasty series performed in a General Hospital.

Material and methods: To have a minimum follow-up of ten years, we analysed 404 cases from a 431 series implanted in our department between 1976 and 1993. Mean age was 67 years, 57% were women.

The survival was calculated used Kaplan-Meier method, considering revision surgery as the analyzed event. Age and gender relation with survival were analyzed using the Log-Rank test.

Results: The survival of the Charnley low friction arthroplasty with the 95 % confidence interval was 92% (95–89%), 87% (90–81%), and 83% (89–78%) at 10, 15, and 20 years respectively. Patients younger than 60 years in the surgery time had lower survival than the older group for the acetabular (Log-Rank test p=0.043) and femoral components (Log-Rank test p=0,0085). There is not a statistically significant difference related to gender.

Conclusions: The survival in our low friction arthroplasties series at 10, 15, and 20 years is similar to the found in multicentric studies performed in other centres with special dedication to the surgery of the hip (2). Age affected the likelihood of long-term survivorship of the acetabular and femoral components used in Charnley low friction Arthroplasty.


I. Learmonth B.J.A. Lankester R.F. Spencer I.D. Learmonth

Introduction: The CPS-Plus stem (Endoplus UK) is a polished double-taper with a rectangular cross section maintained throughout for rotational stability. There are 5 stem sizes with proportionate offset, together with 5 neck length options, and a unique proximal stem centraliser which has been shown to increase proximal cement pressurisation during insertion in-vitro, assists with alignment of the stem and helps create an even cement mantle. RSA analysis has demonstrated linear subsidence in a vertical plane, without the posterior head migration and valgus tilt associated with other designs.

Data on the CPS-Plus stem has been obtained from a multi-centre prospective clinical trial. 231 hips in 223 patients have been entered into the study. 151 of these have reached 3 years follow-up.

Method: Patients were recruited by surgeons working at three centres in the UK and two in Norway. Merle d Aubigne and Postel, Harris, and Oxford hip scores were recorded pre-operatively and at follow-up (3, 6, 12, 24, 36, 60 months). Radiographic assessment included evaluation of subsidence and the presence of any radiolucencies.

Results: Objective and subjective scoring have indicated very satisfactory results. Radiological subsidence is less than 1.5mm in over 95% of cases and only one stem has subsided more than 3mm. There has been one revision for deep sepsis, 7 dislocations and one femoral fracture, but none of these complications were related to the choice of femoral component. There have been no revisions for aseptic loosening. Kaplan Meier survivorship analysis at 36 months for aseptic stem loosening is 0.997 (95% CI 0.977 – 1) and for all-cause revision is 0.981 (95% CI 0.958 – 1).

Discussion: The tradition of polished tapered stems arose from serendipity and most results have been excellent. The CPS-Plus stem represents an attempt to re-examine the issues relating to rotational stability, subsidence, cement pressurisation and offset. Earlier laboratory studies have now been supplemented by this clinical evaluation, performed in a number of different centres by several surgeons, and the evidence is encouraging.

In particular, the RSA subsidence characteristics, cement pressurisation and rotational stability already associated with this implant in-vitro have been supported by excellent survivorship analysis, and the authors believe that increasing familiarity with the concepts raised by this implant will result in clinical benefits in relation to polished taper cemented stem longevity.


A. Gonzalez Della Valle A. Zoppi M.G.E. Peterson E.A. Salvati

The role of surface finish on the survivorship of cemented stems is controversial. The purpose of this study is to prospectively evaluate the mid-term clinical and radiographic performance of a cohort of patients who underwent total hip replacement with two identical cemented femoral stems differing only in surface finish (VerSys, Zimmer, Warsaw, IN). 64 total hip replacements with a rough stem (Ra: 70–100 microinches) and 138 total hip replacements with a satin finish stem (Ra: 20–25 microinches) were followed clinically and radiographically for 4 to 7 years. All surgeries were performed by one surgeon during a period of 1 year, utilizing the same surgical technique, acetabular cup, cement type and cementing technique. The groups had similar demographics, diagnosis, preoperative clinical score, cement mantle quality, alignment, and length of follow up. The preoperative and postoperative Hospital for Special Surgery Hip Score at last follow up of the patients with a successful operation was not significantly different among the two groups. Five hips in the rough group and none in the satin group developed aseptic loosening (p=0.0009). The femoral bone-cement interface revealed progressive radiolucent lines or osteolysis in 8 out of 64 rough stems and in 3 out of 138 satin stems (p=0.01). There were progressive radiolucencies or oste-olysis in 44 out of possible 448 Gruen zones in the rough surface group and in 8 out of possible 966 Gruen zones in the satin finish group (p< 0.001). A rough, textured stem is more likely to fail at intermediate follow-up than a satin surface stem. We recommend that the surface of cemented stems should be satin or polished, with a Ra of less than 20 microinches.


Full Access
A. Zahar J. Lakatos T. Lakatos I. Borocz M. Szendroi

In the past orthopaedic surgeons have kept their hands off from spontaneous or artificial fused hips, because those hips were painless, and the result of any further surgical procedure would be doubtful. In our days the need for conversion hip arthroplasty became a demand of patients having a better quality of life. In this paper we report on our results and the perioperative complications following conversion surgery.

Between 1993 and 2002 thirty-one hips of twentyfive patients (18 males, 7 females) were converted from totally stiff hip to total hip arthroplasty in the two most frequented orthopaedic hospitals in Budapest, Hungary (Semmelweis University, Medical School, Dept. of Orthopaedics & Hospital of Hospitaller Brothers of St.John of God, Dept. of Orthopaedics). The mean age of the patients was 47.2 years (ranging from 14 to 75 years) at the time of surgery. The average follow up was 50.7 months (2–176). At our 25 patients the hips became stiff 15.7 years ago as an average (3–61). Spontaneous fusion occured in 14 cases due to Bechterews disease (spondylitis ankylopoetica). In 4 cases fused hips were converted following arthrodesis procedures. There was no significant difference between each groups, spontaneous ankylosis and surgical fusion were similar, they were evaluated as stiff hips on the same way.

The indication for surgery was in most cases a painful lumbar spine or osteoarthritic knee joint on the ipsilateral side. The surrounding joints are obviously overloaded and overused because of the stiff hip joint, even though if the hip is painless.

27 cemented and 4 uncemented hip prostheses were implanted. The mean duration of conversion arthroplasties was 110 minutes, the perioperative blood loss was 1019 ml. Additional surgical procedures may be used, like intertrochanteric wedge resection, osteotomy of greater trochanter, muscle release from the iliac bone, tenotomy of the hip adductors or knee flexors.

The Harris Hip Score increased significantly from 34.2 to 81.3 (p< 0.01). The leg length discrepancy decreased from 4.0 cm to 1.2 cm, the difference of thigh circumference changed from 4.3 cm to 2.7 cm, all results as an average. Trendelenburgs gait was detected at 25 hips pre-op, and at 5 hips at the time of follow up. Five cases were reoperated due to haematoma formation, there was one prosthesis disclocation and one early septic complication.

Based upon the good clinical results at the follow up, we recommend to change the orthopaedic surgeons’ mind considering conversion arthroplasties. The surgical procedure can be performed securely, but it is technically challenging for each surgeon. The intraoperative use of fluoroscopy and preoperative planning are mandatory in conversion arthroplasty. Conversion arthroplasty is performed prior to severe degenerative changes in the surrounding joints.


S. Motard P.A. Vendittoli M. Lavigne A. Roy S. Motard

Purpose: In 1988, metal-on-metal bearing surfaces were reintroduced in hip replacement surgery with a 28 mm diameter femoral head. These bearings have potential advantages such as improved durability, absence of polyethylene particles and no secondary periprosthetic osteolysis. Tribological studies suggest that larger metal-on-metal articulations would produce less wear than smaller diameter components. But recent clinical studies revealed increased release of circulating ions in metal-metal hip resurfacing compared to 28 mm metal-metal articulation. The aim of the present study is to describe whole blood Chrome and Cobalt ions concentration after non-cemented metal-metal total hip arthroplasty (THA) and hybrid metal-metal surface replacement arthroplasty (SRA).

Method: All patients eligible for the study were randomised to receive uncemented THA or a hybrid SRA. Whole blood samples were collected pre-operatively, at three, six months and one year post operatively. Chrome and Cobalt concentration were measured using a spectrophotometer.

Summary of Results: Blood samples have been taken from 78 patients and are pending analysis.

Discussion: Considering the influence of activity level, weight, time after surgery, the renal function, etc. on the wear behaviour of bearing surfaces, a prospective randomised study is important to obtain a valid comparison. To our knowledge, this is the only randomised study comparing whole blood ions concentration in metal-metal THA and SRA.

Significance: We strongly believe that this subject warrants special attention considering the possible toxicity associated with high levels of circulating metal ions.


M.H. Schmied O. Hersche U. Munzinger

Introduction: The standard implant for patients with rheumatoid arthritis is a cemented system. Early aseptic loosening is a major concern in patients with bad bone quality, usually seen in inflammatory arthritis

Aim of the study: The aim of this retrospective study is to find out, whether the cementless CLS-stem is an appropriate implant for patients with rheumatoid or juvenile arthritis.

Material and methods: Between 1984 and 2002 63 patients with rheumatoid or juvenile arthritis were treated with a cementless Stem (CLS) in our clinic. The mean age was 53 years (range from 25 to 71 years). We evaluated the x-rays (aseptic loosening and other complications) as well as the clinical outcome (Harris Hip Score). Patients with a minimum follow-up of 24 months (mean fu 5 years) were included in the study.

Results: There was no stem revision due to aseptic loosening. No patient had radiological signs of aseptic loosening. 8 patients suffered a fracture of the greater trochanter or the proximal femur during surgery. Two patients had to be revised for trochanteric problems.

Conclusion: The cementless CLS stem is an appropriate implant for patients with rheumatoid or juvenile arthritis. Careful implantation is necessary to avoid trochanteric or femoral fractures.


C. Rieker

Introduction: A renewal of interest in large metal-on-metal bearings has been seen due to the introduction of resurfacing prostheses. According to lubrication theory, large metal-on-metal bearings may obtain a film fluid lubrication. The mode of lubrication may be described by the lambda coefficient λ, which is the ratio between the thickness of the lubricant hc and the root mean square roughness of the bearing Rq. If this coefficient λ is higher than 3, a fluid film lubrication is expected. To have this situation, the following parameters must be optimized: diametral clearance and roughness. This presentation investigates the role of these two parameters, based on two commercially available products.

Methods: To determine the λ coefficient, the thickness hc of the lubricant must be determined, as well as the roughness of the bearing Rq. The Hamrock – Dawson equation (1) allows the determination of the thickness hc as a function of the bearing parameters. The roughness Rq is measured by a stylus profilometer.

Results: With a typical load of 3000 N, an angular velocity of 1 rad/s, and a viscosity of 0.005 Pas, the Hamrock – Dawson equation gives the following film thickness hc for a 50 mm metal-on-metal bearing with different diametral clearances:

Diametral clearance [μm] 100 150 200 250 300<

Minimum thickness hc [nm] 64.9 47.5 38.1 32.1 27.9

The following roughnesses Rq were measured for two types of resurfacing prosthesis:

As cast CoCr alloy (BHR by MMT): 23 ± 6 nm

Wrought-forged CoCr alloy (DUROM by Zimmer): 5 ± 2 nmThe as cast resurfacing prosthesis has a 250 μm diametral clearance and the wrought-forged resurfacing prosthesis has a 150 μm diametral clearance. Therefore, the following λ coefficients for a 50 mm metal-on-metal bearing are obtained:

As cast CoCr alloy: 0.99

Wrought-forged CoCr alloy: 6.72

This large difference in the λ coefficients indicates that the lubrication mode of these two different prostheses is probably different. Based on this analysis, the wrought-forged component has ideal lubrication (λ > 3) whereas the as cast does not reach ideal lubrication (λ < 3).

Conclusions: This investigation shows that minute differences in the geometry and in the roughness of a metal-on-metal prosthesis may significantly influence their lubrication behaviour as well as the wear resistance.


J.A.F. Charity G.A. Gie A.J. Timperley R.S.M. Ling

Introduction & Aims: To study the survivorship and subsidence patterns of the first 433 Exeter polished, totally collarless, double tapered, cemented stems that were inserted between November of 1970 and the end of 1975 by 16 different surgeons (13 of them in the training grades) utilising first generation cementing techniques.

Method: A survivorship study up to the 33rd year of follow-up, using the contingency table method, was performed for all 433 hips, the end-point being revision for aseptic stem loosening. Stem subsidence in relation to the cement and the bone was measured in all survivors by a single observer on digitised films (magnified 200%) using the Orthochart™ software. Stem subsidence, the grade of cementing, ‘calcar’ resorption, visible cement fractures, focal lysis and radiolucent lines at the interfaces were assessed.

Results: Of the 433 hips, 21 were revisions of previously failed hips. 21.7% of patients have had a re-operation of some sort including 3.69% for stem fracture, 3.46% for neck fracture (all from a group of 95 stems with excessively machined necks), 9% for aseptic cup loosening, 3.46% for aseptic stem loosening, 1.84% for infection and 0.23% for recurrent dislocation). For the overall series, with revision for aseptic stem loosening as the end-point, the survivorship is 91.42% (95%CI: 70.82 to 100%). When all cases lost to follow-up (28 hips) are regarded as failures, survivorship is 82.9% (95%CI: 58.37 to 100%).

The average age at operation of the survivors was 55.7 years. No significant radiological subsidence between the cement and bone was found. Mean subsidence between the stem and the cement was 2.15mm, most occurring in the first 5 years and in all but 1 being less than 4. The maximum was 18mm (grade D cementing). Cementing grades were B in 65%, C in 27%, D in 8%. Resorption of the neck (13%) was associated with excessive socket wear or cement left over the cut surface of the neck (the ‘pseudocollar’). Visible cement fractures were found in 14%, none associated with focal lysis, which was seen in 11%.

Conclusions: Although 21.7% of patients in this series of the first 433 Exeter hips to be inserted in Exeter needed a re-operation of some sort, the stem rarely required surgery for aseptic loosening and was associated with benign long-term X-Ray appearances in spite of 1st generation cementing.


Full Access
Z. Koos L. Balint C. Vermes L. Kereskai G. Lovasz

Aims: In vitro studies have demonstrated that phagocytosed metal wear particles can lead to osteolysis by osteoclast activation. While others have reported massive metallosis with no loosening of the implant. The incidence of metallosis has remained uncertain so far. The purpose of this prospective study was to assess the incidence of metallosis and explore the correlation between metallosis and the time to revision of total hip replacements, getting additional information of the role of metallosis in aseptic loosening.

Materials and Methods: 72 patients underwent revision of total hip arthroplasty at the authors department from 01/01/2001 to 31/12/2002. All of them were examined for metallosis macroscopically and biopsy was taken from the interfacial membrane for histological analysis. Two subgroups were created from revisions of both cemented and uncemented prostheses. First group was composed of cases if metallosis was either visible during the surgery or high amount of metal particles were found by histology (high-grade metallosis). The other group consisted of cases if metallosis was not visible intraoperatively and only a few metal particles were described by histology (low-grade metallosis). The survivorships of the prostheses were assessed by Kaplan-Meyer statistic analysis.

Results: High-grade metallosis could be detected in 10/42 revisions of cemented (23.8%), and in 12/30 cases of uncemented prostheses(40%). The time from implantation to revision was 88(36–144) months when metal-losis could be observed vs. 122(41–360) months in cases with no metallosis in the cemented group. However there was not significant difference in survival rate of the uncemented prostheses between the metallotic and non-metallotic groups. If only very few metal particles were found, high amount of polyethylene particles were described by histology.

Conclusion: The incidence of high-grade metallosis was higher around uncemented prostheses. The time to revision of cemented prostheses was significantly less if high-grade metallosis was found. Hence it seems like metallosis can have effect on aseptic loosening of cemented prostheses by the large number of metal particles which can make the progress of osteolysis faster resulting in shorter survivorship of the implant. If no high-grade metallosis, but a lot of polyethylene wear were found, then those particles could have the same inductive effect on aseptic loosening.


C. Heisel M. Silva A.K. Skipor J.J. Jacobs T.P. Schmalzried

Background: Metal-metal bearings are frequently implanted in young, active patients. The relationship between patient activity and Co and Cr ion levels has not been scientifically investigated.

Methods: Seven patient subjects with well-functioning metal-metal bearing hip prostheses and one control subject (no implants), all with normal renal function, were monitored during a two-week long activity protocol. Lower extremity activity was continuously assessed by a computerized, two-dimensional accelerometer (Step Activity Monitor; SAM). During the first week, subjects were requested to limit physical activity. Subjects then completed an hour-long treadmill test followed by a week where they were encouraged to be as physically active as possible. Serum Co and Cr ion levels and urine Cr levels were assessed at 10 different time points during these two weeks.

Results: Regardless of activity, the serum ion levels for a given patient were essentially constant and there was no correlation between patient activity and serum or urine ion levels. A mean increase in activity of 28% (95% CI, 13 to 43%; SE, 6%) during the high-intensity activity week resulted in a mean decrease of 2.6% (95% CI, −14.2 to 8.9%; SE, 4.7%) in serum Co and a mean increase of 2.0% (95% CI, −5.3 to 9.3%; SE, 3.0%) in serum Cr. During the treadmill test, a mean activity increase of 1,621% (16-fold) (95% CI, 972 to 2,271%; SE, 265%) resulted in a mean increase of 3.0% (95% CI, −5.7 to 11.7%; SE, 3.6%) in serum Co and a mean increase of 0.8% (95% CI, −3.5 to 5.0%; SE, 1.7%) in serum Cr. This effectively constitutes no change in serum ion levels for these changes in activity because the differences are within the variability for the measurement accuracy of these tests.

Conclusions: In patients with normal renal function and a well-functioning metal-metal bearing, ion levels are not affected by patient activity. Periodic measurements of serum ion levels can be used to monitor the tribologic performance of prosthesis with a metal-metal bearing without adjusting for patient activity.


C. Pattyn P. van Overschelde K.A. de Smet R. Verdonk

Introduction: The purpose of this retrospective study is to compare long-term whole blood metal ion concentrations (Co, Cr, Ni, Mo) between two different metal-on-metal total hip arthroplasties and a metal-on-polyethylene control group, in relationship with physical activity.

Materials and methods: Between 1996 and 2000, different conventional prosthetic designs were implanted at our hospital. For this study, three groups were chosen according to the bearing surfaces used. Patients who had undergone other surgical interventions with implantation of potential sources of Cr/Co were excluded. Patients taking medication or dietary supplements containing Cr/Co were also excluded. In group 1, 17 patients with a 28 mm metal-on-metal bearing, type Metasul (Zimmer), were included. Group 2 comprised 11 patients with a 28 mm metal-on-metal bearing, type M2a (Biomet). The control group consisted of 9 patients with a 28 mm metal-on-polyethylene bearing in combination with a cemented CoCr stem. The three groups were demographically comparable. The postoperative clinical performance was evaluated using the Harris hip score and the Merle-dAubigne score. The activity level was measured using the Baecke questionnaire. Whole blood samples were taken in a standardized way and analysed by high resolution inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer analysis.

Results: At an average follow-up of 4 years, the mean Harris Hip Score was 88.35 in group 1, 82.64 in group 2 and 90.89 in the control group. The mean Baecke Activity Score was 7.32 in group 1, 5.51 in group 2 and 6.49 in the control group. The mean Cr level was 0.27 in group 1, 0.63 in group 2 and 0.19 in the control group. The mean Co level was 0.63 in group 1, 1.06 in group 2 and 0.51 in the control group. The mean Ni level was 1.11 in group 1, 1.10 in group 2 and 1.31 in the control group. The mean Mo level was 0.65 in group 1, 0.77 in group 2 and 0.56 in the control group.

Conclusions: At a minimum follow-up of 4 years, no statistically significant differences were seen in clinical outcomes among the three groups. The only statistically significant difference in metal ion concentration among the three groups was observed for the Cr concentration between the M2a group and the metal-on-polyethylene group. There is also a positive correlation between the ion concentrations (Cr and Co) on the one hand and the activity level and Body Mass Index on the other.


A. Gonzalez Della Valle A. Rana B. Furman T.P. Sculco E.A. Salvati

Particles generated at the non articulating surface (backside) of modular acetabular components have been implicated in the development of periprosthetic osteolysis after THA. Several design changes have been introduced in modern acetabular cups in an attempt to reduce backside wear, including the use of “non-modular cups”. We compared the backside wear of retrieved cementless non-modular cups, with modular cups of first and second generation designs. Nine retrieved non-modular cups (Implex) were match-paired for time-in-situ, patient age and weight, with 9 retrieved Trilogy cups, 9 Harris-Galante 1, and 9 Harris-Galante 2. The average time in situ was 2.5 years (1–7). The backside was divided in quadrants and each rated with a value from 0 (absence of wear) to 3 (severe backside wear) for a total ranging from 0 to 12. This new score was validated for intra and inter observer reproducibility. Among 36 quadrants in the HG1 group there were 3 rated 1, 23 rated 2, and 10 rated 3. In the HG2 group, 1 quadrant was rated 0, 16 rated 1, 14 rated 2, and 5 rated 3. In the Trilogy group, 6 quadrants were rated 0, 27 rated 1, and 3 rated 2. In the Implex group, 15 quadrants were rated 0, 21 rated 1. The average backside wear score and 95%CI were 8.4 (7.6–9.3); 7.3 (5.5–9.1); 3.7 (3.2–4.1); and 2.3 (1.3–3.4) respectively. The HG cups demonstrated more severe backside wear than the Trilogy and Implex (p< 0.02). There was a tendency towards less backside wear in the Implex cup when compared to the Trilogy (p=0.04). The difference between the HG1 and HG2 was not significant. We detected significant reduction in the backside wear of modern modular and non-modular acetabular cups when compared to first generation modular designs.


J. Ziegler W.-Ch. Witzleb V. Neumeister K.P. Guenther

Background: This study was undertaken to investigate the differences in the metal ion serum concentrations after implantation of a MetaSUL-THR and a Birmingham Hip Resurfacing in comparison to implant free subjects and to review the influence of factors, possibly influencing the wear behaviour of the articulation.

Methods: Serum levels of cobalt, chromium and molybdenum in 74 patients after primary implantation of a MetaSUL-THR and in 111 patients after BHR were compared with the levels found in 130 control subjects without implants. Serum ion concentration was determined by atomic absorption spectrophotometry. Furthermore, the correlation between serum ion concentration and in-situ time, implant size and cup inclination was studied.

Results: The chromium and cobalt concentrations of BHR-patients as well as the chromium concentration of bilateral MetaSUL-THR-patients, however, were significantly higher as the concentrations of patients with unilateral MetaSUL-THR and the control group. The molybdenum serum concentration was very similar in all investigated groups.

The chromium serum concentration in patients with unilateral MetaSUL-THR and in patients with BHR showed the highest level in the postoperative period from 7 to 12 months.

Analyses of the subgroups showed an association between higher cobalt serum levels and cup inclination greater than 50 in patients with unilateral MetaSUL-THR more than 12 months after implantation. A statistically significant negative correlation was detectable between implant size and chromium as well as cobalt serum concentration in BHR-patients studied more than 12 months after implantation.

Conclusions: Metal-on-metal bearings of large diameter result in a greater systemic exposure of cobalt, chromium and molybdenum ions than bearings of smaller diameter. It is not known to what extent the different levels are due to corrosion of the surfaces of the components or to the amount of wear particles produced.

The chromium concentrations were highest 7–12 months after operation, what may due to a running-in of the bearing like known from hip simulator studies.

Interestingly implant size and metal ion serum levels correlate negatively in the BHR-patients studied more than 12 months after implantation. That could be due to an existing fluid film lubrication in these bearings and may be caused by the thicker fluid film in bearings with greater radius.


G. Kumar O. Warren N. Somashekar R.A. Marston

31 patients, between the ages of 59 and 74 years, were referred to one onrthopaedic consultant as trochanteric bursitis. All were females. Of these 7 patients were diagnosed as osteoarthritis of the hip or underwent further investigations for spinal conditions. 24 patients were clinically diagnosed as trochanteric bursitis. All these patients had ultrasound examination of the hips by a radiologist with a special interest in musculoskeletal diseases. Except for one patient the rest had either gluteus medius inflammation or tears with or without involvement of gluteus minimus. All these patients with positive findings had 80mg of depomedrone injection under USG guidance. At 6 weeks follow up 21 had complete relief of symptoms. 4 had recurrence of symptoms at 3 months when they had another dose of depomedrone und USG guidance. At one year 18 were free of symptoms and the 3 with some recurrence of symptoms did not want any intervention.

Discussion: Etiology of greater trochanteric pain syndrome has been a source of considerable debate. Empirical treatment with ‘blind’ steroid injection is the usual course of action. In unresolving trochanteric bursitis excision of trochanteric bursa has been advocated. Gluteus medius and minimus tears have been referred to as rotator cuff tears of the hip (1). Our study shows an association between trochanteric bursitis and ‘rotator cuff tears of hip’. Ultrasound guided steroid injection can give a better success rate of ‘hitting the right spot’. Further investigations are required to identify whether this association could be a cause and effect relationship.


N. Santori N. Santori F. Chilelli A. Piccinato F. Bougrara A. Campi

Hip arthroscopy is a well-established technique becoming more and more an indispensable tool in institutions specialized in hip diseases. Several surgeons around the world have developed and refined the proper instruments and the surgical technique for this operation. By now, the indications have been well formulated for both diagnostic and interventional purposes.

My personal experience is of 98 hip arthroscopies performed in the last 6 years. Most common preoperative indication has been chronic hip pain after failure of conservative treatment. Other indications or arthroscopic findings have been: labral pathology, hip dysplasia, synovial chondromatosis, initial osteoarthritis, calcium pyrophosphate disease, ligamentum teres damage, chondral damage, post-traumatic loose bodies, avascular necrosis, sepsis, villonodular synovitis.

More recent, indications for hip arthroscopy are staging of avascular necrosis of the femoral head and shaving of polyethylene debris after total hip replacement.

Contraindications to arthroscopy include recent fracture of the pelvis osteoarthritis with osteophytosis, AVN with head collapse.

Hip arthroscopy can facilitate both comprehensive access to and treatment of an evolving series of conditions that affect the hip joint. Purpose of this presentation is to show the surgical technique and present the results obtained. New indications and potential future evolutions are also discussed.


G. Hallan A. Stein L.I. Havelin

We reviewed 96 consecutive cementless total hip replacements with four different designs; 21 PCA, 25 Harris Galante Porous/Harris Galante I (stem/cup), 25 Profile Porocoat/Tri-Lock Plus (stem/cup) and 25 Profile HA-coated/Tri-Lock Plus (stem/cup). The operations were performed in the period 1984 to 1991. Median follow-up ranged from 12 to 16 years in the four groups. Mean linear wear rates ranged from 0,17 to 0,21 mm/year in the four groups, and there were no statistically significant differences between the groups (p=0,9). Moderate or extensive osteolysis was found in 46 of the 96 included hips. The association between wear and extent of osteolysis was statistically significant (p=0,006). We found poor twelve-year survival of the primary prostheses in all four groups (50–70%), mainly due to revisions because of wear of the polyethylene liner and/or osteolysis. The sparsely documented Profile/Tri-Lock Plus systems did not perform statistically significantly better than the PCA and the HG. The poor long term results with these uncemented total hip arthroplasties illustrate the necessity of regular radiographic evaluation in order to detect osteolysis and liner-failure which both generally are asymptomatic until catastrophic failure appears.


C. Delaunay

Introduction: Reintroduced in 1988, 28-mm metal-on-metal Metasul bearings had head sleeves and liner rim edge. It was modified in 1995 for the 2nd current design without sleeve and rim. Aim of this study was to address the fate if any of this modification.

Material and methods: 100 consecutive Alloclassic cementless titanium 1ary THA with 28mm-Metasul bearings (22 with head sleeve of the 1st design) were prospectively studied (primary arthritis in 76% of hips, mean age 59.6 years). 2 Metasul components of 1st design were exchanged for dislocation. The remaining 98 THAs were reviewed after a 6-year average follow-up (range, 17–126 months).

Results: Clinical results were graded excellent and good except for 3 patients Radiographically, wear was undetectable in the 97 bearings available for study. Post-operative cobalt level in whole blood was noted superior to the upper “normal” value (5 μg/L) for 16 THAs (3 of the 1st design, 13%). No significant relationship could be established between elevated blood Co level and any demographic or surgical data, including age (p = .61) and activity level (p = .44), except with radiographic aspect of a high anteversion of the cup, noted > 25° in 5 hips: incidentally 4 were of the 1st Metasul design (p = .0037). High dislocation rate (5%) could partly be explained by early impingement favoured by head sleeve and liner rim-edge. In 1 hip, despite excellent clinical result, posterior impingement with an extra-long sleeved head induced elevated Co level that leads to the bearing exchange. In another hip with Metasul head sleeve, the same mechanism induced femoral component aseptic loosening and osteolysis that was revised at 7.8 years. These 2 hips showed the higher Co levels of the series, up to 23.6 μg/L and 36 μg/L, respectively. The difference between revision rates of Metasul bearings of 1st (4/22, 17%) and current design (1/78, 1.3%) was significant (p =.008). At 8 year, survivorship of Metasul bearings from revision for any reason was 81.4% (95% CI, 57–93.5%) for the 1st design and 98.7% (81–99.9%) for the current design. No general toxic effect could have been detected thus far.

Conclusion: In this personal experience, impingement due to metallic head sleeve has been the main cause of osteolysis, and Co level survey has shown to be a good indicator of Metal-on-Metal bearing behaviour. Obviously, Metasul head sleeve should have been avoided.


R. Baker S.A.C. MacKeith G.C. Bannister

Trochanteric bursitis is initially treated with local anaesthetic and corticosteroid injections but when this fails there are few interventions that relieve the symptoms.

We report a new surgical technique for refractory trochanteric bursitis in 43 patients. Fourteen patients had developed trochanteric bursitis after primary total hip arthroplasty (THA), 6 after revision THA, 17 for no definable reason (idiopathic) and 7 after trauma.

Follow up ranged from six months to 15 years (mean five years). Outcome was measured by pre and post operative Oxford Hip Scores. The mean post operative decreases were 23 points in traumatic cases, 13 in idiopathic and 13 for patients after primary THA. A mean increase of 3 was observed in patients after revision THA.

The operation relieved symptoms in 75%. The outcome depended on aetiology. 100% of traumatic, 88% of idiopathic and 64% after primary THA were successful. All operations after revision THA were unsuccessful.

This is the largest series of a single surgical technique for refractory trochanteric bursitis and the only one to subdivide the outcome by aetiology. Transposition of the gluteal fascia is indicated in patients with idiopathic, traumatic and post primary THA trochanteric bursitis, but not after revision THA.


H. Cabrita L.F. Teochi W. Castropil

We would like to present our experience with hip arthroscopy done in a dorsal decubitus traction table with three standart portals. In a period of 24 months we operated 60 hips (55 patients) with a multitude of patologies. There were 30 men and 25 women with a mean age of 33,4 years old. The mean follow-up was 6 months. Labral tears were found in 20 scopes, associated with arthrosis in 4 cases and ligamentus teres tear in 2 cases. We did hip scopes in 10 total joint replacements to evaluate infection ( 5 cases), to treat acute infection ( 2 cases) and to evaluate pain with no apparent etiology (3 cases). Eigth cases were done after a hip dislocation, to evaluate and compare the arthroscopy with CT scans and MRI. In three of these cases we extracted bone fragments from within the joint. We had two cases of gunshot projectiles that were extractes successfully. Three cases were done in acute hip pyoartrosis. We had a 16% complication rate, mainly in the 25 first cases (pudendal nerve apraxia in 4 cases, condral flap tears in 4 cases, broken instrumental in 3 cases, worsening of syntoms in 2 cases, genital aedema in 2 cases, and others in 4 cases). The preliminary results showed an improving in Harris hip score in 57% of the patients. The results are encouraging and we must stress that there is a learning curve that is long, but hip arthroscopy is going to be an important and standart procedure in the very near future for hip surgeons.


S. Thomas C. Schmid S. Horn U. Glatzmaier W. Ploetz

Introduction: Ruptures of the glutaeus minimus tendon at the greater trochanter may be a reason for persisting pain after total hip replacement. The aim of this study was to investigate the frequency of the rupture of the glutaeus minimus tendon at the greater trochanter in patients with osteoarthritis of the hip.

Patients and Methods: From May until August 2004, total hip joints were implanted in 67 conscutive patients with osteoarthritis of the hip joint. 54 of the operations were done with a standard Watson-Jones approach. 13 patients were operated with a minimal invasive approach without visualisation of the gluteaus minimus tendon. For the minimal invasive approach only patients with a normal appearance ot the X-ray of the greater trochanter were selected. The integrity of the insertion of the glutaeus minimus tendon was recorded during the operation with the Watson-Jones approach und compared to the X-ray findings.

Results: There were 8 complete and 13 partial ruptures of the glutaeus minimus tendon in 54 patients with the Watson-Jones approach. The mean age of the patients with rupture was 75.0 years compared to 67.2 years of the patients without rupture.The Y-rays ot the hip in two planes showed osteophytes at the greater trochanter in 18 (86 %) with a ruptur and in no patient without a ruptur. The frequnece of a complete or partial rupture of the glutaeus minimus tendon was at least 31% in the 67 patients of this study.

Conclusion: Ruptures of the glutaeus minimus tendon are common in patients with osteoarthritis o thi hip but it is unknown whether it is necessary to reinsert the tendon during the implantation of an artificial hip joint.


R. Radl S. Egner A. Leithner W. Koehler R. Windhager

Aims: The study aimed at analyzing the outcome of femoral components in patients with total hip replacement following osteonecrosis of the femoral head with regard to the associated factor of the osteonecrosis.

Methods: We reviewed 41 patients with 55 cementless total hip replacements operated for advanced osteonecrosis. According to etiology of the osteonecrosis patients were divided into two groups. The first group included 17 cases with osteonecrosis without a systemic disease and the second group 38 cases with osteonecrosis associated with a systemic disease (alcohol abuse, corticosteroid medication, sickle-cell-disease).

Results: The follow-up was on average 6.4 years (range, 2 to 12.8). Eight stem revisions had to be performed, all of them were in the patients with a systemic disease. Ten-year survival rates with femoral revision as the endpoint were in the first group 100%, and in the systemic disease group 68% (p=0.03).

Conclusion: The data of this retrospective study supports the notion that the aetiology of osteonecrosis might has an influence on the survival of the femoral component.


G. Petsatodes P. Antonarakos A. Christodoulou L. Papas J. Pournaras

Aim: We show the short term results of cementless THA in patients younger than fifty years old who were suffering from avascular necrosis of the femoral head.

Materials Methods: From 09/1997 to 04/2002 we have treated 21 young patients (7 males and 14 females), aged from 24 to 50 years (mean: 37 y) and 27 hip (6 bilateral and 15 unilateral) suffering from AN, with cementless THA. Preoperatively all patients were assessed clinically for their function with D Aubigne Postel scoring system and we also assessed joint destruction and femoral head subsideness with radiographs and MRI respectively. All hips were III or IV Ficat stage and probably there was severe pain and limitation of joint functionality. We used a porous coated component for the acetabulum (Duraloc) and a partially coated cementless femoral stem with distal fixation (AML).

Results: We had no early or late infections, no dislocations and no nerve palsies. 2 patients had persistent thigh pain who has subsided a year after operation. At last follow up (88 30 months, mean: 48 m) we evaluate clinically and radiologically all patients using DAubigne Postel score and radiographs. We had 25 hips (93%) with excellent or good results and 2 hips in two different cases of bilateral replacements with fair or poor result. No evidence of radiological looseness of the components was found. All patients were very satisfied with their function in regard to previous condition and most of them returned to their normal life.

Conclusion: Cementless total hip replacements show excellent short term results in young patients with final stage avascular necrosis thought we need longer follow-up to come in to definite conclusions.


C Pabinger P. Christof H. Stiegler M. Urban

Introduction: Hip pain in young adults can be associated with radiographic finding of acetabular labral tears in magnetic resonance arthrography. Acetabular labral tears can occur in dysplastic hips and in arthrotic hips as well, but often no comobidity is found. Up to now there is no prospective study published following patients with magnetic resonance arthrography verified acetabular labral tears over time and re-evaluating them with MR years later. There is also no stage related therapy published according to labral damage.

The aim of this study was to follow 100 MRI verified acetabular labral tears for four years.

Material and methods: Study design was prospective, observers were blinded. At primary investigation 36 clinical and 30 radiological parameters were recorded. At follow up these factors were recorded again and additionally SF36 and Harris Hip score were recorded.

Results: 100 patients with average age 42 were included. 91% of all patients could be followed for over 48 months. 55 operations were performed in 50 patients . 20 patients showed concomitant developmental dysplasia of the hip, 16 patients arthrosis, 40 patients both and 15 patients had a labral lesion alone. The last group of patients never required any operation. 28 patients had a labral lesion grade I, 29 grade II, 34 grade III. Patients with grade III lesions had a significantly lower HHS at the first examination.

At follow up between all groups of patients no difference regarding any clinical parameter was found. Operations were only necessary if comorbidity (dysplasia or arthrosis) was found. No single radiologic or clinical parameter could predict operation. Nine of thirteen labral surgeries were revised (triple osteotomies or THR). No correlation between severity of labral lesion at first MRI and any parameter at follow up could be found.

Conclusion: If no comorbidity was found an acetabular labral tear alone never needed operative treatment. Although there exist a series of different operative treatment opportunities in meniscal/glenoid labrum surgery , we could not find the need for surgical intervention if the acetabular labral tear occurs alone. We therefore recommend physiotherapy and non – operative treatment for these patients.


M. Ribas J.M. Vilarrubias I. Ginebreda J. Silberberg J. Leal

Introduction: Femoroacetabular Impingement had been until now an unknown pathology. It causes pain in the movements of flexion-adduction-internal rotation, due to a bump effect between the head-neck surface of the femur and the anterior acetabular rim.

Material and Method: We analysed our 14 first patients, 3 operated bilaterally with 1 year F.U.. In bilateral cases, the time between both operations ranged from 5 to 8 weeks. Mean Age: 36 years (27 to 48), all sports active patients.. The technique that we used was through our modified Hueter approach . The superoanterior rim of the acetabulum was excised as well as the deformity at the femoral side that causes a less femoral neck-offset. For that purpose we used special maxilofacial-reamers instead of chisels. In this way we avoid any bleeding from the femoral neck. With this technique we avoid a Trochanter osteotomy, as performed by other authors (Ganz, Trousdale) .

Results: Pain relief was obtained 4 weeks after surgery in 13 from 14 patients. Mean hospitalization time was 2,6 days (2 to 5). Improvement in ROM was significative (p= 0,006): from −17 mean internal rotation (−14 to −28) at 80 flexion to +23 mean one month postop internal rotation (14 to 32).There was a significant improvement of hip score according to Merle d’Aubigne evaluation (p=0,017): 13,8 points preop (13 to 15) to 16,9 at F.U. (16–18). Neither Trendelemburg nor osteonecrosis was observed in any patient, as possible complications related to the approach. Mean time of rehabilitation was 3,8 weeks ( 3 to 5). All patients returned to their respective sports activities

Discussion: The Modified Femoroacetabular Osteoplasty allows rapid improvement of the normal hip motion , relatively short rehabilitation time and sports resumption as well. However midterm new osteoarthritic changes had to be assessed, although clinical and functional improvement has been evident. This surgical procedure makes us think about other alternatives to hip endoprosthesis in young adults.


M. Beck M. Leunig R. Ganz

Femoroacetabular impingement recently was recognized as cause for osteoarthritis of the hip. There are two mechanism of impingement: (1) cam impingement caused by a non-spherical head, and (2) pincer impingement due to acetabular overcover. We hypothesized that both mechanism result in different articular damage patterns. Of 302 analyzed hips only 26 had an isolated cam and 16 an isolated pincer impingement. Cam impingement caused anterosuperior acetabular cartilage damage with a separation between labrum and cartilage. During flexion the cartilage is sheared off the bone by the non-spherical part of the femoral head. In pincer impingement the cartilage damage was located circumferentially, invovolving only a narrow strip along the acetabular rim. During motion the labrum is crushed between the acetabular rim and the femoral neck causing degeneration and ossification of the labrum.

Cam and pincer impingement are two basic mechanism that lead to osteoarthrosis of the hip. The articular damage pattern differs substantially. Isolated cam or pincer impingement is rare, in most hips a combination is present. Labral damage indicates ongoing impingement and rarely occurs alone.


R. Schoeniger K.A. Siebenrock R.T. Trousdale R. Ganz

Complete debridement for synovial chondromatosis of the hip joint is difficult to achieve by standard surgical approaches. The goal of this study was to report preliminary experiences and results for treatment of this disease by a recently developed technique for surgical dislocation of the hip. The technique offers a safe and entire access to the hip joint in order to perform a synovectomy and complete joint debridement. This technique was applied in 8 patients with mean age of 38 years (24–65yrs.). This was done as the initial treatment in 6 patients and for recurrent disease after previous surgery in 2 patients. The mean follow-up was 4.3 years (2–10yrs.). None of the patients had recurrence of synovial chondromatosis. Six of 8 patients showed a good or excellent clinical result without progressive radiographic signs of osteoarthritis (OA). None of the patients developed avascular necrosis. 2 patients underwent total hip joint replacement after 5 and 10 years. One of these two patients had three previous surgeries for recurrence. The other one had the surgical dislocation as initial treatment. Both presented with distinct radiographic signs of OA prior to the index surgery. The technique of surgical dislocation allowed a safe and reliable joint debridement for synovial chondromatosis of the hip. The results indicate that this approach is successful when performed at an early stage without distinct signs of OA.


G. Asencio N. Francis C. Caremeau F. Nãzmes

The purpose of the present report was to compare the early results of a MIS technique and a traditional approach for THA.

Methods: The study population included 80 patients: 40 (GR 1), continuous prospective population operated on through a posterior MIS and 40 ( GR 2) continuous restrospective population operated on through a standard posterior approach. All of the patients were treated by the same surgeon (GA). The average age was 64,9 Years (GR 1) and 64 years (GR2). The BMI was 27 (GR 1) and 26,2 (GR2).

A non cemented ABG II THR was used for every patient. The average length of the incision was 8 cm (GR 1) and 19 cm ( GR 2). The average diameter of the cup was 54 (GR1) and 51 (GR 2) and the size of the stem was 4,6 (GR1) and 4 (GR2).

Results: Per op estimated blood loss was on average 270 ml (GR1) and 370 ml (GR2).

Post op average blood loss in the drains was 335 ml (GR1) and 480 ml (GR2).

The mean hospital and rehabilitation center stay was 19 days ( GR 1) and 26 days (GR2) No infection was observed in the two groups, neither nerve palsy intra operative fracture, non pulmonary embolism. One posterior dislocation was observed in each group.

Lateral abduction angle of the cup on AP radiographs was 44,3° ( GR 1) and 45° ( GR2)

Discussion: Hip arthroplasty can be performed through less invasive exposures. The posterolateral approach is widely used: the modification of the technique with the skin incision length of about 8 cm is possible in most patients. Custom instrumentation is needed to allow visualization and prevent excessive trauma and traction of soft tissues.


Y. Catonné. A. Nogier J.Y. Lazennec G. Saillant

This preliminary study concerns the results of THR using a minimally invasive computer assisted technique: We use the Siguier and Judet procedure. The patient is in supine position and we use an orthopedic table. The skin incision is 6 to 8 cm long and we dont cut any muscle during the approach.

The first 30 cases are studied: The navigation system is scanner free and allows different controls: cup inclination and anteversion, center of rotation, laterality, lengh of the lower limb.

The acetabular implant is a cementless impacted cup and the femoral implant is either cemented or cementless.

The first results are rapported and the technical modifications are descreibed.

A randomized study of 50 patients with CAS and 50 without CAS is now begining to determine if the risk of bad positionning the implants in MIS decreases when we use computer assisted surgery.


S. Klima W. Hein

MIS techniques in hip arthroplasty above all have the objective to shorten the rehabilitation period by suitable preparation. A modified Watson-Jones approach through the muscle interval between the middle gluteus and the tensor muscle of fascia latae via a 6 – 8 cm anterolateral skin incision provides a good overview to the preparation. The risk of damaging the lateral femoral cutaneous muscle is relatively low when a suitable incision technique is employed. The use of special instruments decisively decreases the risk of preparation errors, extension damage of the skin nerve and misimplantation of prosthesis components. Back-positioning of the patient on the operating table has clear advantages compared to lateral positioning. When the stem is prepared the proximal femur can be brought into the surgery area by re-positioning the leg under the contralateral leg without overstretching the leg which in turn might lead to extension damage of the femoral nerve. When the implant is chosen, short stems provide minimum bone loss and the advantage of a varic access to the bone, which makes the preparation substantially easier and additionally spares the soft parts. Straight stem prostheses may also be implanted using this method, however, here the danger of an extension damage of the femoral nerve is given by the hyperextension of the leg during preparation. A further common minimal invasive approach is ventral access between the tensor muscle of fascia latae and the sartorious muscle. Here in particular with muscular patients the danger of damaging the rectus femoris by post-operative bleeding is given. The skin is incised in alignment with the lateral femoral cutaneous muscle, which is to be displayed imperatively to be spared. For stem preparation an even more disadvantageous hyperextension of the leg is required. The two-incision-technique where the straight stem is implanted by a gluteussnip – comparable with femur nailing – only provides a very bad view at the proximal femur. Here there is a greater risk of an unnoticed bone fissure when cement-free pressfit stems are used. The advantage of this technique lies in minor hyperextension of the leg for preparation.

Minimal invasive hip arthroplasty provides advantages for the patients above all in the early rehabilitation stage. However, the total concept is to be “minimal invasive” and skin incision, sparing of soft parts, choice of prosthesis and duration of surgery are to be considered.


W.H.C. Rijnen B.L.M. Westrek J.W.M. Gardeniers B.W. Schreurs

Introduction: The transtrochanteric rotational osteotomy according to Sugioka is used to preserve the femoral head and to prevent secondary osteoarthritis in young patients with osteonecrosis of the femoral head. Several Japanese studies showed favorable results, but European and American studies were disappointing. However, many factors could be responsible for this outcome including race dependent differences and the followed post-operative rehabilitation program. The purpose of our study was to investigate this transtrochanteric rotational osteotomy in Caucasian patients with osteonecrosis in which we followed the original method of Sugioka as close as possible including a 6 months period of non-weightbearing.

Methods: In a single surgeon prospective study we included 26 hips in 22 consecutive patients who were followed for 8.7 years (range, 6.6–10 years) after surgery. The average age at time of surgery was thirty-two years (range, 22–49 years). No patient was lost to follow up. According the ARCO classification, 7 hips were in stage 2, 2 hips in stage 3 early and 17 hips in stage 3 late.

Results: At review 17 hips had been converted to total hip arthroplasty; 2 for infection, 3 for failed osteosyntheses or non-healing of the osteotomy, 12 for progressive osteoarthritis. Taking conversion to total hip arthroplasty for any reason or Harris Hip Score below 70 as endpoint, the clinical survival rate using the Kaplan-Meier analysis was 56 per cent after 7 years (95% C.I. 36–76%). Patients with a higher age at time of surgery had a tendency to a lower clinical survival rate. Taking conversion to total hip arthroplasty, progression of collapse of the femoral head or progression of osteoarthritis of the femoral head as endpoint, the radiological survival rate using the Kaplan-Meier analysis was 89 per cent after 1 year (95% C.I. 68–100%) for patients without pre-operative collapse of the femoral head. For patients with a pre-operative collapse of the femoral head, this survival rate was 35 per cent after 1 year (95% C.I. 13–58%).

Conclusion: Even after excluding the failures due to problems with osteosynthesis the results were not satisfying and the osteoarthritic process was not delayed in an effective way. Based on our results we cannot recommend this technique as an alternative for total hip arthroplasty in Caucasians.


R. Thalava A. Reading R. Knebel

Background: Minimally Invasive Hip Replacement Surgery (MIS) has been promoted by patient choice. Patients request less trauma, smaller scars and shorter hospital stays. MIS has been randomly defined as incision less than 10cm long. Are we achieving the patients goals and if so are we potentially compromising long term results in the process.

Design: Retrospective study

Setting: Acute District General Hospital.

Method: A retrospective study in a district general hospital using a single surgeons patients was performed. 30 patients underwent total hip replacement surgery via a posterior approach. There were 8 uncemented cups and 22 cemented cups and all stems were Exeter, cemented with modern cementation techniques. 15 patients who had incisions less than 10cm (MIS group – average scar length 9.5 cms) were compared with 15 patients with incisions greater than 10cm (Conventional group – average scar length 23 cms).

Data collected included a Visual analogue pain score (VAS), analgesic requirement in the immediate postoperative period, activity score and oxford hip score at a minimum of six months follow up.

Radiographs were assessed independently and blinded for technique, assessing implant position and quality of cementation using Barrack and Charnley and DeLee classifications.

Results: In the immediate postoperative period there was no statistically significant difference in the pain score and the analgesic requirement between the two groups. Neither the oxford hip scores nor the activity scores demonstrated statistically significant difference between the groups at a short term follow up of six months.

There was a statistically significant difference in the scar length between the two groups (p< 0.05).

There were no intra-operative complications in study groups.

Conclusions: Though we accept that this is a small pilot study, we feel that MIS joint replacement can be safely performed and is more pleasing for the patients. There was no difference in analgesic requirements, blood useage or hospital stay. These advancements in surgical technique require constant monitoring to ensure good long term results.


G.C. Babis P.G. Tsailas

The mini exposure in THR is currently a very trendy issue in reconstructive surgery.

Purpose: We present our initial experience with the posterior mini exposure.

Materials and method 32 patients from February to August 2004 have been submitted to mini THR.

23 patients were female and 9 were male, with mean age 64 years (34 – 72 years).

The exposure was posterior; the incision length was at a mean of 8 cm (7 – 10 cm). In 30 cases we used the SYNERGY THR, in 1 case the ZIMMER and in 1 case the DURALOC-SUMIT (DePuy) THR. All cases were without cement.

Special retractors for mini procedures were used in 26 out of the 32 operations, whereas classic retractors were used in the rest.

Results: We observed a substantial reduction in morbidity with less postoperative blood loss in the drains (a mean of 200 cc), fewer analgesics were used than usual and mobilization of the patients was faster.

All the patients were mobilized by the 2nd postoperative day and released from the hospital by the 4–6th day postoperative day. Radiologically there was no case of components malpositioning.

Conclusion: The mini posterior exposure THR is feasible for the experienced hip surgeon; it has many advantages while none of the technical problems and disadvantages of the minimal two incision exposure.


F. Prince P.A Vendittoli M. Lavigne A. Roy F. Prince J. Cote

Purpose: Kinematic studies have shown that patients with a total hip arthroplasty (THA) walk with different gait characteristics compared to normal subjects. This abnormal gait might result from difficulties restoring the normal hip anatomy and biomechanics with THA. Surface replacement arthroplasty (SRA) facilitates leg length management and reconstruction of the normal anatomy of the proximal femur, allowing potential improvements in muscle power, proprioception and hip stability compared to THA.

Method: Patients suffering from advanced hip joint disease were randomised to receive an uncemented metal-metal THA or metal-metal SRA. A group of patients from this study were evaluated pre operatively, at 6 months and one year post operatively at a gait laboratory. A VICON system with 8 cameras, platform (AMTI) and surface electromyograph (Motion Lab) were used. Articular and muscle power and work characteristics of the hip, knee and ankle were analysed with different tasks. Postural stability (e.g. distance between the mass centre and pressure centre) in the standing position will serve to differentiate the 2 groups. Other specific tests, such as the hop test, the step test and the TUG test, were performed.

Summary of Results: Thirty randomised patients were evaluated. The results will be presented and discussed.

Discussion: Considering the strong interest of patients and surgeons for the potential functional benefits of surface replacement arthroplasty, it is necessary to determine scientifically how it compares with the standard of care (THA). Patient age, weight, sex and pre operative function have a strong influence on the post operative function. Thus, a prospective randomised study is mandatory to obtain valid results.

Significance: We strongly believe that this subject warrants special attention considering the possible benefits associated with this technique in the young adult with hip osteoarthitis.


M. Nogler F. Rachbauer E. Mayr A. Prassl M. Thaler M. Krismer

Objective: To compare the cup and stem position in matched pairs of cadaveric hips performing a minimally invaisve total hip arthroplasty (MIS-THA) either by using manual guidance tools or by the STRYKER Hip-track Navigation System.

Background: Minimally invasive techniques are currently introduced to THA. Our workgroup has developed a direct anterior single incission approach. Special instruments have been designed for retraction and implantation. Instruments are navigable with the STRYKER hiptracksystem. Perfect positioning of the acetabular and femoral component are among the most important factors in THA. Malpositioning may result in significant clinical problems such as dislocation, impingement, limited range of motion or extensive wear.

Design/Methods: In twelve fixated human cadavers hemispherical pressfit cups (TRIDENT, Stryker, Alledale, NJ) and straight femoral components (ACCOLADE, Stryker, Allendale, NJ) were implanted. All implantation were done throught the minimally invasive direct anterior approach. On one side the surgery was performed with spezial MIS instruments. On the oposite side the navigation system was used for placement of the implants. The aim was to achieve an alignment for the cups with 45° of inclination and 15° of anteversion in reference to the frontal pelvic plane. For the stem the goal was to position the stem in 0° of varus/valgus relative to the proximal shaft axes. This plane and the resulting cup positions were measured on CT-scans with a 3D imaging software (Stryker-Leibinger, Freiburg, Germany).

Results: The Innsbruck MIS approach to the hip could be performed in all cases. For both groups cup and stem position where within the range of variation reported in the literature. Yet, variance of the deviation from the goal was higher in the conventional group for both inclination and anteversion with the medians for the navigated group for inclination, anteversion and stem position being closer to the goal then in the conventional group.

Conclusion: The described minimally invasive approach to the hip is feasible and renders results compareable to those reported for conventionally operated THA. By the use of the navigation system tested it is possible to increase placement precission


H.S. Sandhu R.G. Middleton S.A. Serjeant

Hip Resurfacing is now an established treatment option for young active patients with osteoarthritis. However, there is slow uptake of hip resurfacing by some surgeons, with concern regarding failure from femoral neck fracture, a small but significant risk. Femoral neck fracture may follow notching of the neck, which occurs upon preparing the femoral head after inserting the femoral head/neck guide-wire. The placement of the femoral head/neck guide-wire is a concern for even experienced surgeons routinely, and in difficult cases of femoral head/neck deformity this is especially so.

For the first time a preliminary series of Durom hip resurfacings, based on the successful Metasul bearing, were implanted using a computer image guidance system. The aim of computer navigation is to optimally place the femoral prosthesis in the correct degree of valgus with good underlying bone coverage, without notching the femoral neck or over-sizing the femoral component. Preoperative CT scanning was not required. A standard posterior approach to the hip was utilised, and a navigation reference frame was applied to the proximal femur. Then using an image intensifier and the computer navigation system, a guide-wire was passed quickly and easily into the femoral head/neck with a navigated drill guide. The femoral head was then prepared safely for the femoral component of the resurfacing, with minimal risk of femoral neck fracture.

Computer navigation systems have an important role to play in hip resurfacing with respect to femoral head/neck preparation, as demonstrated from our preliminary study. This series shows the use of computer navigation in hip resurfacing to be both SAFE and SIMPLE with a quick learning curve. It was shown to be FASTER and MORE ACCURATE in the process of guide-wire placement in the femoral head/neck as compared to conventional jigs. Crucially, femoral neck fractures may even be potentially ELIMINATED using this technique.

In the future, hip resurfacing in conjunction with computer navigation systems may allow;

- SAFER hip resurfacing, with reduced rates of femoral neck fractures

- Improved TRAINING to include junior surgeons in hip resurfacing

- Surgeons to operate INDEPENDENTLY initially

- Surgeons to operate on DIFFICULT cases subsequently

- The development of MINIMALLY INVASIVE hip resurfacing

- The development of SPECIALIST centres for teaching and difficult cases


W.C. Witzleb A. Knecht A. Marlen B. Torsten K.P. Günther

Background: High volumetric wear of polyethylene was the main factor in periprosthetic bone resorption and the failure of historic metal or ceramic on polyethylene hip resurfacing prosthesis. Metal on metal devices reduce the wear substantially and may solve this problem. The present study describes the clinical and radiographic results of our first 300 hips treated with the Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR, Midland Medical Technologies, U.K.).

Methods: Between September 1998 and May 2003, 300 BHR were implanted in 262 patients. The patients had an average age of 49 years, 56% were men, 58% had a diagnosis of a CDH, 19% of osteoarthritis and 11% of avascular necrosis. Clinical and radiographic follow-up was performed at three months postoperatively and yearly thereafter.

Results: The average duration of follow-up was 2.4 years (1 to 5 years). We achieved a follow-up rate of 97%. Mean Harris Hip Score increased from 51 points pre-operatively to 91–92 points after one to five years, Total range of motion increased from 136 to 220. 6 prostheses had to be revised due to malposition (2), infection (2), neck fracture (1) and inguinal pain (1). Acetabular radiolucencies were observed in 3% in one zone, femoral radiolucencies in 5% in one to three zones around the stem. No patient showed radiolucency lines in all zones or migration.

Conclusions: In our opinion the cementless press fit cup, the low wear metal-on-metal bearing and the conservative implantation technique of the BHR at least fundamentally improves the known disadvantages of the historic Resurfacings. Our preliminary experience is encouraging, but has to be proofed in long-term observations.


A. Pillai P. Basapa O. Hilmy M. El-Hadidi

Background: Metal on metal resurfacing of the hip is an attractive conservative treatment option for the younger, active arthritic patient. It has the advantages of bone preservation and the longevity of metal bearing surfaces. Concerns remain over the performance of these implants due to historical failure of similar devices. The possible longer-term survival of these implants can only be justified if the early results are as successful as conventional hip replacement.

Patients & Methods: The clinical and radiological follow-up of our first 25 consecutive resurfacing patients is presented. The Birmingham Hip Resurfacing prosthesis (Midland Medical Technologies, Birmingham, UK) was used, and all procedures performed by the senior author (EHM). Clinical assessment was done using the modified Harris Hip Score, and functional outcomes measured using the Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis index (WOMAC). Radiographs were examined for radioleucent lines, migration of components, osteolysis and heterotropic ossification.

Results: 28 primary hip resurfacings in 25 patients were reviewed. The mean follow up period was 18 mts (12– 36mts). The mean age of patients at time of operation was 51yrs (37–64 yrs). Main indication for surgery was Osteoarthrosis. The mean Harris Hip Score improved from 44 preoperative, to 94.5 postoperative. The mean preoperative WOMAC score was 30 and the mean postoperative score 88.The average duration of hospital stay was 5 days, and the average operative blood loss 3g %. All patients in paid employment returned to work at an average of 8 weeks postoperatively, and majority of patients are able to participate in sports and recreational activities. There were no cases of dislocations, femoral neck fractures, avascular necrosis or osteolysis.

Conclusion: Hip resurfacing using metal on metal hybrid fixed components, offers a viable treatment alternative in younger active patients. Early outcomes are at least comparable to total hip replacement in terms of pain relief and restoration of function.

Despite the lack of long-term data, the relative absence of complications and the potential benefits justify its continued use. We believe the future is very promising for this procedure.


A. McAndrew A. Khaleel M.D. Broomfield A.M. Aweid

Introduction: Hip resurfacing is a method of treating the degenerative hip joint in higher demand patients. In this study we present the results of the first four years of using this technique in a typical District General Hospital.

Materials and Methods: This is a review of the outcome of 303 consecutive hip resurfacing procedures performed at Ashford and St. Peter’s Hospitals NHS Trust. All patients had a posterior approach to the hip joint, followed by standard resurfacing using metal on metal components. The patients were evaluated radiographically and clinically pre-operatively and post-operatively. All patients had regular follow up.

Results: The mean age was 56 with a range from 24 to 75 years old. There was a statistically significant improvement between the pre-operative Harris Hip Score and those at the latest follow up. All patients achieved a full range movement in the hip within twelve weeks following surgery. There were four fractures of the femoral neck, one was intra-operative and was converted to total joint arthroplasty. Three further fractures occurred, two were revised and one was treated conservatively. Two patients had transient femoral nerve palsies. There were no cases of dislocation or deep infection. All the prostheses remain well fixed with no signs of osteolysis.

There were three cases of avascular necrosis, all of which show no signs of further collapse.

Conclusions: The short and medium term results that have been achieved in a District General Hospital are comparable to those that have been achieved in the originator’s institution.


T.C.B. Pollard J.E. Newman N.J. Barlow J.D. Price K.M. Willett

Introduction: Proximal femoral fracture (PFF) is the leading cause of Trauma admission. Deep surgical wound infection occurs in approximately 3% of these patients. The purpose of this study was to assess the cost of deep infection to the patient, in terms of mortality and social consequences, and to the National Health Service, in terms of financial burden.

Methods: 61 consecutive patients (51 females, 10 males) treated for PFF, complicated with deep surgical wound infection over a seven-year period are presented. A control group consisting of 122 patients, without infection, were individually case matched (2:1) for factors that affect outcome after PFF (age, sex, ASA grade, fracture type, operation, and pre-fracture residence, social dependence, and mobility). Outcomes included length of admission (Trauma unit, rehabilitation bed, community hospital), number of operations, antibiotic administration and outpatient treatment, final destination, and mortality at one, three, and six months. A total cost of treatment was obtained from this data and supplied finance department figures.

Results: MRSA was responsible for 31 cases. Infected cases required an average of two wound debridements. 16 patients had a Girdlestones procedure of whom two were subsequently revised to total hip replacement. For all patients, the average Trauma unit admission was 58 days in the infected cases, with a further 40 days spent in rehabilitation or community beds, versus 16 days and 27 days respectively in the controls (p < 0.001). 34% of infected cases died before discharge versus 15% of controls (p = 0.004). For the patients surviving to discharge, the mean total hospital stay was 124 days for the infected cases versus 45 days in the controls (p < 0.001). A higher proportion of the survivors in the control group returned to their original residence compared to the infected survivors (p = 0.002). The mortality rates in the infected group were 15% at 1 month, 31% at 3 months, and 38% at six months, versus 9%, 20%, and 25% respectively in the control group (p = 0.36, 0.12, 0.12). The median cost of treatment per infected case was 23960 versus 7390 per control case.

Conclusions: Deep surgical wound infection after proximal femoral fracture is a devastating complication for both the patient and the NHS. It is associated with a higher in-patient mortality, and fewer survivors return to their pre-fracture residence. Hospital stay is greatly increased and survivors spend 4 months on average in hospital. Additional costs are huge and are incurred at all levels. The extra financial cost of treating a single infected case would fund the treatment of two non-infected cases. These costs should be considered when allocating funds and beds to Trauma services, in addition to ensuring measures known to minimise infection rates are in place.


G. Walley E.B. Ahmed N. Maffulli S. Bridgman J. Orendi

Objective: To describe the prevalence and incidence of methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) colonisation in patients in the Trauma and Orthopaedic wards of the University Hospital of North Staffordshire.

Design Prospective audit.

Patients and methods: Over a three month period from 1st March to 31st May 2003 359 patients attending the elective orthopaedic outpatient department for major joint surgery were screened at the pre-operative assessment clinic; 105 of these patients were screened again on the elective orthopaedic wards. 197 patients were screened on the trauma wards. 31 patients of other/outlying specialities were screened. Patients whose stay was expected to be for 48 hours or more were included in the audit. Patients were screened for MRSA colonization on admission, transfer and discharge. Colonised patients were treated according to the local infection control policy.

Results: 31 elective orthopaedic patients (29%); 46 trauma patients (23%) and 8 other/outlying patients (26%) were colonized with MRSA. On admission, 23 elective orthopaedic patients (22%), 32 trauma patients (16%), and 7 patients (23%) which were of other/outlying specialties were colonized with MRSA. 22 patients (6.6%) positive on admission, treated with eradication therapy, became negative on discharge. An additional 22 patients (6.6%) positive on admission became negative on discharge without receiving any treatment. During the audit period, 23 patients (6.9%) were negative for MRSA on admission and positive on discharge. 9 patients (39%) and 20 patients (62.5%) colonised in elective and trauma wards respectively, developed an MRSA infection, which required treatment.

Conclusion: There is a relatively high prevalence of MRSA colonisation in patients admitted to orthopaedic and trauma wards. A proportion (22%) of patients are colonised with MRSA in the short time between testing and admission. Not all patients positive for MRSA following admission to hospital will have been colonised within the nosocomial environment.


P.L. Esteban-Navarro S. Garcia-Ramiro F. Cofan J. Riba F. Oppenheimer S. Suso

Introduction: A hip replacement is an usually procedure in patients with chronic renal failure (CRF) affected of osteoarthritis, avascular necrosis of the femoral head or femoral neck fracture. The infection of the prosthesis is the most severe and important complication related to hip arthroplasty (HA). Patients with CRF have a immunosupression status, that increases the infection risk. The aim of the study was to evaluate the results of HA in patients on renal replacement therapy (RRT) through haemodialysis (HD) or renal transplantation (RT) .

Material and methods: Between 1990 and 2002, 23 HA have been performed in 18 patients on RRT (9 patients on HD and 9 RT). There were 9 women and 9 men, with an average age of 56 years old (range 30–83). In 5 patients the procedure was bilateral. The average time on RRT was 13.1 years (range 4–28). Preoperative diagnostic was: avascular necrosis of the femoral head (15 hips), femoral neck fracture (6 hips) and hip dysplasia (2 hips).

Results: The average follow-up was 59 months (range 3–140). All patients received antibiotic prophylaxis. Bleeding was the most frequent complication (74%, n=17). Infectious complications occurred in 33% of HA (n=6) in the early postoperative period and in 9% of HA (n=2) during the long-term follow-up. Early infections were: urinary tract infection (n=2 – Pseudomona species) and deep wound infection [n=4 – Pseudomona aeruginosa (n=1), Candida parapsilosis (n=1), Entero-coccus faecalis (n=1) and unknown aetiology (n=1), that required surgical debridement. Two patients had later infection of the prostheses (9%), and a two-stage revision in one case and resection arthroplasty in the other was performed. In-hospital mortality was 5.5% (n=1) and long-term mortality was 16.6% (n=3).

Conclusions: Infectious morbidity associated with HA in patients with chronic renal failure is important. The priority in this patients is individualize the surgical indication. An intensive medical control is needed.


P.H. Adam P.H. Peslages P. Zufferey M.-H. Fessy

Introduction: Infection after hip or knee replacement occurs with low frequency but shares high morbidity. Aim of this study was an evaluation of incidence and risk factors related to post operative infection after joint lower limb joint replacement in an orthopaedics unit.

Material and methods: This is a monocentric, retrospective, case control study over the years 2000 to 2002. All first intention Total Hip and Knee Replacement and revision cases for mechanical reasons that became infected were identified. Demographic, surgical and medical variables, potentially associated to prosthetic infection were compared for these patients to a control group of non ifected patients over the same time, matched for sex, age and surgery type.

Results: Ten patients, all male, contracted post operative joint infection, out of 630 Total Hip or Knee Arthroplasties. This represented 1.2% after hip replacement and 3.1% after knee replacement. Bacteriological datas showed a majority of Staphylococal infection (5 aureus, 1 epidermidis), 2 among these being resistant to meticillin, but also evidence of ENT commensals (2 Streptococci milleri, 1 Actinomyces) and one epidermal commensal (Propionobacterium acnes). Univariate analysis: datas associated with increased risk of infection were diabetes melitus (OR 9.3; CI 95% 1.4–63), operating time exceeding 120 minutes (OR15.5 ; CI 95% 1,73–139,66), superficial wound infection (odds ratio 29; CI95% 2,77–303,32), coinfection outside the operation site (urinary tract , dental infection) (OR: 9,3 ; CI 95% 1,33–63,2). In our study an MNIS score higher than 1, autologous transfusion, locore-gional anaesthesia with or without the use of a catheter, antibioprophylaxis that did not comply with national recommendations could not be drawn as a risk factor.

Discussion: Incidence of infection and risk factors related to infection in our study were found similar tothe results of published datas. The small number of events (10 cases) did not allow us to realize multivariate analysis and could explain that some known risk factors such as non recommended antibioprophylaxis, could not be elicitated. However these results suggested the need to reevaluate the system of prevention of infection in our centre such as protocolization of antibioprophylaxis and screening for and treatement of perioperative coinfection.


V. Dzupa R. Grill V. Baca B. Bakalar J. Vrankova

Aim of study: To evaluate infectious complications in patients operated for pelvic ring injury (level 1 trauma-centre).

Method: Retrospective study of patients treated for pelvic ring injury in 5 years (July 1999 – June 2004), in whom wound infection was diagnosed clinically (purulent secretion) or by microbiological culture.

Results: In the period 102 patients with pelvic ring injury as part of polytrauma were treated in trauma-centre. Thirteen patients died during few hours after admission without any surgical treatment of pelvis fracture and were excluded from the study group. Type A fracture of AO/ASIF classification was diagnosed in 18 (20 %), type B in 48 (54 %), type C in 23 patients (26 %). Forty three patients were operated (25 ORIF, 18 external fixation). Postoperative infection was diagnosed in 4 patients (9 % of all surgically treated) with mixed bacterial flora isolated in 3 patients and negative culture in 1 patient. In the same time period the frequency of infectious complications after the surgical treatment of musculoskeletal injuries was 1,3 % and mixed bacterial flora was detected in only 40 % of them.

Conclusion: In patients surgically treated for pelvic ring injury the occurence of infectious complications is significantly higher than in patients surgically treated for other skeletal injury. The infections are frequently poly-microbial.


R. Granes T.B. Maurer U. Mueller P.E. Ochsner

Introduction: Intramedullary reaming has its selected indication in osteomyelitis of long bones when remnants of dead infected bone are intramedullary embedded in a endostal new bone formation. The validity of this method has not yet been proven in long-term follow-ups. We reevaluated our patients in a 10 to 15 years follow-up to look at the recurrence rate of osteomyelitis after intramedullary reaming. We were also interested in the level of activity and the ability of working in our patients today.

Study design: From 1984 till 1992 forty-three patients with forty-four locations of chronic osteomyelitits of long bones were treated by intramedullary reaming. The collective consisted of 38 men and 5 women. The mean duration of the infection was 13.2 years. The causes of osteomyelitis were in 37 cases posttraumatic, in 6 cases haematogenous and one patient suffered from chronic osteomyelitis after removal of a total hip. Main locations of the focus were the diaphysis of the tibia and the femur. Intramedullary reaming was performed in patients with a infection centrally located in the bone protected by a thick periosteal new bone formation. In important endosteal bone formation a window was needed in order to pass with the guide wire for medullary reaming. Reaming went up to 18mm leaving a important cortical thickness of 6 to 10mm. Thorough irrigation focused a total removal of reaming mill. The treatment included a antibiotic therapy from 6 to 12 weeks. Staph. aureus was the most frequent micro-organism. The follow-up data was based on a continously documented clinical observation. Next to visits in our outpatient clinic we received informations by having designed a questionnaire booklet which was answered by the patients.

Results: In the 10 year follow-up in 37 cases (83%) osteomyelitis had never reoccurred. 5 patients needed a revision. 23 patients worked full-time, 3 had a reduced ability of work and 8 had been retired. 27 patients were pain-free, in 7 cases mild pain was found and 1 patient had moderate pain during working or walking. We have reevaluted 21 patients in a 15years follow-up, 7 patients will be followed up by 10/2004. Fifteen patients had died.

Discussion: Intramedullary reaming of the diaphysis of long bones after posttraumatic or haematogenous osteomyelitis proves to be a valuable treatment. The constitution of the bone, the reaming technique and the antibiotic therapy are influencing factors for a positive outcome.


A. Maclean P. Latimer R.M. Atkins

The technique of bone transport with a conventional Ilizarov external fixator is the current standard means of dealing with segmental bone defects not amenable to bone grafting. Problems with control of the distraction of regenerate bone frequently compromises treatment resulting in secondary deformity. Accurate docking of the defect bone ends is also complex to manage with the Ilizarov apparatus, corrections being possible in only one plane at a time (serial processing).

The Taylor Spatial external fixator (TSF), (Smith and Nephew, Memphis, Tennessee), is a modified Ilizarov fixator with six telescopic struts that are free to rotate at their connection points to the proximal and distal rings. This combination forms a Stewart Gough platform similar to that used in aircraft simulators. By adjusting only strut lengths, and applying Chasles theorem, one ring can be repositioned with respect to the other. Therefore with the aid of computer software, six axis deformities can be corrected simultaneously (parallel processing). We have used this device over the past 2 years in patients with segmental bone defects of the tibia in a stacked mode of application – a three ring construct with six struts between each pair of rings – to allow simultaneous accurately controlled distraction osteogenesis in one segment and independently controlled closure and compression at the docking site.

We present the results of 19 stacked Taylor Spatial frames in 19 patients treated with bone transport in the tibia. The diagnosis was bone resection for infected non union in fourteen, tumour resection in three and acute non infected bone loss secondary to trauma in two. The average age was 34.9 years, (range 10 to 69). Transport ranged from 4 to 12 cm. We used a distraction rate of 0.75mm/day and a comparable compression rate for closure of the defect. At the distraction site, angulation was controlled to within 1degree in any plane and translation to within 1mm in any direction, including length, allowing perfect alignment of the regenerate in all 19 cases. Regenerate quality was uniformly excellent. Superior control of the docking site compared with the Ilizarov fixator was consistently possible and the union rate was 100%. We observed no major complications of treatment. Minor complications included pin and wire infection and breakage all of which were treatable by simple measures with no long term sequelae.

In summary our experience with the stacked TSF for bone transport has shown it to be a highly reliable tool. We have achieved perfect control of regenerate bone in all axes and improved clinical outcomes for these complex problems.


D. Wolff M. Militz V. Buehren

Purpose: Chronic posttraumatic osteomyelitis of the femur is still a great challenge for medical treatment. Bacterial colonization after multi-fragment fractures often complicates and extends bone healing. Muti-modal management including hyperbaric oxygenotherapy and frequent lavage and debridement as well as use of systemically and locally applied antibiotics are needed to eradicate infection.

This study introduces our treatment regime for chronic posttraumatic osteomyelitis of the femur and presents our results.

Material and Method: We reviewed 24 patients with posttraumatic osteomyelitis after femoral shaft fractures treated at our trauma center. We analyzed the bacterial spectrum, changes in bacterial spectrum during treatment, numbers of operative revisions and hyperoxygenotherapy cycles, as well as over all hospitalisation time, and outcome concerning bone healing.

Results: Staphylococci were the most frequently found bacteria at first revision, followed by Enterobacter species. Average length of treatment was 8.3 (1–29) months.

An average of 11.5 (2–32) operative revisions including intramedullar debridement were performed, additionally 10 patients underwent a mean of 29 (3–81) hyperoxygenotherapy cycles.

Re-Infection after treatment occured in 7 cases, in 2 patients amputation was needed to eradicate infection.

Conclusions: Our results show, that the chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis of the femur is an insistent disease that needs to be treated interdisciplinary over a long period of time. Our treatment regime produces satisfying results. Individual solutions are necessary to reach an infection-free status.


A. Karabasi D. Giannikas A. Saridis N. Vandoros E. Lambiris

Purpose: A clinical retrospective study of surgical treatment of chronic posttraumatic osteomyelitis by the Ilizarov method was conducted by analyzing the end results.The aim was to evaluate the efficacy of distraction osteogenesis in covering large bone defects and eradicate infection.

Materials and method: Between 1990–2000, twenty-one patients with chronic osteomyelitis were surgically treated. Inclusion criteria were: 1) active infection of more than six months and 2) bone defect (after the surgical debridement was completed) > 4cm.The average length of bone defect was 9,5 cm. (4–28cm.). In all cases corticotomy and application of the Ilizarov device was necessary to initiate bone transport.The protocol of the Association for the Study and Application of the Method of Ilizarov (A.S.A.M.I), was used to evaluate the results. All patients were examined clinically and radiographically in order to assess the proper alignment, the progress of bone healing and possible signs of infection.

Result: Thirteen patients (62%) presented delayed union at the docking site. In 4 patients compression –distraction was necessary to promote union. In 9 patients (43%) the Ilizarov device was removed and interlocked intramedullary nailing was performed after eradication of the infection was confirmed by clinical and laboratory data. Recurrence of infection occurred in one patient. Elimination of infection and solid bone formation was the end result for all patients. Two refractures at the docking site needed reapplication of an Ilizarov device. In one case angular deformity of more than 10 degrees needed correctional osteotomy.

Conclusions: The Ilizarov method addresses successfully infection, bone defect, deformity, and leg length discrepancy simultaneously. All these may coexist in difficult cases of chronic osteomyelitis. Complications associated specifically with bone transport in exceeded bone defects ,after radical resection of infected bone, include certainly delayed union or non-union at the docking site and prolonged treatment time.


C. Romanò R. Galli E. Meani

Different conditions may lead to bone loss in bone infections. Septic non-unions, osteomyelitis, septic joint prosthesis are all conditions that may be associated with the need for bone grafts and/or of bone substitutes. The risk of infection recurrence makes, in these cases, particularly challenging the choice of the type of bone implant.

The use of growth factors, eventually associated with autologous or homologous bone grafts or with bone substitutes, may be helpful in restoring the bone stock, allowing to fill large bone defects, once the infection is controlled.

We present the preliminary results in 10 patients in which autologous Platelet Rich Plasma (PRP) has been used to treat large bone defect in two stage hip reconstruction (7 cases) and in previously infected non-unions (3 patients).

At a minimum follow-up of 6 months (maximum 18 months) a significant new bone formation occurred at the site of PRP application in all the cases treated and no signs of infection recurrence are present at the time of writing.

This is the first report on the short-term safety of use of PRP for the treatment of bone loss in previously infected bones in humans. The limited number of patients and the follow-up do not allow at the moment to drive any conclusion regarding the efficacy and safety in the long term, and the use of PRP with this indications should be limited to selected cases.


P. Gaston C.R. Howie R. Burnett R.W. Nutton I.H. Annan D. Salter A. Simpson

Introduction If an arthroplasty patient presents with wound breakdown, sinus formation or a hot, red, painful joint replacement the diagnosis of infection is relatively straightforward. However, most total joint replacement (TJR) infections present in an indolent fashion and are impossible to distinguish from aseptic loosening. It is imperative to know if pain in a TJR is due to infection to plan appropriate further management.

Methods In this prospective study of 204 patients we analysed the diagnostic accuracy of various tests for infection in the setting of TJR: Inflammatory Markers (CRP/ESR); Aspiration Microbiology; and the Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) – a novel technique in this situation. We used internationally agreed criteria as the gold standard for infection. The patient was deemed to be infected if any of the following were found at the time of revision surgery: a sinus; frank pus in the wound; positive microbiology or positive histology on intra-operative specimens. The sensitivity (Sens), specificity (Spec), positive predictive value (PPV) and negative predictive value (NPV) of each test were calculated.

Results 52 patients with an original diagnosis of inflammatory arthritis were excluded, as histology may be inaccurate. Their results have been presented elsewhere. The results for the remaining 152 patients are: CRP > 20mg/l: Sens 77%; Spec 76%; PPV 49%; NPV 92%. ESR > 30 mm/hr: Sens 61%; Spec 86%; PPV 57%; NPV 87%. Aspiration Microbiology: Sens 80%; Spec 83%; PPV 71%; NPV 88%. PCR: Sens 71%; Spec 78%; PPV 43%; NPV 89%.

Findings and Conclusions Only a few of the patients with negative inflammatory markers later turned out to be infected. If the inflammatory markers were positive, there was roughly a 50/50 chance that the joint was infected. Positive aspiration microbiology was associated with underlying infection approximately 3 times out of every 4, and negative results were correct 9 times out of 10. PCR was no more accurate than existing tests.

We recommend that all patients with painful TJRs have inflammatory markers checked as a screening test – if negative then the clinician can be relatively reassured that the implant is not infected. If positive, further investigation should be undertaken. Joint aspiration for microbiology is currently the best available second line investigation.


C.B. Frank Adams M. Schulte-Bockholt D. Heppert V. Wentzensen

Problem: Deep infection after hip- or knee-replacement is a severe complication that may lead to implant removal or arthrodesis.

Aim: In our hospital intraoperativ subcoutanues culture samples were taken before wound closure. We wanted to know if positive cultures are of any predicitive value in relation to early or late periprosthetic infection. If so, is there a consequence in treatment ? Also costs were analysed.

Material and methods: In 2002 we performed 167 primary hip and knee replacements. We retrospectivaly analysed the outcome of 159 cases over a follow-up period of up to 28 month.

Results: In 96.8% of the cases a culture sample was taken. Of these 5.8% showed germ growth. In only 4 cases positive cultures were followed by a change in treatment, either antibiotics or revision. Of nine patients with revision surgery only one had a positive culture. Four cases showed germ growth during revision surgery after sterile cultures during implantation. Most often different bacterias were found in primary and revision surgery. In 1.25% deep periprosthetic infection occured. One required second stage knee-replacement, one case ended in resection arthroplasty.

Conclusion: Intraoperative culture sample is of no predictive value in primary joint replacement. There is no correlation between positiv cultures and indication for revision surgery. However costs for culture analysis and antibiotics are low compared to the increase of expense caused by periprosthetic infections.


A. Rochwerger S. Parratte A. Sbihi F. Roge G. Curvale

Introduction. Knee arthrodesis is a limb salvage procedure considered as an alternative to an amputation in case of severely infected total knee arthroplasties, associated with large damage of the extensor mechanism. The techniques are various and the series in the literature not always homogenous. In this study we assessed the results of knee arthrodesis performed with two monolateral external fixators in two perpendicular planes .

Material and methods . This retrospective series of 19 knee arthrodeses was done in 18 patients, which were 65 years old on average. All patients had severe damage on their extensor mechanism associated with an infection of their implant. In all cases the infection was documented and patients were treated by antibiotics during on average 9 months. The first surgical step consisted in a debridement of the knee which was provisionally fixated with the lateral external fixator. The second step consisted in the removal of the infected implant or of the spacer . The bony surfaces were freshened and the anterior external fixator was applied with a compressive effect on the fusion site . Full weight bearing was allowed 45 days after surgery.

Results. Radiological fusion was observed in 17 cases after 4,6 months on average and the external fixators were removed after 8 months on average. Two patients experienced wound healings problems that required additional plastic surgery. Two cases were revised and bone grafting was performed. One patient suffered from malunion at the last follow up ( 7 years in this study).

Discussion. This type of fixation avoids internal fixation in septic conditions. The transquadricipital pins of the anterior fixator are well tolerated. The rigidity of the combination of two monolateral fixators in two perpendicular planes allows quick reloading , which is essential in old patients, often debilitated by numerous procedures.

Conclusion. Arthrodesis is functionally an acceptable alternative to an amputation in these patients. This technique is reliable, has the advantage of avoiding an internal device in an infected knee, of stabilizing the fusion site thanks to the biplanar fixation and of allowing quick weight bearing,.


H. Gollwitzer C. Horn L. Gerdesmeyer

Introduction: Extracorporeal shock wave therapy (ESWT) covers a multitude of different indications in modern orthopedics, however, bacterial infections are still considered as contraindications. The goal of the present study was to determine the effect of ESWT on growth of clinically relevant bacteria in orthopedic and trauma surgery.

Methods: Standardised suspensions of a methicillin sensitive and a methicillin resistant strain of Staphylococcus aureus, and reference strains of Staphylococcus epidermidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Enterococ-cus faecalis were subjected to 4000 impulses of high-energy shock waves with an energy flux density (EFD) of 0.96 mJ/mm2 and a frequency of 2 Hz. Furthermore, corresponding suspensions of S. aureus ATCC 25923 were exposed to different impulse rates of shock waves (1000 to 6000 impulses) and to different EFDs up to a maximum of 0.96 mJ/mm2 (2 Hz) to evaluate the influence of shock wave parameters. Subsequently, viable bacteria were quantified by culture and compared with an untreated control.

Results: A highly significant antibacterial effect of the ESWT was demonstrated for all bacterial strains with a reduction of growth to values between 1,1% and 29,7% (P < 0.01). Reference strains of S. aureus and S. epidermidis reacted most sensitive whereas E. faecium demonstrated highest resistance against high-energy shock waves. After applying different energy levels to S. aureus, a significant bactericidal effect was observed only with a minimum threshold EFD of 0.59 mJ/mm2 (P < 0.05). A threshold impulse rate of more than 1000 impulses could be defined to reduce bacterial growth of S. aureus (P < 0.05). Further elevation of energy and impulse rate exponentially increased bacterial killing.

Conclusions: ESWT proved to exert significant antibacterial effect in an energy-dependent manner. The results suggest that infections are not necessarily contraindications to shock wave therapy and could even represent a new indication for ESWT. However, clinical relevance should be assessed in vivo in an animal model.


K. Panousis P. Grigoris I. Butcher B. Rana J.H. Reilly D.L. Hamblen

Introduction: Infection is a serious complication of joint arthroplasty. Detection of low-grade prosthetic infection can be difficult, with major implications on the subsequent treatment, cost and patient morbidity. We evaluated the effectiveness of Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) in detecting infection in patients undergoing arthroplasty revision surgery.

Methods: Ninety-one consecutive patients (92 joints) undergoing revision THA or TKA were assessed prospectively. Preoperative assessment included clinical examination, blood tests and plain radiographs. At revision, tissue samples were sent for microbiology and histology. Cultures, using blood culture bottles, and PCR were performed on the synovial fluid. Diagnosis of infection relied on the surgeon’s opinion encompassing the clinical presentation, the results of various investigations and the intraoperative findings. Infected arthroplasties underwent a 2-stage revision. Post-operatively patients were followed up at regular intervals for a minimum of 2 years.

Results: Twelve (13%) joints were infected. Histology was positive for infection in 11 cases, tissue cultures were positive in 12 and PCR was positive in 32 cases. Intraoperative tissue cultures had sensitivity 0.75, specificity 0.96, positive predictive value 0.75 and negative predictive value 0.96; histology had sensitivity 0.92, specificity 1, positive predictive value 1 and negative predictive value 0.99 and PCR had a sensitivity 0.92, specificity 0.74, positive predictive value 0.34 and negative predictive value 0.98. At 2 years no patient showed evidence of infection.

Discussion: PCR is a sensitive method of diagnosing prosthetic infection but has poor specificity. False positive results may be due to contamination in theatre or in the laboratory. Positive results in apparently non-infected cases could be due to the detection of low virulence organisms, a small number of bacteria or a strong host immune response. Bacterial fragments and non-culturable forms of bacteria may also be responsible.

Conclusion: PCR was not helpful as a screening test for prosthetic infection. Cultures and histology combined with the surgeon’s clinical judgment remain the gold standard.


C. Dussa D. Cu U. Munir J. Herbert G. Tudor

Aim: To see the efficacy of white cell scan in the diagnosis of prosthetic joint infections.

Materials and methods: A retrospective study was done from Jan 2001 to Dec 2003 on patients with suspected joint infections after prosthetic joint surgery that had white cell scans. 109 patients were identified. We excluded 13 patients due to lack of proper documentation. The case notes for clinical details, laboratory investigations, radiological investigations were reviewed for this purpose. All the patients who did not have intervention were followed for a year for signs of infection.

Results: After exclusion, of 13 patients, 96 patients were taken into the study. Of these, 44 were males and 52 were females. The age range was from 53 years to 91 years with an average of 76 years. We identified 30 total hip replacements, 61 total knee replacements, 3 shoulder replacements and 2 hemi-arthroplasties. 77 of these were cemented and 19 uncemented. The scan was done on an average of 23 months, with a range of 4 months to 16 years after the surgery. The chief complaint was persistant pain at rest and walking in all patients.11 patients had swelling, 7 had redness. None of the patients had discharge. White cells were raised in 6, ESR was raised in 28, and CRP was raised in 15 patients. Antibiotics were started on clinical grounds in 10 patients of which 4 patients showed no response. Plain X-Rays suggested infection in 5 patients. White cell scan suggested infection in 26 patients. Irrespective of scan report, 28 patients were operated for symptoms. There was surgical evidence of infection in 11 patients and 17 had aseptic loosening. Of the 11 surgically confirmed cases of infection, white cell scan showed infection only in 7 patients.

Infection +ve Infection –ve

Positive White Cell Scan 7 19

Negative White Cell Scan 5 65

The specificity of the WCS is 0.77 and sensitivity is 0.58. The positive predictive value is 0.36, and negative predictive value is 0.92.

Conclusion: White cell scan has a good predictive value for exclusion of prosthetic joint infections it has high false positive rate. However caution must be excised in interpreting the negative scans. Persistent symptoms should not be ignored. We recognise that the limitation of our study is our small sample size.


Wodtke J.F.K. Luck J.F. Loehr

Introduction: Periprosthetic infection is still the most severe complication in THA. In spite of vigorous efforts over the last decades the problem has not been solved nor minimized. Standardised procedures for prophylaxis and treatment have long been established. Reported results reach into the mid 80 % but did not improve remarkably in the last ten years. Our latest follow-up reveals a success rate of 87,5 %. A close analysis of the involved unsatisfying cases will help to improve future results.

Material + Methods: 105 consecutive one stage exchanges of THA for periprosthetic infection in 1996 were investigated after 7 years through questionnaire, telephone interview and clinical examination. An overall success rate of 87,5 % was found and the failures were analysed. Criteria like age, co morbidities, ASA, duration of infection anamnesis, number of infection related interventions, lab-findings, local findings like fistulas, x-ray rating, operation time, surgeon, complication postoperative and the bacteria involved were compared.

Results: In general it shows that the most desolate cases in all categories line up for a primary failure. The ASA rating is remarkably higher and local findings like fistulas are present in nearly all patients. The bacteria involved are staphylococci in 70 %. Over 50 % had a combination of two or more pathogens and two patients showed an additional pathogen in the samples taken during the operation. The pattern of the involved bacteria is remarkably severe. But there are also three cases where no sign of higher risk or lower chances could be detected.

Conclusions: Knowing about causes of failure in the specific one stage exchange situation does lead to adaptation in the concept of treatment for those specific cases. With successful application, better results through individual therapy-concepts will be possible.


D. Jahoda A. Sosna D. Pokorny I. Landor P. Vavrik

The weak points and complications of the classic spacers are eliminated by the construction of an articulated spacer. We did have very good results with the application of a classic spacer and considered the negative properties of the articulated spacer as a foreign matter in the wound. Gradually, the excellent literary results, standardization of the procedure, faster rehabilitation and a significant growth of comfort for the patient convinced us of the fact, that we chose the right way. Therefore we prepared and verified the new implant. In its construction we used the experience from the creation of classic spacers as well as the principle of a drained spacer allowing a drainage of the cavity of the femur. The implant is constructed as a module to be enwrapped by as large amount of the bone cement with an antibiotics as possible. The cup is flat with a diameter of 42 mm, with grooves allowing adhesion of as large a quantity of cement as possible with the articular area for the head of a diameter of 28 mm. For a better stability of the implant, it is constructed as antiluxation one. The implant stem consists of three parts so that a high modularity is secured upon low costs. The body of the stem has a single length and it is furnished in the axis with a drain enabling the use of a flush lavage. For a better modularity, it is possible to fit on the stem body three different lengths of the neck. In 2002 and 2004, the articulated spacer was used to treat 26 patients with a deep infection of a hip joint prosthesis. The treatment of the infection has been successful in all cases. The period of leaving the drained articulated spacer was 12,8 weeks. The result of the Harris hip score when after implantation it reaches on average 94.7 points. The contribution of this method is also supported by an even more average growth of the Harris hip score as opposed to the condition prior to operation, which was 37,5 points. The patients did not feel any pain in between the operations. The only restriction of the quality of life was brought by a recommended necessity of walking with crutches. The technique combines the advantages of a two-stage procedure with flexibility of the reimplanting term and the economic and social profits for the patient.


R.C. Akgun B. Atilla A.M. Tokgozoglu A.M. Alpaslan

Two-stage exchange revision is the gold standard in treating an infected total hip arthroplasty. The new emerging gold standard appears to be using an antibiotic impregnated spacer made from polymethylmeta-crylate (PMMA) bone cement between two stages. However, a consensus has not been reached on the antibiotic to use in the cement and its dose. Vancomycin an aminoglycoside is widely used for this purpose in the PMMA cement in doses such as 3 to 9 gr per 40 gr polymer powder. The purpose of this study was to see if Vancomycin is as effective in safer low doses of 1 gr per 40 gr polymer powder.Between 1997 and 2002, twenty-six patients were treated for an infected hip arthroplasty with a two-stage exchange arthroplasty using a Vancomycin impregnated polymethylmetacrylate (PMMA) bone cement spacer. During the first stage all prosthetic material was removed and after debridement, irrigation an articulating spacer was made from PMMA cement (Surgical Simplex, Howmedica, Rutherford, NJ, USA). One gram of Vancomycin HCl (Vancomycin, Eli Lilly, USA) powder was added to each 40 gr polymer powder prior to curing the cement. After the first stage parenteral antibiotics were administered for six weeks. When erythrocyte sedimentation rate and the CRP returned to a normal level, the patient underwent the second stage were a cementless prosthesis was inserted. Intra-operative cultures and frozen sections obtained during the second stage were negative in all patients indicating successful treatment of the infection. Mean follow up after the second stage was 36 (range 24 to 74) months. Two patients had a reinfection after four months. These two patients were infected with gram-negative micro-organisms. This gave us a 92 percent infection eradication rate at 3 years. None of the patients suffered from Vancomycin related side effects.In this study we used a lower dose (1 gr per 40 gr polymer powder) of Vancomycin in the PMMA spacer instead of the commonly used 3 to 9 gr per 40 gr polymer powder. The reason for this was our concerns for nephrotoxicity and allergic reactions frequently associated with use of Vancomycin. Antibiotics are used in cement spacers as a disinfecting agent and sterilizer of dead spaces. As Vancomycin is highly effective when used in PMMA due to its elution dynamics and thermostability we believed it would be effective even in low doses. In all patients the infection appeared to be cured after the first stage. This was demonstrated with negative intraoperative cultures and frozen sections. However, we had two reinfections in patients that initially were infected with gram-negative organism, which Vancomycin is not as effective. Despite this we were able to sterilize the infected hip with a low dose approach in the first stage. Vancomycin is effective in low dose when used in PMMA cement spacers for infected total hip arthroplasties. This approach will decrease potential serious side effects of Vancomycin.


M. Militz R. Linke

Goal Is Positron Emission Tomography (PET) with [18F] fluordesoxyglucose (FDG) a suitable procedure in diagnostic of osteitis?

Method In a prospective clinical study from 02/2000 until 05/2004 we observed 120 patients with osteitis. The average age was 46 years, the relationship between female and male 1: 3 (31 female, 89 male). The PET was performed under the question of a posttraumatic osteitis. In cases of operative revision procedures bacteriological examinations were carried out

Results In 73 cases (61%) the PET showed positive findings. Surgical revision was carried out in 57 of these 73 patients (78%). The bacteriological findings in this cases were positive in 59% (n=34). Most of the proved germs were St. aureus in 53%, followed by St. epidermidis in 17%.

In the group of patients with negative findings in the PET (n=47) in 17 cases (36%) an operative procedure was carried out. The bacteriological findings were negative in 12 cases (70%). St. epidermidis was found in 4 cases with positive bacteriological findings.

Conclusion In our opinion the PET seems to be a valuable complement in the spectrum of diagnostically possibilities in connection with osteitis. Despite the low level of specifity in this study one of the great advantages is the visualization of the hot spot in a third plane. So the planning and carrying out of the surgical revision procedure can be improved. To increase the specifity of the PET in connection with the treatment of osteitis further research is required.


C.C. Castelli R. Ferrari

Background: A knee functional spacer made of antibiotic-loaded acrylic cement was used for treatment of infected TKA with two-stage exchange arthroplasty procedure.

Materials and Methods: Spacer K is a preformed articulated spacer with the characteristics of an ultra-congruent condylar knee-prosthesis, made of acrylic cement impregnated with antibiotic (gentamicin). The device, industrially preformed in 3 sizes (commercial name Spacer K, Tecres), with standardised mechanical and pharmacological performances, was implanted in 20 consecutive patients affected by early (12) and late (8) infection according Segawa classification. Infection was caused by CoNs (14 cases), MSSA (2), Micrococcus spp (1), Enterococcus spp. (1). In 2 cases the germ was not detected. All knees presented the integrity of extensor apparatus and of peripheral ligaments (medial), furthermore type I & II bone loss according to Engh’s classification. Mean implantation time was 12 wks. Post-op following std. rehabilitation program as with primary TKR. We evaluated: healing of infection (clinical parameters, CPR, ESR, biopsy); clinical results and functional outcome (KSS); mechanical device behaviour (breakage, wear: macro – and microscopic surface evaluation, histological examination of peri-prosthetic tissues); possible related complications (bone loss, instability or dislocation, loosening: intra- and postoperative evaluation, x-ray study). .

Results: Minimum F.U. was 6 months, maximum 51. Healing of infection process was observed in all patients. The KSS score, after definitive reimplantation, has been excellent or good in more than 70% of patients as well as the functional score. Pain was absent but in 1 patient (mild); ROM remained unchanged between first and second stage or improved after definitive reimplantation; patients judged the result excellent or good in 85%. The walk ability was good in 60%, excellent in 15%. Seventy seven per cent of patients went on only cructh, but of these at least, one third could walk without anything. the patient’s judgement has been excellent. Neither breakage, or macroscopic wear signs were detected. No complications related to the use of the device were observed. (one case of dislocation due to pre-existing insufficiency of the extensor apparatus)

Conclusions: In a reasoned costs benefits ratio, the use of an articulated knee spacer in two-stage septic revisions should be considered the preferred option.


I. Paleochorlidis L. Badras V. Georgaklis A. Kostakis C. Georgiou E. Skretas I. Vossinakis

The aim of this study is to evaluate the mid-term results of the Genesis Total Knee Prosthesis, one of the first prostheses with asymmetric shape of the tibial component .The arthroplasty was performed on our patients with retention of the posterior cruciate ligament and, in most of the cases, without replacement of the patella. During the period 1992–1999, 90 patients (116 knees) were operated in our clinic: 81 of them were women and 9 were men with an average age of 68 (52–82) years. The primary indication for the operation was osteoarthritis. 84 patients (109 knees) were evaluated clinically and roentgenographically (Knee Society Knee Score) for a mean time of 98.1 (29.6 – 137.7) months after surgery. There were no infections. (Three) Four of the patients had to undergo a second operation . Two of them, eventually, had their patellae replaced (1,5 and 3 years postoperatively) due to persisting pain of the patellofemoral articulation and lateral patellar subluxation .The other two patients had to undergo revision arthroplasty due to wear of the polyethylene component, one at five years and the other at nine years . Moreover, wear of the polyethylene was also observed on another patient, radiographically, six years after the operation. However, the patient seemed to have no symptoms and was, therefore, unwilling to undergo a revision. The clinical results were satisfactory with a Knee Score of 97(74–100) and Function Score 80 (5–100) .The mean range of motion was 113°(85°–135°). There was no evidence of loosening or any radiolucent lines found radiographically .We consider the results of the Genesis Total Knee Arthroplasty satisfactory .The asymmetric shape of the tibial condyles ensures the fitting of the tibial component. With the exception of cases of severe patella damage, replacement of the patella is not required. The presence of any problems in the patellofemoral articulation is usually connected to the maltracking of the patella or to errors in the surgical technique.


J. Cordero-Ampuero E. Garcia-Cimbrelo M. Dios-Perez

Purpose: To analyse prolonged combinations of oral intracellular-effective antibiotics plus two-stage exchange surgery for treatment of chronic THA and TKA infections.

Materials and Methods: Definition of infected case: more than 3 months from surgery; multiple positive intraoperative cultures and/or active fistulae.

33 patients were treated from 1996 to 2002: 8 THA, 5 hip hemiarthroplasties, 20 TKA.

Bacteriology: 24 Staphylococci of which 16 were methycillin-resistant, 7 multi-resistant Gram-negative, 2 Cory-nebacteriae; 7 polymicrobian.

Antibiotic therapy: two simultaneous oral antibiotics, selected according to bacterial sensitivity and intracel-lular effectiveness (rifampin, ofloxacin, ciprofloxacin, levofloxacin, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole, fosfomicin, linezolid, doxiciclin), were used on an outpatient basis (between 1st and 2nd surgery, and after 2nd surgery until serological normalization). Patients received intravenous antibiotics and were in-hospital only for one week after surgery.

Surgery: two-stage exchange with 2nd stage delayed until clinical and serological normalization.

Healing of infection: absence of clinical, serological and radiological evidence of infection along all follow-up.

Prospective follow-up: 24-96 months.

Results: Healing of infection: 32/33 patients (97%).

Treatment failure: 1 patient (TKA) (3%).

THA: 8/8 infections healed: 1 Girdlestone patient (1st stage of exchange) rejected reimplantation; 7 two-stage exchange (good/excellent objective and subjective result).

Hip hemiarthroplasty: 5/5 infections healed: 3 Girdlestone (1st stage of exchange surgery, 2nd stage rejected because of hemiplegia or Alzheimer); 2 two-stage exchange (good/excellent objective and subjective result).

TKA: 19/20 infections healed: 3 resection-arthroplasty (1st stage of exchange surgery, 2nd stage rejected because of Buerger, cirrhosis or Alzheimer); 17 two-stage exchange (15 good/excellent objective and subjective results, 1 patient needed a debridement 2 months after 2nd surgery because of prolonged aseptic drainage and healed uneventfully, 1 failure described).

Conclusions: Prolonged combinations of oral intracellular-effective antibiotics associated with two-stages exchange surgery is a promising alternative for treating deep chronic THA and TKA infections. Longer follow-up and larger series are necessary.


H. Winkler K.K. Krems

Aims: Infection of total hip replacement still is considered a devastating complication. One stage revision, meaning removal of implant and debris together with insertion of a new prosthesis during the same operation, reduces rehabilitation time and costs. To overcome the disadvantages of using cement, uncemented techniques seem to be favourable.

Methods: After removal of the implants debridement is performed as in conventional septic surgery. After thorough cleaning and rinsing, bone voids are filled with bone graft using an impaction technique. We use cancellous bone that is free from antigenic material but intact structures concerning collagen and mineral content. The bone is impregnated with high loads of antibiotic, using a proprietory incubation technique. There are two options of antibiotic impregnation: vancomycin or tobramycin. The impregnation procedure guarantees high levels of antibiotics at the grafting site for several weeks during which the antibiotic is released into the surrounding. Systemic drug levels usually are undetectable. Consequently an uncemented prosthesis is inserted. Wounds are drained and closed immediately, rehabilitation is performed as after non-septic surgery.

Between 1996 and 2003 35 patients have been revised because of culture proven infection of a hip endoprostheses. All hips could be followed with a minimum of 3months and a maximum of 6years.

Results: Wound healing was uneventful in all cases. Mean hospital stay was 16days (10–32days). In three hips there was recurrence of the infection, diagnosed between 6 and 12 weeks after surgery. One could be successfully re-operated using the same technique, the other two were converted to a girdlestone situation. All other 32 hips showed no sign of infection until the last follow up.

Conclusion: One stage non-cemented revision may provide an excellent solution for infected total hip replacement. However, several principles need to be observed. Bone processed in an adequate way represents an excellent carrier for vancomycin and tobramycin. Using an antibiotic graft compound eradication of pathogens, grafting of defects and re-insertion of an uncemented prosthesis may be accomplished in a one stage procedure. Since the graft gradually is replaced by healthy own bone, improved conditions may be expected even in the case of another revision.


B. Magnan F. Regis P. Bartolozzi

Objective of study: Two-stage revision procedure of infected total hip replacements usually involves the application of a temporary antibiotic-loaded poly-methylmethacrylate spacer. A preformed spacer which allows weightbearing and joint motion while ensuring a sustained antibiotic release was evaluated.

Material and Methods: 26 consecutive patients affected with an infected total hip arthroplasty were treated by the insertion of an industrially preformed temporary spacer (Spacer-G). This device comprises a cylindrical stainless-steel rod coated with bone cement supplemented with gentamicin (1.8% w/w) and vancomycin (2.5% w/w). Joint mobilization and assisted weight-bearing were permitted when bone stock allowed an adequate mechanical stability of the spacer. Reimplantation was performed when normalization of serological parameters was obtained. Patients’ evaluation included clinical assessment, standard x-ray and laboratory parameters.

Results: The spacer remained in situ for an average of 155 (70-272) days allowing healing of the infection in 24 cases. 5 patients required resection-arthroplasty (2 persistent infections, 2 inadequate local bone conditions, 1 acute recurrence of infection). In 4 cases the spacer dislocated, because the head diameter was too small. The successfully-reimplanted patients (21) were assessed with a mean 48 (17–83) months follow-up showing no clinical or biohumoral signs of infection recurrence. Functional outcome was satisfactory (mean value of Harris Hip Score: 79) and no radiographic aspects of loosening were observed.

Conclusions: The Spacer-G used in the two-stage revision of infected total hip replacements permitted an effective local antibiotic release together with some range of joint motion, which improved the quality of life of the patients during treatment of infection and accelerated recovery of function after reimplantation.


Full Access
S. Kambhampati K. Vemulapalli A.N. Shah A. Sabti H.S. Plaha

Total Knee Replacement (TKR) is one of the commonest and successful orthopaedic operations performed in the UK with good long term results. The Natural knee (Sulzer – Centerpulse ) is one of the various types of prostheses available. This implant is unique because of the trochlear notch over the anterior surface of the femoral prosthesis that allows natural tracking of the patella and an asymmetric anatomical tibial component. To our knowledge there are no studies reviewing outcome of Natural Knee Replacement from the UK.

We reviewed 177 consecutive TKRs in 147 patients including 30 bilateral simultaneous or staged procedures using Natural Total Knee prosthesis performed during 1994 to 1998, with a minimum of five years follow up. All these surgeries were performed at a single NHS District General Hospital by different grades of surgeons including consultants and trainees.

12 patients died and 10 were lost to follow up. 155 knees were available for final follow up and evaluation. We carried out an outcome related to patient satisfaction using Oxford Knee questionnaire system. We compared the preoperative and post operative scoring using the questionnaire and found an improvement of the score after the procedure. The average improvement in scores before and after surgery was 30 (20 pre op to 50 post op). Out of 155 knees evaluated, 143 knees (92%) were happy with the results while the rest did not have satisfaction with surgery. Complications included anterior knee pain in 12, DVT in 40 , non fatal pulmonary embolism in 2, wound infection in 3, stiffness in 8 of which 5 needed manipulation under anaesthesia, there were 2 revisions of which one knee was done for infection and one for a loose femoral component.

Our results suggest that the five year follow-up results of this prosthesis are at par with other commonly used knee replacement prostheses in the UK.


G.A. Macheras D. Baltas A. Kostakos D. Dallas K. Kateros

One hundred and twenty-nine patients who had had 153 consecutive primary total knee replacements (twenty-four bilateral procedures) between February 1988 and February 1990, with insertion of medial pivot total knee system with cementless femoral and cementless tibial component without replacement of the patella, were enrolled in a prospective study. The average age of the patients at the time of surgery was 67.4 years, the average weight was 78 kg, and the most common diagnosis was osteoarthritis (prevalence, 92.9%). Twenty-six knees had a valgus deformity, ninrty-nine had a varus deformity, and twenty-eight had a normal alignment of 5 to 10 degrees of valgus Six patients had a previous high tibial osteotomy, twenty-one arthroscopic debridment and thirty-two total knee athroplasty at the other knee.

One hundred and ten patients (123 knees) were followed for an adequate interval (mean, 5.1 years; range, 3.8 to 6.8 years). Thirteen patients (fifteen knees) died, and twelve patients (fifteen knees) were lost to follow-up. The mean age of the patients at the time of the index arthroplasty was seventy years (range, twenty-nine to eighty-five years). The patients were evaluated clinically and radiographically, according to the scoring system of the Knee Society, and the results on a self-administered questionnaire were used to evaluate pain, function, satisfaction, and patellofemoral symptoms. A Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis was performed with a revision operation as the end point. Failure was defined as aseptic loosening as evidenced by progressive radiolucent lines and/or revision due to aseptic loosening or collapse.

The mean functional and clinical scores, according to the system of the Knee Society, were 85 and 93 points, respectively, at the most recent follow-up examination. The result was excellent for 103 knees, good for thirteen, fair for three, and poor for six. One revision operation was necessary because of infection. The over-all rate of patellofemoral symptoms was 6 per cent (seven knees). Non-progressive radiolucent lines were present at the cement-bone interface in 39 per cent (thirty-nine) of the ninety-nine knees that had complete radiographic follow-up. No prosthesis had loosened by the time of the most recent follow-up examination. The rate of survival of the implant was 97 per cent at six years, and the standard error of the mean was 1.6 per cent.

In the present series, total knee arthroplasties with the medial pivot modular knee system resulted in excellent relief of pain, an excellent range of motion, and restoration of function. They were also associated with a low prevalence of patellofemoral problems.


S. Tarabichi M. Hawari Y. Tarabichi

Introduction Full flexion is important for daily living activities in Asian societies. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss our experience with full flexion after knee replacement in over 900 cases and to address some areas of concern.

Materials and Methods 911 cases were performed on 492 patients. LPS flex implants were used; all surgeries were performed by a single surgeon between December 1999 and august year 2004. Data was processed at University of Dundee in Scotland. MIS subvastus approach was used. Full flexion was defined as a flexion of over 135 degree with the ability to kneel on the ground, calf touching thigh for at least one minute. X-ray review was carried on cases with more than 2 years of follow up.

Results 67% of patients were able to get full flexion after surgery. The majority of those cases had full flexion pre-operatively. The results were compared with the data base at University of Dundee: our patients has significantly better flexion than the data base yet the knee score was almost the same .Complication rates were the same and there was no complication that can be attributed to deep flexion.

Discussion The result clearly shows that in spite of the fact that patient has a better range of motion the knee score failed to capture the improvement of patient function. It is unfortunate that we still do not have a universal way to describe the activities of deep flexion and no objective methods to assess the importance of deep flexion on daily activities. There is still great need to improve our understanding of the biomechanics of deep flexion so we can choose proper implants for our patients. Our x-ray review shows that mobile bearing is better choice in accommodating the lateral femoral condyle subluxation that happens with deep flexion and we were able to document that on 3D images.

Conclusion Full flexion is achievable and safe after TKA. Further work will be needed to develop new ways to asses function after TKA and to further modify the implant to accommodate deep flexion.


D. Parsch M. Dixon R. Brown R.D. Scott

A consecutive series of 139 total knee arthroplasties (109 patients, average age 67 years), using a non-conforming posterior cruciate-retaining prosthesis was followed for 15 years (range, 15.0 to 16.9 years).

Forty-five patients (59 knees) were clinically and radiographically evaluated, 57 (70 knees) had died, five patients (8 knees) were too ill to assess, two patients (2 knees) were considered lost to follow-up. Survivorship analysis was performed using worst case scenario analysis and failure defined as re-operation for any reason.

Results: In this series there were five re-operations for any indication, four of which were for polyethylene insert wear. One loose cemented femoral component was revised at 15 years. The survival without revision or need for any re-operation was 92.6% at 15 years. The mean Knee Society Score and Function Score at 15 year follow-up are 96 and 78 respectively. The prevalence of radiolucent lines was 13%. None of these lines were clinically relevant. There was no evidence of progressive radiolucent lines, and one case of asymptomatic femoral osteolysis.

Conclusions: This single-surgeon series with a minimum 15 year follow-up shows good clinical and radiological results with excellent survivorship of a modular fixed bearing posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty system.


W. Habermann

Connected to an increasing number of TKAs there is an increase of different indications and variety of patients.

Considering this it may be useful to deal with different techniques and implants for individual treatment.

Good and excellent results are documented with cruciate-retaining and -sacrificing systems. One question is whether using a CR-High-Flex-TKA can give additional advantages.

Potential advantages are additional design features based on a reliable knee system as minus size femoral components to support balancing the flexion gap, an extended posterior condyle to avoid early edge contact in flexion, a patella-tendon cutout on articular surfaces to avoid impingement and using highly crosslinked polyethylene to reduce wear.

The discussed potential disadvantages of a CR-System like posterior impingement and potential increase of patello-femoral pressure due to a different roll-back mechanism may be balanced out by alteration of the lateral femoral condyle and using a highly constrained articular surface with anterior and posterior elevation (Launch 2005). Correct patella tracking and balancing is indispensable.

In Ostseeklinik Damp TKA was done in 980 cases in 2003, mainly performed by 5–7 orthopedic surgeons.

From 09.2003 to 09.2004 40 patients with osteoarthritis (Varus:Valgus=80%:20%) received a Nex Gen CR-Flex-TKA (ZIMMER LTD.) in cemented technique without patella-resurfacing.

In 25 cases a femoral minus-component was used.

Average flexion ability increased from 105° pre-operatively to 125° after 1 year.

This is an early trend, currently knee-score-data are not yet ready.

The early results are absolutely comparable to our experience with cruciate sacrificing knee systems, classic and so-called high-flex ones, which are in use in our clinic.

Conclusion is, that a cruciate retaining high flex knee system is a meaningful additional option in TKA.


S. Mai W. Siebert

Introduction The NexGen-CR-Knee System ( Zimmer, Inc.) was developed for cruciate ligament retaining TKA, preserving as much of the function of the normal knee as possible. It was cleared by the FDA in 1995. Prerequisites are good bone quality and intact ligaments. It is part of a modular system for primary and some revision cases with a large selection of sizes, augmentation blocks and stem extensions.

Material In the Orthopedic Center in Kassel about 1500 NexGen Cr devices were implanted and documented since October 1998. The 5-in-1 milling system was used and all components were cemented. Prospective evaluation pre-, intra- and postoperatively, at 1, 2 and 5 years was performed with a low drop out rate. 232 consecutive cases will have the 5 year data. The outcome will be presented, among others the Knee Society Score (function & knee), range of motion, complications and reasons for revisions. Comparison with the worldwide register of this implant is made.

Conclusion The NexGen CR Knee Solution implants and the technique of implantation appear to be very successful in mid term results. It is a good basis for further developments such as highly crosslinked Polyethylene and the new CR Flex design.


J. Arora A.C. Ogden

Aim: To assess the medium term survival and radiological outcome of primary cemented modular Freeman Samuelson total knee replacement at Dumfries and Galloway Royal Infirmary, UK

Material and methods: 115 patients (118 knees), who underwent primary cemented modular Freeman Samu-elson total knee replacement from 1991 to1998, were reviewed retrospectively. Proximal cementing technique was used ti fix the metal backed tibial implant. The follow-up x-rays were also reviewed and presence of osteolysis, aseptic loosening and polyethylene wear was noted. The Knee Society radiological evaluation was used to record the osteolysis and the WOMAC score was used to evaluate functional outcome.

Results: The operation was performed for osteoarthritis (87), rheumatoid arthritis (23), psoriasis (4), Pagets disease (2), avascular necrosis (1) and gout (1). The average follow-up was 7.25 yrs (range 5–13 yrs). At the latest review 25 patients had died and 14 had undergone revision surgery. The indications for revision were aseptic loosening and polyethylene wear (3), osteolysis (3), infection (6), instability (1) and loosening of patellar component (1). Patella was resurfaced in 80 patients using press fit uncemented all-polyethylene component. Two patients with unreplaced patella underwent re-operation for patellar resurfacing due to anterior knee pain. Cumulative survival of the implant at 10 years was 93.4% for revision due to aseptic loosening or osteolysis and 86.8% for revision due to any cause. Radiolucent lines were observed in 22 patients. In 4 of these patients, the radiolucent lines were progressive and 3mm or more in size. Osteolytic lesions were seen in 10 patients. None of the patients with osteolysis or radiolucent lines were symptomatic. There was no statistical association between thickness of polyethylene and presence of osteolysis or occurrence of aseptic loosening (chi squared test)

Conclusion: Freeman Samuelson knee replacement provided good and predictable medium term outcome in our patients with tricompartmental arthritis of knee. The results of uncemented press fit all-polyethylene patellar replacement were also excellent. However, the high incidence of osteolysis even though asymptomatic, at an average follow-up of 7.25 yrs is a matter of some concern. Proximal cementing technique may lead to increased incidence of osteolysis and should be avoided in the modular Freeman Samuelson total knee replacement


R. Raman N. Kandiyil W. White A. Chapman G. Chakrabarty

Aim: To report the intermediate clinical and radiological results of a consecutive series of knee arthroplasies using PFC Sigma endoprosthesis.

Methods: 525 total knee replacements (469 patients) were performed from Aug 97 to Jun 01 using the PFC Sigma components. Cruciate retaining femoral component was used in 219 knees. All patients were prospectively followed up at 6 weeks, 3 months and yearly. Pre operative HSS knee scores and Oxford knee scores were compared with annual scores. Quality of life was assessed using SF12 questionnaire. Knee Society scores were used to assess the radiographs. The average follow up was 61 months (36–84). 11 patients lost to follow up.

Results: Of the 469 patients, 64% were females. Mean age was 74.2 yrs(59–90). Valgus deformity of at least 10 deg was present in 87 (16.5%). Patella resurfacing was performed in 80.5%. A lateral release was performed in 20 patients. Post operative mobilisation was standardised in all patients. 34 patients developed radiologically proven DVT. 24 patients died to unrelated causes. 21 were lost to follow up. 16 (3%) patients developed superficial and 6 developed deep infection. 4 patients underwent revision surgery (3 – infection,1- catastrophic failure). The HSS scores improved from 29(16–65) to 86(59–97) at final follow up (p=0.004). Pre operative Oxford knee scores improved from 10(6–31) to 43(37–48) at last follow up (p=0.008). Radiological knee society score for the femur were less than 5 in 477/478 patients and 7 in 1 patient. The scores for the tibia were less than 5 in 475/478 patients and 6 in 3 patients. Average femoral flexion was 1– 9.2 deg (3.9), knee valgus angle 0.5 – 7.4 (3.5) degrees and the tibial slope was 3.1 deg(0–7.1). SF 12 health scores revealed a good functional outcome of both the physical and mental components. With failure defined as repeat revision because of aseptic loosening, the rate of survival at 5 years months was 99.1% and overall survival at 5 years with removal or repeat revision of any component for any reason as the end point was 97.5%.

Conclusion: Our prospective study of patients with primary knee arthroplasties supports the use of the PFC Sigma total knee proshesis. Our results show excellent clinical outcome comparable with other prostheses. A longer follow-up is needed to establish the durability and longevity of this prosthesis given its excellent intermediate term results


J.R. Hutchinson E.N. Parish M.J. Cross

Introduction The efficacy of total knee replacement (TKR) surgery is well documented throughout the literature. Results from cemented and cementless series reveal similar long-term reliable results in terms of function and survival. Less, however, is known of the long-term results of uncemented TKR with the use of hydroxyapatite (HA). The purpose of this paper is to present the long-term results of a series of TKR using an uncemented, HA-coated, PCL retaining prosthesis.

Method During the period from August 1992 to December 1994 all patients undergoing TKR surgery were prospectively recorded in a consecutive series. Results were recorded pre- and post-surgery at regular intervals (both clinically and radiographically). The combined clinical Knee Society Score was used to evaluate outcome with routine radiographic evaluation done at 10 years.

Results 217 patients (126 female, 91 male) were included in the study with 322 knees in total (75 simultaneous bilateral, 23 staged bilateral and 126 unilateral). The mean age was 70 years (range 34–88 years) with a mean follow-up of 11 years (range 10–12 years). 47 (21.7%) patients were deceased at 10 years. The principle indication for surgery was osteoarthritis. There has been 1 revision (0.3%) for infection in this series to date. There have been 7 (2.2%) deep infections requiring surgical intervention and 4 (1.2%) supracondylar fractures.

At 10 years, mean knee score was 174 with range of movement 0–111 degrees. 95.4% of the series has currently been successfully followed up. 9 patients were unable to be contacted and lost to follow up. With revision as an end point, the rate of survival for the prosthesis at 10 years is 99.4%. Assuming worst case scenario for patients lost to follow up, survivorship is 95.4%.

Conclusion The survival of this prosthesis has shown to compare favourably to other published results. A low rate of revision and infection combined with excellent clinical and functional outcomes suggests the use of HA with an uncemented TKR produces reliable long-term results.


R.O. Sundaram R. Finley R.A. Harvey R.W. Parkinson

Introduction: Clinical outcome studies have shown excellent results following unilateral total knee arthroplasty (TKA). A wide Pub Med search failed to find any literature on the outcome of results following bilateral staged TKA.

Aim: To determine the clinical outcomes of patients undergoing bilateral staged TKA.

Material & Methods: Patients who underwent bilateral staged TKA between 1994 – 2002 were assessed using the Knee Society Score (KSS) and Western Ontario and MacMaster Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC) scoring systems. They were also asked regarding which TKA they considered ‘better’ and why.

Results: We clinically reviewed 110 patients who underwent bilateral staged TKA. The mean clinical follow-up time was 5.13 years. The mean pre-operative KSS was 95.8 for the right knee and 95.5 for the left knee. The mean post-operative KSS was 154.1 for the right knee and 155.9 for the left knee. Patients mean postoperative WOMAC scores for the right knee were; Pain – 1.67, Stiffness – 1.17 and Function – 10.78. Patients mean post-operative WOMAC scores for the left knee were, Pain – 1.77, Stiffness – 1.14 and Function – 10.69. Objectively there was no statistical significance between right and left KSS pre-operatively. There was no statistical significance between right and left KSS and WOMAC scores post-operatively. Subjectively, 44 patients reported their first TKA was ‘better’ than their second. 48 patients reported both TKA’s were as good as each other. 18 patients reported their second TKA was ‘better’ than their first. The 2 main reasons why one TKA was better than the other were pain and range of movement.

Conclusion: Objectively, staged bilateral TKA results in equally good outcome. Subjectively, the first TKA is ‘better’ or equal to the second TKA in 84% of cases. We feel that this information is important during counseling of patients undergoing bilateral staged TKA.


M. Oliver O. Keast-Butler B. Hinves J. Shepperd

Introduction We report the clinical and radiographic outcome of a consecutive series of 138 hydroxyapatite coated total knee replacements with a mean follow up of 11 years (10–13 years)

Method and Results These patients were entered into a prospective study. There were 74 females and 32 males. Indications for surgery were osteoarthritis in 131 knees, rheumatoid arthritis in 5 knees and pigmented villo-nodular synovitis in 2 knees. The mean age of the patient was 72.5 years at the time of surgery. All living patients (76 knees) were examined and X rayed. A current Hospital for Special Surgery knee score (mean 83 points) was obtained for comparison with the preoperative profile (mean 55 points).The knee status of deceased patients was known within the year of death. No patient was lost to follow up. Radiological evaluation, assessed according to the method described by the Knee Society, revealed no loosening in surviving patients, and there are no impending revisions. Seven prostheses have been revised, giving a cumulative survival rate of 93 percent at 13 years.

Discussion. We believe this to be the longest follow up report available for an hydroxyapatite coated knee replacement, and the first using the Insall Burstein knee. Results can thus be compared with the identical prosthesis using cemented fixation. Further modifications would be likely to improve reliability.


H. Kiefer U. Schmerwitz O. Fuckert

Objective: Kinematic computer navigation technology has already shown improved alignment results in knee arthroplasty over the past years. But still all items and results are not perfect. The updated Orthopilot 4.0 navigation software is more sophisticated and gives the ability of additional navigation of soft tissue balancing. Together with the use of the new designed ultracongruent E-motion prosthesis, the Orthopilot 4.0 technology is very promising.

Material and Methods: In this combined study equal groups (n=100) of patients were prospectively operated using E-motion prostheses navigated by Orthopilot 4.0 technology including ligament tension balancing (group G1), and Search prostheses navigated by the older Orthopilot 3.0 technique (G3). Conventionally operated patients served as control using LCS prostheses (G2, n=100), and former implanted Search prostheses (G4, n=50). The results of all groups were compared retrospectively. The results were radiologically evaluated by measuring pre-, and postoperative mechanical leg axes, femoral and tibial angles in both the coronal and the sagittal plane. In each cohort all surgeries were consecutively performed. Patients suffered from primary or secondary osteoarthritis.

Results: Time of surgery did not differ significantly between group G1 and G2, but it was prolonged significantly for groups G3 and G4. In all patients of G1 a mechanical axis of 0 ± 5°, having 93% inside the excellent range of ± 3°, could be reached. Showing excellent ligament stability, full extension was possible much earlier than in the other groups. The mechanical axes in the control groups were more often different from optimum, with 63% inside an excellent range (G2), 76% (G3), and 57% (G4), respectively.

For the femoral axis in the coronal plane, excellent results, i.e. ± 2% off optimum, were found in 95% (G1), 91% (G2), 97% (G3), and 77% (G4). The corresponding results for the femoral axes in the sagittal plane were 81% (G1), 79% (G2), 71% (G3), and 67% (G4). For the tibial axes in both planes the results were similar.

All 5 axes in a perfect alignment at the same time were seen in 65% (G1), 40% (G2), 28% (G3), 22% (G4). In G1 femoral notching was inexistent.

Discussion and Conclusion: During surgery, the new Orthopilot 4.0 navigation technique allows precise determination of collateral ligament tension in full extension and in flexion up to 90 degrees. This leads to perfect intraoperative planning of the tibial and femoral cut with respect to the required soft tissue release. In comparison to the control groups, this new technique leads to a significant improvement in postoperative results towards the desired optimal criteria, as there are: straight mechanical leg axes, little deviations from optimum for each single femoral and tibial axis, perfect collateral ligament balancing, and optimal range of movement.


P.R. Aldinger H.S. Gill C. Rumolo U. Schlegel D.W. Murray S.J. Breusch

Background: In anteromedial osteoarthritis, only the medial compartment of the knee is affected and the collateral ligaments as well as the cruciate mechanism are intact. These preconditions make the knee suitable for UKA. Our hypothesis was that no difference in tibiofemoral kinematics is observed after UKA. In addition we also hypothesised that the results of the image guided surgery would be the same as the normal surgical procedure.

Design/Methods: To test this hypothesis, we conducted a study using 13 normal human cadaveric knees. For kinematic analysis, the SurgeticsTM surgical navigation system (Praxim, France), equipped with custom written tracking software, was used. Reference markers were mounted to the proximal tibia and the distal femur. In a standardised set-up, the knee was positioned in a leg holder and preoperative kinematics of the normal knee was recorded after a para-patellar mini-incision . Joint kinematics were recorded during passive knee flexion and plotted against flexion angle. Oxford UKA was performed; the standard Phase III instrumentation was used for six knees and the image guided procedure was used for seven knees. After the operation postoperative kinematics were recorded using the same measurement protocol. All data were processed using Matlab 6.1 analysis software (The MathWorks Inc., MA, USA). Preoperative and postoperative tibiofemoral kinematics were determined and compared. The mechanical axes of the tibia and femur were determined and kinematics represented as functions of knee flexion range. Over both the flexing and extending cycles of the knee the changes in tibiofemoral rotation (ΔROT), tibiofemoral ab/adduction (ΔABD), and distances between the origins of the mechanical axes (ΔX, ΔY, ΔZ) were calculated between pre and post-operative states.

Results: The mean differences between pre- and postoperative kinematics for all cases are given as the mean and range in parentheses. For the flexing cycle was ΔROT −0.06 (6.08 to −3.93) degrees, ΔABD was −0.04 (3.39 to −5.72) degrees, ΔX was 0.69 (2.69 to −1.84) mm, ΔY was −0.22 (4.13 to −3.41) mm and was ΔZ 0.27 (4.09 to −1.47) mm. For the extending cycle was ΔROT 0.1 (5.87 to −3.61) degrees, ΔABD was −0.06 (5.72 to −5.95) degrees, ΔX was 0.35 (2.73 to −2.39) mm, ΔY was −0.39 (5.58 to −3.08) mm and was ΔZ 0.21 (3.77 to −1.12) mm. There were no observable differences between the standard and image guided changes in kinematics. Overall, no observable differences were found between pre and post-operative kinematics.

Conclusions: The image guidance system used in our study is a valuable tool for assessing pre- and postoperative knee kinematics. Oxford Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty with the Phase III instrumentation in the presence of the cruciate mechanism reproduces the normal kinematics of the knee very accurately.


T. Mattes W. Puhl

Objectives/background: Flexion Stability and Patella tracking after Total Knee Replacement is mainly influenced from the rotational alignment of the femoral component. Different implant philosophies use different landmarks for rotational alignment, as the epicondylar line, the posterior condyles or the anteroposterior line. An individual variation of the different landmarks is known from manual implantation an cadaver and CT studies.

The purpose of this study was to measure the variation of three different lines for femoral rotational alignment to show the possible difference and check the so far used values in manual instrumentation technique.

Design/methods: Using the Navitrack Navigation system we performed 100 consecutive TKRs. The landmarks for the 3 most common lines for rotational alignment of the femoral component has been probed.

The software calculated the position of the lines and the 3-dimensional ankle between the lines. Intraoperative snapshots were taken to postoperative data analysis of the numeric data.

Results: The mean difference between the ECL and the PCL was –0,96 (SD 3,64; range −10.7 − 5,9). In varus knees −0,2 (−6 −4,5) in valgus knees 1,4 (–10,7 – 5,9). ECL to the APC was in mean 88,83 (SD 7,23; range 100,8 – 71,9). In varus knees 91,3 (99 – 76,2) in valgus knees 83,8 (100,8 – 71,9).

Conclusions: Using a navigation system it is easy to perform an individual, intraoperative measurement of the relationship of different anatomical landmarks for rotational alignment of the femoral component. But the range of values shows that in the manual technique with fixed rotational alignment given by the instruments, there is a high risk for femoral rotational malalignment. The results depended on preoperative deformity could only be seen as a bias for higher variance in valgus knees. For the navigation procedures there is not one universal landmark which can be used. Furthermore the systems must be developed for intraoperative functional analysis, with integration of soft tissue balancing, to improve functional and long-term outcome in TKR.


P. Hinarejos L. Puig J. Ballester A. Solano M. Marin E. Cáceres

Introduction: The correct position of the knee arthroplasty components is associated with a better result of the prosthesis.

In the tibial component, both intramedullar and extramedullar instrumentations have been used for its fiability, but in the femoral component intramedullar guides are more precise than extramedullar ones.

The use of the intramedullar guide for the femoral component is not always possible, because a significant deformity of the femoral shaft or when a intramedullar device has been implanted in the femur.

We have studied the alineation of the components of computer assisted total knee arthroplasties in a group of patients with femoral deformities or implants.

Material and methods: We have used the surgical navigator Stryker-Howmedica for the implantation of a knee arthroplasty in a group of 10 patients in which a endomedullar femoral guide can not be used for femoral shaft severe deformities (6 cases): Paget disease (1 case), previous femoral osteomyelitis (2 cases) or previous femoral fractures (3 cases), or a shaft device was in the femoral shaft (4 cases): long hip femoral stem (3 cases) or a femoral nail (1 case) .

We have studied the alineation of femoral and tibial components with a whole-leg X-ray and Computer Tomography.

Results: All the femoral and tibial components have been implanted in a good position (90 +/– 2 degrees in the A-P plane and a femorotibial axe 180 +/– 3 degrees. The alineation in the sagital and axial planes have been inside the desired values in all cases also.

Discussion: It is generally accepted than intramedullary guides for the femoral component is the gold standard in arthroplasty of the knee.

In the last years, the development of computer assisted systems has allowed to obtain femoral and tibial cuts referred to the mechanical axes of the bone, without using mechanical guides for the alineation.

In some studies these navigation systems are better than mechanical instruments in terms of alineation of the components in cases without great deformities.

In this study, with some cases with severe femoral shaft deformities or with some intramedullary devices that does not allow the use of intramedullary femoral guides, we think that the indication to use a surgical navigator should be nearly absolute.


A.M. Claus M. Bosing-Schwenklengs H.-P. Scharf

Introduction: Risk-profiling of patients in knee arthroplasty to prepare for postoperative complications is becoming more important.

Materials and Methods: Major complications (hematoma, cardio-vascular complication, deep venous thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, joint infection and pneumonia) following 17644 knee arthroplasties occurring within the postoperative hospitalization period have been documented based on a standardized protocol used for external quality assessment in Germany. Using logistic regression, the influence of potential risk factors were assessed for their significance on postoperative complications and uni-variate analysis used to assess this influence on every single major complication. The influence of patient age and the surgery time on major complications were calculated using ANOVA.

Results: Major postoperative complications occurred in 7.22 per cent with hematoma in 2.89, cardio-vascular complications in 1.79, deep venous thrombosis in 1.23, pulmonary embolism in 0.23, joint infection in 0.82 and pneumonia in 0.25 per cent. Patient age, surgery time, gender, high classification according to the American Association of Anesthesiologists, allogeneic blood transfusion and lateral release significantly increased the rate of postoperative complications. Males are more prone to suffer from hematoma, joint infection and pneumonia in the immediate postoperative course. Females are more endangered for deep venous thrombosis. Extended surgery time increased the rate of hematoma and infection, increased patient age elevated the rate of hematoma, cardiovascular complication and pneumonia. Alloge-neic blood transfusion increased the risk of all major complications except deep venous thrombosis.

Conclusions Male gender, allogeneic blood transfusion, increased age and surgery time elevate immediate postoperative complications following knee arthroplasty.


N. Roidis R. Nikolaos S. Athina B. George C. Dimitrios K. Theofilos M. Konstantinos

Introduction: Currently, minimal attention has been paid to thorough preoperative planning in primary total knee arthroplasty. The aim of this study was to evaluate the results and the effectiveness of a previously reported x-ray view as a simple way of preoperative planning in total knee arthroplasty.

Materials & Methods: The rotational alignment of the distal end of the femur is usually evaluated by measuring the angle (posterior condylar angle, PCA) between the surgical transepicondylar axis (TEA) and the posterior condylar line (PC line), which connects the posterior aspects of the femoral condyles. A simple and convenient technique for assessing the TEA and PC line using plain radiography is the kneeling view. The kneeling view has been described as a posteroanterior projection at right angles to the tibial shaft with the knee in approximately 80° of flexion and with the hip joint in neutral rotation. Preoperative planning is possible using the kneeling view in measuring the rotational alignment of the distal femur using the posterior condylar angle. Additionally, information about the varus inclination of the upper part of the tibia may be obtained using the same x-ray view. Kneeling views were obtained in fifty patients with advanced osteoarthritis (classified as 4 on the Kellgren–Lawrence scale) that were admitted in our department for primary TKA. The varus inclination of the upper part of the tibia and condylar twist angle were measured using digital protractors.

Results: There was no statistically significant correlation between the posterior condylar angle and the varus inclination of the upper part of the tibia. Bivariate linear regression analysis did not reveal any prediction equation or relation between the two computed variables in advanced osteoarthritic knees.

Conclusions: Using this method of preoperative planning, the current practice of cutting the tibia perpendicular to its mechanical axis and applying a predefined external rotation of the femoral component is strongly disputed, especially in advanced osteoarthritic knees. The results of this study show that preoperative planning may be very helpful in assessing the rotational deformity of the distal femur. The final amount of external rotation of the femoral component must be approached on an individual basis based on a thorough preoperative planning.


E. Thienpont S. Sioen Wouter B. Scott

Introduction: Following the work of Freeman et al. on the medial pivot and roll back in the normal knee and several other studies on tibial slope we got interested in the subject. In most studies tibial slope is always measured on standard radiographs (lateral view) and therefore the medial and lateral side are superimposed.

Materials & methods: We studied the lateral view of the medial and lateral tibial plateau on a magnetic resonance scan (subchondral line). The study group (N=80) consisted of young patients (18–40 y) all consulting for patellofemoral problems with a non arthritic and stable knee. A neutral tibial axis was determined on the lateral view. Perpendicular to this axis the posterior slope of the medial and lateral compartment was measured. Statistical analysis was done.

Results: This analysis showed a mean posterior slope of – 5 ° ( range 0 ° – 12 °) on the lateral side, but an upslope on the medial side of + 7 ° ( range 5 °– 10 °). A significant statistical difference was noted between both.

Discussion: These results suggest an upslope on the medial side of the knee which could be important for deep knee flexion since this increases the posterior condylar clearance. Roll back on the medial side after 120° of flexion could be roll up of the condyle (2 mm). This could also explain the femoral external rotation (or tibial internal rotation) in natural knee flexion since the medial condyle rides up the medial meniscus and plateau allowing the lateral femoral condyle to roll down the lateral plateau during internal rotation of the tibia around the medial pivot point. This observation could explain paradoxical motion in total knee arthroplasty, since until now we made an equally sloped cut in both compartments.


J. Auld A.J. Langdown H. Van der Wall W.R. Walsh P. Walker W.J.M. Bruce

Background: The Profix Total Knee Arthroplasty (Smith and Nephew, Memphis, USA) is designed to replace less bone than is resected from the posterior femoral condyles, and as a consequence the posterior condylar offset is reduced. The net effect of this is to increase the flexion gap with no effect on the extension gap. This is a deliberate design philosophy aimed at increasing postoperative flexion. This prospective cohort study has tested this theory.

Methods: 60 patients underwent primary posterior cruciate retaining (CR) TKA using this prosthesis. A matched group of patients, employing a different CR prosthesis which replaces excised bone in full, served as historical controls. Intra-operative measurements were made of the posterior condylar bone resected in each case. These measurements were then correlated with the flexion achieved both intra-operatively and at 6 months post-operatively.

Results: A positive correlation between pre-operative and post-operative flexion was found. However, there was no correlation between the relative increase in flexion gap secondary to the reduction in posterior offset and the resulting flexion range.

Conclusion: Post-operative flexion range is not increased by the resection of more bone from the posterior femoral condyles than is replaced by the prosthesis in TKA. The loss of bone stock will have implications for revision surgery and should be avoided.


C. Lacoste E.G. Barrena J. Puértolas

Introduction: Posterior-cruciate sparing total knee arthroplasty (TKA) designs are claimed to reach kinematics closer to normal knees. clinical reports on this kind of TKR designs have shown excellent and goods results in the mid-term follow-up, but no relationship between kinematics and clinical results has been elicited.

Objective: Our aim in this study was to define the pathway of tibiofemoral contact from knee extension to flexion in a PCL sparing TKR design and to find a relationship between the kinematic pathway and the obtained clinical results.

Material and methods: A series of 30 cases out of 140 consecutive TKR (CKS, Biomet-Merck-IQL) by the same surgeon, were selected through astringent preop and postop exclusion criteria that allowed to identify best preserved knees and most homogeneous surgeries. Fluoroscopic lateral views were digitized at 10° intervals from 0° to maximum flexion. Still images were processed through a computerized method based on ellipse fitting (Lacoste 2003) to obtain CCAP (Contact coefficient from anterior to posterior), a percentage measurement of relative tibiofemoral contact. To compare CCAP among flexion angle intervals, ANOVA and post-hoc test (Dunnett-Tukey) were used to obtain statistically significant (P< 0.05) differences from interval to interval. Spearman correlation was calculated to establish the correlation between the CCAP and KSSS score.

Results: Twenty four cases were considered as good and excellent results and 6 cases as bad or poor results. ANOVA test showed that CCAP were significantly different among knee flexion intervals. Graphs confirmed that the sequence of tibiofemoral contact was not erratic, but followed a smooth evolution. From a mean +/– s.d CCAP of 57.8 +/–3.2 at 0° of knee flexion, the contact translated anteriorly and then posteriorly. Post-hoc tests confirmed the significant differences in CCAP among intervals. Spearman Correlation r=0.666 (P< 0.01) indicated that a higher CCAP from 90° flexion was associated with a better clinical result.

Discussion: Our method confirms anterior displacement of tibiofemoral contact through knee ROM towards mid-flexion (60°), and further posterior displacement with 90° flexion and beyond. This paradoxal displacement could not be considered as jig-saw effect but rather as a smooth evolution that required 10° to 10° analysis to be detected. This smooth pathway and not a jig-saw effect could justify the good and excellent results informed by others authors.


F Catani S. Fantozzi A. Ensini A Leardini D. Moschella S. Giannini

Tibial component loosening continues to be the most common mode of TKA failure. A debate persists on the dependence of mobilisation of this component on the equilibrium between mechanical load transfer and counterbalancing bone resistance. The aim of the present work is to study the in-vivo kinematics of TKA and to relate it with the degree of posterior slope with which the tibial component was implanted for two prosthesis designs with congruent polyethylene insert.

Twenty-three patients with osteoarthritis of the knee had TKA using a cemented prosthesis (OPTETRAK, Exactech). A cruciate retaining (CR, 10 knees) or a posterior stabilized (PS, 13 knees) implant was randomly assigned at operation. Standard pre- and post-operative antero-posterior and lateral roentgenograms of the knee were taken. Fluoroscopic analysis was performed after at least 18 and 7 months after surgery for the CR and the PS group, respectively. Patients performed stair ascending, chair rising-sitting and step up-down motor tasks. Articular contacts were assumed as the two points on the medial and lateral femoral prosthetic condyles closest to the tibial component base-plate. The spine-cam distance was calculated as the minimum distance between corresponding surfaces.

Only small differences in the position of the contacts over knee flexion angles were found among the motor tasks and between the two TKA designs. An overall posterior location of the tibio-femoral contact points was found at the medial and lateral compartments over all motor tasks, a little more pronounced for the PS patients. Statistically significant correlation over the three motor tasks analysed was found between posterior position of the tibio-femoral medial contact in maximum knee flexion and the post-operative tibial posterior slope. This is true for the PS and for the aggregated groups. Although no statistically significant, a general trend is observed of higher degree of flexion at which the cam contacts the spine as the post-operative posterior slopes increases: a 35 higher knee flexion angle for a tibial component implanted with a 5 of posterior slope. Generally, even when the correlations were statistically significant the correlation coefficients were always lower than 0.4.

The present work reports combined measurements of post-operative posterior slope and full in-vivo relative motion of the components in both CR and PS TKAs. General trends were found between posterior slope of the tibial component and positions of the tibio-femoral contacts, but a statistically significant correlation was found only for the tibio-femoral medial contact in maximum knee flexion in the PS and in the aggregated. General trends were found between posterior slope of the tibial component and degree of flexion at which the cam starts to be in contact with the spine. The nearly standard antero-posterior translation of the tibio-femoral contacts can be bigger in flatter polyethylene inserts.


A. Amin J.T. Patton R.E. Cook I. Brenkel

Aim To compare clinical outcome and complication rates in obese and non-obese patients five years following primary Total Knee Replacement (TKR) for osteoarthritis.

Methods 328 primary TKRs (283 patients) performed between 1995–1999 at a single institution, were followed up prospectively at intervals of 6, 18, 36 and 60 months following surgery and the clinical outcome based on the Knee Society Clinical rating system (subdivided into a Knee Score (KS) and Function score (FS)) recorded at each follow-up interval. The following complications were also recorded: peri-operative mortality, superficial wound infection, deep wound infection, deep vein thrombosis, and revision rate. Three separate comparisons were undertaken by subdividing the study sample into two sub-groups: (1) Group A comprised two subgroups based on body mass index (BMI) – Non-obese (BMI 15–30, 181 TKRs) or Obese (BMI> 30, 147 TKRs). (2) Group B comprised only female patients divided into two sub-groups based on BMI – ‘Non-obese females’ (BMI 15–30, 84 TKRs) or Obese females (BMI> 30, 87 TKRs). (3) Group C comprised two sub-groups based on body weight alone – weight < 100kg (300 TKRs) or weight > 100kg (28 TKRs). A repeated measures split-plot analysis of variance (SPANOVA) was used to evaluate the difference in the clinical outcome at five years between the sub-groups in Group A, B and C. The complication rates were also compared.

Results There was no significant difference in the KS at five years between sub-groups in Group A (p=0.2), B (p=0.2) or C (p=0.3). There was a statistically significant difference in the FS between the subgroups in Group A (p=0.01) and B (p=0.02) but the effect size (relative magnitude of the difference between means) was small (partial eta squared = 0.02 and 0.03, for Group A and B respectively). There was no significant difference in the FS between sub-groups in Group C (p=0.5). There was no significant difference in the complication rate between the sub-groups in Group A, B or C (p> 0.2 for all complications).

Conclusion Obesity does not influence clinical outcome, peri-operative mortality and complication rates five years following TKR. Further studies are required to determine the long-term success of TKR in obese patients.


A. Sambatakakis D.J. Johnstone T. Briggs L. Unitt

Soft tissue balance is known to be an important factor for the success of Total Knee Arthroplasty.Traditional surgical techniques involve soft tissue releases and bony cuts to achieve the correct balance. Evaluation of balance is currently based on subjective intra-operative clinical assessment, or the feel of the knee. More recently, an instrument to objectively measure soft tissue balance following bony cuts has been developed. Soft tissues releases using this instrument may be extensive.

Hypothesis. The hypothesis is that patients who undergo more extensive releases will have poorer short-term outcome and increased complication rates compared to those who undergo less extensive releases.

Method. 506 patients aged 40–90 years underwent 526 Kinemax TKAs, performed by seven surgeons in five centres between October 1999 and December 2002. Five surgeons used traditional methods for soft tissue balancing and only took balancer measurements pre-cementation. The other two were guided by the balancer instrument and took measurements pre- and post-releases, therefore quantifying how imbalanced the knees were at the beginning of the operation. Patients were assessed by an independent observer using the Oxford Knee Score, the American Knee Society Clinical Rating System and the Roentographic and Evaluation Scoring System, with a minimum follow-up of 12 months.

Results. Extensive soft tissue releasing procedures showed no significant difference in outcome in comparison with minimal releases. For the 2 surgeons using the balancer technique, a significant difference was seen with the change in knee scores. The knees left imbal-anced had substantially lower change scores and the imbalanced – balanced group showed the most improvement. Regarding surgical technique, there was no significant difference between the groups with the Oxford Knee Score or with the Clinical Rating System. Range of movement and outcome also showed no significant difference between any of the groups. Complication rates were low, clinically representative and showed no significant difference between the groups.

Conclusions. Extensive soft tissue releases do not result in an increase in complication rate or a poorer short-term outcome. When comparing traditional and balancer guided techniques there is no difference in outcomes. Balancing an imbalanced knee significantly improves knee outcome.


A. Baldini G.R. Scuderi P. Aglietti D. Chalnick J.N. Insall

The influence of Posterior Cruciate Ligament (PCL) removal and re-establishment of the posterior condylar recess on flexion and extension gaps width during posterior-stabilized Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) is still controversial. It has been reported that PCL resection lead to a selective increase of the flexion space of 3–4 mm, creating a potential for instability in flexion. Our hypothesis was that these surgical steps will equally increase both gaps. Measurements of the flexion and extension gaps heights were obtained during different surgical phases in 50 consecutive primary posterior-stabilised TKAs using a tensor device and a calibrated torque wrench. There was a slight symmetrical increase in both gaps after PCL release. In extension the width of the gap increased on average 1.3 mm and 1.0 mm in the medial and lateral compartment respectively. The same pattern was observed in flexion, averaging 1.3 mm medially and 1.3 mm laterally. Another increase of the two gaps was observed after the posterior condylar osteophytes were removed and the posterior recess was re-established. The gaps in extension increased, with respect to the baseline value, on average 1.8 mm medially and 1.8 mm laterally, while in flexion the increase averaged 2.0 mm and 2.2 respectively on the medial and lateral side. Again there were no statistical differences between flexion and extension gaps. No independent differences between the flexion and extension gaps were found in any considered surgical phase. PCL removal and re-establishment of posterior condylar recess does not seem to require any additional consideration in gap balancing during posterior-stabilized TKA.


A.M. Claus S. Roessing A. Mueller-Falcke H.P. Scharf

Introduction: Minimal-invasive techniques in total joint replacement are perceived to reduce soft tissue trauma. In TKR, reduced exposure during surgery bares the risk of component malpositioning. Therefore we have combined minimal invasive surgical techniques with non-CT based navigation in TKR. The purpose of this observational study is to describe first results of a controlled observational study comparing minimal invasive navigated total knee arthroplasty (MINI-NAV-TKR) to open navigated total knee arthroplasty (NAV-TKR) with respect to component positioning, surgery time and immediate postoperative complications.

Materials and Methods: From June to September 2004, 26 MINI-NAV-TKR and 33 NAV-TKR have been performed by five surgeons in an unselected group of patients. In both groups, preoperative deformation of the mechanical leg axis was compared to postoperative mechanical leg axis using total one-leg standing radiographs. To control the safety and reproducibility of both procedures, time of surgery and postoperative complications were compared among both groups.

Results: Given informed consent, 17 females and 9 males received 26 MINI-NAV-TKR, mean age was 71,06 years (ranging from 56,24 years to 84, 35 years), mean BMI was 28,8 kg/m2 and preoperative mechanical leg axis ranged from 18o varus to 16 o valgus. In NAV-TKR group, 12 males and 21 females at a mean age of 68,75 (range 51,97 to 86,73 years) received 33 TKR, mean BMI was 30,6 kg/m2 and preoperative mechanical axis ranged from 11 varus to 20 valgus. Postoperative radiographic leg alignment in the MINI-NAV-TKR group ranged from 1 degree valgus to 3 degree varus mechanical axis as compared to the NAV-TKR that ranged from 1 valgus to one outlayer of 4 degree varus. Time of surgery significantly differed among the groups (mean time Mini-NAV-TKR 115,23 min versus mean time NAV-TKR 98,15 minutes, p=0,002). In the MINI-NAV-TKR group 1 postoperative pin-infection and one conversion to an open procedure have been reported, in the NAV-TKR group 2 hematomas have been described.

Conclusion: Despite increased mean time of surgery in the MINI-NAV-TKR group, component positioning and complications are comparable between both groups. These preliminary results indicate, that MINI-NAV-TKR combined with navigation is a safe and reproducible method.


I. Udvarhelyi L. Hangody Z. Karpati B. Tacsik

Purpose: Authors introduce short term results, hazards and solutions of 52 minimally invasive total knee replacement performed in their institute. Aspects of minimally invasive and minimalised exposures are detailed with differences in indication .

Methods: Starting in June 2004 52 minimally invasive total knee replacements were performed in authors institute. The technique is quadriceps sparing, the implants are placed in through a medial parapatellar MIS incision. Types of vastus medialis insertion are crucial in indication of MIS or minimalised total knee. Preparation of the surfaces needs careful preparation, precise instrumentation and skill. Following patellar resection alignment, ligament balance should be treated as important and accurate as with other techniques. No muscles and tendons are detached Neurovascular hazards, complications, difficulties with solutions are introduced. Indication is determined by pathoanatomy and weight of the patient. Malalignment shouldn’t exceed 10–15 degrees. Flexion contracture more than 10 degrees is contraindication of the technique.

Depending on the type of vastus insertion midvastus approach was used with good results in 8 cases .

Results: The operation performed on properly selected patients results in a good implantation with appropriate ligament balance and stability. Average flexion was 74 degrees in the first two post op days. Post operative pain was significantly reduced. Hospital stay was 3,1 days. There was no infection. Conversion to normal exposure was done in 3 cases. In 8 cases midvastus approach was preferred because of anatomy.

Conclusions: Minimally invasive total knee replacement is technically more demanding, requiring adequate training and knowledge. Appropriate indication is inevitable. Hospital stay and rehabilitation time is reduced also resulting in economic benefit, though never compromising good result of TKR.


F. Benazzo S. Stroppa

Introduction In the past years a lot of interest has been raised on the mini-invasive surgical techniques in many fields of orthopaedic surgery.However,true innovative techniques have been rarely proposed,other then reducing the length of the incision with the aid of specially designed tools,particularly in the hip surgery.In the knee also, shorter scars should not be considered as the main purpose of the so called MIS(minimally invasive surgery)but as the side beneficial effect and the natural consequence of a more conservative technique,sparing soft tissues such as the quadriceps tendon,the extensor mechanism and the suprapatellar pouch,as well as nervous tissue and vascular supply.Considering this,the Mis-Quad Sparing technique is a really new technique,that has in view the object to preserve anatomic structures,and in particularly the extensor apparatus.

Patients and methods From june 2003 to june 2004 we’ve studied two homogeneous cohorts of patients uniform for age,gender,BMI and local and radiographic objectivity(Baseline characteristics have been compared between groups by means of Student T test or Fisher exact test)operated with the same implant(Zimmer, NexGen CR),one with QS technique(30 patients)and one with the standard approach(26 patients).

For the post-operative evaluation and for the critical comparison of the two groups we’ve considered the following parameters:length of operation,blood loss,ROM(at discharge,at 1 month,at 3 months,at 6 months),functional scores(using the Knee Society Assessment& Function Score),implants position and postoperative pain.In order to evaluate the differences among the two groups over time,we adopted a general linear model for repeated measures with calculation of Huber White robust standard errors to account for intra-patients correlation over time: a 2 sided p-value< 0.0125 was considered significant and Bonferroni correction was applied for post-hoc test.

Results and discussion The study has demonstrated that the Mis-QS technique allows less blood loss(p< 0.001 at all times considered),less pain (mean 10 points less with VAS),more rapid and better functional restoration (significant differences,p< 0.001,observed between groups and over time),with the same length of operation(at mean QS required only 10′ more than standard)and the same implant’s precision(p> 0.30 for all implant’s angles considered).Therefore,the supposed advantages of the QS technique can be considered real,based on our statistical comparison


K. Gustke

Minimally invasive arthroplasty surgery has the potential advantage of accelerating recovery. The short-term advantages should not compromise the excellent long-term results that can be obtained with total knee replacement surgery via traditional surgical technique.

A study was performed to ascertain that MIS TKR was safe, especially in one’s early experience. The first 50 MIS surgeries performed by the author via a subv-astus surgical approach through a shorter incision were compared to a matched set of total knees performed with a standard rectus femoris splitting approach with a standard skin incision. No changes were made in anesthesia or rehabilitation protocols to determine the difference as result of the change in surgical technique only. The femoral and tibial bone cuts were performed in a conventional fashion from the front with specially designed smaller instruments. The average skin incision was 12cm in the MIS group and 21cm in the non-MIS group.The average tourniquet time wa 9 minutes longer in the MIS group, but the total surgery time was the same due to a shorter time for wound closure. Range of motion was the same. Pain levels were slightly less for the MIS group for the first 3 days. Rehabilitation was faster for the MIS group in terms of distance walking and advancement to a cane. There were no wound complications, infections or component malposition problems in either group.

MIS total knee replacement appears to be no worse than conventional total knee replacement through a muscle splitting wide skin exposure. The potential short-term advantage of faster rehabilitation and slightly less pain makes it an attactive technique for many total knee patients.


S. Alevrogiannis Th. Kouris N. Christoforidis K. Antonis I. Babalis P. Papadelis

Purpose: There is great interest recently,among Orthopaedic surgeons about Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS) in knee arthroplasty.We present a retrospective,randomized review of 50 patients,who had their knees replaced during a period of a year and show our experience in indications,surgical technique,early results and comparison to conventional surgery.

Method: Using regional anaestesia and an incision of about 9cm (7–11cm), the components are placed without patellar eversion.We briefly describe regional anatomy in relation to surgical technique.We compare early results using MIS to standard procedure,regarding pain,function and rehabilitation and describe pros and cons of the method.

Results: Early results show faster recovery time, less post-operative pain and effusion and quicker return to normal activities.There were no skin problems. 96% of the knees that recieved MIS had good to excellent KSS and KS scoring Systems score.We certainly need longer results and better experience because the method is technically challenging. Smaller surgical tools are also needed in order the technique becomes better and easier for the surgeon.


T. Gunther B. Major T. Lakatos

Introduction: Nowdays most of the health services focus on the reduction of expenses and the shorter hospital stay. For the patients is also important the faster rehabilitation in work and in full self-sufficiency.

Patients and methods: Möller has published in 1997, that medial unicompartmental knee arthroplasty can be operated from a shorter mediopatellar approach. This technique is important not only for the shorter wound, but much more for the faster rehabilitation because of the preserve of the extensor mechanism of the knee.

Between April 2000 and December 2002 we performed the minimal invasive medial unicompartmental knee arthroplasty in 36 cases. Our results were evaluated by the HSS knee score. The average follow up time was 24.7 months. We have compared our results to a similar group in age, number and follow up time, who has been operated in the traditional approach.

Results: However the overall HSS results showed significant difference (95.3 & 84.8), we think that the subgroups presents the substance of it much better. There was significant difference in walking distance, stair climbing, range of movement and muscle power, and we did not find any significant difference in pain, transport, flexion contracture, instability, need for appliance and the varus-valgus deformity.

Conclusion: In those cases, where both the patients win with the shorther rehabilitation and also the health service saves money with the reduction of expenses the minimal invasive way of operation should be more often used.


N. Confalonieri A. Manzotti K. Motavalli M. Fascia

Introduction: Nowadays bicompartimental arthritis of the knee in patients younger than sixty still remains a challenge for the orthopaedic surgeon. In these selected cases, the authors present their experience in performing a mini-invasive bi-unicompartimental knee replacement assisted by computer navigation.

Materials and Methods: From January to December 2003, the authors treated 7 patients (7 knees) with bicompartimental arthritis of the knee. The mean age was 66 and in all the cases there was a arthritis deformity with no ligament deficiency and a pain-free femoro-patellar joint. The Orhopilot (4.0 version) navigation system was used during the surgery to assist prosthesis placement. In all the cases a minimal surgical approach was used (7 to 9 cm skin cut). The patients were assessed using a UKR dedicated outcome score (G.I.U.M. Score), pre-operatively and at the latest follow-up. Pre-operatively the mean GIUM score was 49.1 (range 26–63)

Results: At the lastest follow-up the mean GIUM score was 80.2 (range:75–94). The average femorotibial angle was 179° (range 177° −181°). A good ligament balance was achieved In all cases using a computer assisted spreader device. All the patients were satisfied and had returned to their previous occupation soon.

Conclusions: The authors underline how the computer navigation system supports ligament balancing and a correct prosthesis alignment. They registred no fracture of the tibial intercondylar eminence cause of wrong balancing and cuts. They emphasize this real mini-invasive surgical approach to the cure of the knee arthritis, above all in young patients with post traumatic deformities.


O.A. von Arx S. Khandekar A.J. Langdown S.D. Deo

Introduction: The minimally invasive approach using the Oxford Unicompartmental Knee Replacement (UKR) in medial compartment osteoarthritis has gained significant popularity. A number of advantages have been attributed both to UKR and minimal invasive surgery in unilateral replacement.We have therefore evaluated the outcomes of simultaneous bilateral UKR at our institution and report a unique way of safely positioning these patients.

Method: Twenty patients were assessed undergoing bilateral UKR from 2001 to 2003. The study cohort included 11 females and 9 males with a mean age of 66 years. A matched cohort group undergoing simultaneous bilateral Total Knee Replacement (TKR) of 15 patients was evaluated as a control group. Peri -operative and later post- operative data was collected during hospitalisation or at standard outpatient follow -up. We will also demonstrate our unique patient positioning for bilateral UKR.

Results: No significant difference was shown regarding mean tourniquet times (97.8 min in bilateral UKR, 92.1 min in bilateral TKR) and mean Haemoglobin drop (2.15 gdl with bilateral UKR, 2.82 gdl with bilateral TKR). We note a significant benefit in mean blood product requirement between the bilateral unicompartmental (0 units) and total knee groups (3 units). Incidence of peri-operative complications was higher in the total knee group (4 in bilateral TKR, none in the bilateral UKR group). No complication required surgery. There was a reduced mean hospital stay of 6 days in bilateral UKR compared with 9.3 days in bilateral TKR. With regard to late complications, each group had one complication, of stiffness. Radiographic evaluation at a mean 9 months showed 4of 30 UKR to have minimal malposition, with no clinical correlation.Patient satisfaction was evaluated using the Oxford Knee Score, showing 12 patients (80%) obtained excellent or good results and 3 patients (20%) scoring a moderate or poor result. The patients in the moderate and poor groups all complained of unilateral stiffness.

Conclusion: It is possible to safely undertake bilateral simultaneous Oxford unicompartmental knee replacements using a minimally invasive technique using our described method of positioning, with good results for patients with symmetrical medial compartment knee arthritis.We note improved post-operative morbidity, physiological derangement and length of stay in our patients as compared to an age,sex,co morbidity-matched cohort of bilateral TKR patients


A.E. Lisowski M.G. Bouwhuis L.A. Lisowski

Introduction: The use of the Oxford Phase 3 unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) in the treatment of anteromedial osteoarthritis of the knee in elderly patients is controversial. The aim of this study was to analyse the performance of patients 75 years of age or older after surgery with the Oxford Phase 3 prosthesis by a minimally invasive technique.

Material and methods: Between January 1999 and September 2004, 128 Oxford Phase 3 prostheses were implanted by a single surgeon. Patients with a minimal follow up (FU) of one year were divided in two groups depending on age. (Group A less than 75 years, group B 75 years or more.) Loss to FU was documented. The pre and postoperative clinical outcome of the patient with the new implant was objectively evaluated by a visual analog pain and satisfaction score, the WOMAC Score, Oxford score, the Knee Society knee score and Knee Society function score. The range of motion (ROM) was documented.

Results: Fourty-five patients were under the age of 75 (group A). Thirty patients were 75 or older (group B). In the second group 4 patients were lost to FU: two deceased and two due to severe illness. Mean age (range) in the first and second group was 67 (47–74 yrs) and 79 (76–87) years respectively. Both groups had a mean FU time of 29 months. In the preoperative scores there was a significant difference in the WOMAC function score (49.7 A vs 42.4 B), Knee Society knee score (51.2 A vs 45.5 B) and the Knee Society function score (51.7 A vs 41.4 B).The pre-operative ROM was 120.1 (A) vs 122.7 (B) degrees. Comparing the postoperative scores a significant difference was found in the Knee Society knee score (89.1 A vs 78.0 B) and in the WOMAC function score (77.8 A vs 74.0 B). The Oxford score and the postoperative VAS for pain and satisfaction were slightly in favour for the younger group, but did not differ significantly. The postoperative ROM was 126 degrees in both groups.

Conclusions: This study shows that in both groups the scores are good to excellent but slightly in favour for the younger group of patients operated for anteromedial osteoarthritis using a minimally invasive approach. Patients’ satisfaction is high in both groups. The slight difference in scores may be due to the presence of comorbidity in the older patient. Although the follow up in this study is the shortterm we advocate the use of the Oxford Phase 3 prosthesis in the elderly patient. The minimally invasive technique will lead to better range of movement, a quicker recovery of the older patient with less risk of complications and will be in our opinion more cost-effective than total knee replacement.


A.E. Lisowski M.G. Bouwhuis L.A. Lisowski

Introduction: The introduction of the Oxford Phase 3 unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) by a minimally invasive technique has significantly changed the treatment of medial osteoarthritis of the knee joint. The purpose of this study was to analyse our early results and to evaluate the clinical importance of the learning curve of the procedure.

Material and methods: Patients who were operated between January 1999 and September 2003, were divided in two groups. Group A consists of 34 patients (35 prostheses) who were operated between January 1999 and December 2001 with a minimal follow-up (FU) time of 24 months. The second group (B) consists of 41 patients (44 prostheses) who had surgery between January 2002 and September 2003 with a FU of minimal 12 months. WOMAC score, Oxford score, Knee Society knee/function score, VAS for pain and satisfaction, radiographical alignment, operation time and complications were documented and compared between the two groups. A slight modification of the operation technique was applied in the second group.

Results: The Knee Society function score differed significantly in favour for group B (81.5 A vs 88.1 B; p< 0.05). The Knee Society knee score was: 86.7 (A) vs 89.7 (B). The postoperative VAS for pain and satisfaction were slightly in favour for the second group. The Oxford and WOMAC score did not differ significantly. The ROM was 125.1 (A) vs 126.7 (B) degrees. The operation time was 84 (A) vs 64 (B) minutes. The radiographical tibio-femoral alignment was 6.1 (A) vs 6.4 (B) valgus. Optimal radiographical positioning of the three components was 51% (18/35;A) vs 80 % (35/44;B). Two complications were encountered only in the first group: dislocation of the meniscal bearing component, and lesion of the lateral meniscus. There were three patients with moderate pain complaints in group A and two in B.

Conclusions: This study shows that when an appropriate surgical technique is mastered from the very beginning, good to excellent clinical results can be achieved even in the learning curve period. The positioning of the prosthesis, as confirmed by radiographical study, after using our own modification of the surgical technique was improved.


L. Perlick H. Bathis Ch. Luring T. Kalteis M. Tingart

The accuracy of component implantation is an important factor affecting long term results of unicompartmental knee replacement (UKR), particularly, since overcorrection of the leg axis has been associated with an inferior patients outcome. This problem is aggravated when using a minimally invasive approach with a limited view.

In a prospective study, two groups of 40 UKR each were operated either using a non-image-based navigation system or the conventional technique. Radiographic assessment of postoperative alignment was performed by postoperative long-leg coronal and lateral x-rays.

The results revealed a significant difference between the two groups in favour of navigation with regard to the mechanical axis, as well as the coronal femoral and tibial alignment. In the computer assisted group 38/40 (95%) of UKR were in a range of 4 Degree to 0 degree varus (mechanical axis) compared with 29/40 (72,5%) in the conventional group. There was no significant difference between the groups concerning postoperative range of motion, blood loss and pain score.

The only inconvenience was a lengthening of the operation time (20 min). Due to the limited exposure in minimal invasive unicompartmental TKA the navigation system is helpful in achieving a more precise component orientation. The danger of overcorrection is diminished by real time information about the leg axis at each step during the operation. This improvement could be related to a longer survival rate.


Ph. Hernigou A. Poignard O. Manicom P. Filippini G. Mathieu

In a society dependent upon the motor car, impaired driving ability is a significant disability which may affect patients with total knee replacement during the postoperative rehabilitation. Recently, there has been much interest in minimally invasive surgery for total knee arthroplasty (TKA). This study evaluated the hypothesis that a minimally invasive technique using a small incision (7 to 10 cm), and a minimal quadriceps muscle splitting without eversion of the patella (MIS approach) would have a beneficial effect on driving reaction time.

15 patients undergoing a primary TKA with the MIS approach were compared with 15 TKAs using a standard approach. An experimental car was used to measure the force and timing of pressure by the foot on accelerator and break pedals. The mean reaction time for normal adults was 0.442 s to go from the accelerator to the brake pedal. This time falls well within the code guideline of 0.7 s. The driving reaction times of the patients with knee arthroplasty were measured at one, two and three months after the operation. The ability to perform an emergency stop was assessed as the time taken to achieve a brake pressure of 100 N after a visual stimulus.The patients have an actual follow-up of 2 years. A clinical and radiological evaluation was performed. Radiographic analysis included evaluation of postoperative alignment variables and progressive radioluciencies.

Over all 27 among the 30 knees have good and excellent objective knee Society Scores and patient satisfaction indices. The patients in the MIS group had a statistically shorter time until they could straight leg raise, used less epidural analgesia, used less overall analgesics and had a more rapid regaining of flexion. Patients with standard approach and technique for total knee replacement recovered sufficient knee function to return to driving at only three months after the operation according to the time and the force necessary to the brake pedal. Patients with mini invasive surgery approach have recovered sufficient knee function to return driving at one month after the operation. There was no significant difference in alignment of implants and in alignment of the knee between the two groups. Three knees had radioluciencies (two with a standard incision and one with a MIS approach).

Using a small incision without patellar eversion does not jeopardize the alignment of the implants and improves postoperative rehabilitation.


G. Bontemps G. Saxler

Introduction: Increasing experiences in determining the indication for UKA and improvements in design and materials of the prosthesis led to better results. The AMC-Uniglide has an unconstrained mobile bearing with congruent area contact. This ensures complete freedom to rotate and slide upon one other with physiologic kinematic and low intrinsic stability.

Material and Methods:

Minimal-invasive technique 30 patients with minimal-invasive AMC-Uniglide implantation technique were compared with 30 conventional implanted AMC’s and 30 total knee replacements in regard to rehabilitation and accuracy of implantation.

361AMC-Uniglides 361 consecutive patients were investigated after AMC-Uniglide implantation. The mean duration of follow-up was 5.5 (2.3-12.5) years. Patients were reviewed using the American Knee Society Rating System. The roentgenographic analyses were performed with the American Knee Society Evaluation System.

Results:

Minimal-invasive technique The comparison of 30 minimal-invasive UKA with 30 conventional UKA and 30 total knee replacements show an advantage of minimal invasive technique with regard to a reduced time of rehabilitation. The accuracy of implantation was comparable between the conventional and the minimal-invasive technique.

361 AMC-Uniglides Ninety-five percent of patients had no pain or slight pain at the latest follow-up, ninety-two percent had good or excellent clinical outcome. Three knees were revised for mobile bearing dislocation after medial UCA and three for lateral mobile bearing dislocation after lateral UCA. Five revisions because of component loosening were performed and there was one case of deep infection.

Conclusion: The clinical results of the investigated patients demonstrate that the AMC-Uniglide is a successful concept with a safe anchorage of the prosthesis and a good durability of the mobile bearings. An advantage of minimal invasive technique with regard to a reduced time of rehabilitation was found. The accuracy of implantation was comparable between the conventional and the minimal-invasive technique.


M. Sparmann B. Wolke A. Zink

Introduction: In an already published prospective and randomised study the positioning of TKA with and without a navigation device was analyzed. The results with navigation were significantly better than free hand surgery. The issue of this study was to find out if navigation can improve MIS in TKA.

Materials and methods: A three arm study was designed by the National Institute of Rheumatology. The study was prospective and externely evaluated. 30 persons have got TKA in an open technique with navigation, 30 cases have got MIS and another 30 MIS and navigation. Operation time, blood loss, early outcome and accuracy of the implantation was measured and compared.

Results: MIS increases the operation time and leads to a significant better early outcome within the first ten days. The accuracy of the implantation is poorer in comparison to open techniques. Navigation doesn‘t improve the results because the malpositioning is caused by the final surgical step of impaction. This was verified by a radiological score analysis using a score developed in our hospital for the postoperative X-rays.


S. Ostermeier C. Stein C. Hurschler C. Stukenborg-Colsman

Introduction: The amount of loading on the cruciate ligaments depends on the tension of the external muscular structures. In vivo studies using EMG have observed a proprioreceptive eccentric co-contraction of the hamstrings during isokinetic knee extension motion. This antagonistic co-contraction increases the quadriceps force necessary to produce the same extension moment on the knee, whereas the loading on the anterior cruciate ligament was measured to be reduced, with the loading on the posterior cruciate ligament to be increased. The objective of this study was thus to investigate the effect of simulated proprioreceptive co-contraction of the hamstrings muscles on quadriceps force, as well as on the relative loading on the cruciate ligament structures during knee extension under dynamic conditions and physiologic loads.

Methods: Five fresh frozen knee specimen were tested in isokinetic extension. Bow shaped loading transducers were fixed in the medial fibres of the anterior (ACL) and posterior cruciate ligament (PCL). The test cycle simulated an isokinetic extension cycle from 120 degrees of flexion to full extension, a hydraulic cylinder thereby applied sufficient force to the quadriceps tendon in a closed-loop control cycle to produce a constant extension moment of 31 Nm about the knee. A second hydraulic cylinder simulated a 200 N co-contraction force of the hamstrings tendons. The loading on the ACL and PCL was first measured in the absence of hamstrings force, and subsequently under constant co-contractive flexion force.

Results: In the absence of hamstring tension, the maximum quadriceps force was 1190 N ( SD 204 N) at 105 degrees of knee flexion. The loading on the ACL was reduced at larger flexion angles, the loading pattern of the PCL showed an inverse relationship with less loading at full extension. The maximum loading in the ACL was 161 N (SD138 N) and maximum tension in the PCL was 38.2 N (SD 34.9). With hamstring co-contraction, maximum quadriceps force increased 19.9 % ( SD 21.0% p= 0.33), maximum tension in the ACL decreased 71.9% (SD 74.3%, p=0.03), and maximum tension in the PCL increased 73.0% (SD 40.9%, p=0.03).

Discussion: This experimental setup enabled direct in vitro measurement of ACL and PCL loading during simulated isokinetic extension motions. The loading on the ACL was dependent on the knee flexion angle. We observed that co-contraction of the hamstrings reduces loading on the anterior cruciate ligament without a significant concomitant increasing the quadriceps muscle force. Our results support the hypothesis that antagonistic co-contraction of the hamstrings during extension of the knee provides an important protective function. In contrast, loading in the posterior cruciate ligament increased during hamstring activation at higher knee flexion angles.


B. Stoeckl O. Kessler M. Nogler M. Krismer

Successful total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is dependent on the correct alignment of implanted prostheses. Major clinical problems can be related to poor femoral component positioning, including sagittal plane and rotational malalignment. A prospective randomized study was designed to test whether an optical navigation system for TKA achieved greater implantation precision than a non navigated technique. The primary variable was rotation of the femoral component in the transverse plane measured from post operative radiographs and CT images. Sixty-four patients were included in the study. All patients received the Duracon total knee prosthesis. The patients were randomly divided into two groups; Group C patients underwent conventional TKR without navigation, Group N patients underwent TKR using a computer assisted Knee Navigation System. Analysis revealed that patients in Group N had significantly better rotational alignment and flexion angle of the femoral component than patients in Group C. In addition, superior post operative alignment of the mechanical axis, posterior tibial slope, and rotational alignment was achieved for patients in Group N. The use of a navigation system provides improved alignment accuracy. Specifically, it can help to avoid femoral malrotation and errors in axial alignment.


M.C. Forster I.W. Forster

The choice of graft for anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction remains controversial. A systematic review was performed to compare bone-patella tendon-bone and 4-strand hamstring grafts. Medline (1966 onwards), EMBASE (1980 onwards) and the Cochrane database were searched retrieving 6312 possible articles but only 6 studies fulfilled all the inclusion criteria. To be included, the study had to be prospective, randomised or quasi-randomised, comparing 4SHS and central third BPTB autografts, inserted using an arthroscopically assisted technique and have a minimum 2-year follow up for all patients. These studies recruited 526 patients and 475 were followed for at least 2 years with 235 patients receiving a bone-patella tendon-bone graft and 240 receiving a 4-strand hamstring graft. Overall, there was a greater chance of extension loss (p=0.007) and a trend towards increased patellofemoral joint pain (p=0.09) with a patella tendon graft. With a 4-strand hamstring graft there is a greater loss of hamstring power (p=0.008) and a trend towards an increased chance of a pivot shift > 1 (p=0.12). There was no difference between the 2 groups in terms of lachman testing, chance of returning to the same level of sport, clinical knee scores, graft ruptures or other complications.


R. Schmidt Wiethoff J. Dargel T. Schneider J. Koebke

Press-fit fixation technique in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction has recently gained popularity. The objective of this study was to evaluate the initial fixation strength of human patellar tendon-bone (PTB) grafts with respect to bone-plug length and loading angle by using a femoral press-fit fixation technique.

Fourty-eight human PTB-grafts were obtained from 24 fresh frozen cadavers (mean age 72 years). The specimens were randomly assigned to two experimental groups: One with a 15 mm (n=24) and a second with a 25 mm patellar bone plug (n=24). The grafts were implanted to porcine femora in a press-fit fixation technique. Ultimate failure loads were measured at 10 mm/s at varying loading angles of 0, 30 and 60.

Biomechanical testing showed a significant difference of ultimate failure load comparing 15 mm (mean 236 N) to 25 mm (mean 333 N) bone plugs (p=0.015). In both groups, the fixation strength increased with rising loading angles. While axial graft loading exclusively caused plug dislocation, the predominant mode of failure was tendon rupture at 60 loading angle.

It is concluded that bone plug length and loading angle significantly influence the primary stability of PTB press-fit fixation in ACL reconstruction. Based on these findings, we recommend the use of patellar bone plugs with a minimum of 25 mm in length. If graft harvesting occasionally generates a patellar bone plug measuring 15 mm, restrictive postoperative rehabilitation should be advised.


O. Charrois E. Cheyrou Ph. Boisrenoult Ph. Beaufils

Ligamentoplasty resorting to autogenous bone-tendon-bone grafts represents an effective long-lasting remedy to the anterior instability of the knee. If this indication has proved effective regarding the stability, the sampling of a piece of the extensor system often brings about a certain morbidity. Various approaches have been advocated concerning the tendinous site: some leave it open, others suture one of the peripheral thirds of the remaining tendon to the other. These various technical choices are likely to alter the morbidity and the patellar level, together with the tissue nature of the site of sampling. The purpose of this study was to assess the effect of the suture of the site of sampling on the patellar level, after a ligament plastic surgery resorting to a bone-tendon-bone graft. To this end, a group of 40 patients whose tendinous site of sampling had been left open was compared to another group of patients whose peripheral thirds of the remaining patellar tendon had been sutured one to the other.

The patellar level was assessed with Caton’s, Black-burne’s and Insall and Salvati’s methods on x-rays first taken before and then 6 months after the operation. To analyse the results, we resorted to the reduced gap method and the Student-Fisher one for the comparison between quantitative and qualitative variables, and to the correlation coefficient method for the comparison between quantitative variables.

The post-operative values of Caton’s, Blackburne’s and Insall and Salvati’s indexes were respectively 1.002, 0.844, and 1.188 for patients whose patellar tendon had been left open, and 1.023, 0.882, and 1.184 for patients whose tendinous edges had been sutured up. The discrepancy between those values had no statistical significance.

Suturing the site of sampling in a bone-tendon-bone ligament plastic surgery has no effect on the patellar level.


Ch. Staerke A. Moehwald K.-H. Groebel C. Bochwitz R. Becker

Subject: The dislocation of the graft and fixation material within the femoral tunnel is a concern in ACL-reconstruction but is not directly accessible to biomechanical investigation. The current study was carried out to address particularly the intra-tunnel-movement of the graft under repetitive load.

Material and methods: Three graft/fixation combinations were biomechanically investigated: a human BPTB-Graft fixed with a 7x23mm interference screw and a double tendon loop (porcine foot extensor) fixed with either a TransFix post or a continuous loop Endobutton. The grafts and the fixation material were fitted with multiple tantalum markers (0.5 mm). Then the grafts were anchored in human femora according to clinical standards. A servo-hydraulic materials testing machine was used to repetitively load the test specimen with a force between 50 and 250 N (max. 1000 cycles). Each fixation type was tested seven times. After definite intervals the position of the markers was recorded using fluoroscopy. The dislocation of the grafts was determined from the recorded images using appropriate software. Standard geometry could be employed due to the uni-dimensional nature of the intra-tunnel movement.

Results: Premature failure occurred neither with BTB-grafts nor with TransFix anchored tendon loops but was observed with the Endobutton fixation, where the Endobutton was pulled through the lateral cortex in two cases. The dislocation of the grafts after 200 and 500 cycles was significantly higher with the Endobutton fixation (1.3±0.9 and 1.9±1.2 mm resp.). In the TransFix group the dislocation was 0.14±0.10 and 0.40±0.27 mm, which was not statistically different from the BTB group with 0.13±0.13 mm and 0.24±0.16 mm respectively.

Conclusions: The stability of TransFix anchored tendon loops under repetitive submaximal loads reaches that of BPTB grafts fixed with interference screws. In the model employed here the extra-cortical fixation showed less resistance against dislocation.

Clinical relevance: The current results can aid the surgeon in the choice of the graft/fixation combination. Factors other than the biomechanical stability have to be considered, particularly the ingrowth behavior of different grafts and fixation types.


J. Dargel R. Schmidt-Wiethoff J. Schmidt J. Koebke

The present study was conducted to analyze the specific morphological features of press-fitted quadriceps tendon-patellar bone grafts that determine primary graft stability in ACL-reconstruction.

Ten quadriceps tendon-patellar bone grafts were harvested from fresh frozen human cadaveric knees (age 52–82) and fixed to porcine femora in a press-fit technique. Four specimens were prepared for histological analysis of the bone-tendon junction, while a modified technique for tissue-plastination was applied to 6 specimens to investigate the microscopic and microradiographic features of the bone-to-bone interface.

Analysis of the bone-tendon junction revealed a serious damage of the fibrocartilage at the attachment zone according to the impaction of the patellar bone plug with implantation. Microradiographs and microscopy of the plastinated specimens showed that there is a trabecular interaction between the bony interfaces of the graft and the femoral tunnel, representing an early osseous integration with local increase of radiopacity. In consequence, both elevated compressive forces as well as increased frictional resistance seem to contribute to the primary stability of press-fit fixated grafts.

The stability of quadriceps tendon-patellar bone grafts in press-fit technique to a certain degree depends on bone quality, allowing compressive forces to arise at the bone-to-bone interface. Loss of graft stability, however, is caused by disturbance of the integrity of the bone-tendon junction while impacting the patellar bone plug into the femoral tunnel.


M. Hantes V. Zachos G. Basdekis A. Zibis Z. Dailiana K. Malizos

Purpose: To evaluate the differencies in graft orientation between transtibial and anteromedial portal technique using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction.

Materials and Methods: Fifty one patients who undergoing arthroscopically ACL reconstruction underwent MRI of their reconstructed knee. Thirty patients had ACL reconstruction using the transtibial technique (group A) while in the rest 21 the anteromedial technique (group B) was used. In the femoral part graft orientation was evaluated using the femoral graft angle (FGA). The FGA was depicted at the coronal views by two axes: the anatomical axis of the femur and the axis of the femoral tunnel. In the tibial part graft orientation was evaluated using the tibial graft angle (TGA). The TGA was specified as the angle between the axis of the graft and a line parallel to the tibial plateau at the sagittal view.

Results: The mean FGA for group A was 12.52° while for the group B was 27.06°. This difference was statistically significant (p< 0.001 paired t-test). The mean TGA for group A was 64.24° while for the group B was 63.11° but this was not statistically significant.

Conclusions: Using the anteromedial portal technique the ACL graft is placed in a more oblique direction in comparison with the transtibial technique in the femoral part. This may have an impact in rotatory knee stability. However, there are no differencies between the two techniques in graft orientation in the tibial part.


J.-Ch. Rollier B. Moyen J.-L. Besse J.-L. Lerat

Purpose: Failed anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction as defined by recurrent pathologic laxity, is increasingly commonplace. We reviewed 77 patients who had undergone unsuccesful anterior cruciate ligament surgery to correct persisting instability, and who underwent revision surgery.

Material and Methods: During the first operative treatment, were used synthetic ligament in 18 cases, autograft in 54 cases, extra-articular plasty in 4 cases, allograft in 1 case and primary repair in 1 case. For revision, we used autograft in all cases according to differents anatomicals factors: 41 patellar tendons, 15 quadriceps tendons and 17 hamstring tendons. 46 patients had meniscectomy during one of the two surgeries ; 19 patients had cartilage lesions (grade 3 or 4).

For clinical evaluation, we used the IKDC score (1999), and laxity measurement with the KT-1000 arthrometer and stress X-rays.

The mean follow-up was 24 months.

Results The mean IKDC subjective score was 71,5 and 75% of knee were considered as normal or nearly normal. The surgery was successfull in objectively improving the stability in most of patients with a KT-1000 differential maxi-manual of 2 1,7 mm.

We found no statistical difference between the three groups of graft used for revision. The results are a trend toward less good results, when patients had a meniscec-tomy. Subjectively the result were worse in cases of cartilage lesion. In fact, no patient who had grade IV lesion returned to there previous level activity (pre-operative level activity). The worse results are in the group of failed synthetic ligaments.

Conclusion ACL revision surgery leads to poorer results than primary surgery.

There was no clinical difference for the revision, whether we used autograft of patellar tendon, quadriceps tendon or hamstring tendon with an adapted fixation device.

On the other hand, meniscal or cartilage lesion or the use of synthetic grafts are factors of poor clinical outcome.


G.-L. Canata A. Chiey

Purpose of the study: to prospectively evaluate if day surgery influences post-operative rehabilitation time in sportsmen.

Material and Methods. 122 young sportsmen underwent a reconstruction of the ACL with patellar tendon. They were randomly divided up into two groups. Group A (62 patients, mean age 28 years) Day Surgery and Group B (60 patients, mean age 30 years) staying one or two nights in the clinic. In all the same surgical technique by the same surgeon was performed. Peripheral anaesthesia was used in the majority of them. 15% of the subjects in Group A and 17% of the subjects in Group B chose general anaesthetic. The same rehabilitation protocol was applied to all of the subjects.

Results were evaluated with the IKDC form. Furthermore, the time crutches were used, the time needed in order to recover complete ROM and the time lapse from surgery to resuming running and sports activities were evaluated. The results were analysed statistically ( paired Student t test). Mean follow up 75 months.

Results. The two groups were classified according to the IKDC form:Group A: 53 A , 6 B , 3 C . Group B: 44 A , 14 B, 2 C

The time crutches were used (mean 10 days in both groups) and the average time needed for the recovery of complete mobility was 88 days in Group A and 105 days in Group B. 8% of Group A and 3% of Group B did not recover flection completely (< 5). Patients in Group A started running after an average time of 92 days, and in Group B after an average time of 110 days. 87% in Group A and 83% in Group B resumed sports activities after 161 and 179 days respectively. No statistical difference was evidenced in any parameter evaluated. 97% in group A declared that they were satisfied with the day surgery.

Conclusions and Significance. Day surgery ACL reconstruction does not jeopardize the rehabilitation time of sportsmen.


M. Hantes V. Zachos G. Basdekis A. Zibis S. Varitimidis Z. Dailiana K. Malizos

Purpose: The aim of this study was to document donor site problems one year after anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction and to compare the differencies between hamstring and patellar tendon autografts.

Materilas and Methods: Sixty-four patients undergoing primary arthroscopically ACL reconstruction were randomized to have a central third bone patellar tendon bone (PT) autograft (30 patients) or a doubled semiten-dinosus/doubled gracilis (HS) autograft (34 patients). The postoperative rehabilitation regimen was identical for both groups. All patients were examined one year postoperatively. Objective parameters evaluated included pre and postoperative IKDC and Lysholm score, side-to-side KT-1000 maximum-manual arthrometer differences. The Shelbourne score was used to evaluate anterior knee symptoms. Loss of sensitivity in the anterior knee region postoperatively as well as scar sensitivity were also recorded.

Results: Three patients (10%) in the PT group had anterior knee symptoms while only one (3%) in the HS group. The mean Shelbourne score was 98 for the HS group and 93 for the PT group but this was not statistically significant. However, 8 pateints (23%) had disturbed sensitivity in the anterior knee region in the HS group, but none in the PT group and this was statistically significant (p< 0.005). Scar sensitivity was present in 3 patients (10%) in the PT group and in one (3%) in the HS group. No differencies were found postoperatively between the groups regarding IKDC, Lysholm score and side-to-side KT-1000 measurements.

Conclusions: Although,notstatisticallysignificantpatients in the PT group had more anterior knee symptoms and scar sensitivity, one year postoperatively. In contrast, harvesting of hamstring tendons produces significantly more sensory nerve complications in the anterior knee region than harvesting the middle third of patellar tendon. Both grafts seem to improve equally patients’ performance.


Ch. Dynybil M. Tobler K. Schlichting C. Schmidt C. Perka A. Weiler

Objectives: The replacement tissue used for anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction undergoes extensive biologic remodelling and incorporation after implantation. These changes, in which the tendon loses some of its characteristic features and adopts those typically associated with ligaments, has been referred to as ligamentization. The purpose of this study was to identify the proinflammatory response in the healing graft in the early phase.

Methodes: Twenty New Zealand White Rabbits underwent ACL reconstruction with a semitendinosus tendon. Animals were sacrificed at 3 and 6 weeks. The harvested tissue including parts of remaining grafted tendon and genuine anterior cruciate ligament at time of the surgery as well as the tendon graft withdrawn at sacrification were prepared for immunohistochemical, histomorphometry and electromicroscopical analysis; synovia samples were taken at the sacrification as well. The tissues were immunostained for IL-1beta, TGF-beta, TNF-alpha (induction of inflammatory cascade), COX-2 (mediator of inflammatory response), Matrix Metalloproteinases (MMP-1, MMP-3, MMP-13, matrix destructive enzymes), TIMP-2 (Tissue Inhibitor of MMPs); the PGE2 (mediator of inflammatory response) content in the synovia was quantified by ELISA.

Results: At 3 weeks after surgery the COX-2+ cells accounted for 70% of all cells present in the graft tissue, and decreased to 28% at 6 weeks. Similar, IL-1beta+ cells within the tendon decreased from week 3 to week 6. Controversly, there was an increase of COX-2, IL-1beta and MMP-1 in the intercellular tissue. The numbers of COX-2+ cells and IL-1beta+ cells at 3 weeks as well as the intercellular area stained positiv for COX-2, IL-1beta and MMP-1 at 6 weeks were significantly larger compared to the genuine ACL (p =< 0.05). At 3 weeks some cells stained positiv for MMP-3 and MMP-13, but not at 6 weeks. There was a slight pericellular staining for TIMP-2 at 3 weeks. TGF-beta+ cells and TNF-alpha+ cells were almost not detectable at every time point. Thus, proinflammatory cytokines and MMPs were synthesized in the early phase after ACL reconstruction by the tendon cells and accumulated at 6 weeks in the intercellular tissue.

Conclusions: In the early phase of the graft healing after ACL reconstruction, there was a signifikant increase in proinflammatory cytokines and matrix destructive enzymes in the tendon graft. With the capability of synthesizing cytokines, tendon cells may play a critical role in tendon healing at early time points. Facing the widespread use the bias of cox-2 inhibitors on these immunologic processes has to be checked. Activating matrix destructive enzymes, cytokines appear to be crucial for connective tissue remodelling and graft stability after ACL reconstruction.


C. Egan A. O’Regan J. Last A. Zubovic R. Moran

Introduction: Reconstruction of ruptured anterior cruciate ligament is a commonly performed orthopaedic procedure. There are many ways of reconstructing this ligament. One method of doing so is to harvest a tendon graft from the hamstring muscles and use it as part of the reconstruction. The tendon is usually harvested by passing a tendon stripper along the length of the tendon from an anterior knee incision. The semitendinosus and the gracilis are the hamstring muscles whose tendons are used for this. A recent case study reported injury to the sciatic nerve during the harvest of semitendinosus graft. Although morbidity arising from iatrogenic injury to nerves at the anterior aspect of the knee has been well documented, little has been written about the relationship of the sciatic nerve to the semitendinosus and gracilis in the posterior thigh. This study proposes to look at this anatomical relationship.

Method: 20 legs on ten cadavers underwent the same dissection to expose the semitendinosus tendon, gracilis tendon and the sciatic nerve while maintaining their anatomical relationships. In all cases the gracilis lay further away from the sciatic nerve than the semiten-dinosus tendon. As the semitendinosus tendon was in between the semitendinosus and the sciatic nerve in all instances it was decided not to measure the distance between gracilis and the sciatic nerve. The distance between the closest point of the sciatic nerve to the tendon of semitendinosus was measured at the joint line and at intervals of 20 mm from the joint line.

Results: In 45 % of the subjects the sciatic nerve and the semitendinosus tendon gradually moved further apart as the measurements were taken more proximally in the leg. In 10 % they consistently moved apart from 6 cm from the joint line onwards. In another 10% they moved consistently apart from the 8cm from the joint line measurement and in 15 % they moved apart consistently from 12 cm from the joint line. In the remaining 20 % the sciatic nerve and the semitendinosus tendon did not consistently move apart from each other until after 14 cm from the joint line. In one subject (a female of small stature) it was noted that the semitendinosus muscle lay almost directly upon the sciatic nerve. In 6 subjects the minimum distance between the sciatic nerve and the semitendinosus tendon was less than 18mm. In one subject the distance between the sciatic nerve and the semitendinosus tendon was found to be 10 mm at the closest point and remained in close proximity for a further 4 cm.

Conclusion: In 55 % of our patients the sciatic nerve did not consistently move further away from the semi-tendinosus tendon as it was measured more proximally. In some subjects the minimum distance between the nerve and the tendon was less than 2 cm. Both these facts would put the sciatic nerve at risk during tendon harvesting if the tendon stripper were to move outside of the tendon during the procedure.


N. Bonsfills E. Gomez-Barrena J.J. Raygoza A. Nuñez

Aims: The purpose of this study is to determine muscle fibre length around the knee before and after anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) transection, and to test its ability to detect instability changes.

Material and methods: Pairs of piezoelectric crystals were inserted in four periarticular muscles (vastus lateralis -VL-, vastus medialis -VM-, lateral hamstrings -LH-, medial hamstrings -MH-) around 11 knees from 8 cats. Distance between pairs was measured while performing 10 passive repetitions of anterior tibial displacement at 90 degrees and 30 degrees flexed knee, flexion and extension, and controlled by sagittal plane video recordings. Ultrasound signal between crystals in each pair was analysed to obtain intensity and time-dependent parameters. Data from control and unstable knees were statistically compared.

Results: Fibre lengthening was observed in the four studied muscles under anterior tibial traction. Significant increases in fibre length at VL, VM (p< 0,05) and LH (P< 0,01) were seen in unstable knees versus normal knees when anterior tibial traction was performed at 90 degrees knee flexion. Flexion and extension produced passive changes in fibre length (quadriceps lengthening and hamstrings shortening for flexion, the opposite for extension), but no significant variations were measured when the ACL was sectioned.

Discussion: Ultrasonomicrometry offers a new approach to comprehend anterior instability of the knee when studying periarticular muscle fibre length. Variations in the response are specific for the anterior tibial displacement in unstable knees. This technique can be used in combination with electromyography for a better understanding of muscle behaviour in ACL deficient knees.


V. Ravendran

Introduction Traumatic dislocation of knee is a complex injury challenging the skills of even the experienced surgeons. Our category of Traumatic dislocation of knee is combined ACL, PCL MCL ± other ligament injuries.

Aims and objectives 1. To accurately diagnose Multiliga-mentous Knee injuries. 2. To achieve optimal functional results in complex knee ligament injuries

Materials and Methods: We have treated 37 cases of multiligamentous knee injuries, The mechanism is low energy road traffic accident. Age range from 20 to 64 yrs.

Diagnosis by history and clinical tests (Drawers, valgus/Varus stress tests, rotary tests, recurvatum and Lachmann’s).

Investigations:- X-rays and MRI and Diganostic Arthroscopy. MRI

Is not routine. Isolated injuries are excluded from the study.

Surgery performed with in less than 1week of injury. In Chronic cases between 2–3 months Meticulous pre-op and skin Incision plan is necessary. Incisions were long oblique incision in the medial aspect for repair of the Postero medial complex, Medial collateral ligament and medial patellar retinaculae. Single incision techniques for primary ACL reconstruction with bone Patellar tendon bone graft,

Post –OP: Programmed physio protocol upto 3months.

Complications: Pain at the staple site was the most common problem. None warranted removal. No cases of subjective instability/pain was reported.

Post Op Assessment Average range of motion 120 degree achieved of 3 months. gentle nterior drawer’s / Lachmann’s / varus /valgus / stress test for laxity at 3 months and for instability at 6months.One leg hop test at 6 months.

Posterior drawers / were positive for all patients with PCL injury due to the delayed reconstruction.

Average follow-up of 15months

Lysholm knee score average of 84points,Keating’s knee score is average 82 on multiligamentous reconstructions of knee joint.

Conclusion: Excellent results achieved with staged Repair/Reconstruction with PCL at 2nd stage, all other ligaments as 1st stage.


M. Harman S. Schmitt S. Roessing S.A. Banks H.-P. Scharf W.A. Hodge

There is renewed interest in unicondylar knee replacements (UKR) to meet the increasing demand for less invasive surgical procedures for knee arthroplasty. UKR survivorship exceeds 85% at 10 years, with unconstrained (round-on-flat) designs showing significantly better survivorship than conforming designs. However, round-on-flat articulations have the potential for poor wear performance and more conforming, mobile-bearing UKR designs have been advocated. This study evaluates the wear performance of unconstrained UKR polyethylene bearings retrieved at revision knee arthroplasty.

Forty-two UKR with fixed polyethylene tibial bearings were retrieved. Patient age and time in-situ averaged 73 (45–89) years and 7 (1–19) years, respectively. All knees had intact cruciate ligaments at index surgery. Revision reasons included loosening (45%), progressive arthritis (17%), polyethylene wear (17%), instability (5%), and other (17%). Retrospective radiographic review of radiolucent lines and component alignment was completed using Knee Society guidelines. Polyethylene articular damage size (% of articular surface area), location and damage mode incidence were measured using microscopy and digital image analysis.

Damage area was centrally located and averaged 65%+22%. The largest damage areas consisted of abrasion (19%) and scratching (17%). Revision for loosening or wear was significantly correlated with greater damage area (Spearman Correlation, p=0.049). The incidence of scratching, pitting and abrasion each exceeded 70%, including 29 inserts with peripheral abrasive damage consistent with impingement between the polyethylene and extra-articular cement or bone. Anterior damage location and abrasion were significantly correlated with component position (p< 0.001). Concave surface deformation due to femoral component contact was externally rotated (24 inserts), consistent with tibial external rotation relative to the femoral component, neutrally aligned (11 inserts), internally rotated (4 inserts), and indeterminate (3 inserts).

Despite initial tibiofemoral incongruity and concerns of high contact stress, round-on-flat UKR offers a durable knee arthroplasty. The relatively unconstrained tibiofemoral articulations allowed freedom of placement on the resected bone surfaces and a range of tibio-femoral rotation during activity, as demonstrated by the rotated concave surface deformations. Such deformation may reduce polyethylene contact stresses by increasing the tibio-femoral contact area. However, similar to retrieved mobile bearing UKR which show a 63% incidence of impingement, abrasive damage on these fixed bearing UKR has consequences for polyethylene debris generation and the transmission of shear forces to the bone-implant interface. Rigorous attention to conventional and minimally invasive surgical technique, including cement fixation and component position, is needed to reduce the incidence of abrasive polyethylene damage.


M. Harman G. Markovich S.A. Banks W.A. Hodge

Introduction: Patellar complications after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) remain a common reason for failure. Fully congruent patellar components, with larger contact areas and a polyethylene articular surface that is free to rotate in the frontal plane (LCS design), were designed to accommodate patellar mechanics and decrease wear. However, it remains to be determined whether the perceived advantages of a mobile-bearing, fully congruent patella design are realized in-vivo. The purpose of this study is correlate wear patterns on congruent mobile-bearing patellar components with patellar mechanics that existed after TKA.

Methods: Uncemented metal-backed patellar components were retrieved at revision surgery from 26 knees with meniscal bearing (23 knees) and rotating platform (3 knees) LCS mobile bearing prostheses (DePuy Orthopaedics). Mean patient age and time in-situ was 75+11 years and 11+4 years, respectively. Revision reasons included bearing wear (11), patella wear (7), instability (2), pain (3), loosening (1), osteolysis (1), and unknown (1). Polyethylene damage was assessed using optical microscopy. Articular wear area was measured using digital image analysis and the % area, location and incidence of each damage mode was calculated.

Results: The average damage area on the retrieved patella occupied 69%+15% of the surface. Burnishing, delamination and scratching modes occupied the largest areas. Delamination was noted on 58% of the retrieved patellae, predominantly located in the superior-medial quadrant. Nine (35%) patellae were fractured, with the fracture plane typically oriented in the medial-lateral direction or along the lateral edge. Twently one (81%) patellae had subsurface cracks oriented along the superior-inferior axis on the extreme lateral edge and along the medial-lateral axis. None of the patellae had embedded third body debris, but the embedded superior metal pin was exposed due to extreme damage in 4 patellas. The original femoral and tibial components were left in-situ in all knees at the time of revision, such that only the polyethylene tibial and patellar articulations were exchanged.

Discussion: Despite severe wear of the components, there was only a 5% incidence of osteolysis noted intra-operatively. Cyclic compressive and tensile forces during knee flexion likely caused initiation and propagation of cracks resulting in patellar bearing fracture. The delami-nation patterns on the retrieved patellae are consistent with bearing rotation into an incongruent bearing position during knee flexion, with presumably high contact stresses occurring in the delaminated superior-medial quadrant. Fully congruent mobile-bearing patella components must maintain mobility between the articular surface and metal back so that areas of incongruent contact, and associated high contact stresses and delamination, do not occur during in-vivo function.


A. Essner A. Wang S.-S. Yau M. Manley J. Dumbleton P. Serekian

Introduction: Highly crosslinked UHMWPEs have been widely used in total hip replacements but have seen limited use at the knee due to concerns over strength characteristics. A new process, sequential irradiation and annealing, overcomes these limitations.

Materials and Methods: GUR 1020 polyethylene was sequentially crosslinked using three separate gamma radiation doses of 3 Mrad with an annealing step at 130 degrees C after each irradiation (SXL).

Wear was determined by weight loss under normal walking and stair climbing conditions (MTS knee simulator, 5 to 10 million cycles, 1 Hz, maximum load of 2600 N to 3800 N, alpha fraction bovine calf serum). Scorpio CR and PS knees were evaluated using SXL and UHMWPE gamma sterilized to 3 Mrad in nitrogen (gamma-N2). Oxidative challenge was in 5 atmospheres of oxygen at 70 degrees C for 14 days.

Results: Scorpio gamma-N2 CR knees under normal walking conditions had a weight loss of 32.6 +/− 1.9 mg/million cycles compared to 6.5 +/− 1.6 mg/million cycles for SXL (p of 0.024). With Scorpio PS knees, the wear was 33.5 +/− 1.6 for gamma-N2 versus 7.7 +/− 0.7 mg/million cycles for SXL (p of 0.000009) subject to stair climbing simulation. Wear particle size was similar for SXL and gamma-N2. SXL knees showed no effect of oxidative challenge in a 10 million-cycle knee study.

Discussion and Conclusions: Wear is reduced by 80 percent and 77 percent respectively for CR and PS knees with SXL compared to gamma-N2. SXL has high resistance to oxidative challenge as shown by the lack of effect on knee wear results.


A. Lakdawala S. Todo G. Scott

Aim: The aim of our study was to investigate the in-vivo changes in the surface roughness of retrieved femoral components.

Our hypothesis was that the surface finish of the femoral components deteriorated in accordance with the duration of implantation

Materials and method: 22 femoral components (all Freeman-Samuelson prostheses) were retrieved from 18 male and 4 female patients at revision knee surgery. The mean age at revision was 68.4 years and the mean period of implantation was 55.64 months. 18 implants were retrieved for aseptic loosening and 4 for infection. The surfaces of femoral components & polyethylene inserts were inspected for modes of damage in the articulating areas. The surface finish measurements were performed with a stylus profilometer. The surface roughness was characterised by measuring Ra (micron-meter), which is the mean of the measured height deviations within the evaluation area. The articulating surface on both condyles was examined seperately. Ra measurements from the sides of the patellar groove at the top of the femoral flange, which do not articulate either with the patella or tibia, were taken as control. The Ewald method of assessing the orientation of the components was applied to derive the coronal angle of the knee (CAK)

Results: The mean CAK was 7.2° ± 1°. Parallel scratching and burnishing were the main modes of damage on the surface in the articulating areas. Inspection of polyethylene inserts failed to find embedded Polymethyl-methacrylate debris or any other damage, which matched the location of the altered surface finish of the femoral components.

The mean Ra values were:

Control: Mean-0.0230 mm, SD- 0.00821.

Medial Femoral condyle (0 – 60) = 0.0225 mm, SD – 0.00797

Medial Femoral Condyle (61 – 120) = 0.0244 mm, SD – 0.00532

Lateral Femoral condyle (0 – 60) = 0.0263 mm, SD – 0.00694

Lateral Femoral Condyle (61 – 120) = 0.0253 mm, SD – 0.00758

No statistically significant difference was seen in the mean-Ra of the femoral condyles compared to that of the control (P less than 0.05).

Conclusion: The surface finish of these implants did not deteriorate during the period of implantation. On this basis we believe that a well-aligned and well-fixed femoral component, without any accumulated wear debris beneath it, does not require mandatory exchange if the revision is carried out for isolated failure of the tibial prosthesis.


M. Rohrbach M. Lem P.E. Ochsner

Introduction: Polyethylene wear is an important factor for the longevity of total knee arthroplasty (TKA). One would expect that TKA lasting till death shows no or minimal wear compared to TKA undergoing revision surgery.

Material and Method: The present study retrospectively looks at the amount of front side wear on tibial retrievals and correlates clinical and radiological data sampled from these patients’ medical records. All Prostheses are of the same type and company (Stryker Howmedica, Allendale) with the following distribution: PCA 16, PCA modular 19 and Duracon 5. All inserts were gamma sterilized on air. Mean implantation time and mean age at implantation was 100.1 ±55.8 month and 70.7 ±7.4 years respectively. A modified visual score first described by Hood et al. 1983 served as measure for total damage on the polyethylene surface. Statistical Analysis was done by univariate analysis of variance.

Results: A highly significant influence on wear was found for the following factors: time of implantation (p< 0.001), kind of TKA design (p< 0.001), TKA belonging to the group of revision (0.016) and age at implantation (p< 0.021). A marginal influence was found for the factors: daily activity (p< 0.076) und kind of patella replacement (p< 0.085). Bodymass index and femorotibial axis had no measurable influence on wear.

Discussion: TKA retrieved at autopsy had and astonishingly high amount of wear. As a matter of fact none of the investigated implants was free of delamination, which is the most severe damage mode. In the present sample TKA design and time of implantation had a more important influence on wear than any other factor.


M.J.A. van der Linde B. Grimm E.H. Garling E.R. Valstar A.J. Tonino I.C. Heyligers

Introduction: In total knee arthroplasty (TKA) it remains a topic if cementless designs offer long-term stability equivalent to cemented procedures and if the components should be coated with calciumphosphate to enhance fixation. This study compares the three-dimensional migration patters of cemented and uncoated and periapatite (PA) coated tibial trays during a 2-year clinical follow-up study using roentgen stereophotogram-metric analysis (RSA) measurements as a predictor of long-term implant loosening (Ryds definition).

Methods: A double blind randomized prospective study was performed on 101 osteoarhtritic patients receiving 115 Duracon TKA. The tibial tray was either cemented (25), uncoated and uncemented (46) or PA-coated and uncemented (44). The groups were matched for sex, age, BMI and pre-op Insall score. Patients were evaluated at 1 week, 3, 6, 12 and 24 months post-operatively using standard radiographs and Insall scores. At each evaluation RSA measurements determined the translational (medial-lateral (ML), caudal-cranial (CC), anterior-posterior(AP)) and rotational (anterior tilt, external and valgus rotation) displacements of the tibial tray.

Results: Insall scores were not statistically different between the groups. Average component displacement was low for the cemented components in all directions. For the uncemented trays migration was highest in the CC direction (subsidence) and steep during the first 6 weeks. At two years the uncoated trays showed significantly more subsidence (−0.5 0.63 mm, range: −2.1 to 0.5 mm) than the cemented components (0.1 0.17 m, range: −0.2 to 0.4 mm, p< 0.05) and the PA-coated group (−0.1 0.60 mm, range: −2.8 to 0.3 mm, p< 0.05). Average subsidence of the cemented and PA-coated implants was nearly the same but variability was higher for the coated trays (p=0.01). Displacements in all other directions were not significantly different between the groups. Using Ryds definition, a total of 10 tibial trays from the cemented group (40%), 29 trays from the uncoated group (63%) and 11 trays from the PA-coated group (26%) were identified to be at risk for long-term loosening. In seven cases (all cemented) component tilt was critical.

Conclusion: At 2 years no clinical differences were found between cemented, uncoated and PA-coated tibial trays. However, RSA measurements showed significantly different migration patterns and predictions for long-term implant stability. Steep initial subsidence before stabilisation seems an inherent characteristics of uncemented fixation. In contrast, the cement layer below cemented trays can lead to AP tilt. Uncoated uncemented components migrate significantly indicating a high risk of late loosening. PA-coating reduces tray migration and the risk of long-term failure to levels equivalent to cemented fixation.


M. Harman S.A. Banks K. Kanekasu W.A Hodge

Introduction: Full flexion is a critical performance requirement for patients with total knee replacement (TKR). Different design strategies, such as the post-and-cam, are used to achieve greater femoral rollback during knee flexion. However, substantial damage to the polyethylene tibial post on some posterior cruciate ligament substituting (PS) TKR designs has led to concerns that femoral camtibial post contact will lead to increased insert micromotion and backside wear in modular PS TKR designs. This study evaluated in vivo knee function and polyethylene wear in patients with posterior cruciate ligament retaining (CR) and PS tibial component designs with a full peripheral rim modular locking mechanism.

Methods: Motion Analysis: Thirty two knees with CR (9 knees) and PS (23 knees) tibial inserts participated in fluoroscopic motion analysis during activities of daily living, including stairrise/descent, treadmill gait and maximum kneeling flexion. The metal tibial components used the same full peripheral rim locking mechanism design with the different modular polyethylene articular surfaces. Tibial-femoral contact locations were determined throughout the full range of motion for all activities.

Retrieval Analysis: Polyethylene tibial inserts were retrieved during autopsy and revision surgery after 1 to 74 months. There were 37 CR inserts and 7 PS inserts of the same designs that were evaluated in the motion study. Backside damage on the inserts was assessed on all retrieved inserts using optical microscopy and the damage area and location was measured using digital image analysis.

Results: A relatively posterior position of the femoral component on the tibia was significantly correlated with greater maximum knee flexion. PS TKR had significantly more posterior femoral position and greater maximum flexion than CR TKR. The mean backside damage area was 38%+10% for PS inserts and 45%+15% for CR inserts. Backside surface damage was concentrated near the inserts’ peripheral rim and was dimpled in appearance, consistent with a cast impression of the textured metal baseplate. Scratches and burnishing was infrequently observed. Inserts with the greatest area of backside damage were in-situ for the longest time period.

Discussion: This fluoroscopy-based motion analysis study showed that knees with PS TKR achieve greater maximum flexion than knees with CR TKR. However, retrieved PS inserts did not have larger backside damage areas and the damage pattern location was consistent for both articular geometries. The observed damage morphology suggests that backside damage resulted from axial compression of the polyethylene insert against the textured baseplate rather than micromotion. Previous mechanical tests of this same modular tibial component design have shown that motion between the polyethylene insert and metal baseplate does not increase even after more than six years of in-vivo function.


S. Fickert N. Gall W. Puhl KP Guenther J. Stoeve

Purpose of the study: To find predictors for the clinical outcome in patients who underwent a high tibial osteotomy [HTO].

Method: Between 1984 and 1996 in 155 patients with genu varum a high tibial valgus osteotomy was performed. 133 HTOs were available for follow up at an average post-op time of 9.3 years (3,0 y). The morphology of the knee was evaluated by radiological (Kellgren) and arthroscopical classifications (Outerbridge). Survival time of HTO was estimated using Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis. Patients outcome was evaluated using the WOMAC score. For statistical analysis Log-rank test and Wilcoxon-Mann Whitney U-Test were used.

Results: During follow up time 19.8% of patients needed a total knee arthroplasty. Survival rate of HTO was 95% after 5 years and 77% after 10 years. In the medial compartment of knee joints with a preoperative Outerbridge stage III/IV or Kellgren stage III/IV the survival rate of HTO was significantly lower when compared to stages I/II (p< 0,05).

Age, sex, dimension of the mechanical medial proximal tibial angle (mMPTA) and severity of arthrosis in the lateral compartment had no influence on survival rates. The pre-postoperative comparison of radiologically visible signs of arthrosis showed either no or only small progress. The patients who underwent a HTO had an average of 1,9 points on the WOMAC score (global index 0–10) which is a good to very good clinical outcome.

Conclusion: We identified the severity of the preoperative radiological signs of arthrosis and the extent of chondromalacia noted intraoperatively as predictors of survival rate.


A Ekeland S Heir S Dimmen K Nerhus

Introduction: The operational technique for opening wedge osteotomies has been simplified by the use of the Puddu-plate. This study presents results after use of Puddu-plates on distal femoral and proximal tibial osteotomies.

Methods: Fifteen distal femoral and 25 proximal tibial osteotomies have been performed with opening wedge technique due to knee osteoarthritis with malalignment in the period 2000–2004. The knee osteoarthritis was mainly due to a previous meniscal extirpation. Ten patients had an additional rupture of the anterior cruciate ligament. The mean age of the patients was 49 years (31–66 years), and 17 females and 23 males were operated. The patients with femoral osteotomies had a mean preoperative tibiofemoral valgus angle of 12° (8°–20°) whereas those with tibial osteotomies had a mean tibiofemora varus angel of 1° (7° varus – 3° valgus). The osteotomy was fixed with a Puddu-plate securing the planned angular correction, and the osteotomy cleft was filled by autogenous pelvic bone. The mean follow-up time was 18 months (3–42 months).

Results: The width of the osteotomy cleft was determined by the tooth of the implant. The mean width of the tooth was 8.6 mm (5–12.5 mm), and the mean angular correction measured on pre- and postoperative radiographs was 8.4° (5–15°). The osteotomy cleft healed after a mean of 13 weeks (7–26 weeks). One patient suffered venous thrombosis of the leg and one a postoperative wound infection. The knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score (KOOS) increased significantly during the observation period. For pain the mean preoperative score was 53 and the score at follow-up was 82. The corresponding scores for symptoms were 56 and 75, for activity of daily life (ADL) 65 and 86, for sport and recreation 26 and 52 and for quality of life 33 and 64 (P< 0.001).

Conclusion: The results after opening wedge osteotomy using the Puddu-plate seem satisfactory. The operational technique is simpler compared to previous methods, and the degree of angular correction is accurate depending on the width of the tooth of the implant which in mm corresponds relatively well with the degrees of angular correction.


J.K.L. Lee K. Maruthainar N. Wardle F. Haddad G.W. Blunn

Introduction: Long term performance of total knee replacements is governed by wear of ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) which leads to aseptic loosening of the implant. Little has been done to reduce wear due to the femoral component properties in knee joint replacement. Scratching of the femoral component has been identified in retrieved knee replacements. Using a material that has a higher scratch resistance than current metals may reduce the rate of UHMWPE wear in knee replacements. In this study we investigated the effects of using an oxidized Zirconium femoral component has on wear in knee replacements.

Methods: Total knee replacements made of CoCr and oxidised zirconium were tested in a four station, six degrees of motion knee simulator for 4 million cycles. The surface roughness values (Ra, Rz and Sm) for the metal counterfaces was measured through the test. In addition gravimetric wear of the UHMWPE inserts was recorded. Scanning electron microscopy of the two counterface surfaces was performed to provide information on possible mechanisms involved in the wear process.

Results: The starting surface roughness for both CoCr and oxidised zirconium were similar (Ra=0.03m). Oxidised zirconium was significantly more scratch resistant than CoCr; Ra (mean average roughness) of 0.7m compared to 0.43m (p< < 0.01) at end of test, with similar differences in the other surface roughness parameters. This was accompanied by a 4 fold reduction in wear of UHMWPE 49.60mg to 12.48mg (p=0.02).

SEM analysis of the surfaces of the metals revealed large deep scratches of the CoCr implants which were aligned in the A-P sliding direction. Barium sulphate particles were seen embedded in the surface of the femoral component. Voids were seen in the surface of the cobalt chrome and particles of silicate polishing powder were seen in these voids. There was also evidence of scratches originating at these voids. By contrast oxidised zirconium, showed small amounts of superficial scratching with an intact surface and no evidence of third body particles.

Summary and conclusions: Oxidised zirconium leads to a reduction in wear of UHMWPE due to its increased resistance to third body wear. It has the potential to increase the longevity of total knee replacements by reducing wear of UHMWPE. Additionally, polishing powder used in the manufacture of cobalt chrome femoral components of knee joint replacements is a potential source of third body particles.


A. Benzakour M. Hefti Lemseffer

We have reviewed 183 patients (215 knees) assessing results and indications of High Tibial Osteotomies in medial gonarthrosis.

Material: 128 females and 55 males. Follow up is 11.5 years, 120 cases with average varus angle 13° had opening ; 95 cases with average varus angle 10° had closing wedges. Ahlback classification showed stages I: 54, II: 71, III: 66 and IV: 24. H.S.S. scoring was 61 for opening and 68 for closing wedge.

Results: 27 re-operations and 13 other complications.

Healing delay was 55 days for closing and 70 for opening. R.O.M. was 125°.

25 knees are painful.

1/After opening, scoring is 77 and valgus angle is 3°.

2/After closing, scoring is 80 and valgus angle is 5°.

3/Global results: very good: 26%, good: 33%, medium: 28% and poor: 13%.

Discussion: H.T.O. decreases stresses on medial compartment and widens joint space. No significant aggravation is observed at follow up.

Clinical results are satisfying in early surgery. Reaxation is good for delaying or managing arthritis.

The average of 5° mechanical valgus at osteotomy seems to be effective.

Conclusions: -Opening wedge for medium severity and wide varus angle, till the age of 70.

-Closing wedge for medium varus in younger patients.

H.T.O. allows quite pain-free knees, restores axes and avoids or delays T.K.R.

H.T.O. gives satisfactory results and should be then considered the best choice for early prevention and treatment of varus knee arthritis.


M.A. Garcia-Sandoval J. Fernandez-Lombardia M.C. Cuervo D. Hernandez-Vaquero

Background: Total knee replacement (TKR) failure is usually due to alignment, stability or fixation defects. Objective: To quantify the loads distribution using an absorptiometric method with two different tibial stems.

Methods: We analyzed 20 patients with cemented TKR, in two groups: one of them cylindrical and the other with cruciform stem. We studied the periprosthetic bony density evolution in three areas: under the stem, internal and external baseplate. We performed dual-energy x-ray absorptiometric (DEXA) measurements at 2, 3 and 7 years of follow-up.

Results: The evolution of the bony density under the internal baseplate to 2 and 3 years decreased from 0.920.20 to 0.900.19 g/cm2; under the external baseplate changed from 0.970.36 to 0.970.38 and under the stem raised from 1.050.25 to 1.080.26 in the cylindrical group. In the cruciform group, under the internal baseplate decreased from 0.750.08 to 0.710.05, under the external one decreased from 0.890.01 to 0.850.07 and under the stem changed from 1.060.06 to 1.040.29.

Comparing only the cylindrical subgroup (three missing patients), the DEXA measurements at 2, 3 and 7 years of follow-up were: 0.88, 0.84 and 0.80 g/cm2 under the internal baseplate; 0.79, 0.78 and 0.77 under the external one, and 0.99, 0.96 and 0.99 under the stem.

Conclusions: Loss of bony density is observed progressively after TKR. Comparativily, the diminution is greater for the cruciform stem. The internal compartment is more affected.


A. Staubli C. De Simoni R. Babst P. Lobenhoffer

High Tibial Osteotomy (HTO) is an established treatment for unicompartmental osteoarthritis of the knee with malalignment. The classic procedure for correcting varus deformity is the lateral closed wedge osteotomy of the tibia with osteotomy of the fibula. The disadvantages of this technique are well known. Open wedge osteotomy from the medial sideeliminates the risk of compartment syndrome and peroneal nerve injuries. A new fixation device (TomoFix(tm)) with an adapted surgical technique allows stable fixation of the osteotomy without the need to fill the osteotomy gap with bone grafts. In a prospective study, 92 consecutive cases were treated with this procedure. Bony healing with remodelling of the medial and posterior cortical bone was observed. Full weight-bearing was possible ten weeks after surgery. There were no implant failures. Complications included one delayed union, two revarisations and one deep infection. Keywords: High Tibial Osteotomy (HTO), openwedge osteotomy, TomoFix(tm) plate, medial osteoarthritis, varus knee


W. Baur A. Schuh

Introduction: The long-term results of HTO depends on exact reconstruction of the weight bearing line. The lack of exact intraoperative real time control of the mechanical axis often results in postoperative malalignments. After preopertive planing and intraoperative measurement of the deformities, HTO is performed under navigation. The system shows the weight bearing line, the size of the osteotomy wedge and the tibial slope. Aim of the current study is to evaluate accuracy of intraoperative datas using the OrthoPilot in comparison to long standing radiographs including the center of the hip, knee and ankle joint.

Material and method: 54 patients with a mean age 49.7 years underwent HTO with navigation using the Ortho-Pilot. According to Ahlback’s staging 1 patient had I, 4 II, 21 III, 19 IV and 9 V osteoarthritis of the knee.

Results: The mean preoperative deviation of the mechanical axis was 6.0 varus (3 to 14) on the x-ray and was confirmed by the OrthoPilot. The mean postoperative mechanical axis was 1.7 valgus (2 varus to 5 valgus) on the x-ray and was confirmed by the OrthoPilot with 1.4 valgus (0 to 3 valgus). The mean postoperative femorotibial angle was 7.1 (2–11). Complications related to the navigation procedure was one hematoma of the distal pin track.

Conclusion: By using an intraoperative navigation system, the outcome of the preoperative planned procedure becomes more predictable and more precision of the alignment can be achieved in HTO. Long-term studies will have to be carried out to verify whether this will lead to a lasting benefit for the patient.


S Toksvig-Larsen AW Dahl

The success of a high tibial osteotomy is predicted on proper patient selection, achievement and maintenance of adequate correction and avoidance of complications. It is a successful procedure when the patient’s pain is reduced or eliminated, the knee movement is preserved, and the need for a joint replacement is eliminated or postponed.

475 open wedge procedures using the hemicallotasis technique (HCO) were followed consecutively since a progressive introduction 1993. All patients were followed and compiled in a data base, 307 men, 168 women were included. The indications were arthrosis 439, sequels of fracture 12, correction 12, seqv osteotomy 7, others 5. For the arthritic knees 343 were med gr 1–3 343, med gr 4–5 35, lat arthrosis 37, prearthrosis 4. 32 patients were bilateral operated at one session.

The surgical technique is simple, using a ventral external fixator – the Orthofix T Garche. The technique is in principle extra articular. The patients were followed once/week and complications were compiled. The patient’s perspective of the HCO were evaluated for 58 patients using the KOOS questionare.

Complications as reoperation with reposition of pins 9 cases, septic arthritis 6, non-union 11, early loss of correction 5, nerve palsy 3 (all regress), interrupted treatment 3, DVT 10. For all complications including pin site infection, smoking were the single greatest preoperative risk factor (p< 0.022). 27 patients operated by HCO were converted to a joint replacement. The mean frame time was 99 + 20 days, 94/466 had a frame time > 16 weeks (smoking< 0.001). The patients self asessment were improved during treatment for the KOOS subcategories pain, function, ADL and Quality of life, but during treatment there were no improvement in sport/recreational function.

We found the HCO technique good, surgicallysimple, but there is a need for a close contact between the patient and the treatment team. This technique is probably the best when doing corrections greater than 15 degree. The largest single correction was 33 degree. The risk for septic arthritis using in a principle extra articular technique has to be considered.


MT Campos MT. Porcel M. Quiles

Aims: In order to reduce the waiting list, the Spanish National Institute of Health sent a large number of patients from Badajoz to other private hospitals, from October 1996 to December 2000, to undergo knee replacement. No medium or long-term follow-up was arranged. Our aims were to compare revision operations in those patients with the ones performed locally.

Material and methods: In that period of time 791 knee arthroplasties were sent to distant centres and 620 were performed in our institution. All revision surgery was performed in our hospital after two months of the index operation in the distant hospitals. We stopped entry of patients in this study in December 2003.

Results: 82 (10.3%) knees have so far required revision surgery in the distant centres group. Of these, 45 have been for deep infection, 26 for aseptic loosening, 5 failed unicompartmental, 3 stiffness, 2 painful non-replaced patellas, 1 non-union of the tibial tuberosity

In the local group 17 (2.6%) knees have so far been revised in the same period of time. Of these 10 have been for deep infection, 3 for aseptic loosening, 3 for instability, and 1 for soft tissue impingement.

Conclusion: The causes for such a difference in revision rates were analysed and include implant selection, surgical technique and absence of follow-up. A constant and angry complaint of all patients sent to other hospitals and subsequently revised was the lack of follow-up.


S. Ripanti S. Campi S. Marin P. Mura A. Campi

High tibial osteotomy is an efficient treatment for medial compartment osteoarthritis of the knee; its used for middle aged patients with high activity levels and can delay the need for total arthroplasty.

The results of total knee arthroplasty after failed high tibial osteotomy are controversies; several authors reported inferior outcomes, but others have concluded that tibial osteotomy doesn’t bias following total arthroplasty. The aim of this study was to evaluate the results of failed high tibial osteotomy subsequently converted to total knee arthroplasty and compare the results to group of patients underwere primary arthroplasty; the authors evaluate some of technical problems that a previous high tibial osteotomy can generate, like scar tissue, patellar tendon shortening and changes of proximal tibial anatomy.

Methods: 50 total knee arthroplasty performed after a previous closed wedge osteotomy were matched with 50 patients operated with a primary knee prosthesis for osteoarthritis. The time from a proximal tibial osteotomy to a prosthesis operation was in mean eight years.

Results: the Knee Society clinical and radiographic score system and W.O.M.A.C. evaluation were used to evaluate knees before surgery and at each follow up (average 5 years).

At an average of five years follow up, the clinical results of total knee arthroplasty after high tibial osteotomy were similar to those of primary knee prosthesis.

Discussion: in our study revision of failed proximal tibial osteotomy appears to have more technical difficulties but with overall outcomes that remain comparable at results after primary total knee arthroplasty, so tibial osteotomy is considered a valid option in younger and very active patients with unicompartmental arthritis.


R. Khan W.B. Robertson D. Fick M.H. Zheng D.J. Wood

Introduction and aim: Early symptomatic osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee poses a difficult challenge to orthopaedic surgeons, particularly in the presence of malalignment. Most surgical options are palliative. Our aim was to assess combined high tibial osteotomy (HTO) and matrix-induced autologous chondrocyte implantation (MACI) as a curative option.

Methods Patients with localised medial compartment OA and varus malalignment were identified. Suitability for the above procedure was confirmed at arthroscopy and specimen taken for culture. HTO and MACI procedures were performed in one sitting by a single surgeon. Patients received three months rehabilitation and function was assessed preoperatively and at three-monthly intervals.

Results Twelve patients were identified: nine male; average age 46 years (27–58). Mean varus deformity was 6 degrees. Two patients also had evidence of osteochondritis dissecans, and two early patello-femoral OA. Eight patients had had previous surgery to the knee.

Eleven patients had a lateral closing wedge osteotomy; the medial opening wedge was performed in a case of leg shortening. Mean operation duration was 72 minutes (60–90). The graft was fixed with fibrin glue in all cases, and augmented with stitches or vicryl pins in five cases. Mean defect size was 6.2cm2 (2–12). There were three complications: one DVT, a haemarthrosis and a graft detachment.

Average follow-up was 16 months. MRI scans at three months show oedematous tissue at the defect sites, contrasting with the fluid filled defects seen preoperatively. Scans at one-year show hyaline-like cartilage infill with similar signal characteristics to native hyaline cartilage. Six minute walk test and knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score indicate significantly improved functional capacity at six months and one year.

Conclusions Preliminary results suggest combined HTO and MACI is successful for young patients with early OA associated with malalignment.


H. Bathis L. Perlick C. Luring M. Tingart J. Grifka

Introduction: Previous reports have described the potentially compromising effect of a high tibial osteotomy (HTO) on the results of a subsequent total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Although the reasons are not clear, some authors reported of problems in soft tissue balancing in TKA following a previous HTO.

Method: In a prospective study 22 patients with an average interval of 5.8 years after closed wedge HTO, were operated for TKA. All surgeries were performed with the BrainLAB CT-free navigation system and measurements of the extension and flexion gap were assessed. The intraoperative data were compared to a control group of 100 consecutive computer assisted TKA without previous HTO.

Results: In the study group a highly significant shift towards a medial opening of the flexion gap between the posterior condylar line and the tibial resection (study group 0.4° +/− 4.7° medial opening vs. control group 3.4° +/− 3.3° lateral opening, p< 0.001) was observed. 45% in the study group showed a medial opening of the flexion gap compared to 11% in the control group.

Conclusion: Surgeons should be aware of difficulties in soft-tissue balance in TKA following HTO, especially for the flexion gap configuration and the axial femoral component orientation. The computer assisted technique is helpful to identify soft tissue imbalance.


S. Boran C.D. Hurson K. Synnott O. Powell W. Quinlan

Introduction: The Sheehan total knee endoprosthesis has been widely used since 1971. It incorporates a semi-constrained hinge with intramedullary stems cemented into the femur and tibia for fixation. This gives a stable polycentric knee mechanism that allows axial rotation as well as simulating other knee movements. This design has certain disadvantages including the large amount of bone resected for implantation and its constrained nature which predisposes to loosening. Revision rate of up to 30% have been reported. We discuss the difficulties encountered during revision and the techniques that need to be used to overcome these.

Patients and methods: We reviewed the records of 21 patients who required revision of Sheehan TKRs between 1987 and 2001. Reason for revision was recorded and all patients were scored using the Knee Society Index of Severity Instrument (Saleh et al CORR 2001). The operative details were examined and technical difficulties at the time of surgery recorded. Per-operative and early post-operative complications related to the revision procedure were also noted.

Results: The average age of patients requiring revision was 65 years old (range 39–79). The average time from primary surgery to revision was 16.2 years (range 8–20 years). The reasons for primary surgery were rheumatoid arthritis in 9 and osteoarthritis in 12. Revision surgery was required for pain associated with tibial subsidence and painful bone on bone contact in 14.Two patients had dislocation of their tibial on femoral component. One patient had a one-stage revision for infection and one had revision for a fractures tibial intramedullary stem. Three patients had revision to anterior flanged femoral components to facilitate patellar resurfacing for patello-femoral pain. The overall complication rate approached 80%!

Discussion: While the Sheehan TKR was of great benefit to a large number of patients it is not without its problems. These results show that prostheses coming to revision did not necessarily fail early and so with time we can expect more to present for revision. The high complication rate and the need for complex reconstructive techniques attest to the difficulty of revising these prostheses. Some of these problems are the legacy of the prosthetic design and should be borne in mind when taking on these cases.


G. Bradley

Aim: Bone loss in failed total knee arthroplasty can be managed by various techniques. This paper presents the ten year experience of one surgeon using morselized impacted allograft bone to revise failed knee replacements.

Method: Impacted bone was used in all knees having significant bone loss; no defects were replaced with augments or tumor replacement implants. Forty-eight knees having a minimum one year follow-up have been reconstructed. Maximum follow-up is ten years; the average time of follow-up is four years. Standard revision components were used in all except the first knee in this series. Except for two knees, monoblock LCS (J& J/DePuy) components were used. All knees received at least ninety cubic centimeters of bone graft. Nine knees were infected; eight were reconstructed in two stages and one in three stages.

Result: Two patients died and three were “lost” before one year follow-up could be obtained. There were four failures: two by component “spin-out”, one by fracture, and one by loosening. All failures have been satisfactorily reconstructed. None of the total knees revised for infection have failed. Histology obtained on the knees failing by fracture and loosening demonstrated viable, incorporated bone graft consistent with the findings of several authors retrieving impacted bone graft from hip reconstructions.

All patients ultimately benefited from the procedure. The average improvement in knee Society combined knee and function scores was over eighty-five points. The more functional patients experienced the most improvement.

Conclusion: This experience provides additional support for the use of impacted morselized allograft bone in reconstructing even large defects in failed knee arthroplasties.


N. RoidIs K. Vince

Aim: To present the experience of a highly specialized total knee arthroplasty revision center with the use of femoral and tibial components with modular press-fit offset stem extensions.

Methods: Intramedullary press-fit offset stem extensions were developed to offer an additional option when doing a revision total knee arthroplasty in the presence of periarticular bone loss. The radiological and clinical results of a cohort of 28 patients that had been previously subjected to a revision total knee arthroplasty utilizing modular press-fit offset stem extensions, were studied. Mean follow-up time of these patients was 3.5 years (range, 2–7 years). The NexGen Legacy Knee System was used in all our patients (25% LCCK, 75% LPS). The use of bone cement was restricted to the femoral and tibial articular surfaces only, without any intramedullary use.

Results: Femoral intramedullary fit and fill was measured 87.9% in anteroposterior x-rays and 85.5% in laterals. Tibial intramedullary fit and fill was measured 94.5% in anteroposterior x-rays and 89.9% in laterals. Femoral components were implanted in 6.4 degrees of valgus angle (mean values) and 2.5 degrees of flexion (mean values). Tibial components were implanted in 2.2 degrees of valgus angle (mean values) and 3 degrees of posterior slope (mean values). Knee Society Score was 89.5 points, while Function Score was 84.8. One year post-revision follow-up evaluation revealed 89% satisfaction rate among these patients.

Conclusion: The use of these press-fit offset stem extensions, with the best possible intramedullary femoral and tibial fit and fill, offer a very rewarding method and an alternative option to deal with complex reconstructive problems during a revision total knee arthroplasty.


N. Pradhan K. Iyengar A. Gambir P. Kay M. Porter

Aim: To undertake clinical and radiological assessment of the TCIII prosthesis for Revision total knee arthroplasty with minimum 5 year follow-up.

Methods: We reviewed 57 Total Condylar III (TCIII) prostheses used for revision knee arthroplasty performed between December1995 and December1997 at Wrightington hospital. Twelve patients (12 knees) had died. At a mean follow-up of 6.75 years (range, 5–8years) 45 knees in 43 patients were available for review. None were lost to follow-up. There were 23 women and 20 men, with a mean age of 73 years. Radiographs were analyzed for component position, alignment and bone-cement radiolucencies.

Results: The reason for revision was instability in 38 knees, infection in 4 knees, pain in 2 knees and stiffness in one knee. The mean preoperative Hospital for Special Surgery HSS score was 36, improving to 70 after revision at latest review (p=< 0.001). The mean postoperative range of movement was 95 degrees. 2 prostheses were revised; one for infection and another for instability. Survival analysis using the Kaplan Meier method provided a cumulative survival rate of 95.56 % at 8 years.

Conclusion: Our study supports the continued use of the TCIII prostheses in revision total knee arthroplasty, wherein the ligaments can be balanced, with satisfactory outcome in the medium term.


M. Ribas J. Vilarrubias J. Silberberg J. Leal I. Ginebreda

Introduction: knee revision in absence of Extensor Mechanism has been always a challenging problem in Orthopaedics. Many authors are in favour to abandone any endoprosthetic substitution in front of such a situation.

We think osteotendinous allografts, in this particular case whole Extensor Mechanism allografts, could play an essential role before any Knee Arthrodesis.

Material and Method: From 1999 up to 2004 11 patients (4 male, 7 female) (mean age 72, range 68 to 86) underwent to a whole Extensor Mechanism allografting procedure. Mean follow up was 2.7 years (1 to 5 years).

In the first four cases a whole Extensor Mechanism allograft was implanted, while the next seven cases the allograft was reinforced by means of a Leeds-Keio Dacron band.

Results: There was no infections in this serie. The mean obtained R.O.M. in the first three months was – 5 of active extension (range 0 to −15) and 95 active flexion (range 80 – 110). However 3 from the 4 former operated cases had a progressive loss of active extension up to −25 (range −20 to −35) at 18 months, that did not increase after this period. Ultrasonic exams showed a lengthening of the patellar tendon in these cases. None of these 3 patients wished to undergo to a patellar tendon reinforcement.

On the other hand those later cases, where patellar tendon was reinforced did not show any change over the time (at 18 months mean active extension was maintained to −5 (range 0 to 15)

Conclusions: Extensor mechanism allografts are very useful in difficult knee revisions with absence of extensor mechanism, so that knee arthrodesis is not the method of choice for these patients. However augmentation of patellar tendon is necessary to maintain with the years an active extension.


J. Newman C.E. Ackroyd R.L. Evans

Introduction. There has been a recent major increase in the use of unicompartmental knee replacement (UKR) but few studies exist comparing its long term efficiency with total knee replacement (TKR)

Method. Ethical approval was obtained.

Between 1989 and 1992 a randomised prospective study was undertaken in which 102 cases adjudged suitable for UKR were allocated to receive either a St Georg Sled UKR or a Kinematic Modular TKR. Both cohorts had a median age of 68 and a similar sex distribution and preoperative knee score. Regular follow up has been maintained. As reported the early results favoured UKR. All cases have now been assessed after a minimum of 10 years using modified WOMAC, Oxford and Bristol Knee Scores (BKS) as well as radiographs.

Results. 28 cases had died with their knees known to be intact, 2 cases were untraceable. 33 knees in each group were reviewed. 3 in each group had been revised, no impending failures were identified on the radiographs.

At 10 years the UKR group had better Oxford and WOMAC scores as well as significantly more excellent results (19:14) and fewer fair and poor results on the BKS. Both groups averaged over 105′ of flexion but 61% of the UKR and only 15% of the TKR group had 120′ or more of flexion.

Conclusion. The faster rehabilitation and better early results with UKR are maintained for 10 years with few failures occurring. The average BKS of the UKR group only fell from 91 to 88 between 5 and 10 years suggesting minimal evidence of functional deterioration in either the prosthesis or the remainder of the joint.


J. Newman C.E. Ackroyd R.L. Evans R.E. Gleeson J. Webb

Introduction Unicompartmental Knee Replacement (UKR) has now become an accepted and widely used treatment for unicompartmental arthritis. Our unit has performed over 1000 UKRs in the past 22 years. The optimal mechanical design of the implant has yet to be determined.

Methods After gaining ethical approval a prospective randomised trial was commenced in 1999 to compare the 2–5 year results of a fixed bearing with a mobile bearing prosthesis. 104 knees in 91 patients underwent a UKR, the mean age of the group was 65 years and a mean weight of 80kg. 57 had a St Georg Sled fixed bearing prosthesis and 47 an unconstrained mobile bearing Oxford UKR. All were prospectively reviewed using the Oxford and Bristol Knee Scores.

Results All 104 knees have been reviewed at 2 years, with none lost to follow-up. 3 patients in the Oxford group suffered a dislocated meniscus and a further 4 required revision, as well as 3 in the St Georg Sled group. The overall function of the 2 groups was the same, but the Oxford mobile bearing group had significantly more persistent pain (p=0.013).

Conclusion The results in both groups were less satisfactory than previous series from this unit probably due to the efforts being made to use minimal incision. However the early complication rate was higher with the mobile bearing devise. This must be balanced against the possible better long-term survival.


A.G. Kasis R.J. Pacheco W. Hekal M.J. Farhan

We reviewed 35 patients who underwent a medial unicondylar knee replacement, with an average follow up of 4 years (for functional assessment). All patents had a weight bearing AP and lateral X rays and were clinically assessed using Hospital for Special surgery score, Bristol Knee Score and SF 36 health assessment form. Five angles were measured on the x-rays to assess the alignment of the tibial and femoral alignment. There was a significant relation between the femoral component varus/valgus angle and three sub scores (fixed flexion contracture, maximum valgus/varus and range of movement) in Bristol Knee scores. The best functional out come correlated with femoral components of 4–8 degrees of valgus.


S. Romagnoli F. Verde R.W. Eberle

Background: Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty was developed as an alternative to the finality of tricompartmental, total knee arthroplasty. Recent short-term and intermediate-term results show favorable results when compared to the first generation results reported in the 1970’s and early 1980’s. The purpose of this study was to report the long-term, single surgeon use of the Allegretto unicondylar knee prosthesis.

Methods: We evaluated 115 medial unicompartmental knee arthroplasties that were implanted by a single surgeon using the Allegretto prosthesis. The average age of the patients at the time of surgery was sixty-eight years. No patients were lost to follow-up. Nineteeen patients were unable to continue long-term office follow-up and were contacted by telephone. Thirty-four patients (thirtyfive knees, 30%) died from unrelated causes. None of the patients that died underwent revision of the index UKA. Thus there were sixty-one patients available for prospective clinical and radiographic evaluation beyond ten-years.

Results: The average time to follow-up for those patients available prospectively was 11.1 years (0.8 years; range, ten years to thirteen years). Clinical evaluations revealed an average pre-operative HSS score of fifty-four points which improved at the most recent post-operative follow-up to an average of ninety-three points. At the most recent average time to follow-up, the post-operative range of motion was assessed at an average of 0.3 degrees of extension through 124.4 degrees of flexion. Radiographically, no component showed evidence of loosening as defined as change in position of the components on serial radiographs. Twenty-one knees demonstrated radiolucencies less than 2 mm of thickness and none were progressive. The Kaplan-Meier survival analysis was calculated and showed a probability of survival of all UKA implants of 97% at thirteen years follow-up (standard error 0.04) with an end-point of revision or radiographic failure.

Conclusions: Provided correct patient selection and technical expertise, the Allegretto UKA system allows for the expected relief of pain, restoration of function and component survival in those patients with medial compartmental knee arthrosis through ten-years.


T. Isacker P. Vorlat G. Putzeys D. Cottenie N. Pouliart F. Handelberg P. Casteleyn F. Gheysen R. Verdonk

Introduction Osteoarthritis of the knee is a very common disease.In 80 to 90% of the cases it starts in the medial compartment and tends to remain there.Therefore, the Oxford Unicondylar Knee Prosthesis (OUKP) is a attractive device as it only replaces the diseased parts of the knee.For the past 15 years, the results of the OUKP, especially those achieved by the designer’s group, have mostly been very good. However, reports about long-term follow-up are scarce. For the designer group, Murray reported a 98% ten year survival. The only independent research bij Svard an Price and by Lewold of the Swedish Arthroplasty Study showed a good survival of 95% at 10 years and a poor survival of 87% at 8 years respectively.Our independent study reviews a ten year follow up of 149 OUKP’s.

Methods and Results One hundred forty-nine medial prostheses were implanted in 140 patients between 1988 and 1996. After a mean of 67 months 28 patients had died, without the need for revision. Seventeen prostheses were lost to follow-up. Revision surgery using a total knee prosthesis was performed in 16 cases. In 4 others, a lateral prosthesis was implanted subsequently to a medial one. One of these 4 was revised to a total knee prosthesis 6 years later. In another 4 cases, late complications of the meniscal bearing were treated with replacement of this bearing. In the group af patients older than 75 years, no revisions were recorded. The surviving prostheses were seen back after a mean of 126 months. The cumulative survival rate at 10 years was 82% for the whole population and 84% when knees with a previous high tibial osteotomy were excluded.

This difference is significant (p=0,0000).

Conclusion These results are in line with those of the Swedish arthroplasty register and compare poorly to the survival of total knee arthroplasty, therefore this prosthesis is not the first choice for most cases. Because it preserves a maximum of bone stock and is revised to a total prosthesis almost without difficulty, it is the first-choice implant for medial unicompartmental osteoarthritis in the relatively young patient.The survival rate in the group of patients older than 75 years is as good as or better than that for total knee arthroplasty.Since the OUKP can now be placed minimally invasive, it might have its place in this subgroup. It should not be used in osteotomized knees.


E. Fawzy H. Pandit C. Dodd D. Murray

Introduction: With a minimally invasive approach for unicompartmental knee replacement (UKA), it is difficult to determine the femoral component size intra-operatively. It can be difficult to template pre-operative radiographs due to superimposition of the two femoral condyles, and non-standardised x-ray magnification.

Aim: The purpose of the study was to find an easy, reliable, alternative method for this assessment such as height and gender.

Material and methods: One hundred x-rays of patients (44 men, 56 women), who had undergone Oxford UKR, were reviewed. Preoperative radiographs were templated, and postoperative x-rays were reviewed to determine the ideal component size. Patient’s height was recorded. The proportion of patients for whom an appropriate size could be selected by either template or height measurements was calculated.

Results: Current templating system accurately predicted the ideal size in 67 patients. The following size bands were set according to height. For men: size small in patients less than160 cm, medium less than 170 cm and large less than 180 cm. For women: size small in patients less than 164 cm, medium less than 174 cm and large less than 184 cm. Height accurately predicted the ideal size in 75 patients. In no case was the assessment of component size incorrect by more than one size.

Conclusion: Gender specific height safely predicted the ideal component size in 75 percent of patients undergoing UKA. Component size can be determined satisfactorily from patient height and gender and can be used as adjunct to existing templating method.


A. Amin JT. Patton RE. Cook M. Gaston I. Brenkel

Introduction To assess five-year survivorship and clinical outcome following unicompartmental knee replacement (UKR) and total knee replacement (TKR) in pre-operatively matched patient groups.

Methods From a prospective database of over 600 patients undergoing knee replacement for osteoarthritis, 70 primary Oxford UKRs (62 patients) were matched pre-operatively with 70 primary PFC TKRs (68 patients) for age, sex, body mass index, knee range of movement and Knee Society Score (KSS). The two groups were assessed at six, eighteen, thirty-six and sixty months following knee replacement and compared for survivorship of the prosthesis (with failure defined as revision for any reason or ‘worst-case’ assuming all patients lost to follow up are revised), post-operative ROM achieved and clinical outcome based on the KSS (reported as separate knee and function score).

Results Three (5 percent) patients in the UKR group and two (3 percent) in the TKR group were unavailable for follow-up at five years. Five-year survivorship based on revision for any reason was 90 percent (95 percent Confidence Interval (CI): 82 to 98) for UKR and 100 percent (95 percent CI: 100 to 100) for TKR (log rank test: p=0.009). The ‘worst-case’ five-year survivorship (assuming all patients lost to follow up are revised) was 85 percent (95 percent CI: 76 to 94) for UKR and 97 percent (95 percent CI: 93 to 100) for TKR (log rank test: p=0.02). The mean post-operative ROM achieved was 105.3 degrees following UKR and 98.3 degrees following TKR (difference 7.0 (95 percent CI 3.3 to 10.6), p< 0.001). There was no difference in the KSS between the two groups for the knee score (difference 0.1 (95 percent CI: −4.3 to 4.5), p=0.9) and function score (difference 2.6 (95 percent CI: −1.7 to 6.9), p=0.2).

Conclusion In comparable patients with osteoarthritis of the knee, survivorship remains superior for TKR at five years. The ROM achieved is greater for UKR but there is no difference in the overall clinical outcome following UKR or TKR. We believe that UKR should only be performed in carefully selected cases because mid-term clinical outcome is similar following UKR or TKR and the complication rate may be higher for UKR.


S.K. Chauhan D. Lucas

Introduction Revision total knee arthroplasty is becoming a more frequent procedure throughout Europe. Painful patello-femoral problems, patellar dislocation, impingement pain as well as aseptic loosening and gross malalignment are among many causes. We investigated the routine use of CT scans in identifying alignment causes for failure as well as in the pre operative planning of the procedure.

Method Twenty poorly functioning total knee arthroplasties were analysed using the Perth CT protocol. All patients were awaiting revision total knee arthroplasty and were scanned using a GE multislice CT scanner. The measurements were performed using standard CT software.

Results The mean coronal position of the components was 3 degrees of valgus for the femoral component and 2.5 degrees of varus for the tibial component. Fourteen knees had errors of femoral component rotation, which ranged from 1 degree of external rotation to 9 degrees of internal rotation. Nine knees had errors of tibial base-plate rotation with all being internally rotated relative to the PCL/Tibial tuberosity axis from 3 to 12 degrees.

The cumulative error of implantation ranged from 6- 24 degrees in all 7 planes.

Discussion Revision total knee arthroplasty remains a difficult procedure but is increasing in frequency. The use of a CT protocol allows all coronal, sagittal and rotational errors in previous implantation to be accurately identified prior to surgery. We believe that all knee revision operations should have a CT scan as part of the pre operative planning.


H. Pandit D. Hollinghurst C. Jenkins Dodd D. Murray

Introduction: The indications for unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) remain controversial; in particular, the threshold of disease in the patellofemoral compartment is debated. Whilst some authorities ignore the condition of the patellofemoral joint, others consider pre-existing patellofemoral osteoarthritis (PFOA) a contraindication to UKA. The aim of this study was to determine the influence of PFOA on the outcome of medial UKA.

Methodology: This prospective study involved one hundred consecutive patients who had undergone cemented medial Oxford UKA (phase 3), via a minimally invasive approach, at least one year previously. Patients were divided into two groups according to the presence or absence of full thickness cartilage loss (FTCL) on the patella or trochlea at operation. Outcome was evaluated with the Knee Society Score (AKSS) and the Oxford Knee Score (OKS, maximum 48). Groups were compared for differences in knee score and intra-operative cartilage status of PFJ using a one way ANOVA. Repeat analysis was performed using the presence of anterior knee pain (AKP) as the group defining variable.

Results: There were 35 patients with FTCL and 65 without. Both groups were well matched for age, gender and activity levels. No significant difference in post operative knee scores existed between groups for the pre-operative presence of FTCL (OKS = 40 in both groups). Similar, non significant, results were found when the pre-operative presence of AKP was used as a group defining factor (OKS 40 Vs 39). The study was sufficiently powered to avoid type II error.

Conclusion: Intra-operative evidence of PFOA in patients with medial compartment osteoarthritis does not prejudice the outcome of UKA at one year. Moreover, the inclusion of patients with symptomatic AKP (with or without concurrent PFOA) also appears not to influence the outcome after UKA.


O. Furnes B. Espehaug S.A. Lie S.E. Vollset L.B. Engesaeter L.I. Havelin

Background: This study was done to compare the early failure of primary cemented unicompartmental knee arthroplasties (UKA) with that of total knee arthroplasties (TKA).

Methods: The Kaplan-Meier survial-method and the Cox multiple regression model were used to compare the failure rates of the primary cemented UKAs (n=1410) and the primary cemented TKAs (patellar resurfaced) (n=2818) that were reported to the Norwegian Arthroplasty Register between 1st January 1994 and 1st April 2003.

Results: 8 years survival for UKAs was 85.2 % (95% CI: 81.5–88.9) compared to 93.0 % (91.5–94.5) for TKAs, relative revision risk (RR) 1.8 (1.4–2.4), p< 0.001. The increased revision risk in UKAs was seen in all age categories. Among the UKAs the 8 years survival showed no statistically significant difference for MOD III, Genesis uni and Oxford II. However, Duracon uni knees had, statistically significantly higher rates of revision, although the numbers of prostheses were low. Two UKAs were introduced recently and the follow up was short. After 3 years the Miller Galante uni had 82.8 % (75.6–90.0) survival compared to 93.8 (91.0–96.6) for the Oxford III knee, p< 0.002. The higher failure rates of the Miller Galante and Duracon knees were mainly due to more loosening of the tibial components. UKAs had an increased risk of revision due to pain, aseptic loosening of the tibial and femoral components and periprosthetic fractures compared to TKAs. The UKAs had a lower risk of infection compared to TKAs.

Conclusions: This prospective study has shown that the prostheses survival of cemented UKAs was not as good as for cemented TKAs. There were differences between the UKAs, but the best UKA had results inferior to the average of the TKAs.


P. Hernigou A. Poignard O. Manicom P. Fillipini G. Mathieu

The purpose was to assess the effect of the posterior slope on the long-term outcome of unicompartmental arthroplasty in knees with intact and deficient anterior cruciate ligaments.

We retrospectively reviewed ninety-nine unicompartmental arthroplasties after a mean duration of follow-up of sixteen years (12 to 20 years). At the time of the arthroplasty, the anterior cruciate ligament was considered to be normal in fifty knees, damaged in thirty-one, and absent in eighteen. At the most recent follow-up, we measured the posterior tibial slope and the anterior tibial translation on standing lateral radiographs.

In the group of seventy-seven knees that had not been revised by the time of the most recent follow-up, there was a significant linear relationship between anterior tibial translation (mean, 3.7 mm) and posterior tibial slope (mean, 4.3) (p = 0.01). The mean posterior slope of the tibial implant was significantly less in the group of seventy-seven knees without loosening of the implant than it was in the group of seventeen knees with loosening of the implant (p = 0.03). Five ruptures of the anterior cruciate ligament occurred in knees in which the ligament had been considered to be normal at the time of implantation; the posterior tibial slope in these five knees was greater than 13 degrees. Clinical evaluation revealed normal or nearly normal anteroposterior stability at the time of the most recent follow-up in all sixty-six unrevised knees in which the anterior cruciate ligament had been present at the time of implantation. Of the eighteen knees in which the anterior cruciate ligament had been absent at the time of the arthroplasty, eleven still had the implant in situ at the time of the most recent follow-up; the mean posterior tibial slope in these 11 knees was less than 5 degrees. Seven knees in which the anterior cruciate ligament had been absent at the time of the arthroplasty were revised. In these 7 knees, the tibial prosthesis was implanted with a posterior slope greater than 8 degrees.

These findings suggest that more than 7 degrees of posterior slope of the tibial implant should be avoided, particularly if the anterior cruciate ligament is absent at the time of implantation. An intact anterior cruciate ligament, even when partly degenerated, was associated with the maintenance of normal anteroposterior stability of the knee for an average of sixteen years following unicompartmental knee arthroplasty.


S. Krisztián A. Gyetvai

Aim: Our goal was to evaluate the short term result of medial unicondylar arthroplasty in a valgus knee and to determine the reason for medial compartment osteoarthritis (OA) in a valgus knee.

Material and method: Between 1997–2001 312 unicondylar arthroplasties have been carried out at our department. 8 were lateral the others were all medial. Of the 304 medial 10 were done for a valgus knee. We examined the pre- and postoperative mechanical and anatomical axis. We rated the knees using the American Knee Society Knee Score on avarage at 5 years follow-up. Intra- and postoperative complications, revisions are noted.

Results: All of the knees had an anatomical axis of increased valgus. The mechanical axis differed, from 3 degrees of varus to 4 degrees of valgus.

8 of the patients rated the result excellent or good. 1 had an acceptable result, 1 had a revision.

Conclusion: Medial compartment OA can develop in a knee with an anatomical axis in valgus, and a mechanical axis of varus. It can be succesfully treated with medial unicondylar arthroplasty. The results are similar to medial unicondylar arthroplasty in a varus knee.


A. Langdown H. Pandit A. Price C. A. F. Dodd D. Murray Svoerd C. Gibbons

Introduction This study assesses the outcome of medial unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) using the Oxford prosthesis for end-stage focal spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee (SONK, Ahlback grades III & IV).

Methods A total of 29 knees (27 patients) with SONK were assessed using the Oxford Knee Score. Twenty-six had osteonecrosis of the medial femoral condyle; 3 had osteonecrosis of the medial tibial plateau. This group was compared to a similar group who had undergone Oxford Medial UKA for primary osteoarthritis. Patients were matched for age, sex and time since operation.

Results Mean length of follow-up was 5.2 years (range 1–13 years). There were no implant failures in either group, but there was one death 9 months post-arthroplasty from unrelated causes in the group with osteonecrosis. The mean Oxford Knee Score (SD) in the group with osteonecrosis was 37.8 (7.6) and 40.0 (6.6) in the group with osteoarthritis. There was no significant difference between the two groups using Student’s t-test (p=0.29).

Interpretation Use of the Oxford Medial UKA for focal spontaneous osteonecrosis of the knee is reliable in the short to medium term, and gives similar results to when used for patients with primary osteoarthritis.


J.G. Ridgeway Bull S. Prescott A. Irwin A. Khaleel

Introduction: Patellar alignment and tracking are very important to a successful surgical outcome in total knee arthroplasty (TKR) and difficult to assess in arthroscopies of the knee. The need for and use of a tourniquet in TKR’s and knee arthroscopies are debatable. One factor against its use is the possible alteration in the extensor mechanism dynamics making intraoperative assessment of patellofemoral (PF) tracking unreliable.

Aim: To assess whether an inflated tourniquet affects patellofemoral tracking.

Method: 10 Healthy male subjects, between 25 to 30 years of age, with no history of anterior knee pain; lower limb trauma, deformities or previous operations; or systemic disorders were admitted to the study. Dynamic sequence (Fast Field Echo scans) MRI scans over 57secs (flexed and extending against resistance to full extension), were performed without a tourniquet, on both knees, on all subjects as a control. A tourniquet, placed around the thigh, inflated to 300mmHg. Dynamic MRI scans were then obtained of each PF joint. PF tracking was then compared statistically.

Results: Of the 20 knees compared, sulcus and congruence angles were within normal limits. There was no significant difference in patellar tilt angle or patellar displacement. A trend of increased femoral external rotation was seen.

Conclusion: An inflated tourniquet placed around the upper thigh with the leg in extension does not alter patellofemoral kinematics in normal subjects. We believe the femoral external rotation seen is a mechanical adaptation of the tourniquet in the groin.


F. Atamaz Aydogdu S. Hepguler H. Sur

The purposes of this study were to determine whether it is necessary to obtain MRI of the knee prior to high tibial osteotomy (HTO) and to evaluate usefulness of MRI regarding its contributions on accurate diagnosing and changing possible indications for surgical intervention in patients on way to HTO.

Preoperative MRI of affected knee of 39 patients (23 female, 16 male) who had indication of HTO due to varus gonarthrosis were evaluated based on expected findings, possible findings and unexpected findings. The structural changes in bone (at femoral condyles, tibial platoes and patellae), meniscal abnormalities, ligamentous changes, the joint space width, osteophytes, subcondral cysts, baker cyst and joint effusion were evaluated. As expected, the most common and severe findings were observed at medial compartment in te majority of patients. For medial femoral condyl (MFC), subchondral sclerosis was seen in 22 patients (56.4%), osteonecrosis was seen in 9 patients (23.1%), bone marrow edema was seen in 4 patients (10.3%). Although there were less severe lesions, similar results were observed in the medial tibial plato (MTP) (51.3%, 17.9% and 7.7%, respectively). In the lateral compartments, the severity of lesions were higher than expected. A higher occurence rate of subchondral sclerosis (48.7%) was observed in patellae. Osteophytes were seen frequently in MFC (in all patients, median 3.8 mm). As expected, medial meniscus changes were observed in all patients. As an unexpected finding, periarticular enchondroma was seen in 2 of patients.

MRI is the most appropriate non-invasive method to examine joint structures, including the cartilage, menisci and synovial tissue that can be obtained with arthroscopy which is invasive and more costly tool. MRI appears to be particularly useful for preoperative evaluation of patients in preventation of unnessary meniscal surgical interventions. The finding of 30% lateral compartment changes observed on MRI, as in arthroscopy, is not an obstacle for indication of HTO.


N.T. O’Malley Sproule F. Khan J.J. Rice P. Nicholson J.P. McElwain

Introduction Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is important in non-invasive evaluation of osseous and soft-tissue structures in the post-traumatic knee. However, it is sometimes impossible to determine if a focus of high signal intensity in the meniscus is confined to the substance, or extends to involve the joint surface. This is a critical differentiation as the latter represents menisci tears that can be found and treated arthroscopically, whereas the former represents degradation, intra-substance tears or normal variants not amenable to arthroscopic intervention.

The aim of this study was to investigate occurrence of altered signal intensity in the posterior horn of the medial meniscus and correlate with arthroscopic findings.

Materials and Methods 64 patients with suspected post-traumatic internal derangement of the knee who underwent MRI prior to arthroscopy were evaluated. All patients initially had MR imaging of the symptomatic knee using a standard protocol in a Siemens Symphony 1.5 Tesle Magnetom. MR images were then interpreted and reported by 2 radiologists experienced in MR and skeletal radiology. Meniscal tears were graded according to the system validated by Lotysch. A Grade 3 signal was considered unequivocal evidence of a meniscal tear. Equivocal tears (Grade 2/3 signal) were diagnosed if it was unclear if there was a small portion of normal intact meniscal tissue between a linear high signal in the meniscus and the articular surface abutting the meniscus.

Arthroscopy was subsequently performed by senior surgeons aware of the MR findings within 2 weeks of imaging.

Patients were re-assessed clinically and evaluated functionally at a mean follow-up time of 5 months. Radiographic, arthroscopic and clinical results were then correlated and evaluated.

Results There were 48 males and 16 females in the group, with a mean age of 28.2 years.. Tears of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus were reported on MRI unequivocally (Grade 3 signal) in 18 patients and equivocally (Grade 2/3 signal) in 10 patients. Subsequent arthroscopic correlation revealed 16 tears (89%) in the unequivocal group and only one tear (10%) in the equivocal group.

Discusion The finding that only 10% of patients with an equivocal tear in the posterior horn of the medial meniscus on MRI were subsequently found to have a tear on arthroscopy would suggest that early arthroscopic intervention is not warranted in these cases. We suggest that unless symptoms persist over the course of 3 to 6 months, or if a more compelling symptom complex develops, only then should arthroscopic evaluation be considered.

Conclusion Equivocal tears on MRI of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus have a low rate of arthroscopically detected tears and a trial of conservative therapy may be prudent in such cases.


S. Meizer R. Kotsaris G. Stolz G. Petje Krasny M. Wlk F. Landsiedl N. Aigner

Bone marrow edema is a common cause of pain of the locomotor apparatus. We reviewed 50 patients (28 male, 22 female) with bone marrow edema of the knee. The patients mean age was 56.2 12.8 years. 8 cases were estimated to have an idiopathic BME, 10 posttraumatic and the other 32 ones to be secondary to an activated osteoarthritis or to mechanic stress. Iloprost is a vasoactive prostacyclin analogue. Therapy consisted of a series of five infusions with either 20 or 50g of iloprost given over 6 hours on 5 consecutive days each. Pain at rest as well as under stress were assessed with a semi quantitative scale from before and 4 months after therapy. MRI investigations were done before and repeated 4 months after therapy.

At the clinical follow-up 4 months after therapy, pain level at rest had diminished 84% (p < 0.0001). 70% of patients referred about a reduction, 30% about no change. Pain under stress decreased 57%, (p < 0.0001). 76% of patients showed lower pain under activity, 24% no change from baseline. There was no increase of pain level in any patient. In MRI in 85% a significant reduction of the BME size or complete restitution could be observed, 15% showed no change. Response rate to iloprost infusions came to 100% in idiopathic, 100% in posttraumatic and 66% in secondary BME. A significant reduction of side effects could be reached by lowering the daily dosage from 50 to 20g.

The authors conclude that parenteral application of iloprost might be a viable method in the treatment of BME of different origins.


A.L. Van Huyssteen M.R.G. Hendrix C.J. Wakeley J.D. Eldridge

Introduction: Trochlear dysplasia is an important anatomical factor in symptomatic patellar instability. The impression at surgery is that the dysplasia is predominantly an abnormality of the proximal trochlea. There is a mismatch between the bony and cartilaginous trochlear anatomy in normal knees. This study assessed the mismatch in dysplastic trochleas.

Methods: The MRI scans of 25 knees in 23 patients with patellar instability and trochlear dysplasia were reviewed retrospectively. Axial fat saturation images where used to assess cartilaginous and bony trochlear morphology. The following parameters were measured in the three most proximal images of each trochlea:

Cartilaginous and bony sulcus angles.

Cartilage thickness in the sulcus and on both condyles.

Morphology of the bony and cartilaginous surface contour (flat, convex or concave).

Horizontal distance of the bony and cartilaginous sulcus measured from the lateral epicondyle.

Inter and intra observer error was recorded.

Results: There were 15 females and 8 males with an average age of 20.4 years (14 30).

The average bony sulcus angle (SA) was 166.9 degrees (141 – 203) whereas the average cartilaginous SA was 184.8 degrees (152 – 222). In 74 of 75 axial images (98.6%) the cartilaginous SA was greater than the bony SA by an average of 17.6 degrees (3 45).

The average cartilage thickness in the centre of the trochlea was 3.5 mm (1.4 – 5.2), and the thickness on the lateral and medial condyles were 2.2mm (1.8 3.5) and 1.9mm (0.6 3.3) respectively.

In 74 of 75 axial images (98.6%) the cartilaginous contour was different to the osseous contour on subjective assessment. In 58 of 75 images (77.3%) the cartilaginous contour changed the bony morphology from concave to flat or convex, or from flat to convex. In 17 (22.6%) it reduced the concavity.

The average horizontal distance of the bony sulcus from the lateral epicondyle was 33.7mm (24 42) and that of the cartilaginous sulcus 31.8mm (23 39).

Conclusion: This study demonstrates that the cartilaginous trochlear morphology differs markedly from that of the underlying bony trochlea in patients with trochlear dysplasia. Although the bony trochlea was dysplastic, the cartilage morphology worsened this abnormal shape. Since cartilage is poorly represented on routine radiography and computed tomography, MRI is necessary to demonstrate both the bony and cartilaginous morphology to facilitate surgical planning.


R. Padua L. Bondi M. Galluzzo E. Ceccarelli S. Campi A. Campi

Introduction MRI accuracy in detecting knee lesions is a discussed controversy. Not always different knee lesions, diagnosed by MRI are confirmed by arthroscopy. The aim of this study is to correlate the accuracy of history, physical examination and MRI in evaluating meniscal and ACL lesions.

Methods A prospective comparative study was performed to compare anamnestic and clinical data, MRI findings and arthroscopic findings to better understand the role of these methods and to assess if there are significative differences between various knee disorders. One hundred patients undergoing to arthroscopy for knee injuries were evaluated before surgery, registering anamnestic data, clinical examination and MRI findings. At the time of surgery every finding was registered and then compared with the previous acquired data.

Results The most accurate data for diagnosis appears from history and clinical examination. The study showed a statistically significative differences between the RMI and arthroscopic findings. Differences between radiologist were detected in MRI data.

Conclusion The results of such type of study, underlining the reliability and accuracy of patient’s history, clinical examination and MRI, comparing the different results among them and in various knee injuries. The accuracy of every test is the first step for an evidence based decision analysis process and represent a step forward an efficacious and economical pattern in diagnosis.


B. Atilla M. Pekmezci M. Tokgozoglu M. Alpaslan

Purpose: Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is safe and effective in patients with advanced hemophilic arthropathy. This procedure is extremely successful in pain relief and improving functional status, however the limited restoration in motion due to preexisting soft tissue contractures, remains a concern. The purpose of this study is to report the results of TKA in patients with hemophilia using posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) sacrificing prostheses.

Materials and Methods: The records of 18 consequtive hemophilic arthropathy patients who underwent total knee arthroplasty at our institution between 1998 and 2003 were retrospectively reviewed. The patients were evaluated by International Knee Society (IKS) Scoring system with specific attention to range of motion parameters and functional status at preoperative and postoperative clinical evaluation. Postoperative radiologic evaluation was based on the knee Society roent-genographic evaluation and scoring system.

Results: The average age at operation was 34 years (range, 18–60) with an average follow-up of 51 months (range, 12–74). TKA resulted in an improvement in functional and knee scores, and range of motion parameters (p< 0,01). However, the functional status of the patients improved better than the knee status (p < 0,01). No signs of radiographic loosening were seen in any of the components at the final follow-up evaluation. There were two early hemarthrosis which required open lavage. Four patients had late complications. One patient had a periprosthetic fracture, which was treated with open reduction and internal fixation. Another patient had tibial tubercle avulsion and conservative treatment was choosen. One patient had revision secondary to progression of flexion contracture due to repetitive intraarticular hemorrhage, at the third year (26th month). One patient had deep infection.

Conclusions: Our results demonstrate the excellent results in terms of functional scores and to a lesser extent in knee scores. Evaluation of the subcategories of the knee score demonstrated the limited restoration of motion as the reason for lower success rate in knee scores. Although PCL sacrificing designs allow better motion restoration, futher techniques should be developed to release the extraarticular structures that contribute to the flexion contracture, such as hamstring release.


M. Pekmezci B. Atilla O. Ugur S. Dundar

Purpose: Recurrent hemarthrosis is a common clinical entity in hemophiliacs. They not only interfere with daily life but also trigger hemophilic arthropathy. Synovial hypertrophy has a pivot role in hemarthrosis related joint damage and ablation of the synovium prevents further deterioration. Current treatment strategy is to ablate synovium in the early stages in order to prevent progression of the arthropathy. We report a series of hemophilia patients with advanced arthropathy who had been treated with radionuclide synoviorthesis.

Materials and Methods: The patients who had been treated with radionuclide synoviorthesis for either knee or elbow disease between 2002 and 2004 were included in this study. The inclusion criteria were having > 1 hemarthrosis episode per month in the index joint, chronic synovial hypertrophy, advanced degenerative changes of grade III and IV as defined by Arnold-Hilgartner Classification, F8 inhibitor level < 3. The frequency of hemarthrosis, range of motion of the affected joint, pain level that was evaluated by visual analog scale, was recorded during each follow-up. 90Y was used for the synoviorthesis of the knee, whereas 186Re was used for the elbow cases. Patients were screened for radionuclide leak by using a gamma camera following the injection.

Results: Twenty radionuclide synoviorthesis were performed in 14 knees. The average age was 20 (range, 10–31) with an average follow-up of 17 months (range, 3–29). There were 12 severe hemophilia A and 2 severe hemophilia B patients. The frequency of intaarticular bleeding episodes was significantly reduced at the final follow-up (p< 0,05). Although the range of motion and the pain scores were improved, the change was not statistically significant (p> 0,05). Six patients required repeated treatment because of inadequate response. No radioactive material leakage were detected at the draining lymph nodes.

Conclusions: Our results demonstrate that radionuclide synoviorthesis significantly reduces the number of the bleeding episodes even in the knees presenting with advanced arthritis, and increases the quality of life. Although most patients respond to single injection, some patients may require more than one injection, to achieve a satisfactory clinical outcome.


M. Bohnsack C. Hurschler A. Wilharm T. Demirtas O. Ruehmann C.J. Wirth

Introduction: This biomechanical study evaluates the consequences of a mid-third BPTB-autograft excision on patellofemoral biomechanics and knee kinematics. Of particular interest was the potential role of a BPTB-autograft excision on postoperative anterior knee pain in ACL replacement surgery.

Methods: Isokinetic knee extension from 120 of flexion to full extension was simulated on 9 human knee cadaver specimens (5 male, 4 female, average age at death 43 years). Joint kinematics was evaluated by ultrasound sensors (CMS 100TM, Zebris, Isny, Germany), and retro-patellar contact pressure was measured using a thin-film resistive ink pressure system (K-ScanTM 4000, Tekscan, Boston). All data were taken before and after excision of a mid-third BPTB-autograft.

Results: Following excision of a mid-third patella tendon autograft we found a significant (p< 0.05) proximalization of the patella (average: 0.5 mm) and a significant decrease of patella flexion in the sagittal plane (average: 1). Patella tilt, -rotation (frontal plane), -translation (medial/lateral) and tibiarotation (external-/internal), -axis (varus-/valgus position) remained unchanged. Patellofemoral contact pressure and -area decreased significantly near knee extension (p< 0.05).

Conclusions: We conclude that an excision of a mid-third patella tendon autograft results in a lengthening of the tendon with a proximalization of the patella. As the patellofemoral pressure decreases and the patella remains centralized, postoperative anterior knee pain following ACL-replacement using a BPTB autograft can not be explained by the results of our study.


M. Bohnsack C. Hurschler A. Wilharm O. Ruehmann C. Stukenborg-Colsman CJ. Wirth

Purpose: The study was designed to evaluate the biomechanical and neurohistological properties of the infrapatellar fat especially concerning its potential role in the anterior knee pain syndrome.

Methods: Isokinetic knee extension from 120 of flexion to full extension was simulated on 10 human knee cadaver specimens (6 male, 4 female, average age at death 44 years). Joint kinematics was evaluated by ultrasound sensors (CMS 100TM, Zebris, Isny, Germany), and retro-patellar contact pressure was measured using a thin-film resistive ink pressure system (K-ScanTM 4000, Tekscan, Boston). The infrapatellar tissue pressure was analyzed using a closed sensor cell. The patellar contact pressure was measured before and after resection of the infrapatellar fat pad. The distribution of nerve fibres in the infrapatellar fat pad was assed immunohistologically in a second part of the study.

Results: Infrapatellar tissue pressure significantly increased during knee extension < 20 and flexion > 100 ranging from 343 (223) mbar at O- to 60 (64) mbar at 60 of flexion. Total resection of the infrapatellar fat pad resulted in a significant decrease in tibial external rotation of 3° in full knee extension (p=0.011), combined with a significant medial translation of the patella between 29 and 69° knee flexion (p=0.017 to 0.028). Retropatellar contact pressure was significantly (p< 0.05) reduced at all flexion angles, at 120° knee flexion more than in full knee extension. Studying all the detectable nerves present in 50 fields (x200 objective) we found an average of 6.4 substance-P- (25%) of a total of 24.7 nerve fibres in the infrapatellar fat pad. There was a significantly (p< 0.01) higher number of substance-P-fibers (24.4 (28%) of 105.7) in the superficial synovial tissue. The number of S-100-fibers was significantly (p< 0.05) higher in the central and lateral part of the fat pad.

Conclusions: Based on these results, we conclude that resection of the infrapatellar fat pad could potentially reduce clinical symptoms in the anterior knee pain syndrome, and that, contrary to commonly believed, the infrapatellar fat pad may have a biomechanical function and play a role in the anterior knee pain syndrome.


S. Hinterwimmer Eisenhart-Rothe M. Gotthardt S. Sauerland M. Siebert T. Vogl H. Graichen

Objective: Ex vivo studies have suggested that cartilage contact areas and pressure are of high clinical relevance in the ethiology of osteoarthritis in patients with patellar subluxation. The aims of this study were therefore to validate in vivo measurements of contact areas with 3D open magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and to study knee joint contact areas in patients with patellar subluxation at different angles of knee flexion in comparison with healthy subjects.

Methods: 3D-MR image data sets of 12 healthy volunteers and 8 patients with patellar subluxation were acquired using a standard clinical (1.5T) and an open (0.2T) MRI scanner. We compared femoro-patellar and femoro-tibial contact areas obtained with two different sequences from open MRI [dual-echo-steady-state (DESS) and fast-low-angle-shot (FLASH) sequences] with those derived from standard clinical 1.5 T MRI. We then analyzed differences in joint contact areas between healthy subjects and patients with patellar subluxation at 0, 30 and 90 of knee flexion using open MRI.

Results: The correlation of the size of contact areas from open MRI with standard clinical MRI data ranged from r = 0.52 to 0.92. Open-MRI DESS displayed a smaller overestimation of joint contact areas (+21 % in the femoro-patellar, +12% in the medial femoro-tibial, and +19% in the lateral femoro-tibial compartment) than FLASH (+40%, +37%, +30%, respectively). The femoro-patellar contact areas in patients were significantly reduced in comparison with healthy subjects (− 47% at 0, − 56% at 30, and − 42% at 90 of flexion; all p < 0.01), whereas no significant difference was observed in femoro-tibial contact areas.

Conclusions: Open MRI allows one to quantify joint contact areas of the knee with reasonable accuracy, if an adequate pulse sequences is applied. The technique permits one to clearly identify differences between patients with patellar subluxation and healthy subjects at different flexion angles, demonstrating a significant reduction and lateralization of contact areas in patients. In the future application of this in vivo technique is of particular interest for monitoring the efficacy of different types of surgical and conservative treatment options for patellar subluxation.


S. Anand S. Mitchell C. Bamforth T. Asumu K.A. Buch

Aim: To determine effect of single post-operative injection of Sodium Hyaluronate (Viscoseal) on the pain and joint function, following arthroscopic knee surgery.

Method: Study design: A randomized, prospective, controlled, double blinded trial after ethical approval. Study procedure: Consenting patients (age group 18–60 years) undergoing arthroscopic knee surgery were randomized to either study group or control group, after the completion of their operation. Control group had 10 mls of 0.5% Bupivacaine injected in the joint after the procedure, while study group had 10 mls of Viscoseal (Sodium Hyaluronate preparation devoid of animal protein) injected in the joint. Patients were given questionnaires to assess their pain and function at various times (Preoperatively; 2 hour following surgery; Day 1, Day 7, 3 week and 6 week following surgery). Primary efficacy parameters used were Pain visual analogue scores at rest, on movement and on weight bearing. Secondary efficacy parameters used included WOMAC questionnaire, SF-12 general health questionnaire and use of rescue medication. Patients were evaluated clinically at 6 weeks by a blinded physiotherapist.

Results: 48 patients (Average age-41 years, 20 female, 28 male) undergoing knee arthroscopy were randomized (24 patients each). The hyaluronate group exhibited markedly lesser degrees of immediate post-operative pain and swelling; reduced need for analgesics, and a significantly larger drop in WOMAC scores than the bupivacaine group (p< 0.05). SF-12 scores and delayed pain VAS score improved by a comparable amount. In particular, those undergoing partial meniscectomy exhibited greater benefits with hyaluronate. No complications were recorded in either of the groups.

Conclusion: Sodium hyaluronate (Viscoseal) injections could be safely used following arthroscopic knee surgery, to facilitate patient’s recovery.


S. Aravindan H. Prem A. Newman-Sanders Mowbray

Purpose of the study: To develop a new treatment algorithm for patients with chronic anterior knee pain based on kinematic patella tracking MR imaging.

Methods and Results: Patients with anterior knee pain of more than one year duration and not responding to non-operative treatment, underwent kinematic MRI study. The provocative test was performed with the conventional MRI scanner and the patient extending the knee against resistance, the resistance provided by inflated beach ball. A retrospective analysis was done of first seventy patients, who had undergone this scanning technique.

On the imaging films, four measurements were made. They were patella subluxation, tilt, cartilage thickness and the Tibial Tubercle Trochlear distance (TTD). Patellar subluxation was classified as mild, moderate and severe. We found that a Tibial Tubercle Trochlea distance of 18mm had a specifity of 100% and a sensitivity of 89% for severe maltracking.

Conclusion: Kinematic MR Imaging is a useful investigation before considering operative treatment for patients with chronic anterior knee pain. Based on our study, we conclude that those patients with moderate lateral maltracking with a TTD< 18 mm should be offered lateral release and those with severe maltracking and TTD> 18mm should have a tibial tubercle transfer, in addition to lateral release.


C. Luring T. Hufner D. Kendoff L. Perlick H. Bathis C. Krettek J. Grifka

Introduction Correct postoperative leg alignment and stability of total knee prothesis over the full range of movement is one critical factor for successful TKA. This can only be achieved by correct implantation of prothesis and soft tissue handling. Still arthrotomy, surgical approach and handling of patella are discussed controversially.

Materials and Methods In a cadaver specimen study we evaluated the influence of everted or subluxated patella on limb axis during balancing of the knee in three different standard surgical approaches. For each approach we operated five knees. Leg alignment was visualised by Ci CT-free DePuy/BrainLAB navigation system. First, physiological leg alignment was measured. Then the different approaches were performed and a.p. leg axis was first measured and compared as well with everted as with subluxed patella in extension and second in 90 degrees flexion.

Results Eversion of patella leads to an alteration in leg axis compared to subluxed patella of 0.58 degrees (SD: 0.03, range: 0.54–0.6) limb axis in valgus direction in full extension. In 90 degrees flexion we found a mean deviation of leg axis of 0.48 degrees (SD: 0.11, range: 0.38–0.6) with everted patella compared to subluxed patella.

Discussion The surgeon has to be aware of this falsifying influence of everted patella to the a.p. limb axis.


M. Pons A. Pasarin J. Garcia B.R. Viladot

Objective: The objective of this study is to evaluate the role of quadriceps tightness in patients with patellar symptoms.

Material and methods: We evaluated 64 patients (12 men and 52 women) diagnosed of patellar malalignment, chondromalacia, patellar pain, patellar subluxation... in 100 knees. We defined 2 groups according the presence or not of imaging disorders: Group A (48 knees) with normal x-ray and CT-scan; group B (52 knees) with malalignment in x-ray or CT-scan. In both groups we evaluated quadriceps tightness by placing the patient prone and passively bringing the heels toward buttock. Average distance between heels/buttock (HBD) was 9.1 cm. in both groups before treatment and none presented HBD = 0 cm. Treatment consisted in passive quadriceps stretches after warm-up.

Results: After 11 rehabilitation sessions (range: 9–12), average HBD was 2.5 cm. in group A and 3.6 cm. in group B. HBD = 0 cm. was present in 32/48 knees in group A and 12/52 knees in group B. With a follow-up of 36–48 months, patients with HBD = 0 and values of HBD similar to values after treatment were present in both groups. After follow-up, pain was reported in 4/36 patients in group A and 20/28 in group B.

Conclusions: Quadriceps tightness is always present in patients with patellar symptoms and it is a valuable and reproducible sign. Passive quadriceps stretches are highly effective in patients with normal imaging tests and can be useful before surgery in patients with patellar malalignment


Z. Maldonado P. Seebeck

Although osteochondral defects (OCD) following trauma, sport or degenerative diseases occur frequently, healing remains an unresolved clinical problem. These defects seem to appear more often in convex surfaces than in concave ones.

In vivo studies have demonstrated the influence of mechanical conditions on osteochondral repair[1]. However, the influence of the local joint curvature on the mechanical environment as well as the effect of defect fillings on healing remained unknown. We hypothesize that healing of OCD is strongly affected by the local mechanical environment generated after variations in the joint geometry specifically on concave and convex joint surfaces.

To study spontaneous repair, OCD (mm, 1.5mm depth) in 18 minipigs were created. Based on this knowledge, a predictive biphasic finite element model for tissue differentiation was created to simulate osteochondral healing. The model was validated by comparison of simulated healing with histological and histomorphometrical outcomes. Differentiation was regulated by the combination of a mechanical stimulus with a factor for differentiation defined for each tissue. The mechanical conditions arising from different predesigned defect fillings have been evaluated: Grafts with 100% (P1) and 50% (P2) of the native subchondral bone stiffness were analyzed.

The healing pattern was in general qualitatively comparable to the findings of a gross examination of the histological sections. Generally, the pattern appears to be almost independent of the joint curvature. More hyaline cartilage (HC) was formed in the concave model during simulated healing. The maximum percentage of HC during the simulations was smaller and occurred earlier in the one (27 vs. 40%). In vivo 33% of HC was registered in the 12th week[2]. Defect filling restoring sub-chondral bone quality (P1) allowed a larger amount of hyaline cartilage formation than a less rigid filling (P2).

Until today the more frequent occurrence of OCD at convex joint surfaces reported in the clinical practice has not been related to the local mechanical environment. This study is the first to demonstrate that this may be related to the mechanical stimulus for healing. In fact, during healing simulation HC formation was affected by changes in the joint surface curvature.

A continuity of material properties in the layers under an OCD, which operates as basis for the newly formed cartilage, is important for the development of a tissue with adequate mechanical quality for load transmission. Indeed hyaline cartilage formation occurs earlier when P1 as when P2 was used.

The use of a predictive tissue differentiation model allows a better understanding of the mechanical aspects of healing. Further analysis is however required before such algorithm may be applied in clinical cases. To consider mechanical factors affecting healing, appear to be of importance.


J. Bruns J. Steinhagen M. Rayf

One of the most important factors influencing therapeutical decisions in orthopaedic surgery are long-term results. Although, osteochondritis dissecans (o.c.d.) of the femoral condyles is the most often occurring location little is known about long-term results. Furthermore, it is of interest to see the time course of such patients regarding the development of secondary osteoarthritis. Thus, it was the aim of our study to re-analyse patients suffering from o.c.d. of the femoral condyle which had been operated have been followed up after a medium time-intervall.

Material & methods: 97 of 147 with o.c.d. of the femoral condyles which were operated using different surgical techniques depending on the stage were followed-up clinically (Lysholm-Score) & radiologically (Arcq- classification/Tapper- & Hoover-score for OA). Results were analysed depending on the age, stage and surgical technique. In 2nd follow-up ten years after the first follow-up patients were reexamined with the same clinical and radiological scores.

Results: At 1st follow-up we found a median Lysholm-Score of 83.7 (21–100, SD 19.6) pts.. Regarding the OA-changes in 56.3% no changes, in 21.9 % 1°-changes, in 3.1% 3°-changes, in 6.3 % 3°-changes & in 12.5 % 4° changes. The mean stage postop. was 0.97 SD 1.4. Ten years later similar results were found: in 56.3% no osteoarthritic changes were seen. 1°-changes were found in 21.9%, 2°-changes in 3.1% and 3°-changes in 6.3% and severe OA 4°-changes were found in 12.5%. In comparison to the 1st follow-up at the 2nd follow-up no individual changes could be detected in 73 %, a slight impairment in 11.5 % & a slight improvement in 15.4%. In most of the patients osteoarthritic changes were slight & did not show a severe impairment after a mean of 20.3 years.

Depending on the age (the stage of the growth plate open vs. closed) adolescents exhibited no or slight oa-changes in 83.3% & moderate changes in 16.7%. Severe oa-changes were not detectable. Adults exhibited a distinct higher incidence of oa (no o.-a.: 37.5%/1°: 25%/2°: 12.5% 3°:/12.5%/4°:12.5%). Regarding the surgical technique retrograde technique leaving the cartilage layer intact resulted in distinct better results than those perforating the cartilage layer.

Conclusion: Best long-term results with a low incidence of OA are to obtain in cases with o.c.d. with intact cartilage layer not necessitating cartilage damage. Worst results are seen in adult patients with 4°-lesions.


J. Fritz D. Albrecht B. Schewe T. Krackhardt C. Gaissmaier K. Weise

Introduction: Within the last few years numerous operative procedures have been described aiming a biological repair of damaged articular cartilage. Current techniques are: Microfracture, Osteochondral Autografting (Mosaicplasty) and Autologous Chondrocyte Transplantation (ACT).

Several new studies have shown, that the defect size plays a major role in the clinical outcome of the different procedures. Thus, it makes sense to measure the size of a cartilage defect before indicating a certain method for biological repair.

Material and Methods: We have developed a software (beta-version) for measuring the size of a cartilage defect during a routine arthroscopy in a real-time mode. The programme is based on an Infrared-Navigation tool (Orthopilot, B.Braun-Aesculap, Germany).

In order to proof the reliability and the usefulness of this device, we carried out following study: in each of 6 cadaver-knees we performed 2 full-thickness cartilage defects (MFC and LFC) of different size.

In a first run 3 surgeons had to scope the joint and estimate the defect size with means of a scaled probe-hook. In a second run we performed a measurement of the defect with the Orthopilot™; finally an open measurement after arthrotomy was done to act as reference.

Results: Measurement of the cartilage defect size was clearly superior to an estimation by probehook. Especially the inter-observer difference between the surgeons was widely spread, whereas the max. mismeasurement with the Orthopilot was 2mm.

Discussion: Our study has shown, that navigational-assisted determination of chondral defects is superior to a simple estimation of a defect size by a probehook. Considering that the defect size is a crucial point in choosing the appropriate procedure for the treatment of cartilage defects, navigation devices like the CDM-software is maybe a helpful tool in making the right decision for a suitable method of biological cartilage repair.


Full Access
M. Gonchikar P. Lakshmanan A. Sharma M. Gonchikar

Background: Autologous blood from reinfusion drains are commonly used after major joint arthroplasties with a view to decrease the heterologous blood transfusion requirement. The aim of this study is to find the effect of reinfusion drains on the difference in haemoglobin (Hb) level before and after total knee arthroplasties.

Material and Methods: Between January 2001 and October 2003, 158 patients had total knee arthroplasty on one side. The type of thromboprophylaxis used was the same in all the patients. 74 patients had autologous blood transfusion through reinfusion drains (Group I) while 84 patients had no autologous blood transfusion and ordinary suction drains were used to drain the wound in the immediate postoperative period (Group II). The mean age was 72.1 +/− 8.5 in group I and 69.3 +/− 9.1 in group II. In each patient the preoperative Hb level, the amount of autologous blood transfusion, the postoperative Hb level and the amount of heterologous bleed transfusion requirement were noted.

Results: The mean preoperative Hb level was 13.6 +/− 1.4 g/dL (10.4–18.1) in group I and 13.7 +/− 1.3 g/dL (7.9–16.5) in group II. The mean postoperative Hb level was 10.7 +/− 1.5 g/dL (10.4–18.1) in group I and 10.7 + 1.6 g/dL (5.4 +/− 13.6) in group II. The difference in Hb level between the two groups was analysed using t-test and found to be not significant (p = 0.76), with the mean difference between the groups being 0.05 and the 95% CI to the mean difference includes zero (range −0.3 to +0.4). The difference in Hb level before and after surgery was plotted against the amount of autologous blood transfused and it was observed that there was no significant improvement with increased amount of autologous blood transfusion. The cost of reinfusion drain is 36.43 (~ 53.37 Euros) more than the suction drain.

Conclusion: Autologous blood from reinfusion drains did not significantly improve the postoperative Hb level. Further usage of reinfusion drain is not cost-beneficial.


M. Ballester J. Auleda M. Coll G. Olle

Introduction: Knee replacement surgery is associated with minimal intraoperative blood loss, but marked postoperativelloss.

Allogenic blood transfusions are associated with known risks.

The need to establish programmes of blood conservation in knee replacement surgery becomes evident.

We present a retrospective comparative study of 3 blood salvage methods used in TKR: autologous blood donation, cell saver and tranexamico acid.

The purpose of this study is to asses the results of tranexamic acid compared with other used methods.

Material and methods: We reviewed 90 TKR operated during 2002–2003 with the same technique and by the same surgical team.

3 patients cohorts have been done based on the blood saving method used,

Patients and surgical variables were recorded, to confirm the homogeneity of the groups.

Haemoglobin and hematocrit levels in preoperative, early postoperative and late postoperative were collected, as well as blood loss and the number of blood units transfused.

Results: The statistic analysis of the 3 groups didn’t show any differences between them, assuring the homogeneity.

ANOVA statistical analysis was done, showing significative differences in the early postoperative Hb and HTC, 9.4 g/dL −28.1% in autologous group, 9.6g/dL−28.5% in cell saver group and 10.8g/dl−31.4% in the tranexamic acid group.

Total blood loss was 1088.5 mL in the autologous group, 1080mL in the cell saver group and 690.3 mL in the tranexamic acid group, showing significant differences (p.< 0.001).

The autologous group received 1.4 units of blood per patient, compared with 0.6 in the cell saver group and 0.2 in the tranexamic acid group (p< 0.05).

Conclusions: We conclude that the use of tranexamic acid in total knee replacement reduces postoperative blood loss, keeps Hb and HTC during the postoperative and significatively reduces the need of blood transfusion compared with other systems.


R. Patel J. Stygall J. Harrington S. Newman F.S. Haddad

Aims: To assay the intraoperative cerebral microemboli load during primary total knee arthroplasty(TKA) using transcranial Doppler ultrasound. A battery of ten neuropsychiatric tests were carried out pre and post operatively to examine the change in cognitive outcome. The relationship between emboli load and neuropsychiatric outcome was examined.

Methods: Patients undergoing primary TKA, with no history of stroke, TIA, ongoing CNS disease or alcoholism included. Pre (baseline) and post operative (6 weeks and 6 months) neuropsychiatric tests performed. Scores were recorded as “z change” scores compared with baseline. All operations were carried out under a standardised general anaesthetic and performed by two consultant orthopaedic surgeons. Microemboli load recorded, using transcranial Doppler ultrasound (TCD), onto VHS tape for subsequent playback and analysis.

Results: 50 TKA patients were studied. Cerebral microembolisation occurred in 63% of TKA patients. Mean microembolic load for TKA patients was 3.83 (range=0–57).

There was no significant change in neuropsychiatric outcome from baseline in these patients at 6 weeks or 6 months. Those patients that experienced cerebral microembolisation did not significantly differ in neuropsychiatric outcome from those that did not.

Conclusion: Intraoperative cerebral microembolisation occurs in almost half of patients during knee arthroplasty. Emboli loads are low and do not appear to cause early or late changes in neuropsychiatric outcome.


S.M. Hussain D. Robinson W.A. Hadden

Background: To our knowledge, a prospective randomised study comparing blood loss between cemented and uncemented total knee replacement has not been performed.

Method: From 1994 to 2004, 205 consecutive patients (78 men and 128 women) undergoing total knee replacement was randomised to one of the two groups, cemented Kinnimax or uncemented LCS knees. 96.1 % of the procedures were performed for osteoarthritis whilst 3.9 % for RA. All patients had haemoglobin and heamatocrit recorded preoperatively and postoperatively. Each patients height, weight and body mass index were recorded preoperatively. The red blood cell (RBC) volume loss was measured using an indirect method which involved calculations using height, weight and pre op and post op haematocrit. The mean post operative RBC volume in cemented knees was 1.32lts whilst that of uncemented knees was 1.38lts; p value – 0.202.

Results: The mean red cell volume loss in cemented knees was 0.39lts and that of uncemented knees was 0.45lts, p value 0.015 which was statistically significant. There was no statistically significant difference in relation to preoperative deformity, approach or ASA grade. There was statistically significant increase in tourniquet time in cemented knees.

Conclusion: Our study concludes that the uncemented knees loose more blood compared to cemented knees. There have been smaller studies looking at this, but we believe this to be the largest and most comprehensive to date.


J. Kirkos C.Th. Krystallis P.A. Konstantinidis K.A. Papavasiliou M.J. Kyrkos L.G. Ikonomidis

Background. The postoperative salvage and re-infusion of autologous blood, has become a very attractive alternative to allogenic transfusion, especially in patients that undergo primary Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA). The increased demand for blood that is required during this operation, the fear of transfusion-related diseases and the continuingly increasing pressure that is forced on hospitals’ blood depots has rendered this procedure quite popular. In order to assess the efficacy of autologous blood drainage and re-transfusion as far as the amount of salvaged blood, the need for allogenic transfusion and the effect of this procedure on the postoperative haemoglobin value are concerned, we conducted a prospective study.

Methods. One hundred and fifty five patients suffering from primary osteoarthritis of the knee that were treated with TKA in 2002 were included in this study. A tourniquet was used in all cases. In Group A» (n=77) it was released prior to the wound closure in order to achieve haemostasis and 2 standard suction drains were then placed. In Group B» (n=78) it remained until the completion of the operation, an auto-transfusion system was placed and the salvaged blood was re-transfused within 6 hours postoperatively. Group’s «B» patients were further divided into 2 subgroups according to the administration or not of methylprednisolone before the auto-transfusion. The patients’ haemoglobin and platelets were measured before, at 8 and 24 hours after surgery. The days of postoperative fever were also noted.

Results. Over 170 units of blood were salvaged and re-transfused. No Group B» patient received allogenic blood preoperatively. Group’s B» patients received only 42 while Group’s A» 124 units of allogenic blood. Patients who received autologous blood had higher levels of haemoglobin at 8 (p< 0.05) and at 24 hours postoperatively (p< 0.01) and needed less allogenic blood (p< 0.01). The administration of methylprednisolone ameliorated the postoperative febrile movement (p=0.01).

Conclusions. Postoperative blood salvage and re-tperfusion in patients undergoing TKA, was found to be an efficient, safe and patient-beneficial method.


N.M. Orpen C. Little G. Walker E. Crawfurd

Introduction: Surgery and the use of pneumatic tourniquets lead to an increase in the activity of the fibrinolytic system, which in turn may accentuate the blood loss during knee arthroplasty. Drugs that inhibit the fibrinolytic system may thus be used to reduce blood loss. Tranexamic acid (TA) acts by binding to one of the enzymes at the start of the coagulation cascade, so inhibiting the fibrinolytic system. A concern is that this inhibition may have the side effect of increasing thromboembolic disease, a common complication of joint replacement surgery. We aim to confirm the reductions in blood loss and to assess the impact of TA usage on clinical and sub-clinical DVT.

Method: We performed a prospective, randomised, double blind, controlled trial, using patients due to undergo primary unilateral total knee arthroplasty. Patients were randomised to receive either 15mg/kg of tranexamic acid or a similar volume of normal saline at the time of cementing of the prosthesis. Perioperative blood loss was recorded and patients were screened for DVT with duplex ultrasound assessment of both legs on the fifth post-operative day.

Results: A statistically significant (p=0.006) decrease in blood loss in the early post operative period was noted in the group receiving tranexamic acid. This was not associated with a significant difference in total blood loss (p=0.55) or in transfusion requirements. There was no evidence of DVT in either group on duplex ultrasound screening of the lower limbs.

Interpretation: One injection of 15mg/kg of tranexamic given at the time of cementing the prosthesis in total knee arthroplasty, before deflation of the tourniquet, significantly decreases the amount of blood loss in the early post operative period. The treatment was not associated with an increase in thromboembolic complications.


N. Confalonieri A. Manzotti K. Motavalli M. Fascia

Introduction: Drainage of the surgical wound following major surgical procedures is advocated to avoid haematoma formation. Recently the need for of wound drainage in joint arthroplasty has been questioned. The aim of this prospective randomised study is to determine the benefits of a postoperative closed-suction drain after UKR.

Material and Methods: In a prospective randomised trial we evaluated the use of a postoperative closed-suction drain in unicompartmental knee replacement. Seventy-eight patients were divided into two groups: one without a postoperative closed-suction drain (Group A) and one with a drain (Group B). Both groups were matched for age, sex, and pre-operative haemoglobin.

Results: In group A we observed a lower day one postoperative analgesic requirement, smaller knee circumference 3 days postoperatively and less local wound complications. No deep infections occurred in either group during the follow-up period. Drain usage in UKR resulted in no significant advantage in postoperative pain, range of motion, and hospital stay. Post-operative drainage does however increase the cost of the procedure both in labour and equipment expenditure.

Conclusions: We conclude that avoiding postoperative closed-suction drainage in UKR does not influence the final outcome.


M. Nolewajka T. Gazdzik L. Niedzwiedzki M. Bozek

Introduction. The aim of research was estimating risk factors for lower limbs DVT after hip and knee replacement. Material. We reviewed series of 80 patients (58 women and 22 men) who had performed 13 cemented THA, 38 uncemented THA, 19 TKA and 10 revisions after THA. Average patients age was 63 (range 45 to 82).

Methods. All patients were preoperatively taken precise history data and examined physically. We noticed their age and BMI. All patients were asked about past DVT, cardiovascular diseases and others, past operations, drug taking, condiments. We examined both lower limbs in suspicion of DVT. All patients were taken laboratory tests, D-dimers test, and two-dimensional and Doppler ultrasonography. During the operation we noticed its time, kind of anaesthesia, amount of blood and other transfusions, loss of blood, time of using the tourniquet (in TKA). After operation we noticed amount of blood and other transfusions, loss of blood, time of patients postoperative tilting to vertical position. All patients were precisely examined physically every day after joint replacement. They were taken laboratory tests in 1st, 4th, 7th and 14th day after operation. In 7th and 14th day we performed two-dimensional and Doppler ultrasonography. In all patients we used the same scheme of DVT prophylaxis. We administered Enoxaparine once a day subcutaneously (first dose 12 hours before operation). Prophylaxis lasted 6 weeks after joint replacement.

Results. Average DVT rate was 24,24%. We found the highest rate of DVT after replacement revisions (75%). The lowest rate was after uncemented THA (6,25%). There were no difference in DVT rate between women and men. We found significantly higher DVT rate in patient older than 60 yr. We found significantly higher DVT rate in patient with BMI over 30. We found significantly higher DVT rate in group of smokers. We found the operation was longer the DVT rate was higher. In case of delaying patients tilting to vertical position, DVT rate was higher. We did not find using tourniquet influence DVT rate.

Conclusions. The risk factors for DVT after hip and knee replacement are: age over 60 yr, BMI over 30, smoking, long lasting operation, delayed tilting to vertical position, accompanying cardiovascular diseases and past DVT.


A. Baldini P. Aglietti L. Sensi R. Coppini

Introduction: Inadequate control of postoperative pain after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) has been associated with a poor functional recovery. This study investigated whether the addition of a single injection femoral nerve block (FNB) to continuous epidural analgesia (EA) provides improved pain control, lowered side effects, and a further acceleration in achievement of rehabilitation goals.

Material and methods: Eighty patients undergoing TKA and receiving EA with 18 ml of 0.5% marcaine were randomized whether to receive or not a single dose of FNB. A nerve stimulator and 30 ml of 0.375% marcaine with 5 μg/ml of epinephrine were used to perform FNB prior to surgery. Post-operative continuous EA was self-administered by the patient adding bolus (up to 4bolus/hour) to the basal infusion rate of 2 ml/hour of 0.175% marcaine. Standardized post-operative rehabilitation protocol were followed for both groups. Therapists and clinicians were blinded to treatment group. Overall narcotic consumption, bolus dosing, and side effects were recorded. Outcomes measurements included postoperative strength and sensation, range of motion and progression, pain score (VAS), achievements of functional milestones and length of stay.

Results: Femoral nerve block group had significantly lower pain scores and lower epidural consumption in comparison to the group without block (p< 0.01). Range-of-motion was significantly greater through post-operative day three in the FNB group (p< 0.04). There was a consistent trend toward improved achievements in rehabilitation milestones after FNB. Decreased quadriceps strength was noted in 33% of the FNB patients on post-operative day one compared to 10% of the patients with isolated EA.

Discussion: We found significant improvements both in terms of analgesia and in functional parameters adding a FNB to continuous EA following TKA. Combination of the two techniques has a sound basis for preventing severe post-operative pain after TKA.


A. Gonzalez Della Valle A. Serota G. Sorriaux G. Go T.P. Sculco N.E. Sharrock E.A. Salvati

We evaluated the safety and efficacy of a multimodal approach for prophylaxis of thromboembolism after THA, which includes preoperative autologous blood donation; hypotensive epidural anesthesia; intravenous administration of heparin during surgery, before femoral preparation when the thrombogenesis is maximally activated; expeditious surgery, minimizing femoral vein occlusion and blood loss; pneumatic compression; and early mobilization after surgery. 1946 consecutive, non-selected patients (2016 THAs) who received multimodal thromboembolic prophylaxis were followed prospectively for 3 months. Only patients with history of thrombocytopenia (platelet count < 100.000) or adverse reaction to heparin were excluded. The average age was 65 years (14 to 93), ASA classification was 1 in 14%, 2 in 48%, 3 in 37% and 4 in 1% of patients. There was a history of DVT in 86 patients and PE in 35. After surgery, the patients also received pharmacologic prophylaxis for 6 weeks (aspirin 83%; warfarin 17%). The incidence of asymptomatic DVT assessed by ultrasound in the first 198 consecutive patients was 7.1% (14 of 198). The incidence of clinical DVT in the subsequent 1748 patients was 1.8% (32 of 1748). Symptomatic PE occurred in 0.56% (11 of 1946), none of them fatal. The rate of PE in patients receiving aspirin was 0.49% (8 of 1615) and warfarin 0.9% (3 of 331). There was 1 PE among 95 patients with a prior history of PE or DVT (1%). One morbidly obese patient died of a cardiac arrhythmia confirmed by autopsy. There was only one major bleeding complication: one patient with a history of coagulopathy developed hematuria requiring a bladder flush and five units of blood, with an uneventful recovery. No patients developed epidural hematoma following administration of intraoperative heparin. A multimodal approach to prevent thromboembolic disease, showed results that compare favorably with the literature, and with our historic control of 2592 THRs without intraoperative heparin (PE rate of 1%; 0.04% fatal). This multimodal approach appears safe and efficacious as thromboembolic prophylaxis. Our low rate of PE does not support routine anticoagulation prophylaxis with drugs with a significant risk of bleeding.


H.P. Singh S.M. Sarsin M. Walton D.I. Clark

There is no general consensus amongst Orthopaedic Surgeons on how best to manage the urinary tract and its complications after lower limb arthroplasty. This prospective audit investigates whether post-operative urinary retention can be predicted pre-operatively using the validated International Prostate Symptom severity score (IPSS).

182 patients undergoing lower limb arthroplasty under spinal anaesthetic were given the IPSS questionnaire to complete pre-operatively and an audit into numbers catheterised post-operatively carried out.

69% of males and 39% of females required catheterisation. Following logistic regression analysis there was 0.85 predicted probability that males over seventy years would require catheterisation. The IPSS score was not useful in predicting retention in either sex at any age.

We propose that all males over seventy years undergoing this type of surgery should be catheterised pre-operatively and all other patients should be catheterised post-operatively with close monitoring of bladder volumes to prevent established urinary retention.


A. Zacharopoulos G. Xenos M. Xrisanthopoulou A. postolopoulos P. Anastasopoulos D. Antoniou T. Vasiliets S. Moscachlaidis

Purpose: To determine the effectiveness of a postoperative autologous blood reinfusion system, as an alternative to homologous, banked blood transfusions in total hip arthroplasty.

Material and Methods: We have carried out a prospective randomized, controlled study on 60 patients having unilateral total hip replacement. In all these patients the same surgical team applied the same surgical technique (hybrid THA) and they follow the same rehabilitation program. All the patients received intraoperatively one or two units of homologous banked blood transfusion (average 1.7 units/patient) according to the volume of blood collected in the suction device and to the anaesthesiologist’s estimation. In 30 of these patients (group A) a reinfusion system of unwashed blood salvaged was applied and they supplemented postoperatively with banked blood transfusions when required. A control group of 30 patients (group B), in whom standard suction drains were used, received also additional blood transfusions when required. The admission of banked blood transfusions determined by haemoglobin value (< 9mg/dL) and/or clinical signs (blood pressure, pulses, etc). The value of haemoglobin, haematocrite and platelets recorded preoperatively and the 1st, 5th and 15th day after operation.

Results: 13 patients of group A required postoperatively 13 units of homologous blood (0.43 units/patient) (total amount for group A 64 banked blood units or 2.14 units/patient). 21 patients of group B required additional 28 banked blood units postoperatively (totally 79 units for group B or 2.63 units/patient). In the study group the total homologous blood requirements reduced by 20%, while the postoperative blood requirements reduced by 54% and the number of patients required additional blood transfusion reduced by 38%. There was no significant difference in the postoperative haematocrite and haemoglobin values between the two groups. None of the patients developed any adverse reactions after reinfusion.

Conclusions: The use of an autologous blood reinfusion system reduces effectively the postoperative demands of homologous banked blood transfusion in total hip arthroplasty.


A. Baldini P. Aglietti M. Carfagni L. Governi Y. Volpe

Introduction: Static finite-element (FE) analysis has been extensively used to examine polyethylene stresses in Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA). The aim of this study was to use an explicit-dynamic FE approach with force driven models to simulate both kinematics and internal stresses within a single analysis of the Meniscal Bearing Knee (MBK, Zimmer, Warsaw, IN).

Material and methods: The MBK is a mobile-bearing prosthesis (rotating and AP-gliding) with complete femoro-tibial conformity throughout motion owing to spherical femoral condyles. The FE meshes of the MBK were created from data obtained from the manufacturer as Initial Graphics Exchange Specification (IGES) files. Three-dimensional FE models of the original MBK design and of two modified versions (MBK-Flex and MBK-PS) were generated in Hypermesh 5.1 software. The tibial insert was modeled as a flexible body with 82212 noded solid tetrahedral elements (Poisson ratio: 0.46). The femoral and tibial components were modeled as rigid bodies. Linear soft tissue constraints (30 N/mm AP and 0.6 N-m/degree rotational displacements) were included. Axial load was 4.9mm medially displaced to achieve a medially-biased (60–40) condylar load allocation. Waveforms to simulate gait, stair-climbing and deep-knee-bending with the FE models were obtained from the proposed International Standards Organization 14243–1 and from literature data.

Results: Peak contact stresses for each activity evaluated were below 14 MPa for both the original and modified MBK versions. Kinematics analysis showed similar amount of displacements (average rotations: 3.7°: average AP-glide: 2.5mm) for the various design during gait. In simulated stair-climbing and deep-knee-bending the PS version showed a more reproducible pattern of posterior roll-back in flexion without increasing contact stresses.

Conclusion: Explicit FE analysis is an efficient screening tool before in-vivo or in-vitro testing. It allows to test the effects of variables such as change in prosthetic design, surgical techniques and loads on knee forces and kinematics.


M. Morgan S. Brooks R. Nelson

A painful osteoarthritic knee in a young patient presents a therapeutic dilemma. Non-operative modalities, such as physical therapy, modification of activities to limit those that involve impact, and anti-inflammatory medications often provide only limited and temporary benefit. Operative options include arthroscopic debridement, arthrodesis, proximal tibial osteotomy, and uni-compartmental or total knee replacement. Total knee replacement has generally been reserved for patients who are at least sixty years old because of the potential for numerous revision operations in the course of a lifetime.

Mobile bearing total knee arthroplasty systems is emerging as the next wave of development in knee joint prosthetic reconstruction. The mobile bearing allows very high conformity between articulating surfaces on both sides of the polyethylene insert. The forces involved in these highly conforming articulations are very low, well below the theoretical yield point of the polyethylene bearing surface. Because the bearing is mobile, the interface between components and bone is protected from excess shear stress, therefore protecting the fixation.

The main concern of this prospective study was to determine the clinical, radiographic and functional results of Rotaglide mobile-bearing total knee arthroplasty in young active patients who were fifty-nine years old or less at time of the arthroplasty. We evaluate medium-long term results and survivorship of 81 patients who have their total knee replacement implanted for at least 3 years in Birmingham Heartlands & Solihull Hospital (UK), using Rotaglide total knee replacement (Corin).

The average follow-up of 7.3 years was reported in this prospective study with range of 3 – 12 years. The average age at the primary operation was 50.7 years with range of 37 – 58 years. The knee scores are satisfactory with an average of 195.6 points using IKSS and 14.6 using OKS. The average postoperatively range of motion was 126.2 with range of 95 – 130 degree. The radiological assessment of the X-ray in AP and lateral views show that both the femoral and tibial components well aligned with no radiolucent lines.

We conclude from this prospective study that Rota-glide mobile-bearing total knee arthroplasty in patient 59 years or younger is a reliable procedure with excellent results at medium-long term follow-up, with an estimated survivorship of 98 percent at 12 years.


B.M. Jolles K. Aminian H. Dejnabadi C. Voracek P.F. Leyvraz

Background: Mobile-bearing knee replacements have some theoretical advantages over fixed-bearing devices. However, very few randomized controlled clinical trials have been published to date, and studies showed little clinical and subjective advantages for the mobile-bearing using traditional systems of scoring.

The choice of the ideal outcome measure to assess total joint replacement remains a complex issue. However, gait analysis provides objective and quantifying evidences of treatment evaluation. Significant methodological advances are currently made in gait analysis laboratories and ambulatory gait devices are now available.

The goal of this study was to provide gait parameters as a new objective method to assess total knee arthroplasty outcome between patients with fixed- and mobile-bearing, using an ambulatory device with minimal sensor configuration.

Methods: This randomized controlled double-blind study included to date 31 patients: the gait signatures of 12 patients with mobile-bearing were compared to the gait signatures of 19 patients with fixed-bearing pre-operatively and post-operatively at 6 weeks, 3 months and 6 months. Each participant was asked to perform two walking trials of 30m long at his/her preferred speed and to complete a EQ-5D questionnaire, a WOMAC and Knee Society Score (KSS). Lower limbs rotations were measured by four miniature angular rate sensors mounted respectively, on each shank and thigh.

Results: Better relative differences between pre-operative and post-operative 3 months and 6 months KSS (122% vs 34% at 3 months, 138% vs 36% at 6 months) and KSS function (154% vs 8% at 3 months, 183% vs 42% at 6 months) scores were observed for the fixed-bearing compared to the mobile-bearing. The same better improvements for fixed-bearing were also found with the range of knee angles (Affected side: 31% vs −5% at 3 months, 47% vs 5% at 6 months), (Unaffected side: 16% vs 5% at 3 months, 15% vs 6% at 6 months) and peak swing speeds of shank (Affected side: 18% vs −2% at 3 months, 30% vs 4% at 6 months), (Unaffected side: 8% vs −3% at 3 months, 7% vs 4% at 6 months).

Conclusions: A new method for a portable system for gait analysis has been developed with very encouraging results regarding the objective outcome of total knee arthroplasty using mobile- and fixed-bearings.


M. Hassaballa J. Aueng J. Hardy J.H. Newman I.D. Learmonth

Aim: The Low Contact Stress (LCS) Total Knee Replacements (TKR) is a well-established mobile bearing prosthesis with more than 25 year experience, while the Kinemax Plus is a well established fixed bearing prosthesis. We examined whether reproducing the joint line height to within 5 mm of the pre-operative joint line height had any impact on the clinical outcome in the two different types of Total Knee Replacements.

Method: 48 consecutive LCS knee replacements with a minimum of 2 years follow up had their pre and postoperative joint line (using Figgie’s method) and range of movement (ROM) measured. We used the Oxford Knee Score as a clinical outcome measurement tool.

A cohort group of 53 CR Kinemax plus TKR from the Bristol Knee group was matched for age and sex. They had the same parameters measured.

Results: Accurate joint line restoration was achieved significantly more frequently (P< 0.05) in the Kinemax group. Better post-operative ROM also occurred in the Kinemax group than the LCS, p = 0.03 and the former produced a bigger gain in ROM p < 0.01. However, no difference in the Oxford Knee Score existed between the two prostheses, p = 0.28.

Joint line: elevation K+ LCS

0–2 mm (16/48) = 33% (26/53) = 49% 2–5 mm (14/48) = 29% (14/53) = 26%> 5 mm (18/48) = 38% (12/53) = 25%

There was no significant difference in the ROM or Oxford Knee Score when the joint line was not elevated versus elevated for each prosthesis. However, there was suggestion that the ROM in LCS might be more sensitive to joint line changes, although this was not significant.

ROM

K+ LCS

Normal joint line 116° 105°

Elevated joint line 108° 101°

Conclusion: Accurate joint line restoration could not be shown to correlate with either improved ROM or Oxford knee score; probably because of the small mount of elevation encountered and the small study size. There was a significantly greater post-operative increase in ROM with the Kinemax Plus relative to the LCS, and a significantly closer restoration of the joint line with the Kinemax Plus, both with respect to the actual measurement and with respect to the proportion of cases in which the joint line was accurately reproduced. This is surprising since in most K+ cases additional distal femur had been resected to avoid a tight knee. While in the LCS group special efforts had been made to achieve accurate restoration of the joint level.


J. Boldt Keblish J.C. Briard

Aims: Cementless fixation in TKA remains controversial because of less predictable osseointegration and difficulty interpreting fixation interfaces.

Methods: This study evaluated 567 consecutive primary LCS mobile-bearing TKA with in-depth RLZ analysis of all cases by one author (T.K.). Mean follow-up was 5.7 years (2.0–14.9), mean age 69 years (70% females). Diagnosis included 8.3% rheumatoids. The same poro-coated femoral and patella components were utilized. Tibial components included a 3-fin (ACL/PCL-retaining) or tapered-cone design (PCL-retaining/substituting). Bone treatment included generous use of autograft: cortico-cancellous struts for slope-off deformities and soft bone, morselized impaction for central zones, slurry to achieve interference fit.

Results: Good/excellent results were 94.7%. Minimal femoral/patella lucencies; Tibial tapered cone (n = 523) had one (0.2%) failure. Lucencies of 1–2 mm (usually isolated) were noted in 2% medial, lateral, posterior and 4% anterior/central zones, all of which remained stable; 3) Tibial 3-fin tibial design (n = 44) had 3 failures (6.8%) with RLZ > 2mm in multiple zones.

Conclusion: Cementless fixation with LCS porocoat prosthesis was successful in all femoral/patellar and 99% of the tibial-cone design. The 3-fin design had multiple RLZ and a higher failure rate (not recommended).


O. Kessler E. Lacatusu OK. Erne V.C. Zandschulp M. Bottlang

Aim: This study investigated the difference in proximal tibial cortical strain distribution using a fixed or mobile bearing design for TKA

Methods: Eight fresh frozen human cadaver tibias were used. The strain magnitude and distribution on the anterior cortex of the proximal tibia during axial and rotational loading of the knee were measured with a quantitative full-field strain measurement technique (Electronic Speckle Pattern Interferometry). First, strain distributions of the intact knee were acquired. Subsequently, strain distributions after implementation of conventional and mobile bearing PCL retaining total knee implants (Scorpio®) were measured.

Results: Under each loading condition, the minimum principal strain was greater in magnitude as compared to the maximum principal strain. Under 1′500 N axial loading, the resulting minimum principal strain magnitude and orientation was nearly identical between the mobile bearing configuration (500 ± 287 με), and the fixed bearing configuration (500 ± 286 μ ε). In response to 10° internal rotation, this strain increased to 782 ± 371 μ ε and 1000 ± 389 μ ε for the mobile and fixed tibial component, respectively. In response to 10° external rotation, minimal principal strain decreased to 421 ± 233 μ ε for the mobile bearing, but increased to 632 ± 293 μ ε for the fixed bearing. These differences between mobile and fixed bearing scenarios were statistically highly significant.

Conclusion: For this in-vitro study under exact controlled loading conditions the mobile bearing design induced less strain in the proximal tibia as the fixed bearing tibial component. The difference in strain levels may be of importance to understand bone remodeling and osseointegration.


A. Franz M. Münchinger C. Reinschmidt

Introduction: In contrast to fixed-bearing total knee replacements (TKRs), mobile-bearing TKRs allow for unconstrained kinematics while providing a high congruency between the femoral component and polyethylene inlay. The concept of a mobile-bearing TKR is based on the mobility of the inlay. It has been suggested that inlay mobility may decrease due to the in-growth of fibrous tissue (Lemaire 1998). Previous studies report a loss of inlay mobility between 0% and 50% at an average follow-up time between 1.5 and 6 years postop (Bradley et al. 1987, Stiehl et al. 1997, Hartfort et al. 2001). However these studies are retrospective and do not define a threshold for inlay mobility.

Methods: In this prospective study, 61 mobile-bearing TKRs (SAL, Zimmer) in 60 patients were followed up 3, 12, 24 and 60 months post-op. The implant design allows for 6–9 mm (size dependent) inlay translation in the anteroposterior direction while the rotation is not constrained. A complete 60 month follow-up of 40 patients was available. At each follow-up the knees were X-rayed at 0, 30, 60 and maximal flexion. Using the 4 X-rays from each follow-up, digital image analysis was performed to compute inlay translation and rotation. An inlay was classified as mobile, if it translated more than 1 mm or rotated more than 5. Group means where compared using one-way ANOVA with a significance level of 5%.

Results: No significant change in average inlay translation and rotation with time was found. The average inlay translation was 2.5 mm (s.d. 1.8 mm) at 3 months postop, 3.0 mm (s.d. 1.8 mm) at 1 year post-op, 3.1 mm (s.d. 1.9 mm) at 2 years post-op, and 3.1 mm (s.d. 2.0 mm) at 5 years post-op. The average inlay rotation was 6.6 (s.d. 3.4) at 3 months post-op, 6.7 (s.d. 4.0) at 1 year post-op, 7.9 (s.d. 3.9) at 2 years post-op, and 8.3 (s.d. 4.1) at 5 years post-op. At all follow-ups, the inlay was classified as mobile in at least 90% of the cases. The patterns of inlay motion were observed to be repeatable for the individual knee joints but varied substantially between subjects.

Conclusion: In 40 mobile-bearing TKRs that were prospectively examined 3, 12, 24, and 60 months post-op, no significant change in average inlay motion or percentage of mobile inlays was found. The results do not support the hypothesis that inlay mobility is reduced due to in-growth of fibrous tissue. Mobile-bearing TKRs allow the kinematics to follow the knee specific soft tissue constraints.


E. Tsuda Y. Ishibashi K. Tazawa H. Sato S. Toh

Purpose: Since the pathomechanism of patellofemoral malalignment is complex, multifactorial and varies individually, the ideal treatment has been a matter of controversy. The purpose of this study was to demonstrate the clinical outcome and radiographic changes of knees with patellofemoral malalignment treated with Fulkerson osteotomy after a minimum follow-up of 24 months.

Materials and Methods: Sixty knees in 40 patients (32 female and 8 male) were examined with a mean of 55 20 (25 97) months after having undergone medialization of the tibial tubercle using Fulkerson osteotomy for patel-lofemoral malalignment. Mean age at surgery was 20 7 (12 42) years. Prior surgery of medial retinacular plication in 4 knees and lateral retinacular release in 1 knee had been performed. During surgery, amount of tibial tubercle transfer was determined by examining the patellar tracking over full range of knee motion. After Fulkerson osteotomy, proximal realignment procedures were added depending on arthroscopic appearance of the patellofemoral adaptation. The clinical outcome was evaluated using Fulkersons knee instability scale. The radiographic parameters including congruence angle, lateral patellofemoral angle, tilting angle and lateral shift ratio were measured in Merchant view.

Results: Mean distance of medial transfer of tibial tubercle was 12.8 3.1 (8 22) mm. Lateral retinacular release in 54 knees and adductor magnus tenodesis (Avikainen procedure) in 2 knees were simultaneously performed combined with Fulkerson osteotomy. All radiographic parameters at the final follow-up were significantly improved compared to the preoperative values (p < 0.05 in a paired t-test), that is, from 23.0 14.6 to 0.4 13.7 degrees in congruence angle, from −6.3 9.0 to 0.4 6.9 degrees in lateral patellofemoral angle, from 25.1 11.5 to 16.3 5.6 degrees in tilting angle and from 35 24 to 17 9% in lateral shift ratio. Mean score in Fulkersons knee instability scale was 96 5 points at the final follow-up. All knees except 3 were ranked as excellent, very good or good. Two knees with moderate osteoarthritis of the patellofemoral joint were ranked as fair. One knee that had postoperative recurrence of patellar subluxation underwent a revision surgery with Avikainen procedure.

Discussion: In the clinical study with a minimum 2-year follow-up, Fulkerson tibial tubercle osteotomy provided excellent or good overall outcome in 93% of patients in combination with proximal realignment surgeries. Although all radiographic parameters were significantly improved, it was found that the lateral shift of the patella was more effectively corrected compared to the lateral tilt. It was suggested that reconstruction of the medial patellofemoral structures might be more suitable than Fulkerson osteotomy for some knees characterized by significant lateral tilt.


U. Munzinger J. Boldt

Aims: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the clinical outcome of 457 LCS mobile bearing TKA from one centre.

Methods: From a cohort of over 3.500 mobile bearing TKA in one large center, 457 cases were performed more than 10 years ago (mean 11 years). Drop-out were 63 (13.8%) cases, 128 patients were known to have died and 63 (13.2%) cases could not be included leaving 86.2% that entered the study. Patient demographics included 76% females and 8% rheumatoids. There were 275 (60%) meniscal bearing and 182 rotating platform design components. The patella was resurfaced in 95 (21%) cases.

Results: Preoperative KSS scores improved from a mean of 84 to 157 points and mean range of motion from 97 to 110 degrees postoperatively. Clinical scores were excellent or good in 88%, fair in 10% and poor in 2%. Kaplan Meier survival analysis was 96.9% after a mean of 11 years taking any revision into account. Worst track records were polyethylene meniscal bearings with 91.2% and best the femoral component with 99.8% after a mean of 11 years. Other complications will be listed in depth.

Conclusion: Best track record was noted with the all cruciate sacrificing rotating bearing device and worst with the ACL and PCL retaining meniscal bearing device. Patella also jeopardized the long-term results.


F. Gruber B. Andreas T. Siegfried L. Felix R. Peter

We present two patients with swelling of the groin following metal-on-metal total hip replacement without radiological signs of component loosening. MRI in both patients showed a round shaped intrapelvic lesion ventral to the femoral head. During surgery we found cystic structures filled with fluid and necrotic masses. After resection the metal head and insert were changed to a ceramic head and a polyethylene insert.

Although two different kinds of CoCrMo alloy were used in the metal-on-metal THR (Sikomet: low carbon content-Metasul: high carbon content) histopathological analysis in both cases showed typical morphological signs of hypersensetively determined inflammation. Despite the distinct soft tissue reaction bony component integration was unaffected.

In our opinion open resecion of the cystic lesion and changing of the metal-on-metal articulation is the treatment of choice.

As we do not have any reliable testing for clinical use to predict a hypersensitive reaction to metal wear after implantation of metal-on-metal THR this articulation surface should not be used in cases where allergy to metal is suspected.


D. Karataglis M.A. Green D.J.A. Learmonth

Patellofemoral problems are probably the most common type of knee complaint in adolescents and adults. Our aim is to evaluate the mid- and long-term functional outcome, as well as to detect factors affecting it in patients who underwent a modified Elmslie-Trillat procedure.

Forty-two patients (49 procedures) were included in this study. Nine were male and the 33 female, with a mean age of 31,3 years (range: 19 to 56). The reason for operation was patellar instability (recurrent subluxation or dislocation) in 13 cases (26,5%), anterior knee pain with malalignment of the extensor mechanism in 17 cases (34,7%) and a combination of both in the remaining 19 cases (38,8%). Patients were followed for a minimum of 18 months and an average of 38,6 months (range: 18 to 130 months).

The functional outcome according to Cox’s criteria was excellent in 14 cases (28,6%), good in 20 cases (40,8%), fair in 9 cases (18,4%) and poor in the remaining 6 cases (12,2%). Patients scored an average of 3,57 (range: 2–8) in their Tegner Activity Scale, while their score in Activities of Daily Living Scale of the Knee Outcome Survey ranged from 43 to 98 (average: 75,8). Result analysis revealed that the functional outcome was better in the subgroup that had the procedure due to patellar instability. Furthermore, the outcome was significantly better in the absence of grade 3 or 4 chondral changes in the patellofemoral joint at the time of operation (t-test: p=0,0362).

Elmslie-Trillat procedure satisfactorily restores patellofemoral stability and offers a very good functional outcome, especially in the absence of significant chondral changes in the patellofemoral joint at the time of operation.


H. Bereiter F. von Knoch

Introduction: The purpose was to present a new osteotomy technique (trochleoplasty) and its preliminary results for the treatment of femoral trochlear dysplasia with recurrent patellar dislocation.

Methods: Between 1990 and 2002, 59 knees of 51 patients (mean age 224 years) with recurrent patellar dislocation due to femoral trochlear dysplasia were treated uniformly at a single institution with a new osteotomy technique developed by the senior author. A distally connected osteochondral flake is released from the dysplastic trochlea and refixed after the osseous trochlear groove has been reconstructed. 44 patients with 50 involved knees returned at a mean follow-up of 37 months (range 6 to 139) for a physical examination, assessment of knee pain and function, radiographic examination of the knee, and in selectived cases for CT scan, MR imaging and follow-up knee arthroscopy.

Results: Postoperative complications were limited to hemarthros-1, arthrofibrosis-1, and sudeck‘s disease-1. Postoperatively, no further patellar dislocations were reported. All patients experienced a sensation of significantly improved knee stability resulting in higher levels of activity. Retropatellar pain as found in 34 knees preoperatively was better-24, unchanged-7, worse-6 (3 additional cases) after surgery. Positive apprehension sign, as preoperatively found in all patients, turned negative in all cases. Radiographically, osseous healing of the reconstructed trochlea was noted without evidence of subsequent arthrosis. MRI and knee arthroscopy including histological analysis of osteochondral biopsies did not provide any evidence for osteonecrosis or chondropathia.

Conclusion: Recurrent patellar dislocation due to femoral trochlear dysplasia can be treated successfully using the presented technique of trochleoplasty.


MC Forster

A systematic review was performed to determine the advantages and disadvantages of patellar resurfacing during total knee replacement for osteoarthritis. 3 randomised controlled studies were analysed. These studies recruited 302 knees and 235 knees (78%) were reviewed at least 5 years postoperatively (range 5 to 10 years). Patients undergoing patellar resurfacing received a cemented all polyethylene patella component. A patello-plasty was performed in some of the unresurfaced knees.

For the dichotomous data, odds ratios and 95% confidence intervals were calculated. Each outcome measure tested was assessed for heterogeneity using the Cochran Q test. If significant heterogeneity was present (P< 0.10), data from the studies was not combined. If there was no significant heterogeneity, a combined odds ratio was calculated using a fixed effects model and a Z test was performed to test the overall effect.

Reoperation for patellofemoral problems was significantly more likely in the unresurfaced group (p=0.003). The overall rate for reoperation for a patellofemoral problem was 0.7% in the resurfaced group and 11% in the unresurfaced group. Study data on anterior knee pain could not be analysed together as there was significant heterogeneity. There was no difference between the two groups in terms of revision. This study found no mid- to long-term benefit to leaving the patella unresurfaced.


C. Ackroyd J.H. Newman J.D.J. Eldridge

Introduction: Isolated patello-femoral arthritis occurs in up to 10% of patients suffering osteoarthritis of the knee. Reports of patello-femoral replacements have given indifferent results. We report our experience of 350 cases of the Avon Arthroplasty.

Method: In 1994 after experience with the Lubinus prosthesis which had a 50% failure rate at eight years, we defined the design criteria for a new prosthesis. Since September 1996, 350 knees have been treated with this design. Prospective review was undertaken and 150 knees have reached 2 years and 80 knees are at five years with 10 knees at eight years. The outcome was assessed using pain scores, Bartlett’s patella score and the Oxford knee score.

Results: The patients recovered function rapidly and 20 cases (6%) suffered early complications which resolved. The median pain score improved from 15/40 points to 38 at five years. The movement increased from 114 to 120 at five years. The Bartlett patella score improved from 11/30 points to 25 at five years. The Oxford knee score improved from 19/48 points to 40 points at five years.

The functional results are similar or better than those of a total knee replacement. Fourteen patients developed mal-alignment (4%) two of which required distal realignment. There have been no cases of deep infection, fracture, wear or loosening. Twenty seven knees (7%) developed evidence of disease progression, twenty two of which (6%) have required revision to a total knee replacement. Nineteen patients (5%) complained of some persistent anterior knee pain of uncertain cause.

Conclusions: Results to date show a large improvement in pain and function and this improved design has reduced the problems of mal-alignment and polythene wear. There is a low complication rate and an excellent range of movement. Disease progression remains a problem which is not predictable. This type of prosthesis offers an alternative to total knee replacement in this small group of patients with isolated patello-femoral disease with a low morbidity.


R.J. Chennagiri G. Sheshappavanar R.S. Gunn

Background: Symptomatic patellofemoral osteoarthritis is a challenge to the orthopaedic surgeon. In comparison to Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA), little has been written about unicompartmental patellofemoral arthroplasty. Although, recent reports have shown more promise, the procedure has not gained wide acceptance.

Materials and Methods: We present the outcome of 23 unicompartmental patellofemoral arthroplasties on 19 patients performed in a district general hospital in the UK. The procedures were performed by a single surgeon (RSG), with a special interest in knee surgery. All the patients had failed a trial of non-operative treatment which included non-steroidal anti-inflammatory analgesia and physiotherapy. Some knees had undergone previous surgical procedures including arthroscopy (12), carbon fibre patch implantation (5), tibial tubercle transfer (1), lateral release (1), medial release (1) and excision of patellar bursa (1). Multiple arthroscopies had been performed on 4 knees.

The arthroplasty was performed via an anterior midline incision and medial parapatellar approach. All patients received Leicester Patellofemoral Prosthesis (Corin). One patient had a revision procedure following a failed PFJR performed elsewhere. The age of the patient at the time of operation ranged from 31–68 years (Mean age 50.3 years). The duration of follow-up was 6 months to 88 months (Mean 36 months). The results were evaluated using the Oxford Knee Score.

Results: One patellofemoral arthroplasty was converted to TKA after 41 months. There was no infection or loosening of the components in any patient. All patients reported relief of post-operative discomfort by 6 months except for one patient who developed hypersensitive skin lateral to the scar at 6 months. All patients said that their knees were significantly better after the procedure. Oxford Knee Scores ranged from 17 to 54 (Median 29). All except one patient reported that they would to undergo the procedure on their other knee (unilateral cases) and would recommend the procedure to friends/family.

Conclusion: The early and medium term results of uni-compartmental patellofemoral arthroplasty in our study are encouraging with patients reporting significant improvement in knee symptoms. We feel that careful patient selection and meticulous attention to surgical detail contribute to better outcomes.


J. Boldt U. Munzinger Bizzini

Aims: Patellectomized knees perform poorly with respect to extensor mechanism function and anterior knee pain.

Methods: In the period of 1990 to 1995, nine previously patellectomized patients with a mean age of 55 years (range: 38 to 67) underwent cementless Low-Contact-Stress TKA with autologous reconstruction of a new patella. One patient deceased 5 years post surgery. Mean follow-up was 8.0 years (range: 6 to 12) The autograft was taken in five cases from the iliac crest, in two cases from the posterior femoral condyle and in another two cases from the opposite patella at time of simultaneous bilateral TKA surgery. Evaluation included clinical investigation, specific patella score, radiographic analysis and isokinetic strength measurement at 60 degrees per second (Biodex).

Results: Clinical scores had a mean of 27 out of 30 points (range: 19 to 30) and mean isokinetic strength of knee extension reached 71Nm (81%) compared with the opposite site. One patient with bilateral patellectomy and unilateral TKA showed an increase of 50 % strength (51Nm versus 77Nm) in the knee with TKA and neo-patella. Radiographs in three planes showed minor signs of neo-patella bone resorption in three cases, but evidence of retrabeculation and bone remodelling in all neo-patellae.

Conclusions: Reconstruction of a neo-patella in TKA using autograft provides near to normal isokinetic strength, no evidence of considerable autograft resorption, excellent or good clinical outcome and high patients satisfaction after a mean of 8 years. The study provides encouraging data for reconstructing a new patella in patellectomized knees during TKA.


A. Baldini P. Cerulli-Mariani P.G. Zampetti J.A. Anderson H. Pavlov T.P. Sculco

Introduction: Patello-femoral complications are a major problem after total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Purpose of the present study was to analyze patello-femoral complications and function after two different posterior-stabilized TKA designs (Optetrak 913 vs IB-II).

Materials and Methods: This study was performed in two consecutive phases. In the first phase 1410 TKA’s performed by the senior author between 1994 and 1998 were considered for chart review. Within this period, the last 300 IB-II and the first 300 913 performed were analyzed for patello-femoral complication rate. In the second phase, of the 600 charts analyzed, two matched groups (50 patients each of IB-II and 913), were selected for a clinical (Knee Society score), functional (HSS Patellar score) and radiological assessment (AP, Lateral, Merchant, modified-wb Merchant views).

Results: A lateral retinacular release was performed in 30% for the IB-II and 16% for the 913 (p=0.02). The following patello-femoral complications were encountered (phase-1):

IB-II 913

Patellar clunk 3.5% 0.3%

Dislocation 0% 0.3%

Fracture 0% 0.3%

Loosening 0% 0%

Clinical results at follow-up (phase-2) did not show any significant difference between the two matched groups in terms of Knee and Function scores (p=0.7). Patellar score showed a higher rate of excellent and good results in the 913 group (88% vs 81%: p=.043). Anterior knee pain was only mild and activity related in 26% of the IB-II and 14% of the 913 (p=.025). In a multivariate regression analysis, radiographic patellar tilt, subluxation, and height, did not correlate with clinical outcomes, whilst bone-implant contact showed a trend towards a higher incidence of pain, particularly when associated with asymmetric patellar resection.

Discussion: At an intermediate follow-up, the Optetrak 913 prostheses showed fewer complications and an improved patello-femoral function compared to the IB-II prosthesis.


J. McGregor-Riley P. Welch J. Redden

Patellofemoral problems represent a significant source of morbidity following total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Patellofemoral biomechanics and contact stress following TKA depends (among other factors) upon the position of the patella relative to the tibiofemoral joint. Patellar height may be altered either by changes in the tibio-femoral joint level (pseudo patella baja/alta) or by a change in patella tendon length (true patella baja/alta). The purpose of this study is to examine the latter. Two previous studies have described patella tendon shortening following TKA but both have significant limitations and produced differing results.

The aim of this study was to identify the incidence of true patella tendon shortening following TKA for the treatment of osteoarthritis (OA).

All patients undergoing primary TKA for OA in 2001 and 2002 were identified. Cases were excluded if they had rheumatoid arthritis, had undergone previous open knee surgery, suffered a significant post-op complication, or had less than 1 year radiological follow up. Case notes and radiographs of 50 knees in 34 patients were reviewed. The Insall-Salvati ratio was measured on immediate pre-op, initial post-op, and final follow-up lateral knee radiographs. Differences between mean pre and post-op ratios were compared using a paired t-test. There were 19 women and 15 men aged 47 to 84 (mean 70.4) years. The mean pre-op Insall-Salvati ratio was 0.99. The initial post-op ratio was unchanged (p=0.06). After a minimum of 1 year the mean ratio remained 1.0 (p=0.09). In no knee was there a significant change in patella tendon length.

In this study we found no evidence of patella tendon shortening. Two other studies have identified shortening in one third to two thirds of knees. The methodology of these studies is however open to criticism. The patients in neither study are representative of general orthopaedic practice; the surgical technique in one was unorthodox and the radiological measurement method in the other not validated. This work therefore represents the first study of patella tendon length following TKA using a validated radiological index in a representative osteoarthritic population.

In conclusion, TKA in this group of patients with osteoarthritis, employing a standard surgical technique was not associated with postoperative patella tendon shortening or true patella baja.


W.G. Rodkey K.K. Briggs M.S. Kocher J.R. Steadman

Introduction: The Lysholm knee score and the Tegner activity scale are frequently used to assess outcome following treatment of meniscus pathology. The purpose of this study was to determine the psychometric properties of the Lysholm knee score and Tegner activity level for meniscus injuries of the knee.

Methods: Test-retest reliability, content validity, criterion validity, construct validity, and responsiveness to change were determined for the Lysholm score and the Tegner activity scale within 3 subsets of patients. Group A contained patients with only meniscus pathology at surgery (no ligament pathology or chondral surface pathology) (n=191). Group B consisted of patients at least 2 years from surgery for meniscus pathology, who completed a follow-up form and then completed a retest with 4 weeks of the primary questionnaire (n=122). Group C consisted of patients with meniscus pathology with other intraarticular pathology (n=477).

Results: There were acceptable (intraclass correlation coefficient > 0.70) test-retest reliability for the overall Lysholm score and the Tegner activity scale. (Group B). There were acceptable floor and ceiling effects for the Tegner scale (floor: 8.1%; ceiling: 2.5%) and the overall Lysholm score (floor: 0%; ceiling: 0.4%) (Group A and C). There were unacceptable (> 30%) ceiling effects for the Lysholm domains of limp, instability, support, and locking. There was acceptable criterion validity, with significant (P< 0.05) correlations between the Tegner activity scale and the physical score of the SF-12 and between the overall Lysholm score and the physical score of the SF-12(Group C). There was acceptable construct validity for the Tegner activity scale and Lysholm score, with all hypotheses demonstrating significance (P< 0.05) (Group A). There was acceptable responsiveness to change for the Tegner activity scale (Group A effect size=0.61; standardized response mean=0.60; Group C effect size=0.84; standardized response mean=0.70) and the Lysholm score(Group A effect size=1.2; standardized response mean=0.97; Group C effect size =1.2; standardized response mean =1.13).

Discussion: The use of outcome instruments whose psychometric properties have been vigorously established is essential. The Lysholm knee score demonstrated overall acceptable psychometric performance for outcomes assessment of meniscus injuries of the knee, although some domains demonstrated suboptimal performance. The Tegner activity scale demonstrated overall acceptable psychometric performance for outcomes assessment of meniscus injuries of the knee, however, it demonstrated only moderate effect size. Psychometric testing of other condition-specific knee instruments in patients with meniscus pathologies of the knee would be helpful to allow for comparison of properties.


J. Argenson RD. Komistek M. Mahfouz SA. Walker JM. Aubaniac DA. Dennis

Introduction: Deep flexion may affect both femorotibial contact pattern and patellofemoral interface. The objective of this study was to conduct the first in vivo kinematic analysis that determines the 3D motions of the femorotibial and patellofemoral joints, simultaneously from full extension into deep flexion.

Methods: Three-dimensional femorotibial and patello-femoral kinematics were evaluated during a deep knee bend using fluoroscopy for five subjects having a normal knee, five having an ACL-deficient knee and 20 subjects having a TKA designed for deep flexion.

Results: The average weight-bearing range-of-motion was 125 degrees, significantly higher than in previous studies. On average, subjects experienced 4.9o of normal axial rotation and only three subjects experienced an opposite rotation pattern. On average, subjects experienced −9.7 mm of posterior femoral rollback (PFR) and all subjects experienced at least −4.4 mm of PFR. These subjects experienced less patellofemoral translation than the normal knee, but the average motion was similar in pattern to the normal knee. On average, the subjects having a TKA experienced patella tilt angles that were similar to the normal knee.

Discussion: It is assumed that femorotibial kinematics can play a major role in patellofemoral kinematics. Altering the patella motion and/or the patellar ligament rotation could lead to much higher forces at the patel-lofemoral interface. In this study, these subjects experienced kinematic patterns that were very similar to the normal knee and it can be deducted that forces acting on the patella were not significantly increased for TKA subjects compared with the normal subjects.


A. Baldini P. Cerulli Mariani J.A. Anderson H. Pavlov T.P. Sculco

Introduction: Patello-femoral evaluation after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is not addressed by most knee scoring systems. Patellar radiographic assessment after TKA is obtained with static, unloaded views that may not reproduce the in-vivo patello-femoral kinematics. The purpose of this study was to develop and validate new reliable and reproducible clinical and radiographic assessment tools for analysis of the patello-femoral joint in TKA.

Materials and Methods: The existing axial Merchant view was modified by positioning the standing patient in the semi-squatted position with the knees at 45°. Relationship between X-ray source, the angle of incidence on the joint, and the cassette position, were kept unchanged from the original view. The standing position and consequent muscle involvement were the only differences. The quality of the view was confirmed on a cadaveric knee model with multiple markers. Safety, reproducibility and clinical reliability were obtained in 100 posterior-stabilized TKA’s. These patients were assessed by a new Patella Scoring System (0–100 points). This system considers anterior knee pain, crepitus, stair performance and quadriceps strength. Radiographic abnormalities are calculated as deductions. Intra- and inter-observer variability were obtained comparing the results of two different investigators.

Results: The modified Merchant view showed significant patello-femoral tracking changes in 68% of patients. Twenty-one cases of bone-implant contact were observed when load was applied. Correlation between excellent-good clinical outcome and excellent patello-femoral performance was significantly higher for the Patellar Score compared to Knee Society Clinic or Function scores (p=.022, p=.014). Multivariate regression analysis of radiographic tilt, subluxation, and height, did not correlate with clinical outcomes, whilst bone-implant contact showed higher incidence of pain, particularly when associated with asymmetric patellar resection.

Conclusion: These new patello-femoral clinical and radiological assessment methods employed in the study represent additional valuable tools for the comprehensive evaluation of results in TKA.


ARTHROFIBROSIS IN TKA Pages 111 - 111
Full Access
J. Boldt U Munzinger

Aims: The purpose of this study was to determine whether internal mal-rotation of the femoral component is associated with arthrofibrosis in TKA. We hypothesized arthrofibrosis may be triggered by a combination of non-physiological kinematics (femoral component internal rotation) and a tight medial compartment.

Methods: From a consecutive cohort of 3058 mobile bearing TKA forty-four (1.4%) cases were diagnosed as having arthrofibrosis, of which thirty-eight (86%) cases could be recruited. Thirty-eight patients with a well functioning TKA served as matched controls. Evaluation included CT investigation to determine femoral component rotation with reference to the transepicon-dylar axis (TEA).

Results: Femoral components in the AF group were significantly (p< 0.00001) internally mal-rotated by a mean of 4.7 degrees ranging from ten degrees internal rotation (IR) to one degree external rotation (ER). Mean femoral rotational in the control group was parallel (0.3 degrees IR) to the TEA (six degrees IR to four degrees ER). Arthrofibrosis was not associated with age, gender, body-mass-index, or preoperative diagnosis.

Conclusions: There is a highly significant association between arthrofibrosis in TKA and internal mal-rotation of the femoral component. On the base of these results it was hypothesized that non-physiological kinematics in TKA with mal-aligned femoral components influence and/or trigger arthrofibrosis in TKA. In TKA with arthrofibrosis, we now consider femoral CT evaluation with the view to surgically rebalancing the flexion gap and realigning the femoral component, when internal mal-rotation is confirmed.


J. Arun J. Ramappa R. Steadman T.S. Bollom K.K. Briggs W.G. Rodkey

Introduction: Studies have shown that the Kellgren-Lawrence (K-L) score can differentiate the severity of osteoarthritis (OA). However, this grading system has not been compared with intraoperative assessment. The purpose of this study was to correlate the arthroscopic findings of knees with severe OA with their Kellgren-Lawrence grade.

Methods: Tibiofemoral knee OA was graded according to the K-L scale in 89 knees presenting for arthroscopic treatment for knee OA. The study group consisted of 55 males and 34 females with an average age of 55 (range 37 to 88) years. Each radiograph was examined by two orthopaedic surgeons, and arthroscopic data were collected prospectively.

Results: Radiographic grading yielded five knees with Grade 2 K-L, 47 with Grade 3 K-L, and 37 with Grade 4 K-L. At arthroscopy, ipsilateral tibial/femoral lesions were noted in 66 knees, including 17 knees with tibial/femoral lesions of both compartments. Meniscus pathology was present in 78 knees including 37 knees with both medial and lateral pathology. When comparing knees with radiographic K-L grades of 3 and 4, the following was noted: more males had Grade 4 K-L (p=0.001); knees with Grade 4 K-L were more likely to exhibit Outerbridge Grade III or IV tibial/femoral lesions on 3 or 4 surfaces (p=0.001); Grade 4 K-L knees had significantly more ipsilateral tibial/femoral lesions (p=0.000); and finally, Grade 4 K-L knees were more likely to contain meniscus pathology (p=0.032).

Conclusion: Grade 4 Kellgren-Lawrence scores correlated with more severe chondral degeneration and meniscus pathology. The Kellgren-Lawrence scale can differentiate between moderate and severe osteoarthritis.


J.T. Nurmi P. Ahvenjarvi S.P. Arnoczky

The purpose of this study was to compare the effect of hydrolysis time on the fixation strengths of biodegradable Inion Trinion screws, Mitek Clearfix screws and 2-0 polydioxanone sutures. Complete peripheral, vertical, longitudinal lesions in adult bovine medial menisci were repaired with either a Trinion screw, a Clearfix screw, or a 2-0 polydioxanone (PDS) vertical suture. The ultimate tensile strength of the repair was then tested immediately or after 6, 9, or 12 weeks of incubation (N=6/group/time) at 37C in a saline solution containing antibiotics, antimycotics, and protease inhibitors. Immediately after implantation, the mean failure strengths of the Trinion screw (5215 N) and 2-0 PDS suture (646 N) were significantly (P< 0.05) higher than the Clearfix screw (2610 N). At six weeks the maximum failure loads were as follows: Trinion 2611 N; Clearfix 2012 N; and 2-0 PDS suture 71 N. By 9 weeks the PDS suture lost all fixation strength. The mean maximum failure loads for the Trinion and Clearfix screws at 9 weeks (189 N and 2614 N) and at 12 weeks (165 N and 1011 N) were not statistically different (P> 0.05). Conclusions: The fixation strengths of the Trinion screw and the 2-0 polydioxanone vertical suture are significantly higher than the holding power of the Clearfix screw at time zero. Thereafter the fixation strengths of the Trinion screw and the polydioxanone suture start decreasing, and at 6 weeks no significant difference exists between the three groups. The holding power of the Trinion screw is statistically equivalent to the holding power of the Clearfix screw after 6, 9 and 12 weeks of hydrolysis.


S. Morris D. Cottell D. McCormack

Introduction: The meniscus plays an important role in protecting the articular surfaces of the tibia and femur from excessive wear due to aberrant forces across the knee joint. While the biochemical changes associated with cartilage and meniscal wear have been well documented, little data exists in the literature describing the ultrastructural events associated with such a degenerative process.

Aim: To develop an in vivo model to evaluate the effects of joint incongruity on meniscal wear.

Materials and Methods: Six New Zealand White rabbits underwent an arthrotomy of the right knee joint. A sagittal osteotomy of the medial femoral condyle was then performed on four of these animals while the remaining two served as controls. Post operatively all animals were allowed to mobilise ad librium and were sacrificed after 20 weeks. The medial meniscus was harvested and processed for electron microscopy by routine methods. Survey light microscopy sections (1um) were examined and adjacent ultra-thin sections (50nm) were assessed in an electron microscope at magnifications from 1,500 to 30,000.

Results: On gross examination of the menisci there was no evidence of any significant wear. Neither was there noticeable damage on light microscopy. There was no significant difference in the numbers of chondrocytes and fibroblasts in the superior and inferior surfaces of both control and test samples, indicating a lack of cellular response in the test specimens. On electron microscopy, the superficial electron dense layer was markedly attenuated in test subjects (control 246 – 305 nm, test 109 – 167nm). The superior surfaces of two test samples were markedly roughened, while chondral fragments were noted in craters on the surface. Numerous cystic lesions were present within the superficial collagen stroma of test subjects. Interestingly cleavage planes were noted in the superior and inferior aspects of one of the four test subjects. No difference in collagen fibril diameter was observed between control and test subjects.

Discussion: These results represent the early stages of meniscal degeneration. The process appears to one of microfibrillation, with degeneration occurring within the bundles of collagen fibrils rather than within the substance of the fibrils themselves. The absence of a healing response suggests that this is an intractable process, a finding which accords well with findings in the clinical setting.


D.S. Mastrokalos E. Kotsovolos E.M. Hantes H.H Paessler

Aim: To compare two arthroscopic all-inside methods of meniscal refixation (Fast-FixTM by Smith and Nephew and Clearfix screw by Innovasive Devices Inc.) in a prospective study.

Method: 85 patients (mean age 32.7 years) having 87 meniscal repairs (Group C: 27 with Clearfix screw and Group F: 60 with Fast-FixTM) were included in the study.

Ligament stabilizing procedures were done in 46 (54,1%) patients who had ACL deficient knees (18 reconstructions in Group C and 38 in Group F). Only longitudinal lesions in the red/red or red/white zone were repaired. Follow-up averaged 12.3 months with a range from 6 to 25 months. Only longitudinal lesions in the red/red or red/white zone were repaired. Patients were evaluated using clinical examination, the “OAK” knee evaluation scheme and Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Criteria for clinical success included absence of joint line tenderness, swelling and a negative McMurray test.

Results: 10 out of 87 repaired menisci (11.5%) were considered as failures according to the above mentioned criteria (3 in Group C (11,1%) and 7 in Group F (11,6%)). According to the “OAK” knee evaluation scheme 68 patients (80.%) had excellent or good result (Group C: 20 (80%), Group F: 48 (80%)). Magnetic resonance imaging, however, showed persisting grade III or IV lesions in 41 (47,1%) of 87 patients with successful result (Group C: 13 (47%), Group F: 28 (46,6%)). Postoperatively, we had 10 complications (11,3%) which were not directly associated with the meniscal repair device (Group C: 2 (3,7%), Group F: 7 (11,6%)).

Conclusion: Risk factors for failure of meniscus repair are chronicity of injury, location of tear more than 3 mm from the meniscosynovial junction and meniscus side (medial). At all events, both methods seem to be very promising because of their efficasy, safety and ease to use.


T.H. Karachalios M. Hantes A.H. Zibis V. Zachos A.H. Karantanas K.N. Malizos

Background: Clinical tests used for the detection of knee meniscal tears do not present acceptable diagnostic sensitivity and specificity values. Diagnostic accuracy is improved by arthroscopic evaluation or performing magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) tests. The objective of this study was to evaluate the diagnostic accuracy of a new dynamic clinical examination test for the detection of meniscal tears.

Methods: Two hundred and thirteen symptomatic patients with recent knee injuries who all were clinically examined, had MRI tests and underwent arthroscopic surgery and 197 asymptomatic volunteers who all were clinically examined and had MRI tests of their normal knees were included in this study. For clinical examination the medial and lateral joint line tenderness test, McMurray test, Apley compression and distraction test, Thessaly test at 5° and Thessaly test at 20° of flexion were used. For al clinical tests sensitivity, specificity, negative predictive value and diagnostic accuracy rates were calculated against arthroscopic and magnetic resonance imaging data.

Results: Thessaly test at 20° of flexion showed a high diagnostic accuracy rate at the level of 94% and a low number of false negative recordings in detecting tears of both the medial and lateral meniscus. Other traditional clinical examination tests, with the exception of joint line tenderness which presented a diagnostic accuracy rate of 88% in detecting lateral meniscal tears, showed inferior rates.

Conclusions: Thessaly test at 20° of flexion can be safely used as a first line screening clinical test for the detection of meniscal tears reducing the need and the cost of modern magnetic resonance imaging methods.


M. Corrales E. Melendo L.L. Puig J.C. Monllau X. Pelfort

Introduction: Meniscal extrusion is defined as the situation in which the meniscus is partially or totally luxated from the tibial plateau. The aim of this work is to ascertain the prevalence of meniscal extrusion in non arthritic patients and to define those factors related to it. Special attention was given to the fact of anatomic variations in the menisci attachments.

Methods: The knee MRI of 100 patients that were operated on arthroscopically in our institution was prospectively studied. Seventy-two males and 28 females, average age of 36.6 years (range between 13 and 64), entered in the study. There were 43 right-knees and 57 left-knees. The average weight of the patients was 77 kg (range 44 to 135).

Results: With respect to the medial meniscus 68.9% of the cases showed some degree of extrusion, averaging at 28% of the meniscal size (ranging from 10% to 60%). In the case of the lateral meniscus extrusion averaging 15% (ranging from 10% to 40%) was seen in 18.8% of the cases.

In this series the posterior types of anterior medial meniscus insertion were the most frequently found (69.5%).

Medial meniscal extrusion was significatively correlated to the presence of a chondral lesion (p = 0.008) and to anterior medial meniscus insertion (p = 0.001). No statistical significant relationship to the rest of parameters studied was encountered. None of the parameters studied were related to lateral meniscus extrusion

Discusion: Meniscal extrusion is frequent in our series and, the hypothesis that those patients who have an anterior variant of the anterior horn insertion of the medial meniscus tend to show greater extrusion is confirmed.


W.K. Aicher T. Gruender J. Fritz K. Weise Ch. Gaissmaier

Aim: The healing capacity of human articular cartilage is very limited in the adult. Therefore tissue engineering techniques were developed to treat cartilage lesions. To it, autologous chondrocytes are harvested from the affected joint and expanded in vitro. During expansion chondrocytes may dedifferentiate, characterized by an increase in type I collagen and a decrease in type II collagen expression. Since high expression of type II collagen is of central importance for the properties of cartilage after transplantation, we investigated if the human platelet supernatants (hPS) containing PDGF and TGF-b or recombinant human bone morphogenetic protein-2 (BMP-2) may modulate the chondrogenic phenotype in monolayer cell cultures (2D) and in three-dimensional culture (3D) systems.

Methods: Chondrocytes from articular knee cartilage of 14 individuals (mean age 36.5 6.5 years) with no history of inflammatory joint disease were isolated and expanded under GMP conditions suitable for clinical purposes. The hPS was prepared from blood of 3 donors and pooled. Cells were seeded either in 2D cultures or embedded in alginate beads (3D) in presence or absence of hPS or recombinant human BMP-2 (generous gift of Dr. Hortschansky, Jena, FRG). After two weeks in culture, cells were harvested and analysis of the chondrogenic phenotype was performed using quantitative RT-PCR, immunocytochemistry and ELISA methods.

Results: Expansion of chondrocytes in primary culture (P0) did not yield populations of dedifferentiated or hypertrophic cells. Expanding cells in first subculture (P1) resulted in spontaneous reduction of type II collagen expression and increase in type I collagen mRNA amounts. Seeding P1 chondrocytes in 3D culture significantly reduced type I collagen, BMP-4 and IL-18 and maintained high type II collagen and BMP-2 encoding mRNA (p < 0.05). Reduction of IL-1b and elevation of IL-10 mRNA were noted but were statistically not significant. Addition of BMP-2 to 2D chondrocytes had no effect on type II collagen or IL-1b mRNA amounts (p < 0.05). In alginate cultures BMP-2 induced type II collagen and reduced IL-1b mRNA amounts. In contrast, addition of hPS containing PDGF and TGF-b, promoted mitotic activity in 2D and alginate cultures. The hPS reduced in 2D cultures type II and induced type I collagen expression. Even in alginate beads induction of type I collagen was detected.

Conclusions: We conclude that the chondrogenic phenotype is stabilized by BMP-2 more effectively in alginate beads but not in monolayer cultures. The hPS promotes proliferation of chondrocytes in vitro but induces elevated type I expression, an indicator of chondrocyte dedifferentiation.


T. Bitter J. Gille M. Russlies B. Kurz P. Behrens

Introduction: We developed a new treatment option for localized articular cartilage defects: the matrix-induced, autologous chondrocyte transplantation (MACT) in which we seeded autologous chondrocytes on porcine porous matrices of type I/III collagen (Chondro-Gide®, Geistlich Biomaterials, Wolhusen, Switzerland) instead of a periosteum flap.The target of this clinical prospective study was to evaluate the outcome for a follow up period of five years after transplantation.

Methods: Between 1998 and 2001 we treated 38 patients (19 male and 19 female) with localized cartilage defects (Outerbridge grade three to four). Within the follow up time of this study until October 2002 the patients were assessed clinically 3, 6, 12, 18, 24, 36 and 60 month after the transplantation using four different standard rating scales: the Meyers-score, the Tegner/Lysholm-score, the Lysholm/Gilquist-score and the ICRS-score as well as MRI. Results were documented and compared with the pre operatives. Furthermore histological stainings of four patients were assessed.

Results: Mean patient age was 35 years (19 to 58 years). Average defect size was 5,6 qcm, 10 defects localized patellar, 16 femoral medial,3 femoral lateral and 9 combined. Two years after operation 66,7% (n=25) of the patients rated the function of their knee as much better or better than before in the subjective evaluation. After five years the percentage decreased to 57,1% (n=10). Up to a follow-up time of 24 month the clinical outcome of all four scores illustrated an significant improvement. Five years after transplantation two scores still showed significant improvement (Meyers-score: p= 0,02; Lysholm-Gilquist-Score: p=0,02). The other two scores showed improvement which turned out to be non significant (Tegner-Lysholm-Score: p=0,19; ICRS-Score: p=0,06) MRI scanning results after one year could not detect the quality of cartilage defect repair. Histological evaluation of four patients might not identify any association between the quality of the tissue and the clinical outcome

Conclusion: Five years results in two scores (Meyer- and Lysholm-Gilquist-Score) still showing significant improvement imply that MACT has turned out to be an acceptable alternative for the treatment of localized cartilage defects in the knee.


G. von Lewinski C. Hurschler C. Allmann C.J. Wirth

Objective: To determine the effect of intraoperative pre-tensioning of meniscal transplants on the tibial plateau in an animal experiment:

Material and Methods: Thirty-six sheep were used for this animal study. The animals were divided into 6 groups: -group A was the sham group; – in group B medial meniscectomy was performed; in group C-F medial meniscus transplantation with an autograft was carried out. In group C-F different defined pre-tensioning was applied to meniscal transplants via bone tunnel sutures (0N, 20N, 40N and 60N respectively). After 6 months the animals were sacrificed. The lower limb specimen were placed in a material testing machine under standard conditions in 30, 60 and 90 degrees of flexion and loaded through the femoral axis to 500N. For determining contact area a thin film pressure transducer (Tekscan) was positioned underneath the medial meniscus. Statistical analysis was performed using Mann-Whitney test.

Results: The mean contact pressure of the sham group and the groups with the transplanted meniscus was significantly lower in relation to meniscectomized knees. Significant increases in contact area and reductions in in peak contact pressure could be identified. At greater flexion angles only the meniscal transplantation group with the 40N pretension showed a significant increase of contact area and/or very strong trend in relation to meniscectomized knees. Concerning peak contact pressure, all meniscal transplantated groups with exception th 0N pre-tension group showed significant reduction in comparison to the meniscectomized group.

Conclusion: Regarding the results we can conclude that the biological ingrowth has an influence on the biomechanical effect of meniscal transplantation. For this animal model and with the compressive load of 500N especially 40N pre-tension of meniscal transplants seems to be efficient to provide load transmission function of the meniscus.


L. David S. Mahroof J. Pringle M. Bayliss T.W.R. Briggs

Aim: This prospective study analyses the histological results of autologous chondrocyte transplantation in patients with articular cartilage defects of the knee joint.

Methods: This is a prospective, single centre, single surgeon study. Consecutive patients undergoing autologous chondrocyte transplantation were studied. Chondrocytes from a non-weight bearing area of the knee were harvested and then cultured in vitro. Re-implantation involved injection of the chondrocytes into the defect, which was then sealed with a collagen membrane. One year post-op, patients were evaluated by clinical, arthroscopic and histological assessment. A biopsy of the transplanted region was examined by staining with Erlich’s H& E and Safranin O, polarised light microscopy and by analysis with S100 and immunohistochemistry. Hyaline cartilage content was further assessed by examination of Type IIa & IIb collagen mRNA expression using in-situ hybridisation.

Results: The median age was 31 years. 63 knees were treated. Solitary lesions were treated in 61 knees with two defects being treated in three knees (66 defects in total). The defects were located on the medial femoral condyle in 39 cases, lateral femoral condyle in 14, trochlea in 2 and patella in 11. The defect size ranged from 1–7 cm2 (mean area 3cm2). 40 patients had at least two-year follow-up. Using the Brittberg Rating, 11 had excellent results, with 15 good, 10 fair and 4 poor. The mean Lysholm and Gillquist scores improved from 44 pre-op to 77 two-years post-op. Biopsy at one year confirmed the presence of hyaline cartilage in 22 out of 32 cases (69%). In-situ hybridisation confirmed the presence of Collagen type II in the deep zones of the biopsy with a fibrocartilaginous appearance superficially.

Conclusion This technique can provide an effective treatment for cartilage defects. The histological results are encouraging. Chondrocyte transplantation appears to regenerate tissue with the features of normal hyaline cartilage.


A. Sunil M.S. Dhillon M. Khuller O.N. Nagi

For meniscal allograft transplantation, cell viability and metabolic activity are desirable. The various modalities of preserving the menisci described in the literature include, deep freezing, gluteraldehyde, lyophillisation and cryopreservation. Since formalin in low concentrations is a proven and inexpensive method of tissue preservstion, we attempted to analyse the viability of fibrochondrocytes in the meniscal tissue preserved in three different concentrations of formalin. Twenty-four rabbit menisci were assessed, three groups of 6 menisci each were preserved in 0.25%, 1%, 5% formalin for a period of three weeks; fourth group of 6 fresh menisci were used as controls. The uptake of Na235SO4 and LDH (lactate de-hydrogenase) were analysed for indirect evidence of cell viability. Menisci preserved in 0.25% of formaldehyde showed statistically similar Na235SO4 uptake and LDH activity as the controls; reflecting a similarity in the level of cell viability and metabolic activity. The menisci preserved in 1% and 5% formaldehyde solution showed a decreased radioactive uptake as well as LDH activity.


W. Bartlett C.R. Gooding J.A. Skinner R.W.J. Carrington A.M. Flanagan T.W. Briggs G. Bentley

Background: Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation (ACI) is widely used as a treatment for symptomatic chondral and osteochondral defects of the knee. Variations of the original periosteum cover technique include the use of porcine-derived type I/III collagen as a cover (ACI-C), and the use of a collagen bilayer seeded with chondrocytes (MACI).

Aim: To determine whether differences in clinical, arthroscopic and histological outcomes at 1 year exist between ACI-C and MACI techniques.

Methods: We have performed a prospective randomised comparison of ACI-C versus MACI for the treatment of symptomatic chondral defects of the knee on 91 patients of whom 44 received ACI-C and 47 received MACI grafts.

Results: Both treatments resulted in improvements of clinical scores after 1 year. Mean modified Cincinnati knee scores increased by 17.5 in the ACI-C group and 19.6 in the MACI group (p> 0.05). Arthroscopic assessments performed after 1 year demonstrated good to excellent ICRS graft repair scores in 79% of ACI-C grafts and 67% of MACI grafts. Hyaline-like or hyaline-like cartilage with fibrocartilage was found in the biopsies of 43% of ACI-C grafts and 36% of MACI grafts after 1 year. The rate of graft hypertrophy was 9% in the ACI-C group and 6% in the MACI group. The frequency of re-operation was 9% in each group.

Conclusions: We conclude that clinical, arthroscopic and histological outcomes are comparable for both ACI-C and MACI techniques. While the MACI technique is technically attractive, further long-term studies are required before widespread adoption of this new technique.


A. Gigante C. Bevilacqua A. Ricevuto F. Greco

Introduction: The present study analysed the clinical outcome and the histological characteristics of MACI implantation at 3 years follow up.

Materials and methods: Seventeen patients (11 males and 6 females, mean age 37 years) suffering from large cartilage lesions (2cm.2) of the knee (13 cases) and the ankle (4 cases), underwent autologous chondrocyte implantation procedure in which the expanded cells were seeded on type I/III collagen membrane before transplantation (MACI – Verigen, D). Clinical outcomes were assessed by ICRS evaluation package: revised IKDC form and Knee Osteoarthritis and Injury Outcome Score (KOOS). At least 12 months after implantation biopsy samples were arthroscopically obtained from 8 patients previous informed consent. The regenerated tissue were taken according to the ICRS standardized procedure. The specimens were stained with safranin-O and alcian blue, polyclonal antibodies anti S-100 protein and monoclonal antibodies anti chondroitin sulphate, anti-collagen type I and II. The specimens were evaluated by the ICRS visual histological assessment scale.

Results: Improvement 12 months after operation was found subjectively (39.7 to 57.9) and in knee function levels. The International Knee Documentation Committee (IKDC) scores showed marked improvement at 12 months (87% A/B). 90% of biopsies showed: smooth articular surface (I:3), hyaline-like matrix cartilage (II:3), cell distribution (columnar-clusters III:2), predominantly viable cells (IV:3), normal subchondral bone (V:3), normal cartilage mineralization and tide-mark (VI:3). All sections were clearly stained with safranin-O and alcian blue. In all the specimens the cells revealed a strong immunoreaction for S-100 protein and showed a positive reaction for chondroitin-S and type II collagen. Type I collagen was immuno-detected in the more superficial layers of the biopsies. TEM analysis revealed a defined chondral cell phenotype within a chondroid matrix. Tissue heterogeneity and irregularities of the surface were observed in four cases.

Conclusions: Clinical improvement and hyaline-like appearance of the repair tissue indicate that MACI implantation is an effective technique for the treatment of large lesions of the articular cartilage of the knee and the ankle.


O. Meyer G. Godolias

Purpose of the study: Autologous chondrocyte transplantation has become in the last years more and more popular for the treatment of chondral knee lesion. The standard procedure has good result, however important disadvantages represent the difficulty to manage liquid chondrocyte culture solution and the necessity to create the hermatic periosteum suture.The aim of the our study was to investigate the short time results of a matrix-induced chondrocyte transplantation (MACT) for treatment cartilage defects in the knee und to analyse ad- or disadvantages.

Method: Since June 2001 we use for the autologous chondrocyte transplantation (ACT) instead of a periosteum flap the 3-dimensional matrix or resorbarble fleece. 35 patients with defects in cartilage of the knee have been treated so far. Average defect size was 4,8 qcm, all patients had a follow up with clinical investigations and MRI studies. The results were evaluated by different scores.

Results: 33 of 35 patients were after six months satisfied with the operation result or justed it more better. All of the subjective or objektive parameters of the different scores were improved after one year. The clinical outcome was good in the follow-up.

Conclusion: In the follow up the results can be compared with the one found in literature of the standard periost method. The matrix-induced chondrocyte transplantation has the advantage, that no periost flap is needed and that the chondrocyte culture is not liqiud. The first results are promising.


J.L. Rhenter

For 20 years, the cultures of cartilage cells have been giving an important hope in the reconstruction by autografts of the cartilage defects. However, the impossibility until recently to obtain a real cartilaginous tissue did not allow a real graft.

The development over 15 years, by the company Bio-Tissue in Freiburg (D) and Dr. Erggelet, has allowed the realization, from an autologous culture, of a real RESISTENT cartilaginous tissue, allowing a real implantation with fixation of the cartilaginous defects.

We have been practicing this technique for 18 months and have now the experience of 10 cases.

The technique consists in taking, under arthroscopy, from the external trochleocondylar junction, 6 to 8 small “rice grains” of cartilage and in cultivating them for 3 to 4 weeks, which allows to obtain 12 cm2 of graft; more important surfaces are obtained if necessary by extending the culture (18, 24, 30 cm2, etc…).

Technically, the not very important defects can be performed under arthroscopy, but as soon as the extent is important we prefer an open-air approach.

The intervention begins with the preparation of the sick zone, removing the remainders of damaged cartilage until the subchondral bone with a special sharp curet, realizing rectilinear edges. A “tracing” of the prepared zone is realized, allowing the precise cut-out of the graft; after testing, the graft is fixed by its 4 corners with Dexon passed through the transosseous tunnels, by special pins, blocked by a series of transosseous knots, flattening the graft against the subchondral bone. The technique is relatively simple and quick (pictures).

Post-operatively, support is suppressed for 1 month, and the flexion is immediatley started on an electric splint in order to avoid adhesions. Careful walking with support is restarted after one month. Swimming is advised after the 6th week. An MRI control is performed after 3 months and after 6 months, which has always allowed us to visualized well the graft, its good thickness, the continuity with the healthy cartilage and its good adaptation to the subchondral bone. Sport can be restarted after 8 months, as well as carrying charges and physical activities.

A biopsy performed 7 months after the implantation, has allowed us to verify that the graft had developed well into HYALIN cartilage (picture).

The clinical results are satisfying with the hindsight that we have, which seems to corroborate the results of the longer series of Erggelet.

This technique, real BIOSURGERY, is particularly satisfying and if the good results are confirmed in the long-term, it will be a real revolution in orthopedic surgery, all the more since its application to other joints than the knee is possible.


W. Bartlett C.R. Gooding A.A. Amin J.A. Skinner R.W.J. Carrington A.M. Flanagan T.W.R. Briggs G. Bentley

Background: Autologous chondrocyte implantation (ACI) was introduced over 15 years ago as a treatment for full-thickness chondral defects in the knee. Current understanding of ACI graft morphology and maturation in humans is limited. The aims of this study were determine the incidence of hyaline-like repair following ACI, and to clarify the relationship between repair morphology and clinical outcome.

Methods: A retrospective review of 194 ACI graft biopsies from 180 patients, and their clinical outcome was conducted. 154 Biopsies were performed 1 year after implantation and 40 biopsies were performed at 2 years. Three techniques of ACI implantation were used; Collagen covered ACI (ACI-C), periosteum covered ACI (ACI-P) and Matrix-Induced ACI (MACI).

Results: At 1 year, hyaline repair tissue was found in 48 (53%) ACI-C grafts, 7 (44%) ACI-P grafts, and 12 (36%) MACI grafts. The frequency of hyaline tissue found in biopsies performed at 2 years (84%) was significantly higher than those performed at 1 year (48.6%), p=0.0001, suggesting that grafts continue to remodel after the first year post implantation.

Clinical outcomes during the first two postoperative years did not vary according to repair morphology type, though hyaline repair was associated with better clinical outcomes beyond 2 years; At 1 year, good to excellent clinical scores were observed in 29 (78.4%) patients with hyaline-like repair, 23 (76.7%) patients with fibrohyaline repair, and 54 (74.0%) patients with fibrocartilage repair. By years 3 and 4 post-implantation, clinical scores further improved in patients with hyaline-like repair yet declined in those with fibrocartilage and fibrohyaline. The difference was significant at 3 years though not at 4 due to the small number of cases.

Conclusions: Achieving hyaline-like repair is critical to the longevity of cartilage repair. The finding of hyaline-like cartilage or fibrohyaline cartilage in 31 of 37 biopsies (84%) performed after 2 years is therefore encouraging and supports further use of the ACI technique.


G. Kordas J.S. Szabo L. Hangody

Introduction: Adequate congruency and primary stability are vital for good long-term results after mosaicplasty. The strength of press-fit stability of the grafts depends upon the length and diameter of the graft, extent of dilation and bone quality. The aim of our study was to quantify the effect of graft diameter and dilation length on the primary stability of single osteochondral grafts against compression and compare the stability of single and multiple osteochondral grafts in an in vitro biomechanical animal model.

Methods: In the single graft series one osteochondral graft was transplanted from the trochlea of porcine femurs to the weight-bearing area of the lateral femoral condyle, while in the multiple graft series three grafts were transplanted in a row or in circular fashion in the same position. We used the MosaicPlasty instruments (Acufex, Smith & Nephew Inc. MA, USA). The specimen was installed on a testing machine (Computer controlled ZWICK FR005TH type tensile machine, Zwick GmbH Ulm, Germany) and the graft was first pushed in level with the surrounding cartilage surface, then it was pushed 3 mm deeper. The push-in forces were measured and the compression curve was registered.

Results: In the case of single 4.5-mm grafts, the mean level push-in force was 43.5 N, pushing 3 mm deeper needed a mean of 92.5 N (n=13). In the case of single 6.5-mm grafts, level push-in needed a mean of 76.2 N, while for pushing 3 mm deeper a mean of 122.2 N force had to be used (n=14). The length of the drill-hole and the dilation were both 20 mm in each setting. When using 20 mm long drill-holes and 15 mm dilation length, the values above were found to be 36.6 N and 122.5 N in the case of 4.5-mm grafts (n=12).

In case of multiple grafting level push-in needed a mean force of 31.8 N in the row series, while pushing 3 mm deeper needed a mean of 52.17 N (n=7). In the circle series level push-in needed a mean of 30.44 N, while for pushing 3 mm deeper a mean of 54.33 N force had to be used (n=9).

Conclusions: These results suggest that grafts of greater diameter are more stable in absolute values and the stability may be increased by shorter dilation length, while level push-in forces do not increase significantly. Multiple grafts may not be as stable as single grafts after transplantation and transplantation in a row or in circular fashion does not influence stability.


E. Guarda R.M.I. Branco J. Campagnolo J. Amaral J. Salis

Purpose To analyse the outcome of twenty children (24 hips), C.P. patients with established dislocation of the hips submitted to surgical reduction.

Methodology Betwen 1998 to 2002, a retrospective review of twenty children, (24 hips) with spastic or mixed quadriplegic cerebral palsy with established hip dislocation was undertaken,. Patients were operated by the same technique: – open reduction and capsulorraphy (anterior approach) plus proximal femoral VDRO with shortening of the femur and psoas tenotomy (lateral approach). Follow-up was 4.6 years (2–6 y). Age average 9.4 years, (range 4y 8m to 13y 6m). There were 12 boys and 8 girls. All patients were mentally retarded and nonambulatory. All patients were clinically evaluated, pre and postoperatively, and pelvic AP X-rays were taken in a standard supine position, in order to determine the percentage of uncover-age of the femoral head (Reimer’s method) and the acetabular index.

Results The results were generally good with a postop migration percentage of 21,1% (1 hip subluxated) and a better acetabular index. As complications we had 1 fracture, 3 pressure sores and 1 epiphysiodesis. As clinical evaluation we had difficulty in wheelchair seating in 4 patients and pain in 2 patients.

Conclusion Concentric stable reduction of the dislocated femoral head is quite possible with an agressive surgical technique. An easy reposition of the femoral head without any abnormal tension is possible through a generous shortening of the femur, usually without need of an extra bone procedure in the acetabulum. As these patients are always bone immature is possible to extend this surgical procedure into the adolescents.


F. Andrea

Since June 2002 15 hip autologous chondrocyte transplantations were arthroscopically performed for both acetabular roof and femoral head chondral defects.

15 Patients affected by chondral defect in the hip joint were treated with autologous chondrocyte transplantation. The mean follow up was 13.8 months (range 16 – 12 months) and the chondral defect was classified as 3rd – 4th degree, according to the Outerbridge’s classification. The defects were located on the acetabular roof in 12 cases, on the femoral head in 2 cases and on booths articular surfaces in 1 case.

9 patients were female and 6 male. The mean age was 40.7 years (from 52 to 22).In all cases the procedure was arthroscopically performed.

A Bioseed C tissue was employed as a scaffold for chondrocytes, cultured in a tridimentional shape.

A group of untreated 15 patients, matched for chondral defect degree, sex distribution and mean age was selected as control.

All the Patients of both groups were pre and post operatively evaluated with the Harris Hip Score (HHS).

Patients treated with hip autologous chondrocyte transplantation significantly improved after surgery (mean pre-op HHS 51.3; mean post-op HHS 85.3) compared with the untreated group (mean pre-op HHS 52.1; mean post-op HHS 64.5). Worst results were obtained in Patients affected by chondral defect located on the femoral head and when the joint space was reduced.

Hip arthroscopy steel represent a new approach for treatment of hip’s disorders. Chondral defects of the hip can be treated with autologous chondrocyte transplantation, performed by hip arthroscopy. This study demonstrates the efficacy of this procedure compared with untreated patients.


D. Karataglis M.A. Green D.J.A. Learmonth

Full-thickness chondral defects of weight-bearing articular surfaces of the knee are a difficult condition to treat. Our aim is to evaluate the mid- and long-term functional outcome of the treatment of osteochondral defects of the knee with autologous osteochondral transplantation with the OATS technique.

Thirty-six patients (37 procedures) were included in this study. Twenty-three patients were male and 13 female with a mean age of 31,9 years (range: 18 to 48 years). The cause of the defect was OCD in 10 cases, AVN in 2, lateral patellar maltracking in 7, while in the remaining 17 patients the defect was post-traumatic. The lesion was located on the femoral condyles in 26 cases and the patellofemoral joint in the remaining 11. The average area covered was 2,73cm2 (range: 0,8 to 12cm2) and patients were followed for an average of 36,9 months (range: 18–73 months).

The average score in their Tegner Activity Scale was 3,76 (range: 1–8), while their score in Activities of Daily Living Scale of the Knee Outcome Survey ranged from 18 to 98 with an average of 72,3. Thirty-two out of 37 patients (86,5%) reported improvement of their pre-operative symptoms. All but 5 patients returned to their previous occupation while 18 went back to sports. No correlation was found between patient age at operation, the size or site of the chondral lesion and the functional outcome.

We believe that autologous osteochondral grafting with the OATS technique is a safe and successful treatment option for focal osteochondral defects of the knee. It offers a very satisfactory functional outcome and does not compromise in any way patients’ future options.


D.D. Frisbee W.G. Rodkey J.R. Steadman C.W. McIlwraith

Introduction: Incomplete removal of calcified cartilage appears to be associated with suboptimal repair tissue attachment. Furthermore, histologic evaluation of arthroscopically debrided chondral lesions demonstrated that removal of calcified cartilage was not obvious using standard arthroscopic equipment. The purpose of this study was to compare chondral healing with and without removal of calcified cartilage in experimentally created chondral defects.

Methods: Twelve mature horses underwent bilateral arthroscopy of the femorotibial joints. A 1cm2 chondral lesion was made on the weight bearing surface of both medial femoral condyles. Randomly, in each horse one lesion had complete removal of the calcified cartilage layer (CCL) using curettes, and the CCL was left intact on the contralateral side. All defects were subjected to subchondral bone microfracture. At 12 months, all horses were euthanized and all femorotibial joints were harvested. MR imaging was performed in a 1.5 Tesla clinical MRI scanner. Analysis of variance was to analyze data.

Results: Gross and histomorphometric observations confirmed significantly (p< 0.05) better repair tissue at 12 months after surgery in defects where the CCL had been removed compared to defects where the CCL remained intact. MRI results revealed subjectively thinner and more incomplete repair tissue filling defects where the CCL remained intact compared to when it had been removed.

Conclusions: Based on gross, MRI and histologic findings, this study suggests that care should be taken in debridement of clinical cartilage lesions to assure complete removal of calcified cartilage.

Summary: Removal of the calcified cartilage layer significantly improves the healing of chondral defects.


J. Poul J. Bajerova J. Juma

Aim: To introduce a mini-invasive surgical treatment for lengthening of knee flexors in cerebral palsied children.

Material and methods: Operation is performed in prone position under tourniquet control. The trocar (4mm) is introduced from middle thirds of dorsal surface of the thigh in the direction caudally from small incision. By means of the trocar soft tissues are separated from the superficial fascia and a working tunnel is created. Then optical system is introduced and gas (CO2) is pushed in. Under the guidance of the videoscopic system another two small incision are done, one medially one laterally. By means of the knife blade and arthroscopic scissors the superficial fascia is divided and musculotendinous junction of gracilis and semitendinosus is found and muscular recession is done. The aponeurosis of semi-membranosus is isolated and transversely cut. When necessary, from second mini-incision the aponeurosis of biceps femoris is isolated and cut. Operation method was prepared on a cadaver study, concerning the learning curve, for the operation were selected patients with only moderate flexion contracture, Bleck angle between 50–60°.

Results: In 5 operated legs videoscopic tenotomy resulted in full correction of fixed flexion. Small incisions healed uneventfully. No vascular or neurological complications were registered.

Discussion: Videoscopic technique firstly was used in our institution for correction of fixed equinus in CP patients. Concerning good results and acquired operation technique, obtained experience was used for correction of fixed flexion contracture.

Conclusion: Videoscopic correction of fixed knee flexion in CP seems to be a safe and reliable operation method.


K. Devalia B. Colin

Abstract: Arthrograms are commonly carried out in conjunction with an examination under anaesthesia before surgical intervention in Perthes disease. It is routinely undertaken as an independent day case procedure in the radiology department. Our protocol dictates that a containment procedure is considered in patients who lose their ability to abduct the affected hip during the fragmentation stage of the disease. The main role of the arthrogram and EUA is to confirm that the affected hip has adequate abduction under anaesthesia to meet the prerequisites of a varus osteotomy and to confirm that the head is containable with no hinge abduction. This study was carried out to investigate whether arthrogram findings ever altered the pre operative clinical decision. Our findings question the role of arthrography as a routine before surgical intervention and the cost benefit ratio is evaluated.

Material and methods: The study was carried out at Alder Hey Hospital, UK. 107 cases were reviewed retrospectively. This included the treatment decision before arthrogram on the last clinic letter, any major findings on arthrogram and change in treatment decision after the procedure. The acetabular head index, central edge angle and the lateral pillar height were measured on routine antero-posterior radiographs and arthrogram on affected side.

Results: 22 patients were excluded from the study due to inadequate records. Out of the remaining 85 there was no change in decision in 69 patients after the procedure. Only 5 patients required different management after arthrogram than what was planned earlier based on clinical findings. We found a good correlation between AHI measured on pre-operative x-ray and the arthrogram. The study revealed that the surgical decision based on clinical findings, was not altered by arthrography in most cases. The EUA findings were more valuable. It helps the surgeon to decide the angle of varus osteotomy, required to contain the femoral head in acetabulum and confirms an adequate abduction to undertake the procedure. This quick assessment can be carried out at the time of the proposed osteotomy under the same anaesthesia without the need for arthrography. In conclusion we recommend that arthrography should be reserved for questionable cases where clinical findings are inconclusive and therefore the appropriateness of treatment is uncertain


M. Frydrychová P. Dungl J. Chomiak O. Adamec

Purpose: To give the review of the foot deformities in the patients with myelomeningocele (MMC), their relationship to the level of the neurological lesion and therapeutic possibilities.

Material & Methods: Since 1998 till 2004 there were 20 patients with myelomeningocele treated in our clinic, in 19 patients was noted the foot deformity (total 34 feet). The deformity was unilateral in 4 patients, asymmetric in 2 patients (equinovarus + calcaneovalgus or planovalgus). The most frequent was equinovarus deformity (16 feet, 47%), next planovalgus deformity (9 feet, 26,5%), calcaneovalgus (7 feet, 20,6%) and equinovalgus (2 feet, 5,9%). In 28 feet the surgery was done. For the correction of the various deformities of the feet were used soft tissue releases or tendons transfer, in the older patient or after failed soft tissue release the bony operation was done (tarsal osteotomy, talo-calcaneal stabilisation, artrodesis).

Results: The aim of every type of surgery was to achieve the acceptable foot shape, with plantigrade step and possibility of weigh bearing, with minimal risk of the pressure necrosis. In the most patients the purpose was achieved, although some of them passed several surgeries. In 18 deformities only one surgery obtained the correction of the deformity, the but for the 10 feet subsequent surgery was required because of the residual or relapsing deformity. In 3 patients was noted the pressure necrosis, in 1 patient appeared the fracture of the distal tibia (epiphyseolysis) after the removal the postoperative plaster.

Conclusion: The orthopaedic care about the patients with MMC is only a part of the interdisciplinary approach of several specialists. The procedures for the correction of the neurogenic deformities of the feet, belong to the delicate surgery and is necessary very careful indication in relation with the type of deformity, which is dependent on the high of the lesion, and with the expectancy of walking. In the patients with good prognosis of walking is necessary to choose the procedure which guarantee weight-bearing and plantigrade step without the risk of ischemic skin defects.


N. Craveiro Lopes C. Escalda D. Tavares C. Villacreses

Perthes disease in children above 8 years old, generally has a worst prognosis. On this age group it is common that hinge abduction appears in a descentered and uncontained hip, situation that has a difficult solution with the standard surgical procedures. On those cases arthrodiastasis as described, can be a valuable treatment option.

The rationale of arthrodiastasis on Perthes is that it permits to reduce the hip, protect it during the fragmentation stage, and creating a vacuum phenomenon inside the acetabulum it “insufflate” the collapsed plastic head, permitting the reconstruction of a spherical head.

Our actual protocol to treat Perthes disease in a more than 5 years old child, include a transphyseal tunneling made as soon as possible on the necrotic stage and protection of the hip in a abduction-flexion brace. If at any time a hinge hip develops then arthrodiastasis is applied.

The procedure is simple, fast and low traumatic, including the positioning in a traction table, application of a Ilizarov frame with hinges centered on the center of rotation of the head, with the limb in a position of abduction and slight flexion, which permits the reduction and containment of the hip, and then a progressive arthrodiastasis to 1 1.5 cm. The frame was used for 3–5 months and during this period one could assist to the progressive growth of the collapsed femoral head. After arthrodiastasis the hip is protected with an abductionflexion brace for a mean of 8 months.

The Authors present the 5 first cases where this methodology was applied, standing out the good results obtained, without complications, mentioning the faster evolution to reconstruction stage in the cases where transphyseal tunneling was done, permitting a shorter period of arthrodiastasis.


P. Gallacher A. Milligan A. Acharya A. Bass

Introduction: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the predictors of outcome of hip reconstruction in cerebral palsy and to review the trend in recovery over five years following operations.

Methods: 39 reconstructions in 22 patients [mean age 9.9 SD 2.1] with a mean follow up of 4.7 years were reviewed retrospectively. Information regarding diagnosis, preoperative function and symptoms, details of operation and the postoperative status were retrieved from the clinical records. Preoperative, postoperative and yearly follow up radiographs were reviewed to document acetabular index, Rimmer’s migration percentage (MP) and CE angle. 17 patients underwent simultaneous bilateral hip reconstruction. Femoral osteotomy was performed in all cases in the primary hip and in 17 cases in second hip. Acetabuloplasty was performed in 18 patients in the worst hip and only in 5 cases in the second hips.

Results: The mean preoperative MP in the worst hip was 81%. This improved to 30.7%. In the second hip it improved from 38% to 12.2%. The follow up measurements of the acetabular indices, MP and CE angle had a significant correlation with the postoperative measurements (p< 0.05). In 18 patients hip pain improved and in 14 patients sitting tolerance improved. Perineal hygiene improved in 7 patients following the operation. Graphs of trends in the MP and CE angle are presented. There was no correlation between preoperative presence of pelvic obliquity and post operative outcome. There was no significant difference in outcome in the groups of patients based on open reduction at the time of surgery.

Discussion and Conclusions: The final outcome of the reconstruction can be predicted consistently from the first postoperative radiograph. The quality of reduction at the time of operation is of paramount significance in ensuring long-term survival of the reconstruction.


J. Poul L. Sramkova

Aim: To analyse retrospectively patients after subtalar extra-articular arthrodesis in CP patients.

Material and methods: The operation was designed to correct pronated valgus foot. Followed cohort involved 43 patients with 72 affected and operated feet. Subtalar arthrodesis was based on insertion of bicortical graft obtained from iliac wing in the corrected position of the foot. Immobilisation in POP cast continued for 6 weeks postoperatively. Patients were followed clinically and radiographically in standing position before the operation, and after that at regular intervals. Clinical examination involved estimation of heel valgus, foot-prints, videodocumentation. Lateral talo-calcaneal angle (TC) and calcaneal-bottom angle (CB) were measured on radiographs. Moreover qualitative-descriptive classification was used (good, fair, poor).

Results: The median of preoperative TC angle was 44,5° at right foot and 48,0° at left foot. The median of postoperative angle changed to 29,5° at right foot and 29,0° at left foot. The difference in TC angles before and after operation was statistically significant. The median of preoperative CB angle was 7,5° at right foot and 7,0° at left foot. The median of postoperative CB angle was 10,5° at right foot and 7,5° at left foot. The difference in CB angles before and after operation was not statistically significant. Operation failed in two cases due to collapse or migration of the graft. Significant improvement in this study was found in 59 (82%) of cases.

Discussion: Plenty of reports concerning the use of classical Grice-Green operation in different modifications were reported. This study is based on the use of bicortical cortico-cancellous graft, which provided good stability as well as a smooth incorporation to the neighbouring bones. The correction in TC angle dominated over change in CB angle.

Conclusion: Subtalar extra-articular arthrodesis showed in mid-term follow up very good results.


D. Abramovic R. Brdar M. Vidosavljevic S. Ducic B. Bukva

Unicameral bone cyst is a frequent benign lesion of the child’s skeleton of unclear ethopathology and scarce symptoms.Possible complications and limits in the child’s activities necessitate an active approach to management.

Intracystic injection of corticosteroid depot, curettage of the cyst and bone grafting and osteoinduction procedures are three frequently used therapeutic procedures.Having in mind that attitudes regarding initial treatment are still heterogeneous, in period 1992–2001, we have conducted a study aimed at making a comparative analysis of those commonly applied methods of treatment.

The prospective randomised study included 37 patients treated with corticosteroid injections, 32 patients treated with curettage and bone grafting and 31 patients treated with osteoinduction procedure.As osteoinductive material we used mixture of demineralised bone matrix powder and autologous bone marrow.

Results evaluation was based on criteria designed by Neer,Campannaci and Capanna.Mean follow up period was 6,5 years.

In our patients results of initial treatment were good, regardless of the applied method and they do not significantly differ from the results of other authors.No significant difference in treatment outcome was statistically revealed and frequency of recurrence does not vary in relation to applied method.

Mean failure rate was 18%,mean recurrence rate 10% and mean rate of usual complications 17%.

Under conditions of similar efficiacy, it is justified to apply a less invasive method in the initial treatment.

Methods of corticosteroid injection and osteoinduction are advantageous in cysts with physeal and epiphyseal propagation especially in the upper limb. Besides, those methods are characterised by simplicity, safety and short duration of intervention and hospitalisation and short limitation of the child’s activity.In exceptionally large cysts, as well as in cysts localised in the femoral neck and complicated with displaced fracture which requires reposition and osteosynthesis, the advantage is given to curetage and bone grafting.


R.R. Brown E. Goergens C.T. Cowell D.G. Little

Traumatic osteonecrosis of the femoral head in adolescents has a poor prognosis due to collapse and degenerative change. We hypothesised that early bisphosphonate treatment to reduce osteoclast activity could allow revascularisation and repair with maintenance of joint congruity.

Nine patients with documented osteonecrosis were treated with intermittent intravenous pamidronate (Aredia, Novartis) commencing within a mean 1 month of diagnosis (range, 5 to 91days). The dosing protocol has evolved over two years with the current dose being 9 mg/kg/year for 18 months. Mean follow up is 19.8 months (range, 13 to 30 months) with all patients followed for more than one year. There were 6 patients, who presented after unstable SCFE. Of these the index procedure had failed in three, requiring multiple early operations. The other three patients had sustained an inter-trochanteric fracture with a pelvic fracture, a traumatic hip dislocation and a femoral neck fracture respectively.

Eight of the patients are painfree. Six have been instructed to fully weight bear, while two can partial weight bear and one is non-weight bearing. Seven of 9 patients do not show significant resorption of the femoral heads at the most recent follow up. Of the two patients with significant resorption, one patient began to resorb after his medication was ceased, so it was recommenced. He has subsequently undergone a realignment procedure. The other patient had resorption of a section of the femoral head, which had not re-vascularised by 18 months, and this was elevated and bone grafted. These two hips are considered functional in the short term as they are currently pain free, but their deformity is expected to bring about early osteoarthritis in adult life.

This early experience lays the foundation for prospective clinical trials of bisphosphonate therapy in adolescents with osteonecrosis. It appears that bisphosphonate treatment protocols for adolescents will need to be prolonged. Our current practice is for a duration of around 18 months with normalisation of uptake on bone scan as the end point for therapy.


R.S. Lee S. Weitzel J. Pringle D. Higgs F. Monsell T.W.R. Briggs S.R. Cannon

The purpose of this study is to demonstrate that definitive surgery (extraperiosteal excision) is required in patients with osteofibrous dysplasia (OFD) due to the risk of recurrence and co-existent adamantinoma

OFD is an unusual childhood condition, which almost exclusively affects the tibia. It is thought to follow a slowly progressive course and to stabilise after skeletal maturity. The possible link with adamantinoma is controversial with some authors believing that they are part of one histological process. This therefore provides difficulty in recommending treatment options

A retrospective review of OFD was conducted. Using the Stanmore Bone Tumour Unit database 22 cases were identified who were initially diagnosed with OFD or were diagnosed on final histology. All cases were tibial except one lesion in the ulna and one in the fibula

Management was diverse depending on the severity of symptoms and the extent of the lesions encountered. Definitive (extraperiosteal) surgery in the majority of our patients was localized excision for small lesions (less than 50% of the bony circumference) and segmental excision followed by reconstructive surgery for more extensive ones. Seven patients had a sharkbite excision and a further seven were treated with fibula autografting. Of the latter group, one required further excision and bone transport due to recurrence of OFD. An additional five underwent bone transport & distraction osteogenesis using the Ilizarov technique and one had a proximal tibial replacement. Nine initially underwent curettage, but eight recurred (recurrence rate 88.9%). No recurrences occurred following localized extraperiosteal excisions and bone transport. There were three confirmed cases of adamantinoma.

In view of the risk of association of OFD with adamantinoma, and to some extent the continuous morbidity of OFD if left untreated, we believe that radical extraperiosteal excision is indicated in most if not all cases of OFD


D. Anticevic M. Bergovec T. Djapic

Introduction: The main features of osteogenesis imperfecta (OI) are excessive fragility and deformability of the long bones owing to poor bone quality and reduced bone mass, what leads to frequent fractures and residual deformity. Fractures in patients with OI usually heal rapidly, and conservative treatment is mostly successful. However, in displaced and unstable fractures surgical treatment is the only option.

Aim: To present our experience in surgical treatment of fractures and deformities as a consequence of OI.

Patients and methods: There are 41 individuals with OI in Croatian OI Register. We retrospectively analyzed 18 patients (12 males, 6 females) who were surgically treated from 1979 to June 2004 due to fractures and deformities of the long bones. At the time of the first surgical procedure in our Department, the youngest patient was 23 months old, and the oldest patient was 34 years old (average: 9.6 years). In two patients birth fractures were noticed, and in four patients fractures occurred in the first three months of their lives. In 9 patients severe form of OI was observed. There were 63 operative procedures in 18 patients, with the range from one to seven procedures per patient. We performed 36 reoperations mostly due to fractures of overgrown bone on solid intramedullary nail.

Results: Different intramedullary rods were used on 34 occasions. We used solid intramedullary nails (Kuntchner’s nail, Rush’s nail) in 14 operations, Kirschner wires in 12 operations, and expandable intramedullary rod (Sheffield) in five operations. Elastic titanium nail (Nancy) was used in three operations. Other modes of fixation i.e. plates and screws, ASIF external fixator, and Ilizarov system (one patient) were used in total 29 operative procedures. None of the patients had infection related to operative procedure. Operations were mostly performed on femur (43 operations, 68%) and tibia (13 operations, 21%). There were 7 procedures (11%) on the upper extremities. We observed delayed union in three patients who were treated with bisphosphonates, and in two patients on proximal ulna. At the last follow-up ten patients were outdoor walkers, with or without one hand aid.

Conclusion: Using correct indication, surgical technique and appropriate fixation device, surgical treatment can be safely performed in patients with OI. Surgery, rehabilitation, and medical treatment may significantly improve mobility and function in OI patients. The rarity of the disease, leading to small numbers of operations performed in a year, and the variable surgical findings, support centralization of surgery in OI patients with complex limb fractures and/or deformities.


J. Chomiak J. Huracek P. Dungl

Purpose of the study. To evaluate the changes of the wrist by arthroscopy without distraction in patient with multiple hereditary osteochondromatosis (MHO) and enchondromatosis in relation to the forearm deformity and the combination with following surgical procedure.

Introduction. Wrist arthroscopy was used to evaluate the changes in the wrist in patients with MHO and enchondromatosis and to correlate these changes to specific deformities of the forearm bones.

Material and Methods The new technique of wrist arthroscopy without distraction was used in 16 children in 20 wrist joints, with MHO (12 patients) and enchondromatosis (4 patients). Conventional 2.4mm arthro-scope and the III/IV, VI/R and MCU approaches were used in combination mostly with the following surgical procedures according to present deformities (15 times). The arthroscopical findings were correlated to the conventional X-ray examinations of the wrist (radial articular angle, carpal slip, and relative ulna shortening).

Results. 1. Wrist arthroscopy without distraction offers the sufficient information about wrist anatomy in children and it was possible to continue with the surgical procedure in the same session. 2. The arthroscopic findings in the radiocarpal and mediocarpal space were normal in all wrist joints, with exception of one patients with cartilage lesions. 3. The articular disc of triangular fibrocartilage complex failed in 11 wrists, where shortening of the ulna was present or head of ulna was not centred to incisura radii. 4. The normal or reduced disc was found in 5 and 4 wrists, respectively, where ulna was not shortened or where normal position of head of ulna was re-established after lengthening. No correlation was obtained between discus anatomy and radial articular angle and carpal slip.

Conclusions. Shortening of the ulna by MHO or encho-dromatosis leads to elimination of the articular disc and later to degenerative changes in wrist joint. Lengthening of the ulna to distal radioulnar joint leads probably to re-establishment of the articular disc. Arthroscopy without distraction evaluates the wrist conditions and the results of treatment and enables a surgical procedure in the same session in children of the school age.


J. De Pablos Fernandez S. Garcia Gonzalez J. Martinez Mariscal A. Tejero Ibanez

Don O’Donoghue (1950) described a particular acute injury of the knee in athletes (“also of high school age”) that he described as “an unhappy triad”. It consisted of: 1) rupture of the Medial Collateral Ligament (MCL), 2) damage to the Medial Meniscus (MM) and 3) rupture of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL)

We have reviewed the arthroscopic findings of 34 consecutive knees (ages 12 to 16 years) with complete rupture of the ACL. In 21 cases the injury was acute, and the remaining were chronic of had had more than one traumatic episode at the time of arthroscopy.

Out of the 34 cases, 26 had associated meniscal injuries: 4 MM; 14 Lateral Meniscus (LM) and 8 MM plus LM. Acute ACL injuries were associated mainly with LM damage (MM/LM: 1/5) whereas, in the chronic injuries, there were no such differences (MM/LM: 1/1). Out of the 21 acute LCA injuries there were 17 cases of acute rupture of the MCL.

Conclusions: 1- Contrary to what has been widely accepted, also in pre-adolescent and adolescent, Acute ACL ruptures are more frequently associated with LM damage that with MM tears. 2- Most injuries of the MM associated to ACL injuries (particularly “bucket handle” tears) are the result of a previously ACL unstable knee.


G. Bhardwaj R.K. Gupta

S-I joint disruptions are high-energy injuries, often resulting in prolonged morbidity with conservative management. Operative management in contrast permits early ambulation and avoids prolonged recumbency.

Ten patients of type C disruptions of S-I Joint were managed by operative stabilization after their haemo-dynamic stabilization. While four of the patients were managed by anterior plate fixation, percutaneous lag screw was used in the remaining six to stabilize the SI joint disruption. Supplementary external fixation was used in four of the patients in addition to percutaneous lag screw. Patients were evaluated using Matta’s criteria based on parameters like pain, walking ability, range of hip movements and radiographic findings. None of the patients complained of pain and normal walking. Good radiological reduction was achieved in all the ten cases, although secondary displacement was seen in one patient of anterior plating.

Plate fixation on anterior aspect of S-I joint provides less protection from vertical instability on account of possibility of axial rotation, as there is space for only one screw on the sacral side of the joint. In contrast percutaneous screw provides adequate stability against vertical displacement, as it is placed at right angle to the direction of displacement. Supplementary external fixation provides additional stability in the horizontal direction and makes it possible to permit early ambulation. Minimal dissection and little blood loss are the other advantages of this procedure over plate fixation. However the procedure is technically demanding due to the presence of vital anatomical structures in the vicinity.


P Carbonell P. Domenech Fernández J.R. Vicente-Franqueira

Objective: To study deformities in tibial fractures that are treated orthopedically.

Material and Methods: A prospective study of 42 tibial fractures treated orthopedically (1996–2003), Average age was 8.9 years, Nineteen (45.2%) were male and 23 (54.3%) were female. Average follow-up was 59.6 months. Nineteen of the fractures (45.2%) were medial third and 23 (54.8%) were distal. The fracture line was spiral in 26 cases (61.9%), oblique in 10 cases (23.8%) and transverse in 6 (4.8%). In 18 cases (42.9%), there was a facture of the fibula and in 24 cases there was not (57.1%). Exclusion criteria: previous fractures, angular deformities less than 5 and surgical treatment. At one year post-concolidation, antero-posterior and lateral X-rays were taken and if the angular deformity was greater than 5 a tibial CT was done to measure axial rotation. Descriptive statistical and non-parametrical studies was done with signification p < 0.05.

Results: Varus deformity was 5.8, valgus 6, recurvatum 6.5 and antecurvatum 4, In 23 cases (54.8%), an association varus and recurvatum was found, in 9 cases (21.4%) valgus- recurvatum were associated, and in five cases each there was varus- and valgus- antecurvatum associations (11.9%). Healthy tibia had an external rotation of 38.2, while the rotation of fractured tibia was virtually the same at 38.5. In fractures of the medial third, external rotation decreased 8.3(55.6% cases). When the fibula was intact, external rotation was 6.4(40%) and decreased 8.7 (17.5%). When was fractured, decreased 6.5(30% cases). Localization and fracture line had no impact on results. external tibial rotation was greater for intact fibula than for fractured ones (p= 0.03).

Conclusions: 1) The majority of tibias treated orthopedically consolidated in varus or valgus-antecurvatum, 2) When there was a lesion of the fibula, the consolidation of the external rotation of the tibia increased, when there was no lesion to the fibula, it decreased.


S Sinha R. Shetty P. Housden

Traumatic dislocation of the hip in children is rare. Large series have shown this injury to be 25 times less common in children than in adults. Only 70 cases of Neglected traumatic dislocation of hip in children has been reported in the English literatures and most of those studies are too small to draw a significant conclusions. We report our experience of treating 20 such cases of neglected traumatic dislocation of hip in children (< 12 years). All had posterior dislocations without any associated fracture. They attended the hospital between 1–52 weeks after injury.Closed reduction under G.A was performed in 12 cases which were less than 3 weeks old while 8 hips(> 3 weeks old) had open reductions following failed reductions with skeletal traction. At 2 years follow-up, a complete range of motion was found in 18 children while the remaining two had 80% of normal hip movement with no significant deformity. All the hips showed varying degree of avascular necrosis, with preservation of joint space on radiographs.

We suggest that attempted closed reduction of under 3 weeks old and open reductions for older dislocations gives satisfactory results. Also an anatomically placed femoral head maintains the stimulus for growth of pelvis and the femur.


C. Taylor P. Curtin E. Sheehan D.M. Moore F.D. Dowling E.E. Fogarty

There is little data regarding the epidemiology of childhood injury in Ireland. This is difficult to obtain retrospectively. The aim of this study was to prospectively evaluate paediatric trauma referrals to our department, describe their epidemiology, and identify potentially preventable injuries in children. Our unit at the National Childrens Hospital is located in a growing suburban area in South Dublin. Injury surveillance was conducted on orthopaedic referrals by distributing a form to parents of children attending fracture clinics or admitted acutely for surgery. Parents were asked for demographic information, and a brief description of the injury in terms of location, mechanism and circumstance of injury. Diagnosis was completed by the attending doctor and data was transferred to a computerised database. We analyzed data from the 397 referrals in the first month of this study. The mean age of injury was 9.1 years and the male: female ratio was 1.3:1. The peak hour of injury was 7 – 8 pm. Only 33% of injuries occured during the weekend. 62% of injuries were due to falls, usually form the standing position. The most common location for injury was in or about the home (39%), and other notable locations were school (16%) and sportsfield (14%). 61% of falls greater than 1 metre occurred at home, mostly from walls and childrens slides. 20% of injuries occurred while participating in organized sport, including Gaelic football, soccer and hurling. Injuries occuring during unsupervised sport were more likely to need surgery. Domestic ‘bouncing castles’ and trampolines, increasingly popular in our area, were a notable cause of significant trauma to the upper limb. 7% of injuries occurred by falling from a bicycle, but vehicular road traffic accident was an uncommon cause of injury. 263 children had confirmed fractures, other injuries consisting largely of sprains to the ankle, elbow and wrist. Predictably, the bones most commonly fractured were the radius (41%), phalanges (15%) and humerus (11%). 20% of fractures needed operative management, mostly forearm manipulation under anaesthesia. 63% of operative cases were performed outside of normal working hours. Several countries utilise injury surveillance as a means of development and evaluation of injury prevention strategies. In our initial study, basic surveillance has outlined local characteristics of chilhood trauma, and some trends were noted. In particular, we suggest home injuries need further attention in out catchment area.


Full Access
S. Morris P. Kiely B. Thornes N. Cassidy M. Stephens F. Mc Manus

Aim: The literature suggests that the incidence of osteomyelitis in the paediatric population has changed. We undertook to examine changes in incidence, causative organisms and treatment regimes over a 13 year period.

Methods: Patients admitted with a diagnosis of osteomyelitis between January 1991 and January 2004 were identified from hospital records and data collected from their medical and laboratory records.

Results: A total of 362 patients were admitted over the study period with a mean age of 5.9 years. A significant decrease in the number of patients presenting over the study period with osteomyelitis was noted, from a peak of 77 cases in 1991 to 12 cases in 2003 (p< 0.05). There was no significant difference in patient age or length of hospital stay over the study period. The majority of cases involved the lower appendicular skeleton with Staphylcoccus Aureus being the commonest organism cultured (accounting for 60% of positive cultures). All cases were initially treated empirically with intravenous Flucloxicillin and oral Fusidic acid. Surgical debridement/decompression was required in 11% of cases.

Conclusion: Osteomyelitis now appears to be a rare condition in children with a marked decrease in the incidence being noted over the study period. This correlates with the introduction of the Haemophilus Influenzae B vaccination in Ireland and may partly explain the decrease in incidence. The majority of cases settled on a course of non-operative management.


G.P. Bhardwaj A. Singla

The need for operative fixation of paediatric femoral fractures is increasingly being recognised in the present decade. The conventional traction and casting method for management of paediatric femoral fractures is giving way for the operative stabilisation of the fracture. We conducted a prospective study on 25 pediatric patients age group 6–14 years with diaphyseal femoral fractures, stabilised with two titanium nails of same size. Titanium nails were inserted through distal metaphyseal area 1 inch above the physis in a retrograde manner. Patients were followed up clinically and radiologically for one year.No patient was lost in the followup. Overall good results were reported with the use of TENs with minimal complications. Hospital time averaged 4.26 days in the series. All the fractures healed with an average time to union of 2.96 weeks. Return to school was early with an average of 7.8 weeks. Shortening was reported in two cases due to angulation at the fracture site. There were no delayed union or infection. The soft tissue discomfort near the knee produced by the nails ends was the most common problem encountered and thence cutting the nail ends closer to the bone is important. 5 nails had to be removed ssssubsequently after the bony union due to this problem. With proper operative technique and aftercare TENs may prove to be an ideal implant for pediatric femoral fracture fixation in the coming times.


P. Johnson B. Kurien M.V. Belthur S. Jones M.J. Flowers J.A. Fernandes

Aim: To report our experience and early results with flexible nailing for unstable or irreducible displaced proximal humeral fractures in children.

Material & methods: Between 1997 & 2004, 15 children with unstable or irreducible displaced fractures of the proximal humerus were treated with closed/open reduction and flexible IM nailing. There were 10 boys and 5 girls. The median age of the patients was 12.5 years (9–15). Thirteen children had a Salter – Harris II, Neer grade III/IV fracture and 2 children had metaphyseal fractures. The outcome assessment was performed using the shoulder score, clinical and radiological parameters.

Results: All fractures united. None of the patients had a clinically significant malunion/shortening. Three patients had irritation at the nail insertion site. One patient had a transient radial nerve neurapraxia. There were no other operative or postoperative complications. The flexible nails were removed at a median time of 6 months (1.5–10) in 12 patients and 3 patients are awaiting removal. At a median follow-up of 30 months (4–66) all patients had a normal or near normal glenohumeral motion, full strength and all reported regaining full pre-injury functional use of the involved extremity.

Conclusion: Flexible nailing can be used safely to maintain reduction in unstable or irreducible displaced fractures of the proximal humerus and allows early return to normal activities and function with minimal complications. This treatment is also useful in older children who have minimal remodelling potential.


G. Volpin L. Lichtenstein H. Shtarker J. Chezar A. Kaushanski M. Daniel

Purpose: A retrospective study was performed in order to evaluate the results of fixation of displaced unstable fractures of both bones of the forearm in children by intramedullary pins.

Materials and methods: During the last fifteen years 121 children with displaced midshaft fractures of the forearm were treated by open or closed reduction and smooth intramedullary pin fixation. The age range was 5–16 years, the mean 11 years. Seventy five children (62%) were operated upon primarily because of an irreducible fracture, and the remaining 46 (38%) were operated upon within two weeks after failed closed reduction. The arm was then immobilized in a plaster cast extending above the elbow. The average time for fracture healing and cast removal was 8 weeks. Afterwards the children were encouraged to move the elbow and wrist joints. The hardware was removed following a period of between 6 weeks to 5 years (average 5.5 months), under sedation or general anesthesia.

Results: Follow up was available in 91 of the 121 children for between 6 months to 15 years (mean 5.5 years). Using the grading scheme of Price, functional results at follow up were excellent in 79/91 patients (87%) and good in 12/91 children (13%). There were no fair or poor results. Of them, in 80 cases (88%), within one year from injury, a full range of movement was obtained in the elbow and wrist joints. 11 patients (12%) had an average loss of 10 degree of supination. In two cases there was a neuropraxia of interosseous nerves which disappeared spontaneously within 3 months. In one patient, a 16 year old boy, there was a delayed union of 6 months until solid healing. 4 patients had a mild degree of angulation of the distal third of the forearm. There were no incidences of deep infection, nonunion or damage to the epiphyseal plate.

Conclusion: In conclusion we found that smooth intra-medullary pinning for displaced midshaft fractures of the forearm in children is a good, simple and safe method.


I. Agorastides Y. Chee F.A. Carroll N. Garg A. Bass C.E. Bruce

Introduction Most proximal humeral fractures are treated conservatively. However, treatment for the severely displaced fractures (Neer’s grade IV) is more challenging. This is especially in the adolescent age group where the remodelling potential is reduced. We report on our 8-year experience of fixing severely displaced proximal humeral fractures in children using ESIN.

Method Between 1996 and 2003, we treated 14 children (7 metaphyseal and 7 epiphyseal fractures) using ESIN. 11 were completely displaced and 12 were caused by high energy forces. Our indications included unstable fracture with severe displacement (> 2/3 shaft diameter), age above 12 years and multiple injuries/polytrauma. Manipulation of the fractures and the operative technique is described. Post-operatively, the arm is kept in a sling for 2 weeks. All patients were reviewed on a monthly basis until clinical and radiological healing. Following the removal of the nails, the patients are only discharged when they demonstrate full pain-free range of movement.

Results The double nail technique was used in the first 2 cases and a single nail was used for the subsequent 12 cases. The fracture was reduced by open technique in 1 case. In another, the nail was inserted antegrade. Time from injury to surgery was 2.4 days. The mean operation time was 65 minutes and hospital stay 2.1 days. Time to clinical healing (complete pain-free range of movement) was 2.4 months and radiological healing 3.2 months. All nails were removed by 6 months. Shoulder and elbow range of movement returned to normal at 3.5 and 3.2 months. Complications included 4 cases of elbow stiffness due to nail prominence and 1 case of nail breakage during removal. 1 patient had 10 degrees of varus and in 2 other patients, 5 degrees of varus and 1 cm of shortening and 1.5 cm of shortening respectively. At the final follow-up (14.6 months), all patients had symptom free full range of movement.

Conclusion ESIN is a valid treatment for the severely displaced proximal humeral fractures in the adolescence. It avoids lengthy and awkward immobilization and allows early post-operative mobilization. The single nail technique proved to be adequate to maintain alignment and allow fracture healing, keeping the invasiveness of the procedure to a minimum.


V.R.M. Reddy A.W. Miles J.L. Cunningham S. Ghedduzzi P. Henman

Aim: To compare the biomechanical properties of paired flexible steel and titanium nails in simulated transverse fractures of synthetic composite bones.

Methods: Steel and titanium nails (3mm diameter) were individually used in pairs of divergent configuration to study torsion, cantilever bending (anteroposterior and lateral), and axial loading properties of adolescent synthetic composite tibiae model (10mm diameter). Properties of the intact bone, simulated fresh fracture with nails and simulated healing fracture with nails were studied. Instron 4303 universal testing machine was used to study axial loading. Applying fibreglass layers around the fracture with epoxy resin simulated fracture healing with callus formation.

Results: Steel and titanium nails maintained good alignment of fracture fragments. Both the nails demonstrated very poor stability of fresh fractures in torsion loading. Steel nail/bone construct was 57% stronger than Titanium nail/bone construct under similar testing conditions during fracture healing (p< 0.05) but still < 50% stiffness of intact bone. In bending tests, both types of nails showed < 10% of the stiffness of intact bone in fresh fractures (p< 0.05). Mediolateral stiffness was better than anteroposterior stiffness. In fracture healing, the bending stiffness of both types of nail/bone constructs was > 50% that of intact bone. Axial stiffness of both nails was more than bending or torsion stiffness implying that fracture fragments play a significant role in the stability of the fracture.

Although both types of nail/bone constructs demonstrated similar stiffness results in fresh and healing fractures, steel nails performance was statistically better than Titanium nails in all loading tests (p< 0.05).

Conclusion: Fractures fixed with either type of flexible nails should be supplemented with splints or plaster for a short duration until callus formation. Flexible nails should be used with caution in comminuted fractures, over weight patients since they may not provide adequate stability or allow early mobilization. Additional research with cadaver bones may provide further insight into the performance of the flexible nails.


A. Agarwal Selven A.J. Hammer K. Deep Y. Morar

Purpose of the study: To establish the difference between AO plate osteosynthesis and Elastic Stable Intramedullary Nailing and the long-term outcome.

Design: Prospective randomised study.

Material: During 2000 and 2002 prospective randomised study was carried out where children with diaphysial fracture of long bone was either treated with osteosynthesis with AO plate or ESIN. 32 children had AO plate osteosynthesis and 34 children had ESIN procedure.

Methods: In our series of patients managed with ESIN Nailing 24 had forearm fracture 6 had femur fracture 2 had humeral and 2 had tibial fracture. The other group with AO plate osteosynthesis had 25-forearm fracture 1 humeral fracture 4 tibial fractures and 2 femoral fractures.

Results: The group treated with AO plate osteosynthesis 2 had rotational deformity and rest did well. The recovery period after removal of metal work was longer.

The group treated with ESIN procedure 1 patient fell down and bend the C-Nail, which was straightened in situ, and the fracture healed with slight curvature of the femur, which corrected slowly with growth. The forearm fractures did not have any rotational deformity. The recovery period post removal of the ESIN was very short.

Conclusion: We find that ESIN is a superior procedure for diaphysial fractures of long bone in children and AO plating should only be done in cases where ESIN is not possible.


S.W. Sturdee Z. Dahabreh P.A. Templeton E. Cullen

The aim of this study was to compare the modern treatments for femoral fractures in children to see if they have any advantages over traditional treatments. The modern treatments are mainly operative with the objective is to get the children mobilising early and to minimise the time spent in hospital. We studied 66 children who had sustained a traumatic femoral shaft fracture, over a six-year period with a minimum follow up of two years. A protocol using early hip spicas for under 5 year olds, flexible intramedullary nails for over 5 year olds, and external fixation for the polytrauma cases was started in 1999. Over a three-year period there were 25 children who sustained a fracture (Early active group). These were prospectively reviewed with a minimum follow up of 24 months. The outcome measures being, length of hospital stay, degree of mal-union, range of movement of the hip and knee, leg length discrepancy, pain and functional restrictions. This modern patient group was compared with all the fractures in the three years prior to the new protocol commencing. This group were treated usually with in patient traction (Traditional group). There were 41 children in this group who had sustained a fracture between 1996 and 1999.

The mean length of hospital stay was 32 nights in the traditional group and 19 nights in the early active group (p less than 0.001). If we exclude the children who were severely injured with multiple injuries the mean stay is 29 nights and 10 nights (p less than 0.001). There was no significant difference in the mal-union rate between the two groups. Very few had pain and at 2 years they all had good clinical and functional results. The only significant complication rate was with the fractures that were treated with an external fixator. These were mainly pin site infections. In our population there has been a 40% reduction in the incidence of femoral fractures over the six-year period for which we have no explanation.

These modern treatments have resulted in a shorter hospital stay that has many advantages for the child and family as well as financial savings.


A. Dulgeroglu O. Olcer R. Gur Ustaoglu H.H. Oztekin Z. Sertoz

Purpose: The aim of this study was to evaluate the clinical and radiological results and hospital stay of incorporated hip spica cast treatment in peadiatric diaphyseal femoral fractures.

Material and methods: 49 femoral diaphyseal fractures of 48 children who were admitted to our institution between March 1998 and November 2001 were included in this study. Mean age was 4.5 years. Mean follow up was 30.5 months.The mechanisms of the fractures were: 45.7% road traffic accident, 8.3% falling and 6.2% sports injuries. Immediate supracondylar skeletal traction with a 3 mm. K-wire was applied to all patients under general anesthesia. This wire was incorporated with a hip spica cast after the reduction of the fracture under fluoroscopic control. All patients discharged from the clinic after 24 hours. Reduction and evidence of callus formation have been carefully checked with two plane X-rays taken on the follow-ups. We have removed the cast and K-wire in the evidence of callus formation on both AP and lateral X-ray views. After two weeks of careful rehabilitation program the patients were encouraged to walk with full weight bearing. The patients were followed in every three months in the first year and in every six months in the second year. Radiological assessment of roentgenograms and scoring of the final radiological result after fracture consolidation were evaulated as shown in Table 1.

Findings: The average hospital stay was 24 hours. We have noticed pin tract infection only in 2 cases. We had only one re-fracture. Mean duration of cast removal was 6.9 weeks and mean consolidation time of the fracture was 13.3 weeks. On the final follow-up X-rays, mean overriding was 6mm(range 0–20 mm.). Mean shortening of the affected limb was 2mm. The mean deformity noted at the cast removal was as follows: Varus angulation 3.8 degrees, Valgus angulation 5.6 degrees, Anterior angulation 13.3 degrees. At the final examination we have noted the mean deformity angles as follows: Varus angulation 1.7 degrees, Valgus angulation 3.6 degrees, Anterior angulation 2.27 degrees. We have evaluated the results as excellent in 35 cases(72%), good in 9 cases(19%), moderate in 4 cases(9%)

Conclusion: The treatment of femur fractures in children is controversial and highly variable. Each method of treatment has practical and theoretical advantages and disadvantages. The literature provides few comparative studies. Malunion is the most frequently used endpoint of treatment but every treatment is prone to different types of malunion. Any evaluation of treatment must consider all aspects of malunion including displacement, angulation, rotation, and length. Our study suggests that the clinical results of immediate incorporated hip spica cast application is a very reliable method compared with other choice of treatments. Safe and easy application, short hospital stay and low cost, are the major advantages of this method.


R. Vadivelu J.J. Dias F.D. Burke J. Stanton

The purpose of this prospective clinical study was to identify the true incidence, pattern, and location of the injury and nature of fracture following hand injuries in different paediatric age groups attending a hand unit. Three hundred and sixty children (237 boys and 123 girls) under 16 years of age who presented with hand injuries between 1st April 2000 and 30th September 2000 were included in the study. Bony injuries accounted for 65.5% (236 injuries), 33.3% (120 injuries) were soft tissue injuries. The projected annual incidence rate for skeletal injuries was 418/100,000 children/year. Incidence was low in toddlers (34/100,000), more than doubled in pre-school children (73/100,000) and steeply increased to around 20 fold after the 10th year (663/100,000). Girls had a higher incidence of hand injuries among toddlers and pre-school children. Crushing was the most common cause of hand injury (64%) and most injuries were sustained at home (45%). Toddlers sustained soft tissue injuries predominantly (86%) and older children sustained more bony injuries (77%). Sport was the cause of injures commonly in the older children. There was a higher incidence of fracture in little finger (52%) followed by the thumb (23%). The proximal phalanx was the most frequently fractured bone (67%) among the phalanges. Diaphyseal fractures (46%) were more common in the metacarpal and basal fractures (51%) were common in the phalanges. At discharge more than 80% of the patients felt that they were cured or significantly better. This paper highlights the changing pattern and the different varieties of hand injuries in different paediatric age groups.


M. Bhatia P. Housden

The aims of this study were i) to see if there is an association between poorly applied plasters and redisplacement of paediatric forearm fractures, and ii) to define reliable radiographic measurements to predict redisplacement of these fractures. The two radiographic measurements which were assessed were Cast Index and Padding Index which are a guide to plaster moulding and padding respectively. The sum of these was termed as the Canterbury Index.

Case records and radiographs of 142 children who underwent a manipulation for a displaced fracture of forearm were studied. Angulation, translation displacement, Cast index and Padding index were measured on radiographs.

Redisplacement was seen in 44 cases (32.3%). The means and 95 % Confidence intervals for cast index and padding index were 0.87 (0.84, 0.90) and 0.42 (0.39, 0.62) in the redisplacement group whereas were 0.71 (0.69, 0.72) and 0.11 (0.09, 0.12) in the group with no redisplacement respectively. Initial displacement, Cast index, Padding index and Canterbury Index were significantly greater in the redisplacement group (p< 0.005). No statistically significant difference was seen for age, fracture location, initial angular deformity and seniority of the surgeon. We suggest that Cast Index > 0.8, Padding Index > 0.3 and Canterbury Index > 1.1 are significant risk factors for redisplacement of conservatively treated paediatric forearm fractures.


N. Garg Agorastides Y. Chee F.A. Carroll C. Ramamurthy A. Bass C.E. Bruce

Introduction ESIN is an established method of treatment of long bone fractures in children, which has been in regular use in our institution since 1996. We report on our 7-year experience of using ESIN for the treatment of long bone fractures in children.

Method 92 fractures were nailed (26 femoral, 12 tibial, 17 humeral and 37 forearm). The average age was 12 years (7–15) and average follow-up 15 months. Main indications included unstable and severely displaced fractures, failure of conservative treatment and polytrauma or head injury. Data collection included mechanism of injury, fracture configuration, treatment delay, operation time and technique, length of hospital stay, rehabilitation, healing, nail removal and complications.

Results 49% of fractures were caused by road traffic accidents. All were diaphyseal apart from 14 proximal humeral fractures. The average surgery delay was 7 days and operation time 78 minutes. Open reduction was performed in 3 femoral, 1 humeral and 18 forearm fractures. Single nailing was used for the proximal humeral and forearm fracture. The average hospital stay was 5.8 days, ranging from 12 days for femoral to 2 days for forearm fractures. Clinical healing was achieved at 3.5, 4.3, 2.4 and 2.1 months respectively for femoral, tibial, humeral and forearm fractures.

The commonest complication (25%) was skiin irritation around the entry site, which invariably resolved after implant removal. Delayed union occurred in 2 femoral and 2 tibial fractures (all healed following bone marrow injection). 2 tibial fractures mal-united and 1 tibial fracture was complicated with compartment syndrome. The average nail removal time was 9 months. The nails could not be removed in 4 cases.

Conclusion ESIN is minimally invasive and has a low complication rate. It avoids the lengthy immobilization of conservative treatment, and the surgical trauma of plating without the association of refractures or nerve damage. We believe it represents a valid option in the treatment of long bone fractures.


St. Prové J. Heizmann F. Laumonier

This retrospective study of 196 cases of children’s elbow dislocation had for objectives to check literature’s epidemiological data and to compare the various therapeutic protocols used over a 32 years period.

The average age was 11 years, boys (117) were more frequently affected than girls (79). Both sides were almost equally affected. Most dislocations were posterior or postero-lateral (176). An associated fracture has been found in 104 cases, in 64 cases it was a medial epicondyle’s fracture. Nervous or vascular complications have been found in 8 cases and have immediately been reversed following reduction of the dislocation.

153 patients have been reviewed, 134 patients reported good results, 12 results were average and 7 results were poor. Radiological calcifications have been found in 37 cases (24%). We have shown significant statistical link between the occurrence of elbow stiffness and 2 factors: the carrying out of late kinesitherapy and the appearance of posttraumatic calcifications. We haven’t found any factor favoring the appearance of calcification.

This large series has confirmed the epidemiological data found in literature and allowed us to initiate a simple therapeutic stance combining an early reduction under general anesthesia, the carrying out of an osteosynthesis each time it is necessary and a plastered immobilization of 4 weeks followed by a self rehabilitation.


B. Moller-Madsen I. Hvid J.O. Sojbjerg

Introduction. Chronic aquired anterior dislocation of the radial head, Bado type I Monteggia equivalent lesion is a uncommen occurence in children. We present our results of sixteen childrn treated with an angular corrective osteotomy

Material and methods. Sixteen children, mean age at the time of injury was six years and eight years at the time of surgery. Time from dislocation to diagnosis was median 30 weeks. Preoperatively decreased range of motion was detected. All children underwent angular ulnar osteotomy using Boyd-Thompson approach. The osteotomy was fixed using a single Steinmann pin. Long arm cast was applied until radiographic healing was detected.

Results. Follow-up showed all but one had successful reduction. Non-union was not detected. All children were pain free at follow up. The total flexion-extension arc of motion measured median 135 degrees. Total rotation of forearm measured median 145 degrees.

Conclusion. Correct treatment of Monteggia equivalent lesionsare demanding. Both in relation to obtaining the correct diagnosis without delay as well as the best treatment procedure. Full antebrachium X-rays are recommended in order to get exact diagnosis initially. Corrective angular ulnar osteotomy is recommened as soft tissue procedures alone is insufficient for alignment of the elbow.


M. Synder K. Niedzielski M. Drobniewski

Introduction: Late diagnosed developmental dysplasia of the hip joint (DDH) is now a very rare case in an orthopaedic practice. It is mostly because of early ultrasound screenings of baby’s hips. Two ultrasound techniques are most popular and widely used in the world – the Graf’s technique in Europe and Harcke’s in the USA. The purpose of this study was to establish a value of Harcke’s technique which is not very popular in Europe.

Material and Methods: During the last 10 years, 25 000 ultrasound hip examinations of newborns hips because of early DDH screening were performed in our Clinic. In every child both hips were examined using two techniques (Graf’s and Harcke’s). The mean age during the first hip ultrasound examination was 5 weeks (from 10 days to 8 weeks). The Siemens SL1 equipment with linear transducer of 7.5 MHz was used for examination. The position of the hip during examination followed all requirements indicated by Graf or Harcke. All ultrasound examination were performed and analyzed by two orthopaedic surgeons.

Results: In this study the DDH was diagnosed in 5,6% of all examined hips. Most common type of dysplastic hip was type II according to Graf’s classification, or laxity with stress according to Harcke’s classification. The cases with decentration (subluxation or dislocation) were diagnosed in 2% of all dysplastic hips. In Graf’s technique there were some differences in measuring the beta or alfa angles between examiners, however, this did not influenced the type of hip dysplasia. Harcke’s method was easy to perform because the measuring of the angles was not necessary. The time which was required for examination of a child’s hips did not extend 2 minutes.

Conclusions: Both methods are very useful in early diagnosis of DDH and could be used for general hip screening for newborn hips. Harcke’s method gives a better visualization of the hip in two planes and gives dynamic pictures.


P.S. Johnson I. Davies M. Burton M.J. Bell M.J. Flowers

Background The ossific nucleus of the femoral head is usually present ultrasonographically around 12 weeks of age. It has been considered that the presence of an ossific nucleus in the femoral head is an indication of hip stability. In the ultrasound scan clinic for the assessment of developmental dysplasia of the hip at Sheffield Children’s Hospital, we have identified unstable hips with ossific nuclei, as well as, the appearance of ossific nuclei at as early as 2 weeks of age. These observations suggested the need to clarify the initial considerations that the ossific nucleus appeared ultrasonographically around 12 weeks of age and was an indicator of hip stability.

Aim To determine the relationship, if any, between the presence of the ossific nucleus of the femoral head ultrasonographically and stability of the hip.

Patient selection We have included in our study all the children who have had an ultrasound scan of their hips from 1996 to 1999 at Sheffield Children’s Hospital for suspected developmental dysplasia.

Methodology We have retrospectively reviewed reports of ultrasound scans performed for developmental dysplasia of the hip between 1996 and 1999. We have looked at the report for both the hips of each child. We have collected and analyzed data with regard to the age of the child at the time of the scan, the depth of the acetabulum, the shape of the femoral head, the presence or absence of an ossific nucleus, the dynamic stability of the hips and the congruity of the joint as reported on the ultrasound report. We report the findings in the first 318 hips of the 627 available patients in the study period.

Results The ossific nucleus can appear as early as 2 weeks and yet may not be visible until 24 weeks. In the 318 hips examined the ossific nucleus was present in 46 (14.47%). The age range for these scans was 1–40 weeks after birth. Of the 318 hips 252 (79.24%) were stable on dynamic screening, 274 (86.16%) had a normal(spherical) appearance of the femoral head, 209 (65.72%) had normal acetabular development and 263 (82.7%) demonstrated congruence of the hip joint. These data have been analyzed using Microsoft excel at confidence intervals of 0.8, which suggest no relationship between the presence of the ossific nucleus and hip stability.

Conclusion The limited early results of this study have shown that the ossific nucleus of the femoral head can appear from a very early age, may not appear until well after 12 weeks of age and is not an indicator of hip stability. Its presence on ultrasound scan does not exclude developmental dysplasia of the hip.


I. Kolar D. Keretic

Certain technical advances, such as flexible intramedullary fixation and bioreabsorbable implants, have further increased enthusiasm for surgical management of pediatric fractures.» (Flynn et al.). In the Paediatric Surgery Department biodegradable pins of solid polydioxanone (PDS) in management of paediatric fractures have been used since April 1986. PDS pins are too soft for the osteosynthesis in fractures with fragments under high tensile pressures. However, we have successfully carried out a large number of internal fixations in children’s elbows. This is based on accurate distribution of PDS pins and careful positioning of periostal sutures and the adjacent disrupted muscles. Our technique, as presented at the 2nd European Congress of Paediatric Surgery in Madrid in 1997, is to fix temporarily the repositioned fractured fragment with Kirschner’s metal wire. Following osteosynthesis with PDS, the protruding K-wire is left in place for seven days until the limb is safely immobilized.

A total of 96 patients were operated. The purpose of the study is to compare osteosynthesis with PDS pins (Group A) with that of metallic K-wire (Group B). Each group consisted of 48 children. General characteristics (age, sex, and fracture types) were statistically the same (P > 0.05). In Group A, with children between 2 and 13 years, or 9.3 on average, 21 children were with the lateral condyle fractures (43.75%), 25 children with medial epicondyle fractures (52.08%), and 2 children with medial condyle fractures (4.16%). In Group B, with children between 2 and 14 years, or 8.7 on average, 26 children were with lateral condyle fractures (54.16%), 19 children with medial epicondyle fractures (39.58%), and 3 with medial condyle fractures (6.25%). The study excludes Milch Type II fractures of medial and lateral condyles. The results have been examined in the follow-up period of one, three, and six months of two different methods according to Flynn’s criteria. After statistical evaluation the differences obtained had no statistical significance (P > 0.05). However, satisfaction score (0 – 10) is significantly higher in Group A than in Group B for both parents and evaluators (P < 0.05). Both treatments exhibit good results with the exception that the use of metal osteosynthetic material requires another operation. If metal wires are used and cut just underneath the skin, protruding with local inflammation may appear. Proper use of PDS pins requires no further operation. This is to the benefit for both the patient and rehabilitation staff.


G. Lopes M. Cassiano Neves P. Migueis J. Monteiro

Introduction – Elbow dislocation in children is a rare lesion and most of the times is associated with a fracture of the medial epicondyle. When there is a fracture of the radial neck it is even more rare and usually represents a major instability with large soft tissue disruption.

Methods – Between 1984 and 2003, 56 patients with unilateral elbow dislocations were identified ranging from 4 to15 years of age. In 8 patients a radial neck fracture was associated and in two there was a radio ulnar translocation . All these patients were treated the same way: closed reduction of the fracture dislocation under general anesthesia, evaluation of the instability and fracture fixation by closed means (Metaizeau technique). No ligamentous reconstruction was performed even in the presence of severe instability after bone reconstruction. A plaster was applied for two weeks followed by active mobilization.

Results – All fractures healed with no complications. All patients except one regained full range of motion. The patient with a loss of extension (20°) complaints of pain on the lateral side during sports activity and has a minor instability test positive for the lateral collateral ligament.

Discussion – This is a rare lesion in children not well documented in the literature. In the adult population there is an emphasis on the necessity of a repair of the soft-tissue structures as an integral part of the surgical strategy for elbow dislocation that require operative treatment (Mckee et al. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2003 Jul–Aug;12(4):391–6). In this small series we found no major instability in a long follow-up study even without reconstruction of the soft-tissues.

Conclusion – We concluded that in this particular type of lesion, a close anatomical reduction of the articular surfaces with restoration of the normal relationship around the elbow was fundamental to restore elbow stability with no need for soft-tissue reconstruction


P. Calder M. Ramachandran R. Hill D. Jones

Normal acetabular development in developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) depends upon early and maintained congruent reduction. Computed tomography is an accepted method for evaluating this and attempts to quantify hip reduction, by various angular and linear measurements, have been reported.

The aim of this study was to assess initial CT scans, following open reduction in the older child with DDH, with comparison of outcome to evaluate prognostic value.

Method: Thirty consecutive patients underwent open reduction for DDH, with a mean age of 25.9 months at the time of operation. Acetabular morphology and the position of the femoral head were evaluated on the initial CT scan, taken on the first postoperative day, and AP pelvic radiograph taken at the latest follow-up.

Results: The acetabulae of the dislocated hips were found to be significantly more anteverted than the normal. The dislocated hips also had significantly increased lateral displacement both initially and at latest follow-up. Posterior displacement of the proximal femoral metaphysis should raise concern due to an association with the need for further surgical intervention. These results did not however correlate with outcome.

In conclusion, despite the significant differences noted between DDH and normal hips they did not predict acetabular development or persistent acetabular dysplasia.


M. Burton E.H. Whitby M.J. Bell

Background Information on embryological hip development has been obtained from post mortem examination (1). There is less information on normal fetal hip (2). Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) allows development to be followed in the healthy baby.

Aim To assess the value of MRI of the foetus and neonate to provide information on normal and abnormal hip development.

To establish normal patterns of hip development.

To obtain charts that could be used to detect abnormality earlier.

There are three aspects to this study:

Validation – analysing MRI scans of babies hips prior to post mortem (the gold standard) would verify MRI as a valid tool for such studies.

Similarly for a) fetuses in utero b) pre and term babies.

Patient selection 30 patients for each aspect of this pilot study, 90 in total (3).

For the initial validation process, parents who had consented to post mortem were asked to consider additionally an MR scan of their neonate’s hips, a total of 30 cases.

Method MR images in axail and coronal planes were obtained using a high resolution T2 weighted sequences (4).

Measurements were made, by two independent observers, of the width and depth of the acetabulum and the radius & diameter of the femoral head, volume and area were calculated. Inter-observer variation was assessed.

Results The babies ranged in gestation from 17 – 42 weeks

With the exception of the acetabular width each dimension showed little development until week 20 when the line of growth rose exponentially. The acetabular width showed only a slow rate of growth despite the changes seen in the femoral head. Levels of observer agreement were high (ICCs 95% = 0.98) for all but depth (ICCs 95% = 0.86). The measurements for all dimensions were in line with previous post mortem studies.

Conclusion MRI is a valid and acceptable alternative to post mortem in the assessment of hip development eventually allowing early detection of abnormal hip development.


R. Kotnis V. Spiteri C. Little T. Theologis A. Wainwright M.K.B. Benson

Aims: To assess the value of hip arthrography in planning definitive treatment for children with DDH and Perthes’ disease.

Background: It is sometimes unclear whether children with DDH and Perthes’ disease need an operation. Surgeons are guided by the clinical symptoms and signs together with the radiographic appearances of the affected hip. In our Unit children on whom an operation is considered undergo an examination under anaesthetic (EUA) and a hip arthrogram. This prospective study was developed to assess whether treatment was modified by the arthrogram.

Methods: All patients who underwent an EUA and hip arthrogram for DDH or Perthes’ disease over a 10 month period were entered into this prospective study. Prior to arthrography a Consultant Children’s Orthopaedic Surgeon formulated a treatment plan. A standard arthrogram was performed which included anteroposterior, frog lateral, Von Rosen and oblique views. Traction axial loading views were taken to assess stability. Following EUA and arthrogram the Consultant Surgeon formulated a definitive treatment plan. Three Children’s Consultants were then invited subsequently to review the preoperative and arthrographic appearances blindly to monitor reproducibility. Twenty-one patients with DDH and 19 with Perthes’ disease were entered into the study.

Results: In the DDH group of patients the treatment plan was modified in 12 of the 21 patients as a consequence of the arthrogram. Six of the 19 patients (31.6 %) of the Perthes’ affected patients had their treatment modified. When it was felt likely prior to EUA a conservative treatment was indicated. The correlation of intra-observer Consultant agreement was high but inter-observer Consultant agreement was moderate only. In both groups of patients the range of hip motion was significantly greater under anaesthesia.

Conclusion: Static and dynamic arthrography helps decision making in patients with DDH and Perthes’ disease.


H. Omeroglu A. Bicimoglu H. Agus Y. Tumer

Purpose: The aim of this prospective controlled study was to assess the natural history of acetabular development in D.D.H. treated under 18 months of age.

Method: For this purpose, patients who were treated using a posteromedial approach soft tissue surgical procedure due to unilateral D.D.H., had intraoperative radiographic anatomic reductions, had neither any type of avascular necrosis of the femoral head nor breakage of the Shenton’s line during the follow-up period, had complete follow-up till at least 10 years of age and had normal center-edge angles at the latest follow-up were selected from a prospective series that started in December 1993. Unaffected contrlateral hips were used as controls. Fourteen hips of 14 patients (13 females and 1 male) met the above mentioned strict criteriae and included the study. Acetabular angle of Sharp (AA) was measured to assess the acetabular slope in the frontal plane preoperatively and during follow-up. A paired t-test was used for the statistical analysis of the data and a P value less than 0.05 was considered significant.

Conclusion: In anatomically reduced and uncomplicated dysplastic hips which have been treated under 18 months of age, acetabular slope in the frontal plane tends to improve continuosly till at least 10 years of age and reaches to similar angular values as in the unaffected hips at nearly 7 years of age. In such hips, it may not be appropriate to make a final decision on whether the acetabular development is sufficient or not before 7 years of age.


Full Access
M. De Pellegrin P. Maurizio De Pellegrin G. Fraschini

The fibrocartilaginous labrum acetabulare enlarges the acetabular socket and contributes to the stability of the femoral head. In DDH the labrum is everted and pushed upward by the femoral head. In the dislocated hip the labrum is often inverted into the acetabular cavity and obstructs anatomic reduction. In the past, excision of the labrum was performed to allow the reduction of the femoral head. The aim of this study was to evaluate the position of the labrum in early detected decentered hips and its role in the early treatment of DDH. During the eleven-year period from 1992–2002, 21,709 neonates (43,418 hips) were examined both by ultrasound and by Ortolanis test to establish the diagnosis of DDH. According to Grafs classification the following hips were present: 298 type D-hips, 252 type IIIa, 4 type IIIb and 20 type IV. Therefore 431 of the patients (356 females and 75 males) showed 574 sonographically unstable hips affected by DDH (1.32%). Due to its echogenic structure, the fibrocartilaginous labrum is clearly visible by ultrasound. In type D, type IIIa, and type IIIb it was always located cranially to the femoral head; in type IV it was located medially to the femoral head. The average age of the children at the time of the diagnosis was 42 33 days (mean value SD). Ortolanis test was positive in 61 hips (10.63%) and negative in the remainder of the hips (89.37%). 21.5 % of the cases were diagnosed within the second week of life, 52.9 % between the third and the eighth week, and 25.5 % after the eighth week. The labrum was not inverted in any of these cases, nor was an open reduction necessary in order to remove it as an obstacle to the closed reduction. Only the ultrasound examination allowed the early diagnosis of the unstable decentered hips. The importance of the labrum decreases when an early diagnosis can be made and an early treatment can be performed.


N. Ihme H. Roehrig S. Schroeder C. Niedhart F.U. Niethard

Aim: During periods of rapid growth hip diseases can deteriorate unexpectedly. This retrospective evaluation should determine standard values that might allow earlier determination of such growth disturbances and a better classification of almost normal findings.

Methods: 520 standardized made and normal pelvis x-rays of children aged 4–16 years were examined under respect to the development of the hip and pelvis itself (20 x-ray pictures per age-group and gender). Among others these parameters were assessed: acetabular index (AC) and ACM-angle, acetabular width, depth and length, width and altitude of the epiphysis, transverse pelvic diameter and pelvic altitude.

Results: At the age 6–14 years boys have a higher ace-tabular index and ACM-angle than girls. The acetabular index decreases up to the age of 15 to 10 in average, the ACM-angle up to the age of 9 years to 47 in boys and 45 in girls to be subsequently constant. The bony acetabulum grows concentrically and spherically in form and slower than the femoral head. The acetabulum of girls is deeper, smaller and stops growing at the age of 14. The pelvic growth proceeds with the exception of iliac width in girls up to the age of 16.

Conclusion: Due to an age depending mechanical load of the femoral head on the acetabulum a mild DDH can develop to severe pathology in times of rapid growth. With the found normal values and its variations it is easier to assess the development of hip joints especially in such cases.


M.A. Majeed H. Mehta S.S. Noor I.G. Mackie

Aim: Retrospective analysis of paediatric supracondylar fractures treated by various closed and open methods of management and study co-relation between type of treatment and outcome.

Method: Retrospective review of children with displaced supracodylar fractures of humerus consecutively treated between January 1999 and December 2003. We included all the patients (63 children) admitted to hospital and had closed or open surgical procedure. Medical records and radiographs were reviewed to identify type of management, pre or postoperative complications, including loss of fracture reduction, infection, loss of motion of elbow and the need for additional surgery. 13 cases were excluded as insufficient records available and patients have either moved from area or treated on injury on holidays.

Results: In this study 70% of children were less than 8 year old. Except for one all the patients had extension type of injury and 58% of total cases had Gartland type III fracture configuration. 38% of patients were treated with closed reduction and immobilisation, 24% had closed reduction and percutaneus k-wires fixation and remaining had open reduction and internal fixation. All the patients underwent procedure with in 12 hrs of admission to hospital. Six patients had pre-operative neuro-vascular compromise and all of these patients recovered completely post-operatively. Loss of position was noted in 20% of children who had only manipulation and required re-manipulation and stabilisation with percutaneus k-wire fixation. All percutaneus fixations were with two lateral entry pin fixation and Open reduction were fixed with cross pin fixation. There was no clinically evident hyperextension or loss of motion but one patient (Gartland type III) who was treated with MUA and immobilisation required corrective osteotomy for cubitus varus. One patient had pin track infection but there was no iatrogenic nerve palsy.

Conclusion: Lateral entry pin fixation is very safe mode of fixation for percutaneus treatment and gives excellent results. Treatment with Manipulation and immobilisation for Gartland type III fractures does not give satisfactory results. We suspect early treatment of these fractures reduces comorbidity and early complications.


O. Adamec P. Dungl J. Chomiak M. Frydrychova

Purpose: To analyse middle-term outcomes of treatment of patients with congenital luxation of hip using modified overhead traction.

Material and Methods: During the years 1991–2001, a total of 116 patients (138 hip joints) were treated. The group comprised 99 girls and 17 boys with the average age 4.7 months (ranging from 1.5–11 months). Patients were divided into two subgroups: patients who have been treated at our department from the determination of the diagnosis and those referred to our department from other facilities after unsuccessful conservative therapy. Only those patients were evaluated in whom the traction therapy was completed at least 2 years ago, the mean follow-up period was 4.5 years (2–10). After the initial preparatory horizontal traction, we moved to a 4-week overhead regimen wherein we increased the abduction by 10 degrees every five days. After completing the dystraction, every hip joint was examined using arthrography and where the reposition was possible, the therapy continued with the fixation in plaster spike for 6 weeks. Pavlik harnes were used for the final phase of the treatment.

Results: In the group of primarily treated patients, reposition was successful in 78 out of 91 hip joints (85.7%). In another 4 hip joints (4.4%), reluxation occurred after an average period of 3.5 weeks after the removal of the spike. Nine hip joints (9.9%), 7 of type IV and 2 of type IIIB, were non-repositionable. Much worse results were achieved in the group of patients who received previous treatment. Only 12 hip joints (25.5%) were maintained permanently repositionable but neither of them was of type IV. Reluxation within two weeks after the removal of the fixation occurred in another 5 hip joints (10.6%). A total of 30 hip joints (63.9%) could not be reposed due to arthrographic findings of reposition obstacles. All these patients were admitted for treatment after the 6th month of age. We have observed no case of avascular head necrosis in the group of 90 patients who received conservative treatment.

Conclusion: Traction therapy is a safe and mild method of treatment for congenital luxation of the hip joint. The rate of success of the therapy depends on the sonographic findings and age of patients at the beginning of therapy. Considerably worse results are achieved in the group of patients who have already received unsuccessful inadequate treatment.


C. Radler R. Ganger G. Petje H.M. Manner F. Grill

Introduction: Cases of developmental dislocation of the hip occur after walking age because of late or missed diagnosis and failed conservative or operative treatment. Up to now there is no consensus on the treatment of DDH after walking age. The purpose of this retrospective study was to evaluate the results of operative treatment in DDH after walking age in our patient population and to describe the treatment strategies and operative techniques used.

Material and Methods: Forty-two patients presenting 54 cases of DDH after walking age were operated on in our clinic between 1985 and 1997. There were 34 female and 8 male patients, with an average age at the time of operation of 47 months (range: 14 – 151 months). The parameters studied were the type of DDH according to Ts, the preoperative AC- angle, the postoperative AC- and CE- angles as well as the radiological outcome using the Severin classification.

Results: Based on the Ts classification we found 18 cases of type II, 22 cases of type III and 14 cases of type IV dislocations. Each hip had an average of 1.4 operations. The average preoperative AC- angle was 38.2 degrees (range: 22–50) whereas the average AC- angle in the last radiographic follow up was 22.2 degrees (range:5–10). The statistical analysis showed that the AC angle at the last follow up was significantly (p< 0,001) smaller than in the preoperative radiographs. The classification according to Severin showed class I in 28 cases, class II in 15 cases, class III in 8 cases and class V in 3 cases.

Conclusion: Although our study presents the results after a mid-term follow up the radiological results favor our clinical experience that a single stage combined procedure consisting of open reduction, pelvic osteotomy as well as a corrective osteotomy within the proximal femur with subsequent shortening should be recommended.


B. Daglar K. Bayrakci B.A. Tasbas M. Aaeyar O.M. Delialioglu U. Gunel

Aim To find out how does the late surgical treatment of DDH after walking age affects quality of life at adulthood.

Patients and Methods 157 adults with 220 dysplastic hips were evaluated by physical examination, short-form 36 health questionnaire, WOMAC, Harris Hip Scoring, X-rays, computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Additional hip scores were applied. Data analyzed by using SPSS 11.0.

Results 39 hips of 24 patients were treated with open reduction (OR) (n=6), OR+femoral osteotomy (n=4), OR+iliac osteotomy (n=6), OR+femoral+iliac osteotomy (n=23) at a mean age of 7 years. 181 hips in 133 patients received no treatment for DDH. Mean age at evaluation was 38±13,6 years. No difference was found between treated and untreated groups in respect to SF-36 and WOMAC responses. Mean Total Harris Hip Score was slightly lower in untreated group (63 vs. 70, p=0,049). 74% of all cases have low back pain (LBP). LBP rate was not different for treated and untreated groups (80% vs. 73%, p=0,505). Interestingly, LBP was found to begin at an earlier age in treated group (23 vs. 32 years, p=0,000).

Conclusion This study failed to show that surgical treatment of DDH after walking age improves adulthood quality of life. Treatment for DDH should be performed before walking age to prevent progressive degenerations at many different joints, like; sacroiliac, lumbosacral and intervertebral joints besides the hips and knees.


E Engesaeter O. Furnes S.A. Lie S.E. Vollset

Purpose: About 1% of the children are born with neonatal hip instability (NHI). By combining data from the Medical Birth Registry of Norway (MBRN) with that of the Norwegian Arthroplasty Register (NAR), the influence of NHI on the risk for total hip arthroplasty (THA) before 37 years of age are studied.

Materials and Methods: Since 1967 medical data, included stability of the hips, on all new-borns in Norway (2 092 536 babies) have been compiled. Since 1979 all THA performed in Norway are reported to the NAR. Until 2004 85,120 primary THAs were registered, of these 492 were performed on patients under 37 years of age. These two national registries were linked by using the unique person identification number assigned to each inhabitant of Norway.

Results: Of those 20 668 born with NHI (1%), 9 had received a THA before 37 years of age (43/100 000). Since only 18 of 100 000 new-borns without NHI had had THA, new-borns with NHI had 2,5 times increased risk for having a THA before they become 37 years.

Of the 492 THA in patients younger than 37 years in the NAR, 101 THA (20.5%) were, according to the surgeon, operated because of developmental dysplasia of hip (DDH). Since 13 of these were bilateral THA, the number of patients were 88. Only 9 of these 88 DDH-patients were, however, reported to have NHI. This is surprisingly few, since their dysplasia should be anticipated to be rather severe. Does this indicate that the hip-screening for new-borns in Norway should be changed?

Conclusions: New-borns with NHI has 2.5 times increased risk for THA before the age of 37 years compared to those with stable hips at birth. The absolute risk is, however, low, only 43/100 000. Of those 88 who received THA because of DDH before 37 years, 79 had, however, reported normal hips at birth.


V.R.P. Vallamshetla E. Gardiner R. Thalava E. Bache

Aim: To propose new guidelines in the management of supracondylar fractures treated by percutaneous Kirschner wires

Subjects and Method: We audited 62 children with displaced, unstable supracondylar fractures of the humerus, which were fixed with Kirschner wire over a period of 2 years. The fractures were classified according to the Wilkins modification of the Gartland system. 10% were type II and 90% type III. The protocol followed was that all unstable fractures that required closed or open reduction must be stabilised with Kirschner wires of adequate thickness used in a crossed configuration and supplemented with back slab. They were then followed up mostly weekly, often with multiple check X-rays until 3 weeks, and for wire removal at 3 weeks. The parameters studied are level of surgeon, adequacy of intra operative reduction, re operation rate, adequacy of intra operative X-rays, out of hour operations, number of post operative X-rays, number of follow ups and any complications.

Results:

Two patients had re operation due to poor intra operative reduction which were performed by junior grade surgeon without supervision during out of hours.

No fracture had displaced at follow up when compared with the intra operative X-ray when properly reduced and wired.

One child had ulnar neuropraxia post operatively

One child had superficial infection, which settled with oral antibiotics.

Conclusions: Unnecessary radiation can be avoided by obtaining adequate intra operative X-rays and avoiding check X-ray as no fracture had displaced at follow up.

New guidelines proposed:

Patients with no N-V complications can wait till the morning trauma list.

All intraoperative X-rays to be reviewed by consultants before discharging home.

3 weeks appointment for wire removal can be set at one week clinic follow up with out X-ray.


A. Utkan M.E. Uludag C. Kose S. Portakal A. Ciliz M.A. Tumoz

Supracondylar fractures of the humerus are the most common type of elbow fractures in children. The unique anatomy of the elbow and the high potential for complications associated with elbow fractures make their treatment difficult. Although the current trend in the literature is to treat them by closed reduction and per-cutenous pinning, open reduction and cross pinning is an alternative treatment especially in the case of technical insufficiencies.

This retrospective study was performed to understand the clinical results after open reduction and cross pin fixation in 205 children (mean age 7.4 years) with completely displaced supracondylar fractures of the distal humerus between 1994 and 2002. The operation was performed within 5 days after the injury. The posterior skin approach was used but bone was reached through both sides of triceps muscle which was kept intact. The results were assessed according to Flynn’s cosmetic and functional criteria after 48 months of mean follow up.

No patient had neurological or circulatory complication. All the fractures healed and none of them had rotation, recurvation or cubitus valgus deformity. Four children had mild cubitus varus deformity. There were 190 (93%) excellent, 15 (7%) good cosmetic outcome and 170 (83%) excellent, 21 (10%) good, 8 (4%) average, 6 (3%) weak functional outcome.

We still prefer open reduction and cross pinning in the management of unstable supracondylar humeral fractures in children. We find it safer and believe this approach avoids unpleasant complications. Also excellent results can be achieved without being exposed to high doses of radiation.


H. Omeroglu A. N Ozcelik A. Tekcan H. Omeroglu

Purpose: The aim of this retrospective study was to assess the correlation between the occurance of iatrogenic ulnar nerve injury and frontal and saggital angular insertion of the medial pin in pediatric type 3 supracondylar humerus fractures treated with closed reduction and percutaneous fixation using a crossed-pin configuration.

Method: Among 164 patients with type 3 supracondylar humerus fractures, treated with closed reduction and percutaneous fixation using a crossed-pin configuration while the elbow was in hyperflexion, between 1999 and 2003, ninety patients (54 male and 36 female, mean age 6.1 years) with complete clinical and radiological records and follow-up period of at least 6 months were included the study. Frontal humerus-pin angle (FHPA) was the angle between the long axis of humerus and the axis of the medial pin measured on an anteroposterior radiograph. Saggital humerus-pin angle (SHPA) was the angle between the long axis of humerus and the axis of the medial pin measured on a lateral radiograph and expressed as a positive value if the medial pin direction was anteroposterior and as a negative value if the direction was posteroanterior. All the mesurements were made by the same observer blinded to the clinical records of the patients.

Results: Postoperative ulnar nerve injury was observed in 18 patients. The ulnar nerve injury group and control group were similar with respect to age and gender. Mean FHPA was 36.6 and 33.8 degrees in ulnar nerve injury and control groups respectively (p=0.270). Mean SHPA was 12.1 and 1.6 degrees in ulnar nerve injury and control groups respectively, and the difference was significant (p=0.001). All the patients with ulnar nerve injury had complete recovery within 3 months following surgery.

Conclusion: There are several methods to avoid iatrogenic ulnar nerve injury in supracondylar fractures such as insertion of two or three lateral pins, insertion of the medial pin while the elbow is less than 90 degrees of flexion. The findings of this retrospective study revealed that there was a considerable correlation between the occurence of iatrogenic ulnar nerve injury and sagittal angular insertion of the medial pin. We suggest that if a crossed-pin figuration is desired, it is better to insert the medial pin neutral or posteroanterior direction in the sagittal plane if the elbow is in hyperflexion.


S. Kutty F.E. Dowling E.E. Fogarty D.P. Moore

Thirty four patients underwent 34 single entry percutaneous physiodesis (SEPP) of both distal femur and proximal tibia between July 1996 and June 2004. Twenty six patients had attained maturity and the rest continue to be followed up. There were 10 females and 16 males. The mean ages were12.8yrs (range11–14yrs) and 13.8yrs (range11–15) respectively.

All patients underwent at least three assessments of limb length discrepancy(lld) using CT Scannograms. The Mosely’s straight line graph was then used to predict lld and timing of correction. The procedure was performed under image intensifier control using a 6.5mm drill passed through a small incision. The drill was passed in three directions through a single entry . The physis was curetted.

The mean lld at SEPP was 3.36cm(range1.5–5.9cm). The prediction of lld at maturity after SEPP was a mean of 1.4cm(range0.2–2.5cm) and final lld was a mean of 1.38cm (range0.3–2.5cm). The accuracy of prediction was found to have a mean of 0.44cm (range0–0.7cm). One patient (6%) complained of knee pain for about 2 weeks that settled.

The rest had no complications. We feel that this technique is minimally invasive with a cosmetic scar, has a shorter hospital stay, low complications and is reliable for phuseal ablation. This technique aided by the CT scannogram and a Mosely’s straight line graph provides a reliable and effective method in the management of small amounts of lld.


M. Ramachandran N. Kato M. Fox R. Birch D.M. Eastwood

Objective: The reported incidences of traumatic and iatropathic nerve injuries with supracondylar fractures in children are 12–16% and 6% respectively, with the majority recovering spontaneously. We performed a retrospective review of lesions referred to our tertiary unit to determine the incidence of surgical intervention.

Methods: Between 1997 and 2002, 37 neuropathies (associated with 32 supracondylar fractures) in 19 males and 13 females with an average age of 7.9 years were referred for further management. 8 fractures were classified as Gartland grade 2 and 24 as grade 3. All fractures were closed, with 2 treated non-operatively, 20 by closed reduction and percutaneous pinning and 10 by open reduction and internal fixation at the referring hospitals.

Results: The ulnar nerve was the most frequently injured (51.4%), followed by median (27%) and radial (21.6%) nerve palsies. 14 (37.8%) neuropathies were related to the fracture, while 23 (62.2%) were iatropathic. 10 patients (31.3%) required operative exploration while 3 (9.4%) were listed for surgery but were cancelled as they were recovering. Nerve grafting was used in 4 of the 10 operated cases, the donor nerve being the medial cutaneous nerve of the forearm in 3 and the superficial radial nerve in one. 26 patients (81.3%) had excellent outcomes, 5 (15.6%) good and 1 (3.1%) fair.

Conclusion: Although most had excellent outcomes, surgical exploration was required for nearly a third of the cases referred to our unit. This is in contrast to the current literature, which suggests that the majority of supracondylar neuropathies recover spontaneously.


H. Tanaka N. Talwalker G.A. Attara

Aim: To identify reasons why surgical management of displaced supracondylar fractures of the humerus in children failed

Method: A retrospective analysis of 42 patients treated at our department over a 4 year period with case note and radiological review. Data was recorded with regards to mechanism of injury, operative method and technique with radiological assessment using Bauman’s angle and the Shaft-condylar angle. Using follow up information in case notes and radiologically, surgical “failures” were identified.

Results: Overall demographics were consistent with previous studies with a median age of 6.5 years. 95% of the case notes and 75% of the X-rays were reviewed. 80% of the injuries were Gartland 3 type fractures. We noted a 9% incidence each of preoperative neurological and vascular injury and ipsilateral fracture. Median time to surgery following admission to A+E was 3.5 hours with 90% performed before midnight. Overall early fracture displacement rate was 25% with a reoperation rate of 14%. 88% of the early displacement resulted from Gartland 3 fractures treated with manipulation only. The remainder was attributable to CRIF/ORIF using a crossed lateral wiring configuration.

We noted 1 case of iatrogenic ulnar nerve injury, 2 cases of cubitus varus @ 1 year associated with medial column comminution, 2 cases of hypertrophic scar formation and 3 cases of asymptomatic cubitus valgus. No deep infection. 2 superficial infections.

Conclusion: The management of displaced supracondylar fractures can potentially be fraught with problems therefore a standardisation of surgical management should be set for each hospital.


A.G. Kasis R.J. Pacheco M. Saleh

Aim: To review the outcome following growth plate arrest in distal femur and proximal tibia of different aetiology in adults.

Materials and methods: We have reviewed, retrospectively, eight adult patients with lower leg deformity in the distal femur and proximal tibia, as a sequelae of growth plate arrest of different aetiology. These patients underwent tibial and femoral, correction and lengthening. The total number was 8 patients, there were 6 male and 2 female, with an average age of 22.8 years (17–34.8) The average follow up was 32.9 months (7.9–51.4)

Results: Four patients had growth plate arrest following trauma (two patients were involved in road traffic accidents, one had Salter-Harris type V fracture of the proximal tibia and one had sport injury), two patients had iatrogenic growth plate arrest after internal fixation of tibial spine in one patient and after internal fixation of a popliteal muscle rupture in the other, one patient had Osgood Schlater disease, one patient had childhood osteomyelitis and one unknown pathology.

The average shortening was 34.8 mm (8–60), the average maximum deformity in any one plane was 19.8 degree (6–40).

All the patient underwent corrective surgery and lengthening, five patients had Sheffield Ring Fixator, two had Limb Reconstruction System and one had percutaneous osteotomy on Albizzia nail. The patients who underwent SRF and LRS stayed in the frame for an average 258 days (150–435)

The residual leg length discrepancy was 5.5 mm (0–12). There was three grade one complications, three grade two complications, and one patient had grade IV complication following compartment syndrome. Four patients had grade two pin site infection and three patients had grade one.

Conclusion: Growth plate arrest of the distal femur and proximal tibia can cause severe deformity and shortening of the lower limb in adult, and this deformity is amenable to correction in the end of growth using different techniques. We used Sheffield ring fixator in complex cases, to address both deformities and lengthening, while other techniques were used in less complex cases.


H. Shalaby H. Hefny M. Thakeb S. El-kawy E. Elmoatasem

Introduction & Aim: The usual clinical presentation in Fibular hemimelia involves equinovalgus deformity of the foot and ankle instability with absence of the lateral rays of the foot. The aim of this study is to evaluate the results of ankle joint reconstruction, using remnants of the fibula, fibular analge or contra lateral fibular graft, in conjunction with the Ilizarov Technique.

Methods: We reviewed 13 limb segments in 12 patients with fibular hemimelia, with an average age of 4.7 years. According to Catagni’s classification 2 limbs were type I, 1 limb was type II and 10 limbs were type III. The ankle joint was reconstructed using remnants of the fibula if present in type I, fibular analge or a contra lateral fibular graft. The Ilizarov technique was then used to correct limb length discrepancy and any concomitant deformities.

Results: The results were assessed by the satisfaction of patients and families, the functional outcome in terms of daily activities and clinical examination of the patients. A satisfactory stability of the ankle foot complex was achieved in all patients. The average lengthening achieved using the frame was 5.6 cm and all limbs were equalized to within 2 cm.

Conclusion: Reconstruction of the ankle joint bring the foot in good position, preserves the ankle joint motion, facilitate fitting shoes and stabilize the joint in a more normal way compared to distal tibial osteotomies. The ilizarov technique corrects the concomitant deformity and achieves an equal limb length. The combination of both techniques provides a better outcome compared to other treatment modalities.


J. De Pablos J.P. Fernandez S. Garcia Gonzalez A.G. Arrese A. Avilla C. Corchuelo

Purposes:

See if permanent damage of the growth plate after physeal distraction is the rule and

Identify factors with influence on the viability of the physis after physeal distraction.

Introduction: Surgeons have always been concerned about the fate of the growth plate after physeal distraction and for that reason this technique has usually been considered only in patients nearing maturity. Previous experimental work has shown that the velocity of distraction has an influence on the viability of the growth plate at follow-up (recommended rate: 0.5 mm/day). Clinically, it has also been our observation that the condition of the physis prior to distraction is another important factor related to physeal function in the long term.

Patients and methods: Since 1987 we have used low velocity physeal distraction in 43 bone segments of which 37 cases have been followed-up at least for 24 months and this has been the group included in this study. The indications were lengthening (14), angular deformity correction (19) and resection of benign bone tumours (4). Most patients (24) were older than 10 y.o. and 22 of them were followed-up until maturity. We have retrospectively reviewed these patients looking at the radiological morphology and function of the distracted growth plate at follow-up.

Results: Out of the 24 children older than 10 y.o., twenty showed a premature complete physeal closure.

We looked with interest at the 13 cases younger than 10 y.o. since the repercussions of iatrogenic physeal damage would obviously be bigger in this age group. Five out of the 13 showed premature closure and in the remnant eight an open growth plate was observed at follow-up. All patients with open and/or functioning physes after distraction had no local injuries in the growth plate prior to distraction (4 congenital short femora and 4 normal physes). On the contrary, four out of the five cases with prematurely closed physes, had a local physeal damage prior to distraction (3 bony bridges and one non-union), and the remnant was a congenitally short femur. Growth after distraction was difficult to assess in the congenitally short femora but it has been very satisfactory in the 4 cases of previously normal physes (2 benign tumours and 2 femoral shortenings due to hip disorders). In three cases of congenital short femur in pre-teenagers we were able to repeat distraction twice through the same physis, since it had remained open after the first distraction.

Conclusions: Physeal premature closure often follows physeal distraction, but not always. The condition of the physis prior to lengthening is an important factor with influence on its viability after distraction.


J. De Pablos J.P. Fernandez S. Garcia Gonzalez A.G. Arrese E.E Echavarren A. Avila

Purpose: To assess the usefulness of Bone Transport and other “compression-distraction” systems for the treatment of Segmental Bone Defects (SBD) in patients younger than 16 years-old.

Patients and methods: This series includes 18 patients (12 boys, 6 girls) with SBD of the following etiologies: Post-traumatic defects with/without sepsis (14 cases) and post-resection defects (3 Congenital Pseudoartrosis of the Tibia -CPT- and 1 Aneurismal Bone Cyst). The age of the patients ranged from 8 to 16 years and the length of the defect from 5 cm to 13 cm except for one case (23 cm). The defect was located in the tibia in 14 cases and in the femur in four.

Nine patients (the longest defects) were treated by conventional Bone Transport whereas other compression-distraction techniques were used in the remaining. Monolateral frames were used in all cases. All but one of the post-traumatic cases had additional injuries and in four occasions one of the joints adjacent to the defect was involved.

Results: All cases healed, 6 with only one operation and 12 with more than one procedure. Healing time depended upon the length of the defect, age of the patient, etiology and occurrence of complications. Healing index also varied mainly depending on the etiology (CPT cases were slower) ranging form 1.5 to 0.7 months/cm. Bone graft at the compression site was used in 9 cases. Radiologically the most striking feature was the very early tubulization of the reconstructed segment along with the quick healing of the SBD.

The most frequent complication was pin tract infection (37%), one case needing change of pins. Fracture at the pin site was seen in two cases.

Functional results were closely related to: a. The healing of the defect and b. The existence of injuries to the joints adjacent to the defect.

With a minimum follow-up of 18 months there were 2 poor functional results due to an avascular necrosis of the dome of the talus (talus neck fracture).

Conclusion: These techniques are very useful in selected cases of large SBD in young patients. They have shown low morbidity, quick healing and, above all, very good remodeling potential. Associated injuries play a very important role in the final outcome of the treatment.


R. Biedermann K. Kirschbichler G. Kaufmann M. Mattesich S. Frischhut M. Krismer

The implementation of standards for deformity correction planning of axial deformities and leg length discrepancy in paediatric orthopaedics and posttraumatic cases have improved the results of postoperative alignment and joint orientation. A variety of externally and internally applicable devices have been developed for limb lengthening and deformity correction. One of the most recent developments is the Taylor Spatial Frame Fixator based on a hexapod system and a computer software for deformity correction. But little is published about clinical results using this sophisticated technique and its possible advantages over other traditional unilateral fixators or ring systems. In times of difficulties financing our health care systems, a surgeons choice for a comparatively costly system should be based on qualified data. The aim of the present study was to compare the results of deformity correction and limb lengthening using a Taylor Spatial Frame with those of other ring fixators or unilateral systems.

Between 1996 and 2004, 72 deformity corrections and/or limb lenghtenings have been performed on 52 patients with the unilateral Orthofix system (n=32), the Ilizarov system (n=22) and the TSF device (n=18). Statistical analysis showed a direct correlation between the healing index and the age at operation, as well as between the lengthening distance and the rate of complications. There were no significant differences of the healing index between all three fixators and the number of complications between the Ilizarov and TSF device, but the unilateral Orthofix fixator showed significantly more axial deviations during distraction osteogenesis.

The Taylor Spatial Frame is easier to handle than the Ilizarov fixator but did not show superior results in clinical use.


A.G. Kasis M. Saleh

Aim: To review the results of tibial lengthening and deformities correction in children using the Sheffield Ring Fixator.

Materials and methods: We have reviewed, retrospectively, 25 patients (average 12.2 years old) who underwent predominantly lengthening of the tibia using the Sheffield Ring fixator.

The average follow up was 25.7 months. For logistic regression analysis the patients were binary coded into two groups: those with a good outcome (BHI< 45 days/cm) and those with a poor outcome (BHI> 45 days/cm). Various factors which may influence the out come were then analysed.

Results: The most common indication for tibial lengthening in our series was for fibular hemimelia in 6 patients and achondroplasia in 4 and growth arrest secondary to trauma in 3. The mean lengthening of 48.1 mm (25–76). The mean accuracy of lengthening achieved was 85%.

11 patients had foot plate extension, and 5 had cross knee extension for unstable knee. 10 patients had bifocal osteotomy, and 8 patients had spontaneous SLR for femoral lengthening or correction.

The mean bone healing index was 49 days/cm (20–95). The mean maximum correction in any one plane was 150 (3–40), the site of the osteotomy was mainly metaphyseal at an average of 25% of the tibial length.

There were 5 grade II complications, 9 grades I complications and one type III complication. Thirteen patients had grade I pin site infection, three had grade II and 12 had no pin site problems.

A moderately strong relationship was identified between the BHI and a number of variables such as complications, maximum correction and pin site infection grade.

The analysis of the factors which may influence the BHI suggested a correlation between increasing angular correction and poor out come BHI.

Conclusion: In tibial lengthening in children there is a correlation between increasing angular correction and poor out come BHI


H. Roehrig N. Ihme C. Niedhart G. Staatz A. Kochs

Purpose: To evaluate the vascularisation of the femoral head in children with slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE) before and after surgery with use of contrast-enhanced MRI

Methods and Materials: 20 consecutive children, 13 boys and 7 girls, aged 9–15 years, with slipped capital femoral epiphysis, were included into the study. The classification of SCFE was performed traditionally due to the patient’s history, physical examination and findings of the radiographs. There were no pre-slips, 9 children had acute, 5 children had acute-on-chronic and 6 children had chronic SCFE. The MRI-examinations were performed in a 1.5 Tesla MR-scanner with use of the body coil and all postoperative MR-examinations were carried out within 4 weeks after surgery. The examination protocol included a coronal fat-suppressed STIR-sequence, a coronal contrast-enhanced T1-weighted spin-echo sequence and a sagittal 3D-gradient-echo (FFE) sequence. Morphology, signal intensities and contrast-enhancement of the femoral head were assessed retrospectively by two experienced radiologists in consensus.

Results: Morphologic distortion of the physis, bone marrow edema in the metaphysis and epiphysis and joint effusion were the preoperative MRI-findings of slipped capital femoral epiphysis in each child. In 17 children, who underwent in situ-fixation with a single screw, and in one child, who underwent open reduction of the epiphysis, the vascularisation of the femoral head before and after surgery was normal. An avascular zone in the posterior-lateral aspect of the epiphysis was visible preoperatively in one child, which completely revascularized after open reduction and internal fixation of the epiphysis with two screws. One child with severe SCFE developed avascular necrosis of the femoral head after open reduction and corrective osteotomy through the physis.

Conclusion: MRI allows for accurate evaluation of the femoral head vascularisation before and after surgery in children with slipped capital femoral epiphysis.


O. Delialioglu B. Tasbas K. Bayrakci B. Daglar G. Yavuzer M. Kurt U. Gunel

Aim: To quantify the gait characteristics of the children with a history of treated femoral shaft fracture, and compare the outcome of three different treatment methods (spica cast, plate fixation, and flexible intramedullary nailing) in terms of kinematic and kinetic characteristics of gait.

Material and Methods: Fifteen children (9 boys, 8 girls), admitted to our hospital for unilateral (n=12) and bilateral (n=3) femoral fracture were evaluated in this study. The average age was 9.4 years (range 5–15 years). They were treated by three different methods: spica cast (n=5 ), plate fixation (n= 5), flexible intra-medullary nailing (n= 5). The cases were followed up with an average period of 23 months (6–48 months). At the end of the follow up period quantitative gait analysis was performed using Vicon 370 system with five cameras and two Bertec force plates. For each assessment, a typical walk was selected for each limb on the basis of consistency of time-distance characteristics. Kinematic and kinetic gait characteristics were compared using MANOVA, post hoc Tukey and LSD tests.

Results: Gait characteristics of the patients were significantly different than normal, however, the difference between spica cast, plate fixation, and flexible intra-medullary nailing groups in terms of kinematic and kinetic characteristics of gait were not statistically significant. Older children treated by spica cast showed the best gait characteristics among the others.

Conclusion: Femoral shaft fractures during childhood causes significant deviations of gait characteristics even though treated by spica cast, plate fixation, or flexible intra-medullary nailing. These children need novel treatment options to prevent gait pathologies, and further evaluation to understand the compensatory mechanisms of gait deviations.


A. Rehm R.N. Villar

We present our data on a cohort of 25 patients who had an arthroscopy of their hip between the ages of 12 and 17 out of over 1100 hip arthroscopies performed.

All patients presented with pain and marked restriction of activities. Either a CT (before MRI was available) or MRI scan was done pre-operatively. 10 patients presented with a history of either Perthes disease, DDH or a defined injury causing their symptoms. In the remaining the onset of symptoms was spontaneous. The intra-operative diagnosis varied: normal (6), labral tear (6), loose bodies (2), debris and/or chondromalacia (8), synovitis (2) and damaged ligamentum teres (1). None of the patients developed a complication. The pre-operative Harris Hip Score ranged from 0 to 40 (mean 21) for pain and 0 to 47 (mean 35) for function. The follow-up ranged from 6 weeks to 9years (mean 3 years). Harris Hip Score at latest follow-up ranged from 10 to 44 (mean 33) for pain and from 31 to 47 (mean 43) for function.

Conclusion: Hip arthroscopy is a very useful tool as part of the investigation and treatment of hip problems in carefully selected children and adolescents.


T. Gohla A. Gohritz U. Lanz

Introduction: Thumb duplication is one of the most common congenital malformations of the hand.

The goals of surgery are to ablate the hypoplastic component and to create a stable and well-aligned thumb with a good pinch-function besides a maximum of mobility. Yet this aim is seldom achieved by simple ablative surgery alone which often results in a residual deformity and loss of function.

The objective of this review is a critical analysis of the used surgical techniques in 113 cases of thumb duplication.

Patients and Methods: Within the 11 year period from 1992 to 2003 113 patients (67 male, 46 female) with 120 duplicated thumbs (7 bilateral) underwent surgery at our institution. Details of primary reconstruction, X-ray findings, follow-up details, analysis of secondary deformities and details of secondary surgery were documented and evaluated. The follow-up time ranged from 6 months to 10 years. The patients were evaluated for functional and cosmetic outcomes.

Results: The right thumb was involved in 63 patients, the left in 57 and both sides were affected in 7 cases.11 Patients had associated anomalies.

Using the classification proposed by Wassel to grade the thumb duplication the most frequent types were IV with 53 cases (48%), II with 27 cases (24%). Patient age at the time of initial surgery varied from 5 months to 26 years with a mean age of 20 months.

11 patients underwent previous surgery in another institution and had a second surgery at our hospital.

8 Patients underwent only simple ablation, in 88 cases there was an excision combined with reconstruction of collateral ligaments, in 51 cases combined with a tendon transfer or release and reinsertion. Osteotomy of the metacarpal bone or proximal phalanx was performed in 47 cases. 5 patients received a Bilhaut-Cloquet procedure.

The most common complications were joint deviation (n = 12), joint stiffness (n = 2), joint instability (n = 11), nail deformity (n = 5) and scarring (n = 7). The 10 patients who under-went primary surgery at another institution and had to be reoperated are included in this listing.

The type of secondary reconstruction was in 7 cases scar release, in 6 cases a ligament reconstruction, 4 patients received an arthrodesis and 6 patients needed a corrective osteotomy.

Conclusions: Thumb function is critical to hand function. Despite its seeming simplicity surgery of thumb duplication is a complex procedure. Nowadays it is recognized that simple ablation leeds mostly to poor functional and cosmetic results. Treatment requires a thoroughful preoperative assessment, as well as an appreciation and understanding of the bony, capsuloligamentous and tendinous components involved. Taking this into account in mostly all cases a satisfactory cosmetic and functional result can be achieved.


H. Manner A. Kranzl C. Radler F. Grill

Background: Congenital absence of the cruciate ligaments is a commonly associated pathology of the knee joint in congenital longitudinal deformities. We performed a radiological analysis and investigated gait patterns in patients with congenital absence of one or both cruciate ligaments.

Patients and Methods: Thirty-four knee joints in thirty-one patients with congenital longitudinal deficiency of the lower limb were evaluated. The cruciate ligaments and associated abnormalities of the bony configuration were evaluated on magnetic resonance imaging and tunnel view radiographs. A radiological classification is proposed. Gait analysis was employed to determine kinematic, kinetic and electromyographic data in 24 of these patients and the results were compared to an age-matched control group.

Results: We differentiated 3 main types of absence of the cruciate ligaments with typical associated changes in the femoral intercondylar notch (FIN) and the tibial eminence (TE). In type I (n=19) partial closure of the FIN and hypoplasia of the TE was observed in hypoplasia or absence of the ACL, in type II (n=7) these findings were aggravated by additional underlying hypoplasia of the PCL and in type III (n=8) absence of the FIN and a flat TE was observed in aplasia of both cruciate ligaments. The main findings in gait analysis were significantly increased flexion moment of the hip, increased flexion of the knee in midstance phase and reduced ankle power in comparison to the control group.

Conclusion: The knee joint with aplastic cruciate ligaments shows typical radiological changes, thus, one will be able to distinguish between aplasia of the ACL only or both cruciate ligaments by observing plain tunnel view radiographs. Our obtained data of the gait analysis revealed specific gait patterns as adaption to underlying aplasia of the cruciate ligaments.


M. Ramachandran K. Lau P.R. Calder D.H.A. Jones

Purpose: Congenital proximal radioulnar synostosis is a rare anomaly of failure of segmentation of the radius and ulna resulting in a fixed rotational position of the forearm from neutral to maximum pronation. Several surgical options have been proposed for the treatment of this condition. We have treated six forearms in five children with pronation deformity using derotational osteotomies of the radius and ulna with postoperative wire stabilisation of the ulna. The surgical technique and results of treatment with this method are presented.

Methods: With this technique, osteotomies were performed at the midshaft of the ulna and the distal diaph-yseal-metaphyseal junction of the radius. The insertion of intramedullary Ilizarov wires facilitated manual derotation of the radius and ulna to a functional position of 100 supination of the forearm. Postoperatively, the forearm was immobilised in a cast for an average of 6.3 weeks and the wire was removed when there was evidence of union. 3 boys and 2 girls with a mean age of 4.9 years underwent surgery with this method and were followed-up for an average of 29 months (range 12 to 43 months).

Results: Forearm position improved from an average pronation deformity of 68.3 degrees to the pre-planned position of 100 degrees supination in all cases. Bone union was achieved in all six forearms by 6.3 weeks. At their most recent follow-up, there was no loss of correction evident in any of the patients. There was one complication, namely haematoma formation at the radial osteotomy site mimicking compartment syndrome and requiring exploration, although no soft tissue compromise was evident.

Conclusion: The principal advantages of this technique include the ease of the surgical approach for the distal radial osteotomy, the longterm maintenance of rotational correction and the need for single wire stabilisation of the ulna only, which in theory reduces the potential risk of implant-related complications. We conclude that this modified forearm derotational osteotomy with wire stabilisation of the ulna alone is a safe and effective method for treating pronation deformity in children with congenital proximal radioulnar synostosis, although vigilance for early soft tissue complications is necessary.


C. Radler R. Suda F. Grill

Introduction: A growing number of pediatric orthopaedic surgeons have adopted the Ponseti method for the treatment of idiopathic congenital clubfeet. Ponseti himself does not recommend the standard use of radiographs but suggests that palpation alone should be used to assess the correction in infant clubfeet. Although ultrasound diagnostic techniques for evaluating the infant foot are on the rise, most orthpaedic surgeon still rely on native radiographs to objectify the course of treatment. The aim of our study was to elucidate the role of radiographs in Ponseti clubfoot treatment.

Material and Methods: From the end of 2002 on we have used the treatment regime as originally described by Ponseti. Only infants with idiopathic clubfeet treated within the first three weeks of life were included. Radiographs of infant clubfeet are taken in ap.- view and lateral view in maximum dorsiflexion. Radiographs were taken at presentation mostly for legal documentation, before tenotomy at about 6 to 15 weeks of age, and 1 week after the percutaneous Achilles tenotomy (pAT). The tibiocalcaneal angle (Tib.C.-angle), the ap.- talo-calcaneal angle (TC-angle) and the lateral talo-calcaneal angle (lat. TC- angle) were evaluated. The maximum dorsiflexion was evaluated clinically.

Results: Forty-seven feet met the inclusion criteria. The mean gain of the tibiocalcaneal angle after tenotomy was 15,08 degrees. The ap.- talo-calcaneal angle only showed a mean change of 2,57 degrees and the lateral talo-calcaneal angle changed 0,44 degrees. The dorsi-flexion was found to have gained 13,85 degrees after tenotomy. The values of the tibiocalcaneal angle (Tib. C.-angle) and the values for dorsiflexion (DF) before and after pAT showed a significant difference (p< 0.05). No significant difference was found for the ap.- talo-calcaneal angle (TC-angle) and the lateral talo-calcaneal angle (lat. TC- angle) before and after tenotomy.

Discussion: The results of our series indicate that the tib-iocalcaneal angle changes about the same amount as the clinical dorsiflexion does. The ap.- talo-calcaneal angle (TC-angle) and the lateral talo-calcaneal angle (lat. TC- angle) were not influenced much by the Achilles tenotomy in our series. This seems reasonable as cutting of the Achilles tendon mostly influences the calcaneous which is the endpoint of the tendon. The dorsal opening of the talocalcaneal joint is coupled with derotation of the talus and calcaneous in the ap.-view and is hardly influenced by pAT. Although the position of the calcaneous in the heel can be palpated and even quantified by the empty heel sign according to Pirani, radiographs are the only way to objectify the true anatomy.


R. Suda F. Grill

Background: The aim of this study was to evaluate Ponseti’s method of clubfoot management objectively and quantitatively by using ultrasound.

Methods: 22 newborns with 39 club feet were studied sonographically. Ultrasound examinations of all club feet were performed three times during the treatment according to Ponseti: at birth (1st measurement), one day before performing the percutaneous tenotomy of the Achilles tendon (2nd measurement) and 3 weeks after the operation (3rd measurement). In order to prove sonographic changes during the treatment precisely and quantitatively four angles (TnCe, TnMT1e, CaCue, TTd) were measured.

Results: Statistical analyses by using student’s t-test were conducted. The results are expressed as the means SD. At the first measurement means for TnCe were 19,41 (SD 11,71), for TnMT1e 15,21 (SD 10,32), for CaCue -6,49 (SD 7,14) and for TTd 33,38 (SD 10,60). At the second measurement means for TnCe were -6,93 (SD 3,96), for TnMT1e -12,24 (SD 4,76), for CaCue -4,00 (SD 5,24) and for TTd 28,66 (SD 6,38). At the third measurement means for TnCe were -7,86 (SD 5,47), for TnMT1e -12,97 (SD 5,69), for CaCue -1,45 (SD 2,05) and for TTd 18,08 (SD 2,75). At the 3rd measurement all angles showed values within the 95% confidence intervals of normal feet. All differences approached high significance (p< 0,0001).

Conclusion: During the treatment of idiopathic club-foot according to Ponseti the sonographically obtained measurements showed a significant improvement of all angles. Therefore this ultrasound technique can be used to evaluate the Ponseti method objectively and to compare one treatment to another.


S. Schröder Ph. Berdel N. Ihme F.U. Niethard M. Weber

Aim: Since the thalidomide-catastrophe in the 50th and 60th the sensibility for children with limb defects has become important in the population. Besides the incidence of limb defects, the aetiology of limb defects is a very important question.

Method: Like the ESPED-Model (Documentation of rare paediatric diseases in Germany) we send every three months a letter to 1073 gynaecological clinics to ask the number of live and still births and the number of limb defects. If there are limb defects announced, a second letter is send to ask details about pregnancy, birth and family. The limb defects are registered after the ICD-10-classification.

Results: Time of registration: 48 months (April 2000 – April 2004). Number of all registered births: 1070541, number of live births with limb defects: 1534 (0,14%), number of still births with limb defects: 55 (1,7%), minor limb defects like polydactyly (22,4%) are more often than major defects of the tibia (1,0%) or of the fibula (1,6%), hereditary in 9,7%, no correlation to the profession of parents or their age, no correlation to nicotine abuses, nothing special concerned pregnancy (amniocentesis in 3,3%, oligohydramnie in 0,5%, etc.) and birth (caesarean section in 29%, etc.).

Conclusion: It is very important to continue the registration of limb defects in Germany to terminate the number of incidence of the different types of limb defects and to define there aetiology.


C. Radler R. Suda F. Grill

Introduction: The Ponseti method has been adopted by many pediatric orthopaedic centers throughout Europe in the last years. The minimal invasive approach and the short duration of the active treatment phase have been the main reasons to change to the Ponseti method at our institution. We report the short term results of patients treated with the Ponseti method for idiopathic clubfeet and discuss experiences and pitfalls.

Material and Methods: From the end of 2002 on we have applied the treatment regime strictly as described by Ponseti himself. For this study we analyzed a group of patients comprising all patients treated for congenital idiopathic clubfoot according to the Ponseti protocol within the first three weeks after births. The need for open release surgery was the main outcome measurement in this group.

Results: Between December 2002 and July 2004 we treated a total of 59 clubfeet in 37 patients with the Ponseti method. Our patient population consisted of 14 female and 23 male patients. The mean Dimeglio score was 9.2 points (5–15 points). Using the Pirani score the mean midfoot score was 1.7 points (1–3 points), the mean hindfoot score was 2 points (0.5–3 points) and the mean total score was 3.8 points (2–6 points). Three feet in two patients were treated with Ponseti casting only (5 %) and did not need a percutaneous achilles tenotomy (pAT) or open release surgery. Fifty-two feet in 33 patients (88 %) were successfully treated with Ponseti casting and pAT. Four cases in two patients had to undergo a McKay Simons procedure (7 %). Thereby 93% of all cases were treated without open release surgery. Mean follow-up after the last cast was 7.4 months (3–16 months). A recurrence was seen in one patient representing two cases after about 8 months after pAT. The parents were non compliant with the abduction bar protocol and could not be convinced of the importance of the orthosis; a McKay Simons procedure was performed. No other cases of recurrence were observed during the follow up period.

Discussion: The Ponseti method should be applied as originally described, and especially, if more people are involved in the treatment, a standard treatment regime is desirable. As the compliance of the parents is a crucial factor, everything should be done to ensure that the treatment is made as easy for them as possible. Only if a full support for questions or problems with the casts and especially with the braces is available, a good compliance can be ensured. The minimal invasive approach utilized by the percutaneous tenotomy is the lead argument in favor of the Ponseti method. In cases of recurrence or residual deformity when open surgery is necessary, this secondary procedure is in fact primary surgery. Thereby the danger of massive scaring associated with limited range of motion, pain and disability after a second procedures is prevented.


B.W. Schreurs M. Zengerink M.L.M. Welten A. van Kampen T.J.J.H. Slooff

Introduction The results of THA in patients with post-traumatic arthritis are inferior to those in nontraumatic arthritis, both after cemented and noncemented THA. This increased failure rate is caused by the bone stock loss and the abnormal anatomy. We studied the outcome of acetabular bone impaction grafting and a cemented cup in 20 cases at 3 to 18 years follow-up.

Materials and Methods Between January 1984 and January 2000 in 20 consecutive patients bone impaction grafting was used for arthritis after previous acetabular fracture, grafting was done in all for bone stock loss. There were 14 men and 6 women. The average age at THA was 53.3 years (range, 35 to 75 years). Defects were classified according to the AAOS acetabular defect classification (3 type I defects, 10 type II defects, 5 type III defects and 2 type V). Metal meshes were used in 6 medial wall and in 3 peripheral wall defects. In 15 cases autograft bone chips were used, in 5 both auto- and allograft was used. Grafts were impacted using impactors and a hammer and a PE cup was cemented. At review in January 2003 no patient was lost.

Results Two patients died during follow up after 3 and 4 years respectively, deaths were not related to surgery and data are included. The mean follow up was 9.5 years (range, 3 to 18 years). The pre-operative Harris hip score was 44 (32–61). During follow up a cup revision was performed in two cases; one for a culture proven septic loosening 14.5 years after surgery and the other for aseptic loosening at 15.3 years after surgery. Both revised cups were radiologically loose at revision. At review the 16 surviving hips had an aver. Harris hip score of 93 points (range, 62 to 100 points). Fourteen hips were free of pain, one patient had slight and one had mild pain.

Radiologically, none of these 16 cups was loose. However, two of the cups migrated more than 5 mm (e.g. 6 and 8 mm) relative to the initial post-operative X-ray. At review, both patients were symptom free.

The Kaplan-Meier survival rate of the cup with endpoint revision for any reason was 100% at ten years and 80% (95% CI, 62–98%) after 15 years; with endpoint cup revision for aseptic loosening the survival was 100% both at 10 and 15 years.

Conclusion The acetabular bone impaction grafting technique with a cemented cup is a biologically attractive technique to reconstruct the bone stock loss after posttraumatic arthritis with good long-term survival, even after long follow-up.


M. Hamadouche F. Baque J.-P. Courpied

Introduction: The purpose of this retrospective study was to report on the minimal 5-year follow-up results of a consecutive series of cemented total hip arthroplasties following acetabular fracture.

Materials and methods: Between January 1980 and December 1995, fifty-three total hip arthroplasties were performed in 53 patients (16 females and 37 males). The mean age of the patients at the time of the index arthroplasty was 53.1 years (range, 24–84 years). The initial fracture concerned one wall in 18 patients, one column in 7, and both columns in 6. It was a complex fracture in 11 patients, and was unknown in the remaining 11 patients. Twenty-three of the 53 fractures had had a non-operative treatment, while 30 had had a surgical treatment. The mean time between the fracture and the arthroplasty was 16.4 10.8 years. All prostheses were of Charnley-Kerboull design, combining a 22.2-mm femoral head and an all-polyethylene socket. Both components were cemented.

Results: At the minimum 5-year follow-up evaluation, 35 patients were still alive and had not been revised at a mean of 12.4 3.8 years (range, 7–21 years), 6 patients had been revised, 5 patients had died from unrelated causes, and 7 patients were lost to follow-up. The mean Merle d’Aubigne hip score was 16.7 1.3 at the latest follow-up. Revision was performed for high polyethylene wear associated with periprosthetic osteolysis in 5 hips at a mean of 10.3 years, and for deep sepsis in one. The survival rate of the whole series at 15 years, using revision for any reason as the end-point, was 79.2 9.7 % (95% confidence interval, 60.3 to 98.2%). The survival rate at 15 years, using radiologic loosening as the end-point, was 94.7 % (95% confidence interval, 84.7 to 100%) for hips of which fracture had been treated non-operatively, versus 75.5 13.0% (95% confidence interval, 49.9 to 100%) for hips of which fracture had been surgically treated. The difference was not significant with the numbers available (log-rank test, p = 0.44).

Discussion and conclusion: The results of this series indicated that the mechanical failure rate of total hip arthroplasty following acetabular fracture was high in the mid- to long-term. The young age of the patients, the predominantly male cohort, and the modifications of the acetabulum structure due to the fracture could account for this phenomenon.


R. Ruiz C. Doussoux P.L. Baltasar J.L. Studer de la Oya A.R. Erasun

Background: Pelvic fractures are frecuently associated with massive intrapelvic bleeding from venous or arterial sources. Different treatment algorithms has been proposed in order to stablish early control of haemorragic sites, mostly based on external fixation/angiography. The aim of present study was to evaluate the clinical evolution of 70 pelvic fractures with uncontrolled hypotension treated with combined ex fix/angio based on fracture pattern.

Materials and methods: Case serie . We analyzed a serie of patients admitted at our center between 1994 and 2004 with pelvic fracture and haemodinamic instability , treated by the same algorithm. Decision-making for the first treatment(angio vs external fixation) were based on the type of pelvic fracture. Patients was considered unstable if PAS was less than 90mmHg or the patients needs more than two blood products replacement in first 24 hours.

Results: External fixation was used in 45 patients(64%) and 37 patients were treated by angio. We found active arterial bleeding in 31 cases (44%). The combination of both treatment was used in 20 patients. Laparotomy was performed in 21 patients. Incidence of sistemic complications were high . Mortality was 26% . Mortality were higher in two groups: patients with TBI and those treated by laparotomy.

Conclusions: Arterial lesions demostrated by angio were high in our study(44%). In our experience a combined algorithm using both external fixation or angio based on type fracture control intrapelvic bleeding in most cases , although mortality in patients with pelvic fractre and haemodinamic instabilty remains high.


J. Kurian S. Shah

To review the results of periprosthetic femoral fractures treated using Dall-Miles cable and plates.

Periprosthetic femoral fractures are increasingly common and their treatment is challanging for Orthopaedic surgeons. Dall-Miles cable and palte system is the current impalnt of choice for periprosthetic femoral fractures following hip arthroplasty.

Between January 1999 and December 2001, twenty-two patients with periprosthetic femoral fracture around hip arthroplasty were treated with Dall-Miles system. Thirteen patients required bone grafting (allograft) at time of surgery. The average age of the group was 82 with eighteen females and four men. Thirteen were Vancouver type B2, two type B1, six type C and one type A fracture. All patients were followed up to fracture union. Two patients had fracture of the plate and required further surgery. Two patients had symptomatic loosening even though the fracture had united and underwent revision hip replacement. These four patients were Vancouver type B2. Nine Vancouver B2 patients had fracture union with no need for revision. All other patients had fracture union with no major complications.

The Dall-Miles cable and plate system provides an easy to use implant with satisfactory outcome. The simplicity of the system allows widespread acceptance in these increasingly common fractures. It is particularly useful to obtain bony union in elderly patients not fit enough for a major revision surgery.


H. Kinik M. Armangil

We investigated the results of complex acetabular fractures that were treated through the extended triradiate approach between January 1996 and September 2002 in our clinic. Sixty acetabular fractures were treated surgically during this period in total. Twenty-nine complex fractures that were treated through the triradiate approach with a minimum 2 years follow-up included in the study. The mean patient age was 43 years. There were 10 both column, 9 T shaped, 2 anterior column – posterior hemitransverse, 4 transverse with comminuted roof area, 5 posterior wall with comminuted roof area and 1 posterior column posterior wall fractures. Associated injuries were 2 full-thickness chondral injury of the head, one Pipkin type II fracture, 5 posterior and one central dislocation of the ipsilateral femoral head; and in 4 hips acetabular marginal impaction. The average follow-up was 63.2 months. The postoperative reduction was graded as excellent in 72.4 % and imperfect in 6.9 % of the patients. The hips were evaluated functionally according to the modified Postel D’Aubigne score and rated as excellent in 10 patients (34.5 %), good in 14 patients (48.2 %), fair in 3 patients (10.3 %) and poor in 2 patients (6.9 %). There were 2 deep infections (6.9 %), 2 avascular necrosis of the head (6.9 %), and 4 (13.8 %) non-disabling heterotopic ossification. We beleive that triradiate approach provides good visualization for anatomical reduction of the complex acetabular fractures, but the surgeon should be aware of its possible complications.


F.R. Middleton S.P. Trikha H. Matthews O. Raynam J. Lewis D.A. Ward

Periprosthetic fractures present an increasing workload as more hip arthroplasties are performed. They are often challenging to treat due to poor bone stock and patient frailty. We compare the early clinical and radiological results in 2 centres of 24 consecutive periprosthetic hip fractures in 24 patients, using a cannulated interlocked long stemmed titanium alloy femoral component with or without a hydroxyapatite (HA) coating (Cannulok revision prosthesis).

The mean age at the time of operation was 79 years (range 65 to 92.4 years). The average length of follow up was 1.17 years (range 3 months to 5.3 years). All patients receiving a Cannulok revision stem with a minimum follow up of 3 months were included regardless of their primary aetiology and number of previous surgical procedures. Patients were reviewed and scored using the Merle d’Aubigne and Postal Score, Harris Hip Score and the WOMAC index at latest review. Periprosthetic fractures were classified using the Vancouver classification. At latest radiological review we measured subsidence, new bone formation (including presence of callus), osteolysis and radiolucent lines in all areas of the stem.

Of the 24 fractures, 22 healed. In the 14 who had HA coated implants there was a 50% increase in bone. In the non-HA coated stems there was a 36% increase in bone radiologically. The mean Harris hip score was 74 at the latest post-operative review. The mean WOMAC and MDP scores were 48.7 and 7.7 respectively. The mean pain visual analogue score was 1.6 overall and 0 specifically for mid-thigh pain.

We present encouraging early clinical and radiological results of the Cannulok stem system for treatment of complex periprosthetic fractures. This implant provides early fracture stability and subsequent biological bonding with an improvement in bone mass.


E. Fawzy G. Mandellos R. De Steiger P. McLardy-Smith M. Benson D. Murray

Background: Hip dysplasia is a complex developmental process. Untreated acetabular dysplasia is the most common cause of secondary hip osteoarthiritis. With increased interest in redirectional pelvic osteotomies, the role of the shelf procedure needs to be re-defined.

Aim of the study: to investigate the effectiveness of the shelf procedure in adults with symptomatic acetabular dysplasia by assessing the functional and radiological outcome at a minimum of five years follow-up.

Material and Methods: Seventy-six consecutive adults with symptomatic acetabular dysplasia treated with acetabular shelf augmentation, have been followed up for an average period of 11 years (range: 6–14). The mean age was thirty-three years (range: 17–60 years). The Oxford hip score (OHS) was used for clinical assessment. Centre-edge angle (CEA) and acetabular angle (AA) were measured to determine femoral head coverage. Osteoarthiritis severity was based primarily on the width of the joint space using the De Mourgues classification. Survivorship analyses using conversion to THR as an endpoint were performed. logrank test was used to compare the outcome of the shelf against the variables of age, preoperative osteoarthiritis, preoperative and postoperative AA, CEA angles.

Results: The shelf procedure improved the mean preoperative CEA from 11° (range: 20° to 17°) to 50° postoperatively (range: 30° to 70°) and the mean preoperative AA from 52° (range: 46° to 64°) to 32° postoperatively (range: 18° to 57°). The Mean OHS was 34.6 (hip score maximum: 48). Thirty percent of hips needed THR at an average duration of 7.3 years. Survival analysis using conversion to THR as an endpoint was 86% (CI, 76%–95%) at five years and 46% (CI, 27%–65%) at ten years. The survival in the 44 patients with only slight or no joint space narrowing was 97% (CI, 93%–100%) at 5 years and 75% (CI, 51%–100%) at 10 years. This was significantly higher (p= 0.0007) than the survival in the 32 patients with moderate or severe osteoarthiritis, which was 76% (CI, 55%–89%) at 5 years and 22% (CI, 5%–38%) at 10 years. There was no significant relationship between survival and age (p= 0.37), pre and postoperative centre-edge angle (p= 0.39), or acetabular angle (p= 0.85).

Conclusion: Shelf acetabuloplasty is a reliable, safe procedure offering medium-term symptomatic relief for adults with acetabular dysplasia. The best results were achieved in patients with slight or no joint space narrowing.


T. Gunes M. Erdem C. Sen

Purpose: Kotz osteotomy (polygonal pelvic osteotomy) is performed for hip dysplasia especially with deficient acetabular coverage . One of the important problems of this osteotomy is Trendelenburg limping due to detachment of abductor muscles from their origin at the iliac bone during the surgical approach. In order to solve this problem, the surgical approach of Kotz osteotomy was modified and iliac osteotomy was made from the medial side of iliac bone instead of lateral side without detaching the abductor muscles and two skin incision were used instead of three skin incisions. We present the results of nine hips in seven patients who were operated using this modified surgical approach.

Materials and Methods: In this study, CE angle, VCE angle, Sharp angle, Harris hip score, trendelenburg test, and abductor muscle strength (at first and third postoperative monts) of nine hips of seven patients (6 female, 1 male and mean age 19.2 year) who underwent the modified surgical approach were evaluated.

Results: Preoperative average CE angle, VCE angle, Sharp angle and Harris hip score were −0.22°(−9 to 13°), 8.22°(−13 to 20°), 53.11°(44 to 58°), and 63.55(51 to 71), respectively. Trendelenburg test was positive in 7 of 9 hips. The mean follow-up time is 6.5 months (3 to 17 months). Postoperatively, average CE angle, VCE angle, Sharp angle and Harris hip score were measured 33.66°(12 to 54°), 36.00°(18 to 51°), 34.33°(26 to 54°), and 91.66(74 to 100), respectively and there was statistically significant difference (p< 0.05). Trendelenburg’s test was negative in 8 of 9 hips postoperatively. The abductor muscles strength was measured clinically and was determined 3.4/5 at first and 4.2/5 at third postoperative month. Union was achieved at all osteotomy sites . In the postoperative period, in one hip, positive Trendelenburg test was continued because of inadequate coverage and superior migration of the femoral head.

Conclusions: This modified Kotz osteotomy achieves adequate acetabular coverage as the original technique and furthermore it provides recovery of abductor muscle strength in the early postoperative period and decreases the rate of Trendelenburg limping.


B.C.H. van der Wal A.J. Tonino C. Geerdink B. Grimm I.C. Heyligers

Introduction. Periprosthetic femoral fractures (PPF) have become more common as the population at risk, patients with joint arthroplasty, has increased. The choice of treatment depends on the location of the fracture relative to the implant, the residual fixation of the implant and patient factors such as deficient bone stock or osteopenia. The Vancouver classification categorises types of PPF and identifies strategies for its management. However, the Vancouver classification is mainly based and focused on cemented implants. Recently a modified algorithm for the management of PPF based on the Vancouver classification has been published. We analysed PPF with a single type of uncemented hip stem and compared our treatment to the most recent management algorithm.

Methods. From a consecutive series of 619 uncemented proximal hydroxyapatatite coated ABG-I prostheses, 14 patients (2.3%) sustained a PPF after an adequate trauma. The mean time between the index operation and the fracture was 6.9 years(range: 2.0 to 13.7 years). The mean age of the patients at the time of fracture was 79 years (range 59–87). The fracture patterns and state of stem fixation were analysed.

Results. In 5 patients the fracture was limited to the proximal Gruen zones 1 and 7 with the stem still firmly fixed (type A). Fracture treatment was conservative but in one patient the greater trochanter had to be reat-tached. Six B1,two B2 fractures and one B3 fracture were seen. Compared to the Vancouver classification we observed a different pattern in the type B fractures. No fractures at the tip of the stem were seen as common and characteristic in cemented implants. Three B1 fractures were operated due to fracture displacement and three were treated conservately. THe B2 and B3 fractures were managed with long uncemented revision stems because of a disrupted bone-prosthesis interface. Type C fractures were not seen. All fractures healed well.

Conclusion. The ABG-I shows a bone remodelling pattern consisting of mid stem bone condensation and proximal bone resorption, which leads to a high bone density gradient. This gradient acts as a stress riser and thus can be a preferred location for the initiation of a fracture. This pattern is distinctly different from the fracture types observed for cemented implants. . As a result the ABG-I stem was modified to the ABG-II design permitting more proximal and less mid-stem load transfer, smoothening the bone density gradient.

This study confirms that the Vancouver classification and the modified algorithm for the management of PPF are a simple,reproducible classification system also for the uncemented treatment modality. Conservative treatment is a valid option in case of a stable implant, while in case of a loose implant surgical intervention is mandatory.


A. Skwara J. Wisotzky T. Patzer C.O. Tibesku S. Fuchs

Purpose: In the treatment of acetabular dysplasia in adolescents and adults the triple osteotomy according to Tonnis is a common procedure. This retrospective study were undertaken to evaluate the clinical and radiological results and quality of life after triple osteotomy according to Tonnis.

Material and Methods: In our retrospective study 43 patients (f=32, m=11) with acetabular dysplasia after triple osteotomy procedure with an average age of 21.8 years (SD=7.6) were evaluated. The average follow-up was 9.3 years (range 0.6–19.1 ys). For clinical evaluation, the Harris Hip Score was used. The pre- and postoperative x-rays in ap and faux profile plane were evaluated for the CE-, VCA-, AC-, ACM-angle and the acetabular index. Quality of life was evaluated by the SF-36-health questionnaire.

Results: 48,8% of our patients achieved excellent or good results in the Harris Hip Score and 65,1% of the patients considered the subjective postoperative result as excellent or good. The CE angle improved significantly from preoperatively 8.8 to postoperatively 34.5 degrees. The VCA angle according to Lequesne and Seze improved significantly from 30.7 to 50.9 and the AC angle from 10.2 to 19.5 degrees. The ACM angle decreased significantly from 53.3 to 56 degrees and the acetabular index increased from 33.4 to 37.3 postoperatively. Range of motion of the operated extremity decreased significantly for hip flexion and internal roation. SF-36-health questionnaire results of the patient group showed significant differences for the parameters physical function, bodily pain and emotional role compared to those of a healthy reference group of the same age.

Four patients showed a pseudarthrosis of the ischial or pubic bone. Three patients had persisting pain of the pseudarthrosis and needed another operative procedure. Hypaesthesia in the area of N. cutaneus femoris lateralis occurred in seven cases.

Conclusion: The results of the operative treatment of an acetabular dysplasia with a triple osteotomy procedure according to Tonnis showed a satisfactory outcome, even though significant functional deficits and deficits of quality of life could be demonstrated in middle and long term follow-up.


Y. Yasunaga T. Hisatome R. Tanaka T. Yamasaki M. Ochi

Introduction. Dysplasia of the hip is the commonest cause of secondary osteoarthritis. One treatment is periacetabular osteotomy such as rotational acetabular osteotomy(RAO). These procedures have generally produced satisfactory mid- and long-term results, but unfavorable results have been reported in a few cases. We evaluated the 10-year results to determine the factors of prognostic importance.

Methods. We studied 91 patients (100 hips) at prearthritis or early stage. The mean age at surgery was 36 years (13 – 58) and mean follow-up period was 11 years (8–16). 81 were women (89 hips) and 10 were men (11 hips). Clinical follow-up was done using the system of Merle d’Aubigne. Radiologically, CE angle, AC angle and head lateralization index (HLI) were measured prior to surgery, 3 months postoperatively and at follow-up. Postoperative joint congruencies were classified into four grades.

Results. The mean clinical score significantly increased from 14 to 17 and only in 4 cases the mean score decreased. CE angle, AC angle, and HLI significantly improved after surgery. Progression of osteoarthritis was radiologically observed at follow-up in 7 hips. Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis predicted the rate of prevention of osteoarthritic progression at 10 years as 93%. Parametric survivorship analysis using the Cox hazards model indicated that postoperative joint congruency is a risk factor for progression of osteoarthritis.

Discussion/Conclusion. Our findings have suggested that RAO is valuable in preventing osteoarthritic progression for at least 10 years. If risk factors can be reduced, a longer operative effect may be expected.


J. Tuischer G. Matziolis D. Krocker G. Duda C. Perka

Background Osteopontin (OPN), also known as bone sialoprotein I or secreted phosphoprotein 1, is a major non-collagenous bone matrix protein. A broad distribution has been detected in embryonic bone, osteoid, and fracture callus [Nomura et al. 2000] pointing out its central role in bone development and healing. It remains unclear weather mechanical conditions influence OPN synthesis and thereby osteoprogenitor cell differentiation. We investigated OPN mRNA-levels of bone marrow derived mesenchymal stem cells (bm-MSC) cultured in a previously described compression bioreactor (CBR) [Matziolis et al. under review] under dynamic compression (DC).

Materials Bm-MSCs of 5 different individuals (mean age 61y) were seeded in a fibrin-alginate mix-matrix placed between two slices of lyophyliced cancellous bone. One group of constructs (n=10) underwent DC with 7kPa at 0.05 Hz, resulting in a matrix compression of 1mm at an heigh of 5mm, for 24 hours in the CBR. Constructs cultured under similar conditions but without DC served as control group (n=10). mRNA was extracted out of each construct after ending the DC, following the Trizol®-protocol. After cDNA-synthesis, GEArray Q series (Human Osteogenesis Gene Arrays) were performed and normalized versus GAPDH.

Results We found an increase of OPN-expression in all dynamically compressed matrices. In the DC-group we found a mean of 5-fold increase of OPN mRNA compared to the control group (median: 0.43 vs. 0.09, p< 0.001).

Discussion and Conclusion The results of this study demonstrate that an in vitro DC of bm-MSCs for 24 hours leads to an increased expression of OPN. We conclude that DC is an important element of early fracture healing by increasing the expression of OPN and thereby modulating progenitor cell differentiation immediately after mechanical instability caused by a fracture.


R. Burgkart H. Gottschling M. Roth R. Gradinger

Introduction Besides great advances in hip-alloarthroplasty there are still numerous indications for joint saving procedures as correction osteotomies. Often these procedures include complex 3D rearrangements of the proximal femur, which are for the surgeon technically very demanding because of the (1) complexity of a precise 3D planning of the fragment position and as a second step (2) the exact operative realization of the plan.

The project aim was to minimize these two major problems by using computer assisted techniques for exact intraoperative virtual 3D planning including a detailed biomechanical analysis (as change of head offset, torsion, leg length etc.).

Methods A new key feature is that we extended our former developed geometry based approach using 2 fluoro frames from different angles of the proximal femur to inversely reconstruct the femoral head sphere and additionally mark the head-neck axis and the anatomical femur axis. For navigation a passive infrared based optical system was used with a Polaris-camera, a C-arm calibration kit and PC-based developed software. For in vitro evaluation complex osteotomies were performed on 8 femora under simulated OR conditions.

Results The evaluation showed that the difference between the planning and real surgical outcome for the wedge size was less then 3 and for the femur head center position less then 4.1 mm. No implant penetrated the femur neck isthmus, but in 2 femora the position of the plate resulted in a lateral space of maximal 2 mm between the OT-planes, which was by higher plate tensioning completely compensable. The planning process as well as the operative execution was practicable and time efficient.

Discussion The used method demonstrated from a clinical view point a high accuracy. With the described approach it is for the surgeon directly visible during the planning process what biomechanical impacts his planned procedure will have on the femur head offset, torsion, leg length etc.

So without changing the standard operative procedure the method can be of high clinical importance to improve the accuracy of the planning and the consecutive operative realization for a precise fragment positioning and the plate location without penetrating the isthmus of the femoral neck. So it can potentially help to reduce intraoperative complications and the use of the fluoroscope to minimally 4 frames for the whole procedure.


A. Biasibetti C. Salomone A. Di Gregòrio M. Motta Navas P. Gallinaro

1. Use of OP1: present situation

1.1 Tibial pseudoarthrosis. The work by Friedlander can be considered golden standard about the clinical application. It is a prospective, randomized clinical trial comparing OP-1 with fresh bone autograft. Results of the two techniques are similar under the clinical and radiographical point of view(1). Some cases of very serious pseudoarthrosis treated with OP1 have demonstrated an high percentual of clinical recovery(2). In the I Orthopaedic Clinic of Turin University pseudoarthrosis are treated with Ilizarov technique, not with the autologous transplantation, so Friedlander’s results are not discriminant for the our work.

1.2 Australian study of 163 patients with amputation risk was done an attempt with OP1 application, before of his commercialisation. In these cases the drug demonstrated to be very efficacious(3).

1.3 Concerning the fresh fractures, experience is limited to prospective, randomised, multicenter clinical trial. The conclusions are a reduction of consolidation delay and the number of reoperation in the OP1 treated group versus the not treated one(4).

2. In the I Orthopaedic Clinic of Turin University (UOSD Muscle-Skeletal Traumatology and External Fixation) guide lines for OP1 application are:

2.1 Delayed union of the docking point in pseudoar-throsis of long bones treated with the Ilizarov technique. OP1 is also used if traditional techniques are not suitable for application

2.2 Traditional techniques failure

2.3 First treatment in very difficult cases of limb reconstruction and bone nonunion

3. From 30/09/2002 till 27/09/2004, 19 patients have been treated with OP1. Middle age is 38 years (range 22–65). Before last intervention, middle number of operation is 6,5 (range 3–26) with middle time treatment of 4 years (range 1–31). 12 healed, 5 are under treatment and 2 are failure (osteomyelitis relapse). 10 tibias, 7 femurs, 1 humerus and 1 forearm were treated. The middle time of healing was 4 months (range 2–6).

Healing has been evaluated by clinical and radiographical point of view (handly evaluation of stability, function recuperation and image of bone consolidation). Radiographic images of bone consolidation are not strictly correlated with clinical stability and function recovery.

4. Conclusion:

4.1 The series is strictly observational. However results are satisfying, given the complexity of treated cases. More prospective randomised double blind clinical studies, and drug cost decrease are necessary to extend the indications for OP1 application.


C. Corradini U.F. Massimo C. Costantino V.F. Emanuele P.L. Petruccio C. Alessia L. Parravicini V. Occhipinti P. Gerundini C. Verdoia

Background. Understanding of the pathogenetic mechanisms of non-union can not ignore bone remodelling and its cascade of processes at cellular and biochemical levels culminating in an incomplete structural and functional restoration of the damaged bone.

Osteoprotegerin (OPG) is expressed by osteoblasts and functions as a decoy receptor that is able to control and to regulate osteoclastogenesis and therefore to prevent bone resorption.

The objectives of our study were: to investigate OPG serum levels in shaft fractures non-union compared to controls; to assess the use of OPG as a marker for the early identification of fracture non-unions.

Material and Methods. OPG serum levels were determined in 25 male patients (aged between 20–59 years, mean 35.44 ± 11.53) with a shaft fracture non-union at the time of minimum six months (mean 16.83 ± 10.87) since trauma and age matched with 25 male controls patients (aged 20–59 mean 35.44 ± 11.76) with a shaft fracture healed. All patients were correctly operated with different types of synthesis for complex fractures of a long bone (humerus, femur, tibia). Osteocalcin, bone isoenzyme of alkaline phosphatase and deoxypyridino-line (DPD) were also measured.

Results. OPG levels were significantly higher in non-union cases compared to age matched controls (mean 10.17 ± 3.08 vs 8.54 ± 1.18 U/L; p=0.0084). DPD level was significantly higher in cases respect to controls (mean 7.9 ± 2.74 vs 3.8 ± 1.00 nmolDPD/mmol urinary creatinine excretion; p=0.0001). ROC analysis and the classification for probability cut-off show a very good negative predictive value (84%) for a cut-off of OPG 10 U/L, indicating that all patients having OPG lower than 10 U/L are probably free of non-union. Similarly, for an increase of 1 U/L of OPG there is an increase of probability of being a case of 92%. Higher OPG levels clearly carries a higher risk of non-union, thus indicating the usefulness of OPG evaluation in the follow-up of fractured patients. Larger groups will allow the estimation of the correct level of OPG threshold by age, which we are now able to estimate of about 8 U/L for young patients and 10 U/L for older ones in our population.

Conclusion. Shaft fracture non-union may occur following appropriate osteosynthesis in consequence of a condition of altered bone osteoclastic activity. OPG could be directly involved in the pathogenesis of shaft fractures non-union and seems to be an accurate predictive marker in non-union evaluation.


J. Grohs M. Matzner P. Krepler

Autologous chondrocyte transplantation is technically feasible and biologically relevant to repairing disc damage and retarding disc degeneration in animal models. Prospective clinical trials with open discectomy, cultivation of disc cells and transplantation by a minimally invasive procedure are ongoing (co.don chondro-transplant DISC).

We used the decompressor (Stryker) for percutaneous lumbar discectomy to harvest disc cells for cultivation. A cannula was placed in the degenerated disc. The 1,5mm decompressor was introduced through the cannula. 0,5–1,5 millilitres of disc material was aspirated. In the laboratory the material was cultured using the patients serum. The cells were expandable. The capacity of the cells to produce matrix molecules was proven in vitro.

The percutaneous discectomy of contained discs with signes of early degeneration, the expansion and the transplantation of autologous chondrocytes to the disc might be a possibility of repairing disc damage and retarding disc degeneration.


S. Moscato M.G. Cascone L. Lazzeri S. Danti G. Guido G. Calvosa N. Bernardini

The main obstacle for tissue engineering is the difficulty in producing structurally and functionally well-organized tissues from in vitro cultured cells. Thus, on one hand the research is focusing towards bioactive three-dimensional materials (scaffolds) able to stimulate specific cellular processes. In fact the problem exists that cells cultured in scaffolds have great difficulty to adhere and proliferate if they don’t recognize bioactive molecules. In this respect biological polymers are used in the preparation of synthetic matrices to be used as tissue engineering scaffolds. On the other hand biological research is focusing on morphological and functional properties of cells seeded onto bioactive materials to evaluate their viability, adherence and proliferation, fundamental steps for successful tissue engineering. Surgical specimens were treated with type Ia collagenase and cultured in FCS/EGF supplemented DMEM. Cellular characterization was carried out on 3rd passage cells. Fibroblasts were seeded on Matri-cell, a substrate rich in basal lamina constituents, or PVA-gelatin sponges. Pulmonar ovine fibroblasts were also employed to set up the experimental procedures of cell seeding on scaffolds and histological methods. Immunocytochemistry was carried out to evaluate the presence of cytokeratin, fibroblast antigen, S-100 protein, TGF-beta1, fibronectin, type I collagen. Cytochemistry allowed to examine the synthesis of glysosoaminoglycans (Alcian blu method) and glycoproteins (PAS reaction). A fibroblast-like morphology and phenotype were found in the human cells isolated and selected from yellow ligaments. An high expression of fibroblast Ag, fibronectin and type I collagen but low TGF-beta1 and no cytokeratin immunoreaction were observed. A different localization of the detected antigens was found in the isolated fibroblasts depending on the type of substrate: a strong immunoreactive network of collagen I fibres was observed around cells grown on Matri-cell compared to the granular immunoprecipitates observed in the cytoplasm of fibroblasts grown on non coated plastic. Fibronectin was detected mainly at the extracellular level in Matri-cell cultured fibroblasts. Fibroblasts seeded on PVA-gelatin are viable and adherents to the substrates. Alcian blue reaction demonstrated the active production of glysosoaminoglycans both in Matri-cell or PVA-gelatin cultured cells, suggesting that these substrates allow extracellular matrix molecule production


P. Antonarakos G. Kapetanos A. Chistodoulou G. Petsatodes M. Tsougas J. Pournaras

Aim: Nanoindentation is a technique, developed over the last 15 years which is now widely used in the materials science for probing the mechanical properties of thin films. The properties most commonly measured are Young’s modulus (E), and Hardness (H). One of the great advantages of the technique is its ability to probe a surface and map its properties on a spatially – resolved basis, often with a resolution of better than 1μm.

Materials and methods: specimens from 5 lumbar vertebrae (L-4) were obtained from fresh, unembalmed human cadavers (2 males and 3 females), aged from 16 to 90 years. After carefully removing posterior elements and soft tissues, the vertebral bodies were cut to a thickness of 5mm and embedded in epoxy resin to provide support for the porous network. Then the samples were metallograpically polished to produce smooth testing surfaces and nanoindentation tests were conducted to measure Young’s modulus and hardness of individual trabeculae. Measurements were made in both longitudinal and transverse direction in relation to the longitudinal axes of the trabeculae. The indentation load – displacement data obtained in these tests were analyzed, using the method of Oliver and Pharr.

Results: a total of 719 nanoindentations were produced in this research. A mean of 7–8 indentations were made in 103 separate trabeculae both in longitudinal and transverse direction. The mean Young’s modulus was found to be 13.7(2.5) Gpa, which is higher than the one obtained by classic micromechanical tests. There were no significant differences of elastic moduli among the longitudinal and the transverse directions of the trabeculae (13.8. Gpa and 13.5 Gpa, respectively).

Conclusion: nanoindentation is a very promising technique for evaluating intrinsic mechanical properties of bone at sub-micro level of organization. It may have many applications and may contribute to the improvement of our knowledge concerning bone biomechanics, the effects of metabolic bone diseases on bone mechanical properties and the capabilities of surgical treatment


M. Vidosavljevic J. Pejanovic B. Jovanovic R. Brdar D. Abramovic S. Ducic M. Milosavljevic

Objective: To compare two techniques of reduction of the pulled elbow 1. supination of the forearm followed by flexion of the elbow 2. hyperpronation of the forearm.

Material and methods: From July to October 2004, we studied 55 children with pulled elbow, aged below 4 years treated at the Emergency Department of the University Children’s Hospital of Belgrade. One patient was excluded from the study due to the fracture of the forearm.

The patients were divided into 2 groups according to the technique used in treatment.

Group 1: 23 pts treated by reduction supination / flexion technique,

Group 2: 31 pts treated with hyperpronation of the forearm.

Groups where randomized by:

A. Aged

From 14 months to 3 year, Mean: 22.22 months; Group 1; From 9 months to 3, 4 year, Mean: 22.79 months Group 2. P > 0,05

B. Time elapsed from injury to the medical treatment:

From 30 min. to 24 hours, Mean 508.7 min. Group 1 From 30 min. to 20 hours, Mean 368.2 min. Group 2, P > 0,05

C. Sex ratio M/F

13/10 group 1, 15/16 group 2, P > 0,05

D. Side L/R

14/9 group 1, 21/10 group 2 P > 0,05

E. Recurrence 4/23 group 1, 15/31 group 2 P > 0,05

Success of reduction was evaluated by

1/ The period elapsed until the return of function of the arm

2/ Checking the duration of the child crying

3/ Palpatory confirmation of successful reduction by palpable click-clackman.

Patients were followed every 30 sec during the first 5 min, and then every 5 to 30 min.

Results: 1/ After 30 min, in four children treated by supination flexion technique full function was not achieved, so we did another reduction using an alternative technique hyperpronation.

One patient from the second group was not successfully treated. P > 0.05

2/ Mean time of the period elapsed until the return of arm function was: Group 1 813,9 sec, Group 2 243,4 sec. P < 0.01

3/ Mean time when the child stopped crying was Group 1 408.3 sec, Group 2 223,2 sec. P < 0,01

4/ Palpatory confirmation of successful reduction -clackman was detected in Group 19/23 pts.,Group 30/31pts. P > 0.05

Conclusion: Our preliminary results of reduction of radial head subluxation using hyperpronation technique confirmed it to be to be simpler and more successful in reduction of the radial head dislocation, as shown by the mean time elapsed after the return of arm function and duration of child crying.


J.F. Quinlan R.W.G. Watson P.M. Kelly J.M. OByrne J.M. Fitzpatrick

Increased bone turnover and fracture healing is associated with acute spinal cord injuries. Experimental work to date has been confined to animal models. While the benefits in relation to quicker fracture healing are obvious, this excessive bone growth (heterotopic ossification) also causes unwanted side effects, such as decreased movement around joints, joint fusion and renal tract calculi.

This paper evaluates two groups of patients with spinal column fractures – those with neurological compromise and those without, and compares them with a control group with isolated long bone fractures. Serum was taken from these patients at 10 days post injury and was analysed for the known osteogenic cytokines Insulin-like Growth Factor-1 (IGF-1) and Transforming Growth Factor-b1 (TGF-b1) as well as being added to an osteoblast cell culture line to analyse cell proliferation.

The results for the IGF-1 show a higher level in the neurology group compared to the no neurology group (p=0.038). In the TGF-B1 assay, the neurology group has a lower level than the other two groups (p< 0.0001 and p=0.002 respectively). However, when this group is subdivided into patients with complete and incomplete neurology, it can be seen that the levels of the complete group are elevated, although not significantly so (p=0.228).

All three groups stimulated markedly increased osteoblast cell proliferation versus a control group (p=0.086, p=0.005 and p=0.002 respectively). However, the neurology group is significantly lower than the other two groups (p=0.007 and p=0.001 respectively). Furthermore the complete group causes a lower proliferation rate than the incomplete group (p=0.539).

In conclusion, at 10 days post injury when the acute inflammatory reaction is subsiding and new bone is being laid down, patients with acute spinal cord injuries have increased bone turnover. This increase is being indirectly mediated by IGF-1, and more elevated levels with more severe neurological compromise suggest a contributory role of TGF-b1. Direct stimulation of osteoblasts does not appear to have any role to play in this accelerated bone healing.


A. Odumala S. Owa A. Nada

Objective: The main objective of our study was to compare the outcome and complications between open and percutaneous tennis elbow release using the Total Elbow Scoring System (TESS). Our null hypothesis is that there is no difference in patient based outcome measures and morbidity between both groups.

Methods: We evaluated a cohort of 40 patients (41 elbows) with clinical evidence of tennis elbow that had surgery after failed conservative treatment. All patients were followed up for a minimum of 12 months and information entered into a structured questionnaire. Other outcomes measures assessed include; Visual Analogue Score (VAS), length of time to return to work, and wound complications.

Results: Seventeen (17) and Twenty-four (24) elbows were managed by percutaneous release and open surgery respectively. There were twenty-one female patients (22 elbows) and nineteen male patients (19 elbows). The mean age of the study population was 45years (s.d.: 8.4yrs). The mean duration of symptoms before surgery was 20 months (s.d.: 9.1mths). All 17 elbows that had percutaneous release procedures had a TESS score greater than 80, in comparison to 19 out of 24 elbows with open procedures, although this was not quite significant. (p=0.06). A score of between 80 and 100 is considered good or excellent. Patients that had open surgery had a significantly higher pain (Visual analogue score) VAS in comparison to closed procedures (p=0.01).

A significantly higher proportion of patients that had percutaneous procedures were able to return to work within 2 weeks in comparison to open procedures (p-=0.03). There were 4 cases of wound complication that occurred only in patients with open surgery.

Conclusion: We conclude that percutaneous release for tennis elbow can produce satisfactory outcomes, with lower morbidity and earlier return to work compared with open procedures.


B. Jost R. Adams B. Morrey

Introduction: Proximal radio-ulnar synostosis is a rare complication after distal biceps tendon repair. Synostosis results in usually painfree limitation of forearm rotation and loss of function. The outcome after synostosis excision has not been demonstrated.

Methods: Between 1987 and 2003 twelve patients were identified with radio-ulnar synostosis and retrospectively reviewed clinically and radiographically. All patients initially experienced a complete distal biceps tendon rupture after lifting heavy objects. The average time to repair was fourteen days.

Results: These twelve patients underwent excision of synostosis as early as two months post repair and as late as 18 months. The average age at time of excision was forty-five years and the dominant arm involved in seven patients. All received postoperative idomethacin for four weeks and only six received additional postoperative irradiation. The average follow-up was fifty-nine months. Function revealed an average pre-operative rotational arc of 19, six patients were ankylosed in a neutral position. The postoperative arc was 138 (p = 0.007). Flexion and extension was essentially normal preoperatively and postoperatively. All twelve patients demonstrated no pain pre- and postoperatively. All patients were very satisfied with the result. There were no complications after excision. Radiographically there was no recurrence of ectopic bone formation.

Discussion and Conclusion: Excision of proximal radio-ulnar synostosis following distal biceps repair results in a significant improvement of limited forearm rotation and returning patients to a pain free functional rotational arc with a high satisfaction rate.


A. Ansara S. El-kawy

Introduction: Different surgical options are available for the treatment of Tennis Elbow. One of the most simple is percutaneous lateral release.

Patients and methods: This prospective study consists of 24 patients; who had persistent symptoms of tennis elbow for an average of 21 months before being operated. All patients received conservative treatment before surgery; only those who did not improve were surgically treated. All of them had percutaneous lateral release of the common extensor tendon under local anaesthetic as a day case.

Results: Patients returned to work after an average of four weeks. Pain relief was achieved at an average of eight weeks. Patient satisfaction was 91.6%. The clinical results were evaluated according to pain relief, level of activity and patient satisfaction. The results were good in 22 patients, fair in 1 and poor in 1.

Conclusion: We believe that percutaneous release should be offered at an earlier stage for patients who failed conservative treatment. It is a simple, reliable and cost effective surgical procedure.


A. Darder E. Villanueva M.J. Sanguesa C. Valverde

Aims. Lateral epicondylitis is a frequent pathology usually resolved with conservative methods but ocasionally evolve to chronic unresolved tendinosis. Bipolar Radiofrequency has potentially the effect to stimulate a healing response on chronic tendinosis. We present the results of 15 cases with chronic epicondylitis treated with Bipolar Radiofrequency.

Methods. Fifteen patients with chronically lateral epicondylitis and previously failed conservative treatment during 6 months with antiinflamatory drugs, phisiotherapy and at least 3 corticosteroid injections were treated with open Bipolar Radiofrequency. Using local anesthesia, and through a 2 cm incision the tendon was stimulated using the TOPAZ ward (Arthrocare,CA). It was done at 5 mm. distance intervals in a clock-wise fashion in the symptomatic area. The incision was closed with 2 sutures and a compressive bandage was applied. No movement was restricted and rehabilitation began immediately.

Results. After an average follow-up of 18 months (6–24), results were excellent in 14 cases and good in one case. The postoperative VAS scores were decreased by 60% at 7 days postoperative, 80% at three weeks and 95% at 6 months. Return to job was at an average of 3 weeks (15 days–4 weeks). All patients were satisfied with the result.

Conclusions. Bipolar Radiofrequency is an alternative, effective and safe method for treatment of chronic lateral epicondylitis when conservative treatments are not effective.


R. Williams A. Jones R. Evans M. Pritchard C. Dent

We propose a grading system for contrast free MRI images of tennis elbow and evaluate the inter and intra observer variability of their interpretation.

Methods: Three senior orthopaedic surgeons were asked to blindly grade 0.2T dedicated extremity contrast free MRI images of elbows of patients who presented with varying degrees of symptomatic tennis elbow.

Our proposed grading system of 1 to 5 based on the pattern around the common extensor tendon was used.

Images of the symptomatic and contralateral non symptomatic elbows were graded blindly twice with an interval of 1 month by each surgeon.

Each surgeon graded 176 MRI images twice.

The grades were subsequently grouped into (I) grades 1 to 2 and (II) grades 3 to 5

Results: With regards to the intra observer agreement, consultant A showed 90.1% agreement, consultant B showed 90.6% agreement and consultant C 96.0% agreement. The mean intra observer agreement rate was 92.2%.

The inter observer agreement between consultant A and B was 82.46%, between A and C 67.1% and between B and C 80.1%.

It was also noted that there were systematic differences to the inter observer variability. Consultant A graded the images 3 to 5 on both occasions 52.9% of the time, consultant B graded 3 to 5 on both occasions 37.8% of the time and consultant C graded 3 to 5 on both occasions 23.3% of the time.

Conclusion: The intra observer agreement rate is high. There is however a greater inter observer variation but this variation is consistent. We suggest that the inter observer differences can be improved by (1) reducing the grades to positive or negative and (2) by group reeducation of the observers.


S. Papadakis N. Roidis Eli Ziv S. Suketu Vaishnav J. Itamura

Aim: The posterior interosseous nerve (PIN) is often at risk during surgical approaches to the proximal radius. The forearm is pronated during the approach to retract the PIN further away from the dissection. We hypothesized that a fracture of the radius would decrease the protection provided by the pronation maneuver.

Material and Methods: The position of the PIN in cadaveric elbows was measured using CT scans made after the PIN sheath was injected with radiopaque dye. Senventeen elbows were injected and CT scans were made in both full supination and pronation. The same elbows then had a radial osteotomy performed at the proximal-middle third junction and were re-scanned in supination and pronation. Finally the same elbows had the fascia around the osteotomy sutured and were scanned a third time. Measurements on the axial CT scans at the level of the radial head were taken of the angle formed by the olecranon, head, and PIN, as well as of the distance between the PIN and the lateral most aspect of the radial head.

Results: In the control group with intact radii, pronation increased the distance between the lateral radial head and the PIN by 6.44 mm. With radial osteotomy, the mean increase was 3.88 mm. The excursion of the nerve along the long axis of the radius decreased from 29.6 degrees to 23.3 degrees.

Conclusions: Radial osteotomy decreased the excursion of the PIN provided by pronation for the forearm by 40%. The Kocher approach requires additional care in light of a radial shaft fracture, but pronation is still beneficial.


R. Singh M. Roberts I. Persaud J. Sinha S. Standring

The purpose of the study was to define the anatomy of the distal biceps tendon and it’s attachment to the proximal radius (bicipital tuberosity). Distal ruptures of the biceps tendon are not uncommon. Surgical treatment needs an understanding of the precise anatomy of the distal biceps tendon and it’s insertion; of which there are no reports in the literature.

Eighty cadaver elbows were dissected. Six were damaged, hence they were excluded from the study. The skin over the cadaver elbows was removed. The distal biceps tendon was dissected and followed to it’s insertion on to the bicipital tuberosity. Measurements of tendon dimensions were taken at the elbow joint and at it’s insertion.

The whole distal biceps tendon twists in a predictable manner. The tendon fibres too change orientation. The tendon inserts on the posterior margin of the bicipital tuberosity in a thin C-shaped manner. All the biceps insertions had a significantly large bursa associated with it.

Both the biceps tendon and it’s intra-tendinous fibres twist. This has biomechanical implications. The dimensions of the biceps tendon at the elbow and at it’s insertion affect the biomechanics. The insertion into bone in a thin C shaped fashion has connotations on methods of repair.


G. Adamczyk A. Kostera-Pruszczyk Z. Czyrny P. Chomicki-Bindas

Introduction: The presence of atypical muscle groups especially in sportsmen population is one of the causes of ulnar nerve entrapmnet. To treat this problem a close cooperation in between neurophysiologist, US-diagnost, surgeon and physiotherapist is mandatory. The inching (short segment study – SSS) of the peripheral nerves was introduced for testing the ulnar neuropathy at the elbow (UNE). The conventional fractionated ulnar nerve conduction studies localize the lesion only approximately to the elbow region, should be followed by inching of the ulnar nerve at the elbow. Dynamic, functional US also precise the character and localise the lesion and region of mechanical obstacles for the nerve. These methods can disclose the degree of focal conduction block or pinpoint the region of focal slowing, giving complementary information about the character of the lesion and help to choose a therapy by neuromobilisation or operative treatment.

Aim: To compare results of SSS and US with intraoperative observations in a group of 24 patients operated due to peripheral neuropathy.

Results: US and SSS shows a 97–100% diagnostic specificity and sensitivity These methods are also useful among patients with functional disturbances due to joint instability or presence of abnormal muscle groups like the anconeus epitrochlearis muscle, additional triceps aponeurosis or abnormality of the medial head of triceps brachii.

Conclusions: Precise diagnosis helps to choose optimal therapy of UNE directed at the specific site of involvement. In our observations muscular pathology is responsible for UNE in about 40% of cases among sportsmen.


R.O. Sundaram C. Marquis J. Coleman G. Gossedge R.A. Evans

Introduction: Darrach’s procedure is indicated for conditions were the distal radio-ulnar joint movement is painful or restricted. The procedure may be indicated at the time of wrist arthrodesis. Darrach’s procedure is not without complications and revision surgery may be indicated.

Aims: To determine the success rate following wrist arthrodesis and whether Darrach’s procedure correlates to revision surgery.

Methods: A retrospective case note review was performed of a consecutive series of patients who underwent wrist arthrodesis between 1991 and 2002 at our institution; performed by a single surgeon.

Results: 73 patients underwent wrist arthrodesis. 39 were female and 34 male. The indications for wrist arthrodesis were rheumatoid disease, osteoarthritis, carpal instability and failed wrist arthroplasty. Successful arthrodesis was achieved in 82% (60/73) of patients, where revision arthrodesis was defined as the end point. 25% (18/73) patients underwent Darrach’s procedure at the time of their primary arthrodesis. 25% (15/60) of the patients whose primary arthrodesis was successful underwent concomitant Darrach’s procedure. 23% (3/13) of patients who underwent revision arthrodesis had undergone concomitant Darrach’s procedure during their primary arthrodesis. 77% (10/13) patients who underwent revision arthrodesis did not undergo Darrach’s procedure at the time of their primary arthrodesis. Of these 10 patients, 3 (30%) of them underwent concomitant Darrach’s procedure during revision arthrodesis.

Conclusion: Wrist arthrodesis in our institution is comparable with that of published literature. The incidence of Darrach’s procedure at the time of primary wrist arthrodesis is 25%. There is a small increase to 30% in the number of patients who require Darrach’s procedure at the time of revision arthrodesis, which is not statistically significant.


J. Dieterich P. Kopylov M. Taegil

Introduction: Systemic sclerosis of the hand is an uncommon form of arthritis that can cause significant functional loss in the hand. Because of decreased microcirculation, wound-healing problems are feared and surgical interventions avoided. We report the results after operations performed on the hand and forearm of patients with systemic sclerosis with special reference to wound healing problems.

Material and methods: This retrospective study evaluates the results of 41 consecutive operations performed in 19 patients between 1985 and 2000 at our unit. The mean age was 50 years (14 – 84 years). Sixteen patients were female and 3 male. Twelve patients were operated twice or more. Operations were elective in 27 cases, with excision of calcinosis in 8 patients, excision of calcinosis plus skin transplant in 2 patients, neurolysis of median, radial or ulnar nerve in 7 patients, wrist procedures (fusion or implant) in 3 patients and other procedures (e. g. finger joint fusion, removal of osteosynthetis material, finger osteotomy) in 7 patients.

In 14 cases the operations were indicated in reason of spontaneous skin necrosis or defects. These operations were: amputation with or without flap in 3 cases, wound revision in 6 cases, wound revision and flap in 5 cases (including skin transplantation in 3 of these patients).

Results: One wound healing problem occurred in the 27 elective operations. The patient operated with an arthrodesis of the small finger PIP-joint had to have both the cerclage wire and K-wire removed to obtain complete wound healing.

Seven of 14 patients in the group with spontaneous skin necrosis healed uneventfully after operation. Two patients had consecutive wound infections that caused a longer healing period of 5 months; another patient also had a longer healing period but his wounds healed shortly after he quit smoking. Four patients had necrosis/infections, which required additional surgery.

Conclusion: In systemic sclerosis, surgery performed in elective operations does not seem to have an increased rate of infections or other wound healing problems. Even larger operations like wrist arthrodesis or wrist prosthesis can be performed. In non-elective cases with spontaneous skin necrosis, in critically ischaemic fingers, the wound healing is not always easy and several operations can be necessary, however a good end result, without need for amputations, can be achieved.


M. John F. Angst G. Pap M.P. Flury D. Herren H.K Schwyzer B.R. Simmen

Introduction: In the evaluation of the major joints, self assessment tools have become wide spread aiming at a more precise quantification of joint function. Different tools have been developed for the elbow joint. However, there are only few data on the relationship between subjective self-assessment of joint function and objective measures.

We developed a comprehensive assessment set for the evaluation of subjective elbow function and objective clinical findings and investigate long-term results after implantation of GSB III Elbow arthroplasties in a first study. The PREE-G was cross-culturally adapted, following the recommendations of the American Association of Orthopedic Surgeons.

Material and Methods: 79 patients (56 female, 23 male, mean age 64 years) after elbow arthroplasty between 1984 and 1996 due to rheumatoid (59) or posttraumatic (20) arthritis underwent an assessment of the joint function using the PREE, the Short Form 36 (SF-36), the Disabilities of Arm, Shoulder, Hand (DASH)) and the modified American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (mASES) for a clinical evaluation. In 62 patients implantation was performed unilaterally and in 17 patients bilaterally, resulting in 96 elbow joints altogether. The mean follow up time was 11,2 years

Results: In the SF-36 score, the mean physical component scale (PCS) was worse (37,2 vs 41,7, p=0,004), the mean mental component scale (MCS) better (52,3 vs 50,3, p=0,092) than normative values of a German population. Subjective assessment by the PREE revealed a mean of 66,8, by the mASES of 63,1 and by the DASH of 56,5 points. Clinical examination resulted in a mean mASES score of 71,6 points. Comparison between the patients self assessment and the objective score revealed a significant correlation between the DASH (r=0,46, p< 0,001), PREE (p=0,54, p< 0,001) and mASES (r=0,60, p< 0,001) with the clinical mASES. In contrast, no significant correlation was found between the physical component scale (PCS) and mental component scale (MCS) of SF-36 and the clinical mASES. Also the patients assessment scores DASH, PREE and mASES showed a strong significant correlation among one another (r=0,74–0,92, p< 0,001) and (PCS) (r=0,58–0,75, p< 0,001) but not with the (MCS) of SF-36.

Conclusion: Assessment of long term results after elbow arthroplasty yielded favourable clinical and subjective results. The clinical outcome tended to be higher than results of the patient self-rated scores. Hereby, the newly developed assessment set proved to be a feasible tool for a comprehensive assessment of elbow function. In addition to clinical outcome assessment, with this set it is possible to gain important and new insights on the relationship between objective measures and subjective patients-assessment of elbow disorders and postoperative conditions.


C. Spormann B. Simmen

Introduction: The design of the GSB III elbow arthroplasty has essentially remained unchanged since 1978 until recently. Because of observations of aseptic loosening of the ulnar component, the ulnar stem was changed in an excentric curved shape. The aim of the present study was to assess the clinical and radiographic outcome after more than 2 years of follow up with the new ulnar stem shape.

Patients and methods: Between january 2000 and august 2002, 34 patients had undergone 36 total elbow replacements with the GSB III device with a new curved ulnar shape. Nineteen patients (20 elbows) underwent the operation for the first elbow arthroplasty and 16 patients underwent revision surgery. The mean follow up was 35 months (R: 25–49). The subjective satisfaction and pain intensity were assessed. Clinical exam recorded range of motion and strength. Radiographs were analysed for implant loosening and osteolysis.

Results: There was a significant improvement of the average range of motion in flexion-extension from pre-operative 82degree to postoperative 105degree for all 36 elbows (t-test, p< 0,005). The 20 cases with primary elbow arthroplasty showed a significant improvement in the average range of flexion-extension from 76degree to 106degree (t-test, p< 0,001). The subjective assessment for satisfaction averaged 93 per cent at the time of follow up. For the 16 patients with revision elbow arthroplasty, the average range of flexion-extension improved from 90degree to 103degree (p< 0,01). The mean subjective satisfaction rated at 94 per cent. One case showed a radiolucent line at the ulnar component which remained unchanged at follow up. There was no component loosening.

Discussion: The new excentric curved ulnar component shows no case of component loosening in our series for primary and revision elbow arthroplasty after 2 years. The range of motion and patient satisfaction are promising.


GE Ayana M Bransby-Zachary

Aims: To evaluate the short to medium term outcome of the Souter-Strathclyde prosthesis when used as a primary elbow arthroplasty in rheumatoid arthritis.

Introduction: The Souter-Strathclyde prosthesis has been evaluated in several studies. In our hospital the operation is carried out using the same strict precautions as for lower limb arthroplasty. At the onset of surgery the ulnar nerve is handled minimally. This study looked at infection and complication rates, and also at outcome.

Methods: The operations were carried out in laminar flow theatres and scrubbed staff wore exhaust suits. At the start of the procedure the ulnar nerve was decompressed, but not mobilised from its bed, and held loosely with tape while being kept moist.

Cases were identified from theatre and implant records. 61 implants in 53 patients were identified. Complication and revision rates were established from case sheets. Of this group 19 patients had died, leaving 40 implants in 34 patients suitable for review. Case notes were analysed. Patients were contacted by post and were requested to fill out a DASH form. 30 patients (34 implants) responded; 2 declined to be involved leaving 31 implants in 28 patients to analyse, 78% of those available.

Results: From the 61 implants there were 4 complications within the first year; one ulnar nerve palsy – transient, one dislocated prosthesis – open reduction, two wound infections. The infection rate is thus 3.3%. Overall to date 4 implants from 61 required revision, a rate of 6.6% (range 13–92 months, mean 37 months). Reasons – one loose, two periprosthetic fractures and one infection. Mean follow up at clinic was 74 months (range 36–120). Mean DASH score at follow up was 48.7 (range 4.5–81.8)

Conclusion: The lower incidence of ulnar nerve palsy, compared to published studies, may be attributable to the surgical technique. The use of laminar flow theatres and exhaust suits may account for the lower infection rates. The complication rate and revision rate is favourable compared to previous studies.


S. Thomas J. Simon T. Nikhi S. Lech Rymaszewski

Background: Flail or unstable elbow presents a difficult challenge for the elbow surgeon. This study reports the medium-term follow-up of 30 elbows in 25 patients, treated with two different designs of sloppy-hinged prosthesis: the Coonrad-Morrey and the snap-fit Souter-Strathclyde.

Methods: All patients treated over a 12 year period by a single surgeon were identified and reviewed. This included a detailed history of indications, complications, and subjective assessment (including Mayo Elbow Performance Scores, subjective satisfaction score, and SF-12 mental and physical disability questionnaire), as well as examination and radiographic review of preoperative and most recent xrays.

Results: 30 elbows in 25 surviving patients were assessed at an average postoperative period of 5.7 years. 17 Coonrad-Morrey and 13 snap-fit Souter-Strathclyde prostheses were implanted. 4 elbows (13.3%) have been revised. Average Mayo Elbow Performance score was 78.8 out of a top score of 100, with 15 classed as excellent, 5 good, 4 fair and 6 poor. Average subjective satisfaction with the operation was 4.5 out of a top score of 5. There was an average flexion arc of 104.7°, with 18 elbows ≥100°. 3 of the 17 Coonrad-Morrey elbows (17.6%) and 3 of the 13 snap-fit Souter-Strathclyde elbows (23.1%) demonstrated at least Grade 3 humeral radiolucency at the bone-cement interface. In the ulna, these figures were 6 out of 17 (35.3%) for Coonrad-Morrey elbows and 2 out of 13 (15.4%) for snap-fit Souter-Strathclyde elbows.

Conclusions: Sloppy-hinged elbow replacement is a safe procedure with a high subjective satisfaction level. Its main indication is as a salvage operation in patients with a functionally useless elbow due to failed primary replacement or non-union of distal humeral fracture.


J. Smith J. Dent C.A. Wigderowitz

Introduction – Electronic storage of X-rays is becoming standard. It would therefore, be highly desirable to use a computer as a tool for obtaining useful measurements from radiographs. The current study investigates the reliability of computerised measurements of radiographs of the Souter-Strathclyde elbow.

Materials and Methods – 56 AP radiographs of Souter-Strathclyde Elbows were assessed for the parameters described by Trail et al (1999). The respective x-rays were digitised using a transparency flatbed scanner with a resolution of 80 ï m/pixel. The radiographs were then measured for the migration and movement of the prosthesis using the following lines: Hapd1, Hapd2, Hapd3 Hapd4. All the radiographs were measured twice manually with at least one week interval, the observer being blind to the initial results at the time of the second measurement. The x-rays were again measured twice using the computer and a measuring software developed in our own department. The results were analysed for intra observer variability, using paired t-test and Pearson correlations.

Results – Table 1 shows the results of the paired measurements, with the confidence intervals for the mean error, the p for the paired t-test and the correlations between the paired readings. M1 and M2 represent the manual readings, while C1 and C2 the computerised readings.

Conclusions – The mean error of all paired readings was below 1 mm. The correlation between all paired readings was highly significant, with all the paired readings with the computer as a tool being .99. The only difference that was statistically significant was Hapd3M1-M2, between two manual measurements, although the mean error is not clinically relevant, still being less than 1mm. We conclude that computerised measurements of radiographs are at least as reliable as those conducted directly on film.


O. Sabri P. Sarangi

Rotator cuff arthropathy is characterised by pain and loss of function. Surgical management of the condition is difficult and controversial.

We have conducted a direct comparison between two shoulder replacement systems with different design rationales specifically recommended for the management of rotator cuff arthropathy.

15 patients who had previously undergone bipolar shoulder replacements (BIOMET) were matched for sex and age with patients who underwent DELTA reverse geometry shoulder replacements (DEPUY). All patients in this study were over 70 years old and had rotator cuff arthropathy with pain as their primary complaint and with a maximum active elevation of their arm of 50°. Patients were assessed clinically and radiologically, preoperatively in the 12 months after surgery.

All patients benefited from surgery with regard to pain relief, but the improvement as measured on the visual analogue scale was greater in those with the reverse geometry group (p< 0.05). Active range of movements was only marginally improved in the bipolar group. However there was a marked improvement in the reverse geometry group with 14 out of 15 patients able to actively elevate their arm about shoulder height. This was a highly statistically significant finding (p< 0.01).

This case comparison study strongly supports the reverse geometry design rationale over the bipolar design for the management of rotator cuff arthropathy in the elderly.


B. Jost A. Robert R.A. Adams B.F. Morrey

Introduction: Treatment and outcome of patients with rheumatoid arthritis and distal humerus fractures is not well established.

Methods: Between 1982 and 2002 twenty-four elbows in twenty-two patients (eleven men, eleven women) treated for acute distal humerus fractures were retrospectively reviewed. The average age at time of the fracture was 64 years. Eleven elbows were immediately treated with a total elbow arthroplasty (TEA) type Coonrad-Morrey (CM), six elbows had underwent open reduction and internal fixation (ORIF), and seven elbows were referred to our institution after failed ORIF elsewhere and were revised with an TEA (CM).

Results: At an average follow-up of 52 months the Mayo Elbow Performance Score (MEPS) averaged in the eleven elbows with an immediate TEA 96 points and in the six elbows with ORIF 93 points (p=0.79). In the seven elbows with TEA after failed ORIF there was a trend towards a less favorable outcome (MEPS: 86 points) but the differences was not significant compared to immediate TEA (p=0.31) and ORIF (p=0.53). Patients with failed ORIF and a subsequent TEA had an average of 3 operation per elbow with one patient ending in elbow resection after an infected TEA. Patients with immediate TEA had an average of 1.3 operations and patients with successful ORIF 1.2 interventions.

Discussion and Conclusion: Distal humerus fractures in patients with rheumatoid arthritis can be treated successfully with an immediate TEA or ORIF. There is a trend towards a poorer clinical outcome in patients with TEA after failed ORIF.


A. Katzer A.A. Jwabra A. Ince K. Seemann J.F. Loehr

Inverse shoulder prosthesis systems are available to compensate for irreparable dysfunction of the rotator cuff. The aim of this study is to evaluate the results after one-stage exchange operations of shoulder implants using the Delta Prosthesis and compare these with the preoperative status.

84 one-stage prosthesis exchanges were evaluated in this prospective analysis 0.5 to 4 years postoperatively. Symptoms of pain and functional results were recorded in a specially compiled follow-up questionnaire and also classified according the Constant and Murley shoulder score.

The mean age of the patients was 65.6 years (49–78 years). The current exchange operation was performed due to impingement caused by cranial migration of the implant head, cranio-ventral dislocation, periprosthetic infection, implant loosening and postoperative ankylosis of the shoulder joint. After the exchage operation with reimplantation of a Delta Prosthesis all patients had complete relief of pain or experienced tolerable pain. The function of the shoulder was markedly improved in all cases. The Constant and Murley shoulder score increased form the preoperative average of 29 to 58 points. The overall complication rate was 13.1%.

One-stage exchange of shoulder prostheses using inverse implants is a technically demanding, but standardised procedure for treating instability, dislocation, limited range of motion, loosening and infection in appropriate cases. The reliable reduction or complete elimination of pain has resulted in a high degree of satisfaction among patients. The final functional result is almost fully achieved as soon as three months postoperatively.


A. Sukthankar

Introduction: Surgical treatment of glenohumeral joint pathologies with both hemiarthroplasty and total shoulder arthroplasty have shown good results. Although techniques and designs have improved, patients do undergo revision surgery. Complications like chronic instability, inadequate function of the rotator cuff, infection and early component loosening become compromising on the result of shoulder arthroplasty. Revision surgery with the reverse Delta-III prosthesis is a promising treatment modality. The goal of this study was to evaluate the outcome of revision arthroplasty with Delta-III prosthesis after failed primary shoulder arthroplasty.

Material and methods: From 1996 till 2001, we retrospectively analysed 24 patients who underwent revision arthroplasty with a Delta-III-Prosthesis. Out of them 17 had been operated with a hemiarthroplasty and 7 with a total shoulder arthroplasty for different pathologies. Data assessment included pre- and postoperative subjective shoulder value and Constant score. Standard radiographs were performed at time of follow-up.

Results: At average follow-up time of 39 months, patient showed a significant pre- to postoperative gain in subjective shoulder value, relative constant score, active range of motion and strength together with reduction of pain (p< 0.05). No difference was seen in the outcome, if revision arthroplasty was performed after hemiarthro-plasty or total shoulder replacement. Complications were observed in more than 30% of the cases.

Conclusion: In case of failure of primary shoulder arthroplasty, revision with an inverse Delta-III prosthesis is a good treatment option. Good functional results are observed at short to mid term follow up. This outcome though is slightly compromised by a relatively high complication rate.


F. Padua R. Bondão M. Galluzzo E. Ceccarelli S. Campi

Introduction Shoulder replacement is a classical indication in 3 and 4 part humeral head fractures, but the results reported in literature are not so good like arthritis. This is for some aspects as healing of tuberosity, rotatory cuff repair and difficult in positioning of prosthesis for lack of landmarks. The aim of this study is to assess the overall outcome of 30 patients treated with shoulder prosthesis for proximal humeral fractures.

Methods Quality of life assessment, specific shoulder patients perspective and objective parameters were correlated with position of stem. Height and version of the stem, evaluated with CT scan as reported in Literature, were studied and correlated whether with the other side or with subjective and objective data.

Subjective data included SF-36, DASH, Simple shoulder test; active and passive ROM, muscles strength etc. represented objective data. A rigorous statistical analysis was performed.

Results No statistical significative correlation were detected between position and subjective outcome. Different data are found for objective data as ROM, that appears correlate with position of stem.

Conclusion No papers about these aspects of shoulder replacement exist in Literature.

The authors believe that better knowledge of correlation between outcome and technical aspects in shoulder replacement could be important to define surgical practice criteria.


M.P. Flury D. Siebertz J. Goldhahn HK. Schwyzer B.R. Simmen

Introduction Shoulder prosthesis of the third generation should allow a better restoration of the center of rotation in the replaced humeral head and a better adaptation to anatomical complex situations. Finally this should lead to an improved functional outcome compared with common types of prosthesis. We performed a retrospective study using the far most accepted scores to assess functional outcome and quality of lifer in order to compare our results with the clinical literature.

Materials and Methods 107 patients with a total of 111 prosthesis out of 127 patients were evaluated 3 to 4 years after implantation of a cemented prosthesis of the third generation (Aequalis″< caron> ) combined with a pegged Glenoid. The functional outcome was evaluated with the following scores: DASH, ASES, SPADI and Constant score (CS). Quality of life was rated using short form 36 (SF-36). Further data were recorded using a comorbidity self-assessment, a sociodemographic and a transition questionnaire. Patient data from SF-36, DASH and Constant Score were compared with normative data from age-, sex- and comorbidity corrected control groups. Paired, non-parametric testing was performed with the Wilcoxon-Test and Bonferroni correction. Radiographs were taken in three standard planes and the glenoid was evaluated according to Lazarus et al.

Results The Constant score at the time of follow up reached with 72±16 97% of the norm population. The subscore pain improved in average from 3 to 12 (maximum 15) and the subscore mobility from 14 to 32 (maximum 40).

Patients with primary arthrosis (n=44) and patients with posttraumatic arthrosis (n=39) had no functional deficits compared to the normal population in contrast to patients with RA (n=17). They showed significantly functional deficits (p< 0.001) in the DASH score as well as in the physical sum scale of the SF-36 (p=0.008). The majority of glenoids showed an incomplete lyses around one dowel (grade I in 70%). Less than 2% showed grade III or IV.

Discussion Implantation of a shoulder prosthesis of the third generation leads to good functional results compared with the control population. Functional and physical deficits remain in patients with an underlying RA. Glenoid loosening seems to be of minor concern. Our results prove the good clinical results that are reported in the literature, however they have to be proven with a longer follow-up.


R. Luc L. Favard J. Guery F. Sirveaux D. Oudet D. Mole G. Walch

Over the long term, the results of the insertion of a Grammont inverted shoulder prothesis are unknown. The present study reports survivorship curves and the role of the initial aetiology in patients re-examined after 5 to 10 years.

Patients and methods Eighty prostheses (for 77 patients) were implanted between 1992 and 1998: 66 cases of massive cuff tear arthropathy (MCTA) and 24 cases for another aetiology (mainly rheumatoid arthritis and revision).

At the time of follow-up, 18 patients had died and 2 could not be traced. The remaining patients (57 representing 60 prostheses) were seen by an independent examiner. The minimum follow-up was 5 years. The average follow-up was 69,6 months.

Kaplan-Meir survivorship curves for the 60 prostheses were established in order to show the probability of failure as defined by: revision of the prothesis, glenoid loosening, and a functional level< 30 points according to the Constant score.

Results The survivorship curves were as follow:

- for non revision of the prosthesis at 10 years: 91% overall; after 9 years: 95% for MCTA, and 77 % for the others aetiologies. This difference was statistically significant (p< 0,01) ; 6 implants were revised: 3 for MCTA and 3 for other aetiologies.

- for non glenoid loosening at 10 years: 84 % overall ; after 7 years: 91% for MCTA and 77% for other aetiologies. This difference was statistically significant (p< 0,05). In addition to the cases of replaced implants mentioned above there was a case of glenoid loosening after 8 years follow-up in a patient aged 92.

-for Constant score < 30 at 10 years: 58 % overall. The punctual survivorship rate was significantly different in function of the aetiology, at 6 years ; but this was no longer the case after 7 years.

Discussion

According to revision of the prosthesis, there is a clear rupture in the survivorship curve about 3 years after insertion in aetiologies other than MCTA. This suggests that Grammont inverted total shoulder arthroplasty is not appropriate in these aetiologies (particularly in cases of rheumatoid arthritis).

According to Constant score < 30, there is a clear rupture in the survivorship curve about 7 years after insertion specially in MCTA cases. This suggests that inverted protheses should be used only in cases with severe handicap and only in patients aged over 75.


M. Shakeel A.J. Johnstone

Background: There is a huge controversy regarding the period of immobilization after Bankart stabilisation. This ranges from 2 days to 5 weeks for open repair and from 3 to 6 weeks for arthroscopic Bankart repair. We believe it is inappropriate to immobilise the operated shoulder after Bankart repair. In our study all the patients were allowed to use their arm, the same day, pain permitting. No restrictions were imposed for the type and range of movement for those who had open repair. With arthroscopic repair they were asked to limit their shoulder abduction upto 45-degreee and external rotation to neutral.

Method: In this retrospective study (1998–2003) we have analyzed the outcome of mobilisation of operated shoulder on the same day.43 primary stabilisations were performed by the senior author.one patient was uncontactble. We reviewed the records of 42 patients. Subsequently the General Practitioners were contacted to collect information about these patients and the patients were contacted, if needed. Out of 42 patients 34 were males and 8 females. 35 patients had an average of 7 episodes of anterior shoulder dislocations (range 2–25), 7 had unstable shoulder pre-operatively.30 had open repair, 12 had arthroscopic stabilisation. The average follow-up is 3.5years(1–6 years).

Result: 41 patients did hot have any further episode of frank anterior shoulder dislocation and they had returned to their previous level of activities. Only one patient injured his operated shoulder year later while playing football. He underwent arthroscopic capsular shrinkage for traumatic deformation of the capsular and inferior glenohumeral ligament.

Conclusion: In primary straightforward Bankart stabilisation, same day mobilisation does not increase the risk of anterior shoulder dislocation


N. Pouliart

In a cadaveric study, the anterior shoulder capsule indicated the presence of the middle (MGHL) and inferior (IGHL) glenohumeral ligament by displaying folds. These folds became more prominent in adduction (AD) and internal rotation (IR), whereas they were smoothed out upon abduction (AB) and external rotation (ER).

The present study was set up to determine whether this folding-unfolding mechanism (FUM) is influenced by the type of shoulder pathology.

300 consecutive shoulder arthroscopies were evaluated. 68 were done for instability, 21 for frozen shoulder and 221 for various pathologies in stable shoulders of which 100 for rotator cuff tears.

Stable shoulders: The anterior band (AB) of the IGHL was marked by a prominent fold in IR and 30°AD. In full ER and 45°AB the fold was completely smoothed out. The MGHL was smooth in full ER and 15°AB.

Frozen shoulders: The anterior capsule was smooth without visible folds in any degree of rotation, limited by the adhesive capsulitis. Releasing the capsule from the glenoid rim did not change this appearance.

Unstable shoulders: In 17 shoulders with anterosuperior instability (SLAP and RCI lesions), the FUM of the anterior capsule had the same appearance as in stable shoulders. In 51 shoulders with anteroinferior instability, the MGHL and ABIGHL still formed prominent folds in IR. Full ER, increased up to 90° in some patients, did not result in smoothing of the folds, not even with up to 90°AB. After repair of the labroligamentous lesion and associated capsular shift, the FUM reappeared at 45°AB and ER that was reduced to 45°.

These observations suggest that smoothing of the anteroinferior capsule at a maximum of 45°ER and 45°AB could be used as an indication of normal tension in the MGHL and IGHL. When the FUM does not occur within this range, these ligaments are probably insufficient, be it torn or stretched. During capsular shift, esp electrothermal, a reappearing FUM could be used to evaluate achievement of adequate capsular tension. When no folds at all are visible, even with full IR, this indicates a very tight capsule and likely a frozen shoulder, esp when rotation is decreased.


M. Harman M. Frankle S. Gutierrez R.M. Greiwe

Introduction: Potential clinical advantages for using reverse shoulder prostheses, such as enhanced stability or function, can only be realized if adequate glenoid component fixation is achieved. This study evaluates fixation of uncemented reverse glenoid components during physiologic loading, including radiographic assessment of in vivo component position. The relationships between initial fixation, glenoid component design (offset and screw geometry) and baseplate position were established using in-vitro biomechanical tests.

Methods: Clinical: Twelve patients received Reverse Shoulder Prostheses (RSP, Encore Medical). Six patients had good outcomes (ASES score > 95), whereas the remaining six patients had glenoid loosening. Patient follow-up radiographs were digitized and glenoid base-plate position relative to the scapular spine was measured using a computer-guided goniometer.

Mechanical Tests: RSP glenoid components were inserted in-vitro into synthetic bone foam blocks with material properties similar to human cancellous bone. Baseplates were secured using the RSPs central screw and either four 3.5 mm standard cortical screws in countersunk peripheral holes or four 5.0 mm diameter screws in threaded peripheral holes to fully capture the screw in the baseplate. Glenosphere lateral offset was 27 mm (neutral) or 23 mm (reduced). Angled baseplate positions of 15 superior, 0, and 15 inferior were tested. Loads were applied to the glenoid components through the polyethylene humeral component, consistent with physiologic forces measured at the shoulder joint during activity. Component motion and contact forces at the baseplate-foam interface were measured during cyclic loading using a displacement transducer and force transducers attached to the underside of the glenoid base-plates. Data were analyzed using ANOVA and t-tests.

Results: The mean baseplate-to-scapular spine angle on the clinical radiographs was 84.5 for failed prosthesis, while those that did not fail had a significantly smaller (inferior tilt) mean angle of 73.4 (p< 0.05). Motion and forces at the baseplate-foam interface were lowest with a 15 inferior baseplate position. Peripheral screw type (p< 0.05), but not offset (p> 0.05), significantly affected baseplate motion. Fixation with 5.0 mm captured screws reduced the average baseplate motion by 21% to 32% compared to the 3.5 mm screws.

Discussion: Changing the inclination angle or type of fixation screw affects clinical outcome and the base-plate motion and interface stress. Inferior baseplate tilt resulted in more even force distribution beneath the baseplate, a decreased force magnitude, and lower baseplate motion during physiologic loading. Fixation with 5.0 mm captured screws reduced baseplate motion compared to 3.5 mm screws. Obtaining similar results in vivo partially depends on surgical baseplate and screw placement and the patients glenoid bone stock.


S. István I. Szabã F. Buscayret G. Walch P. Boileau T.B. Edwards

Introduction: The purpose of this study is to compare the radiographic results of two glenoid preparation techniques by analyzing periglenoid radiolucencies.

Material and methods: The series consists of 72 shoulder arthroplasties with primary osteoarthritis. Shoulders were divided into 2 groups based on glenoid preparation technique:

Group 1: 37 shoulders operated on between 1991 and 1995 with flat back, polyethylene glenoid implants cemented after curettage of the keel slot.

Group 2: 35 shoulders operated on between 1997 and 1999 with the same glenoid implants cemented after cancellous bone compaction of the keel slot.

At least 3 of the following 4 fluoroscopically positioned, postoperative AP radiographs were analyzed: immediate postoperative, between the 3rd and 6th months, at one year and at two years postoperative. The immediate and the two year radiograph were required for study inclusion. The radiolucent line score (RLLS) was calculated using the technique of Molé, involving the summation of radiolucencies in each of six specified zones. The RLLS was compared between the two groups.

Results: On the immediate postoperative radiographs the average of the total RLL score of the 9 analyzes was 2.39 in Group 1 and 1.67 in Group 2 (p=0.042). There was a statistically significant association between the glenoid preparation technique and the incidence of radiolucency around the keel as well (p=0.001). There was no significant difference in radiolucency behind the faceplate between the two groups (Group 1: 1.54 and Group 2: 1.41; p=0.394). On the 2-year postoperative radiographs the average RLL score of the 9 analyzes were 6.44 in the Group1 (4.05 under the tray, and 2.39 around the keel), and 4.19 in Group2 (p=0.0005) (2.86 under the tray, and 1.33 around the keel). The radiolucency around the keel and behind the faceplate (p=0.0005) was significantly more important (p=0.001) in the curettage glenoid preparation population. A significantly higher degree of progression of the total RLL score (p=0.002) and of the radiolucency behind the faceplate (p=0.001) was observed in the curettage glenoid preparation group.

Discussion/conclusion: Preparation of the glenoid component keel slot with cancellous bone compaction is radiographically superior to the curettage technique with regard to periglenoid radiolucencies.


S. Abrassart C. Barea P. Hoffmeyer

Introduction One of the most difficult aspects of shoulder arthroplasty is retroversion. The ideal angle is about 30 of posterior rotation of humeral head with regard to the frontal plane so that the humeral head squarely faces the glenoid surface in the resting position. The axis, lateral epicondyle- medial epicondyle is often taken as reference and serves as landmark in many arthroplasty instrumentation. [1,2]

Clinical experience has shown that estimating a 30 angle in space is definitely not easy even with the help of diverse goniometers.

Methods Each operator has to put 3 prostheses with a 30 degrees retroversion according to the position of the forearm so we had proceeded to 52 putting of prostheses .

The measures were made by taking into account of the humerus axis, the plan of condyles and angle of inclination of the collar, given by the angle of cutting. Three barycentres of the three humeral sections have determined the humeral axis. The condylar axis is determined from the 2 barycentres of the digitalized points on the anterior articular condylar surfaces. These 2 axis determine the frontal plane on which a reference mark R(x, y, z) is attached with Z lined up with the humeral shaft and X lined up on the condyles. Different angles could then be determined.

In the sagittal plan (perpendicular in the humeral axis), the retroversion angles of the prosthesis and the angle of cutting are calculated.

Results The standard deviation of the retroversion angle of the prosthesis is 14,22 which is really too high. In fact, 4 prostheses were inserted with poor retroversion (17°, 17°, 18°, 4,4°) and 20 with excessive retroversion (max =65°). This retroversion angle is not dependant on the other factors (cut angle, inclination angle...) The implant height was not taken into account

Conclusions Only 28 of the prostheses were placed in the right orientation within 20° to 40° of retroversion angle. It shows the difficulties to place a shoulder prosthesis in good position.even in standard conditions and with the standard marks.


N. Cicak H. Klobucar D. Delimar

Aims: The aim of this study is to compare open Bankart procedure and arthroscopic extra-articular stabilization of the shoulder in patients with anterior instability.

Material and Methods: 236 patients with recurrent anterior shoulder instability were treated surgically between 1992 and 2002. Open Bankart procedure was performed in 177 patients, mean age 29 years (range 17–67), and arthroscopic extra-articular stabilization in 59 patients, mean age 27 years (range 14–45). Single surgeon was performed all surgery. Follow-up for open surgery was from 2 to10 years, and for arthroscopic stabilization from 12 to 60 months.

Results: Constant score for Bankart procedure was 90 points and for arthroscopic stabilization was 96 points. Five patients (2.8%) had re-dislocation after open procedure and three patients (5,1%) after arthroscopic stabilization.

Conclusion: Open Bankart is more reliable than arthroscopic stabilisation of the shoulder. However, arthroscopic stabilisation has more advantages; better ROM, better function and cosmesis, lesser morbidity and small violation of normal anatomy.


R. Heikenfeld G. Godolias

Aims: In this prospective study, we examined the value of capsular shrinkage in the arthroscopic stabilization of the posttraumatic antero-inferior instability of the shoulder.

Methods: We treated 58 patients (38 men and 20 women) at the age of 29.7 (19–43) with the diagnosis posttraumatic antero-inferior shoulder instability with an arthroscopic stabilization.

The patients were divided in two groups: In the first group with 31 patients we performed a capsule-labrum refixation with Fastak-anchors. In the second group (27 patients), we performed additionally a capsular shrinkage of the antero-inferior capsule with the Hol-Yag-laser.

The re-examination was done in a postoperative time of 6, 12 and 24 months.

Results: 50 patients (35 men and 15 women, 27 patients of the group 1 and 23 patients of the group 2) could be re-examined.

Operation-conditioned complications did not occur. 3 postoperativ reluxations were seen in each group. 22 patients of the group 1 and 19 patients of the group 2 indicated to be content with the postoperative result. The Constant Score rose in the group 1 from 46 (37–59) praeoperativ to 88 (67–100) postOP. In the group 2 the Constant Score of 42 (33–61) rose to 86 (64–100) postOP.

Conclusions: There was no significant improvement regarding the re-dislocation rate, the subjective patient satisfaction and the obtained Constant Score by additionally performing capsular shrinkage of the antero-inferior joint capsule, as by the exclusive capsule-labrum refixation.

The anatomical reconstruction of the capsule-labrum-complex seems to be the crucial component in the arthroscopic stabilisation regarding to the postoperative results.


S. Giannini F. Ceccarelli C. Faldini S. Pagkrati F. Guerra V. Digennaro

Introduction: Facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy (FSHD) is the third most common hereditary disease of the muscle after Duchenne and myotonic dystrophy. FSHD consists in an atrophic myopathy with predominant involvement of the face, upper arms, and shoulder muscles. FSHD compromises the muscles of the scapu-lothoracic joint, and usually spares muscles of the scapu-lohumeral joint. Consequently, when the patient tries to abduct or foreword flex the shoulder, the contraction of the relatively preserved scapulo-humeral muscles produces an abnormal rotation of the scapula, that is not hold to the chest wall because of the insufficiency of the scapulo-thoracic muscles, resulting in a winged scapula and in a limited arm motion. The aim of this study is to describe an original scapulopexy and report the long term results obtained in 9 patients affected by FSHD.

Material and methods: Nine patients (4 male and 5 female) affected by winged scapula in FSHD were observed and selected. Average age at surgery was 25 years (range 13–39). Surgery consisted in scapulopexy of both sides in the same surgical time. Through a skin incision on its medial border the scapula was exposed and positioned over the chest. The 5th to the 8th ribs were exposed in the part below the scapula. The position of the scapula over the chest was fixed by 4 doubled metal wires to the 5th, 6th, 7th and 8th rib. Each wire was passed anteriorly to the rib, and into a hole performed 1.5 cm from the medial border of the scapula. By tightening the wires, the scapula was fixed firmly over the chest. A figure of eight dressing that holds the shoulders back was applied immediately after surgery and maintained for six weeks.

Results: The average surgical time was 65 minute for each single procedure. One patient experienced an unilateral pneumothorax the day after operation, which resolved spontaneously in 48 hours. Average follow up was 11 years (range 3–15). All patients experienced a complete resolution of the winged scapula and an improvement of range of motion of the shoulder compared to the pre operative conditions. Average pre-operative abduction was 68 and post-operative was 85. Average pre-operative flexion was 78 and post-operative 112.

Discussion: This technique is easy and quick to perform, does not require grafts, reduces post surgical complications such as pneumothorax or haemothorax, and ensures good results even at considerable follow-up.


E. Lindalen C.P. Schroder S. Bjerre E. Gjengedal G. Uppheim

Background and purpose: Dr. H. Resch has with his arthroscopic extracapsular fixation-technique for recurrent post-traumatic anterior instability using resorbable tacs (Suretac) achieved very good results. We have used his technique since October 1994. The results at 2 year follow-up showed a recurrent instability of 11%. Our purpose was to evaluate the long term results 10 years after we first started using this technique.

Material and methods: From October 1994 until December 1999 107 patients were operated using the Resch-technique. All had a post-traumatic anterior instability with a Bankart-lesion. At follow-up we were able to get in contact with 86 of the patients (80.3%), 62 male and 24 female. Mean age was 30.7 years (18.2–64.8), and the mean follow-up was 8.2 years (4.2–9.4). Sixty-seven of the 86 patients were clinically examined by an independent observer. Nineteen were not available for clinical examination for various reasons; 14 of them filled out a questionnaire and 5 were interviewed by telephone.

Results: Recurrent instability (luxation or subluxation) was found in 13.2% of the patients. Rowe-score showed 90.5% good/excellent, 6.2% fair and 3.1% poor. Mean subjective patient satisfaction was 87 (VAS 0 – 100).

Conclusion: A recurrence rate of 13.2% after 4–9 years follow up is comparable with results from other studies using either open or arthroscopic techniques and is considered satisfactory. The patient satisfaction was high and correlates well with the Rowe-score results. The follow-up of 80.3% is lower than we appreciate, but this is a group of young patients which can be a challenge to track down. We are still in the process of tracing the rest of the patients.


D.S. Damany D. Morgan D. Griffin S. Drew

Aim: The re-dislocation rates in adults (< 30 years) in the initial 12 months after first, anterior, traumatic (FAT) shoulder dislocations treated non-operatively vary from 25% to 95%. The purpose of this study was to establish if arthroscopic surgery reduces the incidence of recurrent instability (failure) after such dislocations when compared to non-operative treatment.

Material and Methods: Specific search terms were used to retrieve relevant studies from various databases extending from 1966 to May 2004. Guidelines for reporting of meta-analysis, adapted from QUOROM statement were followed.

Results: 13 studies involving 433 shoulders were reviewed. Group A included 84 shoulders treated by arthroscopic lavage without stabilisation. There were no subluxations. The re-dislocation rate was 14.3% (12/84). Group B had 179 shoulders treated by arthroscopic stabilisation. The incidence of subluxation was 5.02% (9/179) and dislocation was 6.14% (11/179). Failure following arthroscopic lavage (12/84 – 14.3%) was significantly higher than after arthroscopic stabilisation (20/179 – 11.2%). [p= 0.04, Relative risk = 2.32, 95% CI: 1.07 to 5.05]. Group C involved 170 shoulders treated non-operatively. The incidence of subluxation was 8% (12/150) and dislocation was 62% (93/150). The overall incidence of failure was 70% (119/170). Failure following arthroscopic intervention (32/263 – 12.2%) was significantly lower than following non-operative treatment (119/170 – 70%) [p< 0.0001, Relative risk = 0.17, 95% CI: 0.12 to 0.24].

Conclusion: Early arthroscopic surgery appears to reduce recurrent instability during the initial 12 months after FAT shoulder dislocation in young adults (< 30 years) when compared to non-operative treatment. Arthroscopic stabilisation may be considered for young, athletic patients and those involved in contact sports or defence personnel, who are at a high risk of recurrent instability after FAT shoulder dislocation. RCTs reporting on a larger number of patients with a minimum follow-up of 5 years are required before one can draw firm conclusions on the ability of arthroscopic intervention to influence the natural history of traumatic anterior shoulder dislocation.


A. Pereira A Cartucho

Objectives: The Authors present a method of patients’ selection based on clinical observation, imaging and arthroscopy for shoulder instability treatment. Open surgery was performed if criteria for arthroscopic treatment were not fulfilled. Material: 58 patients with anterior traumatic shoulder instability, treated between January of 1998 until the December of 2001.

Method: The following parameters have been evaluated: sex, age, accident type (low/high energy), associated injuries, type of treatment and results achieved. The Constant score have been used for the functional evaluation. MRI and arthroscopic criteria’s were also used. The type of surgical treatment was decided on those terms. A non-parametric test has been used – Qui-square test (X2). SPSS program has been used to run the calculations.

Results: The mean Constant Score was 90%, 2 patients had a new episode of shoulder luxation. There were no signs of instability in the remaining patients; mean loss of external rotation was 5° in adduction and 10° at 90° of abduction. There was a statistic significant difference between open and closed surgery in terms of loss of range of motion but not on reluxation.

Conclusion: The patients’ selection method presented is a valid tool for shoulder traumatic instability assessment and treatment.


S. Musthyala C. Sinopidis Q. Yin S.P Frostick

Scapular instability is a disabling deformity that results in pain and influences the overall upper limb function ; for which scapular stabilization may be necessary.

Aim: To review the results of this procedure.

Methods: 9 patients who underwent this procedure could be contacted and were assessed. We used the Disability of Arm, shoulder and Hand score(DASH) and the constant score for shoulder function including subjective assessment of patients pain and overall satisfaction and radiographs for evidence of unionwith a mean age of 36 yrs(range 21–57 yrs), performed in the period between July 1996 and October 2002 with a mean follow up period of 35.7 months,(range 10–72 months).6 of them were primary procedures and two were revisions for failed primary stabilisation . The main pre-operative complaint of these patients was dragging pain, scapular winging, painful forward flexion and abduction and sense of instability. The underlying pathology was Fascio-scapulo-humeral dystrophy in 3, sprengels shoulder in 2,brachial plexus palsy in 1, following trapezius muscle excision in 1, residual winging following shoulder fusion in 1.

The technique used for fusion was plate and wires in 6, Rush pin and wires in 2. All of them had bone grafting .

At the last follow up the mean DASH score was 37 and the mean constant score was 74.67.

All patients had mild or no pain,felt their scapula stable and were satisfied with the outcome. The main post operative complaint was wire breakage and migration that necessitated removal in 3 patients.

We conclude that scapulothoracic fusion is a valuable procedure and can restore reasonable shoulder function and relieve pain in patients with scapular instability.


M.J. Walton J.C. Walton L.A.M. Honorez V.F. Harding W.A. Wallace

Introduction The Constant-Murley Score is the functional score currently recommended by the British Shoulder and Elbow Society and by the European Society for Surgery of the Shoulder and Elbow. Normal Values for shoulder assessment are imperative for the diagnosis of pathology and measurement of treatment outcome. Normal values for the UK are currently not known. Several techniques have been described for the assessment for strength and measurement of this paraemeter differs between published series.

Patients and method 122 patients over 50 (62 male) attended a GP surgery for a Constant Score measurement. Constant Score was assessed using three techniques for strength measurement: maximum strength with myometer (Mmax), mean strength with myometer (Mmean) and maximum strength with fixed spring balance (FSB).

Results Maximum strength values measured by myometer or fixed spring balance were very similar with a mean difference of 0.5 (less than the calibration of a spring balance). Mean strength measurements were consistently lower than maximum strength measurements with a mean difference of 3 points. Age and sex both significantly affected Constant Score (P< 0.001, P< 0.001). Constant Score falls by 0.4 points per year over 50. Males have a score 8 points greater than females.

Conclusions Constant Score decreases predictably with age in the UK. Methods of strength assessment are not the same. A uniform method of shoulder strength assessment or correction for method is required to allow meaningful comparisons between series.


T. Ibrahim H. Rahbi A. Beiri G.J.S. Taylor

Background Adhesive capsulitis of the shoulder is a painful condition that results in gradual loss of joint movement. Numerous treatment modalities have been utilised with variable benefits. Because of the risk of brachial plexus injury and fracture, manipulation under anaesthesia is considered with caution.

Aim To determine the rate of manipulation under anaesthesia (MUA) following primary distension arthrogram for adhesive capsulitis of the shoulder.

Patients and Methods The case notes of 40 patients (42 shoulders) between 1998 to 2004 at Glenfield Hospital, Leicester under the care of one consultant with adhesive capsulitis of the shoulder treated with distension arthrogram by using intra-articular injection of local anaesthetic, corticosteroid, contrast media and air were reviewed.

Results Capsular disruption into the subscapular bursa was demonstrated in all cases. 15 of 42 (36%) shoulders underwent MUA following distension arthrogram. The average period of pain prior to distension arthrogram for these patients was 42 weeks (range: 7–156). 35 of 40 (88%) patients were pain free following primary distension arthrogram.

One patient experienced a vasovagal episode during the distension arthrogram.

Conclusion Distension arthrogram can be used as a therapeutic procedure for achieving symptomatic pain relief in the early phase of adhesive capsulitis and decreasing the risk of MUA of the shoulder.


J. Mcnee J.A. Dent C.A. Wigderowitz

Objectives: The current study evaluates the effectiveness of a direct access physiotherapy shoulder clinic, in terms of a faster treatment, levels of patient satisfaction and consultants workload relief.

Material and Methods: A protocol of management of shoulder Pain was created establishing the patients pathway from general practice to orthopaedic surgery. A clinical specialist physiotherapist was trained to lead a shoulder clinic. A course on injections taught by consultants was followed by a training period of 10 supervised injections. After this initial period, a letter was sent to all GPs in the area informing that patients could be referred direct to the physio-shoulder clinic. Patients coded for consultation were also re-directed to that clinic. Only patients who did not improve after the initial treatment or who presented more complicate screening problems were redirected through a short cut to the consultant led clinic. A patient satisfaction questionnaire was used during the first 5 months.

Results Over the first 2 years of the project, 203 patients were appointed to the open shoulder clinic. The first 60 patients were given the patient satisfaction questionnaire, with 47 returning it completed. 28 of the 47 had been seen by a physio before. In a satisfaction scale of 1 to 5, 2 graded 3, 3 graded 4 and 42 graded 5 the advice received about their condition. In a similar scale 2 patients rated 3, 2 rated 4 and 43 rated 5 regarding their satisfaction with the opportunity to discuss their treatment/care options. Regarding arrangements for further care, 1 rated 1, 2 rated 3, 6 rated 4 and 36 rated 5. For overall satisfaction 1 rated 2, 2 rated 3, 2 rated 4 and 42 rated 5. Positive aspects of patients feedback included ample time to ask questions, improvement obtained with early start of treatment and more accessible discussion. 47% of the patients attending were followed up by Physiotherapy only, 18% were added directly to the surgical waiting list and 4 were referred for rheumatology. 22% were sent for further tests such as MRI and USS. The waiting list for a first appointment in our upper-limb clinic was reduced from 46 weeks in 2001 to 36 weeks in 2003. Not a single patient insisted on seeing a consultant and 38% of the patients were discharged without specifically seeing one.

Conclusion This study shows that a physio screening shoulder clinic is an effective and satisfactory way to reduce waiting times and improve patient care.


R. Amirfeyz P. Sarangi

Objective: To evaluate the functional outcome of the shoulder following Neer reconstruction with a conservative rehabilitation regime.

Background data: Fractures of the proximal humerus following major or minor trauma are very common. The management of 3 and 4 part fractures of the shoulder with or without dislocation presents a challenging problem to the Orthopaedic Surgeon.

Neer reconstruction remains a gold-standard operation.

Standard rehabilitation regime is early mobilization to prevent the development of stiffness of the shoulder. However, an aggressive early rehabilitation may lead to non-healing of the greater tuberosity.

Methods: Between Dec 96 to Jun 03, 40 patients with three or four part fracture of shoulder underwent Neer reconstruction and a conservative rehabilitation regime at our centre (age range of 39–87 with a mean of 66). Patients were kept in a sling for 3 – 4 weeks before physiotherapy was commenced. They were reviewed at least 1 year postoperatively for assessment of pain and range of movement. X-Rays were taken to investigate union of the greater tuberosity. For the purpose of this study all patients were recalled and reassessed with Constant-Murley scoring system.

Results: Three patients died after the one year review, one patient lost to follow up. In 12.8% of the patients (mainly elderly, with mean age of 78.8) the greater tuberosity failed to heal. In those who the greater tuberosity healed mean elevation was more than 130, and mean external rotation was 40.

Conclusion: Postoperative immobilization did not result in excessive stiffness and excellent functional results were achieved, especially in those younger than 70 years of age. However tuberosity union could not be guarantied in very old patients.


A. Fox T.N. Board M.S. Srinivasan

Introduction This prospective study was carried out to assess the outcome of manipulation of the shoulder with interscalene block as a treatment for adhesive capsulitis of the shoulder.

Materials and Methods 31 patients underwent manipulation under general anaesthesia and interscalene block followed by intra-articular glenohumeral injection of steroid and local anaesthetic. Physiotherapy was started on the day of surgery. Shoulder function was assessed with range of movement, Constant score and DASH score (Disability of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand) by specialist upper limb physiotherapists, pre-operatively, and post-operatively at 6 weeks, 3, 6 and 12 months.

Results The DASH score improved from a mean of 60.1 pre-operatively to a mean of 24.1 at final follow up. Constant scores improved from a mean of 34.4 pre-operatively to 65.8. The mean improvement in Constant scores was 31.5 points. Pre-operative range of movement (expressed as a percentage of the total ROM of the unaffected side) was 51.5%. The mean post-operative ROM was 85.4%. External rotation improved from 41.7% of the unaffected side preoperatively to 77.7% at final review. Abduction improved from 47.4% to 85.4% and forward flexion improved from 59.1% to 90%. No patients required further manipulation.

Discussion All outcome measures improved following treatment. These improvements were sustained at 12 months follow-up. In particular external rotation, which was the most restricted movement preoperatively, was seen to improve and this improvement was maintained throughout follow-up.

Conclusion We conclude that manipulation of the shoulder under interscalene block and general anaesthetic for adhesive capsulitis results in a sustained improvement in function and movement.


S. Hideki I. Yasuyuki T. Eiichi T. Kouji T. Harehiko T. Satoshi

Background: Increased external rotation (ER) and decreased internal rotation (IR) of the dominant shoulder (DS) compared to the nondominant shoulder (NDS) are frequently observed in throwing athletes. However, few studies demonstrated when the changes in shoulder rotation occurred and how it developed.

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to determine when the side-to-side difference in shoulder rotation was present in baseball players, and to clarify the relationship between the degrees in rotation, and physical findings.

Materials and Methods: One thousand eighty-nine baseball players and 423 soccer players were investigated. The ages of baseball players ranged from 10 to 15, and those of soccer players from 10 to 14. ER and IR, the crank test, the sulcus sign, and the general joint laxity were examined. ER and IR were measured at 90 degrees abduction in both shoulders. The questionare including age, position played, shoulder pain on throwing during prior 6 months, and the progression of shoulder pain used for the baseball players.

Results: In the baseball players, ER in DS and NDS were 120 and 117 degrees in 10 years old players, 117 and 114 degrees in 11, 115 and 110 degrees in 12, 120 and 113 degrees in 13, 115 and 110 degrees in 14, and 112 and 105 degrees in 15. In the soccer players, ER in DS and NDS were 119 and 118 degrees in 10 years old players, 118 and 114 degrees in 11, 114 and 111 degrees in 12, 119 and 117 degrees in 13, and 111 and 109 degrees in 14. ER of DS was significantly greater than NDS from 10 to 15 years old baseball players, and in 11 and 12 years old soccer players. In the baseball players, IR in DS and NDS were 55 and 64 degrees in 10 years old players, 56 and 63 degrees in 11, 54 and 63 degrees in 12, 59 and 68 degrees in 13, 57 and 67 degrees in 14, and 57 and 68 degrees in 15. In the soccer players, IR in DS and NDS were 56 and 63 degrees in 10 years old players, 56 and 63 degrees in 11, 56 and 64 degrees in 12, 61 and 64 degrees in 13, and 63 and 66 degrees in 14. IR of DS was significantly less than NDS from 10 to 15 years old baseball players, and from 10 to 12 years old soccer players. IR of DS and NDS in the baseball players with positive crank test were 53 and 62 degrees, and those with negative crank test were 57 and 66 degrees. IR of both the shoulders was significantly decreased in the baseball players with positive crank test. ER of DS and NDS in baseball players with general joint laxity were 120 and 116 degrees, and those without general joint laxity were 116 and 111 degrees. ER of both shoulders was significantly increased in the baseball players with general joint laxity.

Conclusion: There was side-to-side difference in shoulder motion from 10 to 15 years old baseball players, but there was not side-to-side difference in over than 12 years old soccer players. In baseball players, the results of crank test and general joint laxity related the changes in IR and ER, respectively.


R. Stern M. Saudan A. Lebbeke R. Peter P. Hoffmeyer

Objective: To evaluate the outcome of open reduction and internal fixation of displaced proximal humerus fractures using a new locking plate.

Design: Prospective.

Setting: Level I university center.

Patients: Twenty-eight women and 22 men (mean age, 62.9 ± 19.l years). Twenty-nine patients were 65 years of age or older (mean age, 76.8 years). Fractures were classified according to AO/OTA as 11-A2 (n=3), A3 (n=12), B1 (n=4), B2 (n=18), B3 (n=1), C1 (n=1), and C2 (n=11). Mean follow-up was 19.8 months (range, 12 to 39 months).

Intervention: Open reduction and internal fixation with a proximal humerus locking plate.

Main Outcome Measurements: Raw and adjusted (sex and age) Constant score.

Results: Forty patients were available for follow-up. The mean raw Constant score was 66.6 (adjusted, 82.0). In patients under 65, the raw Constant score was 78.2 (adjusted score, 86.7). In patients over 65, the raw Constant score was 56.1 (adjusted score, 77.8). An excellent or good result was found in 72.5% overall. There was no secondary loss of position or implant cut-out. Seven patients (17.5%) developed avascular necrosis (AVN), 6 in C2 fractures in the older group. Their mean adjusted score was 60.7, as compared to 86.6 ± in those without AVN (p = 0.001).

Conclusions: The outcome was equally good in the younger and older age groups of patients, except in those who developed avascular necrosis. While the latter might be due to the nature of the fracture, it is also possible that surgical technique plays a role.


R. Padua L. Padua R. Bonde E. Ceccarelli A. Calistri S. Campi A. Campi

Shoulder replacement has increased exponentially over the past decades due to good results reported in literature and improvement of surgical technique and devices efficacy. Previous studies suggested the effectiveness of shoulder replacement in fractures, assessing objective parameters as range of motion and radiographic images and evaluating the of postoperative complications and subsequent revision; pain relief, physical function level and health related quality of life (QoL) improvement were often left out. A prospective study was conducted on 21 patients surgically treated with shoulder emiarthroplasty for proximal humeral fractures (18 women and 3 men, mean age at follow-up 70 years – range: 57–82). The purpose of the present study is to collect the patient-relevant outcomes in a homogeneous sample (for surgeon, surgery, implant, inclusion-exclusion criteria, neurological status) of patients who underwent shoulder replacement for proximal humeral fractures. Preoperatively patients were evaluated through x-rays (trauma series), Ct-scans were performed when necessary for surgical decision. Postoperatively, two independent examiners examined all patients clinically and radiographically. For patient-oriented standardized measure SF-36, DASH (Disability of Arm, Shoulder and Hand questionnaire), ASES (American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeon), OSQ (Oxford Shoulder Questionnaire) and SST (simple Shoulder test) were chosen. Outcomes of our series were statistically compared with literature data and widely analyzed. This kind of data are unavailable in literature and could represent the first step towards the definition of outcome for this kind of procedure.


N. Santori A. Piccinato A. Lo Storto A. Campi F.S. Santori

Purpose: Operative treatment of diaphyseal humeral fractures is indicated for transverse displaced fractures, pathological or impending fractures, non unions, fractures with radial nerve palsy and oblique fractures after conservative treatment failure.

Different techniques are available but many surgeons have recently expressed a preference for retrograde nailing. We present our results with new generation retrograde self-locking nail.

Methodology: From 1998 to 2004, we treated 112 patients with the cannulated retrograde EXP nail (LIMA LTO). All patient have been operated in the prone position on a conventional orthopaedic table.

Proximal locking, in this device, is obtained by the angled protrusion of a wire from the nail proximal extremity. Experimental tests in the lab have confirmed the excellent torsion stability of this mechanism.

Distally, the EXP nail has two little wings shaped to sit on the medial and lateral columns of the olecranic fossa and to thus provide an effective rotational and traction control.

We treated 67 traumatic fracture, 15 pathological fractures, 10 impending fracture and 20 a non-unions. 10 patients in this series were obese.

Results: Average surgical time was 40 minutes (min 30 – max 110). Average radiation exposure was 1 minute and 15 seconds (20 seconds for proximal locking).

Union was obtained in all the 67 primary fractures and stability was secured for all the impending and pathological cases. All but 1 non-union healed after an average of 2.6 months. In 2 patients of the primary fractures and in 3 patients of the non-union group we had a delayed union. The 3 non-union patients healed after 5, 7 and 9 months respectively. Overall 9 of the 10 obese patients healed. No patients suffered shoulder pain. In 8 cases a reduction of less than 10 degrees of elbow extension was detected. Forty-five nails have been removed so far after an average of 11 months after nailing. No major problems in nail removal have been encountered.

Conclusions: Retrograde nailing of the humerus presents significant advantages over other techniques and is meeting more and more consensus. The nail employed in this series provides satisfactory stability, it is cannulated and requires minimal radiation exposure.


M. Hopp J. Bleeck

Introduction: The FIXION® IM HUMERUS and FIXION®IL HUMERUS are expandable intramedullary nails, designed for humeral fractures. We present our results with this new type of intramedullary nailing system.

Materials and Methods: The FIXION® HUMERUS NAILING SYSTEM consists of an expandable nail. Once in position, the nail expands by inflation of saline under controlled pressure.

The FIXION® IM HUMERUS nail is inserted without reaming and no interlocking screws are required, thus reducing x-ray exposure both of operating room staff and patients as well as reducing operation time.

The FIXION® IL HUMERUS included the option for proximal interlocking screws and is designed for proximal or distal humeral fractures.

Results: We have used the system to stabilize humeral fractures with 53 patients since May 2002. Postoperative radiographic evaluation demonstrated correct axial alignment in all cases. Until now, our patients have made a satisfactory recovery with early pain-free mobilisation. Good callus formation was noted about 10 weeks after the procedure.

As complications we also saw 3 non unions with the FIXION® IM HUMERUS, no infections or radial nerve injuries and no adverse events after the revision of the non unions to a FIXION® IL HUMERUS.

Conclusion: The FIXION® HUMERAL NAILING SYSTEM offers an innovative and effective device for minimally invasive and biological surgery with substantially less O.R. and fluoroscopy times, with a low rate of complications.


M. Chong K. Dimitris D. Learmonth

Aim: To survey how acute, traumatic, first-time anterior shoulder dislocation (AFSD) is managed amongst trauma clinicians in the current clinical setting in UK hospitals.

Design: Postal Questionnaire.

Method: 228 questionnaires were sent out to list of active consultant member of the British Trauma Society practising in various hospitals around United Kingdom. Questions were laid out in two workgroups. In work-group one, an assortment of questions were asked with the emphasis on management in AFSD from the point of entry in a casualty department to departure and after-care. In workgroup two, case scenarios were included to look in the ‘aftercare’ management in three distinct age groups; young (< 25 years old), middle age (30–65 years old) and elderly (> 65 years old).

Results: The response rate of the questionnaires was 51%. Twenty-two per cent of respondents have local protocol for managing AFSD. All respondents recommended pre-and post-reduction X-rays as standard practice. Most respondents favoured systemic analgesia with ‘airways monitoring’, as opposed to intra-articular anaesthesia (68 versus 9). Kocher and Hippocrates were the most popular methods of reduction. Eighty-four respondents advocated immobilisation in internal rotation compared to six in external rotation. Only a small number of respondents would perform an immediate arthroscopic stabilisation in young, fit patients presenting with this type of injury (16 of 84).

Conclusion: This survey revealed the current practice of trauma clinicians in managing AFSD on the ‘front-line’. We conclude that there is significant variation in response to the issues incorporated in this survey. There is a need to address the issues of intra-articular analgesia, immobilisation technique and management of AFSD amongst young patient with regards to immediate surgical intervention. We suggest that these issues be revised and clarified, ideally in a randomised controlled clinical trial prior to the introduction of a protocol for managing this problem.


R. Nanda L. Goodchild A. Gamble A. Rangan R.S.D. Campbell

Background: Prevalence of rotator cuff tears increases with advancing age (Ellman et al). In spite of proximal humeral fractures being common in the elderly, the influence of a coexistent rotator cuff tear on outcome has, to our knowledge, not been previously investigated.

Aim: This study assess whether the presence of a rotator cuff tear in association with a proximal humeral fracture influences prognosis.

Methods: 85 patients treated conservatively for proximal humeral fractures were evaluated prospectively with Ultrasonography to determine the status of the rotator cuff. Every patient was managed by immobilisation of the arm in a sling for three weeks followed by a course of physiotherapy based on the Neer regime. Functional outcome was measured using the Constant shoulder score and the Oxford shoulder score, at 3-months and 12-months post injury.

Results: Sixty-Six of the 85 patients were female. The fractures were equally distributed for hand dominance. There were 27 patients with an undisplaced fracture, 34 patients with Neer’s Type II fracture and 24 patients with Neer’s Type III and IV fracture. There were 43 patients with full thickness cuff tears and 42 patients with no cuff tear or a partial thickness tear. Full thickness cuff tears were much more frequent in the over 60 year age group, which is consistent with the known increased incidence of cuff tears with increasing age.

The outcome scores at 3 and 12 months showed no statistically significant difference for either the Constant score or the Oxford score with regards to cuff integrity. Analysis of these scores showed no correlation between presence or absence of a full thickness cuff tear and shoulder function

Conclusion: The results of this study indicate that rotator cuff integrity is not a predictor of shoulder function at 12 months following proximal humeral fracture, as measured by outcome scores. This suggests that there is therefore no clinical indication for routine imaging of the rotator cuff in patients for whom conservative management is the preferred treatment option.


R. Nanda A. Rangan M. Al Maiya L. Goodchild P. Finn P.J. Gregg

Background: The incidence of proximal humeral fractures is increasing with time. There is continuing debate about the indications for surgical intervention for this relatively common injury. Baseline data on functional outcome is essential in order to study the effect of surgical intervention. Functional outcome scores provide reliable and valid judgments of health status and the benefits of treatment. During our preparation of a study proposal on this topic to the Health Technology Assessment Program recently, we noted the lack of such data on outcome scores in the current literature.

Aim: To assess the functional outcome using the Constant and Oxford scores in patients treated conservatively for proximal humeral fractures.

Methods: We prospectively studied 103 consecutive patients who were treated conservatively for proximal humeral fractures. Patient demographics, fracture type (Neer), hand dominance and comorbidity were recorded. Constant and Oxford shoulder scores were recorded 3 and 12 months post injury.

Results: The average Constant shoulder score for males was significantly higher (better outcome) and the Oxford shoulder score significantly lower (better outcome) as compared to females. The scores were not affected by hand dominance. Although the raw scores tended to be worse with 3 or 4 part fractures the difference in the mean scores between the various Neer fracture types did not reach convential levels of significance.

A trend towards lesser degrees of improvement in the outcome scores was noted with increasing age. The degree of improvement in the outcome scores was not affected by sex, limb dominance or fracture type (Neer’s classification).

Conclusion: This study indicates the average behaviour of the Constant and Oxford scores with conservative treatment of proximal humeral fractures. This data should help with sample size and power calculations when studying interventions for this injury. We hope that this data will provide a baseline to help inform future study designs on proximal humeral fractures.


C. Torrens A. Ruiz S. Martinez E. Caceres

Objective: Analysis of the influence in shoulder function of restoring total humeral length (THL) in proximal humeral fractures (PHF) treated with hemiarthroplasty and comparing the data with a control group of proximal fractures treated with osteosynthesis.

Material and method: Prospective study involving 56 patients, twenty-nine 2 and 3 part PHF treated with osteosynthesis and twenty-seven 3 and 4 part fractures treated with hemiarthroplasty. Clinical assessment through Constant Score and radiological exam of the THL of both humerus as well as CT scans to analyze position of the tuberosities at 1-year follow-up.

Results: Osteosynthesis group: mean Constant Score of 77.37. In all cases greater tuberosity consolidated in good position. When differences in THL were higher than 2 cm Constant Score values significatively decreased to mean of 67, when ranging from 0 to 2 cm did not differ significatively from mean Constant Score.

Hemiarthroplasty group: mean Constant Score of 55.76. In 5 cases THL was increased (mean 0.87 cm) with a mean Constant Score of 63.5 and among them the greater tuberosity consolidated in place in 3 cases and posteriorly in 2. In 20 cases THL was decreased (mean 1.03 cm) with a mean Constant Score of 54.25 and among them if the difference was minor than 1 cm the greater tuberosity consolidated in place in 3 cases, consolidated posteriorly in 4 and absent in 1 case, and if the difference was greater than 1 cm, the greater tuberosity consolidated in place in 4 cases, consolidated posteriorly in 6 and absent in 2 cases . In 2 cases no differences in THL.

Conclusions: In PHF treated either with osteosynthesis or hemiarthroplasty, the greater tuberosity can be properly reattached if THL differences are less than 2 cm.

Constant Score correlates with greater tuberosity position at any difference of THL less than 2 cm.


F.S. Giannoulis E.I. Demetriou P.V. Velentzas I. Ignatiadis N.E. Gerostathopoulos

The axillary nerve injuries most commonly are observed after trauma such as contusion-stretch, gunshot wound, laceration and iatrogenic injuries. Two of the most commons causes seem to be the glenohumeral dislocation and the proximal humerus fractures. The axillary nerve may sustain a simple contusion, or its terminal elements may be avulsed from the deltoid muscle. Compressive neuropathy in the quadrilateral space also has been reported (quadrilateral space syndrome, Calhill and Palmer, 1983). The axillary nerve injuries incidence represents less than 1% of all nerve injuries.

Aim: The purpose of this study was to analyze outcome in patients, who presented with injuries to the axillary nerve

Material and methods: We report a series of 15 cases of axillary nerve lesions, which were operated between 1995 and 2002. These injuries resulted from shoulder injury either with or without fracture and or dislocation.

Patients were operated between 3 to 6 months after trauma and an anterior deltopectoral approach was usually followed during surgery. The follow up period ranged from 1 to 8 years.

Results: The results were considered as satisfactory in 11 out of 15 axillary nerve lesions. According to clinical examination, of the function of the shoulder and the muscle strength the results were classified as excellent in 5 cases, good in 6 cases and poor in 4 cases.

Conclusions: If indicated, nerve repair can lead to useful function in carefully selected patients


D. Cairns C.M. Robinson

Background: Distal third fractures account for 10 to 15% of all clavicle fractures. Traditional management of displaced lateral third fractures has been with internal fixation. Several authors have reported higher rates of non-union and poor outcome in conservatively managed fractures. However, long term follow up of non-operated distal third fractures has shown comparable functional outcomes to those managed with internal fixation. The purpose of this retrospective study was to analyse the clinical and radiographic results of nonoperative treatment of displaced lateral clavicle fractures.

Methods: Eighty six patients with displaced lateral end clavicle fractures were treated primarily with a sling for comfort. The fractures were classified as Neer type IIa in fifty patients, type IIb in twenty nine and type III in seven. Physiotherapy was begun after the sling was removed at an average of two weeks after the injury. Patients were evaluated with regard to shoulder function and general health using a modification of the Constant score and SF-36 respectively. All patients had a repeat radiographic exam at follow up. The average duration of follow up was six years (range two to ten years).

Results: Fourteen patients developed symptoms severe enough to warrant surgery at between seven and twenty four months post-injury. Eleven had radiographically confirmed non-union and three had symptomatic osteoarthritis of the acromioclavicular joint. The remaining seventy two patients had not undergone any further surgery. Twenty one patients (29.2%) from the nonoperatively treated group had non-union of the clavicle fracture. The average adjusted Constant score in the non operated group was 94 (range 82 to 98). There was no significant difference in either Constant score or SF-36 between those with non-union and those fractures which had healed. There was also no significant difference in these scores between those treated nonoperatively and those treated by delayed surgery.

Conclusions: Nonoperative treatment of most displaced lateral third clavicle fractures can achieve good functional results comparable to those reported after surgical treatment. Surgery should be reserved for those with primary complications or for the minority who have painful non-union or acromioclavicular joint problems in the early stages of treatment.


K. Lunsjo A. Tadros J. Czechowski Abu-Zidan

Introduction: Fractured scapula is rare because the scapula is mobile and well protected. We report the first prospective study in the literature of scapular fractures caused by blunt trauma.

Patients: 67 consecutive patients (64 males and 3 females, with a mean age of 33 (8–60) years) were included between January 2003 and September 2004. Data regarding the mechanism of injury, associated injuries, the Injury Severity Score (ISS), the location of the scapular fracture, whether it was isolated or involved more than one part of the scapula, and the accuracy of radiographic modality used were analyzed.

Results: 50 (75%) fractures were caused by road traffic accidents, 11 by afall from height, 4 from a fall from the same level and 2 by heavy object. 56 patients (84%) sustained associated injuries of which chest injury occurred in 48 (72 %) and was the most frequent. Many patients had more than one substantial chest injury. 30 (45%) patients had lung contusion, 27 rib fracture, 23 haemothorax and 22 pneumothorax. The abbreviated injury score for chest injury for the isolated fractures (n=41) was 2.1 (0–5) and for the combined fracture group (n=26) was 2.4 (NS). Other associated injuries were upper limb fractures in 29 patients, head and facial injuries in 25, 17 had pelvic fractures, lower limb fractures occurred in 16 patients, 15 had spinal fractures and 10 abdominal injuries. No brachial plexus or subclavian artery injury occurred. The mean ISS was 20 for both fracture groups. 41 (61%) of fractures were isolated. Of these, 31 (75%) involved the body of the scapula, 4 acromion, 2 glenoid, 2 coracoid, 1 neck and 1 spine. For the 26 combined fractures, the body was involved in 24 (92%), 13 the neck, 12 spine, 4 glenoid, 4 acromion and 3 coracoid. Plain chest X-ray was done in 63 patients and the scapular fracture was shown in 40 (63%). 42 patients had scapular X-rays and the fracture was seen in 35 (83%). The fracture was shown in all 42 patients that had computer tomography (CT) of the chest. The same was true for the 19 patients who had CT of the scapula. In total, CT was done in 61 (91%) of the 67 patients.

Discussion; Scapular fracture has a high rate of associated injuries, mainly to the chest. Lung contusion, haemo- and pneumothorax were very frequent in our series compared with other reports. The liberal use of trauma CT protocols and the prospective nature of the study may explain this finding.


G. Volpin H. Shtarker A. Kaushanski R. Shachar

Introduction: Management of displaced comminuted fractures of the proximal humerus in the elderly is still controversial. Conservative treatment may result in severe disability due to malunion and shoulder stiffness. Rigid fixation of these fractures by plates may offer stability in anatomic position, but requires in most cases extensive soft tissue exposure and may result in a relatively high incidence of avascular necrosis of the humeral head. Therefore, many authors are today of the opinion that hemiarthroplasty of the shoulder joint in such fractures is preferable to rigid fixation. This study reviews our experience with hemiartroplasty of the shouldere in elderly patients with comminuted fractures of the proximal humerus.

Material & Methods: This study consists of 39 Pts. (27F, 12M; 72–89 year old, mean 76.5Y; 12 with 3 parts fractures and 27 with 4 parts fracture) treated by hemiarthroplasty of the proximal humerus. Patients were followed for 2–8 years (mean 4Y), and evaluated by the Neer‘s shoulder grading score and radiographs.

Results: 74% of the patients treated by hemiarthroplasty had satisfactory results. They were almost free of pain, but most of them had only a moderate improvement in shoulder motion (active abduction or flexion of 110–130 degrees were observed in 4/39, of 90–110 degrees in 7/39, of 50–90 degrees in 17/39 and of 30–50 degrees in 11/29).

Conclusions: Based on this study it seems that pain relief by hemiarthroplasty may be achieved in most older patients with comminuted fractures of the proximal humerus, but the gain in shoulder function is relatively limited.


D. Roca Romalde R. Romalde D. Proubasta R. Ignasi Luisa Perez M. Espiga T. Javier V. Caja Lopez

Aims: A biomechanical and clinical study was made to compare two nonunion fixation device: the AO dynamic compresiòn plate and a locked intramedullary nail.

Methods: A retrospective review was made of all patients from three major hospitals in the Barcelona area with the diagnosis of aseptic non-union of the humeral shaft. After exclusion criteria series were limited to fifty-four patients, treated between 1992 and 2002. Of these, 35 were women and 19 were men with a median age of 55 (18–91) years. Operative treatment was with plate in 74.1% and locked nail in 25.9%. Statistical analysis was made to compare consolidation rate, consolidation time and complications in both devices and to looking for possible prognostic consolidation factors. We used the Finite element Method to compare the biomechanical behaviour between plate and nail.

Results: The consolidation rate was 78.6% with nail and 70.3% in plate, but this rate has significantly improved (p< 0.05) when plate is used in hypertrophic non-union and nail in atrophic union.

The median consolidation time was 5.73 months with nail and 4.92 months in plate.

The complication rate was 21.4% with nail and 20.0% in plate.

Focus deformation is lesser with nail than plate in anterior bending, axial charge and torsion but no in lateral bending.

Six or more cortical screws beside focus with plate increase consolidation too (p< 0.05).

The consolidation rate in graft group was 70.5% versus 85.7% in group without graft.

Conclusions: Plating provides better results in hypertrophic nonunions and nailing in atrophic nonunions.

Six or more cortical screws beside focus when plate is used improves consolidation rate.

Consolidation not seems be modified by graft use.


J. Matisons A. Buzijans A. Lepins

Purpose: The aim of the study is to analyse the results taking into consideration the type of fracture, patients’ age and the method of the applied osteosynthesis

Material/Method: 468 cases of proximal humerus fractures were treated during the time period from 2000 to 2004.136 (29%) of the treated cases were mens and 332(71%)womens. The range pf patients’ age was from 14 to 91. The average age was 52.2 years. 97(20.7 %) cases were between the ages of 14 and 50. 371(79.3 %) cases were between the ages of 51 and 91. The fractures were categorized according to AO classification.

A type – 267(57%) cases;

B type – 143(30.6 %) cases;

tC type – 58(12.4 %). > 277(59 %) cases from the total of 468 were treated surgically:

A type – 151(56.6% from the total of 267 A type cases);

B type – 82(57.3 % from the total of 143 B type cases);

C type – 44(75.9 % from the total of 58 C type cases).

The study included surgically treated B and C type cases, total of 126. From these we received 76 responses, either by examining the patients in person or by receiving questioneries filled out by the patients. The surgical treatment was performed using the following techniques:

OS with plate (T, L, others) – 71(56,34%);

OS with plate+tension band, bone sutures – 23(18,25%);

OS with K – wires, K – wires + tension band – 13(10,32%);

OS with screws; screws + tension band-13(10,32%);

Hemiarthroplasty-6(4,76%).

The follow up results were evaluated by using the UCLA END – RESULT SCORE

Results: Overall: 14(18.4%) excellent; 34(44.7 %) good; 8(10.5 %) satisfactory; 20(26.3 %) poor.

Poor results:

Type of fracture:

II. B1-4; B2-6; B3-6.

III. C1-2; C3-2.

Method of surgically treatment:

OS with plate (T, L, others) – 8(11,26%);

OS with plate+tension band, bone sutures – 4(17,39%);

OS with K-wires, K-wires + tension band – 6(46,15%);

OS with screws; screws + tension band – 2(15,38%);

Hemiarthroplasty – 0(0%).

Patients‘ Age:

70–75 years – 6 patients. This constitutes 24% from the total number of 25 operated patients in this age group.

76 – 80 years – 10 patients; over 80 years – 4 patients. This constitutes 64% from the total number of 22 operated patients in this age group.

Conclusions: In 73% cases functional results proved to be excellent and good, or satisfactory (excellent and good in 63.15 % of cases). K-wires and K-wires + tension band treatment most often (in 46,15% of cases) showed poor results and therefore is not a recommendable treatment. Hemiarthroplasty should be used more frequently in C type fractures treatment. In 85 % cases the results proved to be good. The necessity of surgical treatment and the most appropriate method should be seriously evaluated when treating patients over the age of 76 years with B and C type fractures.


E. Fares E. Sayegh J. Kessidis V. Sarris J. Makris Kirkos G. Kapetanos

The authors introduce a new method for the closed reduction of anterior dislocation of the shoulder. Seventy-one patients with age range between 18 and 73 years were included in this prospective study. Sixty patients had pure anterior dislocation of the shoulder and eleven patients had an accompanied fracture of the greater tuberosity. Reduction of the shoulders was performed by first and second-year orthopaedic residents. Three methods were used for reduction; the new relaxed method, Kocher and the traditional Hippocrate’s methods. Residents were free to choose the type of method for reduction. The new relaxed method was performed while the patient was lying on his back and was fully relaxed. No sedation, or analgesics were used. While the arm was on side and the elbow extended, gentle longitudinal traction accompanied by continuous abduction was applied. Continuous vertical oscillation of the upper arm was applied simultaneously as the arm was brought gently into abduction. After 90 degrees of abduction the arm was externally rotated and abduction was continued gently to about 120 degres where reduction of the shoulder was expected. The new relaxed method was successfully used 28 times out of 34 attempts. The Kocher method was also successfully used 13 times out of 22 attempts and the Hippocrate’s method 10 times out of fifteen attempts. The new painless and smooth method for reduction of anterior dislocation of the shoulder is an effective, non-traumatic procedure that can be performed easily without the use of sedation or analgesia.


P. O’Toole B. Lenehan J. Lunn N. Sultan P. Murray A. Poynton D. McCormack J. Byrne M. Stephens F. McManus

Introduction: This retrospective study examined the clinical characteristics, radiological findings, management, and functional outcome in 34 rehabilitated patients who presented with traumatic central cord syndrome.

Methods: Between 1994 and 2004 a total of 34 patients with central cord syndrome were admitted to the National Spinal Injuries Unit. There were 29 men and 5 women. The mean age was 56.1 years (15 to 88). The mean follow up time was 4.9 years. Patients were divided into three groups by age, < 50 years (10 patients), 50–70 years (16 patients), and > 70 years (8 patients). The American Spinal Injury Association (ASIA) system recorded the motor and sensory scores, of upper and lower limbs, on admission, discharge and during rehabilitation. Patients underwent radiological investigation that included plain film, CT, and MRI of the cervical spine.

Results: The mechanism of injury was a fall in 58.8%, road traffic accident in 35.2% and other in 6%. Alcohol was a contributing factor in 32.4% of cases. Seven patients had a spinal fracture. The cervical spine was involved in 5 cases with the remaining 2 cases involving the thoracic spine. Seventy percent of patients received intravenous steroids. Over half (53%) of the patients had some degree of cervical spondylosis while cord changes were seen in almost all of the patients (79.4%). In the majority of cases (70.4%) the affected level was C3/4. Disc herniation was present in one third of cases (33.2%). The mean upper limb ASIA score on admission was 7.6, on discharge was 12.4 and at follow up was 20.2. A similar pattern was also observed in the lower limb with scores of 12.1, 13.7, and 20.5 respectively. Sensory loss also improved with time. 88.2% of those admitted required urinary catheterization, with 23.5% being discharged to the National Rehabilitation Hospital with a catheter in situ. Surgical decompression was performed in 7 cases. The remainder of patients wore a Miami-J cervical collar.

Conclusion: As was shown in the original paper by Schneider et al (1954), hyperextension of a degenerative cervical spine was the predominant mechanism of injury. The return of lower limb function precedes that of upper limb, with autonomic function recovering in the majority of cases.

Discussion: In this study patients in the younger age groups had better recovery of function and had fewer complications. The original paper by Schneider et al. stated that conservative treatment was most appropriate, however, in this review surgery was performed in specific cases such as those with cord compression secondary to disc herniation. Alcohol was a significant contributing factor.


C. Schinkel A. Kmetic H.J. Andress T.M. Frangen G. Muhr

Objective: Spine trauma occurs frequently in multiple injured patients. Pre-hospital diagnosis is difficult. Clinical management depends on associated injuries and neurologic status.

To evaluate epidemiology and influence of recent therapeutic regimens on outcome we analyzed the data of the German Trauma Registry (German Trauma Society, DGU).

Methods: Out of 8057 patients in the German Trauma Registry 772 patients (28 % women, 72 % men; mean age 37 +/− 17 yrs.; mean ISS: 29 +/− 15 (range 9–75) points) with severe spine trauma (AIS> 2) were investigated in a retrospective analysis.

Results: MVAs were the most frequent cause for severe spine trauma (49%). The age group 25–34 years was most affected (26%). About half of all severe spine injuries were not expected in the prehospital setting. Neurologic deficit was observed in 47%. 41% of the patients with severe C-spine lesion had an initial GCS < 9 points. 89% of the patients had no preexisting comorbidity. Mortality rate (90 days) amounted to 22%. Sepsis occurred in 9%. Respiratory failure was the most common organ dysfunction (18%). Median ICU stay was 8 days. Thoracic spine lesions were almost always associated with thoracic trauma (96%; other locations 37%). Lumbar spine injuries were highly related to abdominal injuries (93%).

Conclusion: Almost 10% of all documented cases in the German Trauma Registry showed severe vertebral injuries. The extend of injury was often underestimated in the preclinical setting. Due to the high incidence of thoracic injuries in thoracic spine trauma a well balanced surgical and critical care regimen is warranted especially in this group.


S. Somayaji J. Bernard A. Saifuddin

Introduction: The poor correlation between neurological injury and degree of retropulsion in thoracolumbar burst fractures has been identified, but not adequately explained. We have examined the possibility that variation in the termination of the conus medullaris may offer protection from neurological injury in a proportion of these fractures.

Methods: A retrospective study was made of 39 patients presenting with single level thoracolumbar burst fractures between June 1998 and April 2001. Admission MRI was performed on all patients. Age, sex, ISS, neurological status, mode of treatment and any neurological recovery were recorded. From the MRI scans the levels of the conus and the fracture were noted. Transverse Spine Area(TSA) was measured at the cranial, caudal and injured levels. A predicted TSA and % TSA for the injury level was calculated from the mean of the two other levels. Analysis was of severity of neurological injury in relation to canal compromise and involvement of the conus.

Results: 26 male and 13 female patients of mean age 35.9 (SD 17) years and mean ASIA motor score 90.4 (SD 23) were studied. Neither sex nor age distribution differed between 18 neurologically injured and 21 intact patients. Mean ISS was 20.2 in the neurologically injured and 10.5 in the intact (p=0.0005). Mean TSA of the canal was 218mm2 in the intact and 150mm2 in the injured groups (p=0.006) and mean %TSA was 70 and 49 respectively (p=0.007). The conus lay between T12 and L2 in all. When the conus lay cranial to the fracture (n=13), 38% were neurologically intact. When the conus lay at the level of the fracture (n=26), 62% were intact (NS). Neurological deficit did not occur in the absence of neurological compression on MRI.

Conclusions: Neurological injury is not less likely when the conus lie outside the fracture zone. Canal compromise is a highly significant factor in neurological injury.


N.P. Hailer C. Voigt F. Dehghani

Aims: Spinal fractures cause compression of the spinal cord, and nerve cells and nerve fibers are severely damaged. The immediate mechanical injury is subsequently enhanced in a process called secondary damage, and it has been proposed that inflammatory cells such as microglial cells and cytokines such as interleukin (IL)-1 damage nerves and nerve fibers that were initially not affected by spinal cord compression. It was the aim of this study a) to investigate the role of microglial cells and IL-1 in neuronal damage, and b) to investigate whether the anti-inflammatory agent IL-1 receptor antagonist (IL-1ra) that has been successfully used in patients with polyarthritis can protect neurons by inhibiting microglial activation or by antagonising cellular effects of IL-1.

Methods: We investigated the effects of IL-1 and IL-1ra on neurons and microglial cells in organotypic hippocampal slice cultures (OHSC): OHSC derived from rats were excitotoxically lesioned after 6 days in vitro by application of N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) and treated with (IL)-1 (6 ng/ml) or IL-1ra (40, 100, or 500 ng/ml) for up to 10 days. OHSC were then quantitatively analyzed by confocal laser scanning microscopy after fluorescent labeling of neurons and microglial cells.

Results: Treatment of unlesioned OHSC with IL-1 did not induce neuronal damage although the number of microglial cells increased. NMDA-lesioning alone resulted in a massive increase in the number of microglial cells and degenerating neurons. Treatment of NMDA-lesioned OHSC with IL-1 exacerbated neuronal cell death and further enhanced microglial cell numbers. Treatment of NMDA-lesioned cultures with IL-1ra significantly attenuated NMDA-induced neuronal damage and reduced the number of microglial cells, whereas application of IL-1ra in unlesioned OHSC did not induce significant changes in either cell population.

Conclusion: Our findings indicate that a) IL-1 directly affects neurons and acts independently from infiltrating hematogenous cells, b) IL-1 induces microglial activation although it is not neurotoxic per se, c) IL-1 enhances excitotoxic neuronal damage and microglial activation, d) IL-1ra, even when only applied for short periods of time, reduces neuronal cell death and induces a dose-dependent decrease in the number of microglial cells after excitotoxic damage. These findings suggest that IL-1ra has the potential to exert beneficial effects in patients with spinal fractures, and this encourages further in vivo-studies.


R. Srivastava

Our knowledge regarding neurological recovery following spinal cord injury is like a tip of an iceberg. Spinal cord does not regenerate once damaged but nerve roots do so if an optimum environment is provided. Although distal neurological recovery is unlikely in ASIA Impairment Scale A (complete lesions), root recovery at the site of injury can occur. ASIA has recognized Zone of partial preservation & Zonal segmental recovery below the neurological level. Such a recovery in motor functions (Motor segmental recovery-MSR) of lumbar roots in paraplegia may make all the difference in final outcome of ambulation & functional status of the patient.

100 Thoracolumbar injuries in ASIA A underwent surgery. In 60, Posterior instrumentation alone (Gp1) and in 40 posterior instrumentation with laminectomy (Gp2) was done. Results of these were compared with randomly picked up 100 similar cases treated conservatively (Gp3).

Meritsofsurgery(Gp1& Gp2)overconservative(Gp3) were many in terms of reduction & stability, pain-function scores, total hospital stay, ambulation mode and time. At 1 year follow-up, functional distal neurological recovery (FDNR) was said to be significant when ASIA A improved up to ASIA D/E and MSR was said to be significant (MSR-Sig) when key muscle had a power > III. In Gp3, FDNR was (7/100) 7% and MSR-Sig was (40/100) 40%. In Gp1 FDNR was(7/60) 11.67% and MSR-Sig (41/60) 68.33%. When laminectomy was added with instrumentation (Gp2) FDNR was (5/40) 12.5% and MSR-Sig was found in (37/40) 92% cases. This was especially beneficial in thoracolumbar injuries where MSR-Sig of the L2 & L3 roots made all the difference between an ambulatory life (with braces) and an otherwise permanent wheel chair bound life. Motor segmental recovery becomes a blessing in disguise in complete cases of spinal cord injury where distal recovery of spinal cord is unlikely to occur.


J.F. Quinlan R.W.G. Watson P.M. Kelly J.M. OByrne J.M. Fitzpatrick

Patients with spinal cord injuries have been seen to have increased healing of attendant fractures. This for the main has been a clinical observation with laboratory work confined to rats. While the benefits in relation to quicker fracture healing are obvious, this excessive bone growth (heterotopic ossification) also causes unwanted side effects, such as decreased movement around joints, joint fusion and renal tract calculi. However, the cause for this phenomenon remains unclear.

This paper evaluates two groups with spinal column fractures – those with neurological compromise (n=10) and those without (n=11), and compares them with a control group with isolated long bone fractures (n=10). Serum was taken from these patients at five specific time intervals post injury (1 day, 5 days, 10 days, 42 days (6 weeks) and 84 days(12 weeks)). These samples were then analysed for levels of Transforming Growth Factor-Beta (TGF-b) using the ELISA technique. This cytokine has been shown to stimulate bone formation after both topical and systemic administration.

Results show TGF-b levels of 142.79+/−29.51 ng/ml in the neurology group at 84 days post injury. This is higher than any of the other time points within this group (p< 0.001 vs. day 1, day 5 and day 10 and p=0.005 vs. 42 days, ANOVA univariate analysis). Furthermore, this level is also higher than the levels recorded in the no neurology (103.51+/−36.81 ng/ml) and long bone (102.28=/−47.58 ng/ml) groups at 84 days post injury (p=0.011 and p=0.021 respectively, ANOVA univariate analysis). There was statistically significant difference in TGF-b levels seen between the clinically more severely injured patients i.e. complete neurological deficit and the less severely injured patients i.e. incomplete neurological deficit.

In conclusion, the results of this work, carried out for the first time in humans, offers strong evidence of the causative role of TGF-b in the increased bone turnover and attendant complications seen in patients with acute spinal cord injuries.


R. Srivastava

Recent advances in spinal cord injury(SCI) management have markedly reduced mortality & morbidity, but concern regarding final neurological outcome is still at large. Global search is for prognostic-factors to predict neurological recovery. We statistically analyzed different variables to review the established and determine newer predictors of neurological recovery in SCI.

During 1999–2000, 403 patients were admitted. 91 could be followed up for more than one year. Improvement in the motor score (ASIA) was taken as indicative of functional neurological recovery Prognostic factors were simplified into static(which do not change with time) and dynamic(which may change with time). Variables like age, sex, mode/mechanism of injury and skeletal level were static. These were recorded at admission and correlated for any association with neurological recovery at one year. Variables like neurological level, sacral sparing, duration of spinal shock, reflex recovery, sensory & motor scores and complications like bedsores, flexor spasms, UTI, URTI, & DVT were dynamic. These were recorded at admission, at weekly intervals till discharge and at 3 monthly intervals in follow-up.

Bivariant & Regressive analysis of static and dynamic factors was done.

No significant correlation of static variables was found with the neurological recovery.

On bivariant analysis Pin-prick sparing, intact bladder, spinal shock of < 24 hours and early appearance of deep tendon reflexes were good prognostic factors. Complete lesion, priapism, spinal shock for > 1 week, bedsore within 1 week and flexor spasms within 3 weeks were worst prognostic factor.

When regressive linear analysis was done speed of recovery in the initial three weeks was the most important prognostic factor irrespective of other variables studied against the final neurological recovery.

All variables affecting neurological recovery have an effect on the speed of recovery, which is the single most important prognostic factor influencing ultimate recovery.

The initial 3 weeks following injury were the critical period influencing final neurological & functional outcome.


L. Torrededia M.T. Ubierna L. Trigo M. Iborra J.M. Cavanilles J. Roca

Study design: retrospective clinical study .

Objective: To study radiological late results after posterior stabilization of thoracolumbar fractures with internal fixation. To know factors related with loss of correction and hardware failure.

Summary of background data: The posterior approach using an internal fixator is a standard procedure for stabilizing the injured thoracolumbar spine. None of the surgical techniques used was able to maintain the corrected the kyphosis angle.

Methods: Forty-five patients with thoracolumbar fractures were included in the study. The inclusion criterion was the presence of fracture through the T11-L3 vertebrae without neurologic compromise. The Load-sharing classification has been used for all patients to determine the fracture severity. Surgical techniques (short or long instrumentation) , preoperative and postoperative radiographs ( Cobb technique) and follow-up records of all patients were reviewed carefully from the time of surgery until final follow-up assessment.

Results: 13 patients were treated using short-segment instrumentation (two disc spaces) and 32 patients with long-segment instrumentation (more than two disc spaces). The mean follow-up was 3.4 years (range 1 to 11 years). The mean preoperative Cobb angle was 16.1 degrees and after surgery the mean angle was 6.8° representing an average correction of 9.2 ° . At follow-up assessments the mean Cobb angle was 13.2° representing a loss of correction of 6.4°. Implant failure ( 5 loosening and 8 breakage) was seen in 28.8% of patients: 6/14 (42%) of patients receiving short instrumentation and 7/31 (22%) of patients with long instrumentation. Hardware failure was seen in 53.3% of patients with Cobb angle preoperative more than 20° and in 16.6% of patients with Cobb angle less than 20°.

Conclusions: Radiological behaviour of thoracolumbar fractures treated with posterior instrumentation without anterior support was worse than expected. Hardware failure was related with Cobb angle fracture > 20°, postoperative correction superior than 10° and short pedicular instrumentation technique.


A. Oliver B. Allan

Compartment Syndrome is a dreaded complication associated witha poor outcome if unrecognised in neurologically intact patients. This is also true in those with a spinal cord injury, but it is unclear from the current literature if this unique cohort of patients has different baseline vlaues for diastolic blood, compartment and perfusion pressures.

This study was designed to test the Null Hypothesis that there is no difference between the values of these variables in intact “normal” patients and those with a spinal cord injury; in addition, comparisons were made between different ASIA groups and anatomical level of injury. The results revealed significant differences between complete (ASIA A) injuries and normal patients in diastoic blood and perfusion pressures (p=0.005, and 0.003 respectively). There was also a difference between complete and normal compartment pressure (p=0.009). Differences were found in cervical and thoracic diastolic blood pressures when compared to normal (p=0.07 and 0.09 resepectively), and between thoracic and lumbar diastolic pressures(p=0.06).

In summary, those with spinal cord injuries tended to have lowered diastolic and perfusion pressures, and higher compartment pressures. These results demonstrate the importance of close surveillance of spinally injured patients with concomitant limb trauma. We would recommend routine compartment pressure monitoring in all such cases, especially as they are also relatively hypotensive and will not tolerate elevation of compartment pressure well.


O. Gonschorek S. Katscher T. Engel C. Josten

Endoscopic techniques lead to higher numbers of anterior procedures to the vertebral column. Navigation systems can assist to more precision using less x-rays. We registered prospectively more than 100 cases of anterior stabilization of the thoracic and lumbar spine using minimally invasive technique, endoscopic assistance and CT-based navigation. Patients were observed continuously over a time period of at least 12 month according to a standardized protocol.

135 patients were recorded prospectively between January 2002 September 2004. All patients recieved anterior procedures using endoscopical assistance. Operations were performed in prone position using Synframe® and navigation system by BrainLab®. The follow up of at least one year consisted in clinical investigations and radiographs 6 weeks, 3, 6, 9 and 12 months post OP.

87 male and 48 female patients were recorded with a mean age of 41 (16–77) years. 47 isolated anterior and 88 combined antero-posterior spondylodeses were performed with the described technique. In 101 cases thoracoscopy was used. For the instrumentation of L3, mini-lumbotomy was necessary which was also combined with Synframe® and endoscopical assistance. Isolated anterior procedures were completed under navigation control in 29 and combined antero-posterior procedures in 71 cases. Image intensifier times were reduced up to 85%, op-times were shortened using navigation for a mean of 22 minutes.

Navigation procedures showed initial learning curve. However, after this initial time it was a useful techique to enlarge precision and reduce op-times as well as x-ray exposition. The further standardization of the procedure lead to the development of advantageous instruments that further on will lead to even higher acceptance of this new technique.


H. Wang R. Glauben K. Gebhard M. Buchner M. Schiltenwolf B. Raum H. Brenner B. Mueller-Hilke W. Richter

Low back pain is the primary cause of disability in individuals younger than 50 years. Potential sources of low back pain include the intervertebral disks, facet joints, vertebrae, neural structures, muscles, ligaments, and fascia. Increasing evidence is available as to the importance of cytokines in acute and particular chronic pain. Cytokines can influence transduction, conduction, and transmission of the nociceptive signal, resulting in prolonged or permanent signalling to the brain’s cognitive centres in the absence of a painful noxious or nonnoxius stimulus.

Several cytokines, including IL-1, TNFa, IL-6, and IL-10 are thought to influence nociception or pain.

To date, there have been no studies of the production of inflammatory mediators in blood from patients with low back pain. We have therefore analysed levels of the proinflammatory mediators IL-1ß, IL-6, TNF-α in sera from patients with sciatica and low back pain, and their possible relationship to pain dimensions.

In this prospective longitudinal study with a follow-up of six months, the course of serum concentration of IL-1ß, IL-6 and TNF-α was measured by Bio-Plex cytokine assay in 31 patients with acute sciatica and 41 patients with chronic low back pain. Blood samples were taken at ten fixed times during follow-up, and cytokine values were adjusted to possible influential factors and correlated to the course of pain and clinical function to evaluate the predictive role of cytokine regarding therapy outcome.

At admission of the study and 10 days later, the proportion of TNF-α positive subjects was significant elevated among patients with low back pain compared to patients with acute sciatica. Median (SD) of serum TNF-α concentrations were significant higher in patients with chronic low back pain (n=41) than in patients with acute sciatica (n=31). In the whole period the pain of patients reduced from time to time. Elevated TNF-α serum levels are associated with a significantly improved pain in patients with chronic low back pain but not with acute sciatica. A close coherence exists between the cytokines IL-1ß, IL-6 and TNF-α together in blood of patients as with acute sciatica as with chronic low back pain. But no connection of IL-1ß, IL-6 or TNF-α and CRP in blood was observed. Neither age, sex, BMI, nicotine and alcohol consumption are not related to the serum levels of cytokines.

As far as we know, this is the first analysis of parameters predicting a major clinical connection of cytokines in blood and low back pain. Our findings indicate that elevated serum levels of the proinflammatory cytokine TNF-α are associated with a significantly improved pain in patients with chronic low back pain but not with acute sciatica. We concluded that Detection of high level of TNF-α might be a marker for more pain in patients with chronic low back pain. and TNF-α probably play an important role in the chronic process of low back pain.


S. Apsingi C.U. Dussa B.M.M. Soni

Aim: To analyse the epidemiology of spinal injuries presented in our tertiary referral centre.

Materials and Methods: 202 patients who sustained traumatic spinal column injury were admitted in our tertiary referral centre from 1999 to mid 2002. The case notes were looked at for epidemiological details.

Results: Of 202 patients, 136 were male and the rest were females. Both in males and females, we found 2 peaks in the age incidence of spinal cord injuries. First peak was noted between the age group of 18–30 years and the second peak was noted above 60 years. We classified the spinal column injuries into upper cervical, lower cervical, thoracic, dorso-lumbar, lumber and sacral. Lower cervical and cervico-dorsal junction fractures constituted 48% of the spectrum of spinal column fractures. Significant soft tissue injury was noted in 12 patients. Multiple level spinal injuries were present in 16 patients (7.9%). Although road traffic accidents were responsible for 32% of the fractures, domestic falls also contributed to 30.6% of the fractures. 50%of these domestic falls occurred in patients above 60 years of age. We classified the falls into two categories; those from a height above 6 feet were classed as severe falls, which occurred in 65.6% of cases. Below this height the falls were classed as low falls. 71% of the patients who sustained low falls were above 60 years. Sporting accidents caused 19.8% of the spinal fractures. 27% of them are due to diving. Significantly self-harm was found to be a cause of spinal fracture in 3 patients. 67.8% (137) of the patients sustained neurological injury. Incomplete spinal cord injury was present in 86 patients and complete injury in 51 patients. Tetraplegia and tetraparesis was noted in 89 patients where as paraplegia and paraparesis was noted in 48 patients. 26 patients required ventilation at the time of admission. 63 patients sustained polytrauma of which chest injury was found in one third of the poly traumatised patients.

Conclusion: From our observations, we find that there is an increasing trend of elderly population who are more susceptible for spinal trauma. Traditional high velocity trauma and high falls though still contribute a significant proportion of spinal injuries, equal proportions of spinal fractures are caused by low falls commonly seen in elderly patients. These epidemiological trends will have implications on treatment, rehabilitation and outcome of spinal injuries.


R. Srivastava

The definition & etiology of spinal shock remain controversial. Time passed after trauma in initial recovery of any reflex is duration of spinal shock and this duration varies among patients. The factors influencing this duration and its clinical significance are not well studied.

116 patients in spinal shock following SCI were studied for duration of spinal shock with many variables & statistical analysis was done.

Mean duration of spinal shock (MD of SS) was shorter in children, shorter in malnourished, shorter in untrained/laborers, shorter in patients admitted early and shorter in patients without any complications. “MD of SS” was not influenced by sex of patient, associated injuries and by different modalities of treatment.

On statistical analysis of duration of spinal shock with neurological level as a variable “MD of SS “was 1.7 days in cervical cord lesions, 8.2 days in upper thoracic, 15 days in lower thoracic and 17 days in lumbar cord lesions. Such an arithmetical progression was also found at each segmental level i.e. the duration of spinal shock progressively increased at every segmental level. “MD of SS” was 1.36days at C4, 1.60 at C5, 1.72 at C6, 8.1 at T6, 12.4 at T8, 13.1 at T10, 15.3 at T12 & 21.6 at L2.

Higher or proximal the SCI lesion, shorter is the spinal shock duration. Neurological level based segmental progression of spinal shock duration remains unanswered. Does the duration of spinal shock dependant on the cord length/neuronal mass involved/spared?


A Agarwal A. Hammer

Prospective Study Design. 198 consecutive patients with back pain leg pain with MRI scan showing disc prolapse were operated from June 2001 to January 2004. In 22 patients it was found that the cause of nerve root compression was a localised venous plexus and the disc was intact.

Objectives: To emphasize the fact that the clinical presentation of a localised venous plexus of epidural veins in the lumbar spine can resemble that of an acute disc prolapse.

Summary of Background data: After reporting 6 cases of this type in Spine Volume 28 Number 1 we designed a prospective study of all discetomies done in our institution. Our outcome suggests that the finding of enlarged epidural veins during lumbar spine disc decompression is relatively common, but it is only recently that they have been implicated as the cause of the presenting symptoms.

Methods and Results: 198 patients presented with severe low back pain accompanied by sciatica, which had begun acutely. Physical examination in most of these patients showed the presence of neurological signs in the affected leg. The diagnosis of possible disc prolapse with nerve compression was demonstrated by MRI scan. However , at surgery, in 22 patients the intervertebral disc appeared to be relatively normal without any bulge and intact annulus, but a large venous structure in the form of plexus of epidural vein compressing the nerve root was found in the spinal canal.. The configuration of this venous plexus matched the MRI findings. The symptoms were relieved by decompression of the spinal canal and ablation of the veins.

Conclusion: Lumbar spine venous plexi of epidural veins can cause nerve root compression and the MRI image of a localised plexus of epidural veins can closely resemble that of a prolapsed intervertebral disc. Could this be the cause of failed back syndrome in patients who have already undergone decompression and discetomy? Wenger et al show success rate of 92.5% to 94.7% after discetomy but still there is an failure rate of 7.5 to 5.3% leading to failed back syndrome. The incidence of symptomatic lumbar epidural varices is said to be low. Zimmerman et al quoted their incidence as 0.067% and Hanley et al 5%. Our study shows an incidence of 11.11%.


G. Koureas S. Zacharatos G. Petsinis P. Korovessis

Objectives: To investigate the influence of backpacks on the spine curves, shoulder level, trunk and back pain in schooladolescents.

Methods: 1263 students, aged 12 to 18 years, who carried backpacks over one or both shoulders to the school were asked for dorsal (DP) and/or low back pain (LBP). Kyphometer and Scoliometer were used to measure craniocervical angle (CCA), thoracic kyphosis, lumbar lordosis and shoulder level shift(BL) and biplane trunk deviations. Logistic and multinomial logistic analysis, t-test, Wilcoxon and chi-square tests were used for statistics.

Results: Backpacks decreased CCA (P< 0.001), and increased BL-shift(P< 0.001), and biplane trunk shift (P< 0.03). Girls suffer 6(P=0.001) times more from DP than boys. Students carrying backpacks asymmetrically suffer 3(P=0.035) and 5(P=0.014) more from DP and LBP respectively, than those symmetrically carrying. With increasing BMI decreases the possibility for DP at 10%(P=0.047) and increases at 10%(P=0.046) the possibility for LBP. With increase of BL-shift increases at 26%(P=0.024) DP. With increase of coronal trunk shift increases DP(P=0.011) and LBP(P=0.057). With increasing of sagittal loaded trunk shift increases LBP(P=0.065). In holidays: Girls suffer 3.2 times(P=0.050) more than boys in holidays; Asymmetrically carrying increases 8 times(P=0.006) back pain; Longer backpack carrying increases 2%(P=0.047) back pain; With shift of BL increases at 29.5%(P=0.042) back pain; With increase of coronal trunk shift increases 2.3 times(P=0.054) back pain. From high pain suffer: Girls suffer four times(P=0.015) more than boys; Asymmetrically backpack carrying increases four times(P=0.015) high pain; Increase of frontal trunk shift is associated by high pain three times (P=0.005) more.

Conclusion: Backpack carrying resulted in a forward lean of the upper trunk, and a decrease of cervical lordosis. Asymmetrically backpack carrying forced adolescents to rise the backpack bearing shoulder and simultaneously to shift the upper trunk contralaterally. These changes seem statistically to increase the incidence of back pain in the school period and during the holidays, particularly in girls. It is recommended that schoolchildren carry backpacks symmetrically with two straps.


J.P. Little C. Adam J.H. Evans G. Pettet M.J. Pearcy

Introduction: Low back pain (LBP) is an ailment affecting a large portion of the population and may result from degeneration of the intervertebral discs. Degeneration of the discs may be characterized by a loss of hydration, a more granular texture in the disc components and the presence of anular lesions which are tears in the anulus fibrosus. Research to date has been lacking in defining a relationship between LBP and anular lesions. In this study a materially and geometrically accurate finite element model (FEM) of an L4/5 intervertebral disc was developed in order to study the effects of anular lesions on the disc mechanics.

Methods: An anatomically accurate transverse profile for the disc FEM was derived from transversely sectioned human cadaveric discs. The anulus fibrosus ground substance was represented as an incompressible material using an Ogden hyperelastic strain energy equation. Material parameters were derived from experimentation on sheep discs. In order to separately assess the effects of degeneration of the nucleus and of the entire disc, four models were analysed. A healthy disc was modelled as reference and the three degenerate models comprised a degenerate nucleus (no hydrostatic nucleus pressure) with either a healthy anulus, or with a radial or rim anular lesion. Loading conditions to simulate the extreme range of physiological motions about the 6 axes of rotation were applied to the models and the peak rotation moments compared.

Results: The reduction in peak moment between the Healthy Disc FEM and the Healthy Anulus FEM ranged from 24% under flexion to 86% under right lateral bending. When the lesions were simulated, the rim and radial lesion resulted in variations in peak moment from the Healthy Anulus FEM of 1–10% and 0–4%, respectively.

Conclusions: The analysis suggested that loss of the nucleus pulposus pressure had a much greater effect on the disc mechanics than the presence of anular lesions. This indicated that the development of anular lesions prior to the degeneration of the nucleus would have minimal effect on the disc mechanics. But the response of an entirely degenerate disc would show significantly different mechanics compared to a healthy disc. With the degeneration of the nucleus, the disc stiffness will reduce and the outer innervated anulus may become overloaded and painful.


B. Cakr R. Schmidt W. Schmoelz H.-J. Wilke W. Puhl M. Richter

Background Context: Total disc replacement (TDR) gained enormous popularity as a treatment option for symptomatic degenerative disc disease in the last few years. But the impact of the prosthesis design on the segmental biomechanics in most instances still remains unclear. As TDR results in a distraction of the capsuloligamentous structures, the disc height seems to be of crucial importance for the further biomechanical function of the operated level. Yet the biomechanical role of disc height after TDR still remains unclear.

Purpose: The purpose of study was to evaluate the influence of prosthesis height after total disc replacement on: 1) the sagittal balance and 2) the range of motion.

Study design: A radiological and an in-vitro biomechanical study.

Method: 6 human, lumbar spines L4–L5 were tested in vitro.The segmental lordosis of the specimen were measured on plain radiographs and the range of motion was measured for all six degrees of freedom with a previously described spine tester. The segmental lordosis and the range of motion at level L4–L5 was evaluated for following settings: 1) intact state 2) after implantation of a prosthesis with 5mm endplate 3) after implantation of a prosthesis with 7mm endplate.

The prosthesis used was a prototyp and had a constrained design with a ball and socket principle.

Results: Even the implantation of the lowest possible prosthesis height (5mm endplate) resulted in an increase of segmental lordosis (intact: 6.9; 5mm endplate: 8.8; p=0,027). Using a higher prosthesis (7mm endplate) further increased the segmental lordosis (10.5, p=0.041). The implantation of the lowest prosthesis resulted in significant increase of movement capability compared to the intact status for flexion-extension (8.6 vs 11.4; p=0.046) and axial rotation (2.9 vs 5.1; p=0.028). Lateral bending did not changed significantly (9.4 vs 8.6; p=0.345). The implantation of the higher prosthesis (7mm endplate) resulted in similar movement capability compared to intact status for flexion-extension (8.4 vs 8.6; p=0.116) and axial rotation (3.3 vs 2.9; p=0.600). Lateral bending decreased significantly compared to the intact status (5.1 vs 8.6; p=0.028).

Conclusion: Total disc replacement with the lowest prosthesis height inherently increases segmental lordosis. Further increase of disc height results in a significant enhancement of segmental lordosis by decreasing the range of motion for all three degrees of freedom. Yet, methods for scheduling the ideal disc height preoperatively, to provide a physiological lordosis thereby maintaining physiological range of motion postoperatively, seems not to be established already.


B. Cakr M. Richter W. Puhl R. Schmidt

Background Context: One of the main postulated basic principles of total disc replacement (TDR) is the preservation of flexion/extension ability. In neutral position the ideal disc prosthesis should not stay in maximal possible extension which would imply an impingement of the prosthesis. An impingement would cause shear strains on the prosthesis endplates which probably accelerate loosening. Moreover an additional extension ability from the neutral position would indicate no impingement in the facet joints in neutral position and a physiological movement capability.

Purpose: The purpose of study was to evaluate a possible impingement of the prosthesis or facet joints after TDR in neutral position.

Study design: Prospective evaluation of radiological outcome measures after total disc replacement.

Patient sample: The patients (19 female, 10 male) ranged from 29 to 56 years of age (mean: 42.46.5 years). The mean follow up interval averaged 13.2 months (range: 6 – 35 months). The diagnosis of degenerative disc disease was confirmed by MRI (black disc) and discography (positive „Memory pain“). Pain relief after facet joint infiltration was an exlucsion criteria. All patients had a single-level disc replacement (Prodisc II, Spine Solutions) with the same angulation (6).

Outcome measures: Evaluation of a possible impingement of the prosthesis and impingement of facet joints in neutral position.

Methods: A computer based analysis of pre- and postoperative lateral X-rays in neutral position and dynamic x-rays. The angulation of prosthesis in neutral position and the extension ability in dynamic x-rays were measured.

Results: 15 patients showed no extension ability on dynamic x-rays and 10 of these 15 patients had an impingement with maximum extension of the prosthesis on x-rays in neutral position. In the remaining 14 patients the extension ability averaged pre-/postoperatively 2.3/1.3 (p=0.115). In 4 of the 14 patients the pros-thesis showed an impingement in maximum extension and in 10 patients the prosthesis was not in maximum possible extension.

Conclusion: Due to the constrained design of the Pro-Disc an impingement is possible and was recognized in nearly 30% of the cases. The imbalance of flexion vs extension bending moments with increase in extension bending moments due to resection of the anterior longitudinal ligament and anterior anulus seems to be a possible explanation. It still remains unclear if an impingement will result in facet joint protection or will trigger a loosening of the implant. A prosthesis design which preserves the anterior longitudinal ligament would be probably a possible solution.


A. Christodoulou P.D. Symeonidis G. Petsatodes A. Hatzisymeon L. Pappas J. Pournaras

Aim: Evaluation of health-related quality of life in scoliotic patients as compared to age matched general population individuals. Correlation with the curve degree and the method of treatment.

Material – method: Ninety patients with idiopathic scoliosis were interviewed. The assessment included: a) the SF-36 questionnaire, evaluating general health status, b) Specific Quality of Life Instrument, designed and validated for adolescents with spinal deformities, c) Postoperative Patients Satisfaction Score, for patients operated on for scoliosis. Patients were subdivided to three groups according to the curve degree and method of treatment: Group A, patients with curves < 20o, treated with observation and regular follow up. Group B, curves between 20o and 40o, treated with a Boston brace. Group C, curve > 40o, operative treatment.

Results: SF – 36 physical health summaries were not significantly different among the three groups, nor between the scoliotic patients and normal individuals. Mental health summaries and quality of life scores were lower in Group B and C patients.

Conclusion: Patients treated for idiopathic scoliosis were found to have approximately the same quality of life as the general population. Quality of life deterioration in scoliotic patients is mainly related to psychological rather than physical factors.


E. Vasiliadis T.B. Grivas V. Mouzakis C. Maziotou G. Koufopoulos K. Gkoltsiou

Aim: The study of quality of life in adolescents with Idiopathic Scoliosis (IS) that are treated conservatively with a brace.

Introduction: Study of patients’ quality of life, especially of those suffering a chronic disease that requires long term treatment, is of great interest in recent years. Although there are a lot of studies for psycological sequences in IS, only a few papers in the available literature are dealing with quality of life measurement. SF-36 generic questionnaire provides the physician with valuable outcomes of treatment in patients over 14 years old.

Material-Method: Inclusion criteria were diagnosis of IS, a curve between 20o–40o, age of the child between 14–16 years old, follow up by the same physician or team, conservative treatment of IS and minimum duration of brace treatment for 2 years. Twenty-eight children, 25 girls with a mean age 14.8 years old and 3 boys with a mean age 15 years old were included in the study and filled the form of SF-36 questionnaire. All children are still wearing the brace. A control group of 30 children were also filled SF-36 form.

Results: Mean score of SF-36 questionnaire was 76.29 (SD 9.105). Most negatively affected domains are Mental Health (mean score 54.3, SD 11.5) and Vitality (mean score 62.86, SD 16.5). Physical Functioning (mean score 79.3, SD 20.7), Role limitation due to Emotional problems (mean score 76.3, SD 25.23), Social Functioning (mean score 77.9, SD 17.13), Bodily Pain (mean score 79.6, SD 19.5) and General Health Perception (mean score 77.1, SD 19.94) are less affected domains. Best scores are achieved in Role limitation due to Physical problems (mean score 96.4, SD 9.45) and Change in Health (mean score 82.1, SD 23.78) domains.

Discussion-Conclusion: This report appears that brace treatment has negative effect on childrens’ quality of life. The use of SF-36 questionnaire through detection of most affected domains provides the physician a measurable outcome for child’s quality of life in order to 1) interfere with the selected method of conservative treatment and its modalities in a way that it would less affect the child and 2) provide the child specific psychological support by the doctor, the orthotist, the parents and the various voluntary organizations.


M. Ramirez J. Martinez A. Molina Bagò. G. Guiral E. Cáceres M.J. Colomina

Study Design: Prospective study cohort describing lung function, exercise tolerance and strength inspiratory and expiratory muscles.

Objective: To analyze lung function and ventilatory response to exercise in adolescents with thoracic curves > 45, candidates to surgery.

Summary of background: Adolescents with symptomatic scoliosis have little or no impairment of resting lung volumes. We have limited information about moderates scoliosis. In some series not found abnormalities and in others ones report little restrictive pulmonary function and lower exercise tolerance. We have found no one study that it have valuated the strength of the respiratory muscles.

Methods: From 2002 until 2003. They were evaluated 19 patients with AIS (4 males and 15 females) who were indicated to surgical treatment. Mean age of 16 (13–26). The mean Cobb angle was 61 (45–105). Flow curves were obtained by maximal forced expirations. Incremental exercise was performed by cycloergometry using the protocol described by Neder et al. Muscle strength was measured by one system of valve with incremental weight.

Results: The mean values of spirometry were FEV 1 81 (+/−14% ref), %FEV 1/FVC 82 +/−6, TLC 86 +/− 11%ref, RV 106 +/− 20% ref. The strength of respiratory muscles was significant lower, Pimax. 67% (p=0’030), Pemax 65% (p< 0’0001). In the exercise capacity the VO2 max was significantly lower (54’5 % ref., p< 0’05) but without to be the VE max and the heart rate the restricted factor.

Conclusions:

The rest lung volumes are into the normal values but in the lower side.

The strength of respiratory muscles is significant lower.

The patients have impaired exercise capacity, probably from deconditioning.


H. Behensky A.A. Cole B.J.C. Freeman M.P. Grevitt H.S. Mehdian J.K. Webb

Objective: We evaluated retrospectively whether there is a role for selective posterior thoracic correction and fusion in double major curves with third generation instrumentation systems.

Methods: In a retrospective review the radiographs of 36 patients with Lenke 3C type curve patterns and having had a selective posterior thoracic correction and fusion with either the Cotrel-Dubousset instrumentation or the Universal Spine System, were evaluated in terms of coronal and sagittal plane balance, curve flexibility, and curve correction with a minimum follow up of two years. Postoperative coronal spinal decompensation was investigated with respect to preoperative radiographic parameters on standing AP, thoracic and lumbar supine side-bending as well as lateral standing radiographs. Coronal spinal decompensation was defined as plumbline deviation of C7 of more than 2 cm with respect to the center sacral vertical line within two years postoperatively. Two groups of patients were analyzed.

Results: 26 patients (72%) showed satisfactory frontal plane alignment by means of C7 plumb line deviation (group A, 1.2 cm to the left), whereas 10 patients (28%) showed coronal spinal decompensation (group B: 2.7 cm to the left; p=0.003). Group differences, could be revealed for lumbar apical vertebral rotation (Perdriolle) (p=0.02, A: 16°, B: 22°) and the percentage correction (derotation) of lumbar apical vertebrae in lumbar supine side-bending films in comparison to AP standing radiographs (p=0.002, A: 49%, B: 27%). Average thoracic curve correction was 51% in group A and 41% in group B (p=0.05). Average lumbar curve correction was 34% in group A and 23% in group B (p=0.09).

High correlation was revealed between postoperative decompensation and derotation of lumbar apical vertebrae (P=0.62, p< 0.001) with a critical value of 40%. A 2x2 table showed that in patients with lumbar apical vertebral derotation of less than 40% specificity was 90% with regard to postoperative decompensation.

Conclusion: Lumbar apical vertebral derotation of less than 40%, determined on lumbar supine side-bending films in comparison to AP standing radiographs, provided the radiographic prediction of postoperative coronal spinal imbalance. We advice close scrunity of the transverse plane in the lumbar supine side-bending film when planning surgical strategy.


A.G. Martin D.S. Marks P. Firkins M. Handley

Background: Paediatric spinal systems made from stainless steel are effective at correcting early onset scoliosis in a non-fusion technique. The use of similar systems manufactured from titanium is an attractive alternative as it would allow Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the patient with its recognised imaging advantages.

Objective: We performed a prospective in vitro study to compare the mechanical performance of a current clinically used stainless steel construct with an identical proposed titanium alternative.

Methods: Twelve spinal constructs of each material were constructed in a typical in vivo configuration using a corpectomy model in accordance with ASTM F1798 standard. Five samples for each metal were subjected to axial compressive static loading at a rate of 1mm/s until plastically deformed. Seven samples for each metal were then subject to varying compressive cyclic loads until a 5 million cycle run out was observed. From this data a fatigue S-N curve was generated.

Results: The stiffness of each construct was then calculated and the results were statistically analysed. For steel and titanium we calculated 95% confidence intervals of 23.9 to 35.7 and 18.8 to 23.7 respectfully. Significance P(< 0.05). The fatigue strength to 5 million cycles was 179N and 150N for steel and titanium respectfully. Failure occured most commonly in the rods close to the transverse rod connector or the pedicle screw / polyethylene block interface.

Conclusions: We conclude that with identical dimensions, the stainless steel constructs had a significantly higher Modulus of Elasticity than titanium. The fatigue strength for steel was also higher than titanium. The potential use of titanium as an alternative to stainless steel in paediatric spinal systems is still an attractive alternative. Given the results, we would suggest that further re-designing and testing be carried out before clinical release and then initially be reserved for selected patients with lower body weight or physical demands.


A.H. Mirza E. Aldlyame C. Bhimarasetty J. Spilsbury D. Marks

Anterior scoliosis surgery is associated with potentially significant intra-operative blood loss, requiring homologous transfusion either intra- or post-operatively.

Blood loss in this type of surgery correlates with surgical & anaesthetic techniques. In our centre the development of specific anaesthetic techniques as well as the routine use of Cell Salvage has dramatically reduced the rates of homologous blood transfusion.

Currently specific indications for the use of the Cell Saver in Anterior Scoliosis have not been proven. Previous studies have commented on the beneficial aspects of recovered autologous transfusion for Orthopaedic patients in general, whilst others have shown a negligible advantage specifically in anterior thoracolumbar fusion surgery.

In order to assess the cost-effectiveness of the techniques used in Anterior Scoliosis Surgery we carried out a retrospective study of 180 consecutive patients, all of whom underwent instrumented anterior scoliosis correction between July 2000 and September 2004. A cell saver was used in all the cases, and hospital data (including haematological indices and number of levels fused) was collected. The median age of the study cohort was 11.2 years (range 7 – 64), and the male:female ratio was 1:8.4.

The average preoperative haemoglobin in all patients was 12.7g/dl and the average postoperative haemoglobin was 9.8g/dl. In total the rate of homologous transfusion requirement was 1 unit per 9.1 patients.

Results show that homologous transfusion was required in less than 11% of all patients. This is better than previously published rates of transfusion in similar procedures. The range of volume of intra-operatively salvaged cells was 200 to 770mls.

There was no correlation between the number of levels fused (extent of scoliosis corrective surgery) and units transfused.

Our experience shows that the use of Salvaged Autologous Blood Transfusion in anterior scoliosis surgery has an important role in reducing the incidence of postoperative anaemia and homologous transfusion requirements.


P. Fernandes S. Weinstein

A 14 year-old-female, underwent a T3-L3 instrumented posterior spinal fusion for a double major curve. Surgery under controlled hypotensive anesthesia was uneventful, with normal somatosensory and motor potentials. After instrumentation, patient underwent a normal wake-up test. The preoperative haemoglobin and haematocrit was 15.1g/dl with 41%, respectively. Estimated blood loss was 400cc and postoperative haemoglobin and haematocrit were 9.7g/dl and 31% respectively. Clinical examination was normal immediately postoperatively, on the first postoperative day and the beginning of the second postoperative day. At the end of POD 2, the patient started to feel both lower extremities “heavy” and sensitive to touch. She developed generalized proximal lower extremity weakness and was unable to stand. She was also unable to void after catheter removal. At this stage, her hemoglobin had dropped from 10 g/dl on POD 1 to 7.3 g/dl. Her haemoglobin fell to 6.2 g/dl the next day with a haematocrit of 18%. No significant bleeding was noticed, and other than lightheadedness, no haemodynamic changes were noted. Transfusion was performed correcting the haemoglobin to 9.3 g/dl and haematocrit to 27%. Compressive etiology was ruled out by post-operative myelogram-CT. Patient was discharged on POD 13 and was neurologically intact at three month follow-up. Discussion: Delayed neurological deficits have been reported, and are associated most frequently with epidural haematomas. Postoperative hypotension as the etiological factor has been reported only in an adult patient. As cord compression was ruled-out the only event we can correlate with the beginning of the neurological deficit is the unexplained acute drop in haemoglobin levels on the second day, possibly impairing normal cord oxygenation. If this is not the case, we would have to accept false negative results for the three standard methods currently available for spinal cord monitoring during surgery. In this case, the normal postoperative neurological exams, performed during the first 48 hours after surgery, and the subjective symptoms the patient experienced associated with the beginning of motor deficit, leads us to conclude that the injury happened on the second day in relation to the postoperative anaemia. Although we believe children tolerate low levels of haemoglobin, transfusion policies might have to be reconsidered as the cord may be transiently at risk for ischemic events after deformity correction.


Full Access
H.P. Singh S.S. Sangwan R.C. Siwach R. Singh

Objective: To study the role of anterior spinal surgery in scoliosis in Indian settings and to discuss the complications.

Study Design: Prospective study

Subjects: The present study comprises of forty patients of scoliosis in growing age group (10–25 years) with Cobbs angles ranging from 52”–98”. They were treated with Leeds procedure which is by anterior loosening followed by Posterior Harrington fixation + Luque derotation + Fusion and Costoplasty.

Results: Average correction of the deformity after surgery was 45%. Satisfaction level of patients and parents was good in 60% of the cases. Majority of the curves were thoracic (60%), and right sided (72%). The modality of treatment was decided on the basis of personality of each case, its demand and requirement, time of presentation and the potential for increasing severity. Anterior spinal surgery for scoliosis is an effective procedure in hands of experienced surgeons and it reduces stiffness of the curve, shortens the anterior column, and decreases thoracic lordosis that leads to some improvement of pulmonary function. But there is greater risk of damage to vital structures with higher risks of cardio-respiratory failure. The potential risks have to be balanced with the expected rewards. The optimum method of correction has to be decided by careful preoperative evaluation.

Conclusions: This study reaffirms the role of anterior spinal surgery in India as the patients due to lower levels of health awareness present late and with severe deformities. Combined procedure of anterior and posterior surgery causes lesser decrease in pulmonary functions than costoplasty alone, and achieves better cosmetic correction.


Th. Asumu V. Nadarajah H. Asumu

The rate of litigation following personal injury is rising at an exponential rate with no concomitant rise in the actual incidence of these injuries. It is recognised that physical injury can lead to mental health disturbance and such mental health disturbance can delay recovery following injury. No previous study has assessed the incidence of pre-existing mental health morbidity amongst personal injury claimants.

The general practitioners records of 750 consecutive personal injury claimants were examined. Mental health diagnoses prior to the index injury were noted and classified using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Association of psychiatry. Any treatment by mental health professionals was noted.

A highly significant excess of pre-injury psychiatric morbidity was identified in the study population. There was a 40% incidence of at least one mental health diagnosis. There was a highly significant excess of depression and anxiety. 10% of the study group had received treatment from at least one mental health professional.

Pre-existing psychiatric morbidity appears to be an independent predictive factor for pursuing litigation following personal injury. In light of existing knowledge that such psychiatric morbidity often results in prolongation of physical symptoms and poor response to standard treatment regimes, it is important to recognise such patients when providing a prognosis in a medico-legal context.


M.J.H. McCarthy A. Brodie C.E.W. Aylott D. Annesley-Williams A. Jones M.P. Grevitt

Introduction: Current evidence suggests that CES should be operated within 48 hours from onset of sphincteric symptoms in order to maximise chances of recovery. Measurement reproducibility of large disc prolapses and clinical correlations have not previously been studied.

Objectives: (1) Determine whether initial MRI findings correlate with clinical outcome (2) Study the reproducibility of MRI measurements of large disc prolapses (3) Estimate the ability to predict CES based on MRI alone.

Study Design: 31 patients with CES were identified, the case notes reviewed and the patients invited to attend clinic. Outcome consisted of history and examination, and several validated questionnaire assessments. 19 patients who underwent discectomy for persistent radiculopathy were identified. None had sphincteric symptoms. All had a significant surgical target. Digital photographs of all 50 MRIs were obtained showing the T2 mid-sagittal image and the axial image with the greatest disc protrusion. The Observers: 1 Consultant Radiologist, 2 Consultant Spinal Surgeons and 1 SHO did not know the number of patients in each group. Observers estimated the percentage spinal canal compromise on each view and indicated whether they thought the scan findings could produce CES. Measurements were repeated after 2 weeks.

Results: 26 patients attended clinic mean follow up 51 months (25 to 97). As expected, the % canal compromise differed significantly between the two groups (p0.001). 12 of the 26 patients with CES had, on average, over75% canal compromise. No significant correlations were found between MRI canal compromise and clinical outcome. Canal compromise did predict whether the patient would fail their Trial Without Catheter (p0.05). Based on MRI alone, the correct identification of CES has sensitivity 68%, specificity 78%, positive predictive value 84% and negative predictive value 58%. Kappa values for intra-observer reproducibility ranged from 0.4 to 0.85 for sagittal compromise, axial compromise and correct prediction of CES. All three interobserver kappa values for these measurements were 0.64.

Conclusions: This is the largest radiological case series of CES with 4 years clinical follow up. Canal compromise on MRI does not appear to directly predict clinical outcome. Reproducibility of MRI measurements of large disc protrusions has substantial agreement. MRI could be of help in equivocal cases if the scan shows a large disc.


M. Pereira N. Ventura A. Ey L. Neves M. Ramos Ch. Alves M. Dinis

Introduction: Concave ribs are in a position to act as a butttress preventing the reduction of the spine towards the midline. Segmental concave ribs osteotomy decrease the buttress effect increases the flexibility of the curve and allow the spine to approach a more mideline position.

Purpose: To analyze radiographic and perioperative data in patients undergoing posterior thoracic instrumented fusion and concave ribs osteotomies.

Methods: 34 patients with rigid thoracic curves treated with hybrid constructs (hooks, wires and pedicle screw) and concave rib osteomies( averaged 5) between 2000 and 2003 are included. All patients obtained pre-operative upright and bending films and postoperative upright films. Cobb angle was collected and three parameters were assessed: percent flexibility, percent scoliosis correction and the percent bend corecction. Main age was 14 years with 20 females and minimun follow up 1 year.

Results: There were 13 A.I.S., 8 neuromuscular cases and the rest associate to different pathologies (syringomyelia, cardiopathy ect.). Preoperative thoracic curve averaged 78(60–112); percent bend correction veraged 25% and postoperative correction averaged 58%. There were no neurological complications, 4 patients developed pulmonary complications ( pleural effusion) who required suction drenage.

Conclusions. Rigid curves undergoing concave rib osteotomies achieved a postoperative curve that was 58% of the preoperative bend curve. Concave rib osteomomies increase flexibility of severe rigid curves avoiding anterior realese in the great majority of large curves with minimmal pulmorary complication. Overlapping the osteotomized ribs on the concave rod the chest asymmetry improves and the cosmetical result of the operation is improved.


P. Vorlat Z. Farhad T.W. Duquet P. Haentjens

Introduction: Now that evidence base medicine gains importance scientifically good evaluation of the results of treatment is fundamental. There exist however a large number of evaluation tools for dorsolumbar disorders. These tools measure different aspects of outcome, like pain, impairment, handicap, disability, satisfaction and health perception. These tools are not always well validated either. These problems make it difficult to select the appropriate test for different purposes.

Aim of the study: To compose and evaluate a system of outcome measuring tools that covers most aspects of outcome and that is relevant to spine surgeons.

Materials and Methods: The tests were selected from literature, based on their scientific validity, their relevance, the frequency of their use by others and the ease of their use. The visual analogue scale for pain (VAS-pain), the low back outcome score (LBOS), the handicap subsection of the LBOS, the finger-tip to floor test (FTFT), The Oswestry disability index (ODI) and patient satisfaction were tested in a group of “pure-dorsolumbar-disorder-patients” (selected from a trauma group) and in a group of patients with degenerative disorders, as encountered in a spine surgery practice. The prospectively gathered pre- vs. postop. differences obtained with the different tests were compared with those obtained with the Oswestry disability index, which was chosen as “golden standard”. The obtained correlations (Kendall’s rank correlation coefficients and point-biserial coefficient) are a measure for the construct-validity and responsiveness of the different tests.

Results: The correlation with the ODI was: weak and not significant for VAS-pain in the degenerative group, for FTFT-distance in both groups, for FTFT-pain in the trauma group and for satisfaction in both groups. The same correlation was weak but significant for the VAS-pain in the trauma group and for the LBOS-handicap part in the trauma group. It was moderate for LBOS and the LBOS-disability part in both groups, for the LBOS-handicap part in the degenerative group and for FTFT-pain in the degenerative group. There was no correlation of satisfaction with the other tests. Correlation of FTF- pain with VAS-pain was not significant in the degenerative group and moderate and in the trauma group.


I. Karnezis Ch. Pasapula

Aims: The aim of the present study was to investigate the correlation between the topography of the reported symptoms of ‘mechanical’ lower back pain and the findings from the MRI of the lumbar spine.

Methods: Topography (‘pain charts’) of the lower back pain (upper, middle, lower lumbar and sacro-iliac areas) and the MRI findings (disc morphology, Modic-type end plate changes, presence and degree of spondylolisthesis) of 230 consecutive patients with ‘mechanical’ lower back pain without neurological symptoms were studied. Chi-square test was used for the statistical analysis.

Results: Analysis showed that the presence of L5/S1 level pathology is associated (p=0.018) with pain in the middle lumbar area. No other statistically significant association between pathology of another level and pain in other lumbar areas was observed.

Conclusions: Contrary to the general belief, pathology of the lowest lumbar spinal level as diagnosed from MRI may be associated with pain in the middle lumbar area while other pathological levels are not necessarily associated with specific areas of pain in the lower back.


R. Khan D. Fick Ch. Guier M. Menolascino M. Neal

Introduction: Acute compartment syndrome is most commonly seen in the lower limb. Only four cases have been reported in the paraspinal muscles. The common features of this condition have not been described.

Methods: Following the successful surgical treatment of a case of bilateral paraspinal muscle compartment syndrome, a thorough search was made of all similar cases in Medline, and by hand-searching of references lists.

Results: Only four other cases of non-traumatic paraspinal compartment syndrome were identified in the literature. Closer analysis revealed many features in common with our case. The condition tends to occur in skiers in their 20s with a previous history of exercise-induced back pain. Patients present with paraspinal muscle spasm and loss of sensation of the loin, after a few days of heavy exertion. There is abdominal tenderness and bowel sounds are reduced. Consistent findings on blood chemistry are marked elevation of creatinine kinase, myoglobin and LDH. There is an associated myoglobinuria. MRI is helpful in identifying extent of muscle involvement and guiding surgical intervention. The most useful investigation is the direct measurement of compartment pressures. Treatment can be operative or non-operative, although surgery is associated with more rapid recovery and elimination of pain.

Discussion and Conclusion: The common features of acute paraspinal compartment syndrome of non-traumatic origin have not previously been recognised. We have helped define the characteristics of this condition to aid earlier recognition and treatment.


M. Al-Sarawan R. Hussein M.J. Mostert S. Sakka

Aim: To establish the effectiveness of using the intra-operative cell saver in spinal surgery.

Methods: Patients undergoing posterior instrumental lumber spine fusion with iliac crest bone graft were selected to have intra-operative red cell salvage using the cell saver machine (Dideco Electra-Auto-transfusion Cell Separator). 20 patients were in the study group. The control group consisted of 28 patients who had undergone similar surgery prior to introducing the cell saver. The parameters identified were: pre and post operative haemoglobin, clotting state, volume of transfused allogenic blood, volume of transfused autollogous blood using the cell saver and indications for transfusion. Statistical analysis: the chi-square and the t-test.

Results: The average age in the cell saver group was 43.8 years and in the control group 48.3 (p> 0.09). The number of levels fused was comparable between the two groups (p> 0.1). There was no difference in the pre and post operative haemoglobin level in the two groups (p> 0.7 & p> 0.3 respectively). No patient had a pre-operative coagulopathy. Two patients (10%) in the cell saver group received an intra-operative allogenic transfusion, 14 patients (50%) in the non-cell saver group received a transfusion. The difference was significant (p< 0.004). Conclusion: The use of the cell saver significantly reduces the need for allogenic blood transfusion in major spinal surgery. We therefore recommend its routine use in such procedures.


A. Sivaraman A.S. Raman Ravi S.K. Hegde

Introduction and aims: Instrumentation in Spinal Tuberculosis is a controversial issue. The introduction of Pedicle screws in spinal fixation offered a new dimension to the management of this difficult problem.

Method: We have operated on 147 patients with Spinal Tuberculosis between 1990 and 2001. Between 1990 and 1995 we treated 45 patients in the traditional manner with anterior decompression and strut grafting. During this period we encountered an unacceptably high rate of complications, such as graft collapse, progression of deformity and pseudoarthrosis.

Between 1995 and 2001 we adopted the practice of anterior radical surgery combined with instrumentation (mesh cages and modern multisegment hook/screw system), and employed this approach in 102 patients. Of these: 28 patients underwent surgery at dorsal vertebral level, 35 at dorsolumbar level, and 39 at lumbar level.

Our experience has enabled us to develop a protocol in the management of these patients depending on:

The level of vertebral involvement (cervico-dorsal/ dorsolumbar/lumbar),

The presence of single or multilevel disease and

Location of disease in the spinal columns.

In dorsal lesions involving less than two consecutive levels with no deformity, we performed anterior procedure only. In multilevel dorsal lesions with no deformity we did anterior followed by the posterior surgery. In dorsal lesions with deformity we performed Back-Front-Back procedure. In dorsolumbar lesions with single level disease we did anterior procedure only. In presence of multisegment involvement with or without deformity we did Back-Front-Back procedure. In lumbar lesions with anterior and middle column involvement without deformity we performed anterior surgery only. In lumbar lesions with all column involvement with deformity we performed anterior and posterior surgery.

Results: With the use of instrumentation we achieved satisfactory results in terms of correction of deformity. We were also able to carry out extensive debridement (with anticipation of gaining stability with instrumentation), thereby clearing infection locally and effecting neurological improvement in all our cases. There were a few minor complications in our second (instrumented) group. No major complications (death, deep secondary infection or deterioration of the neurology), occurred in this group.

Conclusion: We conclude that Instrumentation in Spinal Tuberculosis is safe. It allows the surgeon to debride the tissues safely and to stabilise the spine and thus prevent deformity. Instrumentation also allows early mobilisation. The radical debridement leads to a reduction in recurrence of infection at the operative site.


M.J.H. McCarthy A. Brodie C.E.W. Aylott D. Annesley-Williams M.P. Grevitt M.C. Bishop

Objective: Determine factors influencing outcome after surgery for cauda equina syndrome with particular attention sphincteric recovery. Subjects:56 patients with evidence of a sphincteric disturbance who underwent urgent surgery between 1994 and 2002 were identified and invited for follow up.

Outcome Measures: History and examination, Oswestry Disability Index, Short Form 36, Visual Analogue Score, Low Back Outcome Score, Modified Somatic Perception Score, Modified Zung Depression Score, International Prostate Severity Score, Male Sexual Health Questionnaire and Sheffield Female Pelvic Floor Questionnaire.

Results: 42 patients attended with a mean follow up of 60 months (25 to 114 months). Mean age at onset was 41 years (24 to 67 years) with 23 males and 19 females. 25 patients had sudden onset of symptoms in less than 24 hours. 26 patients were operated on within 48 hours of onset. At presentation urinary retention was associated with acute onset of less than 24 hours (p0.01), leg weakness (p0.01), abnormal leg sensation (p0.05) and abnormal rectal tone (p0.05). Bilateral radiculopathy was associated with leg weakness (p0.005). All patients with abnormal rectal tone (21) had abnormal rectal sensation. At follow up significantly more females had urinary incontinence (p0.001) and bowel disturbance (p0.05), higher VAS scores (p0.05) and lower SF36 Pain and Energy scores (p0.05) than males. Urinary disturbance at presentation did not affect the outcomes. Bowel disturbance at presentation was associated with sexual problems (0.005) and abnormal rectal tone (p0.05) at follow up. Objective reduced perianal sensation at onset persisted in a significant number at follow up (21/32 patients; p0.05) as did leg weakness (14/23; p0.005). There was a weak association between delay to operation and bowel disturbance (p0.05) at follow up. Eight patients had faecal soiling and faecal incontinence at follow up and this was associated with sudden onset of symptoms, initial abnormal rectal tone and time to operation (p0.05). The SF36 scores at follow up were reduced compared to age matched norms in the population. The mean ODI was 29, LBOS 42 and VAS 4.5.

Conclusions: In our series the duration of symptoms and speed of onset prior to surgery appears to influence bowel but not bladder outcome two years after surgery. Based on the SF36, LBOS and ODI scores, patients who have had CES do not return to a normal status. Patient counselling about this would therefore be appropriate.


J. Funk Ch. Gross A. Disch S. Schneider St. Tohtz C. Perka M. Putzier

The objective of this study was to evaluate the suitability of autologous periosteal cells for spinal fusion in humans. Lumbar spondylodesis has a slow consolidation rate with a consecutive lengthy period of inability to work and the risk of non-union. This study evaluates the applicability of a cell-matrix construct for spinal fusion using clinical and radiological parameters.

All experiments were approved by the university ethics committee. Lumbar spondylodesis of the segments L4/5 or L5/S1 was performed in 20 healthy patients (mean age 45 years). Indication for surgery was DDD resistant to conservative treatment. 10 weeks before fusion operation, a piece of periosteum was harvested from the proximal tibia of the patient. The material was chopped and digested. In the washed cell suspension cell number and viability were determined. The viability was greater 90% before seeding. After four passages, the cells were mixed with human fibrinogen, and soaked into polymer fleeces. Polymerization was achieved by adding thrombin. The 3D constructs were cultured for 3 weeks. The final application form were chips of 2mm thickness and 8mm diameter. Spondylodesis was performed using a ventral approach for implantation of 2 titanium cages and a dorsal approach for application of a transpedicular screw-rod system (Medtronic, Sofamor Danek). In 10 patients the chips were implanted ventrally within the cage. The other 10 patients obtained a dorsal intertransverse transplantation of the chips. Pre-operative, 3, 6, 9, and 12 months after surgery a clinical examination was performed, radiographs, and functional scores were obtained.

No implant associated side effects were noted. Especially, signs of infection or allergic reaction have not been observed. The harvest sites of all patients presented symptom-free after 3 months. The rate of consolidation was 60% after 6 months, 90% after 9 months, and 100% after 12 months. No clinical or radiological signs for implant failure or malpositioning were observed. 90% of the patients were satisfied with the outcome of the surgery.

Cultured autologous periosteal cells are a suitable material for anterior as well as posterior spinal fusion in humans. They may accelerate the rate of fusion and reduce the risk of non-union. Rate and velocity of osseous consolidation need to be compared to that of patients treated with iliac crest autograft. A major advantage might be the lower rate of graft site morbidity.


S.K. Fokter S.A. Yerby W. Brieske V. Vengust M. Kotnik M. Sajovic

Surgical decompression is the recommended treatment for patients with moderate to severe degenerative lumbar spinal stenosis (DLSS). Although complication risk has been shown to be higher with concomitant fusion, the success rate is not necessarily superior. This study analyzed the success rates of 58 DLSS patients treated with decompressive surgery. Twenty patients received concomitant instrumented fusion. Outcomes were measured with the Swiss Spinal Stenosis Questionnaire (SSSQ) completed pre-operatively and at least 12 months post-operatively (range 12 to 54 months). Overall, 63.8% of the patients had significant clinical improvement in Symptom Severity, 55.2% had significant clinical improvement in Physical Function, and 58.6% of the patients were at least somewhat satisfied; 43.1% (25/58) of the patients met all three criteria and were considered to be clinically successful. There were no statistically significant differences between the clinical success rates of the non-fusion and fusion groups, but the change in mean change of the Symptom Severity score for the fusion group was significantly greater than that of the non-fusion group. Also, patients with more severe pre-operative symptoms and more physical function restrictions had better success results than those patients with more mild symptoms and less restrictive physical function. The results of this study demonstrate that decompressive surgery with concomitant fusion does not impose a greater risk than decompressive surgery alone and the clinical results of the added fusion are somewhat superior to decompressive surgery alone.


A. Shetty N. Shaw C.G. Greenough

Introduction: Following surgical discectomy for pro-lapsed lumbar intervertebral disc, a proportion of patients develop leg symptoms on the side contra-lateral to the original surgery. Among other causes, subsequent disc space narrowing together with on-going degenerative changes may cause root entrapment in the lateral recess or in the intervertebral canal at the level of the previous disc prolapse.

It has been previously reported that the results of discectomy are less successful in patients with pre-existing spinal stenosis. It may be argued that patients with a narrow spinal canal would be more prone to the development of contra-lateral symptoms. The aim of this study was to determine whether any measurement on the pre-operative CT scan could predict the development of contra-lateral symptoms, or provide an indication for prophylactic decompression of the contra-lateral side at the time of the original surgery.

Materials & Methods: In a retrospective cohort of 43 patients following lumbar discectomy, eight subsequently developed symptoms on the contra-lateral side of whom three required subsequent contra-lateral surgery. A relationship was demonstrated between a measurement taken on the pre-operative CT scan (the oblique sub-facet distance) and the occurrence of contra-lateral symptoms following discectomy.

Conclusion: An oblique sub-facet distance of 8mm or less predicted the development of contra-lateral symptoms with a sensitivity of 75 % and a specificity of 74%.


R. Srivastava

Objective: The most dreaded and crippling complication of spinal tuberculosis is pott’s paraplegia.

The use of instrumentation in the presence of infection is usually deferred for the fear of formation of a focus, persistence bio material centered infection, preferential bacterial colonization and production of a bio-film (glycocalyx) which protects them from host defenses and chemotherapeutic agents. Fortunately, mycobacterium tuberculosis is less adhesive and produces less bio-film than other bacteria and the likelihood of persistence infection in the presence of implants is smaller.

Design: The present study is being conducted to study the positive and negative effects of decompression with instrumentation and to analyze and compare the results of conservative treatment, surgical decompression and decompression with instrumentation.

Participants/Methods: The study was conducted in 56 patients. All patients of Pott’s Paraplegia admitted during June,02 to June,03 were included. According to the treatment given the patients were divided into three groups:

Group I – Conservative treatment.

Group II – Surgical decompression only

Group III – Surgical decompression combined with instrumentation

Results: At different time intervals almost equal neurological recovery was found in group II and group III while slow recovery in group I.

The mean ambulatory time was almost equal in group I and group II while very low (less than a week) in group III.

Pain function score grade shifted towards excellency with time in all groups-- p=4.48 x 10-3 in group I, p=4.44 x 10-7 in group in II and p = 4.49 x 10-7 in group III.

The change from grade B to grade A is quick in group III. Excellent grade is maximum (77.8%) in group III and nil in group I (p value at 6 in = 1.22 x 10-3 which is statistically significant.


S. Morris W. Dar I. Kelly

Background: Interest is growing in minimally invasive techniques to treat vertebral fractures in the elderly population. Amongst the benefits mooted are relief of pain and prevention of deformity. However little background data is available concerning the long-term outcome of such patients treated by either conservative or surgical means.

Aim: To describe the natural history of a cohort of patients with osteoporotic vertebral fractures, treated conservatively with bedrest and a Taylor brace.

Patients and Methods: All patients admitted to our institution over a five-year period following a vertebral fracture were identified. A total of 223 patients were admitted over the study period. Of these, 61 were suitable for inclusion in the study. Following departmental approval all patients were contacted by phone and invited to participate in the study. Patients were examined in the clinic, plain radiographs were performed and the Oswestry pain score, a visual analogue pain score (VAS), and SF36 questionnaire were completed.

Inclusion criteria: Patients over 65years at time of injury

Minor trauma e.g. minor fall

No neurological deficit

Exclusion criteria

Patients over 65years who were involved in major trauma.

Non-Irish residents.

Results: Mean patient age at the time of injury was 72.1years. Mean duration of follow up was 8.2 years with a minimum follow up of 5 years. Seven patients were lost to follow up. Of the remaining fifty-four patients, five had died since their admission. According to family members none had any pain or neurological symptoms related to their backs. Forty patients attended the clinic for review while nine completed telephone questionnaires.

On examination two patients had a clinically evident kyphosis. The mean range of anterior flexion was 78.9° + 15°. The mean VAS pain score was 2.2 + 2.0. No significant correlation existed between the magnitude of the initial vertebral collapse and the Oswestry or SF36 scores. No significant further vertebral collapse was noted on radiographic follow up. A small cohort of patients did develop chronic back pain. These patients’ outcome could not be predicted on the basis of initial radiographs.

Discussion: Our study supports conservative management: most patients recovered normal function and suffered little long-term pain. It was not possible to predict which patients would develop chronic back pain on the basis of initial radiographs. This calls into question the indications for undertaking vertebroplasty or kyphoplasty in the treatment of such patients.


H. Fengler C. Strassberger

Vertebroplasty is a minimal invasive technique in the management of osteoporotic vertebral fractures. Clinical and biomechanical investigations could show the strengthening effect of the unipedicular injection of osteoporotic vertebral bodies using different materials. Little is known about the distribution of the inhected material and the resulting biomechanical outcome. The present study was designed with the focus on investigating both, the biomechanical behaviour and the cement distribution in augmentation of osteoporotic vertebrae using the vertebroplasty technique.

40 osteoporotic vertebral bodies were injected unipedicular with an amount of 6ml of two different PMMA bone cements (Vertebroplastik/DePuy; Simplex/Stryker-Howmedica-Osteonics). Strength and stiffness were measured during axial compression. For the investigation of the cement distribution, two sections of each injected vertebral body were cut, digitally imaged and analysed by an image processing software using a specially developed procedure.

The augmentation with Vertebroplastik bone cement resulted in a significant increased failure load compared to control. The use of both cements showed a significant increased resistance to further compression fractures. For the Vertebroplastik bone cement a significant better flow to the centre of the vertebral body was observed.

Vertebroplasty of osteoporotic vertebral bodies by using Vertebroplastik and Simplex PMMA bone cement results in significant increased failure load and resistance to further compression under laboratory conditions. The investigation of the cement distribution showed a significant better spreading of the Vertebroplastik bone cement to the centre of the vertebral body.

From the experimental point of view we recommend the augmentation of osteoporotic vertebral bodies to prevent further collapse.


E. Caceres M.T. Ubierna A. Garcia de Frutos A. Llado A. Molina G. Salo M. Ramirez

Objective: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of surgical reconstruction of posttraumatic deformity. Posttraumatic kyphosis (PTK) causes pain, neurological deficit, sagittal imbalance, progressive deformity, cosmetic and functional deterioration. Its treatment is cause of controversy and technically demanding. There are few reviews in the literature about the results of its surgical treatment.

Methods: From 1995 to 2002 twenty-one patients suffering from posttraumatic thoracolumbar kyphosis were operated. The average follow-up was 3.9 years (range 6 – 1 years). The average age was 38 years (range 23–62): 13 female and 8 male. All patients complained about vertebral pain, 16 located at the apex of the deformity, 2 patients in the lumbar area and 3 patients referred also pain above the lesion. Three patients had irradiated circumferential pain and 4 patients mild neurological deficit. Two patients showed sexual dysfunction. In one patient only anterior approach with allograft reconstruction and anterior plate fixation was performed. In 17 patients simultaneous or staged approach with posterior release, anterior discectomy and allograft reconstruction and posterior compressed instrumentation was performed. In three patients a posterior closing wedge osteotomy was performed

Results: Postoperative pain decreased from 7.5 to 2.8 (VAS). Functional status: preoperative 42.3 % and postoperative 13.8% (Oswestry score). There was no hardware failure. All cases showed solid fusion without significant loss of correction. The average corrected kyphosis was 27.3°. All patients were satisfied with their cosmetic result. No cavity drainage was performed in 2 patients with syringomielia. 1 of 4 patients with neurological deficit did not improve. Two patients had thoracic neuropathic postoperative pain; one of them needed pain clinic treatment until remission. One case had superficial infection. One patient showed a Chylous leakage.

Discussion: Only few works analyze the results of surgical treatment of PTK. The controvesrsy between anterior-aposterior surgery versus posterior closing wedge osteotomy depens of classification of posttraumatic spinal deformities based on three criteria: the region involved, the neurological status and the presence of any sagittal or frontal plane deformities outsides the local kyphosis

Conclusions: Our results suggest that the double approach with anterior allograft and posterior instrumentation shows clinical and radiological efficacy for sagittal posttraumatic deformity. In spite of surgical risk, there have been few complications with a high rate of patient satisfaction.


S. Becker M. Garoscio M. Ogon

Recurrent fracture risk after kyphoplasty is inferior to vertebroplasty, but the risk is still eminent. The reduction of kyphosis is strongly related to the age of the fracture, therefore the reduction and the correction of the kyphosis varies. We investigated the indication of a prophylactic kyphoplasty of adjacent levels to the fracture site in order to decrease the postoperative refracture risk.

Study design: Prospective randomized clinical study, 2 groups: monosegmental kyphoplasty versus bi- or multi-segmental kyphoplasty with prophylactic level superior to the fracture. F/U 6 months with X-rays

Results: Group 1: monosegmental stabilisation: (20 pat. 4 male, 16 female, 27 levels). 5 refractures. 3 refractures adjacent to the kyphoplasty, 2 cases not related to the primary stabilisation.

In 2 cases cement leakage was seen as direct cause of the refracture.

Group 2: prophylactic stabilisation (28 pat. 4 male, 24 female, 63 levels, 29 prophylactic levels). 8 refractures, all adjacent to kyphoplasty. In 3 cases cement leakage as cause of recurrent fracture.

Conclusion: Refracture rates are in both groups similar (group 1: 25% refracture risk, group 2: 28% refracture risk). Therefore we do not see the need for a generalised prophylactic stabilisation of adjacent levels with kyphoplasty. It is crucial to avoid any leakage, which has a direct impact on the fracture rate, only in those cases we advise a prophylactic stabilisation at the leakage site. In general kyphoplasty is preferable to vertebroplasty due to the decreased leakage and embolism rate.


I. Gaitanis G. Carandang A. Ghanayem L. Voronov F. Phillips R. Havey M. Zindrick A. Hadjipavlou A. Patwardhan

Purpose: The purpose of this biomechanical study was to assess: (1) the effect of thoracic vertebral compression fracture (VCF) on kyphosis and physiologic compressive load path, and (2) the effect of balloon kyphoplasty and spinal extension on restoration of normal geometric and loading alignment.

Methods: Six fresh human thoracic specimens, each consisting of three adjacent vertebrae were used. In order to create a VCF, IBTs were placed transpedicularly into the middle VB and cancellous bone was disrupted by inflation of IBTs. After cancellous bone disruption the specimens were compressed using bilateral loading cables until a fracture was observed. Fracture reduction by spinal extension, and then by balloon kyphoplasty was performed under a physiologic compressive preload of 250 N. The vertebral body heights, kyphotic deformity, and location of compressive load path were measured on video-fluoroscopy images.

Results: The VCF caused anterior VB height loss of 3715%, middle-height loss of 3416%, segmental kyphosis increase of 147.0 degrees, and vertebral kyphosis increase of 135.5 degrees (p< 0.05). The compressive load path shifted anteriorly by 20% of A-P endplate width in the fractured and adjacent VBs (p=0.01). IBT inflation alone restored anterior VB height to 918.9%, middle-height to 9114%, and segmental kyphosis to within 5.65.9 degrees of pre-fracture values. The compressive load path returned posteriorly in all three VBs (p=0.00): the load path remained anterior to the pre-fracture location by 9–11% of the A-P endplate width. The extension moment fully restored the compressive load path to its pre-fracture location. Under this moment, the anterior and middle VB heights were restored to 858.6% and 749.4% of pre-fracture values, respectively. The segmental kyphosis was fully restored to its pre-fracture value; however, the middle height and kyphotic deformity of the fractured VB remained smaller than the pre-fracture values (p< 0.05).

Conclusions: An anterior shift of the compressive load path in VBs adjacent to VCF can induce additional flexion moments. The eccentric loading may contribute to the increased risk of new VB fractures adjacent to an uncorrected VCF deformity. Extension moment could fully correct the segmental kyphosis but could not restore the middle height of the fractured vertebral body. Balloon kyphoplasty reduced the VCF deformity and partially restored the compressive load path to normal alignment.


L. Gerdesmeyer M. Ulmer H. Rechl

Introduction: During the last years minimal-invasive augmentation techniques of vertebral bodies have been established to stabilize painful height losses. Kyphoplasty was described in osteoporotic fractures for stabilisation and high restoration of the collapsed vertebral body. Kyphoplasty intends to achieve a reduction of kyphosis prior to cementing.

Aim: The study was performed to analyze the Kyphoplasty technique in patients with tumour induced back pain due to affected vertebral bodies.

Method: 7 Patients with Tumour induced back pain were enrolled. MRI, CT and x-ray were performed to confirm the diagnosis and for staging. All patients have severe and significant back pain. Primary spine tumours were excluded. To evaluate the clinical outcome the Oswestry

Score and McNab Score were used. CT scans after procedure were performed to detect cement extrusion. The follow up examinations 12 weeks after Kyphoplasty were performed by an independent blinded observer.

Results: 6 patients complete 12 week follow up. All subjects reported significant subjective improvement on the McNab Score (2 excellent, 3 good,1 moderate outcome.) Oswestry Score showed the same results (74±12 Pts at Baseline and 28±9 at 12 week follow up).


A. Sionek W. Zasacki J. Czubak W. Przybysz W. Kucharczyk M. Tyrakowski

The aim of the study was to assess the results of posterolateral fusion (PLF) of L5/S1 level spondylolisthesis.

Materials 19 children (5 girls, 14 boys) aged 10–18 years (average 14) were treated surgically PLF in years 1985–2002. 18 cases before surgery were classified as grade I and II, 1 as grade III according to Meyerding classification. Long lasted low back pain, progression of the slippage was the main indication for operative treatment.

In every case suspension in prone position were applied before surgery.

Methods The Denis clinical classification was used to evaluate results. On radiographs we evaluated the verticalisation of the sacrum, lordosis at lumbosacral area by drawing Whitman-Ferguson, Boxall, Fernand-Fox angles. The mobility of the fused segment was estimated on the functional radiographs.

Results In clinical evaluation improvement was achieved in 18 cases, in 1 no improvement was achieved. In radiological estimation the slippage decreased in 17 cases varying from 1 grade to 39 grades (average 10 grades). In 1 case no improvment was achieved and in 1 the slippage increased (8 grades). The value of Fernand-Fox angle increased from 1 grade to 35 grades in 16 cases; in 1 no improvement was achieved and in 2 cases the value decreased. In every patient the posterior segmental union was achieved.

On MRI scans disc degeneration was observed in 2 patients.

Conlusions Our results confirm the existence of the remodeling process in the lumbo-sacral area of the spine.

We think that PLF in painful grade I and II spondylolisthesis is adequate method of treatment.


F.E. Sayegh K Anagnostidis V. Makris. J. Tsitouridis J. Kirkos A.G.. Kapetanos

Percutaneous vertebroplasty is an effective procedure for the treatment of osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures, spinal metastasis and other pathologic spinal diseases. However, there has been no mention in the relevant literature of the use of percutaneous vertebroplasty for the treatment of spinal pseudarthrosis in ankylosing sponyloarthritis. A 58-year-old male with a long standing ankylosing spondylitis presented with increasing, intolerable and non-intractable back pain. There was a 16- month-old history of a non-significant minor fall. Various radiological imaging technicques showed spinal pseudarthrosis with extensive discovertebral destruction and fracture of the posterior elements at the level T11–T12. Under local anaesthesia, and through a transpedicular approach with the guidance of CT, the cannula of a large bore needle was introduced into the level of spinal pseudarthrosis. Bone cement was then instilled into the affected spinal level. Results were documented by spiral CT and with sagittal reconstructions. Extraosseous cement leakage was seen at the puncture site of the vertebra and in the epidural veins and the paravertebral vessels. However, the patient did not present any immediate or late neurological and systemic complications. Percutaneous vertebroplasty of spinal pseudarthrosis in patients with ankylosing spondylitis is an effective procedure for stabilization of the affected spine segments and pain management.


D. Carlo C. Doria P. Lisa F. Milia L. Floris M. Serra F. Barca

Corticosteroid-induced osteoporosis is the most common cause of drug-related osteoporosis and appears frequently in the patients affected from rheumatoid arthritis with high rate of pathological vertebral compression fractures (VCFs). The consequences of VCFs include pain related to the fracture and spinal kyphosis. The aim of treatment of osteoporosis is to halt bone loss, to reduce pain and to prevent the occurrence of future fractures through osteoinduction. The treatment of osteoporotic VCFs ideally should address both the fracture-related pain and associated spinal deformity. Balloon kyphoplasty entails the insertion and expansion of an inflatable bone tamps (IBT) in a fractured vertebral body. Bone cement is then deposited into the cavity created by the IBT to reduce the kyphosis and repair the fracture. Twenty-nine corticosteroid-induced osteoporotic VCFs were treated during 21 balloon kyphoplasty procedures in 17 patients. Standing radiographs centered on the treated level/s obtained prekyphoplasty and postkyphoplasty were analysed for improvement in sagittal alignment using the Cobb technique. The clinical outcomes were assessed according to visual analogue scale with 0 representing no pain and 10 severe pain. Patients rated their pain before surgery, 1 week after surgery and at 1 year-postoperative period. Mean improvement in local sagittal alignment was 11.3° (range 0°–32°). All of the patients who had reached the 1-year postoperative period had reported a high reduction in pain, with 11 patients reporting no pain whatsoever. Corticosteroid-induced osteoporotic VCFs present a significant economic burden to society and result in severe clinical consequences leading to impaired function, reduced pulmonary function and overall increase in mortality. Traditional medical option including bed rest, bracing and analgesics have proven to be insufficient. Patients with rheumatoid arthritis treated with kyphoplasty in combination with pharmacologic therapy return to higher activity levels, leading to increased independence and quality of life.


F. Kindhaeuser S. Ruetten M. Komp G. Godolias

Introduction: Revision procedures in pain syndromes following spinal operations can bring unsatisfactory results. When all therapies fail, there is the possibility of implantation of SCS. The 8-pole electrode and double-electrode technique broaden the spectrum. The purpose of this prospective study is to evaluate the results of the use of SCS in the technique cited in chronic lumbar pain syndrome of previously-operated patients.

Methods: An SCS system was implanted in 37 previously-operated patients (16 f, 21 m; mean age 42 years) with therapy-resistant chronic lumbar pain syndrome (duration 31–62 months, all MPSS Grade III). All patients had undergone multiple surgery (2–5 times). 13 patients had also undergone fusion operation. The daily morphine dose applied ranged from 60–200 mg MST retard or equivalent. All patients also presented with somatizing tendencies. In addition to general criteria special measuring instruments were used. The follow-up period lasted 3 years. All patients could be included.

Results: The external test phase lasted 15 to 45 days. 29 patients needed a double-electrode system. With the exception of one patient who was not included in the study, all patients desired permanent receiver implantation. Three times during the test phase there was dislocation of the electrode which could be corrected during receiver implantation. Three late dislocations could be corrected in one case by external repoling of the electrodes and in one case by revision under local anesthesia.. One patient required open implantation of a 16-pole plate electrode. All patients attained a reduction to MPSS grade II. The VAS revealed reduction by at least 4 categories, with maximum 7. Similar results were found in the specific back scores. In the SF-36, the level of the normal sample with back pain, ischias and disk damage was attained. The morphine dose could be reduced by at least 50%. 9 patients no longer required long-term medication. All results were stable throughout the follow-up period. All patients said they would have the procedure repeated.

Discussion/Conclusion: SCS in 8-pole and double-electrode technique is a sufficient procedure in the therapy of chronic lumbar pain syndrome in previously-operated patients. Accurate indication and test phase are necessary. Even somatizing tendencies do not represent an absolute contraindication. Special attention must be paid to the complication of electrode dislocation.


U. Schuetz M. Richter K. Dreinhoefer W. Puhl H. Koepp

Introduction: Analgesia from controlled injections of local anaesthetic into the lumbar zygapohysial joint (z-joint) has been accepted as the standard for diagnosis of z-joint pain. Little is known about the placebo-response rate. Aim of this pilot study is to validate the fluoroscopically controlled z-joint-injection (ZJI) as an instrument for diagnosis of degenerative symptomatic z-joint disease.

Material and Methods: Due to degenerative lumbar spine syndrome 50 z-joints (L5/5: 27; L5/S1 23) were injected three times in a single blinded trial bilaterally. According to a randomisation protocol, using the oblique needle technique the ZJI were done with an local anaesthetic (LA: 1.5 ml 0.5% Scandicain), a saline placebo (sodium: 1.5ml 0.9% NaCl) and with no agent (sicca punction). The pain level before and after the injections (30 min, 1 and 2–3 hours) was documented by the patient on a 10pts.-VAS. Improvement in the pain level after an FJI is defined as responder. A responder reacts false positive if the degree of effectiveness of the placebo-FJI is the same or better than the response to LA. A patient reacts false negative if the pain diminution after LA application is lower than after placebo.

Results: Preliminary results regarding the reactions 30 min after injection are presented. 26% were non-responder and 52.9% LA-responder. The sicca response rate was 38%, for sodium it was 46%. Reaction after sicca-FJI was false positive in 24%, after sodium-FJI in 32% of cases. 38% reacted false negative to LA-injection. The order of the agent application didn’t have significant influence on the responder rates and also not on the extent of contradictory effects.

Conclusions: Despite numerous examinations none could sufficiently evaluate accurate reliable predictors for positive ZJI-responders till now. This is confirmed by our high LA-non-responder-rate of 48.1%. However, only a placebo injection can absolutely exclude a true placebo response. Placebo responses seem to be common. High specificity (minimization of the false positive results) and sensitivity (minimization of the false negative results) are characters for a good diagnostic test. In literature, the specificity of the intraarticular facet block as a diagnostic test for facet joint disease is currently unknown. Capsular rupture with epidural and periarticular diffusion is probably responsible for many false positive findings. Regarding our results, the validity of only one ZJI is not acceptable and shouldn’t be consulted as a diagnostic method for the identification of a facet joint syndrome, therefore. Pain relief after ZJI is a poor predictor of clinical outcome of posterolateral lumbosacral fusions when based on single blocks. Corresponding further examinations are necessary also regarding the ZJI-reliability.


J. Mangwani C. Natali C. Giles R. Saravanan R. Francis

Study Design: Prospective longitudinal study with a 2-year follow-up.

Background: Intradiscal electrothermal therapy (IDET) was introduced to bridge the gap between conservative measures (analgesia, physiotherapy and standard injection therapy) and radical surgery (disc replacement and fusion) for the treatment of internal disc disruption (IDD). Recent reports have questioned the efficacy and safety of this so called less invasive treatment technology.

Objective: To assess the long-term outcome of patients with chronic discogenic low back pain (< 6 months duration) treated with IDET who had previously failed to improve with comprehensive nonoperative treatment.

Methods: Forty patients with IDD determined by provocative discography and pre-operative MRI were treated with IDET. VAS pain scores, SF-36 scores, analgesic usage and sitting tolerance times (mins) were collected pre-treatment and at 12 and 24 months. Subsequent treatments were recorded. Statistical analysis was performed using Wilcoxon signed rank tests to test for differences in the outcome parameter scores.

Results: Average age was 46 years (range 25–62 years) with 44% males and 56% females. The study group demonstrated no significant improvement in pain intensity as measured by VAS and bodily pain SF-36 scores pre treatment and at 12 and 24 months post IDET. There were no significant differences in the remaining SF-36 subscale scores at 0, 12 and 24 months after treatment. Analgesia requirement remained the same in 77% of the patients; 12% required stronger analgesia and only 11% used less pain medication. Although sitting tolerance improved between pre and 1-year post IDET, the difference was not significant. Eight (20%) patients underwent further surgery in the form of a disc replacement or fusion at 1-year post treatment.

Conclusion: The patients with chronic discogenic low back pain in this study did not show any improvement at 1-year or 2-year post IDET treatment. A significant proportion of patients underwent further surgery for persisting low back pain. We believe that the efficacy of IDET in the treatment of chronic discogenic low back pain is doubtful.


C. Birkenmaier Schulze Pellengahr V. Jansson

Background: Lumbar facet joints are a frequent source of pain in degenerative lumbar spine disease. In many cases, they may actually be the predominant source of pain.

Material & Methods: Our target criteria were low back pain (VAS 0 10), back pain related limitation in daily activities and general acceptance of the treatment method. Inclusion criteria: Deep-seated non-sciatic low back pain, failure of conservative measures, positive diagnostic medial branch blocks. Exclusion criteria: Previous spinal surgery, relevant spinal stenosis, activated osteochondrosis, radicular pain. Diagnostic blocks were performed under fluoroscopy, improvement in low back pain of more than 50% for more than 3 hours was considered a positive block. Cryodenervation was performed also under fluoroscopy at a separate appointment. Since June 2002, 52 patients (average age 56) were entered into the study. 2 Patients were lost to follow-up and 2 others had to be excluded, so that 48 patients were available for evaluation. At present, we have a 3-month follow-up for all 48 patients, a 6-month follow-up for 44 patients, a 12-month follow-up for 32 patients and an 18-month follow-up for 19 patients.

Results: 2 weeks after treatment, 65 % of patients reported significant improvement, 35 % reported little or no change in pain. The average VAS of the complete study group dropped from 7.7 preoperatively to 3.3 at two weeks and to 3.45 at three and eighteen months postoperatively (p < 0.05). Limitation in daily activities improved parallel to the reduction in low back pain and 33 out of 48 patients would have the procedure performed again while 2 remained undecided

Conclusion: Percutaneous medial branch cryodenervation is a safe and effective means for the treatment of lumbar facet joint pain.


V. Denaro G. Vadala S. Sobajima JD. Kang LG. Gilbertson

Introduction: Current therapies for degenerative disc disease (DDD) are aimed at treating the pathologic and disabling conditions arising from DDD rather than directly treating the underlying problem of disc degeneration. Our group are exploring the potential of Cell Therapy to repopulate the disc and stopping the progressive loss of proteoglycans. Stem cells appear to be excellent candidates for this purpose, based on their ability to differentiate along multiple connective tissue lineages. The purpose of this study is to investigate the in-vitro interaction between muscle-deroved stem cells (MdSC) and nucleus polposus cells (NPCs) and to determine in-vivo viability of mesenchymal stem cell (MSC) in the harsh environment of the IVD

Materials and Methods: (1) Human NPCs were isolated from patients undergoing disc surgery and were co-cultured for 2 weeks with MdSCs from 3-wk-old mdx mice and in monolayer culture system at different ratios of 0:100, 25:75, 50:50, 75:25, 100:0. Proteoglycan synthesis and DNA content were measured. (2) Rabbit mesenchymal stem cells were isolated from bone marrow and tagged with a retrovirus delivered LacZ reporter gene for tracking. MSCs were then injected into a healthy rabbit IVD via 30G needle. Rabbits were sacrificed at postoperatively at 3, 6, 12 and 24 weeks. Histological analysis for MSC viability was performed.

Results: (1) Co-culturing of NPCs with MdSCs in the monolayer culture system resulted in vigorous increases in proteoglycans synthesis as compared with NPCs alone. The increases were on the 200% for an NPC-to-MDSC ratio of 75:25. DNA content also increased with co-culture. (2) Histological examination revealed presence of MSCs expressing LacZ without apparent decrease in numbers or diminishment of protein production.

Conclusion: The data from this study show that there is a synergistic effect between stem cells and nucleus pulposus cells resulting in upregulated proteoglycan synthesis in-vitro. Mesenchymal stem cells remain viable and continue to express an ex vivo transduced protein without appreciable cell loss for up to 24 weeks post transplantation into the rabbit IVD. These results suggest that MSCs can survive in the harsh environment of the IVD and may favourably modify ECM production. These studies support the feasibility of developing a stem cell therapy approach for DDD.


M. Mariconda Galasso T. Beneduce R. Volpicelli G. Della Rotonda V. Secondulfo L. Imbimbo C. Milano

Aim of the present study was to investigate clinical outcomes and quality of life after standard discectomy for lumbar disc herniation on a minimum 25-year follow-up throughout validated tools. Between 1973 and 1979, a total of 343 patients underwent single or double level standard lumbar discectomy at the Orthopaedic Department of Naples Federico II University Hospital, Italy. Fifty patients died from causes unrelated to disc surgery. Out of the remnants, one hundred fifty-eight patients could be traced and contacted by mail (46.1% survey rate). All of them (100% response rate) completed and sent back three questionnaires: the official Italian version of the Short Form-36 Health Survey (SF-36), the Oswestry Disability Questionnaire, and a questionnaire ideated by the authors to evaluate the degree of satisfaction with surgery. Forty-two patients even accepted to undergo clinic examination. The study population consisted of 97 males and 61 females. The mean age at the time of surgery was 37.8 +/− 8.7 years (18–62), whereas on follow up it was 65.8 +/− 8.9 (44–89). The average follow up in the study group was 27 years (25–31). The eight SF-36 scales averaged 72.53 +/− 31.3 for physical functioning, 63.1 +/− 30.1 for bodily pain, 61.30 +/− 44.4 for role-physical, 54.57 +/− 22.2 for general health, 56.62 +/− 19.2 for vitality, 72.08 +/− 30 for social functioning, 67.56 +/− 41.4 for role-emotional, and 62.28 +/− 19 for mental health. The mean SF-36 physical composite score (PCS) and mental composite score (MCS) were 44.2 +/− 11.6 (17.3–64.5) and 45.7 +/− 9,9 (13.2–62.4), respectively. The mean Oswestry Disability Score was 16.67 +/− 22.82 (0–96). One hundred forty-two patients (89.9%) were satisfied with the results of surgery, whereas sixteen (10.1%) were dissatisfied. One hundred and one (89.2%) would have had the same operation again. Nineteen patients underwent recurrent back surgery, giving a reoperation rate of 12%. As for the objective findings, we noted slight improvement of motor disturbances, hyporeflexia, and radicular tension signs with respect to preoperative period. Lumbar alignment abnormalities and trunk mobility did not show significant changes. On multivariate analysis worst SF-36 PCS scores were associated with increasing age (P = 0.039), low educational level (P = 0.002), and reoperation (P = 0.008). Similar correlations were appreciated for the Oswestry Disability Score. Negative role of female gender (P = 0.012) in determining the score of SF-36 MCS was also detected. To the best of our knowledge, no patient-oriented evaluation of lumbar discectomy outcomes has been reported with a similar ultra-long-term follow-up. The minimum 25-year results obtained in the present study were satisfying for both general health and disability indicators. The general health scores were similar to age-adjusted normative values.


P. Menchetti L Longo

In the last ten years, the percutaneous laser disc decompression and nucleotomy has been done worldwide in more than 60000 cases of herniated disc disease. Because water is the major component of the intervertebral disc, and in herniated disc disease pain is caused by the disc protrusion pressing against the nerve root, a small reduction of volume in a closed hydraulic space, such as an intact disc, results in a considerable fall of intradiscal pressure. 980 nm Diode laser is the optimal wavelength for laser disc decompression and nucleotomy, because 980nm is 5 times more absorbent in water than 810nm, and 2 times more absorbent than 1064nm.

A MULTIDIODE PL3D (INTERmedic) 980nm laser energy introduced through a 400 micron silica-silica fiber into a 21G needle under X-ray guidance and local anesthesia, vaporizes a small amount of nucleus polposus with a disc shrinkage and a relief of pressure on nerve root. The gas formed due to the vaporization of the nucleus is removed by a specific handpiece (Menchetti’s handpiece) connected to a smoke evacuation system, to minimize the postop muscle spasm. Most patients get off the table pain free and are back to work in 5 to 7 days.

Material and method: to date, 480 patients (600cases) suffering for relevant symptoms therapy-resistant 6 months on average before consulting our department, have been treated. Three hundred-twenty (67%) males and 160 (33%) females had a percutaneous laser disc decompression and nucleotomy. The average age of patients operated was 46 years (16 to 76). The level of disc removal was L2/L3 in 26 cases, L3/L4 in 58 cases, L4/L5 in 294 cases and L5/S1 in 222 cases. Two different levels were treated at the same time in 80 patients, and three different levels in 20 patients. In 44 cases the PL3D has been performed after an unsuccessful microsurgical approach with a relapse of the disc herniation.

Results: The sucess rate at a mean follow-up of 22 months was 91% with a complication rate of 0.5%. Because of the best absorption of the water content of the disc by the 980nm wavelength laser, compared to others lasers (810nm, 940nm, 1064nm), 980nm Diode laser requiring less laser energy with a less heat diffusion in surrounding tissue, reduces postoperative complication, and appears to be safe and effective, specifically designed for discectomy, and results in no peridural scarring or spinal microsurgical instability. Microsurgery if needed is not precluded.


M. Komp S. Ruetten P. Hahn G. Godolias

Introduction: A far lateral access is required in fullen-doscopic operations of sequestered lumbar disc herniations to achieve a sufficient decompression of the ventral epidural space. The conventional endoscopes and instruments had very narrow limits especially in the mobility and possibility to resect hard tissue and to clean the intervertebral space sufficiently. The aim of this prospective study was to investigate the extended possibilities of the new endoscopes and instruments with regard to the efficacy of decompression, the advantages and problems of this technique in comparison to previous data.

Methods: 368 patients with lumbar disc herniations have been treated in 2002 and 2003 in a full endoscopic transforaminal technique using a lateral access. A 7-mm endoscope with 4 mm-working canal and new designed instruments were used. Follow-up lasted at least 12 months. 298 patients (81%) could be followed.

Results: No intraoperative complication occurred. 6 patients reported a transient dysaesthesia postoperatively. The average operation time was 28 minutes. A sufficient decompression could be achieved in all cases. 244 patients (82%) reported no more leg pain after surgery, 42 patients (14%) had transient persistence in the first 6 weeks. 8 patients (2,7%) showed a recurrent herniation, 7 of those were reoperated in the same technique.

Discussion/Conclusion: As a minimally invasive technique wich efficacy of decompression is equal to an open procedure we see advantages over conventional operations of lumbar disc herniations. Within the inclusion criterias of indication this technique is sufficient and safe. The technical developments on endoscopes and instruments lead to a decrease of recurrence, increase of mobility as well as the possibility of resection of hard tissue and sufficient cleaning of the intervertebral space. The combination of a far lateral access with other approaches extends the spectrum of indications with regard to full endoscopic bony decompression and fusion.


C. Schizas C. Scaletta N. Burri D. Pioletti Applegate

Background: Low back pain due to disc degeneration is a major problem in industrialized countries. So far surgical treatment has consisted of either fusing the involved segments or replacing them with a prosthetic disc. Both techniques yield unpredictable results.

Objective: Looking at a biological solution we have been exploring the possibilities of harvesting and culturing adult and fetal human intervertebral disc cells in vitro.

Methods: Nucleus pulposus tissue has been surgically removed in cases of scoliosis, lumbar disc degeneration and cervical disc herniation after obtaining patient’s consent. Fetal disc tissue was also obtained following approval by the hospital ethics committee. Tissue was put in culture with and without prior collagenase II digestion. No antibiotics or growth factors were used. Cells were kept in culture until confluence and preserved in liquid nitrogen for further study.

Results: We found that it was possible to obtain homogenous populations of cells macroscopically identifiable as chondrocytes from the adult donnors. Collagenase II treatment provided the best results in adult cells whereas digestion was not necessary for the fetal tissue. The latter showed rapid growth compared to adult cells. Further characterization is underway.

Conclusions: It is possible to obtain cultures of nucleus pulposus human cells from a variety of donors, including adolescent patients with little degeneration as well as from patients showing symptoms and signs of lumbar and cervical disc degeneration.. Fetal tissue could also be cultured without growth factor use. Fetal cells in particular multiplied faster than adult cells and could possibly be used as a cell bank in view of tissue engineering projects.


S. Schmolke A. Jankowski C. Flamme F. Gosse

Degenerative lumbar scoliosis with lateral deviation of the spine is frequently seen in elderly. Clinical presentation varies. The deformity is often associated with loss of lordosis, axial rotation and spinal stenosis. The operative treatment is a challenge to achieve the greatest benefit with least amount of intervention. Therefore the potential benefit to be obtainened by means of spinal fusion must be measured against the operative risks. A retrospective study was performed to investigate patient outcomes after fusion for degenerative lumbar scoliosis using XIA-Instrumentation. Functional outcome was assessed 2 to 9 years later using the Roland Morris score, a visual analogue scale and the Short Form 36 Health survey. The aim was to determine the effectiveness of the surgical procedure in terms of patient satisfaction, outcome scores and radiological aspects. There is an accepted deficiency of this form of outcomes assessment in the literature

Methods: Final evaluation was possible in 28 patients at a mean period of observation of 48 months. Inclusion criteria were: age ≥60 years, Cobb angle preop. greater than 15degrees, degenerative deformity, no prior surgery (spine), and complete records. Each patient completed the standard Short Form-36 (SF-36) questionnaire. Radiographic and clinical data were evaluated. The measures of outcomes assessment included patient satisfaction, pain scores, low back outcome, medication use and social status.

Results: Questionnaire data indicated good satisfactory and bad surgical results in 9 (32%), 12 (43%) and 7 (25%) patient. Scoliosis was converted from a mean preoperative Cobb angle of 17 degrees to 10 degrees. On an average of 5 spinal segments were instrumented and fused. In the first two years after spinal fusion the patient satisfaction was about 90%. In the following years until final evaluation the satisfaction rate decrease continuously by all patients often caused by adjacent instability of neighbouring unfixed motion segments. No pseudarthrosis were seen in final evaluation.

Conclusion: Proper preoperative planning, a sufficient fusion length and a good biomechanical properties of the used implants, such as XIA, are prior to prevent adjacent instability and can achieve satisfactory results with less operative risks.


IC. Vossinakis A. Papathanasopoulos IS. Paleochorlidis A. Kostakis V. Georgaklis

Introduction: Loss of the cervical lordosis is a common finding on the emergency department in patients who have been involved in a car accident as well as in those who have suffered head and neck injury. The difficult circumstances, under which the plain films are usually taken, make the use of CT indispensable. Our study presents the CT findings from the cervical spine in patients with loss of the cervical lordosis.

Method-Patients We studied 120 patients from February 2003 to January 2004. Their mean age was 37 years old. Our protocol included the lateral-AP view, while in the absence of findings, except loss of cervical lordosis, from the plain films, the patients underwent spiral CT within 24 h.

Results: Fractures of the cervical spine were found in 7 patients (5,8%). In 5 of them these involved the A1–A2 level. In two patients fractures of the occipital condyles were found. One A7 fracture coexisted with an A2 fracture. No patient had neurological symptoms.

Conclusions: The complete investigation of the cervical spine at the emergency department is often quite difficult. The possible underlying injuries can be potentially life threatening. The percentage of positive findings in our study is quite high to justify the routine use of spiral CT for the detailed investigation of such patients.


G. Heilpern S. Joshy G. Marsh A. Knibb

Objective: To assess the effectiveness of intrathecal fentanyl in the relief of post operative pain in patients undergoing lumbar decompression or fusion. Morphine has been shown to be effective intrathecally in spinal surgery but there is an increased incidence of respiratory complications. Fentanyl has not been formally evaluated in this setting.

Design: This was a prospective randomized double blind trial. All patients received our standard analgesic regime with PCA via a syringe driver. They were also randomized to receive either 15 micrograms of fentanyl intrathecally, or nothing. The fentanyl was administered by the operating surgeon (GM) under direct vision one or two levels above the site of operation at the end of the procedure.

Subjects: 30 patients undergoing lumbar spinal surgery were prospectively recruited.

Outcome measures: VAS pain scores were taken at 2, 4, 24 and 48 hours post operatively. Time to first bolus delivery of morphine from the PCA was also recorded as was the total dose of morphine required.

Results: The patients randomized to receive fentanyl showed a significant increase in the time to first bolus delivery of morphine as well as a 40% reduction in the total morphine dose delivered. There was also a decrease in their mean VAS scores. There was no increased incidence of side effects in the group receiving fentanyl. No patients suffered respiratory compromise requiring treatment and only 2 patients required HDU observation overnight. The rest of the cohort left recovery after 2 hours to be nursed on an open ward.

Conclusion: Intrathecal fentanyl is effective at reducing morphine use via a PCA and mean pain VAS scores after lumbar spinal surgery. We would support its use over intrathecal morphine because of the reduced incidence of respiratory complications and the ability to nurse patients on the open ward.


P. Lakshmanan S. Ahuja P.R. Davies J. Howes

Introduction Local steroid injection is commonly performed as a treatment for facet joint arthritis in the lumbosacral spine. The injection is performed under image guidance for which some surgeons utilise antero-posterior (A-P) imaging only while others prefer oblique imaging. The entry point and the direction of the needle entering into the facet joint are different in these techniques. Further the difficulties encountered in both the techniques are different.

Purpose To find out the difference in the functional outcome in patients who received the facet joint steroid injection by A-P imaging and those who had the injection by oblique imaging.

Material and Methods A prospective randomised controlled trial was performed by randomly allocating the 20 patients who was diagnosed to have facet joint arthritis clinically and by magnetic reasonance image scans, and who were then placed in the list for facet joint injections. Ten patients in Group I received the facet joint injections with A-P imaging while 10 patients in Group II received the facet joint injections with oblique imaging using image intensifier. All the patients received 40mg of methylprednisolone acetate with 1mL of 1% lignocaine and 1mL of 0.5% bupivacaine to each joint. The duration of the entire procedure was noted. Short Form-36 (SF-36) questionnaire was used before the procedure and at six weeks after the procedure to assess the functional outcome.

Results All the patients were followed up for a period of six weeks. The mean age was 51.3 yrs in Group I and 48.3 yrs in Group II. The male to female ratio was 3:7 in Group I and 2:5 in Group II. One patient in Group I had the facet injections at only one level (L4/5 or L5/S1) while it was in two patients in Group II. Further one patient in Group I and one in Group two had unilateral facet joint injections at two levels. All the other patients had bilateral facet joint injections at two levels (L4/5 and L5/S1). One patient was excluded from the study as the A-P image obtained was very poor and that an oblique image had to be performed to visualise the facet joint because of obesity. The mean duration of the procedure was 18.33 min (10–25 min) in Group I and 22 min (10–35 min) in Group II (p=0.14, 95%CI −8.5 to +1.4). The patient function score improved from a mean of 20.0% to 32.5% after the injection in Group I, and from 30.0% to 41.0% in Group II. The pain score improved from a mean of 33.3% to 47.2% in Group I, and from 35.6% to 44.4% in Group II. The difference in physical function score (p=0.85, 95% C.I. −15.29 to +18.29), and pain score (p=0.71, 95% C.I. −24.21 to +34.22) between the two groups were not statistically significant.

Conclusions There is no difference in the functional outcome of patients treated by facet joint injections using A-P or oblique imaging. However, with experience we found that it may be difficult to visualise the facet joint clearly by A-P imaging alone in obese individuals.


C. Joslin SN. Khan GC. Bannister

Personal injury claims following whiplash injury currently cost the British economy more than £3 billion a year, yet only a minority of patients have radiologically demonstrable pathology. Patients sustaining fractures of the cervical spine have been subjected to greater force and might reasonably be expected to have worse symptoms than those with whiplash injuries.

Using the Neck Disability Index, we compared pain and functional disability in four groups of patients who had suffered cervical spine injuries. The four groups were: patients with stable cervical fractures treated conservatively, patients with unstable cervical fractures treated by internal fixation, patients with whiplash injuries seeking compensation, and patients with whiplash injuries not involved in litigation.

After a mean follow-up of 3½ years, patients who had sustained cervical spine fractures had significantly lower levels of pain and disability than those who suffered whiplash injuries and were pursuing compensation (p< 0.01), but had similar level to those whiplash sufferers who had settled litigation or had never sought compensation.

Functional recovery following neck injury is unrelated to the physical insult. The increased morbidity in whiplash patients is likely to be psychological and is associated with litigation.


P. Lakshmanan A. Jones K. Lyons S. Ahuja PR. Davies J. Howes

Background: Type II odontoid fractures are the commonest upper cervical spine injury in the elderly, following minor falls. Structural heterogeneity within the axis with deficiency of bone mass in the base of the odontoid process has been attributed for these fractures.

Aims: To analyse whether osteoporosis at the dens-body junction is directly related to the occurrence of odontoid fractures in the elderly.

Material and Methods: We studied the reformatted CT scan images of 36 patients over the age of 70 years who had cervical spine injuries following minor trauma. In all these patients the severity of osteoporosis at the dens-body junction, and in the peg and body of axis were evaluated. The severity was graded into none, mild, moderate and severe, depending on the cortical thickness, trabecular pattern, and the size of holes (absence of trabeculae) using sagittal, coronal and transverse sections of CT scan pictures. The osteoporosis was graded into none, mild, moderate and severe. Statistical analysis was performed using Pearsons Chi-square test to find the significance of osteoporosis at the dens-body junction in producing Type II odontoid fractures in the elderly.

Results: Type II odontoid fractures was seen in 21 patients. Eleven of the 21 patients with Type II fractures and eight of the 15 patients with no Type II odontoid fractures had significant osteoporosis at the dens-body junction. Five patients with Type II fracture and eight patients with no Type II fractures had significant osteoporosis at the dens and body of axis. Statistical analysis showed that the osteoporosis at the dens-body junction was not significant in patients with Type II odontoid fracture compared to those with no Type II odontoid fracture (Chi-square value = 1.1; df = 3, p = 0.78).

Conclusions: Eventhough osteoporosis is one of the factors that increase the incidence of Type II fractures of the odontoid process in the elderly, it is not a direct aetiological factor.


S. Giannini F. Ceccarelli C. Faldini G. Grandi S. Pagkrati V. Digennaro

Introduction: Neck hyperextension (NH) is defined as a progressive increase of lordosis associated with a limitation in flexion of the cervical spine, which ultimately results in an inability to approximate the chin to the sternum. NH may occur in relation to several myopathies. It is characterized by a general weakness and contractures of the axial muscles which produces a progressive increase of lordosis associated with a limitation in flexion of the cervical spine, that forces the patient to assume awkward compensatory postures to maintain balance and level vision. This study reports on operative complications, the degree of correction, the achievement of a solid arthrodesis, the maintenance of the correction and the clinical assessment of 7 patients.

Material and methods: Seven patients affected by various myophaties and NH were included. The mean age was 16.5 years (10–28 years). All underwent surgery, in which the paravertebral muscles were detached from the spinous processes and then transversally sectioned in order to bilaterally expose the laminas of vertebrae C2 to C7. The space between C1–C2 appeared mobile, while the spinous processes from C2 to C7 were close together and thus allowed only a very limited motion in between them. Ligamenti interspinosus and nuchae were detached and the facet joints from C2 to C7 were enlarged by capsulotomy. With a spreader rongeur, the interspinous spaces at each level were gently opened. Cortical cancellous autologue graft were shaped into wedges. After careful opening of each interspinous space, the bone wedges were driven between the spinous processes to maintain the achieved correction. The average follow-up time was 10.4 years (2.4–16.5 years).

Results: No major surgical complications occurred. At follow-up, the average angle between C2–C7 in neutral position had decreased (p = 0.016) from 50.7 (40–70) to 21.4 (2–50). The range of motion in the C1–C2 joint remained unaffected, while it decreased in C2–C7 (p = 0.016) from 33.5 (15–64) to 1.8 (0–8). In all cases, a solid arthrodesis was achieved.

Discussion and conclusion: The follow-up showed significant clinical improvement of posture in all patients. Our study has shown surgical treatment of NH to be an effective method within the whole series of seven patients, achieving both good immediate and good long-term results.


JA. Harty JF. Quinlan JG. Kennedy M. Walsh JM. O’Byrne

To date the principal focus of the mechanism of cervical spine fracture has been directed towards head/neck circumference and vertebral geometric dimensions. However the role of other measurements, including chest circumference and neck length, in a standard cervical fracture population has not yet been studied in detail. Cervical fractures often involve flexion/extension type mechanisms of injury, with the head and cervical spine flexing/extending, using the thorax as an end point of contact. Thus, the thorax may play an important role in neck injuries.

Study design: We prospectively studied all patients with cervical spine fractures who were admitted to the National Spinal Injuries Unit from 1 July 2000 to 1 March 2001. Anthropometrical measurement of head circumference, neck circumference, chest circumference, and neck length were analysed. Ages ranged from 18 to 55 years, and all patients with concomitant cervical pathology were excluded from the study. Mechanism of injury involved flexion/extension type injuries in all cases; those with direct axial loading were excluded. A control group of 40 patients (age 18–50 years) involved in high velocity trauma with associated long bone fractures, in whom cervical injury was suspected, but who were without any cervical fracture, or associated pathology, were similarly measured.

Results: Our analysis revealed a statistically significant increase in chest size in the male control group versus the male fracture group (97.89 cm versus 94.19 cm, P < 0.05, Student’s t-test). There was a correspondingly significant increase in chest circumference between the female controls versus the female fracture group (92.33 cm versus 88.88 cm, P < 0.05, Student’s t-test). Our results revealed no statistical difference in head circumference, neck circumference, or neck length between each of the groupings. These results indicate a proportionately larger chest may be a protective factor in cervical spine fractures.


A. Agarwal K. Deep

Traumatic rotatory atlanto-axial dislocation and subluxations are rare injuries. The diagnosis is often missed or delayed because of subtle clinical signs. Head tilt makes the interpretation of plain radiographs difficult. Delayed diagnosis often results in chronic instability necessitating surgical stabilization. A hitherto undescribed clinical sign was evaluated which should lead to increased awareness and avoid delay in the diagnosis.

Why a new clinical sign?

Easily missed injury

Uncommon but not that uncommon

Difficult to diagnose

Needs high index of suspicion

Not much emphasis given in training

Radiographs usually inconclusive because of torticollis deformity Prerequisites for test

Patient should be conscious

A Lateral radiograph should not show any facet dislocations or fractures in cervical spine

Explain the patient what you intend to do and he/she should report any paraesthesias, sensory or motor symptoms if felt during the test Clinical sign- Elastic Recoil:

Supine patient

Hold head carefully with hands on either side of the head

Instruct patient to report any neurological deterioration

Try to straighten the head tilt gently

Once it is corrected, release the supporting hand towards tilt of the head taking care not to let the head overshoot the original position

An elastic recoil of the head to previous position indicates a positive test

Methods: This study was carried out between 1997 to 2003. The test was applied to 59 patients presenting in Accident and Emergency. All this patients had head tilt even after the application of a hard cervical collar. All the 59 patients had CT scans to confirm or exclude the diagnosis of Rotatory atlanto axial dislocation/subluxation.

Results: The new clinical sign was found to be positive in all the fourteen patients with atlanto- axial rotatory dislocations/subluxations which was confirmed by CT scan. The test was also found to be positive in 5 patients with unilateral facet joint dislocation. The sensivity of the test in our study was 100%. The specificity was 89%, positive predictive value 0.73, negative predictive value 0.9 (90%).

Conclusion: This new clinical sign may help in early recognition of the injury and also act as an effective screen to indicate which patient needs a CT scan to confirm the diagnosis. This can also be applied in places where the CT scan facilities are not readily available especially in the developing nations.


P. Papagelopoulos Y. Hokari B.L. Currier K.A. An

The purpose of this study is the biomechanical comparison of five C1 – C2 posterior arthrodesis techniques. Ten adult human cadaveric upper cervical spine specimens were sectioned at the C3 level. The occiput and C3 vertebra were potted in PMMA. The specimens were tested intact; after destabilizing with odontoid transection and sectioning of the transverse and capsular ligaments; and after stabilization with Brooks-Jenkins cable fixation, Brooks-Jenkins with unilateral transarticular screw, Gallie posterior wire construct with unilateral transarticular screw, Brooks-Jenkins with bilateral screws, and Gallie with bilateral screws. Data were analysed with special attention paid to the motion at C1 – C2. The neutral zone (NZ) and range of motion (ROM) were measured in the main plane of each motion, as well as in coupled planes. In flexion / extension and lateral bending, the ROM and NZ increased significantly in the injured specimens as compared to the intact (p< 0.0001).

In axial torsion, there was no significant difference between the intact and injured spines at C1 – C2 level. In the different fixation systems, the ROM and NZ were significantly lower than in injured and intact spines in all motions (p< 0.01), except the lateral bending in intact spine. Among the 5 instrumentations, the NZ and ROM in flexion / extension for the Gallie construct with one screw were significantly higher than for the Brooks-Jenkins construct with one or two screws (p< 0.05). In axial torsion, the Gallie construct with one screw displayed a larger NZ and ROM than any of the other four constructs (p< 0.05).


L.G. Nikolakakos K.N. Fountas V.G. Dimopoulos G.D. Chloros I. Karampelas C.H. Feltes E.Z. Kapsalaki J.S. Robinson P.N. Soucacos

Objective: The purpose of this communication was to evaluate the long-term outcome of patients with type II odontoid fractures treated with anterior screw fixation.

Material and Methods: In our prospective clinical study 34 patients, 21 males and 13 females (with mean age 35.4 + 0.8 years) with type II odontoid fractures of traumatic etiology, underwent anterior cannulated screw fixation, during a period of 36 months. All patients had radiologicaly confirmed intact transverse ligament and a reducible odontoid fracture. All patients were immobilized in a Miami J cervical collar for 4 weeks postoperatively. Radiological examination of the cervical spine with plain X rays and cervical spine CT was performed at 6 weeks and two, six and 12 and 24 months postoperatively. Follow-up time ranged between 36 and 80 months (mean follow-up 54.3+ months).

Results: 32 patients had an uneventful postoperative course, while one patient developed pulmonary atelectasis, which resolved without any significant sequelae and another one developed a superficial wound infection, which resolved without removing the implanted hardware. Radiographic evaluation showed satisfactory bony fusion and no evidence of abnormal movement at the fracture site in 31 patients (91.1%). In two patients (5.8%), the radiographic studies showed pseudo-arthrosis and instability while in one patient (2.9%) the implanted cannulated screw was broken but there was no instability shown.

Conclusions: In our series anterior odontoid screw fixation constituted a safe therapeutic modality with high stability and low mechanical failure rates in short and long term follow-up period.


H. Koller M. Oberst D. Ulbricht U. Holz

Intro: Traumatic atlanto-occipital dislocation (AOD) remains a seldom and severe injury which function-ally separates the head from the upper cervical spine and thus can lead to neurological compromise or death. We report on a survivor after AOD, who came back to sportive activity after operative sta-bilization C0–C2.

Case Report: The 32 year old polytraumatized racing-bicyclist was addmitted to our insitution after a crash. Initially, due to the lack of hard diagnostic signs the diagnosis AOD was missed. Thoroughly reevaluation and craniocervical diagnostics particluar dynamic roentgenogramms revealed the atlanto-occipital instability. Thus the patient underwent posterior fusion C0–C2 using a pedicular-rod-based cranio-cervical hardware-system (CerviFix). The patient gained full recovery and after 2 years of active physiotherapy he showed a favourable functional outcome and came back to sportive-cycling.

Discussion: Missing atlanto-occipital dislocation as well as secondary dislocation with conservative treatment of this rare entity can cause serious sequelae or lead to death. Thus a thorough diagnostic scheme has to be installed for cervical spine fractures including dynamic roentgenogramms contrary to fear of neu-rological compromise in this technique as well as CT and MRI. The knowledge based in literature suggest that any concomittant ligamentous instability in case of C0–C1 injury has to be stabilized by operative fusion as there is unsure clinical course, if treated in conservative manner predisposing for secondary hits, epecially in sportive individuals

Conclusion: Actually due to the lack of large single institution series, theres no evidence or proper guidelines concerning diagnostics and treatment of AOD. We recommend CT and dynamic roentgenogramms of the cervical spine in case of a suspected AOD. Dynamic x-rays clearify masked cervical spine in-stabilities including AOD and thus should be performed to reveal AOD prefering to MRI. The treatment of AOD utilizing anchor stable posterior rod-based systems enable early postoperative physiotherapy, rehabilitation and secure healing.


P. OToole B. Lenehan J. Lunn A. Poynton

Introduction: Fixation of the atlantoaxial complex has traditionally involved transarticular screws combined with posterior wiring techniques and structural bone grafting. Although this does lead to excellent fusion rates, the technique has a potential risk of injury to the vertebral artery. In addition, it cannot be used in fixed subluxation of the C1/2 complex. We describe the use of C1 lateral mass screws in combination with C2 pedicle screws for safe and versatile C1/C2 fixation.

Methods: Over a fifteen month period, (July 2003–October 2004) a total of 10 patients underwent posterior C1/ C2 fixation alone, or as part of a more extensive posterior construct. The average age was 54.25 years, ranging from 20–78 years. There were 7 women and 3 men. The average length of stay was 18.5 days ranging from 5–36 days.

Technique: A midline posterior approach was used in all cases. The C2 roots were mobilized and the C1 lateral masses identified bilaterally. A drill was inserted into the middle of each lateral mass under image intensification. Bicortical polyaxial screws were then inserted. The C2 pedicle screws were inserted under direct vision, as were the other pedicle screws in the more extensive constructs. Contoured rods and posterior iliac bone graft were used in all cases.

Results: Five patients required isolated C1/C2 fusion for instability, two patients had an odontoid fracture non-union, one had an unstable C2 fracture, and the remaining two patients had C1/C2 subluxation secondary to rheumatoid arthritis. More extensive posterior instrumentation was performed for the following cases, these included; occipitothoracic fixation in one patient with rheumatoid arthritis with multi-level cervical subluxation, and occipitocervical fixation in three patients, two who had metastatic disease in the cervical spine, and the remaining patient who had rheumatoid arthritis. The final patient was instrumented from C1–C5 posteriorally following removal of a C3 giant cell tumour. No neurological or vascular complications were observed. One patient, with rheumatoid arthritis and osteoporosis, had a halo applied to protect an occipitothoracic construct. All other patients were discharged in a Miami-J cervical collar. The early follow up data, clinical and radiological, showed fusion in all patients. There were no implant failures.

Conclusion: The combination of C1 lateral mass and C2 pedicle screws allows safe, effective and versatile fixation of the C1/C2 complex.


E. Papadopoulos K. Synnott F.P. Girardi F.P. Cammisa

Study design: Retrospective review of patients with cervical spondylosis treated with three-level anterior cervical discectomy and fusion with plate fixation.

Objective: To assess the radiographic and clinical outcome of three-level instrumented anterior cervical discectomy.

Summary of Background data: Three-level cervical discectomy without plate fixation has shown high rates of pseudarthrosis and poor outcomes. The addition of internal fixation may improve these parameters.

Methods: 46 patients were observed for an average of 17.6 months (range, 6–51). All had three level anterior cervical discectomy and fusion with tricortical iliac crest autograft (4 cases), fibular ring allograft (38 cases), or titanium cage (four cases). Allografts and cages were filled with iliac crest autograft. All patients had semi-rigid plating. Clinical and radiographic follow-up data were obtained. Clinical outcomes were measured as described by Robinson and with the Nurick scale.

Results: Forty-four patients achieved solid fusion. Two patients had additional surgery for junctional disease, and in one of them pseudarthrosis repair was also performed. One asymptomatic pseudarthrosis was noted. With a successful result defined as an excellent or good outcome accompanied by significant pain relief, 38 patients had a successful result (83%). Radiographic adjacent level disease was diagnosed in 11 patients postoperatively and was symptomatic in 5.

Conclusion: Three-level anterior cervical discectomy with plate fixation has a high rate of fusion, a low complication rate, and acceptable outcome in the treatment of multilevel cervical spondylosis.


G. Salo E. Caceres D. Lacroix J.A. Planell A. Llado M. Ramirez

Aim: Investigate the influence of various types of allograft (from the tibia, femur, and fibula) through finite element analysis to evaluate the best clinical configuration.

Methods: A non-linear 3D finite element model of a lumbar spine L3–L5 was used as a physiologic model (Noailly, 2003). The model was modified with the insertion of a transpedicular instrumentation (Surgival SA, Spain) and the removal of the L4 body and two adjacent discs. CT scans of a femur, tibia and fibula from the same patient were performed. Fragments of each bone were reconstructed and inserted within the model. Four configurations of allografts were investigated: one femur fragment, one tibial fragment, three fragments of fibula, six fragments of fibula. Four types of loadings were applied: compression (1000N), flexion, extension, and rotation (15Nm). Strain and stresses were calculated in large displacement (MARC, MSC Software).

Results: Von Mises stresses within the internal fixator are well below the Yield stress and the fatigue limit and therefore no fracture of the fixator is foreseen. The use of a fixator to create fusion of the two vertebras makes the lumbar spine much stiffer. The geometry and configuration of the allografts have a large influence on the strain and stresses within the adjacent vertebrae with a reduction of strains and stresses. The use of fragments of fibula gives the most stable configuration. However, this is also the configuration that changes most the maximal principal strains within the vertebrae. Results obtained with the femur or the tibia are very similar between each other. However, due to its ellipsoidal geometry, the allograft in tibia gives more asymmetric deformations than the femur.

Conclusion: Allografts harvested from the femur seems to be more reliable and change least the strain and stress distributions within the lumbar spine compared to allografts from the tibia or fibula.


V.G. Dimopoulos L.G. Nikolakakos K.N. Fountas P.G. Mouhtouri I.Z. Kapsalakis C. Kyriakopoulos J.S. Robinson P.N. Soucacos

Introduction: Objective of study is to provide a quantitative description of the amount of RLN irritation during ACDF and to correlate the amount of irritation with operative parameters.

Methods: In a series of 98 patients undergoing ACDF continuous IEMG monitoring of the vocal cords was performed with a specially designed, commercially available Endotracheal Tube. The amount of irritation was described as irritation score (IS) by use of our proposed formula IS=log( ∑ (AxD)/B ), where A is the amplitude of irritation, D the duration of irritation and B the baseline irritation

Results: The amount of RLN irritation as described by our formula was statistically higher in patients that had undergone previous surgery compared to de novo cases (p= 0.024), and in cases where self retained retractors were used compared to handheld retractors (p= 0.020). Although results were not statistically significant, the irritation score was higher in patients presented with postoperative hoarseness.

Conclusions: The use of our proposed scale may be a useful adjunct in the prevention of RLN injury in patients undergoing ACD with or without fusion.


JR. Crawford J. Hilton R.J. Crawford

Aims: Surgery for degenerative lumbar spondylolisthesis may entail both decompression and fusion. The knee-chest position facilitates decompression, but fixation in this position risks fusion in kyphosis. This can be avoided by intra-operative re-positioning to the prone position. The aim of our study was to quantify restoration of lordosis achieved by intra-operative repositioning and to assess clinical and radiological outcome.

Patients and method: Thirty-six patients with degenerative lumbar spondylolisthesis and stenosis were treated by posterior decompression and interbody fusion with pedicle screw fixation. The decompression, interbody grafting and screw insertion were performed with the patient in the knee-chest position. The patient was repositioned to the prone position for fusion. Sagittal plane angles were measured pre, intra and post-operatively. Clinical assessment was performed using SF-36 scores and visual analogue scores for back and leg pain.

Results: The median pre-operative sagittal angle between fused spinal segments was 16.0 degrees lordosis. Intra-operatively in the knee-chest position the sagittal angle was median 13.5 degrees and after changing to the prone position increased to median 27.1 degrees. On the initial post-operative lumbar radiographs the sagittal angle was 23.1 and this was maintained at 6 months post-operatively (22.5 degrees). Overall there was a mean increase in lordosis angle after repositioning of 7.1 degrees per operative level (p< 0.01). The SF-36 scores improved for 7 out of 8 domains and the physical score improved from 29% to 40% (p< 0.05). Mean pain scores improved from 7.5 to 3.8 for back pain and from 7.6 to 3.7 for leg pain (p< 0.001).

Conclusion: Lumbar spondylolisthesis was found to be associated with a reduction of normal lumbar lordosis. The knee-chest position exacerbates this loss of lordosis. Intra-operative repositioning restores lordosis to greater than the pre-operative angle and was associated with a good clinical outcome.


L. Gaitanis I. Gaitanis M. Zindrick L. Voronov O. Paxinos A. Hadjipavlou A. Patwardhan M. Lorenz

Purpose: A retrospective study comparing the fusion rate and, the incidence of junctional spinal stenosis between a rigid (Wiltse) and a semirigid (Varifix) posterior spinal fusion system.

Material & Methods: 92 patients, mean age 52.3 year old, underwent posterior fusion with semirigid Varifix system (rod diameter 5.0 mm), and 89 patients, mean age 49.8 year old, with rigid Wiltse system (6.5 mm). The mean follow-up was 4.8 years (range 2–9) for Varifix group and 11.7 years (range 9–17) for Wiltse group. Preoperative diagnosis was spinal stenosis (n=56), disc degenerative disease (n=43), degenerative spondylolisthesis (n=37), post-laminectomy instability (n=34), and isthmic spondylolisthesis (n=11). In all patients autologous iliac crest bone graft was used. Spinal fusion was confirmed by A-P, lateral, and flexion-extension radiographic studies, or by direct surgical exploration and observation. Pain intensity was recorded using the Visual Analogue Scale (VAS).

Results: Successful fusion was achieved in 92.4% in the semirigid group and in 93.2% for the rigid group. There was no statistical difference in fusion rate between these two groups (p=0.82). Eight patients with pseudoarthrosis were treated by anterior fusion and 5 by repaired posterior fusion, with a fusion rate of 100%. Postoperative infection was diagnosed in 5 patients (5.4%) in the semirigid group and in 4 patients (4.5%) in the rigid group. They were treated by debridement, irrigation, and intravenous antibiotics. Hardware removal because of pain was performed in 9 patients (9.8%) in the semirigid group, and 17 patients (19.1%) in rigid group. Removal of hardware resulted in improvement in pain in all patients. Junctional spinal stenosis was diagnosed in 2 patients (2.2%) in semirigid group and in 7 patients (7.9%) in rigid group. There was a trend for higher incidence of adjacent level stenosis in rigid group (p=0.07).

Conclusion: Biomechanical studies have shown that the stiffness of spinal construct depends on rod diameter and a decrease in rod rigidity can increase the risk of implant failure. In our study we didn’t find any difference in the fusion rate and in complication rate between these two systems. The increased percentage of the junctional spinal stenosis in rigid group may be explained by the longer follow-up in this group. According to our data the semirigid system may be better tolerated than the rigid system.


P. Gillet C. Colsoul

Spondylolysis can be associated with severe back or leg pain requiring surgical management.

Fusion is the most often performed procedure since disk degeneration is frequently present. In a limited number of cases, when there is no disk disease or only limited dehydration, isthmic reconstruction may be considered, saving mobility and avoiding adjacent level stress.

We review 30 patients submitted to L4 or L5 posterior arch reconstruction and 60 patients submitted to a one level (L4L5 or L5S1) posterior or interbody fusion.

Through Prolo scores, SF36 and Oswestry questionnaires, the every day, professional and sports functional and satisfaction rates are evaluated.

Present data fail to show better functional results in the isthmic reconstruction group. However, even longer follow up will be necessary in these groups of young adults with a great life expectancy to show potentially less degenerative deterioration in adjacent levels. Meanwhile, isthmic reconstruction proved to be an effective technique, comparable to fusion in patients with no associated disk disease, with no need for further surgery and minimal complications.


H. Behensky G. Robert W. Cornelius K. Martin

Objective: Retrospective analysis of consecutive paediatric patients treated surgically for high-grade spondylolisthesis by one of three circumferential surgical procedures with emphasis on complications and patient outcome measurements.

Methods: Between 1980 and 1998 fourty patients underwent anterior-posterior correction for Meyerding Grade 3 or 4 isthmic dysplastic spondylolisthesis. Ten patients were treated with an anterior reduction according to Louis and anterior interbody fusion followed by posterior decompression and instrumented fusion (group A). Fourteen patients underwent posterior decompression followed by anterior reposition and fusion with tricortical iliac bone crest and posterior instrumented fusion (group B). Sixteen patients underwent progressive reduction by halopelvic traction followed by anterior and posterior fusion (group C). All patients completed the North American Spine Society (NASS) outcome questionnaire and the SF-36. The cosmetic assessment was performed by means of a VAS. The mean follow-up period for group A was 13,5 years, for group B 5,5 years and for group C 15,4 years, respectively.

Results: The three groups were comparable with respect to age at operation, radiographic measurement of the slip, lumbosacral kyphosis and lumbar lordosis. The incidence of postoperative extensor hallucis longus weakness was 33% in group A, 50% in group C and 0% in group B (p< 0.001). Pearson correlation coefficient revealed a positive correlation between extensor hallucis longus weakness and the degree of correction of the lumbosacral kyphosis (P=0.56, p=0.024). Postoperative reduction of the sagittal slip (A: 64%, B: 44%, C: 50%) and lumbosacral kyphosis (A: 27°, B: 16°, C: 27°) was significant in all three groups. The incidence of pseudarthrosis was 10% in group A, 7% in group B and 6% in group C. SF-36 and NASS outcome questionnaire results have not been found statistically significant among the groups.

Conclusion: Outcomes of function, satisfaction and cosmesis are satisfactory in all three surgical groups. Posterior decompression followed by anterior reduction and fusion using tricortical iliac crest bone graft and posterior instrumented fusion lack neurogenic complications. Therefore it is the standard surgical procedure for severe isthmic dysplastic spondylolisthesis at our department.


G. Koureas G. Petsinis S. Zacharatos Z. Papazisis P. Korovessis

Purpose: Prospective randomized clinical and radiological study to compare the evolution of instrumented posterolateral lumbosacral fusion using either coralline hydroxyapatite(CHA), or iliac bone graft(IBG) in three comparable groups of patients.

Methods: 56 randomly selected adult patients with spinal stenosis were divided into three groups(A,B,C) included 17, 19 and 20 patients respectively and underwent decompression and fusion. The spines of Group A received IBG ; Group B IBG on the left side and CHA mixed with local bone and bone marrow on the right side; Group C CHA mixed with local bone and bone marrow bilaterally. The patients’s age was 61+11, 64+8 and 58+8 years for groups A, B and C respectively. SF-36, Oswestry Disability Index, and Roland-Morris surveys were used. Visual Analog pain Scale was used for pain. Roentgenograms (AP, lateral and oblique plus bending views) and CT-scans were used to evaluate the evolution of fusion. Two independent observers tested variability in evolution of the dorsolateral bony fusion 3 to 48 months postoperatively with the Christiansen’s and CHA resorption in Groups B and C.

Results: Intraobserver and interobserver agreement (r) for radiological fusion was 0.71 and 0.69 respectively, and 0.83 and 0.76 for evaluation of CHA resorption. There was no visible pseudarthrosis. Fusion was achieved one year postoperatively. CHA resorped 6 months postoperatively at the intertransverse spaces. Bone bridging started 3 months postoperatively in all levels posteriorly as well as between the transverse processes where IBG was applied. SF-36, Oswestry Disability Index, and Roland-Morris Score improved > 20 postoperatively in all groups. There was one pedicle screw breakage at the lowermost-instrumented level in group A and two in group C without pseudarthrosis. There was no deep infection. Operative time and blood loss were less in group C, while donor site complaints were observed in the patients of the groups A and B only.

Discussion & Conclusion: This study showed that autologous IBG remains the gold standard for posterior instrumented lumbar fusion to which each new graft should be compared. CHA was proven in this series not appropriate for intertransverse posterolateral fusion because the host bone in this area is little.


A. Agarwal A.J. Hammer Y. Morar J.A. Soler

Background context: Cauda equina following a prosthetic Disc nucleus replacement has never been reported.

Purpose: To describe a case of Cauda equina following migration of the Prosthetic disc nucleus and possible cause.

Study design: Case report and review of literature.

Patient Sample: Case report.

Outcome measures: 2 patients. Report of presenting symptoms and review of radiographs.

Method/description: A 24-year-old man presented with progressively worsening pain radiating down his right leg and low back pain. His MRI scan showed a disc bulge at L4/5 for which we underwent decompression and discetomy. 4 months later he presented again with same symptoms. MRI imaging showed a disc prolapse at L4/5. He underwent a revision decompression discectomy and a prosthetic disc nucleus replacement. On the 4th postoperative day he complained of urinary retention and was unable to move his right ankle with loss of sphincter tone. The plain radiographs showed that the prosthetic disc nucleus had migrated posteriorly. He was immediately taken to theatre, which showed posterior migration of the prosthetic disc nucleus compressing the theca and displacing the nerve root. The prosthetic disc nucleus was removed from the space relieving the tension of the nerve root and the theca.

Conclusions: Migration of Prosthetic disc nucleus can lead to cauda equina and this needs to be explained to the patient as possible risk factor. The angle of the vertebrae has to be measured before selecting a patient. If angle below 5 degree it is a high risk patient.


S. Britten T. Branfoot M. Liddington C. Fenn

Introduction: Some centres in the UK have recently seen a shift away from internal fixation and free tissue transfer (Fix and Flap), towards temporary monolateral external fixation, soft tissue coverage and definitive Ilizarov frame fixation (Flap and Frame).

Methods: Patients sustaining open fractures were identified prospectively and followed up beyond frame removal. After open wound debridement a monolateral ex-fix was applied. Soft tissue coverage was then achieved by our plastic surgeons. As the soft tissues settled, the temporary ex-fix was exchanged to an Ilizarov frame for definitive fixation. Open fractures with bone loss were similarly treated, with either acute shortening or bone transport, depending on the extent of bone loss and state of soft tissues.

Results: Between July 2002 and June 2004, 21 grade 3 open fractures in 18 patients were treated by Flap and Frame. There were 15 male and 3 female patients, with mean age 36. Segment involved was 19 tibias and 2 femurs. There was associated bone loss (mean 9cm) in 6 fractures. 8 had other associated injuries.

Gustilo grade, 3A/3B/3C = 6/13/2. Both 3C fractures required early amputation.

Wound closure, 5/6 fractures with bone loss required free tissue transfer (FTT); however only 3/15 fractures without bone loss required FTT to achieve soft tissue cover, most requiring fasciocutaneous flap or split skin graft only.

Median time in Ilizarov frame was 160 days for patients without bone loss. For those fractures with bone loss frame time ranged from 180–540 days, with some patients still requiring ongoing Ilizarov treatment.

All fractures without bone loss united. At mean 14 month follow up only one fracture of 21 had clinical evidence of deep sepsis. 1 tibial fracture showed a 12 degree malunion, while 7/18 patients had a superficial pinsite infection requiring a course of oral antibiotics. One free tissue transfer failed in a grade 3C fracture, leading to early amputation (in conjunction with the recognised vascular injury).

Conclusions: Grade 3 open fractures remain a significant treatment challenge. This was particularly true of those with associated bone loss, where without exception the treatment time in an Ilizarov frame was prolonged. A deep sepsis rate of 1/21 fractures treated by Flap and Frame compares favourably with other published series. In the 15 fractures without bone loss, times to union also compared very favourably. Unlike in previous series, many fractures did not require free tissue transfer, as there was no internal fixation device present at the fracture site requiring coverage.

Flap and Frame appears to be a very satisfactory method of treating grade 3 open fractures, with low deep sepsis rate, high union rate, satisfactory times to union, and reduced requirement for free tissue transfer to obtain soft tissue coverage.


P. Thorpe P. Licina

Introduction: Prosthetic Disc surgery is a rapidly growing field in patients with symptomatic degenerative disc disease. Few reports of long-term follow up are yet published, but several authors have published case series including reports of significant complications and difficulties with revision surgery1. Advocates of disc replacement surgery have claimed that Osteolysis, whilst being a potential problem associated with artificial disc replacement, has not yet been reported2.

Methods: We present what we believe is the first histologically proven case of significant Osteolysis associated with artificial disc replacement in the world literature. We also present a literature review of the laboratory research into performance of artificial disc replacement, focusing on wear debris and particle generation.

Results: Our report involves a 42-year-old lady with degenerative disc disease who underwent L5/S1 anterior lumbar interbody fusion in July 1999, with a simultaneous L4/L5 Charite disc prosthesis. In May of 2002 she developed significant back pain, and further investigation, including biopsy revealed polymer disintegration and associated Osteolysis. Attempted revision surgery in May 2003, using a combined anterior approach by a vascular and spinal surgeon, led to damage to the adherent common iliac vessels and inferior vena cava, and the attempt to remove the prosthesis was abandoned. Histological samples taken at surgery confirmed the presence of polyethylene wear debris. Posterior instrumented fusion was performed in June 2003 and the patient made a successful recovery.

Discussion: It is important in modern spinal practice to be fully aware of both reported and potential risks of the use of new prostheses. We report an important complication associated with the use of artificial disc replacement. Revision of such prostheses is challenging, and we advise a combined surgical approach.


D. Carlo C. Doria P. Lisai F. Milia E. Sassu M. Serra F. Barca

Purpose: Lumbar interbody fusion cages is a valid technique in the treatment of disc diseases. The aim of this study is to evaluate its validity through the analysis of clinical outcomes and radiological findings.

Materials and methods: The paper reports a serie of 52 posterior lumbar interbody fusion cages operations. Clinical outcomes and radiological results were evaluated at a mean of 5 years post-surgery.

Results: Outcome analysis showed a gradual improvement in symptoms. After surgery, the majority of patients returned to their normal activities. Follow-up plain roentgenograms showed no loss of disc height and no signs of implant’s looseness. Computed Tomography (CT) scans showed the presence of mineralized autologous bone grafts inside the interbody cages.

Conclusions: Expandable interbody cages allow the restoration of the disc space height, giving support to the anterior column, opening the neuroforaminal area and providing increased stability. The interpretation of fusion on the basis of roentgenograms is subjected to arguement. Thin CT scan offers more information than X-rays about the fusion process.


E.C. Papadopoulos F.P. Girardi H.S. Sandhu P.F. O’Leary F.P. Cammisa

In this retrospective study 27 patients who had undergone revision discectomies for recurrent lumbar disc herniations were surveyed to assess their clinical outcomes. The patients chosen for the study were compared to a control group of 30 matched patients who had undergone only a primary discectomy. The spine module of the MODEMS® outcome instrument was used to evaluate the patients’ satisfaction, their pain and functional ability following discectomy, as well as their quality of life. All patients were also asked whether they were improved or worsened with surgery. Those undergoing revision surgery were asked whether the improvement following the second surgery was more or less than the improvement following the first surgery. Differences in residual numbness/tingling in the leg and/or the foot as well as in frequency of back and/or buttock pain were identified. Nevertheless improvement due to the repeat discectomy was not statistically different from those who underwent just the primary operation. Based upon patient derived outcome data with a validated instrument, revision discectomy is as efficacious as primary discectomy in selected patients.


G. Salo E. Caceres D. Lacroix JM. Planell A. Llado A. Molina

Aim: Investigate the influence of end-plate preparation in a model of corporectomy to evaluate the best biomechanical configuration.

Methods: A non-linear 3D finite element model of a lumbar spine L3–L5 was used as a physiologic model (Noailly, 2003). The model was modified with the insertion of a transpedicular instrumentation (Surgival SA, Spain) and the removal of the L4 vertebral body and two adjacent discs. A femur allograft was inserted anteriorly. Four configurations were investigated: with allograft supported on the entire end-plate, with allograft supported on the half of cartilage endplate thickness, with allograft supported on the subcondral cortical shell and, finally, with allograft supported on the trabecular bone. Four types of loadings were applied: compression (1000N), flexion, extension, and rotation (15Nm). Strain and stresses were calculated in large displacement (MARC, MSC Software).

Results: Results indicate that the preparation of the end-plates has a minor influence on the strain and stresses within the adjacent vertebrae when rigid transpedicular instrumentation was placed. The use of a fixator to create fusion of the two vertebras makes the lumbar spine much stiffer. The resection of the cartilage and support the allograft in the cortical shell changes most the maximal principal strains in the remaining end-plate, and creates a peak stress in the contact area. On the other hand, complete resection of cartilage and subcondral cortical end-plate is the configuration that changes least the maximal principal strains within the adjacent vertebrae.

Conclusion: Preservation of the cortical end-plate may not offer a significant biomechanical advantage in reconstructing the anterior column when rigid transpedicular instrumentation was used.


A. Sunil P.L. Sanderson

Decision to operate for lumbar nerve root compression is usually based on the clinical findings and MRI scan evidence of nerve root compression. Decision-making is difficult in the small subset of patients with atypical pain, pain in the groin, buttock or thigh with L5 and S1 nerve root compression, as evident on the MRI scan. We retrospectively studied 125- diagnostic nerve root injections; of which there were 12 patients who had pain in the groin, thigh or buttock and their MRI scans were reported as nerve root (11 L5 & 1 S1) compression by the radiologist independently. All these 12 patients were subjected to injection of the affected nerve root with bupivacaine and methylprednisolone under the guidance of image intensifier. Of these 5 (42%) of them had temporary relief of the symptoms; and all of them underwent surgical decompression of the affected nerve root. They were followed for an average of 12 months with satisfactory results. This demonstrates the importance of nerve root injections as a diagnostic tool in patients with atypical symptoms with nerve root compression as seen on the MRI scan.


G.C. Babis P.G. Tsailas

The upper and lower thirds of the tibia are areas of peculiar anatomy and pose a lot of problems in their treatment.

Purpose We present a method of hybrid external fixation used in a wide variety of these fractures.

Material and method: Between 2000 and 2004, 29 patients with fractures of the tibia (16 fractures of the lower third and 13 fractures of the upper third) were treated with hybrid external fixation ORTHOFIX. Most of the fractures involved the adjacent joints, 12 fractures of the tibial condyles and 9 pilon fractures. Among the patients, 5 had septic non-union 2 of who were submitted to bone transport with the attachment of a lengthening system. All patients were called for monthly follow up till union.

Results: In all cases except one (septic non-union – bone transport of the lower third) there was successful union by 3 to 7 months postoperatively. There was no malalignment, no deep infection or other major complication.

Conclusion: The rational use of the hybrid external fixation offers a valuable solution in the treatment of the complex fractures in the upper and lower third of the tibia.


H. Schell T. Reuther J. Hermann G. Bail N. Duda

Introduction: External fixators are frequently used for stabilization and treatment of problematic fractures. Pintrack infections cause complications such as osteomyelitis and loss of stability of osteosynthesis. It remains unclear, whether pintrack infection provokes pin loosening, or loss of the pin stability results in pintrack infections. The aim of this study was to investigate the correlation between the mechanical stability of pins, the incidence of pin track infections and the osseus anchorage of pins.

Methods: 27 sheep received an external fixator with 6 Schanz screws (pins). Pin insertion and extraction torque was measured and radiographs were taken postoperatively and postmortem. The daily pin care routine included scoring the pin entries. The animals were sacrificed after 3, 6 and 9 weeks. The pins were analysed microbiologically (incidence of infection: ≥103 colony forming units (CFU)) and histologically. The x-rays and histological slices were scored.

Results: Histomorphometrically, the largest callus area and the highest mineralised bone-fraction was found at 6 weeks. The bone density of the periosteal callus increased over time. The cortical bone density decreased over time.

The relative extraction torque increased over the course of healing (3w: 53.4% ± 7.1%, w: 61.8% ± 20.7%; 9w: 84.0% ± 44.9% of insertion torque).

5% of 108 pins showed clinical signs of infection; the microbiologically detected infection rate was 3 times higher.

Radiologically, 22% of 104 pins showed osteolysis in the cortex (entry or exit), 4% showed medium osteolysis and 2% revealed severe osteolysis along the complete pintrack. An accumulation of pintrack infections (75 %) and the incidence of osteolyses (47% of all osteolyses) were found at 6 weeks. The most severe osteolyses were found at 9 weeks. The histological grading revealed the best results for the earliest time point compared to the latter ones.

Discussion: This study reveals an increasing stability of osseous pin-anchorage over the course of healing. As the cortical bone density decreased over time, the increased anchorage-stability can only be explained satisfactorily by the increase of the periosteal callus bone density. The periosteal callus, biggest at 6 weeks, determines the magnitude of extraction force. In contrast to clinical studies, a very low percentage of pintrack infections was observed in this study. However, the microbiologically affirmed infection rate was three times higher than clinically ascertained. The evidence of osteolyses was twice as high as the microbiological infection-rate. The low infection-rate could not prevent evidence of cortical lyses. No correlation was found between infections, osteolyses and pin loosening. Callus formation seems to be essential in pin fixation and should be supported to prevent pin loosening. Targeting only cortical anchorage may fail to avoid pin loosening in external fixation.


P. Reynders

Aim: presentation of a new lengthening device which is reliable and overcomes the problems seen with the classical Ilizarov frame, based on the principle of fluid mechanics.

Methods: we followed ten cases until bone healing. After corticotomy, the telescoping nail is brought into the femur or tibia like a normal IM nail. Diameter for the femoral nail 13 mm, 12mm for the tibia nail. In the proximal sector of the nail, the sterile arachid oil presses the plunger of the hydraulic actuator (pressure cell) out of the piston. It pushes against the distal nail which is locked in the distal femur with two screws. In all but one case, lengthening was done because of post-traumatic shorthening. In one femur with a defect of 10 cm a bone transport was performed using this system to fill the gap.

The pressure in the nail was increased with an external syringe-pump, attached two times daily via a quick coupling (swage lock) mechanism to the inlet port of the nail (60 Bar for the femur and 40 Bar for the tibia). Lengthening at a rate of 1.8 mm day was possible with remarkable comfort for the patient. The silver coated inlet port (tube of 2mm) gave no skin reaction in nine cases. In one femur there was slight drainage of fluid which stopped spontaneously after two weeks. While lengthening, patients were allowed to walk with partial weight bearing.

After lengthening, the oil was released and the inlet port cut off underneath the skin.

Results: all cases could be brought up to length in the desired time frame. Additional surgery was necessary in two cases to enhance bone healing (one autologous bone graft, one bone marrow injection). No implant failure or other undesired side effects were noticed with this method.

Conclusion: preliminary good results were achieved with this new apparatus, which seems to give reproducible results with less burden to the patient. Lengthening can be achieved much faster than with the classical distraction method of Ilizarov.


A. Karabasi D. Giannikas N. Vandoros E. Lambiris

Purpose: End results analysis of surgical treatment of posttraumatic bone defects in the lower extremity by Ilizarov method and intramedullary nailing augmentation during consolidation.

Materials and method: Between 1990–2000,83 patients with posttraumatic bone defect (femur 26, tibia 57) with an average age of 38 years (11–65y.) were surgically treated. Open fracture was the cause of bone defect in 50 patients (60%). In the rest 33 (40%) patients, the bone defect was the result of a surgical removal of a nonviable bone due to osteomyelitis or infected non-union. The average length of bone defect was 8,5 cm. (4–20 cm.). In all cases corticotomy and application of Ilizarov device was necessary to initiate bone transport. In 26 patients the Ilizarov device was removed during consolidation and interlocking intramedullary nailing was performed. Selection criteria for changing method were: 1) delayed union at the docking site (13 pt.), 2) Intolerance of the Ilizarov device (6 pt.), 3) Angular deformity > 10 degrees (7 pt.). Radiological and clinical assessment was performed periodically. Functional recovery and bone healing were evaluated according to A.S.A.M.I criteria.

Results: Forty-eight patients (58%) presented delayed union at the docking site. In 35 patients compression- distraction was necessary to promote union. The rest 13 patients were healed using an interlocking intramedullary nailing. Three refractures needed reapplication of the Ilizarov device. Angular deformity of more than 10 degrees was found in 13 patients. Seven of them needed an osteotomy and intramedullary nailing. All bone defects were finally covered and solid bone formation resulted.

Conclusions: The Ilizarov method offers unique advantages in treatment of bone defects. The use of an interlocking intramedullary nail during consolidation, is a treatment option for delayed docking site union and prolonged treatment time.


I. McFadyen R. Atkins

The Taylor Spatial Frame is a new external ring fixation system for correction of multi-planar deformities of the extremities. We report the first 100 consecutive cases treated with this system at the Bristol Limb Reconstruction Unit from November 1999.

The Taylor Spatial Frame incorporates the technology of a virtual hinge and a Stewart Gough Platform. With the use of computer software it is capable of adjustments to within 1 degree and 0.5mm accuracy. Deformities are measured on plain radiographs. Required corrections over any period of time are calculated and a printed prescriptiion of daily adjustments is given to the patients to perform themselves at home.

The following conditions were treated: Non-union (44), malunion (16), Leg length discrepancy (14), limb deformity (13), and acute fractures (13). The aims of frame treatment were non-union treatment (28), bone transport (12), acute fracture healing (12), correction of deformity (28), leg lengthening (15), and arthrodesis (5). Most cases involved the tibia (77) but the frame was also used on the femur (13), knee (3), ankle (4), humerus (2), and forearm (1).

Complete correction of deformity was achieved in all but 7 patients. Union was achieved in 99 cases. All non unions united without bone graft. Mean transport of 46mm and lengthening of 38mm was achieved. 1 arthrodesis failed to unite. All fractures united without any residual deformity. Mean treatment time was 169 days (range 43 to 401). There was 100% compliance with patients performing adjustments themselves. Minor pin site problems were common (34 patients) but only 3 required debridement. Other problems included wire breakage (10), pain (3), peroneal nerve palsy (1) and DVT (1). 15 knees and 11 ankles developed stiffness which resolved.

This study demonstrates the role of the Taylor Spatial Frame as an extremely versatile, accurate and safe new tool at the orthopaedic surgeon’s disposal in limb reconstruction and trauma surgery.


I. Micic M. Mitkovic D Mladenovic Z. Golubovic S. Milenkovic P. Stojiljkovic

The paper present our results in application of new method for nonunion treatment of the femoral diaphysis.

The internal fixator has been applied with 36 patients. Bone graft substitution is used with 11 (30,5%) patients. The method of placement and results of the work according to the modified system of the Karlstrom-Olerud method have been presented. Excellent condition was found with 25 (69,4%) patients, satisfactory with 8 (22,2%) and poor with 3 (8,3%) patients. Average healing time is 57 weeks.

The method in which the internal fixator is applied provides complete stability of the nonunion and makes possible spontaneous-biological dinamization of the nonunion. It doesn’t damage the periosteal and medullary bone vascularization which favors healing process.


A. Kirienko V. Sansone M. De Donato

Introduction: Tibial pilon acquired deformities are often a combination of axial deviation, translation, rotational defects and leg length discrepancy. Correction of deformity pattern with a percutaneous rectilinear supramalleolar osteotomy and an external fixation by Ilizarov apparatus aims to reduce misalignment progressively, simultaneously and mini-invasively.

Method: From 1994 to 2004, 29 patients have been treated for pilon tri-planar deformity of the leg. The mean age was 26 years (range 16 to 49 years), 15 were males and 14 females. Type and level of the deformity were determined by preoperational X-ray pictures. Two rings of Ilizarov apparatus are positioned in the segment of the limb proximal to the osteotomy: one at the level of the proximal tibial metaphysis and the other 3–4 cm further the osteotomy. A third ring is positioned at the level of the tibial pilon, parallel to the articular edge of the ankle. In order to maintain stability of the ankle, a half ring or horseshoe-shaped component should be placed on the calcaneus and metatarsals with opposing olive wires. The positions of the mobile joints between the rings will depend on the location of the correction axis. The closed metaphiseal osteotomy is performed in order to correct triplanar deformities in a progressive way, through angulations and translation in an oblique plane. The half ring on the foot allows maintaining the ankle distracted, which is necessary to reduce articular compression and to avoid soft tissue damages and muscular contractures in this region. Correction of translational deformities, axial deviation, and rotational deformities we performed in two stages. The axial deviation and translational deformity should be corrected in the first stage, and the rotational deformity is corrected during the second stage.

Results: In all cases we achieved correction of the angular or rotational deformities. Bleeding was never over 100 ml. We have not observed any soft tissue damages. Controlled weight-bearing was practiced in first day postoperatively, and the mean hospitalization time was 4 days. Time required to reach the correction was in a range of 3–6 weeks. In 20 patients the entire of the leg discrepancy was in a range of 1,5–6 cm. We reported no case of infection or non union. The devices have been removed after a mean time of 11 weeks (range 8–15 weeks).

Conclusion: Corrections of triplanar deformity of the pilon by the Ilizarov apparatus are progressive and mini–invasive. Also, it allows treating misalignment and lengthening by a single operation. The apparatus layout combining foot fixation and ankle distraction permits to correct soft tissues, secondary deformities, and finally a rapid weight bearing recovery.


C. Matzaroglou A. Saridis E. Panagiotopoulos N. Vandoros E. Lambiris

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the results of 23 patients with septic nonunion of the distal tibial metaphysis type Pilon fractures treated with Ilizarov technique.

Material and Methods: Between 1990 and 2002 the Ilizarov technique was used in 23 patients with posttraumatic infected nonunion of the distal tibia. Seventeen were males and 6 females. Average age was 40.1 years (range16–68 years). Mean duration of nonunion was 13,8 months and the average number of failed previous surgical procedures 2.2.

According to AO classification there were 3 non-unions with quiescent infection and no drainage, 4 with active infection and no drainage, and 16 with infection and drainage. The ankle joint was ankylosed in 6 patients preoperatively and it was painful in all patients. Thirteen patients had an angular deformity of more than 7 degrees (range 7–30 degrees, mean 16 degrees). Sixteen patients had a mean bone defect of 2.5 cm (range 1 to 6 cm). Monofocal or bifocal compression-distraction osteogenesis technique with or without bridging the ankle joint was performed in all cases. Ankle arthrodesis was necessary in 4 cases. Mean external fixation time was 139.6 days and mean follow-up period was 4 years.

Results: The results were evaluated using the functional and radiological scoring system described by Paley. The results were excellent in 7 patients (30.4%) good in 9 (39.1%) fair in 5 (21.7%) and 2 (8.69%) poor while the functional results were excellent in 4 patients (17.39%) good in 8 (34,8%), fair in 7 (30,4%) and poor in 4 (17,39%). Bone union and eradication of infection were achieved in all cases. Four bone defects required bone grafting and freshening at the docking site. Ankle motion was difficult to record preoperatively but good to very good ankle function was obtained at final follow up evaluation in 12 patients.

Conclusions: The Ilizarov technique is a reliable method in the treatment of metaphyseal septic nonunion of the distal tibia particularly in cases with angular deformity, ankle joint contracture and bone defects. Compliance of the patient is absolutely necessary.


F. Thorey T. Floerkemeier C. Hurschler A. Schmeling M. Raschke H. Windhagen

Introduction: There is a need for new non-invasive, predictable and quantifiable techniques to assess the process of fracture healing and remodelling in bone. There are several methods to monitor the bone healing in-vivo. But these methods either fail as quantitative predictors of the healing process (X-ray) or exhibit complicated and expensive measurement principles. Some known in-vivo stiffness measurement methods have several disadvantages including the risk of bone malalignment. Therefore we compared ex-vivo torsional strength of bone with in-vivo torsional stiffness under minimal load in two animal model of distraction osteogenesis. Additionally the device was tested in an ex-vivo model.

Methods: An external fixator was combined with a rotating double half-ring. The measurement device was fixed to the half-ring during measurements. It was equipped with a linear variable differential transducer, a load cell, and a stepper motor. During measurements the two parts of the half-ring were rotated against each other and the load and displacement were recorded. The slope coefficient after performing a linear regression between data points of moment and displacement curve was defined as stiffness. Afterwards all models were tested in a material testing system as gold standard. This was tested in an in-vivo animal study of tibial distraction (minipigs time of consolidation 10 days/sheeps time of consolidation 50 days).

Results: Between in-vivo initial torsional stiffness and torsional strength in minipigs we found a highly significant (p=0.001) coefficient of determination of 0.82, but we found only a poor correlation (p> 0.05) in sheeps. However, the results of the ex-vivo model showed a high precision and accuracy.

Discussion: The results of this study suggest that the bone regenerate strength of healing bones can be assessed in-vivo by the presented inital stiffness measurement method in the beginning of an early stage of healing as shown in minipigs. But at the end of the healing period the correlation of strength and stiffness leveled off. There is a similar model showing an excellent correlation, that agree with our data. They explained the weakening of the correlation at the end of healing by a transformation of early bone to lamellar bone after a 2/3 consolidation. In summary, the presented device could be a reliable future tool to monitor the healing progress in patients with bone malalignement or fractures in the beginning of the healing period.


A.G. Kasis M. Oleksak M. Saleh

We present a series of 88 non-unions in which non-union, infection, bony alignment and length were addressed simultaneously, by using the Sheffield Ring Fixator.

The mean follow up was 50 months (range 6–110) after union, which was achieved in 90.5% of the patients. The mean deformity correction was 16.80 (range 60–320), and mean length gain was 12.5 mm (range 2–40 mm).

Smoking and infection had a statistical significant association with the time of healing, as healing of the non-union in over 18 months was more common in smoker and patients with infected non-union.

There was no statistical difference between the functional score (SF-36) between these patients and normal population, at a follow up of minimum 2 years, but that was significant between pre operative and less than one year follow up on one side, and more than 2 years follow up on the other.


A. Papailiou G. Stamatopoulos D. Chissas P. Theodorakopoulos K. Chatzistamatiou A. Asimakopoulos

Objective: To evaluate retrospectivelly the outcome of periarticular tibial pilon fractures treated by hybrid external fixation.

Method: Between 1999–2003, 44 patients(44 fractures) were treated with a combination of hybrid external fixation and minimal internal fixation(k-wires or lag-screws). There were 31 men and 13 women with a mean age of 41 years. A high energy trauma( accident or fall from a height) was the mechanism of injury for 32(73%) patients. According with A.O. clasiffication 4 fractures were A1, 5-A2, 5-A3, 8-C1, 12-C2,10-C3. All fractures were treated within a 10 days from the initial injury (10(23%) of them were open and treated immediately). The use of bone grafts reguired in 8 cases. Primary postop mobilization of adjacent joints was performed in all cases. Fourty patients were available for clinical and radiographic evaluation(using Teeny’s and Wiss ancle score). The average follow-up was 26 months.

Results: There were 9(23%) excellent, 12(30%) good, 10(25%) fair, and 9(23%) poor results. Union achieved in 40(92%) cases. Overall, 12(30%) complications reported: 6 pin track infections, 2 deep infections, 4 non-unions and 1 malunion. Post-traumatic osteoarthritis noticed in 11(28%) cases.

Conclusions: Hybrid external fixation permits early mobilization of the ankle joint and decrease the soft tissue trauma. Poor results associated with the presence of infection, the degree of intraarticular involvement and the inability to achieve adeguate fracture reduction.


K. O Shea J.G. Quinlan K. Waheed O. Brady

Background: CT scanning is an essential part of the preoperative planning process prior to surgical fixation of acetabular fractures. Considerable disparity exists between the clinical and radiological outcome following open reduction and internal fixation of these fractures. It is suggested that this disparity is due to poor assessment of the quality of reduction using plain radiographs alone.

Aim: To investigate the role of post-operative CT scanning following ORIF of acetabular fractures.

Methods. Prospective study commenced in January 2000 of all patients in our institution undergoing internal fixation of acetabular fractures. Post operative axial CT scans were compared with plain radiographs (AP pelvis and 45 degree oblique Judet views) with regard to the sensitivity to detect articular fracture reduction in terms of gap displacement and step deformity or offset. A simplified binary measurement of radiological outcome was used stratifying radiological result into anatomical and non anatomical. Three observers independently reviewed the plain radiographs and CT scans at two separate time points and categorised the radiographic outcome as described. The interobserver reproducibility and intraobserver reliability of these measurements was expressed as a kappa statistic. In addition in those patients greater than 18 months following surgery we attempted to correlate the radiographic with the clinical outcome using the Harris hip score and the SF-36 score.

Results: 20 patients were recruited. Plain films were equieffective in detecting post-operative articular fragment displacement (p=0.24). The interobserver and intraobserver agreement between the radiological outcome measurements were good with respective kappa values of 0.61 and 0.65. There was a weak association between clinical and radiographic outcome as ascribed by post operative CT scans.

Conclusion: While there may be an argument for the use of post operative CT scanning of acetabular fractures in selective cases, we did not find any significant benefit of CT scans over plain radiographs in the assessment of reduction or radiological outcome following these injuries. Hence we do not routinely advocate their use in the post operative setting.


Full Access
N.A. Shah A.D. Clayson

Aim: To review treatment, results and complications of pelvic ring injuries.

Materials & Methods: We reviewed 39 pelvic ring injuries, mean age 37 years, referred to a tertiary unit, with mean follow up 19 months (6 to 60). Data regarding type of fracture, associated injuries, treatment, injury surgery interval, complications and outcome was documented.

Results: Vehicular accidents in 21 were the commonest mechanism of injury and 30 had vertical shear fractures. There were 4 associated head injuries, 5 chest, 4 maxillo-facial, 4 perineal/ vaginal tears, 7 urological, 1 anorectal, 2 each of abdominal and ophthalmic, and 1 each of vascular, spine and brachial plexus injuries. Also there were 15 skeletal fractures, 12 soft tissue injuries and 11 associated acetabular fractures of which 8 needed fixation, and 17 had lumbosacral plexus injuries. 6 compound pelvic fractures were treated with debridement, fixation and early life saving bowel diversion. 19 patients had anterior external fixators, 9 were applied elsewhere for resuscitation.

Complications: There were 10 systemic complications, 4 ARDS, 2 wound infections and 1 colovesical fistula, 1 infected pubic plate, and 3 late inguinal hernias. 8 patients had pin track infections, and 5 iatrogenic problems including 2 nerve lesions, 2 vascular injuries and 1 bladder rupture, none of which left any residual problem.

Results: 20 patients had no pain, 31 were fully mobile without aids, and 22 had returned to original level of activity. 6 complained of sexual dysfunction, and 1 had double incontinence. 6 patients were on disability allowance, and 10 had full recovery of lumbosacral plexus injury.

Conclusion: Severe associated injuries and soft tissue trauma significantly affect outcome and complications, inspite of sound bony fixation and healing, and multi-disciplinary management is obligatory. Posterior ring lesions were often underestimated, and anterior external fixation alone can make them worse. Early colostomy is lifesaving in compound pelvic fractures. Early involvement of a specialist surgeon is desirable for optimal outcome, which can be achieved in most patients.


N. Craveiro Lopes C. Escalda D. Tavares C. Villacreses

The pelvic ring unstable disruptions are by itself life threatening and its stabilization is one of the priorities. On the other hand the surgical approach and internal fixation of this type of injuries represent a long and aggressive intervention, with high blood loss and complications. By these reasons a methodology that not only allows a precocious and less aggressive intervention with the possibility of stabilization of the posterior and anterior elements of the pelvic ring, and also the possibility to introduce postoperative corrections is indicated.

In January 1999 we introduce in our Unit the treatment of pelvic ring fractures and disruptions with the association of Ilizarov frame and minimal invasive internal fixation. It is our intention to present the preliminary protocol of treatment and its results.

Until 2002 we have treated 97 cases of pelvic ring disruptions. We have treated surgically 26 patients. From those, 10 cases were of open book and closed book injury type (2 pubic platting, 4 static external fixator and 4 dynamic Ilizarov frame) and 7 cases were of vertical shear injury type (4 pubic plating and sacro-iliac bar/ screw, 3 dynamic Ilizarov frame).

Results were evaluated with our own protocol. Infection rate compromised final results of the cases treated by ORIF (4:6) and reduction was poorer with the static external fixator (2:4). Treatment with Ilizarov frame revealed 5 good results and 2 fair results.

The authors conclude that even with a limited number of patients and follow-up, the use of the dynamic Ilizarov frame with a minimal invasive approach, showed to be a simple, fast and efficient method for the handling of serious fractures and disruptions of the pelvic ring, allowing a good stabilization of the anterior and posterior components, permitting the “fine tuning” in the postoperative period, without major complications.


E. Vasiliadis V.D. Polyzois T.B. Grivas A. Koinis M. Malakasis M. Beltsios

Aim: To study the postoperative results of an alternative method of pin placement for acute pelvic ring stabilization with an external fixation.

Introduction: External fixation for stabilization of pelvic ring fractures is the only and a safe method for emergency treatment. According to literature pins of the fixator should be placed urgently on the superior iliac rim and as soon as general condition of the patient permits, revision is required in order to manage in a finitive way the injury.

Material-Method: Inclusion criteria were high energy trauma, severe pelvic instability, heamodynamic instability, acute management of a pelvic fracture and minimum follow up of 2 years. Patients with a simultaneus major head, chest or abdominal injury were excluded from the study. Between 2000–01, 19 patients (15 male and 4 female with a mean age of 28 years old) underwent acute pelvic stabilization with an external fixation. In 12 patients, mechanism of injury was road accident and in 7 patients a fall from a height. Fracture type according to Tyle classification was 2 type A, 12 type B and 5 type C. In 6 patients the pins were placed in an oblique plane to the superior iliac rim (Group I) and in 13 patients there were placed in the sagital plane, just below the superior anterior iliac spine (Group II). The mean time for external fixation application was 15 min for group I and 22 min for group II.

Results: 14 patients were heamodynamically stabilized in the early postoperative period and 5 patients were transmitted to Intensive Care Unit. In 17 patients a rigid fixation of the pelvis was achieved and remained as a definite method of treatment and in 2 patients of Group I, replacement of the external fixator and an adjacent stabilization of posterior elements was required. No patient required adjacent posterior element stabilization as the primary reduction and stabilization was satisfactory. Mean time of stabilization was 7 weeks for type A, 10 weeks for type B and 11 weeks for type C fractures. 13 patients were totally recovered and returned to their previous occupation and 6 patients have minor problems that are attributed to the pelvic ring fracture.

Conclusions: External fixator’s placement for pelvic ring stabilization should be performed in a way that it will be a finitive method for osteosynthesis of the pelvis. We suggest pin placement in the sagital plane, below the superior anterior iliac spine instead of placement at the superior iliac rim.


Full Access
A. Iotov N. Tzachev D. Enchev A. Baltov

Objective: A floating hip, e.i. combination of pelvic or acetabulat fracture with ipsilateral femoral fracture is uncommon condition, but posing considerable problems such as how to manage each component of the injury and what are the treatment priorities. The aim of the syudy is to report our experience with surgical treatment of traumatic floating hip.

Material and methods: For the 4-year period in our institution 15 patients with floating hips (10 mails, 5 females, average age 38 years) were treated operatively. There were 10 unstable pelvic ring disruptions B and C types and 5 displaced acetabular fractures, combined with 2 neck, 11 shaft and 2 supracondylar femoral fractures. Six patients were operated simultaneously for both components and in the rest definitive pelvic surgery were done at a second stage. pelvic girdle was stabilized by a variety of methods: anterior sacro-iliac plates, iliosacral lag screws, transsacral posterior plaates. Acetabular fractures were all treated by ORIF. For femoral fractures nailing was done in 8 cases, plating in 5 and cervical screw fixation in 2.

Results: All fractures healed in time. Two superficial femoral infections resolved after local care. Results for pelvic injuries were estimated according to Pholemann score and for acetabular fractures – to Matta scale. In respect to pelvic fractures 5 ecxellent, 3 good and 2 poor results were noted, and regarding acetabular fractures 3 exccelent, 1 satisfactory and 1 poore results. All femoral fractures united in good position. Overall final outcome was excellent in 8, good in 3, fair in 1 and poor in 3 patients.

Conclusions: Surgical treatment is a method of choice for a floating hip. ORIF of pelvic ring and locking nailing of the femur result in best outcome. Simultaneous procedure provides more rapid recovery, but should be carried out only in stable patients. If staged surgery is planned, stabilisation of the femur should be done prior to definitive pelvic fixation in order to facilitate later pelvic surgery.


G. Merenyi P. Gergely I. Zagh

Purpose: Open reduction and internal fixation (ORIF) is considered the treatment of choice in dislocated acetabular fractures. However ORIF has several drawbacks, such as intra operative blood loss, operative trauma and septic complications. To overcome these problems we applied percutaneous cannulated screw fixation in some cases.

Methods: 198 acetabular fractures were treated between 1996 and 2003 in our department. According to the AO classification there were: 74 type A, 99 type B and 25 type C cases. The causes of the trauma were fall from high at 29, traffic accident at 112 and simple drop with osteoporosis in 57 patients. There were 29 polytraumatized and 46 multitraumatized patients. The 89 non-displaced fractures were treated conservatively: 8–12 weeks non-weight bearing were applied. The other cases were treated surgically: the simple wall fractures with screws, the column fractures with plates. The ilioinguinal approach was used in 11 and the Kocher-Langenbeck in 92 patients. Recently we have started to apply a percutaneous technique with cannulated screws. We used them at the fractures of the roof of the acetabulum and at elderly patients who had moderately dislocated anterior column fracture. We applied this technique in 6 cases.

Results: In the cannulated screw group there was no intra- or postoperative complication, and the functional results have been excellent or good. In those cases, where the fracture involved the posterior wall or the posterior column, and percutaneous reduction could not have been achieved; we made open reduction, and ORIF.

Conclusions: Percutaneous cannulated screw technique can be useful in the treatment of the fractures of the anterior column and the dome of the acetabulum.


T. Dedek H. Kralove J. Folvarsky T. Holecek J. Koci I. Pocepcov J. Trlica J. Zahradnicek I. Zvak

Aim: To set decisive factors for final outcome of acetabular fractures (AF) in disrupted pelvic ring (DPR).

Setting: Level I TC.

Method: Retrospective case analysis study.

Material: Jan 1990–Jan 2000, 19 AF with DPR at 19 adult patients (P) were treated. There were 15 AO type B and 4 type C DPR, 5 type A, 7 type B and 7 type C AF. ISS mean 22 (34–9). Emergency stabilisation was performed by external fixation at 11 P and by skeletal traction at 8 P. 16 P (all skeletal traction) underwent ORIF mean 9 days from injury, 4 were reoperated. General complications occured at 5 and local at 8 P, 1 P deceased. 17 P were evaluated (Burks score) mean 4,1 y. after injury.

Results: The Burks score ranged 98,5–37,4 points with 12 excellent-good (EGR) vs. 5 fair-poor results (FPR). We found no significant differences in sex, ISS, AO type of DPR, type of emergency stabilisation, time to ORIF and general complications between the groups of EGR and FPR. There were significant differences in: mean age 33,1 y. in EGR vs. 43,1 y. in FPR; 33% C type AF in EGR vs. 60% in FPR; 8,3% instability rate after ORIF of AF in EGR vs. 80% in FPR; 25% local complications rate in EGR vs. 80% in FPR; no femoral head necrosis in EGR vs. 60% in FPR; mean 3,5 y. from injury to evaluation in EGR vs. 5,7 y. in FPR.

Conclusion: The decisive factors are: age of patient, pattern of acetabular fracture, local complications and femoral head necrosis occurence, time from injury to evaluation. Quality of acetabular reconstruction by ORIF is crucial.


R. Raman P.V. Giannoudis

Purpose: To analyze the long-term functional outcome of vertical shear fractures to other forms of severe pelvic injuries: APC-III, LC-III, and complex acetabular fractures.

Methods: We identified 31 VS fractures in 29 consecutive patients. A retrospective chart analysis was performed and analyzed in a control group comprising of 98 patients matched for age and sex: 34 APCIII, 32 LC-III and 32 complex acetabular fractures. Functional outcome was assessed in all patients using EuroQol EQ-5D, SF36, VAS, SMFA, Majeed score. Merle d Aubigne and Postel scores (Matta 1986) and radiologic degenerative hip scores (Matta 1994) were used to assess patients with acetabular fractures.

Results: Mean age of patients was 43.5 yrs, median ISS-22. In VS group 35% returned to their previous jobs (49% in control group), 30% had changed jobs (30%) and 25% (14%) had retired from regular work. In acetabular group 10 patients had neurologic injury and 3 patients had total hip arthroplasties at 29,40,51months. The clinical outcome (Matta scores) of patients in the acetabular group was:5 excellent (3 THA), 4 good, 13 fair,10 poor. The radiologic Matta score for acetabular group was: 4 excellent, 8 good, 14 fair, 3 poor. Mean EQ-5D description scores were 0.43, 0.63, 0.69, 0.49 and mean valuation scores were 46.1, 62.3, 78, and 51.4 for the VS, LCIII, APIII, and acetabular groups respectively. SF 36 physical health scores were 44.4, 62.5, 78.3, 54,2 and mental health score of 26.2, 68, 76.5 and 56.3 for VS, LCIII, APIII, and acetabular groups. SMFA dysfunction index was 63.3, 44.6, 38.3, 54.1 and the bother index was 60.5, 49, 34.2 and 57.2. There was a significant difference in EQ-5D score, SMFA, SF36 scores indicating poor outcome in the VS group compared to AP-III, LCIII group. There was no significant functional difference between the VS and acetabular group.

Conclusion: VS fractures represent the spectrum of high-energy pelvic disruption. Functional outcome is significantly better in patients with APC III, LC III fractures when compared to VS and complex acetabular fractures reflecting the severity of injury. Secondary osteoarthritis, neurologic injuries appear to contribute to the poor outcome of acetabular fractures. Sound reconstruction of pelvic ring is not always associated with good results probably due to extensive pelvic floor trauma as seen in this series of patients. Younger individuals seem to have a relatively better outcome when compared to the older age group.


A.J. Johnston A. Adas J. Wong-Chung

Percutaneous fluoroscopically assisted iliosacral screw insertion has become one of the most popular methods of stabilisation of the posterior aspect of the vertically unstable pelvis. Screw malpositioning rates range from 0 to 10 per cent. Screw malplacement can cause injury to the iliac and gluteal vessels, L4 to S1 nerve roots and sympathetic chain.

We performed two radiographic studies on dry human bones to seek safe radiographic landmarks for insertion of iliosacral screws.

Part 1. Two parallel linear densities are always present on lateral plain radiographs of the lumbosacral spine and pelvis. Using wire markers on pelvic bones, we accurately define the origin of these pelvic lines. Steel wires of different lengths were placed along the iliopectineal and arcuate lines of the pelvis. The shorter wire stopped at the anterior limit of the sacro-iliac joint. The longer wire extended further along the entire course of the medial border of the ilium to the iliac crest posteriorly. We demonstrate that each ‘ pelvic line ‘ represents the sharp bony ridge that forms the anterosuperior limit for insertion of iliosacral screws.

Part 2. In a second experimenton dry pelvis, we inserted balloons filled with radio-opaque contrast medium into the spinal canal of the sacrum and exiting through the anterior and posterior sacral foramina on either side. Plain lateral radiographs and CT scan with reformatted images were obtained. We present a previously undescribed radiological sign on plain lateral radiographs of the lumbosacral spine. The inferior and posterior boundaries of the acorn sign are delineated.


P. Sosin J. Dutka M. Libura P. Skowronek

Aims: Evaluation of: 1/ type and incidence of pelvic ring injuries, 2/ type and incidence of associated injuries, 3/ type of pelvic ring injuries pathomechanism, 4/ influence of pelvic ring injuries on trauma severity score, 5/ analysis of clinical long term results.

Material and methods: Retrospective evaluation of 257 patients with pelvic ring injuries treated between 1989–2003 had been made. Mean patients age was: 65 y.o. (Range: 32–61 y.o.). Mean follow-up time: 57,5 months (range: 18–192 m.). All patients were treated no operatively: bed-rest, hamaque suspension, and skeletal traction. Analysis of pelvic injuries was made by Tiles classification. Evaluation of pelvic injuries pathomechanism was made by Young-Burgess classification. Clinical end results were evaluated by Iowa Pelvic Score. In polytraumatized patients trauma severity was evaluated by AIS and ISS.

Results: Incidence of pelvic injury in hospitalized patients was 1,3%. In study group there were following pelvic injury types: type A – 14 %, type B – 77 % and type C – 9%. Pathomechanisms of pelvic injuries in study group were following: type LC – 61%, type APC – 30%, type VS – 2%, type CMI – 7%. Long term clinical results in Iowa pelvic Score were for pelvic ring injuries: type A – 92 p., type B – 86 p., type C – 67 p. Mean value of ISS index in patients with pelvic ring injuries was 23p, mean value of ISS index in patients without pelvic ring injuries was 19p.

Conclusions: 1/ pelvic ring injuries in standard orthopedic and traumatic department are rare, 2/ pelvic ring injuries are frequent in polytraumatized patients, 3/ type C according to Tile’s classification is the most frequent type of pelvic ring injury, 4/ type LC according to Young-Burgess classification is the most frequent type of pelvic ring injury pathomechanism, 5/ incidence of pelvic ring injury in polytraumatized patient increases ISS index, 6/ long term clinical results suggested that most pelvic ring injuries can be successfully treated nonoperatively.


P. Stott A. Day R. Boden

Background: The use of sacro-iliac screws to restore the stability of posterior pelvic ring dissociations has become a standard technique. Several methods are described including fluoroscopy, CT and computer assisted techniques. Fluoroscopically assisted insertion is the standard technique. Multiple exposures of ionising radiation permit acquisition of a target in sequential planes, requiring a process of interpolation for 3-D localisation. A computer assisted technique facilitates the simultaneous visualisation of multiple planes following a single image intensifier acquisition and registration process in each plane. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate the accuracy of a computer assisted surgery technique and quantify the predicted reduction in radiation exposure.

Methods: 10 embalmed human cadavers were used. In each specimen, a sacro-iliac screw was simulated by passing a 5mm reamer over a 3.2mm guide wire. The index track was formed with a closely sheathed 4.8mm drill and was inserted with the standard fluoroscopically assisted technique in the left hemipelvis and a computer assisted technique(Vector Vision trauma) on the right. Registration of the system is achieved by the placement of infra red reflective arrays on all tracked objects. These include the right and left hemi-pelvis, the fluoroscope, the drill guide and the driver unit. The system is an open platform which registers arrays of known geometry whilst permitting the registration of instruments by means of an instrument calibration matrix. The pelvic T and Y pattern fiducials are fixed rigidly to inter-table threaded pins at the level of the gluteal tuberosities. The standard acquisition projections are inlet and outlet views for both techniques with the addition of lateral projections although the latter were not directly used for navigation. Postoperative CT scans demonstrate the actual tracks and analysis is facilitated by means of a digital mapping technique.

Results: The accuracy of the fluoroscopically assisted and computer assisted techniques is identical. The procedure time was significantly longer for the computer assisted technique although most of the additional time was accounted for by the “line of sight” registration process. There was a reduction in both the total screening time and the measured radiation dose in the case of the computer assisted technique although this did not reach statistical significance as the sample size is relatively small.

Conclusions: The navigation of sacro-iliac screw tracks by means of both fluoroscopically assisted and computer assisted techniques proves equally accurate in a human cadaveric model.


F. Castelli R. Spagnolo F. Sala R. Cadlolo M. Bonalumi O. Chiara S. Cimbanassi A. Rossi D. Capitani

Introduction A complex challenge to trauma surgeon is the choice of clinical pathway management in hemodynamic unstable patients with pelvic ring disruption and potential intraperitoneal or other extrapelvic hemorrhage.

Aim of the study In multi-trauma bleeding patients with pelvic ring injuries causing increased pelvic volume, the main source of hemorrhage is the fracture itself; in biomechanical stable the priority is to search and to treat extrapelvic sources of hemorrhage; CESCT is critical in the selection of appriopriate therapeutic approach in the case of bleeding pelvic injury.

Material and Methods Patients admitted as major trauma are immediately evaluated by a multidisciplinary team in a dedicated room where ABC resuscitation, plain radiographs, abdominal ultrasound/DPL may be all performed. The comprehensive Tile pelvic disruption classification combines the mechanism of injury and the degree of pelvic stability. Previous works correlated pelvic fracture pattern with the risk of pelvic fracture hemorrhage. Classically, APC and VS mechanisms were associated with pelvic hemorrhage and LC mechanims with abdominal organ injuries. In this work we included in group A patterns of pelvic fracture where increased pelvic volume and major ligamentous disruption (Tile B1, B3 and C or APC and VS), Patterns of pelvic fractures with low risk of bleeding, such as those without ligament lacerations (Tile A) or with reduced pelvic volume (Tile B2 or LC) or isolated acetabular fractures, have been included in group B.

Results Between October 2002 and January 2004, significant bleeding was observed in 87 of 142 pelvic fractures (61.26%).

Thirty-seven of 87 (42.5%) had a pelvic fracture pattern attributable to group A and 50 to group B

All patients included had multiple sites of bleeding, but predominant hemorrhage from pelvic fracture was observed in 87% of group A patients and in only 6% of group B, while predominant hemorrhage from extra-pelvic sites was identified in 94% of group B and in only 13% of group A (p< .001).

Conclusion Pattern of pelvic seems to be suggestive of the predominant site of bleeding; early application of measures of temporary pelvic stabilization should be considered a completion of resuscitation protocol; CESCT is the best diagnostic tool to choice the appropriate way to manage bleeding pelvic injuries and associated intraperitoneal injuries; availability of equipped CT scan and angiographic suitesand of short response time interventional radiologist is a crucial point for this diagnostic and therapeutic work-up.


A.A. Shetty R. Bommireddy Y. Shenava K. James S.L. Phillips F.G. Groom

Aim and methods: We present our results on the treatment an outcome of femoral non-unions in our institution as tertiary referral centre. Retrospective analysis was performed using the ASAMI criteria.

Results: 19 patients, 12 men and 7 women were retrospectively assessed. Mean age was 40 years (range 17–72). 11 fractures were in the diaphysiseal area and 8 were in the supracondylar area. 5 cases were infected non-unions. Time from fracture to definitive treatment varied from 5 to 88 months (mean 21 months).

Open technique was used in 18 cases. In 8 cases we have used autogenous cancellous bone graft and in 3 cases BMP7 was used in addition to bone graft. 9 cases were treated with Ilizarov frame without bone graft, 6 with plate and bone graft, 3 with intramedullary nail and 1 with bone graft alone. Internal bone transport was carried out in 5 cases to achieve limb length equality.

Fracture union was achieved in 16 patients with 7 excellent and 8 good results as per ASAMI criteria. 15 cases achieved excellent to good functional results. Because of persistent infection, 2 distal femoral non-unions required transfemoral amputation. Treatment was discontinued due to psychiatric illness in 1 patient with Ilizarov frame. Two of the patients in supracondylar group developed knee stiffness. Pin tract infection is a common complication in Ilizarov group.

Conclusion: Adequate reduction and stabilization is key to success. Non-unions without any complications can be treated with exchange nail or open reduction and plating. Ilizarov method is effective for non-unions complicated by distal location, infection and bone loss. Psychological assessment is important before considering Ilizarov method of treatment.


N. Giannakakis M. Beltsios E. Vasiliadis N. Giannakakis M. Malakasis S. Psarakis

We report our experience on complications of intra-medullary nailing on 150 femoral shaft fractures.

Material concerns 147 patients (103 men and 44 women) that were operated in a 7 years period. Mean age was 37 years old (15–77). Thirty patients were older than 65 years. Indications for femoral intramedullary nailing were 120 acute fractures (7 pathological), 9 non-unions, 2 malunions and 19 fractures with delayed union previously operated by another method. Twenty two were polytrauma patients. Twenty one fractures were open (grade a and b). Various types of reamed long antegrade nails were used in 117 cases and a long g-nail in 33 cases.

Main complications were: shortening 10, heterotopic ossification 6, knee stiffness 8, fat embolism 2, deep venous thrombosis 4, pulmonary embolism 2, superficial wound infection 8, deep infection 1, lengthening 4, rotational deformity 10, nonunion 0, missed distal screw targeting 10, drill breakage 7, malposition of the nail 7, additional intraoperative fracture occurrence 7. In 60 cases the insertion of the guide was performed by a small incision at the fracture site. Mean union time was approximately 4 weeks shorter when a closed reduction was performed.

Technical complications in the majority of cases affected fractures that were operated after midnight. Elderly patients (> 65 years old), were most probably to be subjected a complication while less complications occurred in younger patients. A well prepared operating room and prevention of surgeons fatigue is needed to reduce complications.


G. Loupasis G. Anastopoulos P. Solomos J. Deros G. Biniaris A. Assimakopoulos

Aim: To review the operative results and to determine factors that may significantly influence the outcome.

Method: We retrospectively reviewed 38 patients treated with femoral interlocking nailing and tibial external fixation in a 5-year period (1996–2000). Two patients were excluded because of early death. Minimum follow-up was 2 years. There were 29 men and 7 women with a mean age of 27 years. Eight femoral (22%) and 29 tibial fractures (81%) were open. Associated injuries to th head, chest, and abdomen were seen in 17 patients (47%). Concomitant musculoskeletal trauma was present in 30 patients (83%). Final functional results were evaluated according to Karlstrom’s and Olerud’s criteria. Various factors were assessed including age, severity of open fractures, neurovascular injuries, fracture comminution, ligamentous knee injuries, concomittant injuries in the same limb or in the contralateral limb, existence of multiple trauma. Multivariate models were derived to detetermine predictors of outcome.

Results: All femoral fractures and 31 tibial fractures (86%) united without additional intervention. Radiographic femoral union averaged 14 weeks and tibial union 20 weeks. A total of 18 secondary procedures were required. Functional results were excellent or good in 26 patients (72%). Increasing age, fracture comminution and associated injury in the contralateral limb were not influenced the final result. Open grade III tibial fractures (p< 0.03), severity of knee ligamentous injury (p< 0.02) and concomitant trauma to the same extremity (particularly to the ankle and foot – p< 0.02), contributing significantly to an unsatisfactory outcome.


S. Prasad T. Dwyer A.M. Phillips

Non-union of femoral and tibial shaft fractures is a serious complication, prolonging patient morbidity and ultimately influencing functional recovery. The aim of the study was to assess the effectiveness of different surgical options in the treatment of non-union of femoral shaft fractures after initial intramedullary nailing.

Between January 1995 and November 2003, 320 patients with femoral or tibial shaft fractures were treated with closed intramedullary nailing. The mechanism of injury, fracture pattern, concomitant injuries, subsequent surgical treatment and complications were prospectively recorded and retrospective analysis was performed.

16 of the 157 patients (10%) with femoral fractures and 31 of the 161 patients (19%) with tibial fractures developed non-union after initial primary intramedullary nailing. This group of patients had 2–3 further operations before union was established. 26 patients had initial dynamisation and 11 had exchange nailing alone. The remaining patients had autologous bone grafting and/or internal fixation with a plate. Subsequently a further 3 patients required dynamisation, 2 required exchange nailing and another 3 bone grafting. Finally 2 patients required a fourth procedure to reach solid union.

Our experience showed that exchange nailing and dynamisation are the most effective method of treatment of non-union of femoral and tibial shaft fractures after intramedullary nailing.


S. Mushtaq S. Kambhampati P. Harwood H.C. Pape A. Mohammed P.V. Giannoudis

Objectives The objective of this study was to investigate accelerated bone healing in patients with femoral shaft fractures.

Methods Data on patients with diaphyseal femoral fractures admitted to our trauma unit between 1997 and 2002 was collected and analysed. Patients were categorised into three groups by the presence or absence of head injury, and the reamed or undreamed nailing technique used. Severity of head injury was quantified using abbreviated injury score (AIS) and Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS). Time to bony union was assessed from serial of x-rays and clinical examination.

Patients were followed to discharge in outpatient clinics until bony union.

Results Group 1 ( Patients with head injury)

In total 17 patients (14 male, 3 female)

mean age 29.4(14–53)

open fractures 2

Mean AIS 3.2 (2–5)

Fracture treatment was reamed femoral nail

Bony union 10.5(6–22)weeks

Group 2 ( Patients without head injury)

Intotal 25 patients(19 male, 6 female)

Mean age 32(16–81)

Open fractures 2

Fracture treatment was reamed femoral nail

Bony union 20.5(14–32)weeks

Group 3 ( Patients without head injury)

In total 24 patients(18 male, 6 female)

Mean age 47(17–83)

Open fractures 2

Fracture treatment was unreamed femoral nail

Bony union 26.9 (21–32) weeks

Conclusion This study supports rapid bone union in the presence of head injury. Further research is indicated to provide a definate answer, specially mesenchymal cell and their control pathways which could allow further development of their potential therapeutic uses.


V. Oztuna G. Ersoz I. Ayan M. Metin M.M. Eskandari M. Colak F. Kuyurtar

Background: Bacterial translocation is defined as a phenomenon in which live bacteria cross the intestinal barrier and spread the other systemic organs after various type of traumatic insults such as hemorrhagic shock, burn, malnutrition and abdominal trauma. It has also been shown that multiple fractures of long bones associated with head injury promote bacterial translocation.

Aim: To determine whether early internal fixation of long bone fractures helps to prevent bacterial translocation

Materials and methods: Thirty-seven male Sprague-Dawley rats were divided into three groups. 1) anesthesia only (control group, n=12); 2) anesthesia + tibia fracture + femur fracture + moderate head trauma (trauma group, n=14), and 3) anesthesia + fixation of both tibia and femur fractures + moderate head trauma (fixation group, n=11). Head injury was created by using Marmarou’s impaction-acceleration model and fractures were created by using a blunt guillotine. After 24 hours, mesenteric lymph nodes, liver, spleen and systemic blood samples were quantitatively cultured to detect bacterial translocation. Finally, ileum was cultured to determine the indigenous intestinal flora.

Results: The most commonly translocating bacteria were enterococci, E.coli, and group D streptococci. The incidence of bacterial translocation was lower in fixation group (2/11) than the trauma group (10/14) (Fishers exact test, p=0.025). No statistical difference was detected between the control and the fixation group.

The number of organs containing viable bacteria was significantly lower in the control and fixation groups than the trauma group (Mann Whitney U test, p=0.002).

Conclusion: Multiple organ failure which is the most severe complication after trauma has a mortality rate of 50–70%. It is believed that MOF results from sepsis from organisms in the intestinal flora; a process termed bacterial translocation. Our data revealed that in case of multiple long bone fractures combined with moderate head injury, systemic translocation of the gut bacteria may be prevented by early internal fixation of the bones.


Y.R. Shah K. Mohanty

Introduction: Distal femoral shaft and supracondylar fractures are now more common. Non-operative treatment of these challenging fractures is difficult and fraught with complications. Retrograde and supracondylar nails have emerged as a good alternative to stabilize these fractures. This study evaluates the outcome of retrograde femoral nails done over a span of 5 years at a University Hospital.

Materials and Methods: In this retrospective study, review of case notes and radiographs of 56 patients was done. All patients, who underwent retrograde and supracondylar femoral nailing between 1999 and 2003 were included. Various factors including patient demographics, mechanism of injury and fracture type were studied. Time to union, intra and post -operative complications and need for re-operation were also recorded.

Results: 41 retrograde and 15 supracondylar femoral nails were done in the study period. There were 16 males and 40 females. Most of the patients had sustained their fractures due to fall. 3 out of the 56 patients presented with open fractures. 53 patients had insertion of reamed nails and 52 of them had both ends locked. The average time of operation was 2 hours 10 minutes and the average blood loss was 500 ml. Most patients were mobilized early with partial weight bearing.

There were 3 superficial wound infections, which resolved with appropriate antibiotics. There were no cases of nerve damage or septic arthritis. 2 patients died with bronchopneumonia in the post- operative period.

55 out of 56 fractures united at an average of 16 weeks. 1 patient required re-operation for non-union, 9 months after the index operation.

Conclusion: We conclude from this study that there is a high union rate of distal femoral fractures treated with supracondylar and retrograde nails with very low complication rate. It allows early mobilization, particularly in elderly patients and seems to produce very good functional outcome with low re-operation rate.


J. Waddell E.H. Schemitsch M.D. McKee A. McConnell S. James

Introduction and Aims: Open femoral fracture is a serious injury. We have asked the question: do open femur fractures in polytrauma patients correlate with higher injury severity scores, increased length of stay and higher mortality rates than in closed femur fracture polytrauma patients.

Method: We undertook a retrospective review of a prospectively gathered trauma database at a Level 1 trauma centre. We identified multiple-injured patients with femur fractures who presented in a 36 month period. The cases were divided into 2 groups; open femur fractures (n=33) and closed femur fractures (n=80). Data was collected on demographics, precipitating event, length of stay spent in the ICU, number of associated injuries, ISS, AIS for affected systems, number of femoral surgeries and disposition. Data was analyzed using parametric statistical tests with a significance level of 0.05.

Results: Our analysis revealed that an average, patients in the open femur fracture group spent 8 + 9 days in ICU, sustained 4 + 1 associated injuries, underwent 2 + 1 femoral surgeries, had an ISS of 29 + 13, and died of their injuries in 30.3% of cases. Patients in the closed femur fracture groups spent 8 + 9 days in ICU, sustained 4 + 1 associated injuries, underwent 1 + 1 femoral surgeries, had an ISS of 29 + 14, and died of their injuries in 12.5% of cases. One-way ANOVA showed no statistically significant difference between groups in terms of time spent in ICU, ISS and number of associated injuries. The average number of surgeries was significantly greater in the open femur fracture group (p-value 0.000). A Chi-squared analysis of disposition indicated that patients with femur fractures were more likely to die of their injuries (p-value 0.020).

Conclusions: Findings of the current study demonstrate that while the presence of an open femur fracture does not correlate with an increase in ISS or increase ICU length of stay it may act as a marker for more serious prognosis in polytrauma patients.


B. Mahaisavariya P. Songcharoen K. Riansuwan

A method of closed unlocked femoral nailing using only ultrasound guidance from the beginning to end of the operation is described. The method was evaluated as a prospective study in 150 cases of unilateral uncomminuted or very minimal comminuted (Winquist I) femoral shaft fracture who could be operated on within one week. There were 132 males and 18 females whose ages ranged from 16 to 70 years (average, 26). The interval from injury to operation averaged 2.3 days (range, 1–7). Twenty seven cases were Winquist I comminution and 123 cases were non- comminuted fractures. Hundred and forty five cases (97%) were successful with the method with an average operation time of 35.8 minutes (range, 30–50). Of five failure cases; one had nail incarceration, one had accidentally torn flexible reamer and three were not able to pass the guide wire from the proximal femoral canal into the distal femoral canal within ten minutes. The ultrasound which is more available in most hospital and no radiation hazard can be used as an alternative method for monitoring the fracture alignment in closed unlocked femoral nailing with a very high succes rate. This method will be very helpful for the developing country where the C-arm image intensifier is not available.


N. Garneti S.C. Halder

Non-operative treatment is usually employed in the treatment of femoral fractures in young individuals. Malunion, delayed union, joint stiffness, limb length discrepancy, psychological problems and delay in functional recovery are well known complications of conservative treatment. The length of hospital stay that will be a part of non-operative treatment will add to the cost of the treatment.

We report our experience with intramedullary nailing of closed femoral shaft fractures with a new femoral nail in adolescent patients with an open physis. We treated 13 patients between 1995 and 2004 aged between 8–16 years (8 males and 5 females) with a new femoral nail for closed femoral shaft fractures using the tip of the greater trochanter as the entry point. 11 of the 13 patients had removal of the femoral nail.

The mechanism of injury, length of hospital stay, patient mental well-being, surgical technique, requirement of secondary surgical procedures, associated complications, post-operative mobility, return to pre-injury status, range of movement at the hip and knee are discussed

At follow up ranging from few months to 7 years, we found no leg length discrepancy, rotational deformity, limp, problems with physis and all patients had a full range of movement at the hip and knee.

External fixation, elastic intramedullary nails, plate and screw fixation are other surgical options available to treat femoral shaft fractures. Children poorly tolerate external fixators and plate fixation can be associated with a high incidence of complications. Flexible intramedullary fixation of femoral shaft fractures is an attractive option, but is technically difficult and is associated with a learning curve. In our view, intramedullary nailing is a simple, safe, efficient and effective method of treatment of femoral shaft fractures in adolescent patients with open physis.


P. Harwood P.V. Giannoudis C. Probst K. Grimme C. Krettek

For femoral shaft fracture, damage control orthopaedics entails primary external fixation and subsequent conversion to an intramedullary device (IMN). Sub-clinical contamination of external fixator pin sites is common and it is argued that such an approach risks subsequent local infective complications. We aimed to determine the rate of wound infection following DCO procedures and primary IMN for femoral fracture stabilisation.

Retrospective analysis of a prospectively assembled adult patient database was carried out. Inclusion criteria were femoral #, New Injury Severity Score (NISS) above 20 and survival more than 2 weeks. Two groups, damage control (DCO) and early total care (ETC) (Primary Nail), were formed. Contamination was positive culture from the wound or fixator pin-sites without clinical infection. Superficial infection was a combination of positive bacterial swabs and local or systemic signs of infection. Deep infection was any case requiring surgical intervention with a sub-group requiring removal of femoral metal work (ROMW) also defined.

173 patients met the criteria for inclusion, with 192 fractures (19 bilateral). The mean follow up was 19 months. Patients in the damage control group were more severely injured than those undergoing primary intramedullary nailing (NISS 36 vs 25, p 0.001). There were also more severe (Grade 3 A,B or C) local soft tissue injuries in this group (p 0.05). 98 of the 111 DCO patients underwent subsequent IMN. Others either died without conversion being appropriate, or it was elected to complete treatment with external fixation. The mean time of exchange an ex/fix to a nail was 14.1 days.

Though contamination rates were higher in the DCO group (12.6% vs 3.7%, p 0.05), there was no excess of infective complications (11.1% vs 10.8%). Contamination increased significantly in patients who underwent conversion to IMN after 14 days. Grade 3 open injury was significantly associated with infection irrespective of treatment.

This study demonstrates that infection rates following DCO for femoral fractures are not significantly different to those observed following primary intramedullary nailing. Whilst the overall risk of deep infection in the DCO group did not show any correlation with the timing of converting the external fixator to a nail, the risk of contamination was higher in patients where the exchange nailing was performed after a period of 2 weeks.


N. Efstathopoulos E.J. GiamarellosBourboulis J. Lazarettos V. Nikolaou F. Baziaka C. Panousis

Sepsis and multiple-organ failure are common sequelae of multiple trauma. Although sepsis is considered to result from bacteria translocating through the gut mucosa, evidence for that is lacking. In order to define the chronic involvement of bacterial translocation, fracture was induced after crushing of the right femor on its mid in 11 rabbits. Blood was collected at regular time intervals for quantitative culture and for estimation of endotoxins (LPS) by the QCL LAL-assay, tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNFalpha) by a bioassay in L929 fibrosarcoma cell line and malondialdehyde (MDA) by HPLC. After death, segments of liver, lung and spleen were cut for quantitative culture. Mean +/−SE of the log10 of viable cells in blood were 2.48 +/− 0.43, 3.16 +/− 0.46, 2.77 +/− 0.69 and 2.12 +/− 0.43 at 2, 4, 24 and 48 hours after fracture. Respective values for LPS were 1.50 +/−0.29, 1.54 +/− 0.44, 1.17 +/− 0.17 and < 1.00; for MDA 3.57 +/− 0.55, 7.50 +/− 3.00, 15.77 +/− 12.26 and 5.07 +/− 2.18 μM; and for TNFalpha 11.8 +/− 1.2, 36.7 +/− 25.9, 40.7 +/− 24.0 and 56.8 +/− 45.3 pg/ml. Positive tissue cultures for Serratia marscecens and Pseudomonas aeruginosa were found for six rabbits. Median survival for animals drawn positive tissue cultures was 1.00 days and 7.00 days for animals with negative tissue cultures (p: 0.0092). It is concluded that bacterial translocation is a process occurring early in a significant percentage in the field of multiple trauma. Its occurrence is accompanied by rapid progression to death. Further research is mandatory to clarify the reasons favoring that process in certain hosts compared to others.


P. Keeling P.A. O’Connor E. Daly O. Barry G. Khayyat P. Murphy D. Reidy O. Brady.

Aim To document an outbreak of Vancomycin Resistant Enterococci in an elective Orthopaedic Unit. To describe the clinical course of the affected patients and treatment options. To describe methods employed in eradicating endemicity following the outbreak and to evaluate the lessons learnt.

Background VRE first appeared in the Microbiological literature in 1988. Very little is known about its effect in the Orthopaedic Realm. To our knowledge, this is the first report of a serious outbreak in such a unit and only the second reporting of peri-prosthetic VRE infection.

Material and methods All patients in the unit over a 1/12 unit formed the cohort for the study. Following identification of the index case, samples were taken form all in-patients. Immediately a nurse specialist in infection control oversaw sampling of all patients. Microbiological data, Clinical Data and antimicrobial therapy data was collected on all positive patients. Rapid laboratory procedure were instituted, environmental screening was preformed and a dedicated cleaning team was formed. The assistance of a Clinical Microbiologist and an Environmental Microbiologist was sought.

Results Following identification of the index case, 11 patietns had microbiological proven VRE. 1 patient had a VRE confirmed peri-prosthetic infection. This necessitated removal and appropriate anti-microbial therapy. However, this patient died. 2 pateints were found to have superficial wound infection, which resolved with oral Linezolid, while 8 patients showed colonization with the organism. No treatment was required other than clinical follow up and staged screening in these patients.

The unit was closed for 9 weeks following the outbreak and deep cleaning resulted in eradication of endemicity.

Conclusion Tracing of the index case and typing allowed us to confirm the source of the outbreak and to take steps to prevent a recurrence. Appropriate microbiological advice is essential in an outbreak situation, management of peri-prosthetic infection and follow up of affected cases. All protocols have been re-evaluated and retraining of all staff in good clinical hygiene has been undertaken. The speed of the outbreak and its devastating effect on a Joint Replacement Facility is alarming and should serve to aid other units in establishing preventative protocols and in preplanning their treatment options and an outbreak team.


J. Deszczynski M. Ziolkowski A. Stolarczyk T. Koziel

Background. Tibial pilon fractures lead to complicated therapeutic problem. Application in these cases of external fixators which are composed of an active articulated joint hinge imitating movement in the region of upper ankle joint, which allows plantar and dorsal flexion, leads to functional treatment of distal tibia fractures.

Aim. The aim of the study was to present the four year experience with an evaluating biomechanical parameters, medical properties and clinical usefulness of the external fixator Dynastab-S in the treatment of tibial pilon fractures.

Material. Observations were based on patients hospitalized in Orthopedic and Rehabilitation Department of Medical University of Warsaw in a period from March 2000 to August 2004. The average period of observations was 29 months. Inclusion criteria were based on the algorithm which was created in our department.

Results. The assessment of biomechanical parameters of bone-fixator arrangement proved usefulness and safeness of the external fixator Dynastab-S. The positive results of clinical examinations, X-ray examinations and subjective opinion of the patients encourages to wide use of the external fixator Dynastab-S in the treatment of tibial pilon fractures.


H. Cabrita O. Pires de Camargo A. Tesconi Croci

Two-stage reconstruction is a well-recognized treatment for deep infection of hip joint implants, but there is a lack of objective data to support the use of a spacer between stages. The purpose of the study was to report the results of our treatment using a standardized protocol.

Methods: Sixty-five consecutive patients with deep infection of the hip prosthesis with discharging sinuses and bone loss were treated according to a prospective, two-stage resection/reimplantation protocol with and without the use of a vancomycin-loaded, hand-moulded cement spacer.

Results: Mean hospital lenght of stay was longer in both stages for the patients treated without a spacer. Mean surgical time was 40 minutes longer in the first stage for the spacer group but 60 minutes less at the second stage for the same group. Blood loss and blood transfusions were lower in the spacer group for both stages. Infection was eradicated in 92% of the patients after the first-stage operation in the spacer group and in 69% of the non-spacer group. The mean interval between the first and second stages was 11.4 weeks. 33 patients treated with a spacer had the second stage surgery and only two (6%) became infected again. Of the 17 patients of the non-spacer group than had reimpantation, 5 (29%) had recurrence of infection. Allografts were used in 53% of the patients of the non-spacer group and in 65% of the spacer group. The mean duration of follow-up was 42 months (range 24–84 months). The mean Harris hip score at follow-up improved from 19,3 to 69 in the non-spacer group and from 19,7 to 75,2 in the spacer group. Mean limb-lenght discrepancy was higher for the non-spacer group (26,cm comparing to 1,5cm). At the end of the study, 84% of patients treated with a spacer had good results comparing to only 35% of patients treated without a spacer.

Conclusion: We have found that our two-stage treatment protocol with the use of a spacer is a more reliable approach for the management of infected hip prostheses than a two stage approach without the use of a spacer.


G. Walley N. Maffulli V. Testa G. Capasso A. Sullo S. Ewen F. Benazzo J. King M.K. Sayana

Purpose To ascertain whether there are differences in the histopathological appearance of tendinopathic Achilles and patellar tendons.

Methods In males, we studied biopsies from tendinopathic Achilles (n = 28; average age 34.1 years) and patellar tendons (n = 28; average age 32.1), and Achilles tendons (n = 21; average age 61.8 years) from deceased patients with no known tendon pathology, and patellar tendons (n = 15; average age 28.3) from patients undergoing anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Haematoxylineosin stained slides were interpreted using a semi-quantitative grading scale (0: normal to 3: maximally abnormal) for fibre structure; fibre arrangement; rounding of the nuclei; regional variations in cellularity; increased vascularity; decreased collagen stainability; hyalinisation. All slides were assessed blindly twice, the agreement between two readings ranging from 0.170 to 0.750 (Kappa statistics).

Results The highest mean score of tendinopathic Achilles tendons was not significantly different from that of tendinopathic patellar tendons (11.6 ± 5 and 10.4 ± 3, respectively). The ability to differentiate between an Achilles tendon and a patellar tendon was low.

Conclusions Tendinopathic Achilles and patellar tendons show a similar histological picture. It was not possible to identify whether a specimen had been harvested from an Achilles or a patellar tendon on the basis of histological examination. The general pattern of degeneration was common to both tendinopathic Achilles and patellar tendons. A common, as yet unidentified, etio-pathological mechanism may have acted on both these tendon populations.


S. Mushtaq M. Gritz P. Giannoudis

Objective The aim of this study was to examine the minimum 10 year outcome of displaced and subsequently operatively reduced and anatomically fixed ankle fractures and report on the incidence of osteoarthritis.

Methods A total of 420 patients were treated with ORIF ankle at St James University Hospital from 1989–1994. Notes and x-rays of 112 patients were identified for analysis and 40 patients were traced to be available for this outcome study. Patients were interviewed and both ankles were examined. Plan radiographs of the affected ankle were taken. Scoring system for subjective, objective and radiographic criteria according to Baird and Jackson was used ( maximum 100) 96–100 excellent, 91–95 good, 81–90 fair and 0–80 poor.

Conclusion The long term results of ORIF of the ankle are poor as compared to those described in the literature and depend on the age of the patient and severity of the injury. The incidence of radiological osteoarthritis in this series was 67.5%.


R. Soares L. Soares R. Fontes V. Paz Ferreira F. Carneiro Carvalho Simoes

Ankle fractures are among the most common type of fractures of our musculoskeletal system, and their rate has been constantly increasing over the past decades, not only in the young active patients but also in the elderly ones.

The stability of the ankle joint is assured by the configuration of the fibula, tibia and talus, as well as by its complex ligamentous system.

The optimal treatment of these fractures follows the basic rules of all joint fractures: it is achieved by restoring the ankle mortise and its stability, in order to prevent pain and the development of secondary arthritis.

Stable ankle fractures (e.g., isolated fractures of lateral maleolus) can be satisfactorily treated by closed methods, whereas unstable fractures (e.g., bimaleolar, bilameolar equivalents, trimaleolar) must be treated by open reduction and internal fixation.

However, one of the aspects that influence the final outcome of these fractures is the coexistence of soft tissue injuries and osteochondral fractures (particularly of the talus), especially if not detected in the X-ray or intra-operative, which will inevitably degenerate in a posttraumatic arthritis.

The authors present in this paper a retrospective study of all patients with ankle fractures treated operatively in a period of ten years (January 1993 and December 2003). It where reviewed 376 clinical processes, with a male patient predominance (57%). The fractures where classified according to the Dannis-Weber Classification, and the following items where evaluated: epidemiology, co-morbidities, surgery timing, hospitalization time, surgical options, surgical follow-up and complications. The final evaluation of the patients included clinical, functional and radiological aspects.

The authors concluded that in spite of the surgical treatment being well established and indicated in the unstable fractures, its results are frequently influenced by the epidemiologic cofactors, co-morbidities, injury mechanism, coexistence of soft tissue injuries or osteochondral fractures that many times are not detected.


A.L.R. Michael A. Kansal N.C.R. Kumar P.M. Binfield

Background Ankle fractures vary in the amount of displacement, damage to the articular surface and disruption of the ligamentous structures. The consequences of injury will vary according to the fracture pattern and the patient. When a patient sustains an injury we would like to know both the early and late result of treatment for that particular patient. There has been debate about the instrument to be used for this follow up.

The aim of the present study is firstly to determine the outcome after open reduction and internal fixation of ankle fractures using the AO/ASIF principles and secondly to determine if the modified version of the scoring system of Phillips et al was appropriate for early and late follow up.

Method Retrospective analysis of case notes and radiographs of patients requiring ORIF of an Ankle fracture between 01/01/98 to 30/03/00. The end date was chosen so that all patients had a minimum of one year followup.

Patients with incomplete follow up, notes and radiographs were excluded. Functional outcome was assessed using a modified version of the scoring system of Phillips et. al. This was sent to patients by post.

Results 106 patients were included in the study. 50 male and 56 female. Age ranged from 14 to 83 mean 47. There were 6 type A, 43 typeB and 59 type C fractures according to the Danis Weber system.

2 were open fractures. There were 5 patients with significant associated injuries. 29 patients had significant co-morbid conditions.

29 patients had surgery on the date of admission. The mean interval to surgery was 3 days.

Patients were followed up regularly in the Out patients clinic

Reduction of fracture was assessed on post operative radiographs using the criteria of Joy et al (1974).

66 patients returned the questionnaire and the functional outcome was determined for this group. 51 patients had an excellent result, 6 patients had a good result, 5 patients had a satisfactory result 4 patients had a poor result. Detailed outcome and complications will be presented in our paper.

Conclusions Fixation of Ankle fractures according to the AO/ASIF guidelines gives good results in the short term with acceptable rate of complications.

Subjective assessment is satisfactory for measuring early and late outcome after Ankle surgery.

No statistically significant factors affected outcome in our study.


R. Nanda S. Scott A. Rangan

Introduction: Many authors have stated that open reduction and internal fixation of displaced ankle fractures give better results than conservative management (Hughes et al, Clin Orthop 1979; Tunturi et al, Acta Orthop Scand 1983; Philips et al, JBJS 1985 and ). However, there is little information on the long-term outcome of operated ankle fractures. There is inadequate knowledge of patient perception of ankle function following operative treatment of these injuries.

Aim: To analyse long-term results following operative treatment of these fractures using a patient centred outcome measure.

Methods: 112 patients had undergone operative fixation of isolated, closed bi-malleolar ankle fractures between 1992 and 1996 at Middlesbrough General Hospital. All patients had undergone operative fixation using standard AO principles. An independent assessor ascertained the quality of reduction using standardised radiological parameters (Joy et al JBJS 1974, Sarkisian & Cody J Trauma 1976, Mont et al J Ortop Trauma 1992) to assess the post-operative X-ray films. All postoperative reductions were within the parameters of a good reduction.

The modified Olerud & Molander ankle score questionnaire was sent by post to all patients identified living in the region.

Results: 66 out of 112 patients responded; 34 (52%) leading a sedentary lifestyle and 32 (48%) a moderate/ active lifestyle. Mean age of the patients was 47 years. The follow-up period ranged from 5 to 11 years (average 7 years).

Olerud and Molander scores ranged from 5 to 100, with a mean score of 66.5 (SD 27.6), and median score of 70. Only 9 (13.6%) patients had a score of 100. Comparisons between Olerud and Molander scores were made with regard to: gender, whether metal work was removed at a second operation, Weber classification (B vs C) and patient’s lifestyle. No significant differences were observed

The associations between Olerud and Molander score and the key variables were assessed using non-parametric (Spearman’s) correlation coefficients. None of the variables considered were significantly associated with Olerud and Molander score.

Conclusion: The study would suggest that, despite modern fixation techniques, few patients following bi-malleolar ankle fracture have a symptom free ankle. There is no obvious parameter to predict outcome in patients who are managed appropriately for these injuries.


H.V. Kurup A.L.R. Michael

The aim of the study was to find out the relationship between delay in fixation of ankle fractures and incidence of wound complications like wound dehiscence, necrosis of margins, infection. Ankle fractures are fixed either on the day of injury or delayed for up to 7 days in view of the swelling. We reviewed 51 patients with ankle fractures retrospectively (exclusions- children, open fractures, co-morbid conditions like diabetes, steroid use) looking for delay in surgical fixation and wound complications. Out of 19 patients operated within 24 hours of injury, only one had a wound complication. This was 8 out of 20 for patients operated anywhere between 24 hours and 7 days. 12 patients had their fractures fixed after 7days, out of which 4 developed wound problems. (p value- < 0.05). This suggests that delay in ankle fracture fixation increases the rate of wound related problems. Review of case notes suggested that most patients in the second group (24 hours to 7 days) were waiting for the available slot in the trauma list. Based on these observations we suggest that ankle fractures should be prioritized in trauma lists and fixed within 24 hours of injury.


R. Kahn R. Mayahi K. Gurusamy M.J. Parker

Introduction and aim There are different methods of internal fixation of intracapsular fractures of the hip of which three AO screws is one of the more popular. There have been no evidence-based publications describing the optimal position for screws. The aim was to establish the relationship between screw position and angle, and subsequent failure of union.

Method Using computer software we studied the position of AO screws in 395 consecutive patients inserted between 1989 and 2003. Follow-up was prospective and for a minimum of 100 days. The diagnosis of non-union was made clinically and confirmed radiographically.

Results The mean age of our population was 73.9 years (range 22–96). Eighty-six (21.8%) were male. Three hundred and twenty seven (82.8%) came from their own home. The mean time between fall and surgery was 37.0 hours and between admission and surgery 20.9 hours. The mean length of radiographic follow-up for those fractures that did not develop non-union was 454 days (range 94–1898). Of the 395 patients 242 (61%) fractures united and 153 (39%) fractures suffered non-union.

Radiographic analysis suggests that the position of the screws on the AP view (superior, middle, inferior or spread) did not alter the outcome significantly. However three factors were related to lower risk of non-union on the lateral view: the closer the middle screw to the center of the head (p< 0.04), the more anterior the anterior screw (p< 0.008), and the greater the ‘spread’ between the anterior and posterior screws (p< 0.005).

Conclusions We conclude that to reduce the risk of non-union with screw fixation of intracapsular fractures of the hip, in the lateral view the middle screw must be positioned as close to the centre of the femoral head as possible, and the anterior and posterior screws achieve maximal spread.


S. Sidhom A.N. Naguib P.V. Giannoudis

Talar neck fractures are rare injuries representing only 0.14%–0.32% of all fractures, one in five of these is open. In order to investigate the hypothesis that open talar neck fractures have worse outcome than closed ones, we did a Metaanalysis of the literature. Manuscripts dealing with fractures of the talus were identified from a Pubmed search including databases from 1970 to 2004. The searches were made using the keywords talar fractures, fractures of the neck of talus, outcome of talar fractures and open talar fractures. Full articles were retrieved and methodological quality filters applied for their suitability for inclusion in a more detailed review. Data were extracted from these articles and methodology and outcome were analyzed.

We analyzed the numbers of patients, numbers of open fractures, mechanism of injury, associated injuries, classification used, treatment methods, complications and outcome. Of 29 manuscripts reviewed, 22 met the inclusion criteria. These were subjected to more detailed analysis, the outcomes of 1017 patients were described. The commonest mechanism of injury was road traffic accidents (42%). The incidence of Hawkins’ types was type I 27%, type II 35%, type III 30% and type IV 8%. More than half the patients were treated by open reduction and internal fixation. Medial malleolar fracture was the most common associated injury. The overall incidence of avuscular necrosis was 30%. 23% developed ankle osteoarthritis, 34% subtalar and 7.5% both. 17 % of all patients have had one form of arthrodesis. 22% were open injuries and only few authors reported the detailed treatment and outcome of their open fractures, however infection rate was higher in open injuries and they tend to be associated more with type III and IV Hawkins’ classification. The fate of the extruded talus remains controversial. In conclusion, it appears that the current literature is poor in providing evidence based medicine in the management and outcome of open talar neck fractures. More detailed studies should be done to shed more light on the fate of these rare and disabling injuries.


O Meyer G. Gdolias

Purpose of Study: Once the decision is made to treat an acute Achilles tendon rupture by surgical procedure, the surgeon is confronted with numerous operative techniques. After Ma et al. have described the percutaneous suture, it exists a alternative to the open method. The ad- and disadvantages of both methods or of the conservative treatment are often discussed. It should be inverstigated how the results of operative treatment by percutaneous repair are and if there is a possibiltiy to improve them by the use of a modified technique.

Method: The study includes 76 patients with Achillles tendon rupture, who underwent a percutaneous repair from 1999 to 2003 in our department. The patients were examined on average 26 months. In changing the original technique we used a straight needle for guiding the suture transversly through the wound. In addition the way how the neeedle is pushed into the tendon to adapt the stumps is modified.

Results: All patients could be examined after the operation. The patients, who have done sports before the accident were able to return after the healing time. We saw no superficial or deep wound infection. We had 4 patients with sural nerve injuries, three resolved in six to nine months. There was one patient with a rerupture, who underwent open surgical repair.

Conclusion: The percutaneous suture offers an interesting alternative method to the standard open repair in the treatment of Achilles tendon rupture.


M. K. Sayana V.R.P. Vallamshetla V.S. Ravindranath V.S. Murthy

Background: Fracture neck of femur with delayed presentation in young patients can be surgical challenge to any Orthopaedic surgeon. Such scenarios are rare in developed world, but are not uncommon in developing countries.

Aim: To present the medium term results of open reduction and internal fixation accompanied by Quadratus femoris muscle pedicle grafting in young patients who presented at least 3 months after sustaining a fracture neck of femur

Materials and Methods: 42 patients with ununited fracture neck of femur with delayed presentation were treated with open reduction and internal fixation and supplemented with Quadratus Femoris muscle pedicle graft. With patient in lateral position, posterior approach was used in all cases. The patients were advised not bear weight till there was clinical and radiological union. Functional recovery was assessed by gait and ability to squat on the floor.

Results: The delay in presentation ranged from 3 months to 1year after sustaining the intracapsular fracture. The age of the patients ranged from 24 yrs to 50 yrs. There was male predominance. Radiological union occurred on average at 6 months. 36 patients proceeded to union. 6 patients had non-union and needed revision surgery. Complications included varus union in 9 cases, shortening greater than 2.5 cms in 6 cases.

Conclusion: The two staged technique described by Meyer was modified into a single stage open reduction and internal fixation of the fracture neck of femur with quadratus femoris muscle pedicle graft fixation. This helped in promoting the union of the fracture and also preserve the head of the femur (avoiding arthroplasty).


M. Costa R. Chester L. Shepstone A.H. Robinson S.T. Donell

Aim The aim of this study was to compare immediate weightbearing mobilisation to traditional plaster casting in the rehabilitation of acute repaired Achilles tendon ruptures.

Methods 48 patients with acute repaired Achilles tendon ruptures consented to enter the trial. Patients were randomised into two groups. The treatment group were fitted with an off-the-shelf carbon-fibre orthotic and were mobilised fully weightbearing. The equinus position of the ankle joint was reduced over a period of 8 weeks and the orthotic was then removed. The control group were immobilised in traditional serial equinus plaster casts. The equinus position of the cast was reduced over the same 8 week period with weightbearing for only the last 2 weeks. The primary outcome measure was return to the patient’s normal activity level. An independent observer, blind to treatment, recorded secondary clinical, anthropometric and patient-centred outcomes. Follow-up was for one year.

Results There were 23 patients in the treatment group and 25 in the control group. Results show median in weeks (95% C.I.), p-values are based upon a log-rank test.

Return to sport was 39.0 (18.0 to 60.0) in the treatment group and 26.0 (40.0 to 90.0) in the control group, p = 0.341.

Return to normal walking was 12.0 (10.0 to 18.0) in the treatment group and 18.0 (18.0 to 22.0) in the control group, p < 0.001.

Return to stair climbing was 13.0 (10.0 to 15.0) in the treatment group and 22.0 (18.0 to 22.0) in the control group, p < 0.001.

Return to work was 9.0 (2.0 to 9.0) in the treatment group and 4.0 (1.0 to 13.0) in the control group, p = 0.984.

There were 2 re-ruptures of the tendon in the treatment group. One occurred when the patient slipped on ice whilst wearing the orthotic. The other whilst running 3 months after the initial injury. One patient who had an augmented tendon repair and then plaster casting, required plastic surgery for a major wound complication. In addition, there were 8 minor wound-related complications in the control group and 6 in the treatment group.

Conclusion Immediate weightbearing mobilisation provides practical advantages to patients after Achilles tendon repair. The median return to activity was significantly shorter in the treatment group for return to normal walking and return to stair climbing but not for return to work or sporting activity.


L. Soares R. Soares V.P. Ferreira F. Carneiro C. Simoes

It remains a matter of debate whether to fix or to replace subcapital fractures of femur, particularly the displaced one’s. Orthopaedic surgeons face the challenge of providing the best treatment for intracapsular fracture of the femur. Most authors agree that in young demanding patients with no displacement fracture, the internal fixation techniques should be used with the proper anatomical reduction and without delay. However the risk of reoperation is somehow near 30%. On the other hand patients with a displaced fracture will need to consider a few more options like the arthroplasty.

In this 5 year retrospective study we compare the mortality, morbidity, functional status of patients following each of the principal methods of treatment for subcapital fractures of the femur.

We could in this way observe a group of 48 patients operated between 1998 and 2002 and wich we divided in two sub-groups according to the AO classification of their fractures.

The first group had 20 patients all classified as B1 fractures with no displacement, they were treated mainly by internal fixation. The second group had 28 patients with B3 fractures with displacement, they were treated mainly by replacement of the femoral head. All of these patients were followed in an average of 20 and 24 months respectively.

We found no significant difference in the mortality rate, average age, sex, ethiology in the two sub-groups, but the reoperation rate of the internal fixation, mainly the first sub-group was four times the arthroplasty. The internal fixation did have fewer immediate postoperative complications and shorter hospital stay. We also did find that in the first group we had 6 revisions because implant failure and non-union, in the second group we had 2 revisions because of implant failure. Patients submitted to internal fixation had, in long term, more severe pain and impaired walking than those with arthroplasty. The average Harris Hip Score was 79 for the first group and 82 for the second group.

We can conclude, although this is a very small sample, as in other series that the displaced fractures have a more consensual treatment specially the older patients in which the treatment of choice is arthroplasty. In the non displaced fractures the first choice is internal fixation, but because of the high rate of the non union the doubt is always present whether to fix or replace.

Is our patient willing to stand for that?


A. Sharma P. Lakshmanan K. Lyons

Background Non-weight bearing hip is a common problem in the elderly population after a minor fall. Magnetic reasonance imaging (MRI) is used to diagnose occult fractures in the hip and the pelvic ring in these individuals. The aim of this study is to find the relationship between the incidence of occult fractures in the hip and that in the pelvic ring following low velocity trauma in the elderly.

Material and Methods Between January 2000 and February 2004, 106 elderly patients (mean age = 81.4 years; range = 67–101 years), underwent an MRI scan of the pelvis and hip to rule out fracture neck of femur. All of them presented with a non-weight bearing hip after a history of low velocity injury. All had standard radiographs of the pelvis and the hip which did not reveal a fracture of the femoral neck. However, eight patients had fracture of the pubic rami visible on plain radiographs. MRI scans were subsequently performed in all of them to rule out an occult fracture of the femoral neck.

Results Out of the 106 patients, 17 (16%) had intracapsular neck of femur fracture, 26 (24.5%) had extracapsular neck of femur fracture, 26 (24.5%) had pubic rami fracture, 17 (16%) had sacral fractures, and 37 (34.9%) had no fractures. All the sacral fractures occurred in patients with pubic rami fractures. Further except in one patient where the pubic rami fracture and the sacral fracture were contralateral, the remaining 16 patients had ipsilateral pubic rami and sacral fractures. None of the patients with pelvic ring fracture had associated femoral neck fracture.

Conclusion Inability to weight bear after a fall is a common presentation in the elderly population. Falls can lead to fracture neck of femur or a fracture of the pelvic ring but seldom both. We can also conclude that in an elderly patient with low velocity injury, if a pelvic ring fracture is detected in the plain radiograph there is no indication for further MRI to rule out femoral neck fracture. Further, the fracture in the anterior and posterior pelvic ring commonly involves the same side than the contralateral side, in the elderly after trivial trauma.


A. Evans P.S. Mittadodla H. Soleiman G. Pereira

Introduction Patients sustaining fractures of the proximal femur, with co-morbid medical problems, have increased rates of morbidity and mortality. Chronic renal failure is one such co-morbidity. This study examines the outcome in patients with chronic renal failure who sustain fractures of the proximal femur.

Patients and Methods All patients with a fractured neck of femur who presented to our department from September 1997 to March 2004 were retrospectively reviewed. Eighteen of these patients were found to have chronic renal failure requiring dialysis. Medical records were reviewed and information was collected and analysed. A full literature review was conducted.

Results There were nine intra-capsular fractures and nine extra-capsular fractures. Four patients with intra-capsular fractures were treated by internal fixation and four by arthroplasty. One patient with an intra-capsular fracture was treated non-operatively. Eight patients with extra-capsular fractures were treated with a dynamic hip screw device and one was treated using a cephalo-medullary nail. There were sixteen deaths at a mean of seven months post-operatively (range 0 to 24). Factors that may influence outcome and the relevant literature are discussed.

Conclusions Patients with chronic renal failure who sustain fractures of the proximal femur appear to have a poor outcome regardless of type of fracture or its subsequent management.


A.T. Stearns R. Ashraf Jaberoo Maclean. E.F. Wheelwright

Aim: Alcohol-abuse is a well-recognised problem in the West of Scotland. This retrospective case-note study aims to assess the presentation, management and early outcome of alcohol-abusing patients sustaining displaced intracapsular fractures compared to age-matched controls.

Methods: Patients were identified from a prospectively-collected database of trauma admissions from 1998 to 2002. Alcohol-abuse was defined by documented evidence of excessive and chronic alcohol intake.

Results: 35 alcohol-abusing patients under the age of 65 (mean age 57.5 years) with displaced intracapsular fractures were identified and followed-up for a mean of 3.87 years, and compared with 39 age-matched controls (mean follow-up 3.35 years).

There was a significant difference between groups in interval between injury and surgery, with alcohol-abusers undergoing surgery 40.2 hours after injury compared to 22.2 hours for controls (p=0.039). Post-operative stay was also significantly different, with discharge at 7.0 and 5.0 days post-operatively for abusers and controls respectively (p=0.002). 26% of abusers required increased level of care after discharge compared with 15% of non-abusers, although this did not reach statistical significance.

Reduction and fixation was employed in 26 alcohol-abusing patients and 30 controls. Early postoperative complications were similar in both groups with the exception of delirium tremens (17% of abusers). Of patients treated with internal fixation, four patients in the alcohol-abuse group required revision surgery (15%) compared to three of the control group (10%, no significant difference). Two patients within the abusers group developed avascular necrosis (7.7%) compared to three within the control population (10%, no significant difference); only two of these five required revision surgery with femoral head replacement.

During the follow-up period, alcohol-abusers had a five-fold higher rate of subsequent fractures of their contralateral hip or elsewhere (p=0.02).

Conclusions: Alcohol-abusing patients with displaced intracapsular fractures have an increased economic burden compared to controls requiring longer inpatient stays and more frequent subsequent fractures. However, despite increased intervals between injury and surgery, this study finds no evidence that they are at greater risk of failure of internal fixation as compared to controls.


D.S. Damany J.M. Parker K. Gurusamy

Aim: The purpose of this study was to assess the various subtrochanteric fracture classification systems particularly in relation to their predictive value for choice of treatment and outcome.

Methods: A comprehensive search of various data sources extending from 1966 to October 2003 was conducted to identify appropriate studies using specific search terms. Articles of all languages were considered. From these articles and those referenced within them, the use of, and any description of fracture classifications were recorded. Abstracts and studies reporting on less than ten fractures were excluded. A methodological scoring system adapted from that of Detsky was used to assess the quality of studies. For each classification system, features such as proximal and distal margin of subtrochanteric fractures, number of subdivisions, advice for fractures which cross the described anatomical boundaries, number of publications using that classification system, published articles showing value in predicting outcome and published articles showing inter-observer variation were analysed.

Results: 110 studies involving 2725 fractures were identified. 16 different classification methods were analysed. The actual length of femur defined as the subtrochanteric zone varied from 3 cms to12 cms. There was no agreement between the different classifications regarding the proximal and distal borders, or for classifying fractures that traverse anatomical boundaries. None of the classifications systems was shown to be of value in determining treatment or for predicting outcome.

Conclusion: There is a need for a universally accepted definition for subtrochanteric fractures and sub-classifying such fractures is questionable. Indicators to a simple yet valid classification system which takes into account the variations of this fracture and which would assist in determination of treatment and prediction of outcome are proposed.


A. White M. Parker A. Boyle

Conventional treatment for nondisplaced intracapsular hip fractures is with cannulated screws. Some authors have argued that in the older patient a hemiarthroplasty offers a better outcome even in the case of a nondisplaced fracture. We have compared the outcomes of an age, sex & co-morbidity matched cohort of 346 patients who have had their nondisplaced hip fracture treated using cannulated screws with a group of 346 patients who have had a displaced fracture treated with a hemi-arthroplasty. The average age of the patients studied was 80.8 years. All operations were carried out at Peter-borough District Hospital and the follow up data was collected as part of the hip fracture project. Operation time, hospital stay and peroperative complication rate are less for the fixation group. They also have better outcomes in terms of pain, use of walking aids and mobility scores at one year. Mortality is 4% less at one year in the patients treated with screws and this, again, is statistically significant. There is no difference in terms of residential status at one year. In patients where the fracture is initially treated with cannulated screws the reoperation rate is considerably higher (17 % versus 6%) but length of stay is less for secondary procedures. We feel that there is little evidence to justify the use of hemi-arthroplasty in nondisplaced femoral neck fractures in patients of any age.


D.S. Damany M.J. Parker K. i Gurusamy P. Upadhyay

Aim: Compressive forces on the medial femoral cortex and tensile forces at the lateral femoral cortex along with cortical comminution lead to a high risk of failure of surgical fixation of subtrochanteric fractures. The purpose of the study was to correlate the incidence of fracture healing complications to the surgical stabilisation method used.

Methods: A comprehensive search of various data sources extending from 1966 to October 2003 was conducted to identify appropriate studies using specific search terms. We also scanned the reference lists of eligible studies for potentially relevant reports. Articles of all languages were considered. Studies with a follow-up of less than six months, pathological fractures, fractures treated non-operatively and studies reporting on less than ten fractures were excluded. Abstracts were also excluded. Each eligible study was independently reviewed by authors for methodological quality. A methodological scoring system adapted from that of Detsky was used. Guidelines for reporting of meta-analysis, adapted from QUOROM statement were followed.

Results: 39 studies including 1835 fractures were analysed. For extramedullary devices, the incidence of non-union (35/673 – 5.2%), delayed union (11/221 – 4.7%), implant breakage ( 24/444 – 5.1%) and deep infection (14/459 – 3.0%) was statistically significantly higher than non-union (14/506 – 2.7%), delayed union (5/529 – 0.94%), implant breakage (12/628 –1.9%) and deep infection (9/764 – 1.2%) for intramedullary devices. Mortality and superficial infection were higher for extramedullary than intramedullary devices. However, this was not statistically significant. Malunion, shortening and implant cut out were higher for intramedullary than extramedullary devices. This was not statistically significant.

Conclusion: The incidence of fracture healing complications appear to be significantly less with intramedullary than extramedullary devices. Based on this study, we advocate the use of intramedullary surgical fixation devices for subtrochanteric fractures.


R. Santos J. Cordero-Ampuero E. Pisonero

Objective: to measure cartilage and bone acetabular erosion in patients treated with a bipolar hip hemiarthroplasty because of a femoral neck fracture.

Material and methods:

- 34 patients, 31 female. average age 72.9 +/− 7.1 years (56–90)

- Level of activity previous to fracture: 82.4% level III, 14.6% level II

- Displaced (Garden III and IV) fracture of femoral neck excluding pathologic fractures

- Hip hemiartrhoplasty with a JRI Furlong bipolar head (22.25 mm inner head), 30 patients with a Furlong HAP-coated uncemented stem and 4 patients with an auto-blocking-type Surgival cemented stem

- Follow-up: minimum 2 years, average 2.9 years (2–5)

- Clinical evaluation: Merle-DAubigne-Postel six-point scale for pain and for function

- Radiological evaluation: measure of joint line width at superior-lateral quadrant (weight bearing area), perpendicular distance from prosthesis head to Kohler line

- Statistical analysis: Kolmogorov-Smirnov, ANOVA, Bonferroni, Pearson, and Spearman tests

Results – Pain: average score 4.5 +/− 1.3 after 1 year, 4.7 +/− 1.3 after 2 years, 4.6 +/− 1.4 after 3 years

- Function: average score 4.7 +/− 1.1 after 1 year, 4.7 +/− 1.4 after 2 years, 4.8 +/− 1.3 after 3 years

- Radiological joint line: disappeared in 13 patients (38.2%) after 1 year, in 14 (41.2%) after 2 years, in 54.5% of patients after 3 years. Average joint line width in the other patients: 0.9 mm (0.6–1.3) immediately after surgery, 0.6 mm (0.4–0.8) after 1 year, 0.5 mm (0.3–0.7) after 2 years, 0.5 mm (0.2–0.7) after 3 years (p< 0.05)

- Distance from head to Kohler line: 5.7 +/− 3.8 mm (4.6–6.8) immediately after surgery, 4.6 +/− 3.7 mm (3.6–5.6) after 1 year, 4.3 +/− 2.9 mm (3.3–5.3) after 2 years, 4.0 +/− 3.3 mm (2.5–5.5) after 3 years (p< 0.05). There were 2 cases of acetabular protrusion.

Conclusions 1. Bipolar heads in hemiarthroplasty do not avoid acetabular erosion. 2. The radiological progressive erosion does not correlate with clinical worsening of the patients.


S. Hussain A. Hawkins R. Smith

We have performed a prospective review of 590 consecutive patients treated for a displaced intracapsular femoral neck fracture with a Thompson hemiarthroplasty. 113 patients had the prosthesis cemented, 477 had no cement. The outcome at 12 months was obtained for every patient still alive as regards to pain, mobility, re-operation rate and residential status. There was no significant difference between the 2 groups as regards pain (p = 0.482), decrease in mobility or re-operation rate (p = 0.168). The main determination of poor outcome was increasing age at time of injury and whether the patient was already in institutional care at the time of the injury. The use of cement had no bearing on outcome.

This study is of clinical interest because patients who have undergone uncemented hemiarthroplasty have been shown to have similar out come to cemented hemiarthroplasty in terms of function. In addition possible but preventable complications associated with cementing can be minimized. We now believe there is no primary indication to cement the Thompsons hemiarthroplasty in this group of patients.

There have been smaller studies looking at this, but we believe this to be the largest and most comprehensive to date.


L. Celebi M. Can H. Muratli M. F. Yagmurlu H. Y. Yuksel A. Bicimoglu

Objectives: Surgical treatment of comminuted subtrochanteric fractures may be associated with high incidences of nonunion and implant failure. Taking the advantages of biologic fixation may solve this problem by yielding rapid callus formation and thus butressing the medial cortex.

Patients and method: 21 patients with comminuted subtrochanteric femur fractures were operated. Mean age was 35.4 (13–60) years. There were 5 type IA, 9 type IB, 3 type IIA and 4 type IIB fractures according to Russel-Taylor classification. All patients were treated with indirect reduction and biologic internal fixation. Patients were clinically assessed for pain, muscle power, hip and knee range of motions, angular and rotational deformities and leg length discrepency at latest follow-up. Functional assements were done using the Traumatic Hip Rating Scale proposed by Sanders et al.

Results: Patients were followed for a mean of 26.3 (12–55) months. Union was achieved in all patients in a mean of 15.85 (13–22) weeks. Limb-length discrepecency was dedected in 7 patients. In these 7 patients the operated extremity was short by a mean of 1.28 (1–2) cms. There was no limping in any patients due to limb-length discrepecency. A rotational deformity of lesser than 10 degrees was present in 5 patients. A frontal plane (varus) malalingment lesser than 10 degrees was present in 3 patients. 10 degrees and 20 degrees of restriction in flexion was present in 2 patients. Functional results were excellent in 14 and good in 7 patients. No patient had poor functional result or failure. All patients were satisfied with their postoperative functional results. A superficial infection dedected in early postoperative period in one case and it was treated with local wound care and antibioteraphy. There were no signs of infection in this patient at latest follow-up. Deep infection did not develop in any patients. Delayed union or non-union was not present in any patients.

Conclusions: Indirect reduction and biological internal fixation yields satisfactory results in comminuted fractures. These results can be attributed to early weight bearing with rapid solid callus formation and early union. Rapid callus formation and early union with biologic fixation is particularly advantageous in comminuted subtrochanteric fractures as it avoids implant failure which is not uncommon in these fractures.


B.K. Dayanandam R. Case

Aim:To determine the outcome of patients whose hemiarthroplasty dislocate after treatment for displaced fracture of the neck of femur in a district general hospital.

Method: A retrospective analysis of 636 hemiarthroplasties performed in Weston General Hospital between 1998 and 2003, data collected from case records. A simple method of scoring from literature was used for this study based on two factors: Status and Mobility. Patients were scored for both status and mobility four times: prefracture, at 1,3 and finally 6 months after surgery.

Results: The overall dislocation rate was 1.2% (8 ) of which 2 were male and 6 female. The mean time to dislocate was 14 days (2–21 ) and subsequent relocation time 7.5hr (4–8). Three patients had cemented Bipolar hemiarthroplasty and five had cemented Thompsons hemiarthroplasty. Three had died within 6 months of surgery, three died two years after surgery, mortality rate of 37.5% at 6 months. There was a high rate of dislocation 87.5% (7), four had undergone Thompsons and other three had Bipolar hemiarthroplasty. Six of them underwent further procedures. Two of the cemented Thompsons were revised to a similar prosthesis, another Thompsons was converted to a Girdlestone due to comorbid factors, remaining Thompsons did not undergo any further surgery. In the Bipolar group one was converted to a Total hip replacement, another was revised to monopolar hemiarthroplasty and the third patient in this group was initially revised to bipolar hemiarthroplasty which was also unstable and had to be converted to a girdlestone. The overall mortality following redislocation was 40% at 6 months. Comparing the surviving and non-surviving group, the predictor for favourable outcomes were prefracture status and mobility scores. Mean prefracture status score for the surviving group was 5 compared with 3.5(2–5) in the non-surviving group and the mean prefracture mobility score for the surviving group was 5 compared with 3.3(2–5) in the non surviving group.

Conclusion: In this review we have found that 37.5% of patients will not survive 6 months after dislocation of hemiarthroplasty and if redislocation occurs in this group then the 6 month mortality increqases to 40%. Careful surgical technique and proper implant choice will reduce dislocation and probably lead to increased survival mainly in patients who have higher prefracture status and mobility scores.


D. Pourreyron C. Nich P. Bizot L. Sedel

Effectiveness of total hip arthroplasty (THA) for acute fracture of the femoral neck is still debated. The purpose of this retrospective controlled study was to compare the results of THA done for fracture of the femoral neck with a similar group of matched THAs done for osteoarthritis (OA).

From 1993 to 2000, 25 patients (25 hips) had THA for displaced femoral neck fracture. There were 18 women and 7 men, with a mean age of 73+/− 8.5 years (range, 55 to 93 years). The control group was composed of 25 patients (27 hips) who had THA for primary OA. Patients were matched for age, sex, medical comorbidity, surgical approach, prosthesis, and surgeon. Cemented implants with a Me-PE couple were used in the great majority. All patients had radiographic assessment. Functional results were rated according to the grading system of Merle d’Aubigné.

One patient (one hip) was lost to follow-up in each group. The mean follow-up was 6 years (range, 3.5 to 10 years). No revision was performed in this series. Complications included one postoperative dislocation in both groups. At the last follow up evaluation, 21 hips and 23 hips were classified excellent or very good in the “fracture” group and in the control group respectively. No progressive radiolucent line and no osteolysis were recorded. Mean annual PE wear was 0.096 +/− 0.094 (range, 0 to 0.26 mm) in the studied group compared with 0.125+/− 0.095 (range, 0 to 0.24 mm) in the control (p=0.30).

THA for acute femoral neck fracture and THA for OA provided comparable mid to long term results in elderly patients.


A. Benouziou D. Koutsonas A. Sakkas E. Anastasiou

Hip fractures are injuries that affect not only the joint of an elderly person, but also the patient’s survival. Four surgical options are well supported in the orthopaedic literature: reduction with internal fixation, different types of unipolar hemiarthroplasty, bipolar hemiarthroplasty, and total hip arthroplasty.

The aim of this study is to assess Thompson hemiathroplasty as a treatment for these lesions and their complications. Between January 1999 and September 2003, we treated 213 patients who suffered femoral neck fracture, 119 patients of them were treated with Thompson cemented prosthesis. The average age was 82.6 years. The average time between admission and surgery was 3.1 days. The time between surgery and discharge from hospital was 7 days on average. First year mortality after fracture was assessed (25%) and functional results were compared with the preoperative status. The mean follow-up was 36 months. Independence in daily activities before and after fracture compared according to a modified scored questionnaire, based on the lower extremity measure, which was easy to administer by telephone interview. Of the 96 patients that we contacted 48 were alive and available for follow-up. 11 patients (11.4%) had clinical and surgical complications. According to functional results 28.5% of the patients reached a score between 85 and 99 points (very good), 40.8% had a score between 55 and 84 points (good) and 18.4% had a fair outcome in postoperative time.

We consider that Thompson hemiarthroplasty must remain as a surgical option in the treatment of femoral neck fractures in the elderly. The procedure provides rapid return to preoperative functional status for the majority of the patients (71.3% in the present study) with low surgical cost.


S. Sharma S. Kingsley P. Bhamra

Introduction The aim of the study was to review the results of total hip arthroplasty (THA) in relatively fit and mobile patients with Garden 3 and 4 fractures of the neck of femur.

Materials and methods 37 patients who underwent THA for displaced fractures of neck of femur between 1995 to 2001 were reviewed. Only those patients with 3 years or more follow-up were reviewed.

Results Average age was 67.7 years (37–80 years) with Male:Female ratio 5:32. Fracture involved left hip in 12 and right hip in 15 patients. Average Modified Barthel index before the fracture was 18.5 (13–20) and average Waterlow score was 12 (5–19). Majority were ASA grade II (22 patients). All patients were operated by the senior author. 31 hips were cemented, 1 uncemented and 5 hybrids. Canulated CF-30 (Sulzer, Switzerland) femoral stem was most commonly used (32 patients) and the acetabular component was Weber Metasul cup in most cases (33 patients).33 hips had metal-on-metal bearing surface and the rest had metal-on-polyethylene. Average hospital stay was 12.6 days; majority (33) of the patients were discharged home and the rest needed additional rehabilitation. Average post-operative drop in Hb was 2.63 and14 patients needed blood transfusion. Average transfusion was 0.86 units per patient. Average follow-up was 5.8 years (3–9.5 years). Complications included: wound leakage (5), minor wound dehiscence (1), DVT (3), pulmonary embolism (1), dislocation (1), per-operative femur fracture (1), peri-prosthetic fracture (2), stem loosening (1). 3 hips (8%) were revised (loosening 1, peri-prosthetic fractures 2). Average harris hip score at follow-up was 92 (66–100).

Conclusion In relatively fit, young and mobile patients, we recommend total hip replacement as the primary treatment since it promises better function and pain relief and avoids the drawbacks of internal fixation and hemiarthroplasty.


Full Access
N. Asensio M. Vega Chávez M. Quiles Galindo

Hip fractures are frequent due to osteoporosis and old age. The incidence of the second hip fracture had been reported as 5–9%. Subcapital displaced fractures in the elderly are treated sometimes with hip hemiarthroplasty. Our aims was to evaluate patients with bilateral no simultaneous hip fracture treated with hemiarthroplasty at our institution.

Material and methods.- Twenty-two patients, 19 women and 3 men, were evaluated with a mean age of 79 at the initial fracture and 82 at the subsequent fracture. In 13 the first fracture was on the left and 9 on the right. All were of Garden grade IV. One of the fractures occurred from 1994 to 2003. The mean hospital stay was 18 days for the first fracture and 14 for the second. The second fracture happened a mean of 4 years after the first one (1 month to 9 years). This report is based on 14 of these patients, with more than one-year follow-up. The others 8, 6 had died and 2 were missing.

Results.- Walking capacity: previous to the first fracture 11 walked more than 1000 meters, 3 between 100 and 500 meters. Outdoors: after the first fracture 6 walked without help, 3 used one cane and 3 used a walker or two canes, and 2 were unable. After the second fracture 1 walked without help, 2 used one cane, 5 used two canes or walker and 6 were unable. Indoors: after the first fracture 12 walked without help, 2 were able with the help of one cane, 2 with two canes. After the second fracture 2 walked without help, 3 used one cane, 7 used two canes or walker and 2 were unable to walk. Dressing: all were independent before; after the first 12 and after the second 7. Bathing: 13 were independent before, after the first 9 and after the second 5. Feeding: all were independent before, after the first 11 and after the second 6. Toilet: 13 were independent before, after the first 9 and after the second 4. Shopping: 11 were independent before, after the first 5 and after the second 0. Housekeeping: 11 independent before, 1 with help and 2 unable, after the first 4 were independent, 5 need help and 5 unable, and after the second 1 was able, 3 with help and 11 unable after the second. Public transport: 3 were able and 11 unable before the fracture, after the first fracture 3 were able and 11 unable, after the second fracture none was able, 2 with help and 12 unable. Finances: 2 were able and 12 unable before the fracture, after the first fracture 2 were able and 12 unable, and after the second 2 with help and 12 unable. Eight were limping and 6 had groin pain.

Conclusion.- Previous to the first fracture walking capacity was good in this age group. Following the first hemiarthroplasty patients deteriorate in their walking capacity and others activities of daily life and much so after the second one. Limping or groin pain was present in all after the second fracture with more than one year follow-up.


D. Dallari M. Girolami M. Fravisini C. Stagni M. Veronesi G. Pignatti A. Giunti

Aim Although converting a loosened fixation of the proximal femur into a total hip arthroplasty restores the joint, it is a technically complex operation and often requires steps that are not usually performed in arthroplasty for common diseases. The aim of this study was to assess clinical and radiographic results of 127 total hip arthroplasties due to loosening of proximal femur fixation, performed at our institute.

Materials and methods From 1987 to 2001 we performed 127 total hip arthroplasties (THA) in patients with loosened facture fixation of the proximal femur. Patients treated by endoprosthesis were excluded from this study.

The patients were divided into two groups according to the fracture site. Group 1 included 71 patients with medial fracture, and Group 2 contained 56 patients pertrochanteric or subtrochanteric fracture. All patients were assessed by the Merle d’Aubignè clinical evaluation method. Radiographically, the bone-implant interface was assessed by the presence of radiolucency lines according to the DeLee-Charnley method modified by Martell

Results The mean time lapse between fixation and conversion was 31 months for Group 1 and 10 months for Group 2 patients. In 12 cases of Group 2 bone grafts were used and surgery time was on average 20′ longer than that of Group 1. Furthermore, in Group 2, we had 4 dislocations compared to none in Group 1. In Group 2 long-stem prostheses with diaphyseal conical anchorage were more frequently used, whereas in Group 1 standard prostheses were used in all cases. Patients of Group 2 had a lower clinical score for the three parameters assessed (pain, walking and ROM) than those of Group 1. The final clinical results were also better for Group 1 patients.

Conclusions This study shows how THA in fixation loosening of proximal femur fractures can provide good results. Especially in patients with medial fractures of the femur, since the anatomy is not altered, THA does not pose any particular difficulties and ensures excellent results. In fractures of the trochanteric mass, where non-union or malunion alter markedly the anatomy of the bone segment, the site for the implant, results are certainly inferior However, careful planning of the operation, the use of special prostheses, and bone grafts enable satisfactory results to be achieved in these patients too.


A. M Ahmad A. Bajwa M. Khatri

Introduction: The Less Invasive Stabilisation System (L.I.S.S.) is a new internal fixator for the treatment of complex distal femoral and proximal tibial fractures. Traditional treatment of these injuries is associated with recognised complications and fixation failure.

The LISS is designed to preserve periosteal perfusion and to facilitate a minimally invasive application. Self drilling unicortical screws provide angular stability with the implant giving it a mechanical and biological advantage over conventional fixation methods.

Aim: To evaluate clinical & radiological results of our experience with the LISS in the stabilisation of distal femoral and proximal tibial fractures

Method: Twenty two patients (12 male & 10 female), mean age 60.7 years (range 12–95 years) were treated in our institution over a 29 month period. Nine patients treated with proximal tibial fractures included 4 tibial plateau fractures (AO 41-B, 41-C) and 5 metaphyseal fractures (AO 41-A). Thirteen distal femoral fractures (AO-33) were treated of which 3 were periprosthetic. There were 15 low energy and 7 high energy fractures. Three open fractures of which two required soft tissue cover. Nineteen primary procedures performed following acute fractures and 3 revisions. Quality of life score was measured with SF12.

Results: Follow up rate of 91% (20/22; one died and the other left the country). Union was seen in 90% (18/20) of cases. Mean time to union was17 weeks (range 12–26) for low energy fractures and 27 weeks (range 13–52) for high energy fractures. Complications included: 2 delayed union, 2 late infections, 1 implant failure and 1 varus malunion.

Conclusion: This study demonstrates the LISS system is a useful implant for the treatment of complex fractures of the distal femur and proximal tibia, especially when bone quality is poor.


D.S. Damany M. Parker A. Chojnowski

Background: Intracapsular hip fractures in young adults under 50 years of age have a significant risk of fracture healing complications which has led some authors to advocate urgent fracture reduction and/or open reduction. As these fractures are infrequent, limited information is available from published studies to advocate a particular method of treatment to reduce the risk of complications. The purpose of this study is to analyze outcomes following such fractures with particular reference to the influence of the degree of fracture displacement, timing of surgery, method of reduction (open/closed) on the incidence of non-union and avascular necrosis.

Methods: Specific search terms were used to retrieve relevant studies from MEDLINE, EMBASE, and CINAHL extending from 1966 to May 2003. Guidelines for reporting of meta-analysis, adapted from QUOROM statement were followed.

Results: Eighteen studies with 564 fractures were identified for analysis. The overall incidence of non-union was 50/564 (8.9%) and avascular necrosis (AVN) was 130/564 (23.0%). There was a higher incidence of non-union and AVN following displaced than undisplaced fractures. Non-union occurred more frequently after open reduction than closed reduction (10/89 [11.2%] versus 13/275 [4.7%], P=0.04, RR=0.42, 95% CI: 0.19 to 0.93).

There was an increased incidence of AVN after closed than open reduction (P= 0.0005, RR = 2.77, 95% CI: 1.45 to 5.29) but this became not statistically significant when one study with a markedly higher reported incidence of AVN was excluded (P = 0.07, RR= 1.85, 95% CI: 0.93 to 3.68).

The difference in the incidence of non-union and AVN following early (< 12 hours) or late (> 12 hours) surgery was not significant for either non-union or AVN (13/110 [11.8%] versus 3/60 [5.0%], p=0.18, RR2.36, CI 0.70 to 7.97 for non-union, 15/110 [13.6%] versus 9/60 [15.0%], p=0.82, RR=0.91, CI 0.42 to 1.95 for AVN).

Conclusion: Early (< 12 hours) or open reduction of these fractures may not reduce the risk of non-union or avascular necrosis. There is a suggestion of a higher incidence of non-union following open reduction than closed reduction. Randomized studies or prospective observational studies with a minimum follow-up of two years are required to report on a larger number of patients in this age group before definite conclusions on treatment can be made.


P. Haentjens Ph. Autier M. Barette S. Boonen

Aims: To explore potential predictors of functional outcome one year after the injury in elderly women who sustained a displaced intracapsular hip fracture and who were treated with internal fixation, hemiarthroplasty, or total hip arthroplasty.

Methods: Eighty-four women aged > 50 years were enrolled on a consecutive basis in this one-year prospective cohort study reflecting standard day-to-day clinical practice. The main outcome measure was the Rapid Disability Rating Scale version-2 applied at hospital discharge and one year later.

Results: The total hip arthroplasty group was younger (p< 0.001) and had a better functional status than the internal fixation or hemiarthroplasty groups (p< 0.001) at hospital discharge. One year later, the best function was still observed in the total arthroplasty group, but the differences were small and failed to achieve the level of statistical significance. During that one-year period, walking ability or mobility did not change significantly after total hip arthroplasty, but a significant proportion of the women developed cognitive impairment, including mental confusion, uncooperativeness, and depression (p< 0.001).

Overall, the most significant predictors of poor functional status one year after fracture were increasing age (p=0.005), living in an institution at time of injury (p=0.034), and poor functional status at discharge (p< 0.001).

Conclusions: In elderly women with a displaced intra-capsular hip fracture, total hip arthroplasty is associated with a functional benefit within the first months after surgery. However, the extent to which this functional benefit is maintained over time, is less clear. Our results support the need for randomised clinical trials among elderly women with a displaced intracapsular hip fracture to quantify the extent to which the early functional benefit of total hip arthroplasty is maintained in the long run or compromised by progressive cognitive impairment and other negative determinants of functional outcome.


R. Hawkins P. Calder D. Goodier

The stability of an external ring fixator using trans-osseous wires is determined by the number of wires per ring, their tension and their configuration. Ideally a crossing angle of 90° in the centre of the bone provides the greatest stability. This is however rarely possible due to the restrictions imposed by safe anatomical corridors. The Taylor Spatial Frame is a hexapod structure which relies on 6 connecting struts attached to fixed tabs on the ring; the Ilizarov system allows connecting rods to be placed in any available spaces.

The aim of this study was to identify differences in wire placement using the TSF compared with the standard Ilizarov ring.

Method: Cross-sectional anatomical diagrams of the tibia were taken from 3 levels. Lines representing wires were drawn crossing at the centre of the bone. The maximum crossing angles for an Ilizarov ring using safe anatomical corridors were calculated. A TSF ring was then superimposed on the image and angles recalculated taking into account impedance caused by the strut tabs. The angles were compared using a Students t-test taking p=0.05 as significant.

Results: The average maximum crossing angle of the Ilizarov wires was 61° compared with 36° for the TSF. At all 3 levels the angles were found to be significantly different (p=0.002).

Discussion: Limitations in the trans-osseous wire placement has implications for construct stability and therefore function. This may force the surgeon to make greater use of half pins, or more wires. We have shown significant differences in pin placement using the TSF which should be taken into consideration when using the system.


Y. Hernanz-Gonzalez A. Diaz-Martin F. Jara Sanchez C. Resines Erasun

Background: There is no consensus on the best treatment of complex intraarticular fractures and high energy diaphyseal fractures of the long bones. The Locking Compression Plate (LCP) and the Less Invasive Stabilization System (LISS) are the new implants with angular stability developed by the AO/ASIF. The new screw-plate systems seem to offer an excellent alternative for the operative fixation in these cases.

Patients and methods: In a prospective study the new system was used to treat 20 patients (8 women, 12 men; average age 39.3 yrs) with 23 high – energy injuries (multifragmentary shaft fractures or complex intraarticular) from december 2001. During a mean period of 20 (13–30) months, complications, clinical and radiographic findings were followed prospectively. One patient was lost to follow-up. 19 patients underwent a standardized follow-up examination. According to the AO classification, 6 were proximal tibial fractures 41-C; 4 distal tibial 43-C; 6 distal femoral 33-C; 3 humerus 12-C and 4 distal radius 23-C. Ten of the fractures were open, 6 grade II, and 4 grade III. Because of severe concomitant injuries, 4 fractures were first treated with an external fixator and definitively stabilized more than two weeks after the injury. 2 patients were operated on after failure of others implants and non-union.

Results: The outcome correlated with the severity of the fracture, anatomic reduction, exact positioning of the plate and concomitant injuries. Despite the large number of open and comminuted fractures no serious complications as deep infections, vascular lesions, DVT or non-unions were presented.

Conclusions: We found the new internal fixator system to be a safe and reliable procedure. The new system offers numerous fixation possibilities and has proven its worth in complex fracture situations and in revision operation. A good knowledge of biomechanics is essential as well as precise preoperative planning.


A. Gray T.O. White E. Clutton B. Hawes J. Christie C.M. Robinson

Introduction Damage Control orthopaedic techniques have been proposed in the seriously injured with primary external fixation of long bone fractures, reducing the ‘second hit’ of surgery. We have developed a large animal (ovine) model for the study of major trauma.

Aim To clarify the sequence of pulmonary and systemic physiological responses over a 24-hour period following injury, comparing the effects of primary external femoral fixation to intramedullary stabilisation to better quantify the ‘second hit’ of these surgical techniques.

Methods Under terminal anaesthesia bilateral femoral diaphyseal fractures were produced using a mechanical pneumatic actuator (ram). Hypovolaemic shock was maintained for 4 hours before fluid resuscitation and surgical stabilisation.

24 sheep were randomised into 4 groups and monitored for 24 hours following injury:

Group 1 – Control Group (effects of general anaesthesia only)

Group 2 – Control Group for Trauma (injury but no long bone stabilisation)

Group 3 – Damage control group (Injury and external fixation)

Group 4 – Early total care (Injury and reamed intra-medullary stabilisation)

Outcome measures: Embolic load (Mayo score) using transoesophageal echocardiography; serum markers of coagulation (prothrombin time, activated partial thromboplastin time and fibrinogen levels) and inflammation (interleukin 6). Bronchoalveolar lavage to assess total cell count and cell differential to quantify the proportion of neutrophils present.

Results A sustained embolic shower was detected with each femoral fracture (mean Mayo score of 5 and 5.5 respectively). Intramedullary reaming and nailing produced further embolic events with a mean score of 2.5 and 1.5 respectively. Mean prothrombin time increased from a pre-fracture mean of 12 in each group to 18.8 (group 1) 20.7 (group 2); 24.8 (group 3); 31.1 (group 4). Alveolar lavage samples taken at 0, 4 and 24 hours following injury indicated a progressive neutrophilia developing in each group with a count pre-fracture of 4.3 increasing to 55.75 (group 1); 40 (group2); 49 (group3) and 31.7 (group 4) by 24 hours following injury.

Discussion The effects of damage control techniques in this model appear to be a reduced stimulation of the extrinsic coagulation system. An additional embolic hit was detected secondary to intramedullary reaming and nail insertion. Localised lung inflammation seems to develop in all groups with no significant differences seen due to treatment.


P. Leece M. Bhandari J. Busse P. Leece O.R. Ayeni B.P. Hanson E.H. Schemitsch

Introduction: Little is known about the psychological morbidity associated with orthopaedic trauma.

Purpose: Our study aimed to determine the extent of psychological symptoms and whether patient psychological symptoms were predictive of outcomes following orthopaedic trauma.

Methods: All patients attending 10 orthopaedic fracture clinics at 3 University-affiliated Hospitals were approached for study eligibility. All consenting patients would be requested to complete a baseline assessment form, a 90-item symptom checklist-90R (SCL-90R), and the Short-Form–36. The SCL-90R constitutes 9 dimensions (Somatization, Obsessive-compulsive, Interpersonal sensitivity, Depression, Anxiety, Hostility, Phobic anxiety, Paranoid ideation, Psychoticism) and three global indices (Global severity index, Positive symptom distress index, positive symptom total). We conducted regression analyses to determine predictors of quality of life among study patients.

Results: Of 215 patients, 59% were male at a mean age of 44.5 years. Over half of patients had lower extremity fractures. Trauma patients experienced greater psychological symptoms than population norms. Overall, trauma patients experienced higher intensity of psychological symptoms than population norms. Patient functional outcomes were predicted by patient age, ongoing litigation, and Positive Symptom Distress. This model predicted 21% of the variance in patient function. Patient somatization was an important psychological symptom resulting in increasing intensity of symptoms. Smoking, alcohol, open fracture, surgeons’ perception of technical outcome, level of education, and time since injury were not predictive in this model.

Conclusions: Psychological symptoms, patient age, and ongoing litigation predicted functional outcomes. Patients may benefit from early interventions by social workers and psychologists to process their psychological states post injury.


G. Petsatodes A. Hatzisymeon P. Givisis P. Papadopoulos P. Antonarakos J. Pournaras

Aim: In this study we present the results of the management of muskoloskeletal injuries accompanied by rupture of a main arterial vessel, focusing on the priorities in salvaging the affected limp.

Material – methods: In a period of 5 years (Sep.1999– Sep 2004), 24 patients having sustained multiple injuries were admitted with signs of poor vascularization distally to the lesion. 19 were male and 5 female, their ages ranging from 16 to 49 years (av. 28 years). The musculoskeletal injuries were: open III C humeral fracture in 2 patients, open III C femoral fractures 4, open III C tibial shaft fractures 10, knee joint dislocations 8 patients. All patients had a preoperative angiography in order to assess the severity of the vascular lesion. Immediate stabilization of the fracture with an external fixation system was performed, followed by restoration of the vascular injury by means of a by-pass, end-to-end suture or interposition of a “stent”.

Results: Postoperative follow-up ranged from 6 to 54 months (mean 34 mon.). Amputation was performed in 4 patients due to failure of the revascularization procedure 2 weeks postoperatively. External fixation was maintained as a final method of treatment in 7 cases, while in 13 cases we exchanged it to intramedullary nailing. In the 8 cases of knee dislocation, ligament reconstruction was imperative. Eventually 20 limps were salvage with a satisfactory functional outcome.

Conclusion: In polytrauma patients with both musculoskeletal and vascular injuries the immediate application of an external fixator represents a precausative for a successful vascular operation. Exchanging the external fixation system to interlocking intramedullary nailing accelerates the healing process.


M. Ahmad M. Khatri T. Hildreth G.S. Roysam A.M. Nanu

Aim: To test the hypothesis that the number of admissions in an orthopaedic trauma ward are related to weather conditions.

Materials and Methods: Details of all admissions to the orthopaedic trauma ward over one complete year were retrieved from a computerised data base. Fractures were classified according to the AO classification.

Meteorological data correlated with trauma admissions and data analysis using SPSS version 10.1

Results: Total number of admissions = 1390 [mean age: male=44.2, female=67.6 years]. Commonest fractures in descending order: neck of femur, distal tibia and distal humerus. Overall correlation: significantly +ve (p=0.013) with sunshine (more sunshine = more fractures) and significantly –ve (p=0.001) with rain (less rain = more fractures). 34.5% of admissions were non trauma related.

Conclusion: Females were significantly older than men probably reflecting hazardous activities by younger males and the presence of osteopaenia in females. No significant monthly (seasonal) variations were seen. Influence of weather conditions:

Proximal femoral fracture incidence increase with fall in temperature (freezing conditions does NOT further increase the risk) and rain (but NOT dependent on the amount of rain).

The incidence of forearm & wrist fracture requiring inpatient treatment increases with rain (and is dependent on the amount of rain) and sunshine hours.

A long term prospective study is required to further support the above findings if clinical trauma resources are to be planned based on predicted weather forecast.


R. Sanchez C. Salcedo M. Martinez J. Molina F. Vera J.L. Villarreal

Introduction and objectives: The purpose of the research is to show the agreement and reproducibility among 5 observers when they are questioned about 51 open fractures using two open fracture classifications for long bones (Gustilo and Aybar), interpreting the results obtained between both classifications.

Material and Method: A classification protocol is established for open fractures. The fractures are graded independently using each of the systems being evaluated (Gustilo and Aybar), by visualising slides with clinical and radiologic images in addition to a report of the data in the clinical history. The survey is conducted twice with a time difference of one to eight weeks. 5 members of the Orthopedic and Traumatologic Surgery Department (OTSD) were questioned (1 Professor, 2 Specialists and 2 Residents). The statistical method used to analyse the results was the interobserver agreement percentage and the inter- and intraobserver kappa index.

Results: The interobserver agreement percentage for the Gustilo classification was 58.82% and 39.21% for the Aybar classification. The kappa index for the interobserver agreement for the Gustilo classification was 0.51 and for the Aybar classification was 0.54. The kappa index for the intraobserver reproducibility was 0.69 for the Gustilo classification and 0.58 for the Aybar one.

Conclusions: The interobserver agreemnet was considered moderate-poor for the Gustilo and Aybar classifications. The intraobserver reproducibility was considered substantial for the Gustilo classification and moderate for the Aybar one. We conclude that this agreement shows too much variability as to accept just one classification as the only valid method to take therapeutic decisions or for comparing results. Therefore, it’s necessary to create a more detailed and careful classification, which is quick to use, reliable, reproducible and which contains a more objective criteria.


H.V. Kurup A.L.R. Michael A.R. Beaumont

The purpose of this study was to find out whether routine post operative check radiographs after DHS (Dynamic Hip Screw) fixations are contributing to patient management. In a random selection of 50 NHS hospitals in England, 18 orthopaedic units were found to be ordering formal check radiographs after DHS. In our department check radiographs were routinely being done even though image pictures were printed in theatre. We reviewed 174 DHS fixations, assessed adequacy of image intensifier pictures and compared them with post operative radiographs. 115 stable fractures showed no change in position of fracture or screw. In 59 unstable fractures 14 showed medialisation of femoral shaft. 132 case notes were reviewed and none of these patients have had a change in post operative mobilization status based on check radiographs. The 14 unstable fractures which showed change in position too continued with mobilization.

We conclude that routine check radiographs are unnecessary after DHS fixations if adequate image pictures are obtained at surgery. It has important implications like manpower and cost, patient discomfort and unnecessary radiation.


A. Qureshi A. McGee K. Porter

The clinical diagnosis of an acute compartment syndrome is most reliably based on increasing pain and pain on stretching the affected muscle groups. These signs cannot be elicited in the presence of epidural or regional blocks, or if the patient is unconscious. We present a national audit of consultant trauma and orthopaedic surgeons on the use of compartmental pressure monitoring in such patients. The postal questionnaire also asked whether a departmental protocol was in use and whether regional and epidural blocks were withheld in patients at risk of developing an acute compartment syndrome.

17% of consultants had such an agreed protocol, 53% did not have access to a continuous pressure monitoring device, 58% would request for an epidural/regional block to be withheld with only 2% routinely measuring compartment pressures in the presence of such a block.

This study highlights a major deficiency in the clinical approach to a relatively common condition that may result in limb and life threatening complications and supports the recommendation for compartmental monitoring equipment to be made available.


R.P. Baker D. Smart T.J.S. Chesser A.J. Ward

In a prospective study of 205 consecutive patients undergoing surgical stabilisation of acute pelvic and/or acetabular fractures, the incidence of proximal deep vein thrombosis (DVT) was 9.2%, pulmonary embolism (PE) was 1.9% and fatal PE 0.5%.

Use of a DVT prophylaxis protocol, using a low molecular weight heparin (LMWH), administered within 24 hours of injury or achieving haemodynamic stability, was associated with a significantly lower incidence of thromboembolism (p=0.036). Increased rates of thromboembolism were associated with longer delays to surgery (p=0.013), delays to mobilisation of the patient post-operatively (p=0.017), delay in starting chemoprophylaxis (p=0.039) and higher injury severity scores (p=0.042).

Patient age, sex, Glasgow Coma Scale and fracture classification were not associated with the development of thromboembolic complications.

One hundred and thirty four patients had a pre-operative venous Doppler, seven patients had a proximal DVT identified of which six patients had a preoperative inferior vena caval filter applied and underwent successful surgical fracture stabilisation. Five filters were unable to be removed postoperatively and the patients remain on lifelong warfarin.

A DVT prophylaxis protocol using LMWH is reported that is safe and effective.


R. Gudena M. Chong

Introduction: The annual fatalities from the road traffic accidents were relatively stable over the last decade. However over the same period there is noticeable shift in the effect of passenger vehicle rollover crashes on this total. This study looks into the injury characteristics in rollover car crashes utilizing the National Automotive Sampling System (NASS) database.

Aim: To describe the regional distribution of the injury pattern in the rollover crashes, and identify the main cause of death in fatal cases according to body region.

Methods: Retrospective analysis of the NASS database during the period of 1997–2002 was analysed. Only the car model from year 2002 was included in this study. The regional body distribution was classified as follows

Head and Neck

Thorax

Abdomen

Upper limbs

Lower limbs

The total number of occupants involved, age range of drivers, and detailed descriptions of the injuries sustained were described.

Results: There were total of 155 occupants involved in 88 roll over car crashes. The age range of the occupants was 7 months to 84 years. The drivers age range was 15 years – 84 years. There were 50 male drivers, and 38 female drivers. The body region most commonly involved was Head and neck followed by upper extremity. There were 33 fatalities and the main cause of fatality was injury to the brain, accounting for 54.5%.

The distributions of injuries were

Head and neck- 93 (60%)

Thorax- 37 (23.8%)

Abdomen-24 (15.4%)

Upper limbs- 73 (47%)

Lower limbs- 53 (34%)

Conclusion: Rollover crashes are becoming increasingly common due to increase demands of sport utility vehicles. There is a significant number of fatalities. Majority of the occupants sustained multiple injuries. However, the most common body region involved after roll over crashes was head and neck. The young male drivers are more vulnerable group. Improvement of the safety features in new vehicle design should take into account of this body region.


A.G. Kasis W. Hekal A. Deeb M. Farhan

We report 10 cases of supracondylar periprotheitc fractures following TKR; all were treated using a retrograde intramedualry nailing. There were 7 females and 3 males, the mean age at surgery was 76 years (range from 68–85). The average time since the primary TKR to surgery was 5.3 years (range 2–9.4). All patients had locked intramedualry nail, and knee was immobilized in a splint for few months post op. Partial weight bearing was started 2 weeks post op. There was no intraoperative complication. One patient had superficial infection, which was treated by IV antibiotics. There was no cases of septic arthritis.

One patient was lost for follow up and one patient died from myocardial infarction 8 months post op.

Eight patients were reviewed and assessed clinically and radiologicaly. The average range of movement in the knee was 97 (range 75–110) and all patient achieved clinical and radiological healing.


M. Ramakrishnan G. Kumar R. Sundaram

Methods and materials: Between August 2000 and August 2002, 28 patients, average age of 78 years (range 62 to 94 years), with distal femoral fractures (33A1 – 17, 33A2 – 1, 33C1 – 6, 33C2 – 4) were treated with DFN. All the patients had sustained the injury following a simple fall. Periprosthetic fractures were excluded from this study. Two fractures required additional procedures in the form of circleage wires. Nailing was performed through a midline mini arthrotomy. Post operative protocol was to mobilise the patient weight bearing as tolerated.

Results: All fractures healed without the need for secondary procedures. Average period of follow up was 8.5 months. Average hospital stay was 18 days (range 10 to 34). Post operative mobility returned to pre operative state in 15 patients. Three patients died within 3 months due to unrelated medical causes. There was no incidence of extension lag or malunion. Knee range of movement was on average 95°. Patients with pre existing knee arthritis had slight worsening of the pain. Hospital for Special Surgery knee scores were on average 78.3. 23 patients were rated as excellent, 4 good and 1 poor. In one patient the distal screws broke without significant functional impairment.

Conclusion: We recommend the use of DFN in supracondylar femoral fractures in the elderly as it produced satisfactory results with low operative and post operative morbidity. It can be performed with minimal soft tissue damage with good purchase in the osteoporotic bone which allows early mobilisation.


K. Pogiatzis D. Katsenis A. Kouris N. Schoinochoritis N. Psiloglou P. Tselfes

Purpose: To assess the function of the knee joint and the development of post-traumatic arthritis at a minimum of five years after injury in patients in whom an intra-articular distal femoral fracture had been treated with a reamed retrograde intramedullary nail.

Methods: This is a retrospective study of thirty patients with thirty intercondylar-supracondylar femoral fractures treated with a reamed retrograde nailing. According to the AO-ASIF classification, there were 19 (63%) type C1 fractures, and 11 (37%) type C2. Operative technique included reduction of the fracture (closed in 16 cases), minimal internal fixation in all fractures and the insertion of a retrograde interlocked IM nail. Follow up ranged from 61 to 84 months with an average of 66 months. Functional results were assessed using the HSS score and the radiographic appearance of post-traumatic arthritis using the Ahlback score.

Results: Twelve patients (40%) achieved an excellent HSS score and only four (13%) a poor HSS score. Mean flexion of the knee was 113° (from 90° to 130°), and 21(70%) knees had no extension deficit. No correlation was found between the type of fracture and the final score. No radiographic signs of secondary arthritis were recorded only in 5 (17%) fractures.

Conclusions: A high percentage of radiographic post-traumatic arthritis should be expected, after intra-articular femoral fractures were treated with the insertion of a retrograde IM nail. However, because all the objectives of the fracture treatment can be obtained, the functional results remain satisfactory over time.


J. Vastmans R.K. Braeun T. Poetzel V. Buehren

Object: We performed retrograde nailing of type C fractures and periprothetic percondylar fractures of the distal femur using a new dedicated femoral implant (T2 Supra-Condylar Nail). Herewith a powerful tool for the treatment of complex very distal femoral fractures was created. This nail has four distal locking holes placed from 6 to 32 mm at the end of the nail for a 3 plane fixation.

We present the new implant and the preliminary clinical outcome in 25 cases.

Methods: A consecutive series of 24 patients with 25 fractures of the distal femur (6 fractures AO type A, 1 type B, 12 type C fractures and 6 periprothetic fractures) was operated between January 2003 and September 2004. The epidemiology was typical for trauma patients with 18 male and 6 female patients. The mean age was 50.8 years (range 21–92 ys). The bone stock was osteopenic in 9 cases and regular in 16 cases. There were 6 patients who sustained polytrauma, 5 paraplegic patients fell out of their wheelchair. The remaining 13 patients suffered isolated injuries.

The patients were followed up clinically and radiographically.

Results: Seven patients were stabilized intramedullary at the day of the accident, 11 patients in the next 5 days. The remaining 6 fractures were initially stabilized with an external fixator in case of multiple injury. 7 percondylar fractures were stabilized with a short nail of 200 mm in cases of implants in the proximal femur (hip prosthesis: 3, DHS: 2, gamma nail: 2).

Mean duration of operation was 106 minutes.

The retrograde nailing using the T2 implant is a good suitable method performing a correct reposition of the fragments with high primary stability. There were no problems in woundhealing at all. Postoperatively a wheightbearing mobilisation with 20kg was possible and range of motion was unlimited.

Radiographs showed better ossification compared with plate osteosynthesis. Only one nail is broken out and needed a corrective operation with a plate. We saw no greater X- or O-deformity or rotation divergence. Only in 3 cases of delayed union, a spongioaplasty was indicated.

Conclusions: The retrograd nailing of distal femoral fractures type A is well accepted. After changing a C fracture in A fracture, it is also possible to stabilize complex intraarticular fractures intramedullarly. If a stabile metaphyseal block of minimal 3,5 centimeter is present after anatomical reconstruction of the joint, even in cases of osteoporotic bone stock, a intramedullary nailing is possible. Also in cases of periprothetic fractures with a short metaphyseal block of the distal femur, the T 2 supracondylar nail with its 4 locking screws at the end of the nail can stabilize this block in a 3 plane fixation.


S. Ridgeway P. Bhatnagar P. Kharendesh J. Gibbs K.J. Newman A. Khaleel D.S. Elliott

Aim: To describe a radiographic biomechanical classification of tibial plateau fractures which dictates treatment. To compare the intra- and interobserver reliability and reproducibility of this, the Chertsey (C1-3) classification, and the Schatzker (SK1-6) classification.

Method: This classification system has been used at this institution for 8 years by the orthopaedic trauma consultants and consists of C1 – valgus fractures, C2 – Varus fractures and C3 axial fractures. Our treatment regime is based on this classification and results presented in a sperate study. These consultants were excluded from the study on reliability and reproducibility. 2 Orthopaedic consultants, 2 orthopaedic registrars and 2 radiologists were selected randomly to classify 30 sets of AP and Lateral radiographs, of randomly selected patients treated in this institution with tibial plateau fractures, consisting of 9 SK1-3/C1, 8 SK4/C2 and 13 SK5,6/C3 fractures, and again with the same radiographs in a random order 1 month later. Radiographs of fractures treated conservatively were excluded. Statistical analysis included Kappa concordance according to Landis and Koch, and the Mann-Whitney U test.

Results: The Schatzker system was only moderately reliable (K=0.66), and the Chertsey classification system significantly more reliable (K=0.82) (p=0.03) with regards to interobserver reliability. Excellent reproducibility (intra-observer reliability) was seen amongst all observers. The consultant orthopaedic surgeons were significantly more reliable than the radiologists, but not the orthopaedic registrars. No particular fracture type in any classification proved to be significantly more difficult to classify.

Conclusion: We present a classification used in our institution based on plain radiographs, which depicts investigations and treatment. The Chertsey classification is significantly more reliable between observers than the Schatzker classification and is reproducible.


V. Predescu V. Georgeanu F. Groseanu I. Gandea S. Ciocirlan S. Cristea

Introduction: The interlocking retrograde ostheosynthesis was developed by Drs. Green, Selingson and Henry to address the whole spectrum of fractures localised to distal femur. The primary indications were in supracondylar fractures type A (AO), than in supra and inter-condylarfractures type C (AO). Secondary indications may be in periprosthetic fractures, non-union, fractures of femoral shaft, which cannot be nailed with antegrade technique (politrauma, ipsilateral femoral neck fracture or obese patient)

Methods: In our department between 2001–2004, 24 distal femoral fractures were nailed with retrograde technique; 16 type A (AO), 8 type C (AO) and 1 peri-prostetique fractures 5 cm. distal to femoral stem. We have used a retro nail which allows us proximal interlocking with 2 screws and distal interlocking with screws or bolts if it is comminution or ostheoporosis. The fractures reduction was achived with traction on the fracture table or by manual manipulation. The insertion of the nail was percutaneous through a 5 cm incision centered on the patellar tendon those the blood loss was minimized. If there was an intercondylar fracture extension first we have reduced this and fixed with 2 percutaneos screws and then we have nailed the fracture. We have measured the whole blood loss, operating time, union period and knee ROM at 6 months. Also we have analysed the whole distal femoral alignment and the articular surface reduction.

Results: We have achieved union in all fractures, 17 were anatomic (varus/valgus< 5°), 5 malunion with valgus more than 5° and 2 mallunion with hiperextension. The malunion in hiperextension was obtained in eldery patients with important ostheoporosis and cominution. The operating time was on average 75 min. The average blood loss was 250 ml, the ROM at 6 months was 125 ° (70°–140°). During recovery period we have started early ROM with partial weight bearing which shortened the recovery time.

Discussion & conclusions: We believe that retrograde ostheosinthesis is a good method of treatment for distal femoral fractures but a proper selection of fractures must be done. The percutaneous technique is less invasive for these fractures, which are very difficult to treat, and in long-term results they alter the knee biomechanics. The reduction of the articular surface is essential and this must be done every time, if this is not possible using the retro nail we must change the implant and use one which allows to achieve this. Though the biomechanical advantages of retro nail, the small amount of blood loss and the sort operating time at the end of learning curve makes retro nail an implant of first choice in the treatment of distal femoral fractures.


A. Gkantaifis E. Daskalakis N. Gkantaifis A. Kalabokis A. Deligeorgis C. Kokorogiannis T.T. Loannidis

Introduction: The operative treatment of intra- and supracondylar fractures presents a challenging problem for the orthopaedic surgeon, since their morphology may jeopardize fracture ‘s stability and patients’ early mobilization. The use of retrograde inserted intramedullary femoral nails seems to be offering solutions to these problems.

Material-methods: 13 patients have been included in the study, 11 females and 2 male. The mean age was 49.4 years (range 23 to 82). There was no open fracture and the injury had resulted mainly in long, oblique supracondylar fractures, with the exception of one case where an intracondylar component of the fracture was present combined with a fractured patella. Surgical intervention was performed within 5–12 days post-injury, for that reason all patient required a form of open reduction. Long nail fixation without proximal screw locking was performed in 3 cases. Plaster splint immobilization for 6 weeks was applied in two cases, the one with the intracondylar component and fractured patella and the more aged patient who suffered from dementia. Early mobilization was instructed in all other patients with progressive weight load bearing in correlation to the radiological appearance of fracture healing.

Results: Fracture healing was obtained in all cases within the expected time period, varying from 18 to 38 weeks No infections or VTE was noted. Patients’ mobilization had been early (dictated by patients’ collaboration and/or presence of coexisting injuries). Adverse reactions include quadriceps muscle wasting combined with some degree of extension lag (50% of cases). No adverse events related to the use of long nails without proximal screw locking have yet been detected.

Conclusion: Intramedullary retrograde nail fixation in supra- and intracondylar fractures of the lower end of the femur seems to be a relatively simple operative procedure, inducing functional outcome and patients satisfaction. Delayed callus formation and muscular wasting that was noted in some patients can be attributed to the open reduction technique.


G. Petsatodes N. Hatzisymeon P. Givisis A. Christodoulou P. Antonaracos J. Pournaras

Purpose: We evaluate the results of treatment of A.O. type C distal femoral fractures with 3 methods of internal fixation (condylar plate, 95° condylar blade plate, D.C.S.).

Material-Methods: From 1988–2003, 108 patients (59 male, 49 female), aging 19 to 84 years (aver. 46 years), with 116 fractures A.O. /C were treated. 108 were closed and 8 open, Gustillo type II. We used condylar plate in 38 patients (group A), 95° condylar blade plate in 24 (group B) and D.C.S. in 54 (group C).

Results: Postoperative follow-up ranged from 1 to 15 years. An early mobilization programme was initiated. The results were evaluated using the Schatzker-Lambert criteria. Pseudarthrosis was found in 4 cases in group A, 6 in B and 3 in C. Varous deformity was present in 10 cases in group A, 6 in B and 2 in C. Severe knee stiffness was present in 2 patients of group A, 2 of B and none of group C.

Conclusion: The Dynamic Condylar Screw – D.C.S. seems to have an advantage compared to the other 2 methods of internal fixation regarding the treatment of A.O. /C distal femoral fractures offering stability, anatomical reduction, and early mobilization with a good functional outcome.


P. Sirbu N. Georgescu D. Pencu G. Ghionoiu O. Cristea R. Bruja R. Asaftei

Aims. In order to limit the amount of both medial and lateral dissection, the MIPO technique was developed for extraarticular fractures of the femur. In this prospective study we have evaluated the outcome of 34 cases of supracondylar or subtrochanteric fractures of the femur treated by MIPO technique via exclusive proximal and distal incisions, using a DCS.

Material and methods. Between July 2000 and March 2003, 34 acute fractures (14 supracondylar and 20 subtrochanteric) in 33 patients were included in this study. The technique consisted of 5 major steps: 1. the insertion of the condylar screw using minimal incision; 2. the selection of DCS-plate by fluoroscopy; 3. the insertion of the DCS-plate beneath the vastus lateralis; 4. an additional minimal proximal or distal incision allows plate positioning and its slipping onto the condylar screw; 5. after the limb axis, length and rotation are confirmed by reliable clinical and radiological techniques, the plate was fixed to the shaft with 3 or 4 screws placed divergently.

Results. All fractures healed within a mean time of 14 weeks (range 8–24 weeks). 1 late implant failure (plate screw breakage) in an extremely cominutive fracture did not required repeat fixation. At follow-up, there were 5 varus-valgus deformities above 5°, 4 leg length discrepancies over 15 mm and 1 malrotation of 20°. According to the Neer score there were 22 excellent, 10 satisfactory and 2 unsatisfactory results.

Discussion. The key to MIPO is the use of 2-part and 2-plane alignment achieved by a DCS inserted in a sub-muscular fashion.

Conclusions. The MIPO technique with proximal and distal incisions minimizes surgical trauma and has the advantages of a faster rate of union, with no need for bone grafting. Care should be taken to ensure adequate axial and rotational alignment.


C. BardI A. Olmeda S. Turra S. Bonaga

Lateral tibial plateau fractures are articular fractures that can have a severe prognosis involving a joint biomechanically and functionally very important.

Osteosynthesis is very often required as the articular surface must be accurately restored.

In many cases rigid devices were implanted, often sacrificing lateral meniscus and leading to osteoarthritic changes in the following years.

In the recent years new diagnostic tools as TC and MRI and the growing role of arthroscopy have allowed a more precise diagnosis and the possible use of less invasive devices.

Considering all fractures classified as B3 according AO (or type 2 by Schatzker), we considered 10 cases treated with Barr screw and 8 cases treated with K-wires positioned as a shelf after reduction and bone grafting.

All patients underwent an accelerated rehabilitation protocol with immediate mobilization and full weight bearing within 10 weeks.

At the follow-up at 24 months, both the groups showed very good and comparable clinical, radiographical and functional results.

We can conclude that after an accurate preoperative planning also the use of less invasive devices allow a quick recovery of range of motion without compromising the stability of osteosynthesis and the morphology of knee joint.


E. Betti G. Morescalchi

The treatment of the complex tibial plateau fractures is often hard because in these fractures, the entity of the articular damage is always important, the reduction is not easy it entails often extensive exposure and the collapse of the metaphyseal bone, located beneath the reconstructed articular surface, makes the osteosynthesis mechanically unsafe for ten or twelve weeks. The percutaneus surgical treatment, let us reach three fundamental objectives: to be mini-invasive, to result in a good reduction, to have a stable fixation. Through a small skin incision at the metaphysis, a leever was inserted across a small door made on the cortical metaphiseal bone and the articular fragments were elevated and held in the reduced position. Temporarily the fragments were fixed with a Kirshner-wire and definitely fixed with one or more canulated screw NORIAN S.R.S, used to fill the bone gap resulted from the traumatic collapse of the metaphyseal bone, with its initial mechanical strenghth allows to stabilize the joint fragments reduction and the relative ostheosyntesis, thus shortening the functional recovery time. Since 1997 we operated 52 patients affected by tibial plateau fractures using this percutaneus technique with the application of the mineral bone substitute Norian. 42 fractures were unicondylar: 16 type B2 and 26 Type B3 according to AO classificaction; 10 fractures were bicondylar 4 type C2 and 6 type C3 AO classificaction. The minimum follow-up was 1 year. We used for clinical evaluation the Hohl assessment form, for the radiographs the criteria of Rasmussen X-rays. The final conclusions, resulting from integrated analysis of the clinical data and X-rays data, can be simplified and represented as follows: 26 cases can be considered excellent that is (50%), 12 good (23%), 10 fair (20%), and 4 poor (7%). In conclusion we can say that Norian offers a real advantage in displaced tibial plateau fractures, because it is an unlimited supply of bone substitute, an optimal filling for the irregular defects of the cancellous bone and because it gives an immediate mechanical support to the joint, integrating the percutaneous ostheosynthesis perfectly. It is an important improvement in order to cut down the functional recovery time with great benefit for patients.


P.J. Harwood P.V. Giannoudis C. Probst M. Van Griensven C. Krettek C.H. Pape

Background /Methods: Abbreviated Injury Scale based systems; the ISS, NISS, and AISmax, are used to assess trauma patients. The merits of each in predicting outcome are controversial. A large prospective database was used to assess their predictive capacity using receiver operator characteristic curves.

Results: 13,301 adult patients met the inclusion criteria. All systems were significant outcome predictors for sepsis, multiple organ failure (MOF), length of hospital stay, length of ICU admission and mortality (p 0.0001). NISS was a significantly better predictor than the ISS for mortality (p 0.0001). NISS was equivalent to the AISmax for mortality prediction and superior in patients with orthopaedic injuries. NISS was significantly better for sepsis, MOF, ICU stay and total hospital stay (p 0.0001). Analysis of the ROC curves revealed that the traditional ISS cut-offs for severity of 16, 25 and 50 should be increased to 20, 30 and 55 to provide patients with equivalent outcome.

Conclusions: NISS is superior or equivalent to the ISS and AISmax for prediction of all investigated outcomes in a population of blunt trauma patients. As NISS is easier to calculate, its use is recommended to stratify patients for clinical and research purposes.


F. Attar P. Simms

Aim of study (background): Probability of survival (Ps) is calculated presently by using the TRISS methodology. This utilises physiological scoring parameters, injury scoring system and age. The physiological parameters need to be recorded for determining the RTS, but are frequently missed. The aim of my study was to assess if any other variables contribute significantly to the Probability of survival, and if they do is it time to change the variables used to calculate the Probability of survival?

Material and methods: A retrospective study was carried out from January’01 to August’03. The relationship between Injury Severity Score (ISS), Revised Trauma Score (RTS), age and Glasgow Coma Score (GCS) with Probability of survival was assessed using the correlation and regression analysis and then the affect of gender on probability of survival was assessed.

Results: ISS had a mean of 21.69 (range, 2–50). The results showed a strong negative correlation between ISS and Ps with an r value of −0.692 (p< 0.005). GCS correlated strongly with Ps, with an r value of 0.457 (p< 0.005). In the regression analysis; ISS, RTS, age and GCS showed a strong correlation with Ps. RTS made the strongest unique contribution to Ps, followed by age, ISS and then GCS. There also was a significant difference in the mean scores of Ps for males and females (p< 0.005).

Conclusion: The results indicated significantly strong correlations between GCS and Ps. This is helpful for the patients in whom RTS scores cannot be calculated, as GCS can be used in place of RTS. Results also showed that gender affects Ps and hence could be used in calculations. There may be a need for a new system to calculate Ps using GCS and gender.


A. Al Khayer R.G. Turner L. Leonard M.P. Paterson

Background Hospital Episode Statistics (HES) is often used by hospital managers and politicians as a reflection of departmental workload. The accuracy of this data is often questioned. We aimed to ascertain the reliability of this database for trauma admissions.

Method Between August 2002 and July 2003, all admissions were recorded by doctors using a separate departmental database. Data was collected during the daily trauma meetings. This data was compared with the HES return for the same period.

Results 2496 patients were recorded in the trauma admissions database. Overall, 36.4% of the patients were either not recorded by the HES database or wrongly coded in terms of type of admissions or diagnosis.

HES data for all 2496 records was analysed by type of admissions and speciality.

4.2% of trauma patients were incorrectly classified as elective or day cases.

2.9% of trauma patients admitted to hospital were not recorded in the HES data as orthopaedics admission.

The accuracy of HES diagnosis coding was tested on 300 records randomly selected by a statistical package.

HES recorded the wrong diagnosis in 29.3% of cases.

Conclusion A significant number of trauma cases were not counted in the HES data. This may have significant implications for trauma funding.

HES data does not accurately record diagnoses and therefore can not be used as a research tool for specific injuries.

Data recording practice should be changed to improve HES data accuracy.


V. Havlas T. Trc P. Smetana D. Rybka J. Schovanec Z. Kopecny

Authors in the presentation document the arthroscopic method of treatment of tibial intercondylar eminence fractures in children age. They follow up the short-time and middle-time results after using this method in 20 patients.

Method consists in early arthroscopic revision of traumatized knee joint in children with avulsion of intercondylar eminence, haematoma irrigation and the management of the eminence avulsion depending on the size of the tibial bone fragment. Because of bleeding and fat release from traumatized bone is recommended using the water pressure pump. The reposition of the bone fragment to the original position is made after the fracture bed revision and inverted soft tissues removal. The reposition is recommended to do in 30 grade flection of the knee when LCA is maximally relaxed and fragment retention is optimal. After the reposition of the bone fragment we fix it by 2 crossed Ki wires inserted or percutaneously parapatellarly or by the arthroscopic portal using method outside-inside-out.. Immobilization is recommended in 30 grade flection position.

The evaluation of 20 patients after arthroscopic surgery shows on the x-ray excellent and very good results in all patients. In 16 cases the clinical examination result is excellent with no instability of the knee, stable LCA and no front shift sign. In 4 cases was found front shift sign without clinically significant anteromedial stress instability of the knee. In 1 case there was made conversion to open revision with suturing of the fragment by PDS suture. Because the bony fragment was 1cm2 large only the closed reposition and retention was not sufficient.

The method appears certainly gentle with minimal traumatization of the joint capsule. The above all advantage is in non traumatic metals replacement without second stage surgery and anesthesia. In 4 cases we saw temporary LCA hyperlaxity. We prerequisite passive tonization of the ligament while skeleton growth. Clinical results of the method are satisfactory comparable to the open reduction and fixation by suture or cerclage. The method is not recommended in cases with bony fragment smaller then 1cm2 for not sufficient retention. In these cases we do an arthroscopic verification followed by open reduction.


S. Lazarides R.S. Pulavarti Nanu

Introduction: Trauma constitutes a substantial portion of the workload of any Trauma and Orthopaedic department and any attempt for improvement in service is warranted. Aim of this study was to compare a New with an Old Trauma Service Protocol, by means of quality of Clinical service, junior doctors training and financial impact.

Methods: Search was performed through the HISS archives and the theatre registry. Quantitative and qualitative parameters were assessed.

Wait till surgery, length of patient hospitalisation, out of hours surgery, case cancellations, complications and number of procedures performed by junior doctors were all compared. Medical and nursing staff members were interviewed regarding their subjective opinion for the two protocols.

Results: Length of wait to surgery was substantially decreased for most of the fracture groups. Out of hours surgery were almost eliminated and there were hardly any cancellations for reasons other than medical. The number of trauma cases performed by junior doctors was increased and there was always performed under supervision. The total length of stay for all the trauma patients was substantially decreased in the second year. All health professionals quoted improvement of their working-lives with less stress and better organization. The financial impact was less than we thought.

Discussion: Within a patient focused NHS all patients deserve the best of care that could be provided; implementing proper resources for Trauma service should be one of our first priorities in the Bone and Joint Decade.


R. Ruiz C. Doussoux P.L. Baltasar J.L.R. Erasun C.G. Fuentes

Introduction: Terrorist bombings, with catastrophic resultant blast injuries, have been increasing in frequency during past 25 years. Limbs injuries is common among survivors. Four crowded trains were attacked in Madrid on March 11, 2004. Injuries were sustained by 1550 people, 198 of whom died, mostly at the scene. Because the building station did not collapse, as in other attacks, the number of multiple injured patients who survive were high. 509 patients were attended at our Hospital in the emergency unit during the first six hours after the explosions, 80 of whom require hospitalization. Three patients died on arrival. Data about transport from the scene, injury type, diagnostic test and treatment and functional outcome were obtained from the Hospital Trauma Registry.

The day at the Hospital:

The first patient arrived at 08:00, when the daily clinical meeting for the trauma admissions began. During the first hour, an effort was made in order to triage victims and organize the requirements for operating room and ICU treatment. All scheduled operations were aborted and six orthopaedic trauma teams were prepared to start operations immediately. A separate area in the Hospital was established to treat minor injuries. All patients were operated within the first 8 hours.

Injury characteristics: 39 patients admitted with an ISS higher than 9 presented the most severe injuries. A study group was made with these patients. Mean age were 33,6. The mean RTS were 6,87, mean ISS 21,94, and mean NISS 26,15, revealing the high frequency of multisistemic injuries. The most frequently injury in these group were pulmonary blast injury, with a mean AIS for thorax of 2,7 points.74% of patients had some type of pulmonary blast injury.

Limb injuries: 12 (25%) patients had open fractures, combined in all cases with pulmonary blast. Open Gustilo IIIb and IIIc occur in seven patients. Soft tissue injuries caused by small fragments were also frequent. Two patients presented SCIWORA like injuries of the thoracic medullary cord. All patients were operated in the first six hours after the explosion. A detailed description of the injuries, treatment and functional outcome will be presented. Functional outcome were analyzed by physical and psychological scales at six and twelve months after the attack. Scales used were SF-36(short form 36), EQ-5D (Euroqol), CES-D( Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale) and AVS. Comparison with a similar general trauma group revealed poorer functional outcome at six months for the study group.

Conclusions: The bombing attack in Madrid was the first massive attack over civilian population in Europe since WW II. Functional outcomes were worse than expected in patients with skeletal injuries. In spite of the good results of initial treatment in our experience, we think that there is no country prepared sufficiently to treat this new type of massive casualties.


EMERGENCIES IN THE AIR Pages 175 - 175
Full Access
A. Qureshi K. Porter

Easier access, organised holidays targeting differing age groups, an ageing population and lower fares have resulted in a varied air-travelling population of all ages. Medical issues surrounding air travel such as thromboembolic events and the so called ‘economy class syndrome’, as well as dramatic medical intervention at 36,000ft do make for equally dramatic headlines in the popular press. As passengers are more aware of the medical vulnerability of air travel, airlines too are conscious of the medical support they can offer to their passengers. The British Medical Association (BMA) has recently raised concerns over training of flight staff and equipment carried during flights. Issues under debate include whether it is correct for airlines to rely on ‘Samaritan’ doctors or nurses that happen to be on board, or whether qualified medical staff should be part of the aircrew.

Our study reports the analysis of medical emergencies occurring on a major international airline over a period of six months. We looked at the nature of the medical complaint, the treatment received and who gave this treatment. This airline ensures cabin crew receive 30 hours of training in first aid and basic life support during their introductory training period that is followed by annual updates. Senior aircrew, usually the purser are trained in the use of an automated defibrillator. The aircraft carries a first aid kit that all cabin crew are trained to use. In addition there is a medical kit that can be used by any doctor, nurse or paramedic who may respond to an assistance call. In addition in-flight advice is available from Medlink, an independent company that will give direct advice including medical diversion and arrange support for patients on landing

Exacerbation of pre-existing medical problems accounted for the majority of in-flight emergencies. Pre-flight advice, screening and an increased vigilance by ground staff may recognise passengers who are medically unfit to fly.

Syncope accounts for 91% of new in-flight emergencies and appear related to a prolonged period of sitting. In-flight advice as part of Deep Venous Thrombosis (DVT) prevention is given on many long haul flights. This advice should also emphasise the importance of an exercise regime prior to getting up from the sitting position to reduce the number of syncopal episodes.

With adequate cabin crew training, in flight telephone support from commercial companies and careful selection of drugs, the need for ‘Samaritan’ medical help can be greatly reduced.


A. Beiri T. Ibrahim A. Alani G.J.S. Taylor

Background Our hospital operates a consultant led rapid review process of X-rays and case notes of patients referred to fracture clinic from Accident & Emergency (A& E) and General Practitioners (GP) on a daily basis. This compares with other centres where patients are reviewed in outpatient fracture clinics soon after injury.

Aim Evaluate effectiveness of consultant led rapid review process compared to standard consultant fracture clinics.

Patients and Methods Prospective study of the rapid review process over 4 weeks of all patients referred to fracture clinic by A& E and GPs. Total number of patients referred per day, time taken to review these patients case notes and X-rays, number of recalls and reason for recall were documented. This was compared to consultant led fracture clinics, which included time taken to review patients.

Results 797 patients were processed through the rapid review over 4 weeks. 53 (6%) patients were recalled, 32 (4%) for a change of management and 21 (2.6%) because of lack of information. The mean number of patients referred per day was 28 taking a mean of 28 minutes; thus the mean time to review one patient was 1.0 minute. The mean number of patients recalled per day was 2. The mean time taken to review a patient in a standard fracture clinic was 11 minutes. Therefore, the total time that would have taken to review 28 patients in the standard fracture clinic would be 308 minutes.

Conclusion A consultant led rapid review process of all patients referred to fracture clinic is a very efficient process. Rapid review process saves clinic time and resources, minimises delays in clinical decision-making and saves the patient an unnecessary visit to the outpatient department.


J. Lloyd S. Elsayed Orth A. Majeed S. Kadambande D. Lewis L. Hannaway

Aim: To compare and assess the quality of nursing care provided to acute trauma patients that have been admitted to trauma wards and non-trauma outlying wards.

Design: Multi-centre comparison, questionnaire study undertaken in three large hospitals in South Wales. The study compares the knowledge of qualified trauma nurses, based on trauma wards and non-trauma nurses, based on outlying wards.

Method: 100 qualified trauma nurses and 170 qualified non-trauma nurses were asked to independently complete a questionnaire. The questions included the nursing management of common fractures and post operative conditions. The completed questionnaires were marked and the results analysed.

Results: 100% of the questionnaires were completed and returned. The trauma nurses conveyed the importance of ice (85%) and elevation (97%) in the initial management of limb fractures. This compares with ice (10%) and elevation (50%) on the outlying wards. Trauma nurses correctly monitor for potentially devastating post operative complications and compartment syndrome 87% of the time compared with 42% on outlying wards. Spinal injuries are managed appropriately 88% of the time on trauma wards compared with 36% on outlying wards.

Conclusion: Trauma patients receive optimum nursing care when admitted to a trauma ward and are nursed by trauma nurses. They probably have a shorter hospital stay. Many of the out-lying wards provide sub-optimal trauma nursing care and a few are positively dangerous.

Recommendations: We believe that hospital trusts should train nurses to confidently and competently be able to nurse outlying patients. Until that time, we recommend that trauma patients should not be nursed by non-trauma nurses.


G. Karatzas P. Kapralos A. Dimitriadis D. Kritas

Purpose: Description of the types of injuries occurring in ‘’semi-professional’’ soccer players, analysis some factors influencing the occurrence and registration of treatment’s options.

Material & Method: Between 1999–2003, 112 males semi-professional soccer players of different levels of skill, aged 16–38 (average: 28,4yrs) sustained 128 injuries during games or practice. Previous injuries, frequency of playing soccer weekly and options of treatment were also registered.

Results: 89% of injuries caused by trauma and 11% by overuse. 68% of injuries involved the lower extremity, 21% the upper extremity, 7% both upper & lower extremity and 4% the spine. Joints sprains predominated (36%), followed by fractures (25%), menisci tears (12%), ligaments injuries (10%), e.t.c. More than 15 different injuries were treated. Injuries to the ankle were most prevalent (42%), followed by the knee (26%) and the wrist (17%). The 2/3 of the injured players were playing soccer ‘’occasionally’’ (no more than 1–2 times per week, usually without any previous training), while the 1/3 had suffered previous injury in the same area of their body. 45% of injured players were > 30yrs old. Most injuries occurred during games. The treatment was surgically or conservatively (in ratio 1:1), depending on the type of injury.

Conclusions: Soccer players sustained a variety of injuries. Poor physical condition (occasionally playing & practicing), and ‘’personal’’ factors (previous injuries, level of skill) seemed to be related with the frequency and the severity of the occurred injuries. The treatment is based on the type of injury.


M. Obrebski K. Rapala M. Wychowanski A. Wit

In fractures of proximal humerus, stable fixation of osteoporotic bone fragments poses a significant problem, and wide surgical approach causes damage to blood supply of the humeral head, and to synovial bursae of the shoulder and tendons. These problems cause further permanent unfavourable changes in the shoulder. The least invasive surgical treatment is the percutaneous multi-plane fixation with a bundle of Kirschner wires monitored with fluoroscopy. Stability of these fixations and fixations by tension band, screws and Rush pins were examined in anatomical specimens of porcine humeri and in clinical evaluation. Experimental research concerned the primary stabilisation of various types of Kirschner wires inserted to the proximal part of a porcine humerus, later pulled out using a tensile testing machine, and fixations of 2-part fractures of a porcine proximal humerus fixed with Kirschner wires (various types), tension band, screws and Rush pins. The fixed bones were next torn apart with the same tensile testing machine to examine the strength of the junction. One type of Kirschner wires was designed by us. This type provided the maximum initial strength in the bone and maximum fixation strength, and was next used in surgical treatment of 21 proximal humerus fractures estimated as 2- and 3-part fractures in Neer classification. Follow-up covered a period from 18 months to 10 years. Results were estimated with Neer criteria. Reference comparison group was 50 patients, treated with different methods. Most of the very good and good results (86%) were obtained by fixation with the Kirschner wires of our design. These wires were threaded all over the part which entered the bone.


T. Frangen T. Kaelicke M. Dudda S. Greif D. Martin G. Muhr S. Arens

Introduction: Throughout known medical literature the proximal humeral fracture is mentioned with an approximately 5% contribution to all fractures. The optimal operative strategy regarding proximal humeral fractures is still being discussed controversely. This study was conducted to show implant associated problems and their clinical relevance.

Materials and methods: Of a total 198 patients with proximal humeral fractures 166 patients, 98 females and 68 males at a mean age of 74,7 years were treated operatively from 2000 to 2004 in our clinic with an angle-stabile plate osteosynthesis and underwent a clinical and radiological follow-up. Retrospectively we characterised the fractures by using the most common classification of NEER and assessed the functional results with the CONSTANT score.

Results: The 166 evaluated patients with 8 cases of a type I fracture, 13 patients with type II fracture, 34 patients with type III fracture, 47 cases with type IV fracture, 42 patients with type V fracture and 22 cases with type VI were all operatively treated with an angle-stabile plate osteosynthesis. 142 patients underwent early assisted physical therapy. Of all assessed patients the average CONSTANT score was 79,7 points. Among the 8 patients with type I fracture the average CONSTANT score was 84,4 points, among the 13 patients with type II fracture it reached an average 87,4 points. The average score of the 34 patients with type III fracture was 78,8 points. The more complex fractures, according to NEER’s classification, reached average scores of 71,2 points among the 47 cases with type IV fractures, 69,8 points (42 patients, type V) and 61,6 points (22 patients, type VI). The presence of avascular necrosis of the humeral head in 18 cases resulted in a significantly worse functional outcome and therefore a lower average score of 48,1 points. For 36 patients the follow-up revealed intraarticular dislocation of the proximal locking screws which required operative revision in 15 cases.

Conclusion: Even in the complex proximal humeral fracture one can achieve good clinical results for the patients by using an angle-stabile plate osteosynthesis and therefore establishing a secure and rigid situation for an optimized consecutive physical therapy, especially in the elderly. To prevent from intraarticular screw placement the proximal locking screws should be chosen shorter, if possible, then initially measured.


N. Pouliart F. Handelberg

A series of 116 patients surgically treated, with exclusion of arthroplasty, between December 1996 and December 2002 for a fracture of the proximal humerus, was retrospectively reviewed. Only 44 patients (45 shoulders) were available for clinical and radiological follow-up, 21 were deceased, 36 refused to participate and 14 could not be traced.

The mean age was 60 y (15–93 y), the mean follow up was 44 months (15–78 m.); 28 were women, 16 men.

The fractures were classified according the Neer-classification but also according the different types of surgery they underwent: percutaneous or retrograde pinning without opening the fracture site, osteosynthesis with plate and screws, osteosynthesis with screws alone, bone-graft and osteosutures or a combination of two or more methods.

Two-part fractures (10 out of 13 fractures), but also 9 of the 15 three-part fractures, were treated by pinning, whereas the remaining 2 and 3-part, the isolated fractures of tuberculi and two 4-part fractures needed open surgery and fixation. A plate was used in only 3 cases, screws alone in 6 cases, a cortical bone-graft with osteosutures in 4 cases and a combination of open fixation in 8 cases. Whenever possible a minimal invasive technique was thus preferred.

16 patients (35,7%) had complications: 6 were minor (pin migration, slight secondary displacement or impingement as a consequence of protruding hardware), but one non-union, 4 CRPS and 5 avascular necrosis occurred. Only one of the latter underwent shoulder-arthroplasty at time of review. Major complications occurred mainly in the more complex fracture types (3 or 4 part fractures)

Mean values of Constant score, ASES-score, Neerscore, UCLA score and Simple Shoulder test were not statistically different, neither between fracture types nor between surgical techniques. Using a correlation analyses we found a negative correlation between age and scoring systems: the older the patient, the lower the score. Patient satisfaction was higher in the percutaneous or retrograde pinning group than the other types of open surgery.

We can conclude that although no statistical differences could be observed in our series, minimal invasive surgical techniques, less prone to complications, are preferable in the treatment of two and three part fractures of the proximal humerus and 4-part fractures of the younger population.


A. Cartucho S. Martins P. Ulisses J. Monteiro

Objectives and Material: The authors have evaluated 78 patients with fractures of the proximal humerus that have been interned in the Orthopedics’ Service at Hospital de Santa Maria since the 1st January of 1995 until the 31st December of 1999 with the objective of evaluating different factors influencing the final results and concluding to the best therapeutic conduct in the different cases. Method: The following parameters have been evaluated: sex, age, accident type (low/high energy), associated injuries, fracture’s classification, type of treatment and results achieved. The Constant score have been used for the functional evaluation. Due to reduced number of patients in each class a non-parametric test has been used – Qui-square test (X2). SPSS program has been used to run the calculations.

Results: It has been verified that sixty four percent of the cases happened due to low energy accidents and the three-part fractures prevailed (46%), followed by four-part fractures (34%). The fracture of the proximal humerus occurred isolated and prevailed in women above 60 years old. Patients’ age was not a factor of bad prognostic. The number of bad results depended on the fracture’s type. Open reduction and internal fixation has been the most frequently used technique in all fracture types and the one with the best results. Open reduction and Kirschner pinning should be used only in very specific cases and with limited functional objectives. Humeral head reconstruction has not been a valid option to four-part fractures treatment, allowing concluding that, in many cases of very fragmented fractures, the option for the humeral head substitution by prosthesis should be better than trying its reconstruction.


P. Nestrojil

The author rates his experience of using PHILOS plate for two years for fractures of the proximal humerus.

The advantage of LCP plates is the angular stability of osteosynthesis, which is the assumption for an early mobilisation and rehabilitation of shoulder joint.

The poor functional result of the treatment of proximal humerus fractures is caused by difficulties and complications by osteosynthesis with the PHILOS plate and it arises from several factors:

- inexperienced operator

- insufficient reposition of the fracture and poor reconstruction of fracture of humeral tuberculi and rotator cuff of the humerus

- incorrect localisation and implantation of PHILOS plate

- neurological deficit – lesion of axillaris nerv

- deficient rehabilitation and poor functional after-treatment

Author looks upon the causes of failures by osteosynthesis of fractures of proximal humerus.

In the years 2003 – 2004 there were operated 34 fractures of proximal humerus with the PHILOS plate. The functional results – the evaluation of subjective difficulties and clinical evaluation show 56% excellent, 23% good, 11% satisfactory and 10% poor results.

All these complications can be prevented especially by through judgment of X-rays and CT scans, by precise depiction of the type of fracture and by the preoperative preparation of the surgeon. The perfect reposition of the fragments with the use of the X-ray control and good localisation of the plate ensures good stability of osteosynthesis. The functional after treatment involving the use orthesis or braccing and early mobilisation and rehabilitation depending on the well technically performed osteosynthesis ensures a good functional result.


A. Hersan A. Talha A. Gournay P. Cronier JL. Toulemonde L. Hubert PH. Massin

Aim: The operative management of proximal humerus fractures is still viewed as an unsolved question.

Surgical treatment aims at restoring anatomical elements to a condition stable enough, to allow early mobilization to avoid secondary displacement. The blood supply of the humeral head should not be damaged, so the risk of avascular necrosis will be minimal.

This work offers a new surgical technique that dramatically reduces the need for dissection of soft tissues while using a new locked plate.

Material and Method: This prospective study was carried out between August 2002 and March 2004. 47 fractures of the humerus proximal were operated on 47 patients aged 63 as an average. There were 9 four part fractures, 18 three part and 17 two part fractures.

The two arms of this Y shaped plate embrace the humeral head. The anterior arm overbridges the biceps longus tendon and fixes the lesser tuberosity, with a locked screw in the head. The posterior arm fixes the greater tuberosity with an another locked screw. These two screws cross each other at nearly right angle thus giving optimal fixation in the head.

Results: Fourty four patients (44 shoulders) were later re-examined with 10,3 months mean delay. Re-education was made immediate for 85% of the cases. The final evaluation was made with the functional Constant score and X ray control.

The main complications were 3 algodystrophies, 1 hematoma, 4 failures of fixation, 2 nonunions and only one necrosis.

Conclusion: This first clinical experience with this new implant is stimulating, since it provides a reliable fixation, even into the osteopenic bone.


F. Franchin F. Santolini F. Sanguineti S. Briano M. Federici M. Stella

Proximal humerus fractures (1.1 according to AO classification) represent 4–5% of all the fractures.

Generally they have been described as typical of the elderly patients; however, their frequency is now increasing in the young patients too, in which complex and severe fractures due to high energy trauma can be observed.

In this high-demanding patients open reduction and internal fixation with a plate can be considered as a first-choice treatment, in order to achieve anatomical reduction, stable fixation and early rehabilitation, in spite of some disadvantages (loss of reduction and secondary displacement due to insufficient angular and torsional stability, vascular damage, necrosis of the humeral head, impingement).

The rate of these complications can be reduced by using the new LP-PHP plate (Proximal Humeral Plate – Synthes Inc.) included in the LCP System.

LP-PHP plate (titanium alloy) is anatomical and characterized by low profile (2 mm. thickness) in order to reduce sub-achromial impingement. Its proximal portion is enlarged and shaped to adapt to humeral epiphysis and can be fixed only by means of locking head screws with different angulations; the distal portion presents the typical LCP combi-holes (5–8) able to receive either locking head screws or conventional screws. These features assure high planar and torsional stability and respect of bone vascularization.

At the Orthopaedic Department of Genoa University and the Department of Emergency of San Martino General Hospital (Genoa) from April 2003 to June 2004 we implanted 20 LP-PHP plates in 20 patients (12 females and 8 males, mean age 47.5 years) because of proximal humeral fractures in 19 cases (1.1 A3, ten cases; 1.1 B1, six cases; 1.1 C1, three cases; according to AO classification) and non-union in one case.

We had no intra or peri-operative complications, no infection or secondary dislocation, the synthesis, evaluated intra operatively, was always stable and we achieved anatomical post operative reduction in all cases but the non-union (poor reduction)

All fractures, including non-union, healed in an average time of two months; all patients but one healed without pain, functional restriction or any other outcomes.

Eight patients reached an excellent functional recovery with complete ROM; two patients were free of pain but a slight functional defect left. The patient suffering from non-union healed with a restricted motion due to ex non usu muscles weakness.


P. Moonot N. Ashwood M.A. Fazal

Displaced proximal humeral fractures remain a difficult management problem. There are many treatment methods described in the literature but there is no universally accepted technique.

Materials and Methods We treated 25 patients with displaced fractures of the proximal humerus by internal fixation with a locked Polarus nail at our hospital over a period of 4 years. The male: female ratio was 13:12. The average age was 63 yrs and the average follow-up in the series was 24 months. Fracture union was evaluated by regular clinical and radio graphic examination. The functional outcome was assessed by Constant’s score.

Results In 23 patients, the fracture united while one patient had failure of the proximal fixation due to collapse of the head requiring a shoulder replacement. One patient died post-operatively due to medical conditions. There were no wound infections in our series; two patients had temporary radial nerve palsy. There were three patients in which one of the proximal locking screws was missing the nail. There was backing out of proximal locking screws in four patients which required removal. One patient required removal of the nail due to impingement symptoms. There was no difference in the Constant’s score in the young and the elderly population. 75% of the patient’s were satisfied with their functional outcome.

Discussion In our limited experience, Polarus nail is an effective mechanical device for the treatment of unstable proximal humeral fractures. The proximal locking screws are often seen to back out in elderly population and they may require removal if symptomatic. This appears to be due to poor grip of screws in osteoporotic bone. In order to minimise the risk of proximal screws missing the nail we recommend the nail insertion device should be assembled by the surgeon himself before insertion into the patient and check to make sure the holes in the jig match those in the nail. In our hands we found that the entry point is very critical and we feel that it should be as medial as possible to preserve the lateral metaphysis. Our study shows that Polarus nail is an effective device to treat displaced proximal humeral fractures but the fracture communition and bone quality also plays a role in the outcome of such fractures.


D. Enchev S. Liudmil M. Marcho L. Andrei A. Simeon

Aim: To present and analysis the neurological complications after ORIF with plates of bicondylar fractures of the humerus.

Material and Methods: For the period 1996 – 2003 77 bicondylar fractures were operated with plates. All of them were followed up. 36 Man and 41 women. Dominant hand was affected in 43 patients. The AO types were C1- 25, C2 – 28, C3 – 24. There were 18 open fractures (I–II degree).

High-energy trauma caused 19 fractures. 14 were with associated ipsilateral fractures of the upper limb. All patients were operated by the standard AO technique. In all patients the ulnar nerve was identified. There was no case where the radial nerve was exposed. In 36 patients the nerve was transposed anteriorly subcutaneosly and for the rest it was not.

Results: We observed 20 postoperative ulnar and radial nerve disfunctions (19 ulnar nerve and 1 radial nerve disfunctions). Electromiography was performed in all cases. 7 of 36 (with transposition) cases finished with temporary ulnar nerve palsy. 3 of 41 (without transposition) cases finished with permanent ulnar nerve palsy and the other 9 of 41 finished with temporary disfunction. The disfunction of the radial nerve was temporary. The temporary neurological disfunctions recovered completely for 3–7 months. Neurolysis and anterior transposition of the ulnar nerve was performed in the cases with permanent ulnar nerve palsy.

Conclusions: We suggest that ulnar nerve transposition is a method of choice in operative treatment of bicondylar fractures of the humerus. Careful management of the ulnar nerve is mandatory. Meticulous soft-tissue dissection and hemostasis help to prevent perineural fibrosis.


P. Givissis A. Hatzisymeon P. Papadopoulos G. Petsatodes A. Christodoulou J. Pournaras

Purpose: To evaluate the functional outcome following internal fixation of bicondylar distal humerus fractures (AO type C) using the ACUMED modified titanium plates.

Material-Methods: Fourteen patients (9 male, 5 female) aging 18 to 78 years (av. 54 y.) with bicondylar distal humerus fractures, between September 2002 and May 2004, were included in our study. All of them underwent open reduction and internal fixation. The articular surface was reduced through a transolecranic approach using one or two compression screws and the fractures was then fixated using the modified titanium ACUMED plates.

Results: Postoperative follow-up ranged from 6 to 24 months (av. 12 m.). The results were evaluated using the Mayo Clinic Score. The mean range of elbow flexion-extension was 115o. Nine patients had an excellent/good result, 3 had affair and 2 a poor result. One patient underwent a second procedure for symptomatic metalwork. In one case there was soft tissue infection that resolved successfully with antibiotic administration.

Conclusion: The internal fixation of bicondylar AO (type C) distal humerus fractures with the ACUMED plates through a transolecranic approach is an extensive but atraumatic operation that offers excellent reduction and a stable osteosynthesis leading to a good functional outcome.


L. Karnezis I. George Drosos G. Emmanouel Fragkiadakis

Aims: To investigate the correlation between radiological parameters of distal radial fractures and the clinical outcome expressed by objective clinical parameters and the level of patient-rated wrist dysfunction.

Methods: A Prospective study of 30 consecutive patients with unstable fractures of the distal radius treated with closed reduction and percutaneous wire fixation followed by six-week cast immobilisation and fully assessed for a period of one year. The outcome parameters included the fracture type, radial shortening, palmar angle, radial angle, presence of postoperative intra-articular ‘step-off’, range of wrist movement, grip strength, function and pain Patient-Rated Wrist Evaluation (PRWE) scores[1].

Results: There was statistically significant differences in the range of final wrist palmarflexion according to the AO fracture type (p=0.04, Kruskal-Wallis non-parametric analysis) and final wrist dorsiflexion and PRWE function score (p< 0.01 and p=0.02 respectively, Mann-Whitney test) according to the presence or not of postoperative articular ‘step-off’. Permanent radial shortening and loss of palmar angle correlated inversely with the PRWE pain score (p< 0.01 and p=0.03 respectively with statistical correlation).

Conclusions: Permanent radial shortening and loss of palmar angle are associated with prolonged wrist pain. Residual articular incongruity correlates with persisting loss of wrist dorsiflexion and wrist dysfunction a finding that contradicts the notion that loss of articular congruity is associated with late development of articular degeneration but not with early wrist dysfunction. The study failed to show any association between the fracture type and the functional outcome as rated by the patients.


P.A.E. Rosell D. Watkinson D.G. Hargreaves

Fracture dislocations of the elbow are complex injuries that have a significant risk of long term instability and loss of function. The more severe injuries are fortunately rare and the published series are relatively small. This in turn means that there is less precise evidence and guidance as to the optimal treatment.

With the improvements in the understanding of this injury we consider that the prognosis is not necessarily as poor as has been previously reported and we have attempted to quantify this in a prospective, single surgeon series with standard surgical and rehabilitation protocols using dedicated upper limb physiotherapists.

Methods All patients presenting to the hospital with a terrible triad injury were seen by the senior author for assessment and treatment. Early surgical reconstruction was performed under general anaesthetic by the senior author. Radial head fractures were treated by fixation or prosthetic replacement. Ligament reconstruction or reinforcement was performed where needed. Following surgery early mobilisation was performed using dedicated upper limb physiotherapists.

Information was collected prospectively recording function and stability. All patients were assessed with the Mayo clinic elbow score and the AAOS Disability of the Arm Shoulder and Hand score (DASH).

Results Eleven patients were admitted with a terrible triad injury to their elbow. All were the result of an acute traumatic episode. Follow up was for a mean of 21 months and no patients were lost to follow up.

All fractures had united and there were no cases of migration or failure of metal fixation devices. There were no cases of symptomatic instability and no patient had signs of instability when assessed at clinically.

A mean flexion arc of 106 degrees was recorded (range 60–145) with a mean extension limit of 23 degrees (range 0–40). Pronation and supination arcs were recorded with a mean of 127 degrees of rotation (range 0–160)

There were no reoperations for infection or instability amongst this group of patients

Mayo clinic performance index for the elbow produced a mean score of 91.5 with a range of 85–100 which equates to a good or excellent outcome for all patients.

Conclusion We have demonstrated that with a combination of early surgical stabilisation of bony injuries and restoration of ligamentous stability coupled with a specialised rehabilitation programme can give excellent results in what was once felt to be a catastrophic injury.


A. McBride A.J. Barnett J.A. Livingstone R.M. Atkins

Complex regional pain syndrome (type 1) (CRPS) is a chronically painful and disabling condition commonly encountered following trauma and surgery to an extremity. The condition comprises of a combination of pain, swelling, sensory impairment, joint stiffness, trophic changes, motor abnormalities and vasomotor instability.

Post-traumatic CRPS is a significant clinical problem presenting to the orthopaedic surgeon and pain specialist. A clear understanding of the condition has been hampered by a lack of uniformity of diagnostic criteria (Van de Beek W-JT, et al Neurology2002;58:522–526). Pain therapists use the International Association of Pain (IASP) criteria (Bruehl S et al Pain1999;81:147–154) and orthopaedic surgeons the Atkins criteria (J Bone Joint Surg1990;72B:105–110).

Breuhl’s criteria use a combination of symptoms and signs from 4 distinct groups (hypersensitivity; vasomotor; swelling and sudomotor; motor and trophic).

Atkins’ criteria require the finding of vasomotor instability symptoms, abnormal finger dolorimetry and abnormal finger range of movements.

We have compared these different criteria on a series of 262 patients with distal radial fracture.

The incidence of CRPS was similar using either criteria (Bruehl 20.61% vs. Atkins 22.52%). Using the Bruehl criteria as a gold standard, there was strong diagnostic agreement (Kappa = 0.79, sensitivity = 0.87, specificity = 0.94). The main difference between the two methods was in pain assessment. 16 patients had vasomotor instability, swelling and motor changes but 12 did not complain of hypersensitivity although the dolorimetry ratio was lowered. These cases have CRPS by the Atkins criteria but not the Bruehl. In contrast 4 of these cases had normal finger dolorimetry but abnormal forearm hypersensitivity and therefore had CRPS by the Bruehl criteria and not the Atkins.

These finding show that the Bruehl and Atkins criteria are basically concordant. The differences reflect only minor variations in the assessment of pain. Agreement between researchers in the orthopaedic and pain therapy communities will allow improved understanding of the pathophysiology, possible prevention and future methods of managing CRPS.


L. Obert D. Lepage P. Clappaz D. Huot Y. Tropet P. Garbuio

Aim: Treatment of unrecons tructible comminuted fractures of the radial head remains a therapeutic challenge. There is limited information on the outcome of management of these injuries with metal radial head implant. Before choosing one of them, two groups of patients were rewieved in a retrospective study comparing resection and Swanson implant.

Material and methods: 39 patients sustained unreconstructible radial head fracture between 1969 and 1992. Two groups of 24 patients were reviewed clinically and radiologically by a surgeon not involved in treatment. Functionnal outcomes of the elbow (morrey scoring – SOO scoring system, instability, cubitus valgus) and involvement of the wrist (pain, grasp, RUD instability) were evaluated with a mean follow up of 15 years (6–27,7). Elbow or wrist arthritis, ulnar variance, and evolution of Swanson implant’s were evaluated on standard Xray. 1/2 patient was a man and 1/3 cases consisted in a professional injury. Resec tion group: 16 patients with a mean age of 39 (19–65), treated with a mean preoperative delay of 29,6 days (0–150) were rewieved with a mean follow up of 18,9 years (6–27,7). There were 75% Mason type-III injuries associated with dislocation of the elbow in 18% cases. Swanson group: 8 patients with a mean age of 36 (21–57), treated with a mean preoperative delay of 4,1 days (0–15) were rewieved with a mean follow up of 12 years (8,1–20). There were 88% Mason type-III injuries with no dislocation in that group.

Results: The following criteria did not show any significant differences between both groups: Morrey scoring 77/100, SOO scoring 7,4/11, mean flexion was 130°, mean deficient extension was 18°, mean pronation 60°, mean supination 67°, grasp reached 90% of the contralateral side. Arthritis was pointed in same frequency at the elbow level (87%), and wrist level (66%) in each group. 94% of pa tients in resection group and 89% in Swanson group were satisfied. Excellent and good results are reported most frequently in Swanson group (37% resection group, 51% Swanson group). In resection group following complications were significantly more frequent: ulnar nerve irritation (2x), ulnar head dislocation (2x), ulnar head instability (3x), paraarticular ossification (5x), ulnar variance positive in all cases (mean value 3,20 mm). In the Swanson group only one implant was destroyed at the follow up.


U. Valentinotti R.S. Spagnolo R. Cadlolo M. Bonalumi D. Capitani B. Bono

Introduction The purpose of this paper is to describe our management of complex fractures of the distal radius and ulna using a combined type of stabilization, external with a Pennig fixator, internal with radial augmentation with plate. The patient have substained a several general trauma or an high energy scheletral trauma upper limbs.

Treatment In a period from 24 july 2002 to today 8 october 2004 (26 months) we have treated surgically 93 wrists with distal radial fractures in 85 patient.

4 patients bilaterally, 3 patients have substained a secondary reprease for lacking the initial reduction and 2 in two programmed timing.

46 wrists with radial internal fixation single or double plate (in one case trhee plate)

12 plate with pin or single screw in augmentation

3 cases with only screw artroscopically assisted

14 cases with only external fixator with or without pin

18 wrist with a combination of radial internal fixation (plate) and external fixation with Pennig, in complex distal radial-ulna fracture (2 exposed)

In 5 wrists there were associated and treated navicular fracture or intracarpal ligaments injury

1 pazient have sustained an ipsilateral forearm fracture, epiphiseal distal radial fracture, trans scapho-lunate dislocation and controlateral transcapho-lunate dislocation

1 patient have sustained ipsilateral navicular-fisrt metacarpal-radial and ulna fracture

The most patients (...) have been treated from the first Author.

The patients were controlled from minimum of 6 month up a maximum of 39 months

We have adapted in our evaluation the Dash score system

The main problem, in the follow up results is a lack of prono-supination that stresses the importance of a perfect reduction of distal radio-ulnar joint to begin early a phisiotherapy

Clinical results In conclusion our experince in timing of treatment indicate that is important fixate the lesions earlier, whenever the priority of treatment on severly injured pazients are respected

We believe that a combination of the two fixation system allow an optimal external stabilization in the first week (So the terapist can move the patients in intensive care room). Secondary the internal fixator allows an anatomical reduction with a stable fixation in the secondary kinesiterapeutic time protocol of high energy trauma to distal forearm, in particular in politraumatized patients is:

- closed reduction and short cast or external fixator if exposed or severe instable, on the day of injury during or just following generally stabilization

- if possible e Tc 3D dimensional scan (our patients have substained a lot of tc scan for other trauma)

- internal reduction and stabilitation a fews days later when the local swelling or skin damage and general condition allow it (from 2 to 7)

- removal of external fixator between 3–4 week and begin a complete fkt


A. Abramo M. Tagil P. Kopylov

Background: Distal radius fractures are the most common fractures at the ER and constitute about 1/6 of all fractures. We report the patient related outcome scores as measured prospectively and consecutively with the DASH- score (Disabilities of the Arm Shoulder and Hand) in an unselected cohort of distal radius fractures. It is often stated that fractures in a non-osteoporotic age group were more severe than in an elderly group.

Materials and Methods: 542 patients, at the age of 18 and above with a distal radius fracture were registered between September 2001 and June 2003,. Age, gender and treatment were registered and DASH-forms sent to the patients at 3 and 12 months post fracture. 50 patients were excluded because of physical or mental inability to fill out the form. 352 of the remaining 493 patients completed the 3 months form and 355 the 12 months form. 127 patients were operated with external fixation or internal fixation due to unstable fractures and the rest were treated conservatively in a cast for four weeks. The patients were subdivided in a non-osteoporotic group, defined as men under the age of 60 and women under the age of 50 and an osteoporotic group above that age. The DASH-form was sent to an age- and gender-matched control group for comparison

Results: The response rate was 72% at both 3 months and 12 months. For the whole group the DASH score decreased from 24 at 3 months to 17 at 12 months (p< 0,001; scale range 0–100). The DASH-score in the younger, non-osteoporotic group was 17 and 12 and for the osteoporotic group 27 and 18 at 3 and 12 months respectively. At one year there was no difference in DASH score between the operated patients and the patients treated conservatively. In the age and gender matched control-group DASH score was 8; in the older group 10 and in the younger 3.

Conclusion: A distal radius fracture has a great impact on the patients function the first year as measured with the validated DASH-score. Three months after fracture patients have markedly increased DASH-score, which decreases slowly for the next nine months but do not normalize as compared to a non-injured matched population. The worst scores are seen in the older population. In our experience operative treatment in the unstable fractures manages to restore function to a level equal to patients with stabile, conservatively treated fractures.


L. Obert G. Leclerc D. D. Lepage P. Clappaz Y. Tropet P. Garbuio

Aim: The purpose of the study was to evaluate the feasibility of Norian SRS bone cement injected into a distal radius following reduction and stable fixation in preventing shortening and loss of pronation-supination.

Material and methods: Between 1998 and 2000 48 patients with a mean age of 65 (54–82) sustained distal radius fracture (AO classification stage A in 26 cases, B in 15 cases, C in 7 cases) with metaphyseal comminution. Functionnal and radiological outcomes of the wrist (O’ Brien scorring, Gartland and Werley scoring, DASH) were evaluated with a mean follow up of 46 months (36–56) by a surgeon not involved in treatment. Fixation was performed in 34 cases by pins, in 14 cases by dorsal plate, in 2 cases by external fixator.

Results: 4 patient lost of follow up and 5 mal union were excluded of final evaluation. 3 RSD were pointed on the 39 evaluated patients. O’ Brien scoring reached 84/100 (54–100), Gartland and Werley scoring reached 4,6 (0–11) with 89% excellent and good results, DASH reached 23,6 (5,8–62,7). Ulnar variance changed less than 2mm between postoperative time and maximal follow up in 88%. There were no clinically adverse effects but one case of volar extrusion of injected Norian was pointed with resolutive evolution. Bone substitute was always in place at the longest follow up.

Discussion: Adams, Pogue, Mc Queen pointed the bio-mecanical and clinical advantage to fill the void secondary to the comminution to avoid the shortening of the radius. First cases reported by Kopylov and Jupiter, and prospective series of Kopylov, Sanchez Sotello and Cassidy proved the interest of an adaptative injectable cement in case of comminution. Injectable bone substitute allows to maintain the ulnar variance in competition with bone graft or bio ceramic.

Conclusion: Norian is able to fill a metaphyseal void but fixation of the fracture remains necessary.


J. Lazarettos V. Nikolaou N. Efstathopoulos S. Pneumaticos S. Plessas G. Papachristou

Aim: To evaluate the feasibility of Norian S.R.S in the treatment of comminuted distal radius fractures.

Material and methods: 24 patients with comminuted distal radius fractures were open reduced and preserved with external fixation. The bone gaps were filled with Norian S.R.S. The wrist was mobilized at the 3rd postoperative week and the external fixation was removed the 4th–6th postoperative week, when the fracture healing was radiologically confirmed. All the patients had regular clinical and radiological control the first postoperative date and the 1rd, 3rd, 4th postoperative week and monthly until the 9th postoperative month.

Results: In the postoperative follow-up we didn’t note any loss of reduction and the joint range of motion compared with the contralateral exceeded 50% in 3 months and came close to 85% in 6 months. There were no clinically significant adverse effects or complications.

Conclusions: We believe that the use of Norian S.R.S. offers the potential for filling bony voids, does not exhibit tissue reactions and is progressively absorbed. The results of this study are comparable with other therapeutic approaches. Additionally, the use of the Norian S.R.S offers the potential of earlier mobilization and as an implant is bioabsobable through osteoclastic activity. In conclusion we believe that use of Norian S.R.S in the filling of bony defects in the comminuted distal radius fractures is a reliable and safe method of treatment.


D. Sunderamoorthy A. Proctor J. Murray

Aim: To assess the adequacy of reduction of Colles fracture by haematoma block and intravenous sedation and its outcome.

Methodology: Retrospectively reviewed 70 Colles fracture reductions done in the A & E. 30 haematoma blocks and 40 intravenouss sedation. The prereduction radiographs were reviewed for the radial height & inclination and dorsal tilt. The outcome of the reduction was also reviewed.

Results: The mean age was 59 years for haematoma block and 56 years for intravenous sedation. Fracture classifications were similar in both groups using the Frykman and Universal classification. The mean prereduction radial length, radial inclination and dorsal tilt were equal in both groups. There was significant difference in post reduction measurements between the two groups. 30% of the haematoma block group had further manipulation and K wiring done whereas only 15% of the intravenous sedation group had further procedures done.

Conclusions: Our study showed that there was less remanipulation and better reduction in the intravenous group than the haematoma group. We recommend intravenous sedation as a preferred procedure for initial manipulation of Colles fratures for a better outcome


H. Pichon S. Jager A. Chergaoui E. Carpentier C. Chaussard F. Jourdel D. Saragaglia

Introduction: Previously, we noticed loss of initial reduction with conventional palmar plate osteosynthesis for dorsally displaced distal radius fractures. Locking Compression T plate may provide more stable fixation and we report our early experience.

Materials and methods: Between November 2002 and April 2003, 23 patients (15 women, 8 men), mean age 55, (17–80) underwent open reduction and internal fixation using 3.5 mm locking compression oblique T plate (SYNTHES) through a Henry ‘s approach and a 2 weeks plaster cast immobilisation. All fractures were dorsally displaced. According to AO classification there were 15 A3 and 8 C1 and C2 fracture. 18 patients could be reviewed with a mean follow up of 16 months (6 to 30) Pre operatively, radial inclination was 11.7 ° (0–20), dorsal angulation 25.9 ° (8–48) and ulnar variance:4 mm (0–10)

Results: Post-operatively, radial inclination was 23,2. ulnar variance: 1,2 mm and ventral angulation 4,6 °. At one year follow-up, there was no loss of post-operative reduction. According to SOFCOT ‘s criteria, there were 13 anatomical results and 5 moderate malunion. According to Green and O ‘Brien’s criteria, there were 9 excellent, 6 good, 3 fair and no poor results. Mean DASH score was 22.8 (5.8 – 62.5). Strengh and pinch were respectively 95 % and 91 % when compared with the opposite side. There were 6 complications concerning 4 reflex sympathetic dystrophy, one carpal tunnel syndrome and one hypertrophic scar.

Discussion: In our experience, classic palmar plate fixation showed inability for maintaining reduction during time. Locking Compression 3,5 T plate by a palmar approach which is a demanding technique, avoids loss of post-operative recution

Conclusion Locking Compression 3.5 T Plate by palmar approach is an effective treatment for dorsally displaced distal radius fracture but the plate itself and ancillary tools have to be improved to reduce operatively difficulty.


R. Rachha V.B.N.P. Rao R.R. Shetty B. Kumar

Dislocation of the distal radioulnar joint (DRUJ) in association with fractures of both bones of the forearm has received relatively little attention in the literature. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the integrity of DRUJ and evaluate the association between the level of fracture and instability of DRUJ following fracture both bones of forearm.

This was a prospective study of 65 patients, over 3 years followed up for 12 months. All patients were treated with open reduction and internal fixation of radius and ulna. The mean age of the patients was 34.8 years (15–68 yrs). There were 51 males and 14 females. There were 18 fractures involving distal third of forearm, 42 fractures in the middle third and 5 fractures of the proximal third. 38 fractures (58.4%) had subluxation of the DRUJ and 27 had no DRUJ subluxation. All subluxations were dorsal. Post-operatively, 30 of the 38 fractures (78.9%) had persistent DRUJ subluxation. Of the 27 fractures, which had no pre-operative DRUJ subluxation, 10 fractures (37%) revealed dorsal subluxation in the post-operative radiographs. All fractures were immobilised in above elbow plaster casts for 6 weeks. All patients were followed up at 3, 6 and 12 months. Patients were assessed clinically, radiologically with standardised radiographs and functional assessment of grip and pinch strength using Jamar dynamometer. At 12 months, 12 patients had significant symptoms associated with DRUJ. Of these, 4 had functional restriction, which were related to complex DRUJ dislocations.

DRUJ dislocations are more common in fractures, which are in the direction of the interosseous membrane (p< 0.002). They are commonly associated in fractures involving the middle and distal third of the forearm. There is a tendency for under-reporting of DRUJ dislocations in fractures of both bones of forearm and hence, more attention should be paid to this entity.


M. Meier M. Maximilian M. Kai K. Hermann L. Ulrich C. Georgios S. Reiner

In treatment of scaphoid nonunions age of nonunions, stability of reconstructions and particularly vitality of proximal fragments are regarded as important prognostic factors for healing. The value of preoperative MRIscans in predicting intraoperative vitality and final osseous union prospectively was investigated.

Scaphoid nonunions in 60 patients (7 female, 53 male, mean age 30 years) primarily were reconstructed between 1/2000 and 7/2003. Preop they underwent a standardized MRIscan using i.v. Gadolinium to assess vitality of proximal fragments. The scaphoids were reconstructed per palmar or dorsal approach implanting nonvascularized iliac-crest or distal radius bone grafts stabilized with cannulated or mini Herbert screws. Intraop vascularity (vital/nonvital) was documented estimating blood spots occurring on the debrided fragments cancellous surface (none/medium/many). After immobilization for 6–8 weeks osseous union was ruled out performing repeated radiographic and CT studies up to 6 months. Apart from demographic data, age and type of nonunion, intraop fragment vitality and postop osseous union were correlated to vitality stated in preop MRIs. A p-value of 0.5 was regarded as significant.

50 proximal fragments preoperatively were stated vital. Overall fragment vitality was predicted correctly in 52 patients. 5 were false negative, 3 false positive. No significant correlation between age or type of nonunion and the predicted vitality could be obtained. Osseous union was gained in 55 scaphoids. Patients with predicted avital fragments had no significantly higher incidence of osseous union than those with avital fragments.

Preop MRIscans are of value in detecting avascular proximal fragments in scaphoid nonunions. In these cases reconstruction with vascularized bone grafts is proposed. Our data however indicate that vascularity of proximal fragments is not predictive of bony healing. High rates of osseous union can be achieved even with nonvascularized grafts in pateients having avascular proximal fragments.


S. Guerin

Introduction: Several studies have established a relationship between the preoperative haemoglobin level and the need for postoperative blood transfusion. The aim of this study was to identify clinical factors associated with the need for perioperative blood transfusion in non-anaemic patients undergoing hip or knee arthroplasty.

Methods: We prospectively evaluated 162 consecutive patients who underwent total hip or knee arthroplasty in the period between January 2001 and April 2001 in our centres. A univariate analysis was performed to establish the relationship between all independent variables and the need for postoperative transfusion, with significant variables being included in a multivariate analysis.

Results: Univariate analysis revealed a significant relationship between the need for postoperative blood transfusion and preoperative haemoglobin levels (p=0.001), weight (p=0.019), and age (p=0.018). Multivariate analysis identified a significant relationship only between the need for transfusion and the preoperative haemoglobin level (p=0.0001). Patients with a preoperative haemoglobin level of < 13g/dl had a 1.5 times greater risk of having a transfusion than did those with a haemoglobin level of 13–15g/dl and a 4 times greater risk of having a transfusion than did those with a haemoglobin level > 15 g/dl.

Conclusion: The preoperative haemoglobin level of the patient was the only variable to independently predict the need for blood transfusion after arthroplasty. Patients with a haemoglobin level < 13.0g/dl were 4 times more likely to have a transfusion than those with a haemoglobin level > 15g/dl.


J. Mota da Costa A. Pinto

Material & Methods: Twenty three patients (15 male; 8 female) with an average 30 years old (16–63) presented with a posttraumatic multidirectional instability of the distal RU joint. In two occasions instability was associated to a malunited distal radial fracture which was corrected with a osteotomy. Through a dorsoulnar approach, the RU joint in all cases was inspected and found with no cartilage defects that could preclude this intervention. Also in all occasions there was an unrepairable peripheral TFCC detachment. In 11 cases the palmaris longus tendon was utilized, while in one the flexor superficialis of the ring finger was used. The graft was passed through an anteroposterior tunnel in the distal-medial edge of the radius and attached into another tunnel in the basistyloid fovea. The forearm was then immobilized in neutral pronosupination for 4–6 weeks, followed by appropriate physiotherapy.

Results: At an average 18 months follow-up (6–36) 21 patients regained radioulnar stability (symmetrical passive displacement of the joint relative to the contralateral side). In two there was a limitation of more than 25° pronosupination. All 15 patients with a follow-up longer than one year had returned to their previous activities with a less than 20% loss of grip strength.

Conclussion: Tendon reconstruction as suggested by Adams& Berger is anatomically sound, and it has shown promising short term results, certainly superior to the results obtained with other soft-tissue reconstructions.


Full Access
Z. Kokkalis G.S. Themistocleous G.D. Chloros A. Krokos I. Psicharis D.G. Efstathopoulos

Introduction: About 5–12 percent of scaphoid fractures are associated with other fractures, and approximately 1 percent of scaphoid fractures are bilateral.

Materials and Methods: Three hundred fifty patients sought treatment for established scaphoid non-union at the author’s department. All patients routinely underwent plain radiographs, taken with both hands in neutral position for preoperative measurement of scapholunate angle and scaphoid length. Unexpectedly however, radiological examination revealed a bilateral scaphoid Herbert type D2 pseudoarthrosis (24 waist) in 12 patients (5 females, 7 males with mean age 25 years, range 14 to 48). No patient was aware of the mechanism of controlateral injury or had previously complained of controlateral wrist pain. All patients received treatment for both sides. The scaphoid was exposed through a volar approach. The fracture was anatomically reduced and fixed with a Herbert screw. Iliac bone graft was used. Mean follow-up was 43 months (range, 25 to 68) using the modified Mayo wrist score.

Results: Fracture union was confirmed both clinically and radiographically and union rates were 96 percent. Mean union time was 7 months (range 4 to 12 months). Non-union occurred in 1 patient. According to the Mayo wrist score, excellent results were achieved in 17 cases, good in 6 and poor in 1.

Conclusion: Bilateral scaphoid pseudoarthrosis has a very rare incidence, and experience showed us that patients do not always complain of both sides. Routine pre-operative evaluation at our institution includes a set of comparative plain radiographs of the wrists and we strongly recommend this policy to avoid missing bilateral injuries.


P. Haentjens P. Haentjens M-C. Minjoulat-Rey M. De Knock K. Vranckx M. Czarka S. Gabriel L. Annemans.

Introduction: Fondaparinux, a selective inhibitor of activated factor X, has been shown to reduce further the risk of venous thromboembolism (VTE) in major orthopaedic surgery compared to the low molecular weight heparin enoxaparin, when both were applied for 7 days after surgery.

Aims: To compare the expected costs and clinical outcomes of fondaparinux with enoxaparin applied for 7 days after surgery, we conducted a cost-consequence analysis in patients undergoing major orthopaedic surgery, i.e. total hip replacement, total knee replacement and hip fracture repair.

Methods: Our decision model included endpoints relevant in routine clinical practice and the natural history of VTE over a long term period of 5 years. Costs for prevention, diagnosis and treatment of VTE and its complications were estimated from the Belgian health care payer perspective. Analyses were conducted for different time horizons and for the three indications, separately, and then combined.

Results: Overall, our results indicated that the initial investment in fondaparinux (cost per day: 10.39 Euros versus 3.74 Euros for enoxaparin) was soon compensated by savings due to avoided VTE events, with cost neutrality being achieved after 90 days and further savings being incurred over longer time periods mainly due to avoided post-thrombotic syndromes. These findings were most pronounced in patients undergoing hip fracture repair. Sensitivity analyses showed these findings to be robust for the three indications separately, and combined.

Conclusions: We conclude that our analysis of health and economic consequences over a long term period, demonstrates the value for money of fondaparinux versus enoxaparin for the prevention of VTE events after total hip replacement, total knee replacement and hip fracture repair.


T. Abuzakuk J.A. Skinner S. Cannon T. Briggs

We prospectively randomised 104 consecutive patients undergoing primary cemented total knee arthroplasty to receive either a standard suction drain© (Redivac) or autologous transfusion drain® (Bellovac). There were fifty two patients in each group. Randomisation was performed using a software program (Minim) which set to stratify patients based on their age, sex and body mass index (BMI). All procedures were performed under pneumatic tourniquet.

Drains were released in recovery room 20 minutes after surgery and were removed 24 hours following surgery. Blood collected in the standard suction drain was discarded but blood collected in the autologous transfusion drains was transfused unwashed to the patient within six hours of collection.

13 patients (25%) in the study group had two or more units of homologous blood transfused in addition to the blood collected postoperatively and re-transfused (Average= 438mls). 12 patients (23%) in the control group had two or more units of homologous blood transfused. No sepsis, transfusion reactions, or coagulopathies were associated with the autologous blood re-transfused in the study group.

The use of autologous transfusion system (Bellovac) proved to be safe but failed to reduce the need for postoperative homologous blood transfusion following uncomplicated total knee arthroplasty.


M. Pospischill K. Knahr

Background: There are many clinical and radiographic long term results of Total Hip Arthroplasties reported in literature but very few attend to the subjective quality of life of patients living with an implant. In the last few years different quality of life assessment scores were developed. In this study the subjective SF-36 and the WOMAC score were evaluated and the results were compared to the commonly used clinical Harris Hip Score.

Patients and methods: From a total number of 152 cement-less Total Hip Arthroplasties (Alloclassic®) performed between October 1987 and December 1988 at our clinic, 103 hips in 99 patients were available for a clinical and radiographic evaluation with an average follow-up of 14.3 years. For clinical evaluation the Harris Hip Score was used. Additionally all patients got SF-36 and WOMAC questionnaires. 78 questionnaires were returned fully completed and could be evaluated. The overall results and the results in the domain “pain” and “function” which occur in all three scores were compared statistically.

Results: The mean Harris Hip Score was 88.2 (range 24 – 100), pain score 41.9 and function score 48.4. The mean WOMAC Score was 10.6 in total, pain 2.8 and function 3.9. The SF-36 domain “Bodily Pain” was 56.6 and “physical function” 48.2. Concerning the domain “function” a significant correlation was found in all of the three scores (p < 0.01). A significant “pain” correlation was seen comparing the SF-36 to the WOMAC score (p < 0.01). No significant correlation was found comparing the clinical Harris Pain Score to the SF-36 domain “Bodily Pain” and to the WOMAC pain score.

Conclusion: In this study the subjective assessment questionnaires SF-36 and WOMAC show significant similar results to the clinical Harris Hip Score concerning the domain “function”. Concerning “Pain” comparable results were found between the SF-36 and the WOMAC with no significant correlation to the HHS. These data suggest that the quality of life assessment questionnaires can not replace the clinical evaluation using a clinical score.


N. Jayasekera A. Kidd F. Kashif

Aim: To audit blood transfusion practice in primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) and primary total knee arthroplasty (TKA) after introduction of more stringent blood transfusion criteria.

Methods: A retrospective survey was carried out for all THR and TKR. Data was collected over a period of four months with a blood transfusion criteria of haemoglobin (Hb) concentration of 8.0 g/dl and below. This was compared against a three month period after the reduction in the blood transfusion criteria to a Hb concentration of 7.0 g/dl and below. An analysis of all pre-operative and post-operative (day-2 post-op) Hb concentrations was performed. The post-transfusion Hb concentration was recorded 1-day post transfusion.

Results: A total 539 TKA and 521 THA were performed. Following the new blood transfusion protocol the rate of blood transfusion was significantly reduced from 9.4% to 3.6% for TKA, and from 28% to 12.8% for THA.

Conclusion: A significant reduction in transfusion rates is achieved in TKA and THA by introduction of a Hb concentration 7.0 g/dl as a trigger for blood transfusion. This new trigger is based on the current body of evidence available and is integrated in to well defined care pathway. A 50% reduction in donated blood is predicted in the UK in 2007 if vCJD testing is enforced. We feel early redressing of blood transfusion practice in the UK is advised if we are to avoid a catastrophic reduction in our TKA and THA capacity.


J. Bridgens C. Evans P. Dobson A. Hamer

Background: Perioperative red cell salvage may be of use in cases where significant blood loss is likely. The purpose of this investigation was to see if its use in revision hip surgery led to a reduction in homologous blood transfusion requirement.

Methods: 48 patients were identified who had undergone revision hip surgery with the use of a Cell Saver device for perioperative autologous transfusion. Patients were individually matched to control patients who had undergone revision hip surgery without the Cell Saver. Patients were matched for age, sex and eight operative variables, which were chosen to indicate the type of revision surgery and possible level of blood loss, to ensure that the groups were comparable. Total homologous transfusion requirement in both groups was recorded as well as pre and post-operative haemoglobin levels.

Results: The groups were well matched for age, sex and operative variables. The total homologous transfusion requirement was significantly lower in the Cell Saver group than the control group (mean 2.6 v 6.4 units of packed cells respectively, p 0.0006). There was no difference in pre-operative haemoglobin between the groups but it was lower in the Cell Saver group post-operatively (Cell Saver 10.1g/dl v Control 10.6g/dl, p 0.06). There was no difference in length of operation.

Conclusions: Use of perioperative red cell salvage was associated with significantly lower homologous transfusion requirement. This is the first study looking at the use of perioperative red cell salvage in revision hip surgery with matching of patients on the basis of operative variables. A cost analysis shows that use of the Cell Saver has significant financial advantage in these patients.


A. Zacharopoulos T. Vasiliets A. Apostolopoulos M. Crisanthopoulou P. Anastasopoulos D. Antoniou G. Xenos S. Moscachlaidis

Purpose: The purpose of our study, is to determine the role of erythropoetin administration, as an alternative to homologous banked blood transfusions in total hip arthroplasty.

Material and Methods: We have carried out a prospective randomized, controlled study on 60 patients having unilateral total hip replacement. In all the above patients, the same surgical team applied the same surgical technique (hybrid THA) and they followed the same rehabilitation program. We examined 2 groups of patients. In group A, all the patients received intraoperatively one unit of homologous blood transfusion (average 1 unit/patient), according to the volume of blood collected in the suction device and to the anaesthesiologist’s estimation. We also administered 40,000 units of erythropoetin subcutaneously one day before the operation followed by 40,000 units (sc) every 3 days in a total scheme of 4 doses. A control group of 30 patients (group B), in whom standard suction drains were used, received intraoperatively one or two units of homologous blood transfusion (average 1,7 units/patient), and also additional blood transfusions when required. The admission of banked blood transfusion was determined by the Haemoglobin value (< 9mg/dl) and/or clinical signs (blood pressure, pulse etc.). The values of Haemoglobin, Haematocrit and Platelets were recorded preoperatively and the 1st, 5th, and 15th day postoperatively.

Results: 5 patients of group A required postoperatively 7 units of homologous blood (0,23 unit/patient) (total amount for group A 37 banked blood units 1,12 units/patient). 21 patients of group B required additional 28 banked blood units postoperatively (totally 79 banked blood units, or 2,63 units/patient). In the group A (study group), the total homologous blood requirements were reduced by 53%, the postoperative blood requirements were reduced by 75% and the number of patients that required additional blood transfusion was reduced by 67%. There was no significant difference noticed in the postoperative values of Haematocrit and Haemoglobin.

Conclusions: The use of erythropoetin reduces effectively the postoperative demands of homologous banked blood transfusion in total hip arthroplasty.


A. Rafee G.J. Mclauchlan R. Gilbert D. Herlekar

Elevated plasma levels of D-dimer have been found to be a useful screening tool in the diagnosis of deep venous thrombosis (DVT) in the general population. In the post operative setting however their role is less clear. The majority of NHS trusts use D-dimer as a prerequisite test prior to radiological imaging to diagnose DVT.

Aims and method: This study evaluates the effectiveness of D-dimer as a screening tool for DVT in the postoperative period following total hip and knee arthroplasty.

Plasma D-dimer levels were measured pre operatively and on post operative days 1, 3, 5, and 7 in 78 patients undergoing primary total hip or knee arthroplasty. On day 7 patients underwent bilateral duplex ultrasound scanning in order to confirm the absence of DVT. All patients wore pneumatic foot pumps for DVT prophylaxis. Chemical thromboprophylaxis was not used.

Results: D-dimer levels in the post operative period were characterized by a double peak, on days 1 and 7. Mean day 1 value 3.63 (sd=2.72), mean day 7 value 2.83 (sd=1.58). Mean values on days 3 and 5 were 2.52 (sd=2.26) and 2.45 (sd=1.41)

Comparing D-dimer levels between hip and knee arthroplasty we found that both groups displayed the same trend in post operative D-dimer levels; however levels were significantly higher following knee replacement.

We compared D-dimer levels of these patients with a second group of 43 patients who had a confirmed DVT following hip or knee arthroplasty. The mean D-dimer level in this group was 2.20 (sd=0.98 or range 0.80 – 4.46). This group was subdivided into two groups, those with D-dimer samples before day 8 and those after. We found a significant difference between the groups (p=0.01). Mean < day 8 = 2.70. Mean ³ day 7 = 1.97.

The group of patients with Confirmed DVT before day 8 were compared with those free of clot. There was no significant difference found between the D-dimer levels of the two groups. (p=0.37).

Conclusion: The D-dimer level is never normal (< 0.4mg/l), in the week following total hip or knee replacement and so cannot exclude a DVT. The level it rises to is indistinguishable form that seen in the population with a DVT and so cannot identify those patients in whom further investigation is warranted. Requesting a D-dimer test in this population wastes time and resources and is of no benefit.


R. Spagnolo F. Castelli M. Bonalumi D. Capitani

Introduction: Proximal tibial fractures continue to be problematic for orthopaedic surgeons.

Continued problems in their managment include infection, soft tissue problems, failure of fixation and joint stiffness.

Combining the concept of “biological plating” and locked internal fixators, the LISS (Less Invasive Stabilization System) has been developed.

Material and methods: The Lis-system is an extramedullary internal fixator that proposes the advantage of indirect reduction and percutaneous, submuscular implant placement.

The Lis-system is indicated for fractures of the proximal tibia that involve both the medial and lateral columns. They include AO/OTA Type A2, A3, C1, C2, C3 and type B in selected cases. For the reduction, we put the lower limb in the calcaneal-traction.

For intra-articular fractures the prime objective is to achieve anatomic reconstruction of the joint. This study is a prospective evluation of the Lis-System for the treatment of high-energy tibial plateau and proximal tibial fractures treated between October 2002 and Febrary 2004. Twenty-five patient (18 male and 7 female) were treated. The fracture were classified according to the AO classification.

The follow-up period between 3 months and 16 months (mean 8.9 months).

Results: The fractures treated were 10 intrarticular (AO 41C or 41B) and 15 metaphyseal (AO 41 A); two of these fractures presented with open soft tissue damage. The average age of the patients was 43 years. There were five cases of polytraumatized and four patinetsa with multiple fractures. The mean range of motion was 2 degree (R= 0–13) to 110 degree (R= 80–150). The mean time to full weight-bearing was 16.2 weeks (R= 10–19).

There where no non-union. In one case, there was a valgus malunion of about 5 degree, in 2 case a valgus malunion of less of 5 degree and anyone of more of 5 degree.

The tecnique of osteosyntesis with the LISS allows a minimally invasive approach, minimizing additional trauma to the soft tissue.

There were no cases of varus malunion, of failure or of loss of reduction. One patient developed superficial infection that we treat with antibiotics terapy. No syndrome compartiment were see.

Conclusion: In conclusion with the new methods of percutaneus plate osteosyntesis we see decreased soft tissue complication and the time of healing.

The Less Invasive Stabilizzation System in our opinion is the goal standard for multisegmentary or comminnuted fractures of the proximal tibia with distal long extensions in patients with politrauma.

The early clinical result optain in our experiance indicate that the Less invasive Stabilizzation System combine efficent bone stabilization with the advantage of minimally invasive operative technique.


G.M. Mundy S.J. Birtwistle R.A. Power

120 patients undergoing primary TKR/THR were randomised to receive ferrous sulphate (FS) or placebo (P) for three weeks following their arthroplasty. Haemoglobin levels and absolute reticulocyte counts were measured at days 1 and 5, and weeks 3 and 6. Ninety-nine patients FS (50), P (49) completed the study. The two groups differed only in treatment administered. Haemoglobin recovery was similar at day 5 and by week 3, haemoglobin levels recovered to 85% of their pre-operative levels, irrespective of treatment group. A small but greater recovery in haemoglobin level was identified at 6 weeks in the FS group for females (6% Vs 3%) and males (5% Vs 1.5%). The clinical significance of this is questionable and may be outweighed by the high incidence of reported side effects of oral iron, and the economic costs of the medication. Administration of iron supplements following elective TKR or THR does not appear to be a worthwhile practice.


N. Prasad A. Mullaji V. Padmanabhan

Aim: To determine the factors affecting the blood loss and blood transfusion in primary total knee arthroplasty (TKA)

Patients and methods: A prospective study involving 59 patients, who underwent primary total knee arthroplasty were included. A standardized protocol was used. Patients demographic details, intraoperative blood loss, post operative blood loss, pre-operative and post-operative hemoglobin values on day 1,2,7,14 were recorded.

Results: Average(+/− SD) intraoperative and post operative blood loss were 220(+/−115.6) ml and 443.6 (+/−160.9)ml respectively. Male patients had post-operative blood loss more than female (p= 0.001, students t- test). Patients with rheumatoidarthritic knees and osteoarthritic knees did not show any statistical difference in intraoperative or postoperative blood loss. Tourniquet time and surgical time showed a positive correlation with intraoperative blood loss. Body mass index did not show any correlation with intraoperative or postoperative blood loss. Incidence of blood transfusion was more in patients with rheumatoid knees as the pre operative haemoglobin value was lower in these patients. There was no statistical difference in the incidence of blood transfusion in male and female patients. There was 66% incidence of blood transfusion in patient with pre-operative hemoglobin less then 10.5 gm% . The over all blood loss and blood transfusion incidence were lower in our series when compared to many other series reported in the literature.

Discussion and conclusion: Gender has a role in blood loss in TKA, but diagnosis (OA or RA) has no role. Increase in tourniquet time and surgical time increase the intraoperative and hence the total blood loss. Blood loss and blood transfusion can be reduced to a lower level by following a standardized protocol. Blood transfusion depends on pre-operative hemoglobin rather than intraoperative blood loss. The post operative transfusion trigger can be brought to 8.5 gm% in a haemodynamically stable patient.


H. Pullen K. Mohanty J.N. Powell

Introduction: With the rising popularity of biological fixation, “Less invasive skeletal stabilisation system” (L.I.S.S.) has emerged as a valid option to treat complex fractures around the knee. Published reports have shown good results with shorter healing time and lesser re-operation rates. However as with any close procedure, restoring correct alignment of the limb could be difficult with this system and has not been reported previously. We report the results of CT alignment study in 20 cases of LISS fixation.

Methods: In a combined retrospective-prospective study, 20 patients, who were treated with LISS system for stabilizing either femoral or tibial fractures were enrolled. Patents with only unilateral fractures with a normal contra-lateral lower limb were included. All patients had CT scannograms and limited axial CT cuts of both lower limbs. Axial and rotational alignments were measured and assessed by one consultant radiologist.

Result: There were 9 cases of femoral and 11 cases of tibial LISS . The mean total malrotation was found to be 11.97 degrees (2.0–34.5). All femora were found to be malrotated externally with a mean of 11.71 degrees where as for the tibiae the mean internal and external malrotaions were found to be12.53 and 11.74 respectively. Mean coronal malalignment was found to be 3.76 degrees. If acceptable alignment was taken as 5 degrees in any plane, then the degree of malrotation in our study was found to be statistically significant.

Discussion and conclusion: Malalignment, mainly in the rotational plane has been reported in other closed techniques such as femoral and tibial nailing. As LISS is also minimally invasive and done through indirect reduction techniques, restoration of correct alignment could be difficult to achieve. This study is reassuring as we have found that generally, alignment of limb in our study was satisfactory and no corrective surgery was needed.


D. Molloy R.K. Wilson D.E. Beverland

Purpose: The objective of this study was to examine the relationship between aspirin and other non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) on postoperative blood loss following Total Knee Arthroplasty

Methods: We prospectively examined the pre-operative consumption of aspirin and NSAIDS and haematological parameters of 50 consecutive patients undergoing Total Knee Arthroplasty. 22 (44%) patients were on aspirin only, 17 (34%) patients on aspirin and another NSAID and 11 (22%) patients were taking neither aspirin nor a NSAID. (All patients received 150mg of aspirin the evening before surgery as DVT prophylaxis).

Results: The average pre-operative haemoglobin of the group taking aspirin and a NSAID, aspirin only and neither aspirin nor NSAID group was 12.9g/dl, 13,8g/dl and 13.49g/dl respectively. The drop between their pre-operative level and Day 3 Haemoglobin level was 3.788g/dl, 4.45g/dl and 4.28g/dl respectively.

The same trend was reflected in the PCV drops of 0.111, 0.133 and 0.1273 respectively. Transfusion rates for the three groups showed that those on aspirin and another NSAID had the highest rate with an average of 0.235 units per patient compared to 0.136 for those on aspirin only and 0.10 for those on neither aspirin nor NSAID.

Discussion: These findings indicate that the ingestion of aspirin or a NSAID preoperatively does not increase the amount of blood loss following total knee arthroplasty (TKA). The higher transfusion rates in the aspirin and NSAID group is because of the lower preoperative haemoglobin as compared to the other groups studied.

Conclusion: Observation of transfusion trends within our unit has shown a transfusion rate of 18% in patients with a preoperative Haemoglobin level of greater than 13.0g/dl as compared to 48% with a haemoglobin level of 13.0g/dl or less (review of 180 consecutive patients undergoing Total Knee Arthroplasty).

The ingestion of aspirin and NSAID does not increase blood loss following TKA but significantly have a lower preoperative Hb level. We feel that pre-operative Haemoglobin levels are the best predictors of transfusion requirements following total knee arthroplasty.


G. Montemurro L. Di Russo A. Vitullo

Fractures of distal femur and tibia treated with Open Reduction and Internal Fixation (O.R.I.F.) are frequently complicated in the postoperative period. Minimal Invasive Plate Osteosynthesis (MIPO) is developing for subcutaneous plating. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate the improvement in dropping the risks of complications following internal fixation of closed fractures of the lower limb using MIPO in comparison with conventional O.R.I.F. procedure. From January 1998 to May 1999 we collected 32 cases of lower limb fractures (10 distal femur, 15 pilon, 7 distal tibia) treated with O.R.I.F procedure (Group I). The mean age was 47.6 years (range 23–76). From June 1999 we started to perform MIPO in closed fractures of lower limb with conventional devices (36 cases). From March 2001 we performed part of our minimal invasive surgery (54 cases) with new devices with angular stability (Less Invasive Stabilization System, Synthes) that offer more tools for subcutaneous osteosynthesis and more mechanical stability of the implants. Our 90 cases formed Group II. The mean age was 53.2 years (range 21–80). The mean follow up was 18 months. We used bone grafts in only 1 case of severe pilon fracture. In Group I we got 2 infections in pilon fractures, 3 delayed union in distal tibial fractures, 1 non-union in distal femoral fracture, 1 varus deformity in distal femoral fracture and 2 DVT. In Group II we had no infection, no delayed or non-union (a mean consolidation time of 8–10 weeks for pilon fractures, 6 weeks for distal tibia fractures, 10–12 for distal femoral and proximal tibia ones). 2 cases of varus deformity in 1 pilon fractures (1 MIPO); 1 DVT in distal tibial fracture; 2 cases of varus deformity of distal femoral fracture (1 DCS). Conventional O.R.I.F. surgery showed some limits: wide exposure, damage to vascular supply of soft tissues and bone, blood loss, high risk of infections, not indicated in polytrauma patient: international literature reported high rate of postoperative complications. The findings of this study justify the effort to follow this procedure also because the new devices available improved mechanical stability and facilitated this technique In conclusion, minimal invasive surgery is a demanding technique with undoubted advantages: it reduces surgical exposures and risk of infection; it respects the biology of callus and soft tissues, it reduces the necessity of bone graft and is particularly indicated in polytrauma patients.


I. Rubel A. Corcoran

Introduction: Since the introduction of periarticular locking plates (PLP) open reduction and internal fixation of periarticular fractures has gained popularity. Although initial trials have shown encouraging results, no studies to date has focused on its use for metaphyseal fractures. The purpose of this study is to report on the performance of PLP for fixation of periarticular fractures.

Material and Methods: 49 with at least one year follow up were included in this prospective review. All fractures involved the metaphyseal area and 39 had an intraarticular extension as well. Fixation was performed by a combined locking-regular screws technique. The parameters included in the analysis were fracture displacement, type of callus formation, healing of the fracture, screw pull-out, screw breakage, plate breakage, stress rising and stress shielding with subsequent bone loss.

Results: At one year follow up the results showed that: 1 fracture had lost reduction in the early post op; 2 locking screws had backed up despite being initially locked to the plate; 1 screw broke, 1 plate broke. There were no problems with stress rising or stress fractures at the end of the plate. The most impressive finding was the high rate of stress shielding with subsequent bone loss within the range delimited by the locking screws (27 %). Callus formation: 18 % had no visible callus on plain radiographs despite being clinically healed. 62% had very little callus. 15 % had moderate callus and 5% had robust callus formation.

Discussion and conclusion: The use of PLP appears to have some unique characteristics, different than conventional plating.: 80 % of the fractures healed with no or very little callus. The use of locking screws in the shaft portion of the fixation may have been the cause for the high rate of stress shielding, which typically occurred within the locking screws in our series. Since the review of our data we are no longer using locking screws in the shaft portion of the fixation.


G. Karatzas D. Kritas A. Doussias Ch. Aggelidis

Purpose: The evaluation of the results of intramedullary nailing of open fractures of tibial shaft, which have been initially treated with external fixation.

Material & Method: Between 1997–2003, in 58 open fractures of tibial shaft (Gustillo type II & IIIa), the initially applied external fixation was replaced by an intramedullary nail type Russell-Taylor or Grosse-Kempf, either due to delay in union progress or due to frame‘s loosening. The conversion of external fixation to intramedullary nail was performed between 12th–15th week (average: 14th week), in two stages (1st stage: removal of EX.FIX, 2nd stage: insertion of I..N); with 13–22 days interval between the stages. In all cases, no elements of infection were noticed. In 45% of the patients bone grafting was performed at the time of nail‘s insertion. 37 patients were men and 21 were women, aged 19–52 years old (average: 31,7yrs). All patients were treated by the same surgical team and followed-up routinely.

Results: Union was achieved in 85% of the fractures, usually between 16–23 weeks (average: 18,7 weeks) from nail‘s insertion. In 7 cases, another operation was needed. Bone grafting in five, exchange of nail in two. Neither infection nor DVT was noticed. 82% of patients started sociallizing within 4 weeks, while 79% returned to pre-injury activities.

Conclusions: In cases that the union progress of the externally fixed open fractures of tibial shaft is not satisfactory; the conversion of external fixation to intramedullary nail seems to be a reliable option. The key points for the success of the method are timing and conditions of that conversion.


W. Pospula A.T. Al Noor A. Al Rowaih

Aims: The study was undertaken in order to assess the clinical and radiological results of treatment of comminuted diaphyseal fractures of long bones using the principle of biological fixation, standard implants and minimum access surgery.

Methods: 20 patients operated with this method are subject of this review. All operations were performend on the orthopedic or ordinary translucent table using image intensifier. Fractures were reduced indirectly and fixed with the plate or DCS passed subcutaneously with-our accessing the fracture site.

Results: All fractures united in the average period of 5.9 months.There were no snignificant complications and no infections. Function of adjacent joints was good.

Conclusion: In case of comminuted diaphyseal fractures of long bones biological fixation with minimal access surgery principle using standard implants gives excellent clinical and radiological results and is a valuable alternative to other fixation methods


S. Sprague J. Busse M. Bhandari S. Sprague A.P. Johnson-Masotti A. Gafni

Introduction: Closed and open grade I (low energy) tibial shaft fractures are a common and costly event and optimal management for such injuries remains uncertain.

Methods: We explored costs associated with treatment of low energy tibial fractures with either casting, casting with therapeutic ultrasound, or intramedullary nailing (with and without reaming) by use of a decision tree.

Results: From a governmental perspective the mean associated costs were USD $3 365 (standard deviation [SD] ± 1 425) for operative management by reamed intramedullary nailing, $5 041 (SD ± 1 363) for operative management by non-reamed intramedullary nailing, $5 017 (SD±1 370) for casting, and $5 312 (SD±1 474) for casting with therapeutic ultrasound. From a societal perspective the mean associated costs were ($12 449; SD±4 894) for reamed intramedullary nailing, ($13 266; SD±3 692) for casting with therapeutic ultrasound, ($15 571; SD±4 293) for operative management by non-reamed intramedullary nailing, and ($17 343; SD±4 784) for casting alone.

Interpretation: Our analysis suggests that, from an economical standpoint, reamed intramedullary nailing is the treatment of choice for closed and open grade I tibial shaft fractures. There is preliminary evidence, from a societal perspective, that treatment of low energy tibial fractures with therapeutic ultrasound and casting may also be an economically-sound intervention.


L. Nordsletten A. Valentin-Opran

Open tibia fractures are often associated with delayed union and non-union. The use of recombinant human bone morphogenetic protein-2 (rhBMP-2) to treat acute, open tibial shaft fractures has been approved in both Europe (InductOs) and the United States (INFUSE Bone Graft). These approvals were based on the results of a prospective, randomized study of 450 patients with open tibia fractures that has already been published (Govender et al. 2002).

Material and Methods: A sub-group of patients from the above study with Gustilo Grade IIIA and IIIB open tibia fractures was separately analyzed. Patients treated with the standard of care (intramedullary nail fixation and routine soft-tissue management [the control group]) were compared to those that received the standard of care and an implant containing the approved concentration of rhBMP-2 (1.50 mg/mL). The primary outcome measured was the incidence of secondary intervention to promote bone healing during the twelve months of follow-up. Fischer’s exact test was used to compare the two groups.

Results: There were 55 patients in the control group and 59 patients in the rhBMP-2 group. The combined incidence of nail dynamization (those both performed and from broken screws) was higher in the control group 28/55 than the rhBMP-2 group 18/59. Significantly more control patients required autologous bone grafting because of delayed union or non-union as compared to the rhBMP-2 group [10/55 (18%) versus 1/59 (2%), respectively; p=0.0033]. More patients in the control group 15/55 required invasive secondary interventions to promote bone healing than those in the rhBMP-2 group 6/59 (p=0.0283). Fewer infections were observed in the rhBMP-2 group 14/59 as compared to the control group 23/55. In addition, the average time to full weight bearing for patients was 34 days sooner when rhBMP-2 was used (96 versus 130 days).

Conclusions: The addition of rhBMP-2 to the treatment of open tibia fractures represents a significant improvement over the standard of care. Treatment of Grade III tibia fractures with rhBMP-2 was shown to reduce the incidence of both invasive secondary interventions and infections. The additional expense of using rhBMP-2 can be justified for these severe fractures, by the potential to eliminate of the cost required to treat these complications.


T. Asumu V. Nadarajah

Closed intramedullary nailing of the tibia is a well accepted method of treating tibial fractures. There are advantages to perfoming surgery via smaller incisions. These advantages include less muscle dissection, less pain, less blood loss and quicker recovery and discharge from hospital and improved cosmesis.

We have used an existing tibial nail (Zimmer M/DN) to carry out percutaneous nailing of tibial shaft fractures using a modified surgical technique. This report describes the operative technique and our early results.

We have used this technique in 10 patients. The main difference in the technique is the use of a Steinman pin under fluoroscopy to identify the entry point. The average incision length in these patients has been 2.5cm. We have had no early or medium term complications. Length and rotation was restored in all cases. There was no increase in the surgical time or fluoroscopy time for the operation. Post-operative analgesic use was significantly less in these patients when compared with the standard technique. The average length of hospital stay has been reduced by 25% in this early cohort.


S. Mushtaq A. Kotwal G. Pavlou P. Giannoudis T. Branfoot

Introduction: Although the functional outcomes after severe lower limb injury ( Gustilo grade IIIb and IIIc ) managed with various surgical techniques is well described in the literature, there is limited information on appearance related psychological impact after complex lower limb reconstruction. We sought to determine the aesthetic problems in patients with open tibial fractures with extensive soft tissue injury.

Materials and methods: Data on patients with open tibial fractures managed with free flaps between 1999–2003 admitted to our trauma unit was collected and analysed. Patients who had finished their treatment at least one year ago with isolated leg injury were identified, patients with surgery related disability were excluded. we used Derriford Scale (DSA24) with additional questionnaire for analysis .

Results: In total 31 patients were contacted out of which 18 provided with completed questionnaires, 14 male and 4 female with mean age of 41.8(17–69) year. Appearance of the leg following surgery significantly effected relationships (3 divorced, 2 split up, 3 worse, 8 same and 2 better). Nine (56.2%) patients experienced poor sexual relationship following surgery and four (22.2%) reported to avoid undressing in front of partners. Five patients (27.7%) requested debunking and two under went surgery. Twelve (66.6%) patients were still taking pain killers. Ten (55.5%) patient complained of donor site weakness or painful scar. Six (33.3%) patients required to change jobs. Thirteen (72.2%) were unconfident in themselves, (66.6%) were distressed to see there legs in mirror. Nine (50%) felt hurt and irritable at home, (61.1%) patients avoided going to beach. Nine (50%) disliked using communal changing areas or even going for shopping and felt closed in a shell. Eight (44.4%) patients felt rejected and chose not to attend social events.

Conclusion: The psychological impact of trauma is generally neglected, sudden and unexpected nature of events and interventions have significant effect on post operative quality of life.


A.S. Atesalp M. Komurcu S. Tunay D. Bek

An anterior skin flap taken from the instep can be used to cover the bone ends in disarticulation of the ankle when ulceration or necrosis of the heel prevents the use of the heel flap for a conventional Syme’s amputation. From 1995 to 2003 December, we performed ankle disarticulation by using anterior flap after primary radical debridement in 42 cases with traumatic foot amputation injured by antipersonnel land mines. In all our cases, we observed wound healing in 2 weeks without any problems. The patients were advised to use a cylindrical bootee for indoor walking in third week. After 1–1.5 month, we put plastazote pad on stump end for prosthesis fitting, and for ourdoor walking the patients used prosthesis which would combine partial end-bearing and partial weight bearing on the patellar tendon. Ground contacting and standing without a prosthesis were also acceptable. We observed the advantages of prosthesis fitting. For instance, there is no need to open a window on the prosthesis socket for fitting and it is easier to fit the slender stump into the prosthesis. In early fitting we did not come across any problems about the slipping of the flap from stump as seen in conventional Syme’s amputation. In short and long term follow-ups, we found that the patients did not complain much about their prosthesis. For all these reasons, we think that ankle disarticulation with anterior flap rather than transtibial amputation should be preferred in patients with traumatic foot amputation since conventional Syme’s amputation can not be performed in heel injuries.


G. Venetsanakis Ap. Hatzisymeon G. Petsatodes P. Antonarakos An. Christodoulou J. Pournaras

Purpose: The results of surgical treatment of intertrochanteric hip fractures using a sliding hip screw-plate and Norian-SRS, as an adjuvant means of stabilization, are presented.

Material – Methods: 103 patients (27 male, 76 female) with intertrochanteric hip fractures, were treated with a sliding hip screw. Their age ranged from 56 to93 years (av. 68,9y) . In group A (50 patients) we only used a sliding hip screw -plate, while in group B ( 53 patients) we also used Norian-SRS above the upper surface of the sliding hip screw.

Results: Postoperative follow-up ranged from 5 to17 μnνϵς. Mobilization was initiated on the 2nd day with partial weight bearing. A group progressed to full weight bearing in 3 , while B group in 2 months. 8 patients in group A and 2 in group B developed varous deformity. Screw cut out developed in 5 patient of group A and none of group B. Backsliding of the screw ranged from 0 to 16 mm. (av. 4,95 mm.) in group A and from 0 to16mm. (av. 3,25mm.) in group B.

Conclusion: Norian-SRS augmentation of intertrochanteric hip fractures treated with a sliding hip screw-plate, increases the stability of the osteosynthesis, permitting earlier rehabilitation and mobilization of the patient and leading to better functional results.


A.Y. Bonshahi S. Raja B. Mohan

Introduction: There are a number of classification systems for inter trochanteric fractures of the proximal femur but none that have been universally accepted. For a classification to be successful, it should have excellent reliability and reproducibility among all reviewers in the interpretation of the radiographs. Although the Tronzo classification system is used for inter trochanteric fractures, its reliability had not been tested yet.

Aims: The purpose of this paper is to present the interobserver and intraobserver reliability of the Tronzo classification for intertrochanteric fractures of the femur.

Methods: The radiographs of 50 patients with inter trochanteric fractures were classified by seven observers according to Tronzo’s classification. Three observers were consultant orthopaedic surgeons with a minimum 12 years orthopaedic experience and four were orthopaedic residents. All observers worked independently. The observers repeated the measurements three weeks later without reference to the previous assessments. Intra- and inter-observer agreement was evaluated using the weighted kappa (k) coefficient of Cohen as calculated by the Stata computer package.

Results: For time1, the inter-observer is 0.19 (95% CI 0.05 to 0.43) and for time 2 it is 0.20 (95% CI 0.06 to 0.44): jointly the kappa estimate is 0.20 (95% CI 0.09 to 0.36).

For the intra-observer reliability, the kappa is sightly higher, as one would expect, although it is still only 0.41 (95% CI 0.25 to 0.55).

Overall, the inter-observer reliability is slight (and at best, fair) and the intra-observer reliability is moderate. For clinical use a kappa of 0.8 is strongly recommended and clearly this was not achieved.

Discussion: Tronzo’s classification is simple, easy to use and is predictive of the method of reduction unlike the AO/ASIF classification that is more complicated with several groups and subgroups. However there is poor interobsever reliability as shown in our study. This suggests that comparison of results between studies using the Tronzo classification is not reliable enough to be of use. It should be stressed that reliability studies are not a measure of the accuracy of the classification. There is no right or wrong response in grading each radiograph. The analysis purely measures the reproducibility of the response between several observers.

Intraobserver reliability was moderate in our series, which suggest that individuals could use the Tronzo classification to document their results over a period of time to monitor long-term outcomes and to compare treatment modalities in the same studies.


S. Muminagic T. Kapidzic

Introduction: Within the period from 1992. to 1996. (War in Bosnia) we performed 528 amputations. At the Chopart level in 45 (8.5%) patients and at the Syme level by 7 (1.3%) patients.

Etiology: In more than 90 % patients the injury was caused by mine.

Method: Open method, primary suture or primary delayed suture. We had 6 reamput actions and 15 corrections.

Result: The Chopart stump inclines to deformation (we can often use only a part of calcaneus and talus). Achille’s tendon pulls the heel in increased supination and this is disturbing when leaning onto it and when placing the prosthesis. We achieved good results with the Baumgartner procedure: lengthening of Achille’s tendon, transfer of tendon m. tibialis anterior and tibio=tal=calcaneal arthrodesis. In cases with infection or if there remains only half of the calcaneus and talus, we prefer Syme level.

Conclusion: The patient with CH stump was properly followed and kept under control. We prefer Baumgartner procedure as prevention of deformation. In some cases the better result are achieved with the Syme level (it remains only part of calcaneus and talus)


S. Portakal A. Utkan A. Dayican G. Ozkan Y. Karaman M.A. Tumoz

For operative treatment of trochanteric femoral fractures extramedullary or intramedullary stabilization options exist. The intramedullary systems especially proximal femoral nail (PFN) presents biomechanical advantages compared to existing conventional systems.

This prospective study was performed to understand the clinical results after 57 patients having trochanteric femoral fractures managed with the AO/ASIF PFN from January 2003 to March 2004. There were 11 male and 46 female patients and the mean age was 74.7. The most fractures (73.7%) were unstable according to AO/ ASIF classification. The patients were preoperatively evaluated as ASA grade 3 or 4. The operation was performed within 6 days after the injury. The patients were followed up for a minimum of 6 months. Immediate full weight bearing was permitted in 47 patients.

Six patients died due to cardiopulmonary complications within 3 months after the operation. Of the surviving 51 patients 7 had cut-outs because of using too short proximal gliding screws. In remaining 43 patients fractures united within 4 months. The patients were evaluated by Salvati and Wilson hip function scoring system. At the final follow up 72 % of the patients had score more than 20 points (out of 40 points).

In conclusion PFN is useful and minimal invasive device in the treatment of trochanteric femoral fractures. Femoral nail positioning is critical but biomechanically stable construct can be performed with careful management and early weight bearing is allowed.


J. Espierrez J. Cuenca F. Martaanez J.A. Garcia-Erce A.A. Martinez

Background: To determine patients clinical and haematological characteristics that could affect the use of blood and infection incidence with hip fractures (HF) treated with a dynamic hip screw (DHS).

Patients and Methods: A retrospective study of all the HF patients during 5 years (January1995- December1999) who were treated with a dynamic hip screw (DHS ïf’, Synthes-Stratec, Oberdof, Switzerland) at one unique university hospital. No patient was excluded. Age, gender, elapsed time, anaesthesia risk (ASA clasification), type of HF (internationalAO classification), transfusion procedure and the total used; haemoglobin (Hb) at days 0 (incoming to urgency service) and first postoperative (POD ï€1) were examined. We also analyzed the infection incidence (CDC criteria), place and severity. The statistical univariate analysis included Student’s t-test for numeric variables and Pearson’s chi-squared test for string variables. There was considered to be a statistically significant difference (SSD) when p< 0.05. A multivariate stepwise logistic regression model was used.

Results: Three hundred and one patients with HF were studied. 125 A1 and 176 A2, according to the AO classification. Male/female ratio: 76/225 (25.2%/74.8%); age 78.97 years old (range: 23–104); ASA: I 53 (17.6%); II 97 (32.2%); III 138 (45.8%) and IV 13 (4.3%). Hb Values on the day of admission: 128.7 g/L (range: 81.7–176.7) and POD ï€1: 101 g/L (range: 54.7–150.7). 186 (61.8%) patients were transfused with an average 1.42 red cell concentrate (range: 0–6). 89 (29.6%) had an infection diagnosis: 79 (26.2%) urinary tract infection (UTI), 7 (2.3%) pneumonia and 8 (2.7%) superficial wound. 18 (6%) died in the first month.

At univariant study of transfusion act, the transfused patients were older (p< 0.001), suffered more infections (p:0.019), more UTI (p:0.003), had lower Hb day 0 (p< 0.001) and POD ï€1(p< 0.001). When analyze the infection, the patients were older (p< 0.001), had higher ASA (p:0.019), lower Hb at day0 (p< 0.026), longer stay (p< 0.001), were more transfused (p:0.019), and received more transfusions (p:0.004). The logistic regression analysis identified only the type of HF, the age and the Hb level (p< 0.05) as independent predictors of transfusion.

Comments: In patients with HF the Hb is the most important predictor of blood transfusion, and it is associated with a higher rate of post surgical infection and longer hospital stays. These complications may be explained by the possible inmunomodulation effect of allogenic blood transfusion.


U.A. Abdulkadir V.K. Prasanna

Introduction: We found some unusually long delays and repeated canellations in patients on warfarin and associated proximal femur fractures. Aim of our study was to find the safe INR levels at which the patients can be subjected to surgery and if possible determine the approximate time when patients would reach the safe levels based on INR results at admission. Generally an INR level of less than 2.0 is considered safe and there is no set policy within hospitals on advance booking of these patients.

Methods: We identified all proximal femur fractures in a one year period in our hospital who were on warfarin, determined the reason for which they were on warfarin. Checked INR, LFTS and Renal function on admission. Patients had daily INR levels done at 6’oclock in morning to determine the suitability for theatre.

Results: There were 23 patients of total 437 patients with proximal femur fractures on warfarin. Single most important reason for treatment on warfarin was atrial fibrillation(in 18 patients),other reasons were thromboembolic disease, recurrent pulmonary embolism and heart valve replacement. The INR on admission ranged 1.6–4.0 with a mean of 2.6.We found that most patients with an INR less than 3.0 on admission had acceptable levels within three days of admission whilst those with an INR greater than 3.1 had an acceptable levels within four days. In patients with raised LFTS or renal function impairment took longer time to settle.

Conclusion: We recommend that patients with an INR less than 3.0 can be provisionally booked for theatre 3 days from admission while those with an INR 3.1–4.0 can be listed for theatre 4 days from admission except where there is a grossly altered renal or liver function. By listing patients in above method, unexpected cancellations and the practice of keeping the patients fasted on a daily basis can be avoided.


D. Pericic D. Djurdjevic

The aim of the study was to evaluate the results of subtrochanteric femoral fractures treatment with a 90 degrees condylar blade plate, using indirect reposition technique.

Introduction: Fractures in the subtrochanteric zone of the proximal femur present complex treatment challenges. These treatment difficulties are related to the anatomic and biomechanical features that are unique to this area.

Methods: Between 1992 and 2002 76 patients with a mean age of 36 (17–80 years old) were treated with condylar blade plate in our hospital. Fractures resulting from traffic accidents accounted for 76% (58) of the cases, falls from heights for 18% (14), and the remaining cases had other causes.

Results: Union was achieved in 89,5% (68) patients (with full weight-bearing after a mean of 3 months (2–4 months)). Malunion was observed in four, and nonunion in two cases. Deep infection occurred in three cases, which required repeated debridements, bone grafting and decortication. The fractures were stabilized with a replacement condylar blade plate and healed uneventfully.

Conclusion: Subtrochanteric fractures are usually the result of high-energy trauma. The medial cortex of the proximal femur is exposed to high compressive force, which makes fracture stabilization a difficult problem. The reduction technique, which does not cause additional damage to the vitality of the bone, and the use of condylar plate improve significantly the outcome of the treatment.


H. Wynn Jones M. Parker

Background: The most commonly used implant for the internal fixation of an extracapsular proximal femoral fracture is a sliding hip screw (SHS). More recently short intramedullary nails (IMN) have been advocated as an alternative, particularly for unstable fractures due to possible biomechanical advantages. The purpose of this meta-analysis was to compare, on the basis of evidence from randomised controlled trials, the fixation outcome with these two types of implant in stable and unstable fractures

Method: All randomised controlled studies comparing intramedullary nails with a SHS were considered for inclusion. Studies were identified using the search strategy of the Cochrane Collaboration, with no restriction on languages or source. Two authors independently extracted the data, and assessed trial methodology.

Results: 24 randomised trials involving 3202 patients with 3279 fractures were included in the analysis. Pooled results gave no statistically significant difference in the cut-out rate between the IMN or SHS 41/1556 and 37/1626 (Relative risk 1.19; 95% confidence interval 0.78 to 1.82). There was an increased total failure rate (103/1495 and 58/1565, Relative risk 1.83; 95% confidence interval 1.35 to 2.50) and re-operation rate (57/1357 and 35/1415, Relative risk 1.63; 95% confidence interval 1.11 to 2.40) with the IMN compared the SHS when all fractures were considered. Fracture healing complications were much less frequent for stable fractures. No evidence for a reduced failure rate for IMN’s in unstable fractures patterns could be found.

Conclusions: The results from studies to date indicate an increased fixation failure rate for trochanteric fractures fixed with an intramedullary nail, and show no benefit to the use of a nail in unstable fractures. Therefore the use of intramedullary nails for trochanteric fractures cannot be recommended.


W. Friedl H. Florian

Clinical Problem: The proximal femour ist he highest loaded part of the skeleton,on the other side the bone density is reduced in elderly patients. Therefore the cut out of the femour head and neck component is the most severe complication in the management of these farctures.

Material and Methods: To avoide cut out but also other complications a proximal femour nail with a I beam profile of the femur neck component was constructed: the gliding nail (GN) and small GN (SGNS).

Results: Experimental examination: an I beam plate (16x10mm) used in the Gliding nail, a single screw (12mm) fixation of the Gamma Nail and a double screw fixation (11 and 6mm) used in the Proximal Femour Nail were tested. For testing 9 sowbone femura and 3 pair of corps femura were used. A2 type of osteotomy and tests of 1000 cycles alternating load at 1000N and 1500N in the sowbons and 6000 cycles up to 3.500N were performed. Results: in the sowbones the I beam profile plate shows a total deformation of 1mm after 1000N and 2mm after 1500N test. For the 12mm screw the corresponding values were 2,5mm and 5.6mm. The double scew fixation showed a total cut out at 1000N in one femur and at 1500N in both others. In the corpse femura the differences were similar.

Clinical examination: Material and methods: in a five year period 03.1996-03.2001 501 patients all patients with trochanteric and subtrochanteric fractures were evaluated. Reexamination was performed at least 6 months after therapy. All patients with no additional injury of the same leg were allowed full weight bearing immediately(98%). 70% were female, mean age 76,2years,median 80 years.82% had risk factors, 11.2% were in a nursing home. 95% were treated in the first 36 houres by 23 surgeons.

Results: Eearly lokal complicationes occurred in 2,5%. Only wound revisiones for haematoma (11 cases with 5 times positive bacteriology) occurred but the general rate of complicationes was 28,5% especially urinary and pulmonary infections. Hospital mortality was 3.9%. Whereas the mortality in patients without risk factors the mortality was 2.4% when 4 risk factors were present mortality was 90%. Osteoporosis and Diabetes had no influence as risk factor. Late local complicationes were 3.3%. The 3 months mortality was 14.9%15.3% were in a nursing home.

Conclusion: The results show that the event of a trochanteric fracture is still a serious risk but local complicationes especially cut out of the implant and severe impaction of the fracture can be avoided by using the GN.


J.L. Cebrian P. Sanchez F. Alberto R. Garcia Crespo F. Marco L. Lopez-Duran

Electrical stimulation techniques are utilised in orthopedics field for the treatment of pseudoarthroses; the more widespread methods are the inductive system with Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields (PEMFs). We report the results of a retrospective study, between February 1987 to February 2002, of 57 patients with pseudoarthroses of tibia (22 treated with PEMFs against 35 without this treatment). The objectives of the study have been to know the influence, the consolidation percentage and the influence of electrical simulation.

The average age was 38 years (14–89); the average follow-up 3,2 years. 17 fractures were open and 40 fractures were closed. All the fractures were affect the tibia shaft, in 19 cases extended to the articulation. For the admission to the study had not united after at less 6 month. All the patients were treated with surgery to the pseudoarthroses (looking nail in 54 cases, fixation extern in 2 cases and osteotomy to fibula in one case). Statistical analysis utilised was the SPSS program.

The results were statistically significantly (p< 0,05) in:

The consolidation with the PEMFs increase compared without this method (91% vs 83%).

The average time to consolidation decrease with the use to electrical stimulation compared to the patients treated without this treatment.

Experience supports its role as a successful method of treatment for ununited fractures of the tibia.


A. Apostolopoulos A. Kiriakidis M. Xrisanthopoulou P. Anastasopoulos D. Antoniou K. Liakou A. Zacharopoulos

Purpose: The purpose of our study is to estimate the effectiveness of Parecoxib in the post surgical analgesia in the fractures of the hip joint in comparison with the usage of the combination of Diclofenac ant Pethidine

Material and methods: We have carried out a prospective randomized clinical study, during the period January 2003-July 2004, on 90 patients were operated with fractures of the hip joint. We examined two similar groups of patients concerning the age, the type of fracture and the type of anaesthesia. In group A, consisting of 35 patients, we provided 40 mg of Parecoxib i.v., as postsurgical analgesia, twice a day and in Group B, of 55 patients, we provided the combination of Diclofenac 75mg i.m. twice a day and Pethidine i.m. in case of persisting pain.

The intensity of pain was estimated by the Pain Intensity Scale ( PIS ).

Results: In Group A the PIS was 2.5 ± 0.8, and none of the patients needed supplementary analgesic. In Group B the PIS was 3.2 ± 0.8 and 21 (38.3%) patients needed supplementary analgesics (Pethidine).

In the use of Parecoxib no side effects were noticed (decrease BP, vomiting etc).

Conclusion: Parecoxib is more effective in the post surgical analgesia than Diclofenac and Pethidine in the fractures of the hip joint. It is easier to administer (i.v) and is also seems to be safe (no side effects were noticed). Therefore, we suggest that it should be the drug of choice in the post surgical analgesia of the fractures of the hip joint.


U. Valentinotti R. Spagnolo D. Capitani F. Sala F. Castelli M. Bonalumi B. Bono D. Capitani

Dislocation and carpal fracture-dislocation are a rare injury, interesting capsula and ligaments, with a variable damage of the vascularization. Classification is difficult for the complexity on this lesion.

The aim of our work is to underline how the best final clinical result is achieved after an immediate treatment of reduction and stabilization of bone injury.

We considered two groups:

A: 8 patients, who have been observed since july ’93 until 1996 ; all the patients were men who had work or car accidents, with outstretched upper extremity. The ages of the patients ranged from 19 to 34 years.. All patients were followed for an average of 8 years

B: Another group is at short term is since luglio 2002 until today and is in 10 patients with 11 wrists with a total of 14 surgical treatment

1 is bilateral

3 wrists reoperated for lacking initial reduction or for the general initial condition

Assesment of the patients includeds clinical rating and roentgenografich analysis. The clinical scoring included pain, functional status, range of motion and grip strength.

Among the various classifications, we took into account the one proposed by Allieu, based on the radio-lunate ligament, consequently this classification offers an important prognostic factor.

In one of our cases there was assocciated a fracture of the radial stiloid, and in other one a posterior dislocation of the elbow.

We treated all the patients with a volar approach, the stabilitation of the carpus and scaphoid was achieved utilizing K wires in four cases, microscrew in two patients for scaphoid’s fracture and in other one the Herbert screw in the A group

In the B recent group we used in all cases K wiring, and herbert screw in 8 wrists, microscrews in one , and internal capsulodesis in the 2 last for perilunate isolated dislocation

The initial failing of reduction is due to an unstable reduction in very injured patient ( we use only k wire for the navicular)

10 patients in the second B group have been treated by the same first Author

After surgery treatment, the wrist was immobilizated in a splint for 6 weeks, then a careful mobilitation was started.

Finally we think that is necessary, to avoid the instability and pseudoartrosis on the scaphoid, to treat all the transcapho-lunate dislocation with open reduction and stabilitation, as agreed with literature.


P.J. Harwood L.P.V. Giannoudis L.M. van Griensven H.C. Krettek

Hypothesis: In severely the injured, there has been a move away from early total care to staged physiological and anatomic reconstruction, damage control orthopaedics (DCO). This seeks to limit the magnitude of the second hit insult resulting from operative treatment after trauma, deferring complex reconstructive work until a later stage. For femoral shaft fracture, this entails initial external fixation, to provide early skeletal stabilisation, and subsequent conversion to an intramedullary nail (IMN).

Materials and Methods: Patients with femoral shaft fracture, who underwent primary IMN or DCO between 1996 and 2002 were identified from our database. Those with New Injury Severity Score (NISS) < 20 were excluded. The systemic inflammatory response (SIRS) and Marshall multi-organ failure scores (MMOFS) were calculated every 12h for 4 days. These systems have been previously correlated with outcome and complications in critical care.

Results: 174 patients were included. The mean SIRS score was higher at each time period post operatively in the IMN group (p < 0.01). The MMOFS was slightly higher at each point in the DCO group, (only sig. at 48h). There was a higher incidence of pneumonia and mortality (significant p < 0.02), ARDS and MOF (both n.s.) in the DCO group, this being attributable to the higher incidence of head and thoracic injury (AIS severity 2 or more). The mean peak post-operative SIRS score was significantly higher in the IMN group than in the DCO group, both at primary procedure and conversion, as was the time with SIRS score above 1. The pre-op and peak post-op SIRS score correlated with the peak post op MMOFS score (p 0.0002). The conversion pre-op SIRS score correlated with post-operative peak SIRS score and MMOFS score (p 0.0001). On average, a significant rise in the MMOFS score did not occur following the conversion procedure.

Conclusion: It would appear that despite having significantly more severe injuries, patients in the DCO group had a smaller, shorter postoperative systemic inflammatory response and suffered only slightly more pronounced organ failure than the IMN group. They did suffer more complications, but this was only significant for pneumonia. DCO patients undergoing conversion whilst their SIRS score was raised suffered the most pronounced subsequent inflammatory response and rise in organ failure score.


A. Gray L. Torrens J. Christie C. Howie T.O. White A. Carson C.M. Robinson

Background: Long bone fractures and intramedullary stabilisation can result in the extravasation of fat and marrow emboli into the venous circulation. The effects of these emboli can become systemic causing neurological features.

Aim: To establish the cerebral microembolic load following femoral and tibial diaphyseal fractures treated by intramedullary fixation and to specify any neurological impairment with the application of a series of cognitive tests and a serum marker of neuronal injury.

Methods: 20 femoral and tibial fractures treated with intramedullary fixation had intra-operative transcranial doppler ultrasound monitoring of the middle cerebral artery with emboli detection software set to established guidelines. Cognitive testing (day 3), following surgery with an I.Q. assessment (PFSIQ) allowing comparison with age specific normative data. This included: verbal fluency and speed (COWAT – Control Oral Word Association Test); working memory with assessment of immediate and delayed recall; mini-mental state examination; executive function, attention and mental processing speeds (Colour Trails 1& 2). Beta S-100 levels measured pre-operatively, 0, 24 and 48 hours following surgery as a marker of neuronal injury.

Statistical Analysis: One sample Wilcoxon signed rank test to compare median of the cognitive scores with age matched normative data. Multiple regression analysis used to correlate embolic load with cognitive function.

Results: Mean age (SD) for the group is 32 (5.8). Mean PFSIQ of 52.8%, SD 21.4 [median 59.5, IQ range 28.3, 71.3]. No significant difference detected in cognitive testing compared with normative data. Cerebral microemboli detected in 17 of 20 patients with a count median (range) of 6 (0, 29). The mean pre-operative beta S-100 level was 0.36 micro g/l (normal range 0–0.15). This increased to a peak mean of 0.88 micro g/l immediately following surgery with a poor correlation to cerebral embolic load.

Discussion: Detailed clinical testing indicates no significant deterioration in cognitive function following intramedullary stabilisation of these fractures. A variable cerebral micro-embolic load was seen but with no detectable clinical effect. No direct correlation was found between the elevated levels of Beta S-100 seen following surgery and cerebral embolic load. This appears to correlate with previous concerns in the literature regarding the specificity and sensitivity of this established marker of neuronal injury.


C.U. Dussa A. Gul G. Herdman K. Veeramuthu K. Singhal

Introduction: Wrist injuries are common presentations at Accidents and Emergencies. Distal radius fractures are by far the most common. Scaphoid injuries constitute about 60% of carpal injuries. 35% occult wrist fractures are undiagnosed on 2nd visit radiography (50% distal radius/ulna). Moreover 30% patients with significant soft tissue injuries not diagnosed.

Aim: To compare the MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) and bone scans in the diagnosis of X-Ray negative wrist injuries. To functionally score these wrist at the end of 1-year to assess the outcome.

Materials and methods: A prospective study was done in 33 wrists that did not have a fracture wrist detectable on plain X-ray. The MRI and bone scan were done on the same day within 5-7 days after the injury. PD Fat Saturation Axial and Coronal images were undertaken with MRI. Clinical scoring was done after 1 year after the injury to assess the outcome of these injuries.

Results: We detected fractures in 10 wrists on bone scans and 8 fractures on MRI scans. There was a correlation between MRI and bone scan in 5 Cases. We noted 9% (3/33) of false positive cases with bone scan. Bone scans correlated with the site of injury in 10% of cases. 1 fracture was missed in both MRI and bone scan. MRI identified 4 significant soft tissue injuries and capsular edema in 29/33 cases, which were not identified on bone scans. MRI findings showed superior correlation than bone scans with clinical findings on re-examination, which was done following the scans. PRWE (patient rated wrist evaluation) was used to score the outcome of the wrists at the end of 1 year. The patients who had soft tissue or bony damage detected on MRI had significantly higher scores at 1 year of follow-up.

Conclusion: Though bone scan has high sensitivity in diagnosis of fracture, significant soft tissue injuries will be missed. On the other hand, MRI had a high sensitivity and specificity in diagnosis of a fracture and soft tissue injuries. MRI can differentiate between a bone edema and a fracture. MRI has a disadvantage of limited exposure. Clinicians must be aware of the limitations of both investigations. Though majority of these injuries do not active intervention apart from plaster or splinting, detection of these injuries is essential to prognosticate the outcome.


M.P. Maguire R. Mohil A. Ng S.P. Hodgson

The AO, Frykman, Mayo and Fernandez classification system for distal radius fractures were evaluated for interobserver reliability and intraobserver reproducibility using plain radiographs. Five orthopaedic consultants, five orthopaedic registras and five orthopaedic senior house officers classified 20 sets of distal radius fractures on two seperate occasions. There were 2400 induvidual observations. Kappa statistics were used to establish a relative level of agreement between observers for the two readings and between seperate readings by the same observer. Our results for intraobserver reproducibility showed Fernandez Kappa value of 0.49, Frykman 0.47, Mayo 0.45 and AO 0.33. A 0.4 result shows good consistecy accorcing to well reconised staistical boundries and is significant. That is reproducibility happened at a level greater than by chance. Interobserver Kappa values were poor in all classification systems. We also sought to look at varibles within grade of surgeon and developed Kappa values for these also.


G.K. Basdekis S. Varitimidis Z.H. Dailiana M.E. Hantes K. Bargiotas K.N. Malizos

Purpose: Arthroscopy offers a view of intra-articular pathology, but its use in the treatment of intra-articular distal radius fractures remains controversial. This study compares functional and radiologic outcomes of arthroscopically assisted (AA) versus fluoroscopically assisted (FA) reduction and external fixation (EF) of distal radius fractures.

Type of study: double randomised prospective, comparison of 2 different procedures.

Methods: Between January 2000 and December 2003, 20 patients with comminuted intra-articular distal radius fractures underwent AA EF and percutaneous pinning and 20 patients underwent and FA EF reduction and pinning.

Results: Follow-up period was 9–27 months. Evaluation was clinical (grip strength, range of motion) and radiographic (palmar tilt, radial shortening, stepoff). The Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand (DASH) questionnaire and the MAYO wrist score were used 3-9-12 months postoperatively. In 9/20 patients of AA group the subchodral pins were changed after artrhroscopic view because of stepoff. The following tears were found: TFCC (12 of 20 patients), SL (9/20), LT (4/20). Patients who underwent AA surgery had significantly better supination; wrist extension; and flexion compared with the FA surgery group (86 vs 75; 76 vs 65; and 76 vs 63 degrees respectively). Radial shortening and DASH scores were better for the AA group compared to the FA group (AA:12, FA:25) the 3rd and 6th postoperative month but the difference decreased after the 12th month.

Conclusions: A reduction and fixation of intra-articular distal radius fractures provides improved inspection of the ulnarsided components of the injury. Long term evaluation revealed that patients with AA procedures returned in decreased periods to their previous activities (based on DASH score) and had better of supination, flexion, and extension than patients with FA surgery.


A. Michael H. V. Kurup V. Mandalia B. Singh K.A. Shaju R.L. Mehta A.R. Beaumont

Aim: To identify the variables associated with poor radiological outcome in the distal radius fractures stabilized with K wires.

Materials & Methods: All the patients who underwent K wire fixation of distal radius fracture in last 3 years were included in this retrospective study. AO Classification was used to classify the fracture. Immediate post fixation radiographs and radiographs taken just prior to removal of K wires (5–6 weeks) were analyzed to study three radiological parameters (dorsal tilt, radial tilt, ulnar variance). Changes in these parameters were recorded. Results were graded as excellent, good, fair and poor according to the Stewart classification. The results were analyzed against variables like age, sex, AO classification, associated ulnar fracture, number of k wires used, delay in fixation and duration of fixation. Statistical tests were performed to find out variables associated with the poor radiological outcome.

Results: 113 distal radius fractures were analyzed in total. Average age of patients was 56.2 years (standard deviation-19.9) with male to female ratio of 1:2.1. Average loss of radial tilt was 4.12 deg, loss of dorsal tilt was 8.07 deg and change in the ulnar variance was 3.12 mm. We found excellent results in 23.9 %, good result in 56.6%, fair results in 15 % and poor results in 4.4 % of patients.

Age more than 65 years (p value 0.006), comminuted distal radius fracture [A3 or C3 in AO classification] (p value 0.049) and associated ulnar fracture (p value 0.013) were the variables found to have statistically significant correlation with poor radiological outcome.

Conclusion: Age more than 65, comminuted distal radius fracture and associated ulnar fracture are the variables associated with poor stability of K wire fixation in distal radius fracture. Alternative mode of stabilization should be considered to improve the stability of the fracture fixation in these patients.


M.M. Scarlat B. Redreau

The purpose of this study is the assessment of the shoulder function after a proximal humeral nail insertion for trauma, using a minimal invasive approach.

Material and methods: 22 patients had osteosynthesis for proximal humeral fractures using the Telegraph Nail. 15 patients underwent percutaneous osteosynthesis. The indication for the percutaneous procedure was determined at the per-operative control under fluoroscopy when the fracture was reducible by external manoeuvres. 12 of the fractures involved the surgical neck and 3 fractures were three-part fractures of the proximal humerus. The proximal interlocking was made using two screws in all the cases. The distal static interlocking was made with a single screw in all the cases.

All the patients followed a standardised rehabilitation protocol including early mobilisation and passive and active assisted muscular activity. The shoulder function was assessed using the Simple Shoulder Test (SST) and the Constant score. The mobility was assessed using the flexibility ratio described by Harryman as compared to the opposite healthy arm. The patients were assessed at 6, 12, 26 and 52 weeks after surgery.

Results: All the fractures showed consolidation within 6 weeks. Two fractures united with internal rotation and presented at controls with limited external rotation. Stable results were obtained at an average of 3 months. Return to previous activities was possible between 8 and 10 weeks after surgery in all the cases excepting two. In one case subacromial conflict between the nail and the rotator cuff was due to malpositioning of the proximal part of the nail and of the screws and required early removal and cuff repair. Average forward elevation was 12O25. Average external rotation was 4515. The SST score reached an average of 8.2/12 within 6 months and practically was unchanged at 12 months for all the series. The pondered Constant score was 76.7/1OO at six months. All the patients were improved after surgery.

Conclusion and discussion: The percutaneous insertion of a proximal humeral nail for shoulder fractures is a minimally invasive alternative to heavy open surgery. The results are acceptable for the patients and stable in time. The advantage of minimal bleeding and short hospital stay recommend this technique in all the cases when reduction is possible without opening, as showed by the fluoroscopy.


P. Nestrojil

Author presents the experiences with the use of LCP-distal radius plate by the distal radius fractures and by posttraumatic reconstructions of distal radius.

The poor functional result concerning the fractures of distal radius fractures and complications by osteosynthesis with LCP 3,5 mm for distal radius and it arises from several factors:

- incorrect indication to the osteosynthesis

- inexperiend operator

- insufficient reposition of fragments and insufficient stabilisation – type C fractures

- incorrect localisation of the plate

- neurological deficit – medianus nerve lesion

- deficient rehabilitation and poor functional treatment

Author looks upon the causes of failure by osteoesynthesis of fractures of distal radius.

In the years 2003 –2004 here were operated 29 fractures and 9 posttraumatic reconstructions of distal radius fractures with the LCP – distal radius 3,5 mm plate. The functional results show 63% excellent, 21% good, 7% satisfactory and 9% poor results. All these complications can be prevented by thorough judgment of X-rays and CT scans including the 2D and 3D reconstruction. The perfect reposition of the fragmants with the check on the X-ray C-arm and good localisation of the plate ensures good stability of osteosynthesis. The functional treatment involving the use orthesis or brace and early mobilisation and rehabilitation depend on the well technically performed osteosynthesis ensures a good functional result.


L. Solomin S. Tonkikh A. Kolomiets D. Parfeev

Aims: Developing a new effective method of clavicle osteosynthesis.

Methods: The K-wire is inserted along bone fragments (and bone autograft – in case of clavicle defect). Then K-wire is fixed near the breast-bone with the curved or threaded lug. External end of K-wire is strained in external fixation module. When having fracturing console pin with lug is inserted in acromion of frontal plane and is connected to K-wire with short bar. In cases of non-unions and defects two K-wire are inserted (through coracoid and acromion) sagittally. Both of them are strained in half-ring. The K-wire inserted along bone fragments is strained in half-ring (Patent of RF # 1657168).

Results: 238 patients were treated by CoSF: 222 with fractures, 11 – with non-unions, 5 – with defects of clavicle. Complete restoration of shoulder function during of fixation period was registered in 86,1% patients (p< 0,001). Analysis has shown that the main reason of join stiffness were delayed operation. 13,6% of patients have been operated in more than two weeks the injury had occurred, when the contracture already appeared. Pin-tract infection were arised in 3,4% cases, pin-tract osteomyelitis – in 1% cases.

Conclusions: Good and excellent results proved prospective of CoSF as well as improving this method.


N. Hulse H. Narayan C. Rajashekhar A.S. Paul J.P. Wylie

Background: Skin grafting is one of the simplest techniques of providing skin cover following enbloc resection of soft tissue sarcomas on extremities. But many authors have questioned the tolerance of skin graft to post operative radiotherapy.

Aim: To assess the integrity of skin grafts following post operative radiotherapy for soft tissue sarcomas on extremities.

Material and methods: During the period between 1997 and 2003, 10 patients received postoperative external beam radiotherapy following excision of soft tissue sarcomas on extremities and skin grafting at this regional soft tissue sarcoma unit. Age of these patients ranged from 26 years to 92 years. Malignant fibrous histiocytoma was the commonly encountered tumour. Commonest site of resection and skin grafting was lower leg. These patients were analysed for interval between skin grafting and radiotherapy, dose, type and fractions of radiation, break in radiotherapy, adjuvant chemotherapy and effect of radiation on skin graft.

Results: One patient developed moist desquamation and two developed dry desquamation during the course of treatment. All acute skin reactions were healed within 3 weeks of completion of radiotherapy. No patients required further soft tissue reconstruction.

Conclusion: Adjuvant external beam radiotherapy can be delivered to skin-grafted areas on extremities following enbloc excision of soft tissue sarcomas without any major complications. Our experience indicates that the radiation reaction can be minimised if the graft is allowed to heal adequately prior to the initiation of radiotherapy.


A. Sukthankar E. Lingenfelter B. Jost G. Maquieira C. Gerber

Introduction: Structural failure of a rotator cuff repair, if associated with pain and severe dysfunction, represents a treatment challenge. Depending on the size of the retear ,the degree of fatty degeneration of the involved muscles, retraction of the musculotendinous unit, as well as age and activity level of the patient, treatment options include re-repair, re-repair with tendon transfer, glenohumeral arthrodesis and inverse total shoulder (Delta) prosthesis. The purpose of this study was to review the outcome of treatment of failed rotator cuff repairs and to compare the results of the four most important types of treatments.

Material and methods: From 1991 till 2002, we retrospectively analysed 80 patients, who underwent revision surgery of the shoulder after failed primary cuff repair. Out of them, 33 had a rerepair, 15 were treated with a delta prosthesis, 17 with a latissimus dorsi-and 15 with a pectoralis major-transfer. Data assessment included pre- and postoperative Constant Score and complication rate. Average follow-up time was 51 months.

Results: After rerepair of the rotator cuff, patients showed a significant gain in subjective shoulder value, rel. Constant Score and reduction of pain(p< 0.05), but range of motion and strength remained unchandged. After additional latissimus-dorsi-or pectoralis major-transfer no significant gain was seen in either subjective shoulder value, nor rel. Constant Score. After Implantation of delta prosthesis, significant improvement was seen in subjective shoulder value, relative Constant score, range of motion and strength (p< 0.05). These improvements were significantly better than in the other groups (p< 0.05). Complication rate was the highest in the delta group.

Conclusion: After failed rotator cuff repair, attempts of rerepair allow good subjective results by reducing pain and maintaining range of motion. Although range of motion is maintained after additional latissimus dorsi-and pectoralis major-transfer, subjective and objective results are not satisfying. After implantation of a delta prosthesis, very good subjective and objective outcome can be predicted, although results are slightly compromised by the high complication rate.


P.E. Gelber F. Reina J.C. Monllau S. Martinez X. Pelfort E. Caceres

Background: The Inferior Glenohumeral Ligament (IGHL) has a well known mechanical and propioceptive relevance in shoulder stability. The interrelation of the IGHL anatomical disposition and innervation has not actually been described. The studys purpose was to determine the IGHL innervation patterns and relate them to dislocation.

Material & methods: Forty-five embalmed and 16 fresh-frozen human cadaveric shoulders were studied. Massons Trichrome staining was used to detail the intra-ligamentous nerve fibre arrangements. Neural behaviour of the articular nerves was studied dynamically at the apprehension position and while anteroinferior dislocation of the shoulder joint was performed.

Results: The anatomy of the IGHL was clearly defined. However, in 7 out of 61 cases the anterior band was only a slight thickening of the ligament. It averaged 34 mm (range, 28 to 46 mm) in length. The posterior band was only seen in 40.98 % of the cases. The axillary nerve provided IGHL innervation in 95.08 % of the cases. We found two distinct innervation patterns originating in the axillary nerve. In Type 1 (29.5 % of the cases), one or two collaterals later diverged from the main trunk to enter the ligament. Type 2 (65.57%) showed innervation to the ligament provided by the posterior branch for three to four neural branches. In both cases, these branches enter the ligament near the glenoid rim and at 7 oclock position (right shoulder). The shortest distance to the glenohumeral capsule was noted at 5 oclock position. The radial nerve (Type 3 innervation pattern) provided IGHL innervation in 3.28 % (2 specimens). Microscopic analysis revealed wavy intraligamentous neural branches. The articular branches relaxed and separated from the capsule at external rotation and abduction and stayed intact after dislocation.

Conclusions: The current results showed the IGHL to have three different innervation patterns. The special neural anatomy of the IGHL suggested it was designed to avoiding denervation when dislocated. This might contribute to understand why the neural arch remains unaffected after most dislocations. To our knowledge this is the first work that clearly describes specimens in which the main innervation of the IGHL is provided by the radial nerve.

Knowledge of the neural anatomy of the shoulder will clearly help in avoiding its injury in surgical procedures.


H. Sharma M.J. Jane R. Reid

Between 1944 to 2003, eighty nine cases of Paget’s sarcoma from the Scottish Bone and Soft Tissue Tumour Registry were reviewed. The mean age of patients was 72.3 years (range, 30 to 85 years). There were 59 males and 30 females. The most frequent sites were the femur (26), pelvis (19), humerus (13), tibia (11), and thoracolumbosacral spine (9). Biopsy was done in 69 cases. In the remainder 20 cases, the histological diagnosis was confirmed either from examining amputated limb or at autopsy. The most common type was osteosarcoma. Local excision was performed in seven cases. Resection in two cases and prosthetic replacement in two cases was carried out. Twenty nine patients underwent amputation surgery. Chemotherapy was administered to 15 patients (including 2 preop chemotherapy). Fifty one patients received radiotherapy (preoperatively in eight patients). All the patients died within one year from the date of biopsy with an average survival time of 7.5 months. Patients with Paget’s sarcoma tend to have a very poor prognosis inspite of improvements in therapy strategies including surgery, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy. We emphasise the need for more research by a combined oncosurgical, oncological, radiological and histological approach in the management of Paget sarcoma to improve the prognosis.


P. Dimakopoulos D. Giannikas M. Pappas A. Papadopoulos E. Lambiris

Aim: End result study of closed intramedullary nailing of humerus fractures.

Materials & methods: Between 1995–2003, 42 patients with fracture of the humeral shaft, were selected to be treated by I.N. The average age was 48 years old (17years–82years) The Selection criteria were: α) loss of closed reduction (24 patients), b) pathological fractures (5 patients), c) non-union following external fixation (2 patients) and d) delay of union (7 patients). The intramedullary nail was inserted through a proximal entry point via a transdeltoid incision. In 25 cases the entry point was below the greater tuberosity to avoid rotator cuff injury and in 18 cases the entry point was intraarticular. All nails were locked either proximal (41) or distally (1). Open technique was required for 21 cases. Passive full range of motion of elbow and shoulder joint was encouraged after the second postoperative day. Active assisted exercises were initiated the second postoperative week. Bone healing was confirmed by clinical and radiological findings. Shoulder mobility was evaluated by the Constant-Murley scoring system.

Results: The average follow-up time was 21 months (9 months–8 years).All fractures were finally healed. The average healing time was 13 weeks (8weeks–13weeks). Patients with extraarticular entry point of the nail had full passive shoulder motion between the 2th and the 4th postoperative week, whereas patients with intraarticular nail application presented delayed passive shoulder motion with final limitation of the normal range of motion. Seven patients had painful shoulder motion 3 months postoperatively. There were 4 patients with neurapraxia of the radial nerve installed posttraumatic, who had full recovery 3 months later. There was one proximal migrated nail, which required revision. None of the patients required nail removal.

Conclusions: Intramedullary nailing of humeral shaft fractures seems to be a reliable method of treatment. Shoulder mobilization after anterograde insertion of the nail can be easily restored with proper choice of entry point and proper physiotherapy program. The advantages of this method include: shorter operative time, less blood loss, small incision with minimal soft tissue damage. Extraarticular nail insertion should be the entry point of choice as there is no trauma to the rotator cuff.


J. De Caso I. Gracia A. Doncel J. Majo

Introduction: Aggressive fibromatosis is a benign but locally aggressive process. It arises from musculo-aponeurotic tissues, and invades locally without respect for tissue planes, surrounding vessels and nerves, which makes treatment of local recurrences difficult.

Aims: Our aim is to review our experience in the management of aggressive fibromatosis, focussing on the cases of multiple recurrences, as well as to evaluate the need for disabling surgery.

Material and methods: We present the series of 33 patients (15 male and 18 female) diagnosed of aggressive fibromatosis treated between 1993 and 2003; the follow-up period was no less than two years. The locations were shoulder girdle (8), lower extremity (8), upper extremity (6), gluteus (5), paravertebral (4) and thorax (2). There were 6 cases with 3 or more episodes of local recurrences; in these cases, depending on location and size, and considering high surgical morbidity, associations of radiotherapy, chemotherapy and hormone therapy were given, avoiding disabling surgery.

Results: With an average follow-up of 32 months (25 to 50), there were no deaths and, in the 6 cases of multiple recurrences, there were no amputations. The control MRI demonstrated stability of the process in 5 out of 6 cases, and minimum growth without clinical correlation in the other one. In the other 27 cases, there were 14.8% surgical treated local recurrences, with no need for amputation.

Conclusion: We consider that cases of multiple recurrences of aggressive fibromatosis benefit from adjuvant treatment (radiotherapy, chemotherapy and hormone therapy), avoiding disabling surgery, which is unnecessary following our criteria. This requires strict clinical and radiological control.


Full Access
A. Peiro C. Lamas I. Gracia F. Perez J. De Caso M.C. Pulido L. Trullols J. Majo

Introduction: Synovial sarcoma ranks as the fourth most common sarcoma, but it is uncommon in the hand. Most Synovial Sarcomas arise in para-articular soft tissue such as tendon, tendon sheath and bursa adjacent to the large joints capsules. Arround 60–70% of these tumors involve lower extremity and they frequently affect knee, thigh and foot. The reported incidence for Synovial Sarcoma in hand is only 8.5%.

Material and methods: We carried out a retrospective study of 6 hand and forearm sarcomas, of a series of 35 synovial sarcomas surgically treated in our center from 1991 to 1997, with a 6 years follow up (3y.–11y.). 3 patients were male and 3 female, with a mean age of 54 years at the moment of initial diagnosis. Histologically all of them were synovial sarcomas: 4 monophasic and 2 biphasic. The inmunochemistry showed that the neoplasic cells were positive for vimentin, epithelial membrane antigen and cytokeratin. 2 of them were localized in the palmar aspect of the hand (2 ulnar cases and 2 eminence tenar cases), an 2 cases were dorsal. 2 cases were misdiagnosed as benign lesions and treated with tumor excision at another center.

Results: Primary treatment consisted of radical local excision of synovial sarcoma of the hand. 5 patients received adjuvant chemotherapy with CYVADIC and radiotherapy. 2 cases of recurrence received a second surgical treatment with forearm amputation. The mean time to recurrence was 12 months. At the end of the follow-up 3 patients developed metastatic disease and 2 of them died.

Discussion: Synovial Sarcoma in hand is a highly malignant tumor; due to its morphology they can be misdiagnosed as benign lesions such as aggressive fibromatosis or ganglion cysts. If we diagnose a soft tissue tumor in hand we must practice complementary tests to achieve early diagnosis. It is also important the multidisciplinary treatment of Synovial Sarcoma.


L. David A.I. Hilton D.L. Back J. Cobb S.R. Cannon T.W.R. Briggs

Introduction: Malignant tumours of the fibula are rare and can be difficult to treat. We discuss the management and outcome of 52 patients who presented with malignant tumours of the fibula over a 15-year period between 1983 and 1998.

Methods: Data was collected prospectively and reviewed from the Bone Tumour database, medical records and by clinical review. Consecutive patients were studied and survival was calculated using the Kaplan-Meier curve.

Patients: The tumour type was Osteosarcoma (23 patients), Ewing’s sarcoma (16), Chondrosarcoma (11 – of which 10 low grade) and Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma (2). We concentrate on the two most common frankly malignant groups: Osteosarcoma and Ewing’s. The male:female ratio of patients with Osteosarcoma was 11:12 and with Ewing’s Sarcoma was 11:5. Mean age for Osteosarcoma was 21.5 years and for Ewing’s Sarcoma was 14.2. The most common site of tumour was in the proximal fibula in both Osteosarcoma (19 / 23) and Ewing’s Sarcoma (10 / 16). The stage of disease at presentation was IIa or IIb in the majority of patients, with seven patients presenting with metastases.

Management: The current investigative procedures are Radiographs, Magnetic Resonance Imaging, Radioisotope Bone Scans, Computerised Tomography of the chest and needle biopsy whereas in the past CT of the lesion and open biopsy were common. Chemotherapy was administered as per protocol at the time of diagnosis and radiotherapy was given in selected cases. Surgery was performed on all but 3 patients, who were unfit and died. This consisted of local en bloc resection in 86.3% and above knee amputation in 6.8%.

Outcome: Whereas all the diaphyseal and distal lesions were completely excised, 9 out of 26 proximal lesions had a marginal excision, 4 of which had open biopsies. The common peroneal nerve was sacrificed in 50% of cases and this had no link to survival. The overall 5-year survival was 33% for Osteosarcoma and 40% for Ewing’s Sarcoma, with proximal lesions doing much worse than diaphyseal and distal lesions. Patients who had marginal excisions all died within 2.5 years.


Full Access
I. Balaco J. Casanova P. Matos C. Teixeira P. Tavares H. Garcia A. Laranjo J. Portela

In the last ten years, 172 bone sarcomas and 126 soft tissue sarcomas, were treated by our Orthopaedic Oncology Unit. From those patients 49 (16.5%) meet criteria for pulmonary metastasis resection. Patient group were 27 males (55%) and 22 females (45%); median age 28.8 years (range 12–71); histology of the primary tumours were in 33 cases bone lesions (67%): 17 osteosarcomas, 8 Ewing sarcomas, 3 Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma (MFH) and 1 Giant Cell Tumor and 16 cases (23%) for soft tissue tumours: 5 synovial sarcoma, 3 schwannoma and MFH, 2 leiomiosarcoma and liposarcoma and 1 rhabdomyosarcoma. From those sarcomas 8 (17.8%) were metastatic at presentation. Treatment included surgical resections of the secondary lesions and chemotherapy. The lung metastasis were bilateral in 20 cases (41%) and unilateral in 29 cases (59%). The number of metastasis range from one to 24 and the surgical sessions for each patient were from one to eight. The median disease free survival in the patients with no metastatic lesions at presentation was 17.8m (range 2–88). From this group of patients 25 (51%) were dead of disease (DOD), and 24 (49%) were survivors (median follow-up 42 month: range 12–120 month), being 14 with no evidence of disease (NED) and 10 alive with disease (AWD).

The authors perform a statistical analysis relating survival with local recurrence and the amount of necrosis in the surgical specimen.


M. Mercuri D. Donati N. Fabbri M. De Paolis

Introduction: Allograft-Prosthesis Composite represents a reliable option for proximal femur replacement after resection for bone tumor. It provides advantages over megaprostheses because of better soft tissue repair and superior abduction strength, quality of gait, hip stability, and load transfer by healed bone rather than prosthetic stem, with potential impact on implant survival. Purpose of this paper was to review details of the surgical technique and results.

Methods: A retrospective study of 62 patients who had resection of the proximal femur because of a bone tumor and reconstruction with an Allograft-Prosthesis Composite was undertaken. The basic surgical technique consisted of an uncemented tapered long stem prosthesis (i.e. Wagner or Wagner-type stem) cemented in the allograft and press-fitted in the host bone, achieving bone-bone contact through a transverse osteotomy. Details of the surgical technique included: 1) accurate preoperative planning, canal sizing and implant selection; 2) under-reaming of the proximal 5–10 mm of the host medullary canal, depending upon bone quality and diameter of the selected stem; 3) allograft preparation and prosthesis cementation in the allograft; 4) introduction of the composite implant, pressfitted in host medullary canal, until bone-bone contact is achieved; 5) careful repair of abductors and iliopsoas to corresponding allograft tendon insertions.

Key points for successful fixation are absolute rotational stability and satisfactory circumferential bone-bone contact at the time of surgery.

Postoperative regimen consisted of hip, followed by progressive bracing and toe-touch weight-bearing for 6 weeks, weight-bearing.

Results: There were 2 septic failures. Two patients developed asymptomatic nonunion. There were no dislocations. Most common complication was fracture of the allograft greater trochanter (30%), which required surgery in only 1 case and never substantially affected function. The incidence of trochanteric fracture decreased from 63% in the first 27 patients to 5% in the following 35 patients by switching implant design from a valgus 145° neck angle to 135° neck angle, improving offset and abductors function. Bone grafting of the allograft-host union was required in 10% of the cases.

According to MSTS, results were satisfactory in 90% of the patients, with average score 91% (75%–96%).

Discussion and Conclusion: Allograft-Prosthesis Composite is a successful procedure for reconstruction of the proximal femur. Careful surgical technique is the key to excellent function and low complication rate.


T.P. Kormas H. Zambatis A.A. Flioni-Vyza G. Soulimioti C.S. Beroukas

Introduction: We studied the role of intraoperative radiotherapy (IORT) in preventing local recurrence, in cases of malignant soft-tissue tumors and desmoids.

Methods: Ten patients (age 5814yrs) with recurrent soft-tissue tumors, grade IIA/IIB, 3 – 7cm long, involving thigh, calf, forearm and thenar were widely excised and irradiated into the operating room by a specially designed electron linear accelerator. The field was irradiated with electons (10 – 15Gy, 3 – 7MeV) with a circular-cut applicator (Φ40 – Φ80).

Results: Common local post-irradiation complications such as neuropathy, vascular damage, fibrosis, wound problems or bone necrosis, were not noticed. At follow-up (24 – 38months) four patients (40%) remain disease free. Six (60%) had recurrence shortly after operation, two developed lung metastases.

Discussion and Conclusion: IORT permits the application of high dose radiation during surgery. Manual displacement of healthy tissues situated between the radiation beam and the target reduces its toxicity. Direct vision assures maximum precision in the administration of radiation. It eliminates any remaining tumor, intensifies radiotherapy‘s antitumoral effect as it permits the administration of high doses of radiation otherwise not approachable. External irradiation is applied after wound closure. IORT reduces the lapse time between surgical exploration and irradiation during which residual satellite cellular clones can grow. We did wide resection and IORT in aggressive, recurrent tumors, as an alternative to amputation. Considering the advantages of IORT, we conclude that modification of the dose and irradiated area may further improve the results and reduce unpleasant therapies.


M. Hiz R. Eklioglu E. Edipoglu F. Dincbas S. Dervisoglu

Neglected liposarcoma with late admission and huge tumour causes difficulties regarding surgical removal, obtaining tumour free margin and increased risk of local recurrence. Preoperative irradiation enables the surgeon to remove such tumours with ease of manipulation during surgery by maturation of the pseudocapsule with a decrease in local recurrence. Twenty-one patients with liposarcoma , 8 females, 13 males with a mean age of 49 (16–74) were treated by preoperative 5000 cGy irradiation and wide excision by the same surgeon between 1991–2004. Localization were 14 proximal thigh, 3 popliteal space, 3 gluteal region, 1 upper arm. Mean tumour volume was 550cc. Mean follow up was 37 months (6–144 mo.s). All patients were operated after 30 days of irradiation, 3 patients had arterial by pass and 1 patient had free latissimus dorsi flap reconstruction.

Oncological results: 3 DOD, 18 NED. 4 patients developed lung metastasis, 1 of them with local recurrence, the other 3 had no local recurrence, all 3 of them had myxoid liposarcoma with round cell component. They had second primaries in the retroperitoneal space also. The only patient in the series with local recurrence was succesfully treated by wide excision and femoral artery by pass and metastasectomy. Local complications were 4 fibrosis, 1 severe, 3 moderate and 1 local recurrence. No deep infection occured. Two patients had delayed wound healing that healed by meticulous wound care. Preoperative irradiation and wide excision with low local recurrence rate (%4.6) and with low morbidity regarding wound healing could be standard treatment for high grade liposarcoma. %9.5 severe fibrosis caused severe cosmetic problems but patients with fibrosis still had a functional salvaged limb with the help of single a cane.


Full Access
L. David G.W. Blunn S.R. Cannon T.W.R. Briggs

Introduction: Total femoral endoprosthetic replacement can be an alternative to amputation following extensive tumour excision or in cases of severe bone loss. In skeletally immature patients the problem of leg length inequality may be overcome by the use of extendable prostheses. The aim of this study is to assess the functional outcome of patients following total femoral endoprosthetic replacement.

Methods: This is a retrospective, single centre study of 16 patients who underwent consecutive total femoral replacements between 1978 and 1999. Information was collected from the Bone Tumour database, medical records and clinical review. The prostheses were custom made by the Biomedical Engineering Department of University College London and Stanmore Implants Worldwide. The implants are composed of a Titanium alloy shaft with Cobalt-Chrome bearing surfaces, incorporating a SMILES (Stanmore Modular Individualised Lower Extremity System) knee joint. Outcome was assessed using the Musculoskeletal Tumour Society (MTS) rating score.

Sample: Eight patients were male and eight female. Mean age was 35 years (range 5–75 years). Ten patients underwent total femoral replacement as a primary procedure; nine for malignant tumour and one for hydatid disease. Of the patients with malignancy five had metastases at the time of presentation. The other indications were failed distal femoral replacement in four cases and periprosthetic fractures in the remaining two. Four children received extendable prostheses.

Results: Of the patients with malignant disease, all but one had complete tumour excision. Three patients developed local recurrence. Two patients died of metastases within one year of diagnosis and three more died within five years. Three required revision procedures. Two more dislocated at the hip joint. Other complications included infection and lymphoedema. In patients surviving longer than one year the average range of motion at the hip was 85 degrees and at the knee 80 degrees. Using the MTS rating score the mean functional outcome was 60% of normal (range 27–90%). Of the survivors one achieved an excellent result, five were good, four fair and one poor.

Conclusion: Total femoral endoprosthetic replacement can be effective in limb salvage and provide an alternative to amputation. Good functional results can often be achieved. However, the complication rate is high and the outcome extremely varied.


A.W. Davidson A. Hong M. Med. S.W. McCarthy P.D. Stalley

We have treated 50 patients with bony malignancy by en bloc resection, extracorporeal irradiation (ECI) with 50Gy and re-implantation of the bone segment as a method of limb salvage. Mean survivor follow-up is 38 months (12–92). 42 patients remain alive without disease. 4 recurrences occurred. Functional results were generally good: Mankin grades 17 excellent, 13 good, 9 fair, 3 failures; MSTS mean 77 (20–100); TESS mean 81 (40–100). Solid bony union was the norm, however bone resorption was seen in some cases. The dose of radiation is theoretically lethal to all cells and produces a dead autogenous bone graft of perfect fit. ECI is a useful technique of limb salvage where there is a reasonable residual bone stock. It allows effective re-attachment of muscle tendons, and produces a lasting biological reconstruction. The risk from the re-implanted bone of both local recurrence and of late radiotherapy induced malignancy should be nil.


A.A. Narvani E. Tsiridis R. Mitchell A. Saifuddin T.W. Briggs S.R. Cannon

We compared the accuracy of image guided (ultrasound or CT) percutaneous core needle biopsy to percutaneous core needle biopsy without image guidance in diagnosis of soft tissue tumours. 140 patients with soft tissue lesion who were referred to a London bone and soft tissue tumour unit underwent percutaneous core needle biopsies of their lesion either with or without image guidance.111 of these 140 patients subsequently had surgical excision. The accuracy of image guided percutaneous biopsy and percutaneous biopsy without image was then calculated by comparing the histological results of the needle biopsy to that of the resection.

The diagnosis accuracy of unguided biopsy was 78% (36 out of 46) compared to 95% (62 out of 65) in image guided. In 6 out of the 46 patients who had unguided biopsy, there was insufficient material obtained from the needle biopsy to allow histological diagnosis. This was not the case with any of the patients who had image guided core needle biopsy.

Using image guidance, either USS or CT scan, improves the diagnostic accuracy of percutaneous core needle biopsy and must be considered in management of patients with soft tissue tumours.


T. Kormas A. Zanglis D. Andreopoulos A. Kyrilidou A. Vagelatou N. Baziotis

Aim: In the present study we examine the role of bone scan with 99mTc-MIBI, following a positive 99mTc-MDP scan, in the work up to differentiate between malignant and benign bone lesions.

Material and methods: Fifty-nine patients, with a positive 99mTc-MDP bone scan had further investigation of the affected area with the oncophilic radiopharmaceutical 99mTc-MIBI (15 mCi). The agent was administered IV and images were obtained (planar/SPECT) 20 min and 3 hours later. All patients had biopsy and CT/MRI imaging.

The 99m Tc-MIBI images were estimated by 3 independent observers and every abnormal uptake, ranging from faint to intense, was considered positive.

Results: 32 patients had benign bone lesions according to histology pathology; 28 of them (87.5%) had a negative 99mTc-MIBI scan (trauma, benign bone tumors). Four patients with benign bone lesions had positive 99mTc-MIBI (chronic osteomyelitis,osteochondroma, osteochondroblastoma, chondroblastoma). 27 patients had malignant bone tumors proven by biopsy; 25 of them (92.6%) had possitive 99mTc-MIBI scans (sarcomas and metastases) and 2 negative (chondrosarcoma, MFH).

Conclusions: The 99mTc-MIBI scan in patients with positive 99mTc-MDP scan and a high index of suspicion for malignancy (either primary or metastatic) was found to have a high negative pedictive value (NPV=0.875) in excluding the presence of malignancy and a high positive pedictive value (PPV=0.926) in identifying patients with malignancy. The 99mTc-MIBI was positive in all patients with metastatic disease (PPV=1.00). We suggest the use of 99mTc-MIBI as a useful method in decision-making in cases with bone pathology.


R. Charity A.F. Foukas R.J. Grimer N. Deshmukh D.C. Mangham S. Taylor

Our study sets out to show whether vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) expression in stage 2B osteosarcomas around the knee influences disease-free and overall survival.

Fifty-two such patients treated in out unit were identified and followed-up for for a minimum of 92 months. All were treated according to the current MRC protocol and had resection of their tumour. Tissue from their resected tumours was stained for VEGF using immunohistochemical methods and the percentage of tumour cells staining for VEGF was assessed. The relationship between VEGF expression and survival was assessed using the log-rank test and Kaplan-Meier survival curves.

At follow-up 32 (62%) patients were dead, all from metastatic disease. Twenty-six (50%) tumours showed expression of VEGF. Statistical analysis showed that patients with tumours with VEGF expression in more than 25% of the cells had significantly shorter overall survival (p=0.019) and disease free intervals (p=0.009). Expression of VEGF also correlated with expression of the proteolytic enzyme MMP9 (p=0.02).

VEGF is peptide which acts as a stimulator of new blood vessel growth in normal tissues, as well as in some solid tumours and their metastases. A tumour which is able to induce a blood supply has an increased ability to grow, seed metastases and threaten life. Our study is the first to look at VEGF expression in the tumour cells surviving after chemotherapy. It is this population of cells which is important as it is these cells which may go on to develop into metastatic or locally recurrent tumours. The over-expression of VEGF by osteosarcoma cells is thought to be associated with a worse prognosis due to a number of mechanisms. This study shows that VEGF expression is an important prognostic factor in osteosarcomas and suggests that the mechanisms by which VEGF and MMP9 expression produce a poor prognosis may be linked. Suppression of tumour angiogenesis by inhibition of the action of VEGF has shown promise in animal models as a potential new treatment for osteosarcoma, and warrants further study.


R. Khan P. Khoo D. Fick R. Day K. Michalak D.J. Wood

Introduction: Iontophoresis is a method to introduce antibiotic molecules into allograft bone using an electrical potential; the antibiotics may then be released at therapeutic levels for extended periods of time. This is the first report of iontophoresed allograft implantation into patients.

Method: A method of loading tubular sections of cortical bone was used in theatre prior to implantation. Postoperative serum, drain and allograft antibiotic assays were performed. Patients were followed-up clinically and radiologically. All patients who received a bulk segmental allograft from June 1997 were entered into the trial.

Results: Since June 1997, 35 patients have received 37 allografts. Indications for allograft insertion were limb salvage for tumour (18), and poor bone stock associated with infection (11), periprosthetic fracture (6), aseptic loosening (1) and recurrent dislocation of total hip replacement (1). Mean follow-up is 3.3 years, and no patients have been lost to follow-up. One patient received two allografts in different sites and one had an allograft exchange. There has been one superficial wound infection and one deep infection. The latter patient was revised to another iontophoresed allograft and has had no recurrence at 34 months. One allograft has been revised to a vascularised fibular graft and allograft exchange following fracture of metal fixation. There was one case of persistent non-union in a knee arthrodesis which was treated after 21 months by removal of the intramedullary fixation and use of an Illizarov frame. The allograft was not revised. All other allografts are in situ with no complications related to the allograft. Eleven patients had pre-existing proven infections. None of these patients have been re-infected to date. Therapeutic gentamicin and flucloxacillin levels were detected in drain fluid samples post-operatively.

Conclusions: Iontophoresis is a safe and inexpensive technique that delivers high local dose of antibiotic, which may reduce infection in avascular allograft bone.


N. Fabbri L. Sangiorgi V. Maini L. Campanacci E. Pedrini M. Mercuri P. Picci

Multiple Hereditary Exostoses is a rare skeletal chondrodysplasia characterized by the presence of a variable number of osteochondromas, usually mostly affecting the long bones but possibly located anywhere. Appearance and growth of exostoses is parallel to the patient’s growth, essentially ending when skeletal maturity is reached.

Its clinical expression is well known and may vary from asymptomatic to severe deformities and is rarely complicated by trasformation to secondary chondrosarcoma (0.5–2%). Research in the field of genetics has lead to identification of 2 responsible genes, EXT1 and EXT2, located respectively on chromosome 8 and 11, both coding for transmembrane glycoproteins involved in the synthesis of heparan-sulfate chains.

A third rare abnormality (EXT3) has been located on chromosome 19 but the responsible gene has not been identified yet.

Seems logical to investigate the genetic basis of the disease and the correlation with clinical aspects, either severity of the deformities and consequent functional impairment and potential for chondrosarcoma.

At the authors’ Institution a total of 550 patients with Multiple Hereditary Exostoses are presently filed. Genetic screening by DHPLC (Denaturing High Performance Liquid Chromatography) and clinicoradiographic orthopedic evaluation has been carried out on 200 patients. So far, 45 mutations have been identified (35 in EXT1 and 10 in EXT2) in 167 patients, 20 of which presented with negative family history and are therefore considered “de-novo” mutations.

Comparison of the clinical data and prospective long term follow-up will possibly clarify different prognosis and risk of secondary chondrosarcoma for different genotypes.


A. Matityahu D.J. Redfern M.L.R. Oliveira S.M. Belkoff J. Hopkins W.A. Eglseder

Introduction: Several studies have compared various plate constructs for distal intra-articular humerus fractures. In our experience osteoporotic bone and fractures that have a transverse component close to the elbow joint have tenuous fixation with traditional plating systems due to, at most, two screws in the distal fragment through the plate. Therefore, the aim of this study was to obtain objective data on the performance of two plating systems used for fixation of intra-articular distal humerus fractures with a low transverse component with only two screws through a 3.5 LC-DCP distally. It was hypothesized that locked plating would be more stable than standard plating after cyclic loading.

Methods: Twenty pairs of fresh matched cadaver humeri of patients older than 65 years old were harvested. DEXA scans of the right forearm from each pair were obtained. Osteotomies were performed to simulate comminuted supracondylar humerus fracture with intercondylar split (OTA 13-C2.3). The specimens were then randomly assigned to locking or non-locking plate fixation.

Ten paired specimens were tested in simulated extension and the remaining ten were tested axially.

Fragment motion relative to the humeral shaft was measured using kinematic analysis at the fracture gap.

Differences in resultant fragment translations and rotations between fixation groups were checked for significance (p< 0.05) using a one-tailed paired t-test. Differences in cycles to failure were checked for significance using a Wilcoxon signed rank test.

Results: On average, during extension tests, the humeri with locking plate fixation did not survive significantly more cycles (4352) than with non-locking (4755) plate fixation. There was no significant difference in fragment translation between locking (0.8 mm) and non-locking (1.7 mm) plates. However, there was a significant difference in fragment rotation between locking (2.8 degrees) and non-locking (3.9 degrees) fixations.

On axial testing, the humeri with locking plates on average survived more loading cycles (4072) than those with non-locking plate fixation (2115), but the difference was not significant. Mean translation for locking plate fixation (3.6 mm) was significantly less than for non-locking plate fixation (5.7 mm) and mean fragment rotation was significantly less for locking plate fixation (13.3 degrees) than for non-locking plate fixation (17.8 degrees).

Conclusions: The results of this study demonstrated that the fixed-angle 3.5 mm locking plate constructs for comminuted intercondylar humerus fractures reduced fracture site motion, sometimes significantly so, relative to the non-locking constructs in osteoporotic bone. The potential benefit of increased fixation survivability and decreased fracture site motion in osteoporotic bone needs to be evaluated clinically.


F. Wadia S. Kamineni

Purpose: To calculate a clinically relevant and intra-operatively accessible measure of olecranon length that could be reliably applied by the operating surgeon to optimise comminuted olecranon fracture fixation.

Materials: One hundred normal adult anteroposterior and lateral radiographs of the elbow were studied with respect to the proximal olecranon width (OW), greater sigmoid notch width (SW) on lateral views, trans-epicondylar distance (TED), and trochlear width distance (TWD) on AP views. The mean ratios of TWD/SW and TED/SW and an index OW X SW/TED along with their standard deviation and normal ranges were calculated.

Results: The average olecranon width was 24mm (range 21mm–28mm), sigmoid width was 25.8 mm (range 21mm–32 mm), trans-epicondylar distance was 58.53mm (range 49mm–74 mm), and the trochlear width distance was 27.1mm (range 22mm–32 mm). The average ratio of TWD: SW was 1.05 with a standard deviation of 0.09 and that of TED: SW was 2.27 with a standard deviation of 0.19. The average index worked out to be 10.58 with a standard deviation of 0.2.

Conclusions: Comminuted fractures of olecranon are a surgical challenge since it is often impossible to gauge the correct length of the olecranon process. There have been no objective data described to prevent shortening or lengthening of the greater sigmoid notch after reconstruction. Our data can be easily applied to the clinical situation, by taking intra-operative radiographs, and calculating the index as demonstrated above. This index will guide the surgeon to obtain a more reliable length of the olecranon, and devolve surgical guesswork from the final outcome.


P. Diehl U. Magdolen J. Schauwecker K. Eichelberg H. Gollwitzer R. Gradinger W. Mittelmeier M. Schmitt

In orthopedic surgery, sterilization of bone used for reconstruction of osteoarticular defects caused by malignant tumors is carried out in different ways. At present, to devitalize tumor-bearing osteochondral segments, mainly extracorporal irradiation or autoclaving is used. Both methods have substantial disadvantages, e.g. loss of biomechanical and biological integrity of the bone. In particular integration at the autograft-host junction after reimplantation is often impaired due to alterations of the osteoinductivity following irradiation or autoclaving. As an alternative approach, high hydrostatic pressure (HHP) treatment of bone is a new technology, now being used in preclinical testing to inactivate tumor cells without alteration of biomechanical properties of bone, cartilage and tendons. The aim of this study was to investigate the influence of HHP on fibronectin (FN), vitronectin (VN), and type I collagen (col. I) as major extracellular matrix proteins of bone tissue, accountable among others for the osteoinductive properties of bone.

Fibronectin, vitronectin and type I collagen were subjected to HHP (300 and 600 MPa) prior to the coating of cell culture plates with these pre-treated proteins. Following the biological properties were measured by means of cell proliferation, adherence, and spreading of the human osteosarcoma cell line (Saos-2) and primary human osteoblast-like cells.

Up to 600 MPa all tested matrix proteins did not show any changes, regarding the biological properties adherence, spreading and proliferation.

We anticipate that, in orthopedic surgery, HHP can serve as a novel, promising methodical approach, by damaging normal and tumor cells without alteration of osteoinductive properties, thus facilitating osteointegration of the devitalized bone segment in cancer patients after reimplantation.


J. Casanova J.D. Reith M.T. Scarborough W.F. Enneking

Background: A variety of molecular markers related to survival, have been studied in a variety of human neoplasms, particularly in carcinomas, but their significance in osteosarcoma patients is largely unknown. The purpose of this archival study was to determine if there is a correlation between their expression and disease-free and overall survival for patients with osteosarcoma.

Materials and Methods: 93 patients with stage IIB osteosarcomas originating around the knee (distal femur and proximal tibia)were studied. Tumors were evaluated with antibodies to Bcl-2, p53, Fas, Fas L, CD44s, CD44v6, and P-glycoprotein using standard avidinbiotin complex methods. Expression of the various antigens was statisticaly compared to disease-free and overall survival.

Results: Fas (p< 0.05) and Cd44v6 (p< 0.03), were significant and related with the purpose of study; P-glycoprotein was near and the others with no significance.

Conclusions: Fas appears to have a “protective” function in osteosarcoma, probably by allowing tumor cells to proceed through apoptosis pathway to cell death. Although CD44v6, a vascular adhesion molecule, was identified in only 14% of the total cases, its expression correlated with subsequent development of metastases and death (11 of the 13 patients developed pulmonary metastases dying of disease). Although P-glycoprotein did not reach significance, there was a trend toward death from disease in patients expressing it.


J. Dieterich L. Ceder K. Frederick

Introduction: The most common method for internal fixation of olecranon fractures is AO tension band wiring (TBW). A number of complications related to this technique have been described, such as subcutaneous prominence of the device, skin irritation, infection, loss of extension in the elbow joint and non-union.

To avoid those complications Dr. Robert J. Medoff has designed a new device, the ulnar sled, which will be shown on a picture.

The objective of this cadaver study was to determine the stability of olecranon fracture fixation with the ulnar sled and compare it with AO method.

Methods: In six matched pairs of fresh-frozen arms a fracture of the olecranon was created and stabilized with either TBW or the ulnar sled.

The ulnar sled (US) group: The two free legs of the sled were inserted into two pre-drilled holes from the tip of the olecranon into the ulna medullary cavity of the ulna. The washer was then placed with its slot over the prominence of the sliding plate and with a screw fixed bicortically into the ulna, through the distal part of the proximal oval washer hole. Compression over the fracture site could be observed visually and the washer was finally fixed with another bicortical screw in its distal hole.

The TBW group: In the TBW group the AO technique with oblique bicortical K-wires and the two-knot-modification was used.

Mechanical Testing: First the brachialis and then the triceps muscle were sequentially loaded with 5 kg (50N) for 20 cycles in three different angles: 45, 90 and 135. The fracture displacement was measured before and after loading.

Results: The increase in the fracture gap after 20 cycles of loading for the two fixation techniques will be shown in a table. There was no significant increase of the fracture gap for either device when loading the brachialis muscle at any of the three flexion angles. The fracture displacement in 90 in triceps loading was 0.23mm in the the US group and in 0.19mm in the TBW group. This difference was not significant (p> 0.05). Similar results were obtained for the other flexion angles. Almost no displacement was observed in brachialis loading with either method.

Discussion: The results suggest that the ulnar sled method is a stable surgical method for fixation of uncommuted olecranon fractures when compared to TBW.


N. Darlis D.G. Sotereanos

Distal biceps tendon rupture can lead, if left untreated, to substantial and appreciated decline of elbow flexion and forearm supination strength. In chronic cases (seen more than 6 weeks after injury) retraction of the muscle can render reattachment of the tendon to the bicipital tuberosity impossible. In this setting non-anatomic attachment of the biceps to the underlying brachialis is usually elected but this is not suitable for patients with high functional demands.

Eight male patients (mean age 40 years, range 30–52 years) with chronic distal biceps ruptures (mean time from injury 28 weeks, range 12–38 weeks) underwent distal biceps reconstruction. Five patients presented with pain and weakness during elbow loading (four with lateral antebrachial cutaneus (LAC) nerve distribution dysesthesias) and three with weakness alone. Indications for distal biceps reconstruction were a) inability to approximate the tendon stump to the bicipital tuberosity with the elbow in less than 700 of flexion after relaxing incisions to the epimysium were made and b) high functional demands in pronosupination in the patients occupation or recreational activities.

In the first patient in this series autologous fascia latta was used for reconstruction and in the seven subsequent patients an Achilles tendon allograft. Through an one-incision anterior approach the graft was secured to the biceps remnant and was attached to the bicipital tuberosity using suture anchors.

The mean follow up was 32 months (range 14–48 months). All patients were pain free and had returned to their previous occupation. Mean elbow flexion was 145 deg with an extension deficit of 10 deg observed in only one patient. The mean pronosupination was 170 deg. All patients had 5/5 strength of elbow flexion and supination on manual testing. Subjective weakness in supination was reported by one patient. The mean supination strength (tested using a BTE Work Simulator) was 87% of the contrallateral healthy extremity. Seven achieved an excellent and one a good rating in the Mayo elbow performance score. No complications were encountered.

Distal biceps reconstruction with Achilles tendon allograft using a one incision technique and suture anchors for reattachment provides an excellent alternative to non- anatomic repair in patients with a chronic retracted distal biceps rupture. Patients involved in activities that require strength in supination are most likely to benefit from this reconstruction.


A.D. Khan Q. Yin Y. Qi

Repair of distal biceps tendon rupture is a subject that has received increasing attention in the past decade. In the active individual who desires as close to normal function as possible, repair of biceps tendon is recommended.

The author describes a tehnique with a single anterior incision and fixation with superanchors. This method was successfully used in 25 patients with excellent functional results. There were no failures and no complications of neurological injury. The single anterior incision approach in which superanchors are used is recommended as an alternative to the traditional two-incision method.

The Biceps brachii is an important flexor of the elbow and is the main supinator of the forearm. Avulsion of its distal tendon insertion is rare injury that mostly affects middle-aged men. It represents only 3% of all biceps tendon ruptures. There is an average of 1.24 spontaneous complete distal biceps ruptures per 100,000 people per year.

The decline in the number of distal biceps tendon ruptures with increasing age correlates with a decrease in at-risk activities after the fourth decade of life. Decreased vascularity, tendon impingement, degenerative changes of the distal biceps tendon and the use of anabolic steroids have been postulated to predispose to tendon rupture.

Our study shows that repair of distal biceps tendon ruptures using superanchors is safe and gives clinically objective and functional results similar to bone tunnel fixation.

We had no major complications, no suture anchor failures and no occurrence of synostosis and neurological injuries. We recommend the use of superanchors for the treatment of distal biceps tendon ruptures.


M.J. Pérez-Ubeda O.J. Otero Y. Lòpiz Morales B. de Francisco Marugán M. Martínez F. Lòpez-Durán L. Stern

Introduction and objectives: This is a complex type of lesion that is frequently confused with Monteggia fracture. The objective of this paper is to analyse the experience of the Hospital Cl co San Carlos, in Madrid, in the management of the transolecranon fracture-dislocation of the elbow.

Methods and material: Between 1988 and 2001 a total of 23 cases have been revised, 7 of them presenting an oblique simple fracture of the olecranon and the other 16 cases with a comminute one (with fracture of the coronoid process in 9 patients). There was also a radial head fracture associated in 7 patients. Two cases showed ulnar nerve palsy before surgery. Fifthteen of the 21 cases were males and 8 females, with a mean age of 37, 3 years (range: 17–71). The mean follow up was of 56 months (range: 22–122 months). The etiology was a traffic accident (bicycle, motorbike, car) in the 47, 6%, a casual fall in the 23, 8%, a sport accident in the 14, 2% and a precipitation in the 9, 5%. All of them were treated with open reduction and internal fixation, with plate and screws in 17 cases and tension-band wiring in 4 patients. When a radial head fracture was associated, reconstruction was performed with screws in 5 cases and radial head excision in 1 case. Anatomic reduction was achieved in 11 cases.

Results: With the scale of Broberg and Morrey, excellent result was obtained in 6 cases, good in 8, fair in 6, and poor in the remaining 3. The most frequent complication was loss of motion (6 cases), followed by non-union in 2 cases (with hardware fatigue failure in 1 of them) and infection in other case. The two cases with preoperative ulnar nerve palsy resolved over a period of 4 months. Eleven patients needed a reoperation, performing a new internal fixation with bone grafting in 2 cases, a radial head prosthesis implanting in 1 case, and hardware removal in 8 cases.

Discussion and Conclusions: Although the transolecra-non fracture-dislocation of the elbow can be included in several classifications (AO, de Cotton, de Schatzker, etc.), none of them accommodate it satisfactorily, because of the complexity of the lesion. Our results show a statistically significative relation (p < 0.05) between the anatomic reduction obtained and excellent or good results and a high frequency of joint stiffness in this severe lesion.